ISË——- I
GANDHI
PAT
ODISH SHARMA
Z
8322.7
S53
1955
B 1,029,126
MAHATMA
GANDHI
BIBLIOGRAPHY
GDISH

*/%),
۲۲

le
ila
la
ile
PROPERTY
University of
Michigan
Libraries

1817
ARTES
SCIENTIA VERITAS
National Bibliographies No. 1
MAHATMA GANDHI
Purch
wil
The New Over Book Co.,
Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad 6,
A DESCRIPTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY
23:
By the same author in the same series
JAWAHARLAL NEHRU :
A DESCRIPTIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY (In preparation)


MAHATMA
GANDHI
A Descriptive Bibliography
JAGDISH SARAN SHARMA
M.A., D.L.S.' (DELHI); M.A.L.S., PH. D. (MICHIGAN)
Foreword by
U. N. DHEBAR
President, Indian National Congress
S. CHAND & CO.
DELHI
LUCKNOW
JULLUNDUR
C
Z
8322.7
.553
1955
:
First Published, June 1955
COPYRIGHT
Originally this study was submitted as a dissertation in partial
fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy in the University of Michigan, June 1954.
Published by G. S. Sharma for S. Chand & Co. Fountain, Delhi and
printed at The New India Press, New Delhi.
G.L
Dir
New Order
1.25.56
92789
Dedicated
to those known and unknown
martyrs
whose sacrifices helped in winning
India's Independence
FOREWORD
In 550 pages or so that follow, Mr. Sharma has packed up with
industry and effort of high order, the sources from which one can obtain
information about the life, the message and the mission of Mahatma
Gandhi, whom the people of India adore and will continue to adore
for countless generations as the Father of the Nation.
The name Mahatma Gandhi produces certain emotions in the
mind of every Indian-may be a great many persons outside India
also. It is difficult to analyse or assess the personality of a man or his
emotions. It is like a sunbeam. Only a prismatic glass can reveal
its distinctive hues. The writings of a man and his speeches and his
actions serve that purpose partially. It is acknowledged that Gandhiji
in his life time embodied India. He manifested the best in Indian
culture, philosophy, social thought and worked for an existence every
Indian whatever be his caste, community or mode of life aspire to
be—may be he cannot go as far because of his personal limitations. I
remember an Irish Judicial Commissioner once told me that Gandhiji
was a visionary. Without a moment's thought I ventured to reply, be
"If India is a vision then Gandhiji would love to be visionary." I little
realised when I gave that reply that through that reply I had given
expression to the sentiment of the people of India as a whole. Whether
one differed from him or agreed with him, whether one worked for him
or against him, whether one lived the mode of life he lived or abolutely
the reverse, the great reality was that you could not think of or work
for India without Gandhiji being in the centre of things. He was a
gravitational force. Men, women and children were unconsciously
attracted towards him as much as he was attracted towards them-they
with their problems, he with his solutions. His personal appeal reached
all hearts, all minds and all temperaments.
What was the secret it is difficult to say. By common standards
he was not so extraordinarily learned nor was he gifted with extra-
ordinary intelligence.
But a few things were so prominent. Few possessed even a pro-
portion of them. He was the one politician in the world who believed
in the existence of God and was ever striving to be as near Him as his
capacity could carry him. God to him was not a commodity to be
exploited for temporal gains or successes. God to him was a force
that nourished faith in man. That faith provided wherewithals to
transform life on earth into a heaven of Peace and Happiness. The
only way to reach God, according to Gandhiji, was to work for peace
and happiness of mankind. He was convinced that happiness without
viii
Foreword
peace was no happiness. One cannot be happy without being at peace
with himself and the world outside.
From this was born his faith in Ahimsa. He was clear that active
non-violence was impossible without an active faith in God. Simul-
taneously he was clear that active and living faith in God was impos-
sible without active non-violence.
He believed that the whole society was epitomized in the indivi-
dual member thereof. He believed that one cannot separate society
from the individual members thereof however good, bad or indifferent
he or she may be. His respect for society made for his respect for the
individual. His intense love for individuals was the reflection of his
love for the society as a whole. From this respect and love sprang
his limitless capacity for service of the individual and the society. He
never compromised with the failings of man. But he never lost his
respect and love for him. One cannot love a man whom one does
not respect; one cannot respect a person whom he cannot love. This
respect and the love for individual and society were perhaps the great-
est weapons in his armoury next to his Godliness and Non-violence.
No one has been successful in drawing such a clear line between the sin
and the sinner as he has been able to do. In the history of the world
he perhaps stands only, next to Christ and Buddha, in that respect.
It was all the more difficult as he was operating on the widest conceiv-
able canvass.
People have worked in the past to eradicate poverty and so have
others to eradicate 'want of sense' as Pascal-the great French philo-
sopher put it. Gandhiji also realized that the two great enemies of India
were poverty and wrong way of life resulting from wrong thinking.
He also realised that there was a clear line between the 'poverty that
corrupts' and the 'poverty that ennobles'. His struggle for Indian
Independence was the outcome of that consciousness that Britishers had
heaped degrading poverty and a wrong way of life, one through their
economic policy and the other through a wrong system of education
and wrong standards of life. From this emanated the programme
for the struggle as also his constructive programme. The struggle
that he fought was not confined to changing the frame-work of Govern-
ment but to change the basis of the whole social and economic frame-
work.
·
And since social and economic reconstruction enveloped every
aspect of the country's life he was called upon to evolve and he succeed-
ed in evolving, even before Independence, a social philosophy based
upon his concept of truthful and non-violent social order and a pro-
gramme of social and economic reforms in keeping with it.
The first thing that slavery does is to throw the entire social
fabric into confusion, to restore balances in fields psychological, social
and political; to set up proper standards and values and do so against
Foreword
ix
the current of so-called modern thought and practice and carry con-
viction to crores of illiterate and unsophisticated masses was the task
destiny had assigned to Gandhiji.
Study of the life of such a person is not merely a study of history
of the political struggle that he led so successfully but covers the study
of the culture, the spirit, the urges, the emotions and the potential of
the nation he led and represented. Vast literature has sprung up
around his life, his views, his activities and his principles and policies.
Mr. Sharma gives a fair idea of the things that were written by
him, about him, on him and against him. What a painstaking effort
it has cost him can only be seen from the perusal of the introduction.
The total number of entries in this study is 3,671 drawn from ten
languages apart from the Indian languages. It is a systematic effort.
Apart from the effort, there is a ring of sincerity and devotion about the
work. Part I will guide us to literature showing the stages in
Gandhiji's life. Part II mirrors the versatility of the Mahatma's personality.
Starting with 'Utility and the methods of preparing compost manure'
(page 102) to entry 457 on the next page regarding the interview he
gave to Charles Andrews on the inadvisability of the use of tractors and
further to Democracy and Non-violence (Entry 471) and attack by
Italy on Ethopia (Entry 477), Basic Education, Bhagwad Gita, Buddha,
Caste System, Economics of Khaddar, Christian missions, Food
shortage in India, Child Marriage, Birth and parentage is a vast field.
If the author presents a mirror through which one can see Gandhiji
he also presentts a mirror by which we can see how the world saw
Gandhiji. It is a unique effort by any test.
June 8, 1955

Reducing
был
FOREWORD
INTRODUCTION
1. Importance of Gandhi and his Philosophy of Non-
Violence
2. Need of a Gandhian Bibliography
3. Purpose and Scope
4. Nature and Character of Gandhian Literature
(a) Writings by Gandhi ..
(b) Writings about Gandhi
5. The main events of Gandhi's life and India's struggle
for Independence which influenced his writings and
speeches
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6. Arrangement
7. Acknowledgements
ABBREVIATIONS
2. COLLECTIONS
PART I
1. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES
A. Library catalogues.
B. Bibliographies and indexes
C. Trade and national bibliographies
D. Gandhi bibliographies
•
:
•
:
:
:
E. The periodicals which took special interest in print-
ing literature on India's struggle for independence
and reviewed regularly the Gandhian literature ..
PART II
1. CHRONOLOGY FROM OCTOBER 2, 1869, TO JANUARY 30, 1948
2. GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES
3. SUBJECT APPROACH
vii
xiii
xiii
XV
xvi
xvi
xvi
xvii
xvii
XX
XXV
xxix
3
3
3
6
9
12
14
23
68
102
xii
PART III
1. BOOKS WHICH INFLUENCED GANDHI'S LIFE AND THOUGHT ..
2. BOOKS FOR WHICH GANDHI WROTE FOREWORDS
3. PERIODICALS GANDHI EDITED AND SPONSORED
4. SELECTED INSTITUTIONS OF WHICH GANDHI LAID FOUNDATION
STONES AND INAUGURATED
INDEX
•
SUPPLEMENT (Includes literature written about Gandhi between
April 1954 and April 1955)
SUBJECT-HEADINGS USED
:
•
··
447
450
451
452
455
480
496
INTRODUCTION
1. Importance of Gandhi and his Philosophy of Non-Violence.
Should Buddha reincarnate to-day, would he recognize the pre-
sent-day world? Perhaps he would feel lost in the modern labyrin-
thine cities, automobiles running at maddening speed, the all-engulfing
clouds of chimney smoke, the subway rattle from underground, super-
sonic jets whishing above. Buddha will find the world greatly chang-
ed. But should he talk to any of the modern hurrying, worrying man,
he would recognize him as the same old fellow he used to meet in the
market place 2,500 years ago. He would still find him suffering and
complaining. In other words though Man has greatly changed his
environments, he has not changed a whit within.
This unique phenomenon is the tragedy of humanity. Modern
advances in science could be used to make our globe a happier place
to live in, they could be used to root out hunger and disease. To some
extent we are using our knowledge to fulfill, but, to still greater extent
we are using it to destroy. To-day humanity hangs from a cross
of iron under the clouds of nuclear war.
There have been men of goodwill in the past who have raised
their voice against violence and senseless destruction. Jesus Christ
advised the turning of the other cheek. Lao Tze said: "The good
I meet with goodness, the bad also with goodness-that is virtue's
goodness."
Buddha observed: "Let a man overcome anger by love,
let him overcome evil by good, lie by truth." Socrates drank the
hemlock because he searched for truth. Thoreau declared that in an
unjust state, the proper place for a just man was the prison. But thesc
good men lost for they always acted as individuals, and the evil-
minded acted in unison.
Gandhi was the first man who used non-violence for a larger
purpose than shaping of individual conduct. He consistently
preached non-violence as an instrument for shaping the destinies of
nations. This non-violence was not mere submission to violence,
the passive non-resistance to evil, but a patient and persistent
challenge to violence until it exhausted itself and was overcome.
This is Gandhi's greatest contribution to the modern age.
As Dr. S. Radhakrishnan, the great Indian thinker, said,
"Possessed and inspired by the highest ideals of which human nature
xiv
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
is capable, preaching and practising fearlessly the truth revealed to
him, leading almost alone what seemed to be forlorn hope against
the impregnable strongholds of greed and folly, yet facing tremendous
odds with a calm resolution which yielded nothing to ridicule or
danger, Gandhi presented to this unbelieving world all that is nob-
lest in the spirit of man. He illumined human dignity by faith in
the eternal significance of man's effort. He belongs to the type that
redeems the human race."
Gandhi preached that violence creates only hatred, a desire to
revenge-it never leads to a spiritual conviction. So the weapon
he ever used was not coercion but persuasion. If arguments and plea-
dings failed, he tried to show that he had nothing personally against
his opponent-not rancour, only love. But in no case could he co-
operate with what he considered to be evil.
Sometimes, the consequences of such non-co-operation were none
too pleasant. Gandhi faced them cheerfully. He lived a hard life,
spent six years, four months and twenty-eight days in jail, suffered
many a violent beating and ultimately fell to a fanatic's bullet.
But, in his own life and by his own uncommon methods, he
attained more success than any other living man. He raised the people
of India out of dust and made them Men. To them he brought back
self-respect, the spirit of struggle and resistance.
Gandhi fought against the degradation of man against the sense-
less slaughter between Hindus and Moslems after India became free.
He fought against bitterness in human minds and fell soothing Hindu-
Moslem passions. He achieved by his death what he could not achieve
in his life-time and to-day about 36 million Moslems live in India
enjoying as much freedom and privilege as the Hindus.
Two million people attended the Mahatma's funeral (Jan. 31,
1948), but two billion people grieved wherever they were. The Uni-
ted Nations lowered its flag half-mast at the death of this poor,
titleless, toothless, loin-clothed man.
India's Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, said: "The light has
gone out of our lives.... Yet I am wrong, for the light that shone
in this country was no ordinary light......and a thousand years later
that light will still be seen in this country and the world will see it....
For that light represented the living truth."
Leon Blum, a former French Premier, said: "I never saw Gandhi.
I don't know his language. I never set foot in his country, and yet
I feel the same sorrow as if I had lost someone near and dear. The
whole world has been plunged into mourning by the death of this
extraordinary man."
Introduction
XV
Gen. George C. Marshall, then the U.S. Secretary of State,
groping to explain humanity's loss, said: "Mahatma Gandhi was the
spokesman of the conscience of mankind."
But Gandhi's great achievements are still to come. All his
peace dreams were not fulfilled since he was 200 years ahead of his age.
But the latest mass destruction weapons have convinced the world of
the Gandhian way.
2. Need of a Gandhian Bibliography.
Volumes have been written about this extraordinary man.
More books and articles have been written about him than about any-
body else except perhaps Jesus Christ. And still more would be written.
For Gandhi's message must be carried to every home, it has to be
injected into every mind.
For this purpose future writers would like to do more research.
They would need all what he had ever said, and all what others have
said about him. But so far there has been no comprehensive biblio-
graphy on this subject.. I have tried to fill this lacuna.
This work has an humble origin. I began it in 1948 as an assign-
ment for a Reference Course taught by Dr. R.L. Kilgour in the Depart-
ment of Library Science, University of Michigan, U.S.A. I became so
much interested in the techniques of compiling a bibliography and
in Gandhi's in particular that in the Spring Semester of 1949 I conti-
nued to work on it under the able guidance of Dr. Kilgour as a Special
Research project.
After completing my M.A. in Library Science in June 1949, I
was awarded an internship for gaining practical experience at the
Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. I availed myself of this oppor-
tunity to add to the Bibliography some available materials at the world's
largest library. I also consulted available sources at the New York
Public Library while getting practical experience in Reference Service
and Bibliographic techniques at the United Nations Library, Lake
Success, as a Fellow of the Rockefeller Foundation. On my way back
to India, in August 1950, I also consulted the public catalogues of the
British Museum, London, and the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris. In
India, as the Librarian of the Gandhi Memorial Library, I examined
particularly the Indian materials, some of which were not available at
the above-mentioned libraries. While in India and mecting the people
interested in Gandhian research I was more and more convinced that a
Descriptive Bibliography of Gandhian literature, particularly in foreign
languages would be of great assistance to scholars of the Gandhian
philosophy all over the world.
Fortunately enough in those very days when I was thinking to
add to it more references to the Gandhian Literature in foreign languages
xvi
Mahatma Gandhi A Descriptive Bibliography
+
and to give some definite shape to the already collected materials,
my proposal of submitting my commentary on Gandhiji's literature as
a dissertation for my Ph.D. degree was accepted at the University of
Michigan, U.S.A. In July 1952, on the availability of a suitable oppor-
tunity I went back to the University of Michigan to complete this study
and to compile it as it appears to-day. Besides, I felt the need of
going again to the United States of America because about fifty per
cent of the Bibliographical sources I have consulted during the course
of research, are not available in India.
I am presenting this Gandhian literature to readers as faithfully
and sincerely as possible in Gandhi's, his admirers' and his critics'
own words. But "there is no such thing as complete objectivity
especially in human relationships and we delude ourselves when we
pretend that there is." However, I completely agree that detachment
must always be the aim of a bibliographer. In the light of this dictum I
have tried my best during the course of this study to be as objective
and non-partisan as possible.
3. Purpose and Scope.
The purpose of this study is to present, in one volume, annotated
references to the voluminous works in print, by and about Gandhi,
buried in numerous books, parts of books, periodicals and society
publications all classified and arranged in a systematic order. It
also presents a chronology of the main events of Gandhi's life and of
his non-violent struggle for India's independence from October 2,
1869, to January 30, 1948, depicting the significant trends in his writings
and speeches.
The total number of entries included in this study is 3,671. About
89.8 per cent of the entries are in English, the rest are in nine major
languages, i.e., Dutch (20); French (58); German (177); Italian
(46); Norwegian (6); Portuguese (2); Russian (2); Spanish (17) ;
and Swedish (20). The period covered by Gandhi's writings is from
June 13, 1891, to January 30, 1948, the day on which he was assassin-
ated. The writings about Gandhi cover the priod between October,
1908 and April, 1955.
4. Nature and Character of Gandhian Literature.
(a) Writings by Gandhi.
Gandhi rarely wrote merely for the pleasure of writing. He
wrote and spoke when he had to write and speak, on practically all
subjects under the sun, either to clear up some knotty problem in his
own mind or in the mind of his co-workers, admirers and critics. He
published most of his writings, which are in the form of articles, speeches,
letters, and reports of interviews, mainly through either self-edited or
Introduction
xvii
sponsored periodicals, such as Indian Opinion (Phoenix), 1904-1914,
Young India (Ahmedabad), 1919-1932, and Harijan, 1933-to date
(from Poona, 1933-1941 and from Ahmedabad, 1942-to date). His
writings in Hindi and Gujarati were simultaneously published in Harijan
Sevak (Ahmedabad), Harijan Bandhu (Ahmedabad), and Navajivan
(Ahmedabad).
During his life-time, and after his death, several people have
edited his writings and speeches either in the form of collected writings
or speeches. These collected writings are generally arranged either
chronologically or under broad subjects.
(b) Writings about Gandhi.
The writings about Gandhi are in the form of complete
biographies, brief biographical essays, treatises on his philosophy
of non-violence and satyagraha, articles, letters, poems, reports of
interviews and homages. Also, practically every book written during
the last thirty years on India's social, political and economic conditions
comments on Gandhi and his non-violent struggle for India's indepen-
dence. These writings come from the pens of his admirers,
his friendly critics and bitter opponents. All are annotated and
arranged alphabetically under their subjects in Part II, Section 3:
SUBJECT APPROACH.
5. The Main Events of Gandhi's Life and of India's Struggle for her
Independence which Influenced his Writings and Speeches.
To examine closely this multi-sided Gandhian literature I have
divided it into the following eight convenient phases. Around each
phase and its principal events is woven literature by and about Gandhi.
People all over the world either praised or criticised him for his words
and deeds. It is essential to mention that under the following eight
phases only the most important subject headings, which also appear in
Part II, Section 3, of the Bibliography, are listed. They interlink
chronologically the main events of Gandhi's life and depict in brief
the nature and character of Gandhian literature.
(a) Childhood, education, marriage, 1869-1893.
Literature on this phase is arranged in Part II, Section 3 under the
subject headings such as: GANDHI-EDUCATION; GANDHI—
MARRIAGE; and GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND CHILD-
HOOD, etc.
(b) South Africa, 1893-1914.
This period can be considered one of the most significant phases
of Gandhi's writings and speeches. The letter he wrote to his brother
Laxmidas Gandhi on May 27, 1906, from Johannesburg, “mirrored
his mind faithfully". He made it clear, "I do not claim anything
of mine. All I have here is being utilized for public purposes....I
xviii
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
0
could have satisfied your desire for money if I had not dedicated my
all for public use."*
Literature on this phase is arranged under the following subject
headings FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA : Phoenix, 1913 and 1914;
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA: Bloemfontein, Nov. 1913,
Dundee, Nov. 11, 1913, Johannesburg, Jan. 10, 1908, Palmford, Nov.
6, 1913, Standarton, Nov. 8, 1913, Teakworth, Nov. 9, 1913, Volksrust,
Oct. 15, 1908 and Nov. 17, 1913 ; SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA; Johannesburg, Sep. 11, 1906 and Aug. 16, 1908,
New Castle, Oct. 28, 1913; and SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION.
(c) Return from South Africa to India and early activities,
1915-1919.
When Gandhi landed at Bombay, on January 9, 1915, the country
was slowly recovering from the effects of long continued repression.
The Press Act and Seditious Meeting Act were still in force. There
were many political leaders in jail. Gandhi travelled through the coun-
try and made himself acquainted with the political situation. He
met a few prominent national leaders, such as Lokamanya B.G. Tilak,
Rabindranath Tagore and others, and discussed with them the pre-
vailing political issues. The literature on this phase is arranged
under the subject headings such as: FASTS—INDIA ; Ahmedabad,
Mar. 12, 1918, and Sabarmati, Apr. 13, 1919; IMPRISONMENTS-
INDIA : Motihari, Apr. 17, 1917 and Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919 ; JALLIAN-
WALA BAGH TRAGEDY; KHILAFAT MOVEMENT; SATYA-
GRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA; Ahmedabad, Feb. 26, 1918,
Champaran, Bihar, Apr. 17, 1917, Kheda, Mar., 1918, Rowlatt Act
satyagraha, Apr. 6, 1919 and Viramgam, 1915.
-
(d) Non-violent Non-co-operation movement, 1920-1929.
At the beginning of this phase Gandhi was the undisputed and
recognised leader of the Indian nation. The literature on this phase
is arranged under the following subject headings: FASTS-INDIA :
Bardoli, Feb. 1922, Bombay, Nov. 9, 1921, Delhi, Sep. 18, 1924, and
Sabarmati, Nov. 24, 1925; IMPRISONMENTS INDIA: Sabar-
mati, Mar. 10, 1922 and Yeravda, Mar. 18, 1922; SATYAGRAHA
CAMPAIGNS-INDIA: Bardoli Feb. 12, 1928, Non-violent non-
co-operation, Aug. 1, 1920 and Vykom, Mar., 1924.
(e) First and Second Civil Disobedience movements, 1930-1940.
This phase of Gandhian literature can be called the most signi-
ficant. During this phase more literature was produced than on any
other phase. Among the subject headings used for this period the
major ones are: FASTS-INDIA : Rajkot, Mar. 3, 1939, Wardha-
ganj, Aug. 7, 1934 and YERAVDA, Sep. 20, 1932, Dec. 22, 1932,
May 8, 1933 and Aug. 4, 1933; GANDHI-IRWIN PACT; IMPRI-
* D.G. Tendulkar, Mahatma : Life of Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi, 1951,
v. 1, p. 92.
Introduction
xix
SONMENTS-INDIA: Poona Aug. 4, 1944 and Yeravda, May 5,
1930, Jan. 4, 1932 and July 1933 ; SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA : Civil Disobedience movement I, Mar. 12, 1930; Civil
Disobedience movement II, Dec. 31, 1931; ROUND TABLE CON-
FERENCE; SIMON COMMISSION and SWARAJ (complete
independence).
(f) Individual Satyagraha, "Quit India" movement and after,
1941-1946.
The main subject headings under which literature on this phase
is arranged are the following: CRIPPS' MISSION; FASTS—INDIA :
The Aga Khan Palace, Feb. 10, 1943; HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY;
IMPRISONMENTS INDIA: The Aga Khan Palace prison, Aug.
9, 1942; INDIA-WORLD WAR I; INDIA-WORLD WAR II;
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS, INDIA: Individual Satyagraha, Oct.
1940 and "Quit India"campaign, Aug. 9, 1942; and SIMLA CON-
FERENCE.
(g) Unity efforts and assassination, January 1947 to January
30, 1948.
This was the tragic last phase of Gandhi's life. In Dr. Rajendra
Prasad's words, "The happenings of these times had so seared his heart
that he had almost ceased to have any interest in life". He further adds,
"He expressed it publicly on many occasions that he had no desire to live
and be a helpless witness to what had been going on in the country.
But with all this he had never lost faith and was hoping and working
for the day when relations of concord and harmony could again be
established between the Hindus and the Mussalmans."* The principal
subject headings under which the literature on this phase is arranged
are: FASTS-INDIA: New Delhi, Jan. 13, 1948; GANDHI
-ASSASSINATION; GANDHI-HOMAGES; INDIA-PARTI-
TION; NOAKHALI-PAKISTAN; and REFUGEES.
(h) After his death, February, 1948 to early 1954.
The Gandhian literature on this phase falls into three categories:
homages, biographies and general treatises on his life and thought.
They are arranged under the following subject headings: GANDHI
-HOMAGES (collections); GANDHI-HOMAGES (arranged geogra-
phically); GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES are arranged chronologically
under Part II, Section 2. The general treatises are arranged under
their respective subjects such as GANDHI COMPARED TO BUDDHA;
GANDHI COMPARED TO CHRIST; GANDHI-HUMANIST;
GANDHI-SAINT; GANDHI-SOCIAL REFORMER; GANDHI
-STATESMAN and so on.
* Rajendra Prasad, Foreword to M.K. Gandhi, Communal unity, 1949, p. vii.
XX
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
6. Arrangement of the Bibliography.
So far I have described the purpose, scope and character of the
writings by and about Gandhi, with special reference to the main events
of Gandhi's life and his non-violent struggle for India's independence.
In the following pages is described the arrangement of this mass of
literature.
The Bibliography is divided into three main parts. Each part
is further divided into sections and sub-sections. These sections and
sub-sections are further divided into 559 alphabetically arranged sub-
ject headings. Under these subject headings annotated entries, with
their complete bibliographical information, are arranged alphabeti-
cally. To save space and to avoid unnecessary repetition, annotations
are eliminated in three cases. First, when the title of an entry is self-
explanatory. Secondly, when all the entries either comment on or
describe one particular subject or event, with no extra information.
Thirdly, in Part I, Section 2, where Gandhi's collected works are listed
alphabetically, they are not annotated because they also appear under
their respective subjects, with complete bibliographical information,
i.e., author, title, edition, place of publication, publisher, date of
publication, pages, size, illustrations, series, and any other information
related to a particular entry.
Given below is a brief description of each main part, its sections
and sub-sections:
PARTI. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND COLLEC-
TIONS.
Part I contains 176 entries and is divided into two main divisions
and five sections.
Section A: LIBRARY CATALOGUES. Includes catalogues
of the world's best-known libraries. Among them the important
ones are: U.S. Library of Congress, A catalogue of books represented
by Library of Congress printed cards, with its supplements, and British
Museum, Department of printed books, Subject index of the modern
works added to the library. The catalogues are arranged alphabetically
and exact pages on which Gandhian literature is listed are quoted.
Section B: BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND INDEXES. The impor-
tant works are: Bibliographic index; Bibliographie der deutschen
Zeitschriftenliteratur, mit Einschluss von Sammelwerken; Biography
index; The Book review digest; The Education index; Essay and general
literature; International index to periodicals; Bulletin of the Public
affairs information service; Reader's guide to periodical literature;
Social science abstracts; and Subject index to periodicals.
Section C includes TRADE AND NATIONAL BIBLIOGRA-
PHIES. Examples are: Aarskatulog over norsk literature; Anais das
Introduction
xxi
bibliotecas e arquivos de Portugal; Arskatalog for svenska bokhandeln;
"Biblio", catalogue des ouvrages parus en langue francaise dans la monde
entier; Bibliografia general espanola e hispano americana; Bibliogra-
fia Hispanica; Bibliografia italiana; Bibliografia mexicana; Biblio-
graphie de la France; Boletin bibliografico mexicano; Brinkman's
cumulative catalogus van bocken; Bania Polyglotta; Dansk Bogforteg-
nelse; Deutsche Nationalbibliographie; Deutsches Bucherverzeichnis;
Halbjahrsverzeichris der Neuerschinungen des deutschen Buchhandels mit
Voranzeigen; Jahresverzeichris des deutschen Schriftums; Il Libro
italiano Nordisk bok kalender; Norsk Bokkandlertidende: La scheda
cumulativa italiana; Das Schweizer buch; Der Schweizer Buchhandale;
Svensk bokfortecking and the Cumulative book index.
Under Section D are listed alphabetically GANDHI BIBLIO-
GRAPHIES. These bibliographies, with one exception, are those
which appear in biographies and treatises on Gandhi's life and thought.
The major bibliographies are listed in books such as: Gandhiji : his
life and work, 1944; Louis Fischer, The life of Mahatma Gandhi, 1950;
K. L. Shridharani, War without violence: a study of Gandhi's method
and its accomplishments, 1939 and G.N. Dhawan, Political philosophy
of Mahatma Gandhi, 1951. P.G. Deshpande, Gandhiana, 1948 is the only
bibliography in which is listed literature by and about Gandhi in Eng-
lish, Hindi, Gujarati and other provincial languages of India.
Section E includes those PERIODICALS WHICH TOOK
SPECIAL INTEREST IN PRINTING LITERATURE ON INDIA'S
STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE AND REGULARLY RE-
VIEWED GANDHIAN LITERATURE. The chief among them are:
Harijan, Indian Annual Register; Indian Opinion; Indian Review;
Modern Review; and Young India.
Under the second main division of Part I are listed alphabetically
77 collected works of Gandhi, selections from his writings, and collect-
ed writings of others on him. Examples of Gandhi's collected writings
are: Bapu's Letters to Mira, 1924-1948; The bleeding wound: being
a most up-to-date collection of Gandhi's speeches, writings and state-
ments on untouchability, 1932; Christian missions, their place in India,
1941; Communal unity, 1949; Food shortage and agriculture, 1949;
Freedom's battle; being a comprehensive collection of writings and
speeches on present situation, 1922; Gandhi against fascism, 1944;
Gandhi's correspondence with the government, 1942-1945; Hindu
dharma, 1950; India of my dreams, 1947; The Indian states' problems,
1941; The nation's voice: being a collection of Gandhiji's speeches in
England, 1931 ; Quit India, 1942; Satyagraha: non-violent resistance,
1951; Speeches and writings of Mahatma Gandhi, 1922; To the pro-
tagonists of Pakistan, 1947; To the students, 1949; Towards non-violent
socialism, 1951; Women and social injustice, 1947; and Young India
from 1919 to 1926, in 3 volumes, 1928.
xxii
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Among the selections from Gandhi's writings and speeches the
principal are: The mind of Mahatma Gandhi; compiled by R.K.
Prabhu and U.R. Rao, 1945 ; Selected writings of Mahatma Gandhi ;
selected and introduced by Ronald Duncan, 1951; Selections from
Gandhi by Nirmal Kumar Bose, 1948; Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi
edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra, 1945; The Wisdom of Gandhi in
his own words, selected and arranged by Roy Walker, 1934; and The
Wit and Wisdom of Gandhi, edited with an introduction by Homer A.
Jack, 1951.
Important examples of collected writings about Gandhi are:
Gandhiji : his life and work, published on his 75th birthday, October 2,
1944, edited by D.G. Tendulkar; Gandhiji as an educationist; and
Symposium, edited by V.S. Mathur, 1951; Mahatma Gandhi: essays
and reflections on his life and work, presented to him on his seventieth
birthday, October 2nd, 1939; together with a new memorial section,
edited by Sir S. Radhakrishnan, 1949. Reminiscences of Gandhiji
by forty-eight contributors; edited by Chandrashankar Shukla, 1951.
PART II. This part forms the main body of the Bibliography and is
divided into three main sections.
Section 1. CHRONOLOGY FROM OCTOBER 2, 1869, to
JANUARY 30, 1948.
This section includes the Chronology of the main events of
Gandhi's life from October 2, 1869, to January 30, 1949. The entries
explain briefly a particular event and they are not numbered.
Section 2. GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES.
Under this section are listed Gandhi's biographies chronologically
from 1909 to early 1954.* They are arranged alphabetically under each
year, with complete bibliographical information and annotations.
These biographies are of three types: Complete books, part of books,
and periodical and encyclopedic articles. The total number of bio-
graphies is 298. The best known among them are: D.G. Tendulkar,
Mahatma: life of Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi, 1951-1954, 8 vols ;
Louis Fischer, The life of Mahatma Gandhi, 1950; Vincent Sheean,
Lead, kindly light, 1949; Romain Rolland, Mahatma Gandhi, 1924 ;
and H.S.L Polak, Mahatma Gandhi, 1948.
Section 3. SUBJECT APPROACH.
This is the biggest section of the Bibliography and contains 2,881
entries. These annotated entries are arranged alphabetically under
* For biographies of Gandhi, written between April 1954 and April 1955
please see the SUPPLEMENT.
Introduction
xxiii
559 subject headings which are also arranged alphabetically. The
subject headings fall into four categories: general subjects; Gandhi
as a subject; see references and see also references.
General subjects include topics such as: Agriculture; Ahimsa
(non-violence); Arab-Jewish question; Art; Atom Bomb; Basic
education; Bhagwad Gita; Birth control; Boycotts ; Brahmacharya
(celibacy); Buddhism; Cabinet mission; Charkha (spinning wheel);
China; Christian missions: Christianity ; Communal Award;
Communal question; Communism; Constructive Programme;
Cripps mission; Czechoslovakian question; Democracy; Divide and
rule policy; Education; Fascism; Fasting; Food shortage in India;
Gandhism; God; Health and hygiene; Hindi or Hindustani ques-
tion; Hindu-Muslim unity; Hinduism; Imprisonments India and South
Africa; India-civilization; India-constitution; India-economic
conditions; India-flag ; India-foreign poliey; India-national move-
ment ; India-nationalism; India-partition; India-political parties;
India-politics and government ; India-poverty; India-social condi-
tions; India-World War I ; India-World War II; Indian National
Army (I.N.A.) ; Indian National Congress; Indian princes and their
states; Indian reforms; Indian Union; Industrial relations; Inter-
nationalism; Islam; Jallianwala Bagh tragedy; Japan; Jews;
Kashmir question; Kasturbai Gandhi; Khilafat movement; Labour
and workers; Manual labour;
Manual labour; Medicine Minorities; Mopla
revolt; Mother India;
Mother India; National language; Nehru on Gandhi;
Pakistan; Peasants and landlords; Ph. D. theses submitted on Gandhi
and his struggle; Prayer; Refugees; Religion; Religion and morals;
Religion and state; Round Table Conference; Sarvodaya movement
(welfare of all); Satyagraha (non-violent resistance); Satyagraha and
Pathans; Satyagraha campaigns-India; Satyagraha campaigns ins-
pired by Gandhi; Satyagraha campaigns-South Africa; Sikhism;
Simla conference; Simon Commission; Socialism; Strikes and lock-
outs; Students; Swadeshi; Swaraj (complete independence); Truth;
United States of America (U.S.A.); Untouchability; Vegetarianism;
Wages; Wardha Scheme of Education; Western civilization and
Women and their problems. Under each subject annotated entries
are listed alphabetically first by Gandhi and below them about him.
Under the second category, i.e,, Gandhi as a subject, come
subject headings such as: Gandhi-assassination; Gandhi-birthdays;
Gandhi compared to Buddha; Gandhi compared to Christ; Gandhi
compared to Ford; Gandhi compared to Lenin; Gandhi compared
to Stalin; Gandhi compared to Tagore; Gandhi compared to Tols-
toy; Gandhi-criticism; Gandhi-economic theorist ; Gandhi-poetry;
Gandhi-prophet; Gandhi-reviews of books on him; Gandhi-revolu-
tionary; Gandhi-saint; Gandhi- social reformer; Gandhi-socialist
and Gandhi-statesman. Writings on "Gandhi as a subject" are listed
alphabetically under these subject headings with their complete biblio-
graphical information and annotations.
xxiv
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
To connect the related subjects together 234 see and 109 see also
cross references are provided. There are many events in Gandhi's
life and in the history of his struggle which bear different names but
are the same. In such cases see references are given. There are some
subjects which are partly related to each other but for their importance
are listed separately. In such cases see also references are provided.
Subjects like Ahimsa (non-violence), Satyagraha (non-violent resistance)
are used in their original form because it is hard to find correct equi-
valent English words for them. In such cases see references from the
likely English words are given. For those subjects which are important
events in Gandhi's life but are not familiar to many readers, a brief
explanation is given.
PART III
The third and the last part has three sections. Under Section
1 are listed BOOKS WHICH INFLUENCED GANDHI'S LIFE AND
THOUGHT. During his stay in London as a student from September
1889 to June 1891 he came into contact with a few Christian friends
and Theosophist brothers who suggested to him some religious books
to read. He also read a few important books during his struggle in
South Africa from May 1893 to July 1914. The outstanding among
them are: Sir Edwin Arnold's translation of Bhagavad Gita or The
song celestial (1885); The Bible; Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, Key
to Theosophy (1869); Joseph Butler. The analogy of religion natural
and revealed to the constitution and course of nature (1836); Thomas
Carlyle, On heroes, hero-worship and the heroic in history (1841);
Washington Irving, Lives of the successors of Mahomet (1850); Adolf
Just, Return to nature (1903); Freidrich Max Muller, India: what can
it teach us (1883); John Ruskin, Unto this last (1862); Henry David
Thoreau, On the duty of civil disobedience (1903); and Leo Nikolaevich
Tolstoy, The gospel in brief (1896); and The kingdom of God is within
you (1896). The other books in Gujarati, Sanskrit, Hindi and other
provincial languages of India which made an impression on him are not
listed in this section with their complete bibliographical information
because this Bibliography is limited to non-Indian languages. For
reference only their titles are listed as follows: Ramayana ; Bhagwat ;
Rama Raksha; Manusmriti; Shastras; Panchikaram; Maniratnamala;
Mumukshu Parkaram of Yogavasitha; Haribhadra Suri, Shaddarshana
Samuschchaya; Narmadashankar, Dharma Vichar and Upanishads.
Section 2 includes BOOKS FOR WHICH GANDHI WROTE
FOREWORDS. They are arranged alphabetically without annota-
tions because they also appear under their subjects in Part II:
Section 3 SUBJECT APPROACH.
Under Section 3 are listed alphabetically PERIODICALS
GANDHI EDITED AND SPONSORED. A brief history of each
periodical is given which shows its importance for Gandhian literature.
Introduction
XXV
The names of the periodicals are: Harijan; Harijan Bandhu ; Harijan
Sewak; Indian Opinion; Navajivan and Young India.
Under Section 4 a list of selected institutions of which gandhi
laid foundation-stones and inaugurated is given.
The SUPPLEMENT which comes after Part III includes
annotated literature by and on Gandhi printed between April 1954
and April 1955. After the SUPPLEMENT for quick reference are
listed alphabetically the SUBJECT HEADINGS see and see also
cross references used in Part II, Section 3 of the Bibliography.
At the end of the book a comprehensive index is provided which is
compiled on the dictionary method.
7. Acknowledgements.
My warm thanks go to all my well-wishers and critics, who have
been to me a source of great inspiration and encouragement, since
I first started working on this Bibliography in 1948. But I tender my
profound gratitude to Professor Rudolph H. Gjelsness, the Chairman
of the Department of Library Science, University of Michigan and
Professor Raymond L. Kilgour, the Chairman of my Doctoral Commit-
tee, for the learned guidance and encouragement which they extended
to me during the course of this study. I shall never forget my long
discussions with Dr. Kilgour regarding the Bibliography and I am quite
sure that his valuable suggestions and criticism will ever reign supreme
not only upon my future bibliographical efforts but also upon all my
professional activities as a librarian and as a man. I am also grateful
to Professor Mary P. Parsons and Dr. N. Marbury Efimenco, both
members of my Doctoral Committee, and Prof. Katherine E. Schultz
for their valuable suggestions and encouragement.
To Professor Warner G. Rice, former Director of the University
Library and now the Chairman of the Department of the English
Language and Literature, Dr. Frederick H. Wagman, Director of the
University Library, Mr. Samuel W. McAllister, Associate Director of
the University Library, Miss Elizabeth B. Steer, Chief Catalogue
Librarian, and Miss Marion V. Patch, Associate Catalog Librarian,
I am highly indebted for their generosity extended to me in their official
and personal capacity.
I am obliged to Miss Cordelia L. Haagen, Chief Order Librarian,
and Mr. Rolland C. Stewart, Chief Bibliographer, University of
Michigan Library, for their kind co-operation and their willingness
to order Gandhian literature for the General Library. I am also
obliged to Miss Margaret I. Smith, Chief Reference Librarian, Miss
Agnes N. Tysse, Associate Reference Librarian, and other staff mem-
bers of the Reference Department for their cordial and expert reference
service, whenever I sought their help in the General Reading Room.
xxvi
Mahatma Gandhi A Descriptive Bibliography
I also thank Mr. Fred L. Dimock, Chief Circulation Librarian, and other
staff members for helping me in locating Gandhian literature in the
stacks. To Miss Majory H. Drake, Associate Divisional Librarian
of the Library Science Study Hall, and Miss Mary E. Anderson,
Library Science fellow, go my special thanks for making so pleasant
my stay in the Study Hall, where I spent most of my time during the
period of research. How can I forget their cordial behaviour and
affectionate treatment ?
I express my profound gratitude to Dr. S.R. Ranganathan, Pro-
fessor of Library Science, University of Delhi, and Professor S. Das
Gupta, Head of the Department of Library Science and the Librarian
of the Delhi University Library, for their valuable advice and encou-
ragement regarding the Bibliography.
I acknowledge my indebtedness to the Rockefeller Foundation,
for a grant to complete my "study in Library Science, particularly
bibliographical techniques in the United States." To Mr. Charles B.
Fahs, Director, Division of Humanities and Mr. Chadbourne Gilpatric,
Assistant Director, Division of Humanities, I am particularly grateful
for their keen interest in my programme, when I was a fellow of the
Foundation.
My indebtedness is also due to Dr. Carl Hastings Milam, former
Director of the United Nations Library, Mr. Edouard Reitman,
Director of the United Nations Library, Mr. Willard A. Heaps,
Chief, Service to Readers, and other staff members of the Library
for their direct and indirect help in my research during the period
I was gaining practical experience in bibliographical techniques at the
United Nations Library. I must express my feelings of gratitude to Dr.
Luther H. Evans, former Librarian of the Library of Congress, and now
the Director-General of UNESCO, and Dr. Horace I. Poleman, Chief,
South East Asia Section of the Library of Congress, for their kind help
and encouragement. I am also grateful to the late Mr. H.W.Wilson,
of the H.W. Wilson Company, and Miss J. Doris Dart, of the H.W.
Wilson Company, with whom I discussed the Bibliography. My thanks
are also due to Dr. Ralph Robert Shaw, Librarian of the U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture Library, Dr. Philip M. Homer, Chief Archivist,
Records Control Branch, U.S. National Archives and Dr. S.J. Pom-
renze, a staff member of the National Archives, in whose libraries,
as a fellow of the Rockefeller Foundation, I gained practical experi-
ence in bibliographical techniques.
I am highly obliged to Mrs. Vijaya Laxmi Pandit, former Ambas-
sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of India to the United States
of America, Shri T.N. Kaul, First Secretary, and Shri R.K. Kapur,
Education Attache, Embassy of India in Washington, D.C., who made
possible my stay in Washington for a few months so that I could
gather more materials for the Bibliography at the Library of Congress.
Introduction
xxvii
Since I came back to India in October 1954, Shri Kaul now Joint Secre-
tary, Ministry of External Affairs has been to me a source of great
inspiration and help towards the publication of this work. I am also
grateful to Shri Gaganvihari Lallubhai Mehta, Ambassador Extra-
ordinary and Plenipotentiary of India to the United States of America
for his interest in my work.
My thanks are also due to the Trustees of the Gandhi Memorial
Fund, especially to Shri Ganesh Vasudeo Mavalankar, Chairman of
the Fund and Speaker of the Indian Parliament, Shri Kakasahib
Kalelkar, Director of the Gandhi Memorial Museum, and Shri Devadas
Gandhi for giving me the opportunity to organize the Gandhi Memo-
rial Museum Library for one year and to examine and catalogue Gan-
dhian literature. I shall be failing in my duty if I do not express my
high regards to Professor Humayun Kabir, Secretary, Ministry of
Education, Government of India, for his interest in my study and for
providing me with a copy of Gandhian outlook and techniques; a verba-
tim report of the proceedings of the Seminar on the contribution of
Gandhian outlook and techniques to the solution of tensions between
and within nations, held at New Delhi from 5th to 17th January, 1953.
I am also thankful to Shri N.S. Junankar of the Ministry of Education
for his cordial help and co-operation.
To Mme. Alva Myrdal, Director, Department of Social Sciences,
UNESCO, and Mr. S. Friedman of the same Department I am thankful
for a copy of the condensed report entitled The Gandhian way by Pro-
fessor Humayun Kabir, of the Seminar on the Gandhian outlook,
published in the International Social Science Bulletin (Paris), Vol. V,
No. 2, 1953.
I am also thankful to Shri Anil K. Chanda, Deputy Minister,
Ministry of External Affairs, Government of India, for a copy of a
statement he made before the House of the People containing all
available information about Gandhi Memorials in different parts of
the world.
During the course of the compilation of this Bibliography and
since I came back to India from the United States of America I have
been fortunate enough to come into contact with a few prominent asso-
ciates and admirers of Gandhiji who kindly saw the manuscript and
made a few valuable suggestions. I am grateful to Shri U.N. Dhebar,
President, Indian National Congress, for writing the Foreword to this
book. For their special interest in this work I am grateful to Shri
Shriman Narayan, Shri Devadas Gandhi, Shri G.V. Mavalankar, Shri
Brijkrishna Chandiwala, Shri Kakasahib Kalelkar, Shri Radha Raman,
Shri Pyarelal, Shri M.L. Sodhani, Shri T.N. Kaul, Dr. John Haynes
Holmes, Dr. Bharatan Kumarappa, Shri D.G. Tendulkar and Shri
U.S. Mohan Rao.
xxviii
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
To Shri Kashava Ram, Dr. Amba Prasad, Shri Ramchandra,
Shri Prakash C. Jain and a few other friends I am grateful for their
constant encouragement and help in reading the proofs and preparing
the index. I also wish to thank Shri Syam Lal, Shri Prem Chand,
Shri P.N. Kapur and Shri R.K. Seth of Messrs S. Chand & Co. My
thanks also go to Prof. Vedavrata Vidyalankar, and the staff of the
New India Press without whose kind co-operation this book could not
have been printed so nicely and quickly. To Shri C.L. Sharma and Shri
P.C. Arya of the A.I.C.C. I am thankful for helping me in preparing
the SUPPLEMENT.
I owe a special debt of gratitude to my father Shri Raghubar
Dayal Sharma, my uncle Shri Ramchandra Sharma and our family
friend and well-wisher Shri Mahesh Chandra without whose help I
could not have completed this study and presented it to you in
print.
Delhi
May 15, 1955
Jagdish Saran Sharma
CM 1941:
CPCS 1945:
CU 1949:
DDG 1952:
EP 1952:
FSA 1949:
FYM 1945:
G 1944 :
GE 1951:
GOT 1953 :
ABBREVIATIONS
Gandhi, M.K. Christian missions, their place in
India. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1941. vii, 311p. 22cm.
Cent per cent swadeshi; or, the economics of
village industries. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1945. 108p. 20 cm.
-Communal unity. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1949. xxxii, 1006p. 22cm.
-Drink, drugs and gambling. Edited by
Bharatan Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan pub-
lishing house, 1952. xi, 175p. 21 cm.
George, S.K. ed. The economics of peace; the
cause and the man. Wardha, M.P., Gram Udyog,
Akhil Bharat Sarva Seva Sangh, 1952. 278p.
24cm.
Gandhi, M.K. Food shortage and agriculture.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949.
xii, 227p. 22cm.
-From Yeravda mandir; ashram observances.
Translated from the original Gujarati by Valji
Govindji Desai. 3d rev. ed. Ahmedabad, Navaji-
van publishing house, 1945. 67p. 15cm.
Gandhiji, his life and work. Published on his 75th
birthday, October 2, 1954. Edited by D.G. Ten-
dulkar and others. Bombay, Published by M.N.
Kulkarni at Karnatak publishing house, 1944.
xxiv, 501p. illus. ports. facsims. 26cm.
Mathur, Vishwanath Sahai, ed. Gandhiji as an
educationist; a symposium. Delhi, Metropolitan
book co., 1951. xvi, 108p. 22cm.
Kabir, Humayun, ed. Gandhian outlook and
techniques. New Delhi, Ministry of Education,
Government of India, 1953. vi, 424p. 22 cm.
XXX
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
GWB 1945 :
H
HD 1950:
KH 1948 :
HOMAGE 1948: India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting,
New Delhi. Homage to Gandhi. New Delhi, The
Ministry, 1948. 69p. 24cm.
MAHATMA
MG 1949:
MMG 1945:
NPW 1942 :
NPW 1949 :
NV 1932 :
Orig. pub.:
Gandhi's wisdom box; edited by Dewan Ram Par-`
kash. Lahore, Dewan's publications, 1945. 111p.
port. 18cm.
Harijan; a weekly.
Gandhi, M.K. Hindu dharma. Edited by Bharatan
Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1950. xx, 443p. 22cm.
Gandhi, M.K. Key to health. Translated by
Sushila Nayyar. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1948. xxvi, 83p. 16cm.
Tendulkar. D.G. Mahatma; life of Mohandas
Karamchand Gandhi. Illustrations collected and
arranged by Vithalbhai K. Jhaveri; foreword by
Jawaharlal Nehru. Bombay, 1951-54. 8 vols.
ports. facsims. 25cm.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli, ed. Mahatma
Gandhi; essays and reflections on his life and work,
presented to him on his seventieth birthday, Octo-
ber 2nd, 1949. Together with a new memorial
section. 2d enl. ed. London, G. Allen and Un-
win, 1949. 557p.. ports. 23cm.
Gandhi, M.K. Mind of Mahatma Gandhi; com-
piled by R.K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao, with a fore-
word by Sir Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan. London,
Bombay, New York, etc., H. Milford, Oxford Uni-
versity press, 1945. xii, 190p. port. 19cm.
-Non-violence in peace and war. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1942. vol. I, 22cm.
-Non-violence in peace and war. Ahmeda-
bad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949. vol. II.
22cm.
The nation's voice; being a collection of
Gandhiji's speeches in England and Sjt. Maha-
dev Desai's account of the sojourn, September
to December, 1931. Edited by C. Rajagopala-
char and J.C. Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, M.M.
Bhatta, 1932. viii, 340p. port. 22cm.
Originally published.
Abbreviations
xxxi
RG 1951:
S 1951 :
SG 1948:
SPP 1951:
SSA 1950:
SW 1922:
TMG 1945:
TNS 1951:
TS 1945:
UI 1928:
WF 1922:
WSI 1947 :
YI
Shukla, Chandrashanker, ed. Reminiscences of
Gandhiji; by forty-eight contributors. With a
foreword by Rajkumari Amrit Kaur. Bombay,
Vora, 1951. 218p. illus. 23cm.
Gandhi, M.K. Satyagraha: non-violent resistance,
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
xvi, 406p. 22cm.
Selections from Gandhi by Nirmal Kumar
Bose. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1948. xxiii, 311p. 22cm.
Sarvodaya; its principles and programme.
Compiled and edited by Shriman Narayan Agarwal.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
61p. 21cm.
-Satyagraha in South Africa, translated from
the Gujarati by Balji Govindji Desai. rev. ed. Ahme-
dabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1950
351p. 22cm.
XV,
**
Speeches and writings of Mahatma Gandhi
3rd ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1922.
8, 444p. ports. 19cm.
Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi; edited by
Jag Parvesh Chandra, with a foreword by Dr.
Rajendra Prasad. Lahore, The Indian printing
works, 1945. 620p. port. 18cm.
-Towards non-violent socialism. Edited by
Bharatan Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1951. 165p. 22cm.
To the students; articles and extracts from
Gandhiji's speeches and writings, arranged chrono-
logically. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1949. 324p. 22cm.
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Unhappy India. Calcutta,
Banna publishing co., 1928. lxx, 565p. 20cm.
Gandhi, M.K. The wheel of fortune; apprecia-
tion by Dwijendranath Tagore. Madras, Ganesh
and co., 1922. vii-xiii, 160p. illus. 19cm.
-Women and social injustice. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1947. x, 216p.
21 cm.
Young India; a weekly in English, 1919-1933.
PART I
1. Bibliography of Bibliographies.
2. Collections.
1. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES
A. LIBRARY CATALOGUES
British Museum. Department of printed books. Subject index of the
modern works added to the library, 1881-1900; 1901-1905; 1906-1910;
1911-1915; 1916-1920; 1926-1930; 1931-1935; 1936-1940; 1941-1945.
London, The Trustees of The British Museum, 1953. v. 25 cm.
1
The volumes from 1916 to 1945 include material on Gandhi and his move-
ment for India's independence, under : INDIA-POLITICS. The works are listed
alphabetically, by Europeans and Indians separately.
Paris. Bibliotheque Nationale. Catalogue general des livres imprim-
es Auteurs. Paris, Impr. Nat., 1900-1949. v. 24 cm.
2
Includes a few titles on Gandhi in French.
Royal Empire Society, London. Library. Subject catalogue of the
library of the Royal Empire Society, formerly Royal Colonial Ins-
titute, by Evans Lewin. London, The Society, 1930-1937. 4v.
30cm.
3
Lists literature by and on Gandhi and his struggle for India's independence
in volume four, from p. 368 to 382, under : POLITICAL QUESTION.
U. S. Library of Congress. A catalog of books represented by
Library of Congress printed cards, issued to July 31, 1942. Ann
Arbor, Michigan, Edwards Brothers, 1942-46. 167v. 29cm. V.
53:59-60.
4
-Supplement: cards issued August 1, 1942-December 31, 1947.
Ann Arbor, Michigan, Edwards Brothers, 1948. 42v. 29cm.
v. 13: 489-491.
5
--Author catalog; a cumulative list of works represented by Library
of Congress printed cards, 1948-1952. Ann Arbor, Michigan,
J. W. Edwards, 1953. 24v. 29cm. v. 7; 490-491.
6
B. BIBLIOGRAPHIES AND INDEXES
Annual magazine subject index, 1908-49. Boston, The Boston book
company, 1909- v. 24 cm.
7
From 1922 to 1949 practically every volume includes a few entries on Gandhi.
Bibliographic index; a cumulative bibliography of bibliographies.
V. 1- March, 1938. New York, The H. W. Wilson Co., 1938-
v, 261 cm. Quarterly.
8
The following volumes include material on Gandhi :
V. 1, 1937-1942 (pub. 1945), p. 641.
4
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
V. 2, 1943-1946 (pub. 1948), p. 288.
V. 3, 1947-1950 (pub. 1951), p. 291.
1951-1952 (pub. 1952), p. 51.
1952-date also includes a few entries on Gandhi.
Bibliographie der deutschen Zeitschriften literatur, mit Einschluss
von Sammelwerken. Verzeichnis von Aufsatzen, die in Zeitschriften
und Sammelwerken deutscher Zunge erchienen sind, 1896-
1897- . v. 25 cm.
Leipzig,
9
A valuable source for periodical literature in German.
Bibliographie der fremdsprachigen Zeitschriften literatur; Repertoire
bibliographique international des revues; International index to
periodicals, 1911-19, 1925/26-to date. Gautszch b. Leipzig, Dietrich,
1911- . v. 26cm.
10
A useful source for periodical literature, as it indexes about 1400 periodicals
and general works in the principal non-German languages, particularly, French,
Italian, Spanish, English and other European languages. The volumes from 1925 to
date include material on Gandhi.
Biography index; a cumulative index to biographical material in
books, and magazines. January 1946/June 1947-. The H. W.
Wilson co., 1947-
27cm.
11
V.
The following volumes list material on Gandhi :
V. 1, January 1946-July 1949, p. 338-339.
V. 2, August 1949-August 1952, p. 349-350.
Issues from 1952 to date also include a few entries on Gandhi.
•
Minneapolis,
The Book review digest. v. 1- . January 1906-
The H. W. Wilson co., 1906-1912; White Plains and New York City,
The H. W. Wilson co., 1913- v. 25 c-261 cm.
12
Includes reviews of important books on Gandhi published in America from
1924 to date.
Catholic periodical index; a cumulative author and subject index.
to a selected list of Catholic periodicals. 1930/33- New York,
Published for the Catholic library association by The H. W. Wilson
company, 1939- v. 26cm.
13
Indexes a few articles on Gandhi's ideas on religion with special reference to
Christianity.
•
The Education index. 1st- 1929/30- ; a cumulative author and
subject index to a selected list of educational periodicals, books and
pamphlets. New York, The H. W. Wilson co., 1930- . v. 29cm.
14
Includes periodical literature written in support and against Gandhi's views on
education.
Essay and general literature, 1900-1933; an index to about 40,000
essays and articles in 2,144 volumes of collections of essays and mis-
cellaneous works, edited by Minnie Earl Sears and Marian Shaw.
New York, The H. W. Wilson co., 1934, 1952p. 26cm. Part I,
p. 683,
15
M
Bibliography of Bibliographies
5
Essay and general literature, 1934-1940; an index to 23,090 essays
and articles in 1241 volumes of collections of essays and miscellaneous
works, edited by Marian Shaw. New York, The H. W. Wilson co.,
1941. 1362p. 26cm. p.471.
16
-1941-1947; an index to 32,226 essays and articles in 2,023 volumes
of collections of essays and miscellaneous works, edited by Dorothy
Herbert West and Estalle A. Fidell. New York, The H.W. Wilson
co., 1948. 1908p. 26cm. p.618.
17
-1948-1950; an index to 16,303 essays and articles in 610 volumes
of collections of essays and miscellaneous works, edited by Dorothy
Herbert West and Margaret B. Dirk. New York, The H. W. Wilson,
co., 1951. 1122p. 26cm. p.363.
18
1951, an index to 4,716 essays and articles in 180 volumes of
essays and miscellaneous works, edited by Dorothy Herbert West.
New York, The H. W. Wilson co., 1952. 26cm. 325p. p.100.
19
Each volume mentioned above includes a few entries on Gandhi.
International index to periodicals, devoted chiefly to the humanities
and science. A cumulative author and subject index to a selected
list of the periodicals of the world. v. 1- March, 1913-. New
York, The H. W. Wilson company, 1918- . v. 25-261 cm. bi-
monthly except July.
20
*
From 1920 to date practically every volume lists periodical literature on
Gandhi.
Public affairs information service. Bulletin of the Public affairs infor-
mation service, 1st-annual cumulations, 1915- White Plains,
New York, and New York City, The H. W. Wilson company, 1915-19 ;
New York, Public affairs information service, 1920-. v. 26 cm.
21
From 1922 to date practically every volume includes some material on
Gandhi.
Readers' guide to periodical literature. Author and subject index.
to a selected list of periodicals. v. 1- Feb. 1901- . Minneapolis,
Minnesota, The H. W. Wilson, etc., 1901-13; White Plains, New
York, and New York City, The H. W. Wilson company, 1913-
v. 26cm. monthly.
22
An indispensable source for periodical literature in English. Starts listing
literature on Gandhi from 1919 to date.
Social science abstracts; a comprehensive abstracting and indexing
journal of the world's periodical literature in the social sciences. New
York, Social Science Abstracts Incorporation, Columbia University,
1929-33. 5v. 27cm.
23
Subject index to periodicals. Issued by the Library association, 1915/16,
6
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1917/19- . London, The Library association, 1919- . v. 32cm. 24
Indexes articles on Gandhi mostly in British periodicals from 1921 to date.
C. TRADE AND NATIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Aarskatalog over norsk litterature, 1893- Utgitt av den Norske
Boghandlerforening. Oslo, Cammermeyer, 1893-. v. 21cm.
Annual.
25
Annual author catalogue, followed by classified catalogue, lists original
Norwegian literature and translations from other languages into Norwegian.
Anais das bibliotecas e arquivos de Portugual. Coimbra, Imp. de
Universidade, 1915- . v. illus. 28cm. Quarterly.
26
A good source for Portuguese literature.
Arskatalog for svenska bokhandeln. Stockholm, Svenska Bokfolag-
gareforeningen, 1862- v. 21cm. Annual.
27
Lists Swedish literature.
"Biblio", catalogue des ouvrages parus en langue francaise dans le
monde entier, Oct. 1933- Paris, Service Bibliographique des
messageries Hachette, 1933- V. 27cm. Monthly (10 issues per
year with annual cumulations).
28
Indispensable for French literature.
Bibliografia general espanola e hispano-americana. ano 1-enero/abril
1923- Madrid-Barcelona, Cámaras, oficiales del libro, 1925-
v. illus. ports. 28cm. Monthly.
A useful source for Spanish literature.
29
W
Bibliografia Hispanica, ano, 1- mayo/junio 1942-. Madrid,
Instituto Nacional de Libro Espanol, 1942- . v. illus. 25cm.
Monthly.
30
•
Another source for Spanish literature.
Bibliografia italiana. 1928- Sotto gli auspici del Consigle nazion-
ale delle ricerche. Bologne, N. Zanichelli, 1928- v. 24 cm.
A bibliography of current Italian literature published in Italy or abroad.
31
Bibliografia mexicana. Obras editadas en Mexico, libros de autores
mexicanos editados en el extranjero relativos a Mexico, Canje. v. 1,
1942- . Mexico, Depto. de Publicidad y Propaganda, 1944-
v. 23cm.
32
Bibliographie de la France; ou, Journal general de l'imprimerie et
de la librairie. Paris, Cercle de la Libr., 1811- V. 22-27cm. Weekly.
33
Lists weeklly material in French received through the depot legal, including
books and pamphlets.
Boletin bibliografico mexicano; resena mensual de libros y folletos,
Bibliography of Bibliographies
7
editados en Mexico. October 1939-
v. 28cm. Monthly to 1947; biomonthly 1947-
Mexico, D.F., 1939-
34
Brinkman's cumulatieve catalogus van boeken, in Nederland en Vla-
anderen zijn utig. of herdrukt, benevens aanvullingen over vooraf-
gaande jaren in een alfabet gerangschikt volgens auteur, titel en
onderwerp. Leiden, Sijthoff, 1896- v. 24cm. Monthly with
annual cumulations.
35
From 1930 to date lists literature in Dutch on Gandhi.
Catalogue general de la librairie francaise, 1840-1925. Paris, Lorenz,
1867-1945. 34v. 25cm.
36
In its later volumes lists a few titles in French on Gandhi.
Dania Polyglotta; repertoire bibliographique des ouvrages, etudes,
articles, etc., en langues etrangeres parus en Danemark de 1901 a 1944.
Copenhague, Bibliotheque Royale, 1947-1951. 3v. 25cm.
37
Dansk Bogfortegnelse, 1851-. Koenhavn, Gads, 1851-
211cm. Annual.
Later volumes list a few titles in Danish on Gandhi.
·
V.
38
Deutsche National bibliographie, bearb. von der Deutschen Bucherei,
herausgegeben vom Borsenverein der deutschen buchhandler. 1-
jahrg., 1931- . Leipzig, Borsen. verein der deutschen buchhandler,
1931-.
21cm.
V.
A useful source for German literature on Gandhi.
39
Deutsches Bucherverzeichnis der Jahre, 1911-40, eine Zusammenstellung
der im deutschen Buchhandel erschienenen Bucher, Zeitschriften und
Landkarten, mit einem Stich-und
Stich-und Schlagwortregister. Leipzig,
Borsenverein der Deutschen Buchhandler, 1915-1943. v. 281cm.
40
Another source for German literature.
Florence. Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale. Bollettino delle publica-
zioni italiane ricevute per diretto di stampa, 1886- Firenze, Bi-
blioteca, 1886- . v. 25cm. Monthly.
41
Lists in later volumes literature in Italian on Gandhi.
Guatemala (City). Biblioteca Nacional. Boletin. Director: Rafael
Arevalo Martinez. Guatemala City, 1932- . v. 24cm.
42
Lists a few titles in Spanish.
Halbjahrsverzeichnis der Neuerscheinungen des deutschen Buchhandels
mit Voranzeigen, Verlagsund Preisanderungen, Stich-und Schlagwortre-
gister, 1797-1944. Leipzig Borsenverein der Deutschen Buchhandler,
1798-1944. v. 17-26cm.
43
A good source for German literature. Lists a few books on Gandhi in its
later volumes.
A
A
8
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Jahresverzeichris des deutschen Schriftums, 1945/46- . bearb und
hrsg. von der Deutschen Bucherei und dem Borsenvenverein der.
Deutschen Buchhandler zu Leipzig. Leipzig, Borsenvereins, 1948-
v. 24 cm.
Librairie francaise, catalogue general des ouvrages en vente.
1930. Paris, Cercle de la Libr., 1930-34. v. 27×221cm.
"
-1933-1946, Repertoire par auteurs, 2v.; Repertoire par titres.
1204p. 1947-49. 27 X22 cm.
46
Indispensable for French literature on Gandhi.
Norsk Bokhandlertidende.
29-30 cm. Weekly.
II Libro italiano; rassegna bibliografica generale, pubblicazione mensile
a cura del Ministro del 'educazione nazionale e del Ministro della
cultura popolare, v. 1, giugno 1937-
1, giugno 1937- . Roma, Libr. Ulpione
Editrice, 1937- . illus. 24 cm.
illus. 24 cm. Monthly.
47
A useful source for Italian literature.
Nordisk bok kalender. 1947-. Stockholm, Forlaget Biblioteks-
bocker, 1947- . v. 21cm.
48
Lists a few titles in Scandinavian languages.
v.
v.
44
1. jan.,
45
In its latest issues includes a few titles on Gandhi.
1-. Oslo, Gondahl, 1880- V.
49
-
Pan American bookshelf, v. 1- . 1938-
Pan American Union, Columbus memorial library, 1938-
29cm. Monthly.
Washington D. C.
V.
50
La scheda cumulative italiana, diretta e redatta da T. W. Huntington;
indicatore bibliografico per autore, titolo, soggetto delle nuove publi-
cazioni italiane. Anno 1-5, 1932-36. Anacapri, Scheda cumulativa
Italiana, 1932-1937. 5v. 24 cm.
51
A good source for Italian literature up to 1937.
Das Schweizer buch; bibliographisches bulletin der Schweizarischen
landesbibliothek, Bern. Le Livre suisse. Il Libro svizzero. 1.-
jahrg. jan./feb. 1901- Bern, Verlag des Schweizerischen buchha-
ndlervereins; etc., 1901-. v. 22x23 cm.
52
A good source for Swiss literature.
W
Der Schweizer Buchhandel; La librairie suisse; La libreria Svizzera.
Jrg. 1, Hft. 1-, 15 Jan. 1943-, Offizielles Organ. Bern, Verlag des
Schweizerischen Buchhandlervereins, 1943. v. 24 cm. Monthly.
53
A source for Swiss literature on Gandhi.
Svensk bokfortecking, 1913- . Stockholm, Svenska Bokhandlare-
foreningen, 1913-. v. 27cm.
A useful bibliography for the Swedish literature on Gandhi.
54
Bibliography of Bibliographies
9
United States catalog; 4th edition; books in print, January 1, 1928,
edited by Mary Burnham. New York, The H. W. Wilson co., 1928.
3164p. 36cm. p.1092.
55
(Supplements) Cumulative book index, a world list of books in
the English language, 1928-32- edited by Mary Burnham. New
York, The H. W. Wilson co., 1933- . V. 36cm.
56
The following volumes list literature by and on Gandhi.
1928-32 (pub. 1933), p. 801.
1933-37 (pub. 1938), p. 926.
1938-42 (pub. 1945), p. 935.
1943-48 (pub. 1950). p. 866.
1949-50 (pub. 1951), p. 838-839
From 1950 to date practically all the issues include books by or on Gandhi.
D. GANDHI BIBLIOGRAPHIES
Andrews, Charles Freer. Mahatma Gandhi at work: his own story
continued. London, George Allen, 1931. 407p. 21 cm.
57
Bibliography: p. 403-404.
Divided into three parts, it is a selected and ann otated bibliography of works
by and about Gandhi up to 1931.
-ed. Mahatma Gandhi's ideas; including selections from his
writings. London, George Allen and Unwin, 1929. 329p. ports.
22 cm.
58
Bibliography: p. 377-378.
Selected and annotated bibliography of books by and about Gandhi published
up to 1930.
Borsa, Giorgio. Gandhi e il risorgimento indiano. Milano, V.
Bompiani, 1942. 310p. 21cm.
59
"Bibliografia": p. 301-305.
Lists books in English and Italian.
Chitamber, Jashwant Rao. Mahatma Gandhi: his life, work and
influence; foreword by John R. Mott. Philadelphia, Chicago, etc.,
The John C. Winston company, 1933. xviii, 266p. ports. 20 cm. 60
Bibliography: p. 261-262.
Chaturvedi, Benarsidas, and Majorie Sykes. Charles Freer Andrews;
a narrative. With a foreword by M.K. Gandhi. New York, Harper
and brothers, 1950. xiv, 334p. 21cm.
61
"Books by C. F. Andrews": p. 327-328.
Includes a list of publications divided into three parts: (i) Books by C. F.
Andrews; (ii) Books edited by C. F. Andrews (among them three are on Gandhi),
and (iii) Pamphlets, collections of speeches and articles.
Deshpande, P.G., comp. Gandhiana; a bibliography of Gandhian
literature. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xii, 239p.
22cm. (Gujarat Vidyapith granthavali pustak, 41).
62
Title and author's name also in Hindi on title page series title in Hindi; text
in Hindi and English.
>
10
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
A list of books by and about Gandhi. Books on the national struggle of
India are also included. Arranged alphabetically under India's provincial languages.
Books in English are broadly classified. Information given for each title varied and
incomplete. Only title index is provided.
Dhawan, Gopi Nath. Political philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi ;
with a foreword by Sir S. Radhakrishnan. Bombay, Popular book
depot, 1946. xvi, 354p. 23cm.
63
"Selected bibliography" : p. 330-337.
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Satyagraha; its technique and
history; foreword by Rajendra Prasad, prefatory observations by
Kirhorlal Mashruwala. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946. xxiii, 202p.
19cm.
64
Bibliography : p. 201-202.
-Satyagraha: the power of truth. Hinsdale, Ill., H. Regnery co.,
1948. xxii, 108p. 19cm. (The Humnanist library, 6).
65
“A selected bibliography”: p. 107-108.
Durant, Will. Gandhi.
Gandhi. In his The case for India. New York,
Simon and Schuster, 1930. xii, 232p. 19cm. p. 57-118.
"Bibliographical notes" : p. 212-228.
For every chapter explanatory notes are listed at the end of each part. The
second chapter on Gandhi has 138 notes.
Fielden, Lionel. Beggar my neighbour. London, Secker and War-
burg, 1943. 128p. illus. 18cm.
67
Bibliography : p. 126-128.
Fischer, Louis. Life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Harper and
brothers, 1950. ix, 558p. illus. ports. map. 22cm.
68
"A note to the reader (sources and bibliography)”: p. 507-546.
An annotated bibliography.
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Gandhi the holy man; translated from the
German by F.S. Flint and D.F. Tait. London and New York, G.P.
Putnam's sons, 1931. 191p. 19cm.
69
Bibliography: p. 187-191.
-Lenin and Gandhi; translated from the German by F.S. Flint
and D.F. Tait. London and New York, G.P. Putnam's sons, 1927.
xi, 343p. ports. 23cm.
70
Bibliography: p. 321-329.
Lenin and Gandhi. Mit 105 abbildungen. Zurich, etc., Amal-
thea-Verlag, 1927. 305p. illus. 58p. 25cm.
71
"Literaturverzeichnis": p. 289-293.
Gandhiji, his life and work. Published on his 75th birthday, October
2, 1944. Edited by D.G. Tendulkar and others. Bombay, Published
Bibliography of Bibliographies
11
by M.N. Kulkarni at Karnatak publishing house, 1944. xxiv, 501p.
illus. ports. facsims. 26cm.
72
Bibliography: p. 497-502.
Works by and about Gandhi.
Jones, Marc Edmund. Gandhi lives; with an afterword by Paramhansa
Yogananda. Philadelphia, McKay, 1948. viii, 184p. illus. ports.
facsims. 22cm.
73
"General bibliography": p. 179-184.
A list of books by and about Gandhi.
Kaplan, Alexandre. Gandhi et Tolstoi; les sources d'une filiation spi-
rituelle. Nancy, Impr. L. Stoquesrt, 1949. 71p. ports. 22cm. 74
Bibliography: p. 65-69.
Works by and about Gandhi.
Mass, Walter. Mahatma, Gandhi, sein Leben und Werk. Berlin,
Comenius-Verlag, 1949. 96p. port. fold. map. 19cm.
19cm. (Come-
nius-Bucher, Bd. 102)
75
"Gandhi-Literatur”: p. 95.
Muhlmann, Wilhelm Emil. Mahatma Gandhi; der Mann, sein Wir-
kung. Eine Untersuchung zur Religiossozilogie und politischen
Ethik. Tubingen, Mohr, 1950. 298p. 23cm.
76
Bibliography: p. 276-291.
Author's works : p. 292.
Muste, Abraham John. Non-violence in an aggressive world. New
York, London, Harper and brothers, 1940. 211p.. 20cm.
77
"Selected bibliography": p. 204-205.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Nehru on Gandhi; a selection, arranged in
the order of events, from the writings and speeches of Jawaharlal
Nehru. New York, John Day co., 1948. x, 150p. 20cm.
78
"List of references": p. 147.
Peare, Catherine Owens. Mahatma Gandhi; biography for young
people. New York, Holt, 1950. xv, 229p. illus. ports. 21cm. 79
"Bibliography" : p. 223-229.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Ed. nouvelle, revue corrigee
et augmentee. Paris, Delamain and Boutelleau, 1929. 208p. 183cm.
80
"Bibliographie" : p. 4.
-Mit einem nachwort: Gandhi seit seiner freilassung. Erlenbach-
Zurich und Leipzig, Rotapfelverlag, 1930. 165p. port. 20 cm. 81
"Bibliographie" p. 162-163.
Mahatma Gandhi: the man who became one with the universal
12
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
being. New York and London, Century co., 1924. 250p. port.
19cm.
82
Bibliography: p. 249-250.
Samios, Elemi. La sainte vie de Mahatma Gandhi. Pref. de Jean
Herbert. 3d ed. Gap,
Ophrys, 1947. 212p. ports. 19cm.
(Collection Krishna).
83
Bibliography: p. 6.
Sevenster, J.N. Gandhi en het Christendom. Haarlem, De Erven
F. Bohn, 1934. vii-x, 244p. 24 cm.
84
Bibliography: p. vii-x.
Sheean, Vincent. Lead, kindly light. New York, Random house,
1949. viii, 374p. 24cm.
85
Bibliography: p. 365-369.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. War without violence; a study of
Gandhi's method and its accomplishments. Preface by Oswald Garrison
Villar. New York, Harcourt, Brace and co., 1939. xi, 351p. illus.
diagrs. 21cm.
86
"Selected bibliography to chapters" : p. 325-332.
Shrimali, Kalulal. Wardha scheme; the Gandhian plan of education
for rural India. Udaipur (Rajesthan), Vidya Bhawan society, 1949.
xviii, 308p. 19cm.
87
Bibliography: p. 298-308.
Wenz, Heinrich. Das indische reich. Leipzig, Wilhelm Goldmann
Verlage, 1939. 183p. 19cm.
88
"Literatur-Verzeichnis”: p. 181-183.
Wyllie, John Alfred. India at the parting of the ways, monarchy,
diarchy, or anarchy; English version, revised and amplified of "La
India en la bifurcacion de sus vias; monarquia, diarquia o anarquia".
With a foreword by Sir Michael F.O' Dwyer. London, Lincoln Willi-
ams ltd., 1934. xv, 243p. ports. 19cm.
89
Bibliography: p. 240-243.
An annotated bibliography. Literature for and against Gandhi is separately
listed.
E. THE PERIODICALS LISTED BELOW TOOK SPECIAL
INTEREST IN PRINTING LITERATURE ON INDIA'S
STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE AND REVIEWED
REGULARLY THE GANDHIAN LITERATURE.
Harijan (weekly). Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1937-
Gandhi founded this weekly in 1937 and, from that time to his assassination
on January 30, 1948, it remained an important medium, through which he conveyed
V.
25cm.
90
Bibliography of Bibliographies
13
his message to the people. An indispensable source for Gandhi's articles and
speeches between 1937 and 1948.
91
India and world affairs. Calcutta, Hindustan publications, 1945-
24cm. Quarterly.
V.
Reviews books on Gandhi published in India and abroad.
Indian annual register; an annual digest of public affairs of India re-
cording the nation's activities each year in matters political, industrial,
educational, social, etc. Calcutta, Annual register office, 1921-1948.
92
A diary of the national movement in India and an indispensable source
book.
Indian opinion; a weekly in English, Gujarati, Hindi and Tamil languages.
Phoenix, Natal, 1903-1914 V. 24cm.
93
This weekly which was started and financed by Gandhi up to the time he
left South Africa for India in 1915, contains all Gandhi said and wrote about the
Passive Resistance movement in South Africa.
Indian review; a monthly periodical devoted to the discussion of all
topics of interest. Madras, G.A. Natesan, 1900- v. illus. ports.
94
25cm.
•
Every issue includes a list of books of national importance under its section,
"The world of books.”
Indian year book; a statistical and historical annual of the Indian
Empire, with an explanation of the principal topics of the day. Bombay
and Calcutta, etc., Bennett, Coleman and co., 1914-
maps.
19cm.
illus.
95
V.
A quick reference book on the Gandhian movement. Summarizes every
year the main political and social events.
Modern review; a monthly review and miscellany. Calcutta, Modern
review office, 1908- . v. illus. ports.
illus. ports. 24 cm.
96
One of the best known monthly journals of India. Every issue includes
"Reviews and notices of books." Also comments on Gandhi's struggle for India's
independence.
Unity; freedom, fellowship and character in religion. Chicago,
Unity publishing company, 1878- . v. illus. ports.
97
Issued on August 18, 1930, a "Unity Special India Number", giving a
complete account of the Civil Disobedience movement of 1930. The Government
of India proscribed its circulation in India.
Young India; a weekly. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1919-1932.
V.
1-14. V. 24cm.
98
In this weekly, of which Gandhi was the editor, are printed all his writings
written between 1919 and 1932.
Young India; published monthly by the India home rule league of
America. New York, The league, 1918-1920. 3v. illus. 23cm. 99
A valuable source book for the material written in the United States on
India's struggle for independence led by Gandhi,
2. COLLECTIONS
(Note: The collected works and selections listed below are not annotated as
they also appear with complete bibliographical information under
their subjects, in Part II. Section 3 : SUBJECT APPROACH)
Gandhi, M.K. Bapu's letters to Mira, 1924-1948. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1949. 387p. illus. 19cm.
100
a most up-to-date collection of
statements on untouchability.
Foreword by G.D. Birla. Com-
Benares City, Shyam Lal, 1932.
101
-The bleeding wound! Being
Gandhiji's speeches, writings and
Introduction by C.Y. Chintamani.
piled and edited by Ramnath Suman.
xxi, 226p. 18cm.
Cent per cent swadeshi; or the economics of village industries.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945. 108p. 20 cm. 102
-Christian missions, their place in India. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1941. vii, 311p. 22cm.
105
Communal unity. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1949. xxxii, 1006p. 22cm.
103
Conquest of self; being gleanings from his writings and speeches ;
compiled by R.K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao. Bombay, Thacker, 1946.
185p. port. 19cm. (The Rampart library of good reading, no.
59).
104
-Conversations of Gandhiji. Edited by Chandrashanker Shukla.
Bombay, Vora, 1949. 134p. 19cm.
105
Correspondence with Mr. Gandhi, August 1942-April 1944.
(Published with authority). Delhi, The manager of publications, 1944.
ii, 125p. 25cm.
106
-The dawn of freedom. Edited and published by Anand T. Hin-
gorani. Karachi, 1947. 32p. port. 22cm.
107
Drink, drugs and gambling. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1952. xi, 175p. 21cm. 108
-Famous letters of Mahatma Gandhi; compiled and edited by
R.L. Khipple. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1947. ii, 147p. 19cm.
109
-Fellowship of faiths and unity of religions. Edited by Abdul
Majid Khan. Introduction by Acharya J.B. Kripalani. Foreword
by Gurmukh Nihal Singh. Madras, G.A. Natesan, 1948. xv, 53p.
19cm.
110
Collections
15
Gandhi, M.K. Food shortage and agriculture. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1949. xii, 227p. 22cm.
111
-Freedom's battle; being a comprehensive collection of writings and
speeches on the present situation. 2d ed. Madras, Ganesh and co,
1922. 341p. 181cm.
112
Gandhi against fascism; edited by Jag Parvesh Chander. Lahore,
Indian printing works, 1944. ii, 5-117p. 181 cm.
113
-The Gandhi sutras; the basic teachings of Mahatma Gandhi,
arranged and with introduction and biographical sketch by D.S.
Sarma. New York, Devin-Adair, 1949. xvii, 174p. 21cm.
114
-Gandhigrams, by S.R. Tikekar. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1947.
92p. 19cm.
115
Gandhiji's correspondence with the government, 1942-44. Ahme-
dabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945 xxvii, 307p. 183cm. 116
Gandhi's beads of wisdom; a synopsis of Gandhiji's utterances on
truth and non-violence; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Dewan's publications, 1945. 38p. 183cm.
117
-Gandhi's constructive programme. Edited by Prof.
Singh Bhai. Lahore, Paramount publications, 1944. 143p.
Gandhi's great fast, 1932; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash.
Lahore, The Popular publications, 1945. 65p. 18cm.
119
Gandhi's wisdom box; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash.
Dewan's publications, 1945. 111p. port. 18cm.
Gandhi's letters to a disciple. With an introduction by John
Haynes Holmes. New York, Harper, 1950. 234p. 22cm.
120
-Gandhi's non-violence; edited by Diwan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Dewan's publications, 1940. 69p. 19cm.
121
The good life. Edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra.
New Delhi, Indian printing works, 1950. 149p. 20cm.
Pritam
18cm.
118
--Hindu dharma; edited by Bharatan Kumarappa.
Navajivan publishing house, 1950. xx, 443p. 22cm.
-How can India become free?
1944. 80p. 18cm.
Lahore,
122
--The great trial of Mahatma Gandhi and Mr. Sankarlal Banker,
edited by K.P. Kesava Menon; foreword by Mrs. Sarojini Naidu
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. xi, 70p. 181cm.
124
3d ed.
123
Ahmedabad,
125
Lahore, Allied Indian publishers,
126
16
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. I ask every Briton. Lahore, Bains and Scarsbrook
limited 1943. 79p. 18 cm.
127
-India of my dreams; compiled by R.K. Prabhu, with a foreword
by Rajendra Prasad. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1947. vi, 129p.
18cm.
128
-The Indian demand and British policy. Correspondence between
Gandhi and the Viceroy, released on the 10th February, 1943, by the
Government of India with its own statement. Published with explana-
tory introduction and comments by the India league. London,
1943. 19p. 211cm.
129
Indian home rule; reprinted with a new foreword by the author.
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1919. 136, viiip. 18 cm.
130
-Indian India; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore, Gandhi
publications league, 1942. 63p. 171cm.
131
-The Indian states' problems. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1941.
xi, 687p. 22cm.
132
-India's case for swaraj. Being select speeches, writings, inter-
views, etcetera of Mahatma Gandhi in England and India. (Septem-
ber 1931 to January 1932). Full text of Gandhi-Willingdon corres-
pondence. And leaves from Mahadev Desai's diary. Edited and
compiled by Waman P. Kabadi. 2d ed. Bombay, Yeshanand and
co., 1932. xii, 416p. ports. facsims. 19cm.
133
-Key to health. Translated by Sushila Nayyar. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xxvi, 83p. 16cm.
134
-The Mahatma and the missionary; selected writings of Mohandas
K. Gandhi, edited by Clifford Manshardt. Chicago, Regnery, 1949.
140p. 18cm. (The Humanist library, 14).
135
Mahatma Gandhi at work; his own story continued; edited by
C.F. Andrews. New York, The Macmillan company, 1931. 407p.
201cm.
136
-Mahatma Gandhi; his own story, edited by C.F. Andrews, with
an introduction by John Haynes Holmes. New York, The Macmillan
company, 1930. 372p. 20 cm.
137
Mahatma Gandhi speaks of his religion. Lucknow, Lucknow
publishing house, 1944. 8p. 17 cm.
138
-Mahatma Gandhi's confessions, by M.S. Kohli. Lahore, Asso-
ciated publications, 1943. x, 17-116p. 19cm.
139
The mind of Mahatma Gandhi; compiled by R.K. Prabhu
and U.R. Rao; with a foreword by Sir Sarvepalli Radhakrish-
-
Collections
17
nan. London, Bombay, New York, etc., H. Milford, Oxford univer
sity press, 1945. xii, 190p. port. 19cm.
140-
Gandhi, M.K. Mohanmala. A Gandhian rosary, being a thought for
each day of the year gleaned from the writings and speeches of Mahatma
Gandhi. Compiled by R.K. Prabhu. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1949.
132p. port. 19cm.
141
My appeal to the British. Edited by Anand T. Hingorani. New
York, The John Day company, 1942. 79p. 19 cm.
142
The nation's voice; being a collection of Gandhiji's speeches in
England and Sjt. Mahadev Desai's account of the sojourn, September to
December, 1931. Edited by C.R. Rajagopalachar and J.C. Kumara-
ppa. Ahmedabad, M.M. Bhatta, 1932. viii, 340p. port. 22cm. 143
--Non-violence in peace and war. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1942-49. 2v. 22cm.
144
Poona statements; statements issued by and correspondence
between Mahatma Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru, September 1933.
Published by Jawaharlal Nehru. Lucknow, Lucknow publishing
house, 1933. 13p. 22cm.
145
-Quit India; edited by R.K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao. Rev. and enl.
ed. Bombay, Padma publications, 1942. 84p. 19cm. (Current
topics series no. 3).
146
-Sarvodaya, its principles and programme. Compiled and edited
by Shriman Narayan Agarwal. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1951. 61p. 21cm.
147
-Satyagraha in South Africa, translated from the Gujarati by Valji
Govindji Desai. Rev. ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1950. xv, 351p. 22cm.
148
-Satyagraha: non-violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1951. xvi, 406p. 22cm.
149
Selected letters. Chosen and translated by Valji Govindji Desai.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949— V. 16cm. 150
Selected writings of Mahatma Gandhi. Selected and introduced by
Ronald Duncan. London, Faber and Faber, 1951. 253p. port.
23cm.
151
: AY
; 1 ¿
-Selections from Gandhi by Nirmal Kumar Bose. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xxiii, 311p. 22cm.
(2.
•
152
Sermon on the sea; with an introduction by John Haynes Holmes,
edited by Haridas T. Majumdar. Chicago, Universal publishing co.,
1924. xxiv, 25-125p. 20 cm.
153
18
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Speeches and writings of Mahatma Gandhi. 3d. ed.
Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1922. 444p. ports. 19cm. 154
-The story of my experiments with truth; translated from the
original in Gujarati by Mahadev Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press,
1927-29. 2v. ports. 23 cm.
155
-Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi; edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra ;
with a foreword by Dr. Rajendra Prasad. Lahore, The Indian Print-
ing works, 1945. 620p. ports. 18cm.
156
-To the princes and their people. Edited and published by Anand
T. Hingorani. Karachi, 1942. xvii, 466p. 22 cm. (Gandhi series,
vol. iv).
157
--To the protagonists of Pakistan. Edited and published by
Anand T. Hingorani. Karachi, 1947. xvi, 268p. port. 23cm.
(Gandhi series, vol. 5).
158
-To the students: Articles and extracts from Gandhiji's speeches
and writings, arranged chronologically. Ahmedabad, Navajivan pub-
lishing house, 1949. 324p. 22cm.
159
To the students. Edited and published by Anand T. Hingorani.
5th ed. Karachi, 1945. xvi, 343p. port. 23cm. (Gandhi series,
v. 1).
160
-To the women. Edited and published by Anand T. Hingorani.
2d ed. Karachi, 1943. xv, 247p. port. 23cm.
161
-Towards non-violent socialism. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. 165p. 22cm. 162
The unseen power. Edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra. 4th. enl. ed.
Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. 5-100p. 19cm.
163
-Untouchability. Edited by Dewan Ram Parkash.
Gandhi publications league, 1945. 81p. 18 cm.
Lahore,
164
-The wheel of fortune; appreciation by Dwijendranath Tagore.
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. vii-xiii, 160p. illus. 18cm. 165
-The wisdom of Gandhi in his own words, selected and arranged by
Roy Walker. London, A. Dakers, 1943. 64p. 19cm.
166
-The wit and wisdom of Gandhi; edited, with an introduction by
Homer A. Jack; preface by John Haynes Holmes. Boston, Beacon
press, 1951. 234p. 24cm. (The Beacon press wit and wisdom
series).
167
Women and social injustice. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1947. x, 216p. 213cm.
168
Collections
19
Gandhi M.K. Young India, 1919-1922. With a brief sketch of the
non-co-operation movement by Babu Rajendra Prasad. New York,
B.W. Huebsch, 1923. lxiv, 1199p. 19cm.
169
-Young India, 1924-1926. New York, The Viking press, 1927
xv, 984p. 18cm.
170
-Young India, 1927-1928. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1935. xviii.
1104p. 18 cm.
171
About
Gandhiji, his life and work. Published on his 75th birthday, October 2,
1944. Edited by D.G. Tendulkar and others. Bombay, Published by
M.N. Kulkarni at Karnatak publishing house, 1944. xxiv, 501p.
illus. ports. facsims. 26cm.
172
Mathur, Vishwanath Sahai, ed. Gandhi as an educationist; a sympo-
sium. Delhi, Metropolitan book co., 1951. xvi, 108p. 22cm. 173
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli, ed. Mahatma Gandhi; essays and re-
flections on his life and work, presented to him on his seventieth birth
day, October 2nd, 1939. Together with a new memorial section
2d enl. ed. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 1949. 557p. ports
23cm.
174
Reminiscences of Gandhiji, by forty-
foreword by Rajkumari Amrit Kaur.
illus. 23cm.
175
Shukla, Chandrashanker, ed.
eight contributors. With a
Bombay, Vora, 1951. 218p.
Tendulkar, Dinanath Gopal. Mahatma; life of Mohandas Karamchand
Gandhi. Illustrations collected and arranged by Vithalbhai K. Jhaveri;
foreword by Jawaharlal Nehru. Bombay, 1951-54. 8 vols. ports.
facsims. 25cm.
176
PART II
1. Chronology from October 2, 1869 to January 30, 1948.
2. General Biographies.
3. Subject Approach.
}
C
1869 Oct.
1876
1. CHRONOLOGY FROM OCTOBER 2, 1869 TO
JANUARY 30, 1948
1881
1883
1885
1887 Dec.
Nov.
1889 Dec.
2 Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi born at Porbandar in
Kathiawad, as the youngest son of Karamchand Gandhi,
by his fourth wife, Putlibai.
Left Porbandar for Rajkot with his father, was admitted
to a primary school and was betrothed to Kasturbai,
daughter of Gokuldas Manakji, a merchant. She was
six months older than Gandhi.
Entered Kathiawad High School at Rajkot.
Married Kasturbai, at the age of thirteen.
His 63-year-old father died as a retired Diwan (Prime
Minister) and a pensioner of the Rajkot State.
1888 Sep. 4 Sailed from Bombay and reached Southampton at the
end of the month. He went to London, in spite of
opposition of his family members, to study law.
6 Admitted to the Inner Temple, London.
Appeared for the matriculation examination at the
Ahmedabad center and passed successfully. Entered
the Samaldas College at Bhavnagar.
1893 Apr.
May
Came into contact with two theosophists, in whose com-
pany he read the Gita for the first time and side by side
his interest in Christianity grew.
1891 Jan. 30 Attended the funeral services of Bradlaugh, who was
an atheist and a friend of India.
Jun. 10 Passed the law examination and was admitted to the bar.
He was also enrolled in the High Court the next day.
Jun. 12 Sailed back to India on S.S. Assam.
Left for South Africa in response to an offer by the
Abdulla and company a Muslim firm from Porbandar.
Arrived at Port Natal or Durban, he was "dressed
in a frockcoat, a black professional turban, a stiff collar
and tie and wore smart shoes. Inside the shirt he wore
the Vaishnava necklace of tulsi beads, a sacred gift from
his mother."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 42.
24
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1894 May 22 Recommended to Natal Indians that they re-name their
organization the Natal Indian Congress. This he did
partly inspired by the Lahore Session of the Indian
National Congress in 1893.
1896 Jun.
Sep. 14 During his short stay in India Gandhi published a
pamphlet exposing in it the deplorable conditions of
Indians in South Africa due to the discriminatory atti-
tude of the Government of South Africa. The summary
of this pamphlet was cabled from India by a represent-
ative of Reuters, which displeased not only the Govern-
ment but also the British population of South Africa.
Nov. 28 Sailed on S.S. Courland, to South Africa, for the second
time, with his wife Kasturbai, two sons and the only son
of his widowed sister.
Sailed for India for six months stay and to bring back
his wife and children.
Dec. 19 Arrived at the Port of Durban.
Dec. 30 Notice was issued by Harry Sparks, an Englishman,
that a meeting was to be held on Jan. 4, 1897, to protest
against the landing of Asiatics including Gandhi.
1898 Jan.
Jan. 13 S. S. Courland, which was detained in quarantine for
twenty-three days was permitted to enter the harbour
and orders were passed permitting the passengers to
land.
1900 Feb.
4 Meeting was held in the Durban Town Hall and speeches
were made against Gandhi's return.
1901 Nov.
1899 Oct. 10 The Boer War broke out. Though primarily Gandhi's
sympathies were with the Boers, yet he organized the
Indian Ambulance Corps to nurse the British wounded
soldiers. The British reluctantly accepted his offer in
December, 1899.
The atmosphere into which he disembarked was not
favourable. Some Europeans recognized him and
shouted, "Gandhi, Gandhi". "Some one snatched away
his turban, whilst others began to batter and kick him.
He fainted but they came upon him boxing and batter-
ing."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 60.
The Indian Ambulance Corps, after its two months'
splendid work, was disbanded.
Left Natal for India with his family. The Natal Indians
gave him a fond farewell. They offered him costly
Chronology
25
1902 Jan.
1901 Dec. 19 Arrived at Bombay.
Dec. 23 Attended the Calcutta Session of the Indian National
Congress and stayed there for about a month, meeting
and talking with the National leaders like Gokhale,
P.C. Ray, Kalicharan Banerji, Justice Mitra and others.
He also visited the temple of the goddess Kali and
was shocked to see rows of beggars and cripples, begging
alms.
Jun.
Dec.
May 31 The Boers surrendered and the British newspapers
praised the services of the Indian Ambulance Corps.
A war medal was awarded to him. This medal is now
in the Gandhi Memorial Museum, New Delhi.
1903 Jan.
gifts which he returned so that the gifts be organized
into a trust to further the cause of the Indian commu-
nity in South Africa.
Apr.
Gokhale came to see him off at the Howrah railway
station at the end of January. On his way to Rajkot
he visited Benares, Agra, Jaipur and Palanpur. In
Benares he saw Mrs. Annie Besant, who was sick.
Apr.
Left Rajkot at the end of June, after winning a case
and started his office in Payne Gilbert and Sayani's
office in Fort, Bombay. He rented his living quarters
in Girgaum.
On the receipt of a cable from South Africa, sent by the
Indian community, he sailed for Natal with four or
five young men, including Maganlal Gandhi, leaving
behind his wife and children.
1 Reached Pretoria to present the case of Indians before
Joseph Chamberlaine.
Started his legal practice in Johannesburg, after enroll-
ing as a duly qualified attorney of the Transvaal Supreme
Court.
1904 Mar. 18 As soon as he learned that the Indians were dying
by plague he came to their help.
Mar. 19 With the help of the Municipal Council he started a
temporary hospital and encouraged in some cases the
earth treatment, applying wet earth bandages to their
heads and chests.
Some time during this month, after paying about £2,000
out of his own pocket, he took the responsibility of edit-
ing Indian opinion, a weekly journal, representing India's
26
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1905 Jun. 12 Praised the formation of the Servants of India Society
by Gokhale, whom he respected most among Indian
leaders.
1906 Apr.
Jul.
point of view. It was published in English, Gujarati,
Hindi and Tamil. During the same period he read
Ruskin's "Unto this last" while he was travelling to
Durban.
May 27 Wrote a significant letter to his brother Laxmidas
Gandhi. It is important because it shows a turning
point in his life. He made it clear that, "All I have
is being utilized for the public purpose. I could have
satisfied your desire for money if I had not dedicated
my all for public use."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 92.
Jul.
Zulu rebellion broke out. His offer of the Indian
Ambulance Corps was accepted and he served as a
temporary Sergeant-Major with twenty-four other
volunteers.
Zulu rebellion came to an end. Each member of the
Indian Ambulance Corps, including Gandhi, was award-
ed a medal especially engraved for the occasion. At
present the medal is in the Gandhi Memorial Museum,
New Delhi.
Oct.
After he came back from the front, he took the vow of
brahmacharya, (celibacy), at Phoenix. His wife, Kas-
turbai, did not object.
Aug. 22 The Transvaal Government Gazette Extraordinary
issued a new ordinance regarding the registration of all
Asiatics in the Registrar's office.
Sep. 4 Asiatics Registration Bill was introduced in the Assem-
bly.
Sep. 11 He supported the famous Fourth Resolution protesting
against the Asiatics Registration Bill. The resolution
was passed in a mass meeting of Indians, held at the
Jewish Empire Theatre, Johannesburg.
3 As the head of the Indian deputation he left for London
with H.O. Ali.
Oct. 20 Arrived in London and soon submitted the memorial
which he had already drafted in the steamer, to Lord
Elgin, Secretary of State for Colonies.
1907 Mar. 21 The Registration Act, or "Black Act", was rushed
through all its stages at a single meeting.
Chronology
27
1907 Jul. 1 The Registration Act was put into force.
Jul. 31 Last day of registration, under the new act. A mass
meeting was held at Pretoria mosque. The term
"Satyagraha" coined by Maganlal Gandhi, came into
being.
Sep. 18 Received an encouraging telegram from Gokhale.
Dec. 27 The acting commissioner of police for the Transvaal
called him on phone, asking him to call at Marlborough
House.
Dec. 28 He was asked, along with 24 other Indians, to leave the
Transvaal within forty-eight hours or produce his re-
gistration certificate.
1908 Jan. 10 He pleaded guilty in the court and was sent to Johannes-
burg jail. That was the beginning of his jail experiences.
Jan. 30 He was temporarily released because General Smuts,
in Pretoria, wanted to talk to him. After his conversa-
tions he came back to Johannesburg and addressed a
mass meeting in a mosque at Newton. He pursuaded
the Indian community to register. All agreed except
a few Pathans.
Jan. 31 Again surrendered to the police authorities at 7 a.m.
Received his final discharge orders in afternoon.
Feb. 10 Badly beaten and kicked by Mir Alam, a Pathan, on his
way to the Registrar's office to secure his certificate.
He fell down unconscious.
May 25 General Smuts' intention to legalize voluntary registra-
tion under the Act was conveyed to Gandhi. He took
issue with the General and a long correspondence.
followed. This incident provoked Gandhi beyond
measure.
Jul. 21 Addressed a letter to General Smuts, regarding the
sufferings of the passive resisters.
Jul. 23 Organized first general strike of all Indian businessmen
throughout the Transvaal, as a token of sympathy and
respect towards the peddlers in jails.
Jul. 23 His assailant, Mir Alam, a Pathan, who was also present
in the meeting Gandhi addressed, said that he had done
wrong to Gandhi Bhai (brother), and handed over his
original certificate to be burned.
Aug. 8 General Smuts called on him to confer with the Govern-
ment. The negotiations failed.
28
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1908 Aug. 23 More certificates were burned in a meeting addressed
by Gandhi.
Sep. 29 Arrested for the second time, with fifteen other volun-
teers.
Oct. 15 Sentenced to pay a fine of £25 or rigorous imprisonment
for two months. He preferred the latter.
Oct. 16 Indians in London protested against his imprisonment.
Oct. 27 Transferred from Volksrust to the Johannesburg jail.
Dec. 13 Released from the Johannesburg jail.
1909 Jan. 15 Arrested at Volksrust because failed to produce his re-
gistration certificate.
Feb. 25 On refusing to produce registration certificate and to
give fingerprints he was sentenced by the court to under-
go three month's rigorous imprisonment or to pay a
fine of £50. He preferred to go to prison.
May 26 Released from Pretoria jail.
Jun. 23 Left Capetown on deputation to London with Seth
Haji Habib.
Jul. 10 Arrived in London and stayed there for about four
months. Commented on the statement of Madanlal
Dhingra, murderer of Sir Curzon Wyllie. Sir Winston
Churchill's remark on Dhingra's speech was, ....the
finest ever made in the name of patriotism."-Mahatma,
v. 1, p. 125.
66
Nov. 13 Left London, disappointed but determined to fight to
the last.
Nov. 13-22 Worked on 30,000-word manuscript of Hind Swaraj,
or Indian Home Rule, while he was on his way to South
Africa on board S. S. Kildonan Castle. He used the
steamer's stationery.
Dec. 22 He was permitted to enter the Transvaal without arrest,
along with six others.
1910 Jan. 10 Ratan Tata wrote a letter to Gandhi announcing the
donation of Rs. 25,000 to further the struggle.
Donations from the Nizam of Hyderabad, J.B. Petit,
The Aga Khan and others were sent to the Passive
Resistance Relief Fund.
Apr. 25 Wrote a letter to Gokhale, summarizing the progress
of the struggle.
Chronology
29
1910 May 30 Herman Kallenbach, a German architect, donated the
use of his 1,100 acres-farm to passive resisters. Gandhi
and the doner named it the Tolstoy Farm.
Jun.
4 Passive resisters started work at the farm.
Apr. 20 Tolstoy receiving a copy of Gandhi's Hind Swaraj
made a note in his diary. The copy was sent to him by
Gandhi.
Aug. 15 Wrote a letter to Tolstoy.
Sep. 6 Tolstoy made a reference in his diary to the Passive
Resistance movement in the Transvaal.
Sep. 7 Tolstoy replied to Gandhi's letter which reached Gandhi
a few weeks before Tolstoy's death on Nov. 20, 1910.
1911 Jan. 13 Quinn, who formerly was deported to Ceylon, returned
to South Africa and met Gandhi at the Tolstoy Farm.
Feb. 25 Commented on the bill published in the Union of South
Africa Government Gazette Extraordinary.
May 27 Wrote in Indian opinion about the provisional settle-
ment of the Asiatic movement in the Transvaal.
Jun. 1 All the passive resisters were released.
1912 Sep.
Some time during this month Gandhi donated £5,130,
4s. 5d.,-this was all he had-which became the basis
of the Phoenix Foundation, "to follow and promote the
ideals set forth by Tolstoy and Ruskin in their lives and
work."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 156.
Oct. 22 Gokhale arrived in Capetown to bring about settle-
ment between satyagrahis and Government. Gandhi
was always with him during his stay and worked for
him as his secretary, cook and personal attendant.
Nov. 2- Gokhale stayed at the Tolstoy Farm in Kallen-
4 bach's room. Gandhi attended him.
Nov. 15 Gokhale made the final speech before the Indian settlers
at the Pretoria Town Hall, South Africa.
Nov. 17 Gokhale left South Africa and Gandhi saw him off.
1913 Mar. 14 When the Supreme Court on this day nullified all
marriages not celebrated according to Christian rites
or not registered by the Registrar of Marriages, Gandhi
wrote to the Government about it.
Mar. 22 On the Government's failure to comply with Gandhi's
request, he disagreed sharply in Indian opinion.
30
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
!
1913 Mar. 30 He spoke in a mass meeting of Indians held at the Hamida
Islamic Society's Hall, Johannesburg, and protested
against Justice Searle's pronouncement in the case of Bai
Mariam.
Apr. 12 Disappointed to read the new Immigration Bill, publish-
ed in the Union of South Africa Gazette Extraordinary.
May 3 Criticized the Bill in Indian opinion.
Sep. 9 Re-arrested at Standerton.
Sep. 12 Informed the Government "that Passive Resistance
would be continued so long as racial bar disfigures the
Immigration Act."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 165.
Sep. 13 He announced in Indian opinion that the negotiations
with the Union Government had proved abortive.
Sep. 15 Phoenix satyagraha started. Volunteers left for Vol-
ksrust by Kafir Mail.
"
Sep. 18 The group of satyagrahis were charged under the new
act as prohibited immigrants by the authorities at Vol-
ksrust.
Sep. 20 In Indian opinion to meet the challenge of the Govern-
ment Gandhi discussed his new plans of Passive Re-
sistance.
Sep. 22 The whole group of satyagrahis deported to the Natal
border.
Sep. 25 Left Durban for the Transvaal by the Kafir Mail.
Sep. 27 Arrived at Johannesburg.
Sep. 28 Addressed a large meeting in Johannesburg.
Sep. 29 Gandhi's son Manilal offered satyagraha, by entering the
prohibited zone.
Sep. 30 Manilal Gandhi and his co-satyagrahis were arrested
and sentenced to seven days' rigorous imprisonment or
£1 fine.
Oct. 8 He telegraphed to the Government that the satyagrahis
could be arrested at Charlestown itself before they reach-
ed the Transvaal border. No reply for a week.
Oct. 17 About three thousand indentured Indians at the coal-
mines went on strike.
Oct. 21 Transvaal women satyagrahis, inspired by Gandhi
were sentenced to imprisonment for three months.
Chronology
31
1913 Nov. 6 The Government arrested Gandhi. He was tried at
Volksrust for breech of Immigration Act, but bail
was granted. He re-joined the satyagrahis.
Nov. 8 Got re-arrested at Standerton, and again was released
on bail.
Nov. 11 Sentenced to nine months' rigorous imprisonment.
Nov. 13 Taken to Volksrust prison.
Dec. 18 Released unconditionally.
1914 Jan. 1 Decided to re-new the satyagraha campaign.
Jan. 21 Indian Relief Bill published abolishing £3 tax, legaliz-
ing in South Africa all marriages deemed legal in India
and making a domicile certificate bearing holder's
thumb-print sufficient evidence of right to enter the
Union. And consequently satyagraha in South Africa
came to an end.
Jul. 18 Sailed for England with his wife Kasturbai to meet
Gopal Krishna Gokhale.
Aug. 6 Arrived at London.
Aug. 8 A reception was given to him at the Cecil Hotel, London,
by his British and Indian admirers.
Aug. 14 Signed a letter along with other prominent Indians
and sent it to the Union Secretary of State of India.
Oct.
During this month in London his health was not good.
Dec. 19 Sailed for India with his wife. He embarked on the
steamer S.S. Arabia with bandaged ribs in adhesive
plaster.
1915 Jan. 9 Arrived at Bombay. A deputation of Indian leaders
welcomed him, later several public receptions followed.
Jan. 12 Reception was given at Jehangir Petit's house.
Jan. 13 Gopal Krishna Gokhale gave a party.
Jan. 15 Left for Rajkot and Porbander to meet his relations.
He travelled by the third class railway.
Feb. 17 Arrived at Santinikatan but could not see Tagore be-
cause he was on his tour. Here he met Kaka Kalelkar,
Chintaman Shastri and a few others, some of them later
joined his struggle for India's independence.
By the end of this month he left for Hardwar, to help
Feb.
1
32
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
in making better the sanitary conditions in the Kumbha
mala, held at Hardwar.
1915 Mar. 6 Re-visited Santinikatan, where Tagore welcomed him
in person.
Apr. 21 Citizens of Madras gave him a huge reception at the
Victoria Hall.
Apr. 27 Addressed the students at the Y.M.C.A., Madras.
May 25 At Kochrab, founded a satyagraha ashram, with 25
followers in a rented bungalow.
Jun. 3 For his services to the British Empire, the Kaiser-i-
Hind medal was conferred on him by the Government
of India on the King's birthday.
1916 Feb. 4 Performed the opening ceremony of the Benares Hindu
University and made a historical and controversial
speech, which was interrupted and criticised by many
of his listners.
May 1 Addressed the Provincial Political Conference, held at
Belgaum in Hindi language.
Dec. 22 Addressed a meeting of the Economics Society of the
Muir College, Allahabad.
1917 Feb. 9 Spoke in a meeting of the Imperial Citizenship Asso-
ciation, which was called to condemn the inhuman
system of indentured labour.
Apr. 9 Attended the meeting of the All-India Congress Com-
mittee, at Calcutta.
Apr. 10 Arrived at Patna in the morning. Rajkumar Shukla,
an agriculturist from Bihar, took him straight to the
house of Rajendra Prasad, the first President of the
Republic of India.
Arrived at Muzaffarpur, at 10 p.m. J.B. Kripalani,
who at that time was a professor in the Government
College, welcomed him at the railway station.
Apr. 11 In connection with his visit to Muzaffarpur, saw the
Secretary of the Planter's Association.
A few lawyers of Muzaffarpur came to see him in the
evening.
Apr. 12 Asked for an appointment with Mr. Morshead, then
the Commissioner of the Tirhut division.
Apr. 14 Had an interview with the Commissioner who advised
Gandhi to quit Champaran.
}
:
Chronology
33
1917 Apr. 14 Visited a neighbouring village, met some poor peasants,
and talked to little children and women. He was
terribly moved to see their poverty and living conditions.
Apr. 15 Left for Motihari, with two local interpreters, B. Dha-
ranidhar and B. Ramnavmi Prasad.
Apr. 16 Left with his two interpreters for Jasaulipatti, on an
elephant.
While he was on his way to Jasaulipatti, he was served
with a notice to leave Champaran on the next available
train. Gandhi defied the Government order.
Apr. 17 Received summons to appear before the sub-divisional
officer on April 18.
Apr. 18 Appeared before the magistrate. He was released on
his personal recognizance.
Apr. 19 Had interviews with several groups of tenants.
Apr. 21 Case against him was withdrawn and he was permitted
to conduct the proposed inquiry, being notified that he
might count on whatever help he needed from the
officials.
Apr. 22 Left for Bettiah and the people cheered him.
Apr. 23 Had an interview with the sub-divisional magistrate of
Bettiah and the manager of the Bettiah raj (state).
Apr. 24 Paid a visit to Laukaria with Brajkishore.
Apr. 27 Left for Murali Bharahwa, on foot with his party.
Apr. 28 With a note, returned the report, earlier sent to him by
the sub-divisional magistrate.
May 1 Left for Motihari, with Brajkishore.
May 2 Addressed a meeting of planters.
May 3 Returned to Bettiah, after having interviews with the
district magistrate and the settlement officer.
May 10 Received a telegram from the Chief Secretary to the
Government, asking him to meet the Hon. Mr. W.
Maude, at Patna.
May 11 Returned to Bettiah and prepared the full report of his
inquiry in order to submit it to the manager of the
Bettiah raj, secretary of the Planters' Association, and the
Indian leaders,
34
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A
1917 May 16 Visited Dhokraba accompanied by Rajendra Prasad
and Professor J. B. Kripalani.
May 17 Wrote a letter to the manager of the Bettiah raj (Govern-
ment) and enclosed a list of tenants who wanted to sur-
render their lands.
May 20 Made a statement summarizing the whole case.
Jun.
4 Summoned to Ranchi by Sir Edward Gait, the Lt.
Governor.
Jun. 5 Sent a telegram from Ranchi to his friend about his
satisfactory interview.
Jun. 7 Arrived at Patna, with his wife, son Devadas Gandh
and friend Brajkishore.
Jun. 8 Arrived at Bettiah.
Jun. 13 The Government appointed an inquiry committee with
Gandhi on it as a member.
Jun. 16 Left for short visit to his ashram.
Jul. 5 Left Motihari.
Jul.
7 Arrived at Ranchi.
Aug. 14 Placed before the inquiry committee the statements of
tenants and a great many judgments of courts.
Aug. 16 Left for Ahmedabad and handed over rest of the work
of the inquiry to Dr. Rajendra Prasad, now the Presi-
dent of the Republic of India.
Sep. 22 Returned to Ranchi.
Oct. 3 Signed the inquiry report.
Nov. 8 Arrived at Champaran from Bombay with his volun-
teers.
Nov. 13 Started first school in a village of the Bettiah ruj
(Government).
Nov. 20 Second school was started on a rent-free land of a
temple donated by a sadhu (Saint).
1918 Mar.
Went on hunger strike to help Ahmedabad mill opera-
tors in getting 35 per cent increase in wages.
Broke his fast and resumed constructive work.
Mar.
Mar. 29 Presided over the Hindi Conference, held at Indore.
Chronology
35
1918 Apr. 17 Issued a communique, advising the Kaira landholders
to stick to their vow of passive resistance.
Apr. 23 Addressed a public meeting at Bombay, expressing his
views on the Kaira troubles.
May 4 Replied to the press note issued by the Bombay
Government regarding the Kaira distress.
May 5 Performed the opening ceremony of the Delhi Swadeshi
co-operative store.
Jun. 25 While speaking in a recruiting meeting at Kaira, he
appealed to the audience to volunteer in large numbers
for the cause.
Jul. 18 Wrote a letter to V.S. Shastri advising him to accept the
new reforms and urged increasing War work.
Aug. 8 Addressed a meeting of the Surat Branch of the Home
Rule League.
Sep. 9 Justice T. Sadasiva Iyer prayed for Gandhi's quick
recovery.
Oct. 8 Office of Young India, a weekly, edited by Gandhi,
was transferred from Bombay to Ahmedabad.
Nov. 17 Shankaracharya of Kavura Matha unveiled Gandhi's
portrait at the Sri Ram Free Library, Poona.
1919 Feb. 28 Issued a press statement condemning the Rowlett
Bills.
Mar. 4 Had an interview with the Viceroy at New Delhi re-
garding the Rowlett Bills.
Mar. 25 In a press release he appealed to the people to observe
April 6, as a day of humiliation.
Apr. 10 The Government arrested him on his way to Delhi,
and took back to Bombay.
Apr. 25 Published leaflets explaining his definition of satyagraha.
May 18 Arrived at Ahmedabad with C.F. Andrews.
May 31 Issued an appeal for funds to meet the expenses of
B.G. Tilak in England.
Jun. 24 Presided over a meeting held in Bombay, protesting
against the Rowlett legislation and the deportation
orders served on Horriman by the Government.
Jul. 10 N.G. Chandavakar made an appeal to him not to resume
Civil Disobedience movement.
36
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1919 Jul.
Postponed the Civil Disobedience movement.
Oct.
2 Fifty-first birthday was celebrated all over India.
Oct. 19 Government withdrew the exclusive orders from him.
Oct. 27 Had an interview with Sir Edward Maclagan.
Nov. 1 Expressed his views on S.A. Commission, in an inter-
view given to a representative of the Associated Press.
1920 Jan. 18 Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad met Gandhi for the first
time, in connection with the khilafat movement.
Jan. 19 Led the khilafat deputation to the Viceroy.
Mar. 3 His case was heard in the Bombay High Court. Judg-
ment was reserved.
Mar. 12 Called to the Bombay High Court in connection with
the Young India case.
Apr. 28 Elected President of the Home Rule League.
May 8 Issued a manifesto on the Non-co-operative movement.
May 28 Khilafat sub-committee, of which Gandhi was a member,
adopted non-co-operation.
Jun. 25 Addressed an open letter to the Viceroy in connection
with the Khilafat question.
Jul. 31 A day of fasting and prayer. Next day began his Non-
violent Non-co-operation movement.
Aug. 1 Returned his Kaiser-i-Hind medal and Boer War medal
to the Viceroy.
Aug. 12 Addressed a public meeting at the beach in Madras.
Sep. 4 Attended the Special Session of the Indian National
Congress meeting in Calcutta.
Sep. 8 His resolution on the Non-violent Non-co-operation
movement was passed by a majority of votes, at the
Special Session of the All-India Congress held at
Calcutta.
Sep. 22 Arrived at Madras again with Maulana Shaukat Ali.
Oct. 2 All-India Congress Committee resolution on All-India
Tilak Memorial Fund and Swaraj Fund was passed.
Oct. 27 Addressed a meeting of the Bombay students.
Nov. 5 Arrived at Poona with Pandit Motilal Nehru and
Chotani. Addressed a public meeting in the evening.
Chronology
37
1920 Nov. 26 Addressed a gathering of the students of Benares Hindu
University.
1921 Jan. 3 A gift of Rs. 40,000 was presented to him by Rustomji
Jivanji, a Parsi of Surat, for starting four national
schools in Gujarat.
Jan. 23 Addressed a large gathering at Calcutta.
Jan. 29 Addressed another public meeting at Calcutta, appeal-
ing to people to boycott the Duke and contribute to the
Tilak Swaraj Fund.
Feb. 1 Wrote to the Duke explaining the aim of the Non-co-
operation movement. No response from the Duke.
Feb. 4 Performed opening ceremony of the first national col-
lege in Calcutta at Wellingdon Square.
Feb. 6 At Patna, he opened another national college.
Feb. 14 Officially opened Unani and Tibbi College, at Delhi.
Feb. 19 While speaking in a public meeting at Gujranwala, he
protested against repression in Kerala and imprison-
ment of Yakub Hassan.
Mar. 5 While addressing a meeting of Sikhs, in connection with
the Nankana tragedy, he characterized the action of
the Mahant and his party as second edition of Dye-
rism. Akalis adopted Non-co-operation movement.
Apr. 4 Raza Ali appealed to Gandhi to suspend the Non-co-
operation movement so as to enable the new Viceroy
to see and judge things for himself.
Apr. 10 Inaugurated the Bezwada programme of the Non-co-
operation organization meeting at Bombay.
Apr. 13 Had an interview with the Viceroy at Simla.
Apr. 14 Replied to Raza Ali's suggestion of suspending the
Non-co-operation organization campaign, saying that
there was nothing to prompt such a move.
Apr. 26 Interviewed with a deputation of students and Khila-
fatists, at Karachi.
May 15 Addressed a meeting at Simla, reviewing his interview
with Lord Reading, the then Viceroy, and appealing for
the Tilak Swaraj Fund.
May 29 Instructed by Gandhi, the Ali Brothers offered a public
apology for some of their speeches, which had a ten-
dency to incite to violence.
38
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1921 Jun. 14 Presided over All-India Congress Committee, met at
Bombay. The Committee passed a resolution authoriz-
ing Provincial Committees to spend the Tilak Swaraj
Fund in furthering the cause of the Non-co-operation
movement.
Jun. 15 Citizens of Ghatkopar, Bombay, presented to him
Rs. 40,000, as a contribution to the Tilak Swaraj Fund.
Jun. 18 Refused to appear before the Military Requirements
Committee.
1 Disclosed in a meeting at Bombay that the Tilak Swaraj
Fund exceeded a crore Rupees.
4 An address was presented to him by Srirangam Muni-
cipality.
Jul. 20 Poona Municipality presented an address to him.
Performed opening ceremony at the first death anniver-
sary of the late Lokmanya Tilak.
Jul.
Jul.
Jul. 30 A joint statement of Gandhi and Lord Harding was
published.
Aug. 6 Delivered a speech at the Jumma Mosque, Aligarh,
saying that "the riots of July 5 were the ugliest blot on
the fair page of the Non-co-operation movement.'
""
Sep. 5 Arrived at Madras.
Sep. 10 Representatives of the Marwari Chamber of Com-
merce saw him regarding the boycott of foreign cloth
and picketing at Barabazar.
Sep. 11 A purse of Rs. 10,000 was presented to him by the citi-
zens of Calcutta in a public meeting as their contribu-
tion to the Tilak Swaraj Fund.
Sep. 16 Arrived at Madras with Mrs. Mahommed Ali.
Sep. 19 An address was presented to him by the Trichninopoly
Municipality.
Sep. 20 Srirangam Municipal Council presented an address to
him.
Sep. 22 In a message to the people he said that in case of the
shortage of khaddar, people must be satisfied with a
loincloth.
Oct. 5 Issued a manifesto signed by Lala Lajpat Rai and fifty
other leaders, to Indian soldiers and civilians to sever
their connection with the Government of India.
Chronology
39
1921 Oct. 9 Lighted second holocaust of British cloth at Bombay.
Nov. 4 Moved the historic Civil Disobedience resolution at
a meeting of All-India Congress Committee, met at
Delhi. The resolution was passed in a slightly amended
form after a lengthy discussion.
Nov. 9 Presided over the convocation of the National College,
Lahore, and conferred degrees upon graduates. In
a short speech he urged that no efforts should be spared
to attain Swaraj by the end of December.
Nov. 10 Performed the opening ceremony of the Tilak School
of Political Science at Lahore.
Nov. 18 Went on five-day fast and deplored the Bombay riots.
in a press note.
Nov. 19 Appealed for Hindu-Muslim Unity.
Nov. 22 Issued another manifesto, appealing to the people to
remain non-violent.
Dec. 19 H. N. Kunzru and Jamnadas Dwarkadas had a long
interview with him at Sabarmati ashram.
Dec. 21 Refused interview with Lord Ronaldshay, declaring
that the political situation was a creation of the Govern-
ment and that he did not want any conference.
Dec. 24 Replied to the Viceroy, who was inciting the Europeans
against congressmen by saying that the Non-co-opera-
tion movement was an insult to the Prince.
Dec. 28 Declined Madan Mohan Malaviya's proposal urging
the Congress to declare its desire for a Round Table
Conference.
1922 Jan. 16 Presided over the Congress Working Committee, met
at Bombay.
Jan. 19 Replied to Sir Sankaran's letter.
Jan. 26 Left Ahmedabad for Bardoli to start the Civil Dis-
obedience movement.
Jan. 29 Met Patel and Tyabji at Bardoli to enquire about the
Taluk's readiness for the "No-Tax" campaign. Reso-
lution was passed that Bardoli Taluk was prepared for
Mass Civil Disobedience.
Feb. 1 Sent an ultimatum to the Government of India, regard-
ing his intention of starting Civil Disobedience in Bardoli,
40
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1922 Feb. 5 The mob burned to death 21 constables and the police
station of Chauri Chaura, in connection with the Civil
Disobedience movement.
Feb. 6 The Government of India in a communique accepted
his challenge of launching the Civil Disobedience move-
ment.
Feb. 7 Explained to the Government his reasons for launching
the Mass Civil Disobedience movement.
Feb. 9 Arrived at Bombay from Bardoli and exchanged his
views with Malaviya, Jayakar, Jinnah, Natarajan and
others regarding the Chauri Chaura tragedy.
Feb. 12 Suspended the Mass Civil Disobedience because
violence crept into it. The Congress Working Commit-
tee approved his dicision. Went on fast for five days
to do penance for the Chauri Chaura and Bareilly tra-
gedies.
Feb. 24 All-India Congress Committee which met at Delhi,
endorsed Bardoli resolution permitting individual Civil
Disobedience.
Mar. 10 The Government arrested him along with Shakarlal
Banker, on charge of sedition for three articles in Young
India.
Mar. 18 Was sentenced to six years' simple imprisonment by
Judge Broomfield. In jail he began writing in Gujarati
"The story of my experiments with truth.
""
Mar. 19 Madras Liberal League passed a resolution deploring
his arrest.
May 1 The Indian Merchants Chamber appealed to the Govern-
ment of Bombay to give Gandhi the most considerate
treatment in prison.
May 18 Gandhi-day was celebrated all over India.
May 25 Kasturbai Gandhi presided over the Gujarat Political
Conference meeting at Anand.
Jul. 11 Members of the Satyagraha Ashram received a parcel
of yarn spun by Gandhi in prison.
Oct. 2 His 53rd birthday was celebrated all over India.
+
1923 Mar. 19 News regarding his illness was concealed.
May 1 Declined special concession in prison for himself
until other political prisoners were allowed to enjoy
them.
Chronology
41
1923 Jul. 11 The Legislative Assembly voted against the release of
Gandhi and the Ali Brothers by a majority of 18 votes.
Aug. 31 Kasturbai Gandhi arrived at Madras.
Dec. 11 Kasturbai Gandhi performed the Convocation of the
Gujarat Vidyapith.
1924 Jan. 12 Was operated upon in the Sassoon Hospital, Poona,
where he was taken from the prison because of his sudden
illness with appendicitis. The operation was success-
ful and was done by Colonel Maddock.
Jan. 13 Statement was issued to the Press by Rt. Hon. Sastri
that Gandhi was progressing satisfactorily.
Jan. 16 The Council of the Bombay Presidency Association
passed a resolution urging immediate release of Gandhi.
Feb. 5 Unconditionally released and left for Juhu to recover
his health.
Feb. 14 Issued a statement in which he pointed out that the
Class Areas Bill was a breach of the compromise of
1914.
Feb. 25 In a message to the Akalis he advised not to send any
more Jathas to Jaito.
Apr. 4 Assumed cditorship of Young India and Navajivan.
Apr. 28 The Bombay Corporation resolved to present an address
to him.
May 29 Left Juhu. Here he came to recover his health after his
unconditional release on February 5, 1924.
Jun. 28 His resolution on the exclusion of Swarajists from the
Congress was discussed in a meeting of the All-India
Congress at Allahabad.
Jul.
3 In an article gave an account of the proceedings of the
All-India Congress Committee.
Jul. 11 Presided over the Gujarat Provincial Conference held at
Ahmedabad.
Jul. 14 Mrs. Sarojini Naidu had an interview with him.
Jul. 15 Mahommed Ali speaking in a meeting at Lucknow ex-
plained Gandhi's constructive programme.
Aug. 17 Arrived at Delhi in connection with the Hindu-Muslim
riots.
42
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1924 Aug. 29 An address of welcome was presented to him by the
Bombay corporation.
Sep. 4 Unveiled a marble bust of Shri U.S. Chiplunkar.
Sep. 13 Left Ahmedabad for Delhi in connection with Hindu
Muslim riots.
Sep. 15 Elected as the President of the Belgaum Congress.
Sep. 15 Officiated at the opening ceremony of the Hindustan
Times, at New Delhi.
Sep. 18 Began his 21 day fast for Hindu-Muslim unity.
8 Ended his fast at 12 noon.
Oct.
Dec. 4 Had an interview with Mian Fazli Hussain the then
Minister for Education, Punjab.
Dec. 20 Arrived at Belgaum.
Dec. 26 Presided over the Belgaum Session of the Indian National
Congress.
1925 Jan. 14 Performed opening ceremony of the 3rd Convocation
of the Gujarat Vidyapith at Ahmedabad.
Jan. 22 Presided over the All Parties Conference met at Delhi.
Mar. 7 Arrived at Madras en route to Vaikom and was presented
with an address by the Madras Corporation.
May 1 Arrived at Calcutta.
May 6 Discussed the political situation with Sir Surendranath
Banerjee in Calcutta.
May 30 Visited Rabindranath Tagore at Santinikatan and dis-
cussed with him the social problems of the day.
Jun. 30 Made a moving speech at Khulna on the death of Das.
Jul. 29 Addressed the Christian Missionary Conference met at
Calcutta.
Sep. 22 At its Patna Session All-India Congress Committee
passed a resolution establishing All-India Spinners'
Association of which Gandhi was the chief supporter.
Nov. 24 Went on fast for seven days after discovering lapses in
his ashram.
Dec. 24 Declared open the All-India Swadeshi Exhibition at
Cawnpure.
Chronology
43
1925 Dec. 26 Reviewed his five years work in a speech delivered at
the Cawnpure Congress Session. Hindustani was pres-
cribed as the language for proceedings of the Congress
and All-India Congress Committee.
1926 Jan.
Wrote an article for Young India, announcing his with-
drawal from active politics."
Apr. 6 Recommended intensive Khadi propaganda.
Apr. 20 Attended the meeting of the two wings of the Swaraj
Party, held at Sabarmati.
May 10 Received an important letter from Vithalbhai Patel.
Sep. 19 Participated in the garden party given to the South
African delegation at Bombay.
Oct. 2 Commented on killing of rabid dogs in Young India.
Nov. 28 As the Chancellor of the Gujarat Vidyapith, Ahmeda-
bad, conferred degrees upon the graduates.
Dec. 20 Broke his "silence" and his active tour commenced at
Amraoti, Nagpur and Gondia, places visited on his
way to the Gauhati Congress.
Dec. 23 Received the news of the assassination of Swami Shar-
dhanand.
Dec. 26 Moved a condolence resolution on the assassination of
Swami Shardhanand which was passed by the Congress
meeting at Gauhati. Broke his political silence while
opposing the Independence resolution at the Gauhati
Congress.
1927 Jan. 2 Laid the foundation stone of the Obstetric and X-ray
Blocks of the Chittaranjan Seva Sadan at Calcutta.
Jan. 10 The Benares Municipality presented an address of
welcome to him.
Mar. 29 Arrived at Belgaum to take rest.
Jul. 3 Performed the opening ceremony of the Khadi Exhibi-
tion at Bengalore.
Aug. 31 Left Bengalore, for Madras.
Sep. 3 Arrived at Madras.
Nov. 12 Arrived at Colombo, spent three weeks in Ceylon
collecting money for Khadi work.
44
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1927 Dec. 26 Commented on the Independence resolution passed by
the Congress in its Madras Session.
1928 Jan.
5 Criticised the Independence and Boycott resolutions.
passed by the Madras Congress.
Jan. 13 Presided over the annual convocation of the Gujarat
National University.
F:
Feb. 3 Sir John Simon landed in Bombay. Greeted every-
where with black flags and cries of "Go back Simon.
Feb. 12 Vallabhbhai Patel led the Bardoli satyagraha with
Gandhi's blessings.
""
Feb. 22 Lord Irwin, the Viceroy, declared the Government's
determined attitude of holding the Simon Commission's
enquiry.
Jul. 27 Proposed Motilal Nehru's name for the Congress Pre-
sidentship.
Aug. 2 Left for Bardoli.
Sep. 10 Celebrated Tolstoy's centenary at Ahmedabad.
Dec.
Jawaharlal Nehru's resolution in favour of India's inde-
pendence-if the Dominion Status was not granted to
India by the end of 1929—was moved by Gandhi him-
self as a sort of compromise.
1929 Jan. 17 Formulated a scheme for the boycott of foreign cloth.
Feb. 20 Attended Patel's party at Delhi with the Viceroy.
Feb. 28 Unveiled B.G. Tilak's statue in Ahmedabad.
Mar. 3 Arrived at Calcutta.
Mar. 4 The Government arrested him and released him on
bail.
Mar. 5 Left for Rangoon.
Mar. 9 The Corporation of Rangoon presented a welcome
address to him.
Mar. 13 Dr. Pussyfoot Johnson arrived at the Sabarmati ashram
of Gandhi.
Mar. 22 Left Rangoon for Calcutta.
Mar. 26 While passing through Calcutta on his way to Burma he
was arrested in connection with bonfire of foreign cloth.
Released and was fined only Re. 1 (about 22 cents.)
Chronology
45
1929 Apr. 5 Performed the opening ceremony of a Khadi Bazar in
Bombay.
Aug. 9 Had a private conference with M.A. Jinnah regarding
the communal question.
Aug. 20 Lahore Reception Committee elected him to the Con-
gress presidentship. He declined the offer and proposed
Jawaharlal Nehru's name.
Dec. 23 Had an interview with the Viceroy along with Motilal
Nehru, Sapru, Vithalbhai Patel and M.A. Jinnah and
concentrated on the question of Dominion Status.
The Viceroy did not agree.
Dec. 24 Performed the opening ceremony of the Lajpat Rai
Hall in Lahore.
Dec. 31 At midnight, the Indian National Congress, declared
that the idea of Dominion Status had lapsed and "Swaraj
in the Congress creed shall mean Complete Independ-
ence."-Mahatma, v. 1, p. 359.
1930 Jan. 11 Presided over the annual convocation of the Gujarat
Vidyapith.
Jan. 25 In reply to the Viceroy's refusal regarding the Dominion
Status, he thanked him for making the issue clear.
Jan. 26 Pledge of independence was taken all over India, to be
celebrated every year. Since 1948, it is re-named as the
Republic Day. On this day India adopted her new cons-
titution, declaring herself a Republic.
Jan. 30 Published eleven points of his Constructive Programme,
in Young India.
Feb. 16 Gave informal advice to the members of the Working
Committee, assembled at Sabarmati, on breaking Salt
Law.
Feb. 27 Wrote a famous article, "When I am arrested." Moti-
lal Nehru offered a precious gift of his home, "Anand
Bhawan", to the Indian National Congress.
Mar. 3 Sent his ultimatum through Reginald Reynolds to the
Viceroy.
Mar. 12 Started the Civil Disobedience movement by marching
to Dandi to break the Salt Law with 79 volunteers and
inmates of the ashram, at 6-30 a.m.
Mar. 21 All-India Congress Committee met at Allahabad, and
46
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
worked out a programme to follow after Gandhi's
arrest.
1930 Mar. 25 All-India Congress Committee approved his programme.
Apr. 6 Broke the Salt Law at Dandi along with 79 volunteers,
by preparing salt at the sea-coast.
Apr. 18 Proposed Motilal Nehru's name for the Presidentship
of the Indian National Congress.
Apr. 27 Directed the Navajivan Press to allow itself to be for-
feited rather than deposit security. The Government
took over the Navajivan Press.
May 4 The Government arrested him under Bombay Regula-
tion XXV of 1927 at 12-45 a.m. in Karadi, while he was
asleep. In a bus he was taken to Yeravda prison.
Jul. 20 Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru left Allahabad to see him in the
prison.
Jul. 29 M. R. Jayakar proceeded to meet him in Yeravda pri-
son with a letter from Motilal Nehru.
Aug. 15 Joint interview of Motilal Nehru and Jawaharlal Nehru,
with Gandhi in the prison. Negotiations failed.
Sep. 16 His letter to a Labour M.P. during the peace negotiations
was published.
Nov. 12 Round Table Conference met in London, without
Gandhi's participation.
Dec. 2 Gave up milk and curd.
1931 Jan. 26 Released from the prison along with Jawaharlal Nehru,
Mrs. Sarojini Naidu and 25 other leaders.
Jan. 28 Published his terms of peace.
Feb. 6 In Lucknow saw Motilal Nehru who died soon after
the same day.
Feb. 7 Tej Bahadur Sapru met him.
Feb. 16 Lord Irwin agreed to meet him for an interview.
Feb. 17 Interview with Lord Irwin from 2-30 to 6-10 p.m. in
New Delhi.
Feb. 18 Gandhi-Irwin talks ended due to the latter's consulta-
tion with the White Hall,
Chronology
47
1931 Feb. 19 Again interviewed with Lord Irwin for half an hour on an
urgent call.
Feb. 20 Addressed a mammoth meeting in Delhi on the politi-
cal situation.
Feb. 22 Congress Working Committee, which met at Dr. Ansa-
ri's place, in Delhi, agreed to stand by Gandhi, and gave
him full authority.
Feb. 23 Addressed the Council of Muslim League.
Feb. 27 Visited Lord Irwin for the third time.
Mar. 1 Resumed the negotiation with the Viceroy.
Mar. 4 Gandhi-Irwin Pact was signed in New Delhi. Boycott
ceased but efforts for Swadeshi continued. Peaceful
picketing permitted. All organized defiance of laws
ceased. All ordinances were withdrawn. There was
general amnesty.
Mar. 5 Assumed editorship of the Young India and Navajivan.
Mar. 8 Vallabhai Patel addressed a big meeting in Bombay
in support of Gandhi-Irwin Pact.
Mar. 10 Received a purse of Rs. 70,000, a gold takli and ten
maunds of handspun yarn.
Mar. 19 Interviewed with Lord Irwin for the first time after the
truce and discussed with him, the release of political
prisoners, and the death sentences on Bhagat Singh,
Rajguru and Sukhadev for alleged murder of Saunders
in Lahore Conspiracy Case.
Mar. 23- At midnight Bhagat Singh was executed. The date of
24 his execution was kept secret as the authorities expected
trouble.
Mar. 25 While addressing a mammoth meeting he said, "Gandhi
may die but Gandhism will live for ever."-Mahatma,
v. 1., p. 363.
Mar. 31 Karachi Congress met in open air. Gandhi was greeted
with black flags by young revolutionaries, who present-
ed to him black flowers in memory of Bhagat Singh and
others' persecution. It is to be noticed that Gandhi
did not support the violent actions of these young men,
though later their sacrifice proved highly patriotic.
Apr. 4 Shaukat Ali had an interview with Gandhi.
48
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1931 Apr. 17 Performed the opening ceremony of the Federation of
Indian Chambers.
Apr. 18 Bade farewell to Lord Irwin.
May 14 Arrived at Simla.
May 17 Left Simla with Kasturbai Gandhi for Nainital.
May 29 Wrote to the Viceroy that he could attend the Round
Table Conference only to place the Congress views and
not to participate in the same.
May 31 In reply to Sir Chimanlal Setalvad's statement, he said
that he would fully participate in the proposed Round
Table Conference discussions.
Jun. 10 Congress Working Committee unanimously bestowed
full authority in him to represent the Congress in the
Round Table Conference.
Jun. 14 In an interview he disclosed that he was twice in the
firing line during the Boer War.
Jun. 17 Explained his position regarding the Congress Working
Committee's resolution on the Round Table Conference.
Jun. 23 He dined with a few young Europeans of Bombay at the
Taj Hotel, Bombay.
Jun. 24 Attended the Congress of Cloth Merchants of Bombay
at the Congress House, Bombay.
Jul. 18 Interviewed with Lord Willingdon regarding the Gandhi-
Irwin Pact.
Jul. 20 His name for the Federal Structure Committee of the
Round Table Conference was included.
Jul. 24 Gandhi Reception Committee in London was formed.
Jul. 25 Informed the Viceroy of his ultimatum to collectors of
Surat.
Jul. 28 Congratulated Sir Ernest Hoston on his narrow escape.
Aug. 1 Congress Working Committee adopted his design of the
National Flag with certain changes. Saffron, white and
green. Charkha, across white colour only. Saffron
for courage and sacrifice. White for peace and truth.
Charkha for welfare of masses. Green for faith and
strength.
Performed the opening ceremony of a temple cons-
tructed by Sir Chunibai for untouchables.
<
Chronology
49
1931 Aug. 11 Wired the Viceroy, regarding the violation of Gandhi-
Irwin Pact by the Provincial Governments.
Aug. 13 Viceroy's reply was deemed unsatisfactory, and so he
decided not to go to London. Congress Working Com-
mittee ratified his decision.
Aug. 19 Released for publication of his letter to Lord Willingdon.
Aug. 23 The Government of India issued a statement replying to
Gandhi's charge-sheet.
Aug. 26 Interviewed with Lord Willingdon in Simla.
Aug. 27 A fresh agreement was signed by Gandhi and Willing-
don, reserving right of the Congress to adopt defensive
direct action.
Left Simla by special train.
Aug. 28 Government of India issued a communique giving terms
of the new agreement with Gandhi.
Aug. 29 Sailed for London from Bombay port by S.S. Rajputana
at noon.
Sep. 3 Arabs and Indians, at Aden gave him a rousing recep-
tion and presented to him. a purse of 328 guineas.
Sep. 7 Received another welcome address at Port Said. Shaukat
Ali joined him and had a long discussion with him.
Sep. 12 Arrived at London. Reception was given by the
Mayor of Poplar. Stayed in East End with Miss Muriel
Lester at Kingsley Hall.
Sep. 14 Monday being his silence day, attended in silence the
Federal Structure Committee.
Sep. 16 Addressed the Labour members in the Committee Room
of the Commons.
Sep. 22 Protested against the Government's decision on exchange
over the heads of the Legislature, in the Federal Com-
mittee.
Sep. 23 Addressed the M.P.'s in the Committee Room.
Sep. 27 Welcome address was given to him at West Bradford,
(Lancashire).
Sep. 29 Conferred with Sir Samuel Hoare.
Oct. 2 His birthday was celebrated at Kingsley Hall, and all
50
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1931 Oct.
Oct.
over India. A Swedish lady presented to him an old
English spinning wheel.
3 Presided over the Minorities conference.
8 Announced the failure of the informal talks at the
Minorities Committee meeting.
Oct. 17 Left for Birmingham.
Oct. 20 Discussed the issues informally with other delegates
at the Claridge Hotel.
Oct. 23 Discussed the army question with the Round Table
Conference delegates.
Oct. 24 Met the Indian undergraduates at Oxford.
Nov. 3 Interviewed with the Prime Minister.
Nov. 5 Attended His Majesty's reception given in honour of the
delegates of the Round Table Conference.
Nov. 8 Congress Working Committee meeting held at Bom-
bay, cabled its instructions to him.
Nov. 12 General Smuts called on him at his Knightsbridge resi
dence in London.
Nov. 14 Interview with Lord Irwin.
Nov. 18 Had an interview with Lloyd George.
Dec. 5 Left England for Paris en route to India.
Dec. 15 Left Brindisi for India.
Dec. 28 Disembarked at Bombay Port.
Dec. 30 In consultation with the Working Committee, sent a
message to the Viceroy asking him whether the Gandhi-
Irwin Pact was at end.
Dec. 31 Congress Working Committee discussed the Viceroy's
reply to Gandhi.
1932 Jan. 1 Viceroy's reply to Gandhi and the latter's rejoinder were
published.
Jan. 3 Viceroy declined to give him an interview.
Jan. 4 Government arrested him at 3 p.m. in Bombay under
Regulation XXV of 1927 and detained him at Yeravda
Central jail.
Chronology
51
Indian National Congress was banned and numerous
congressmen were arrested.
1932 Jan. 18 106 American religious leaders appealed to the Prime
Minister for the release of Gandhi.
Jan. 26 Constituent Assembly in New Delhi passed an adjourn-
ment motion on the arrest and internment of Gandhi.
Jan. 27 Mira Ben had an interview with Gandhi in the Yeravda
prison.
Feb. 1 Correspondence between Gandhi and Sir Samuel Hoare
was released for publication.
Jun. 7 Declined to avail himself of weekly interviews if Miss
Madeleine Slade or Mira Ben was not allowed to see
him weekly.
Aug. 17 MacDonald's Communal Award was announced.
Aug. 18 Decided to undergo a fast unto death, against the
Communal Award. Conveyed his decision to the
Premier.
Sep. 8 Premier replied, imputing to Gandhi's inimical intention
in respect to Depressed Classes.
Sep. 9 Conveyed his final decision of undergoing fast unto
death already announced.
Sep. 12 Gandhi-Hoare-MacDonald correspondence published.
Sep. 15 Wrote a letter to Bombay Government. The Home
Minister of Bombay worked out a programme regarding
the restrictions on Gandhi after his release from prison.
Sep. 19 Held meetings all over India, against the Communal
Award, demanding withdrawal of disruptive electoral
scheme, separating untouchables from the Hindu com-
munity.
Sep. 20 Started his fast, unto death from noon.
Sep. 23 Disapproved sympathetic fasts by others.
Sep. 26 Broke his fast at 5-15 p.m. amidst prayers and rejoic-
ings, only after securing a Government communique,
which satisfied him.
Sep. 28 Invited any worthy suggestion for the Congress Round
Table Conference co-operation.
Sep. 30 Government withdrew the special privileges allowed to
Gandhi during his fast.
52
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1932 Oct. 10 Conciliation group in England made representations on
the India Office for his release.
Oct. 17 Dr. B.R. Ambedkar had an interview with him in the
prison.
Nov. 5 Issued his first statement regarding untouchability.
.
Nov. 7 Government removed all restrictions on Gandhi, after
protracted correspondence.
1933 Jan.
1 Announced plan to undergo a fast in sympathy with
Kelappan for getting Guruvayur temple opened for
untouchables. Fast averted as the result of referendum
in which people voted in majority for temple entry.
Jan. 13 H. S. L. Polak met him in the prison.
Apr. 22 Dr. B.R. Ambedkar consulted him regarding revision
of the Poona Pact.
Apr. 29 Announced plan to undergo a three weeks' fast.
May 2 General Smuts cabled him to desist from the fast.
May 4 Lansbury appealed to the Viceroy to release Gandhi.
May 8 Started self-purificatory fast for 21 days from 12 noon.
The Government released him the same day.
May 9 Announced suspension of Civil Disobedience for six
weeks and cabled the Government to withdraw ordinan-
ces.
May 29 Concluded his 21 days fast at Parnakuti, in Poona at
12-30 p.m.
Jul. 12 Informal conference of Congressmen met at Poona
and authorized Gandhi to seek an interview with the
Viceroy.
Jul. 15 Sent a telegram to the Viceroy seeking an interview.
Jul. 18 Issued a statement to the Press, commenting on the
Viceroy's regretful reply.
Jul. 26 Disbanding Sabarmati ashram, inaugurated the campaign
of Individual Civil Disobedience as a gesture of sym-
pathy with those who lost their property in the struggle
for India's independence.
Jul. 27 Issued a statement on M.S. Aney's decision.
÷
Jul. 30 Communicated his decision to the Bombay Govern-
ment of marching from Ahmedabad to Ras with 33
followers.
Chronology
53
1933 Jul. 31 The Government arrested him with his followers and
lodged them at the Sabarmati prison.
Aug. 2 Transferred to the Yeravda prison.
Aug. 4 Released and was re-arrested for breaking a restraint
order served on him.
Aug. 16 Went on fast in the Yeravda prison.
Aug. 18 C.F. Andrews had an interview with him in the prison.
Aug. 20 Removed to Sasson Hospital, because of his serious
condition, but he was still a prisoner.
Aug. 23 Due to his precarious condition, he was released, un-
conditionally.
Sep. 14 Issued a statement suspending aggressive Civil Dis-
obedience, till August, 1934.
Sep. 21 Laid the foundation stone of the Ahmedabad Munici-
pality Library.
Oct.
2 His 65th birthday was celebrated throughout India.
Nov. 7 Started Harijan (untouchable) tour, from his satyagraha
ashram, Wardha.
Dec. 20 Arrived at Madras and opened the Swadeshi exhibition.
1934 Feb. 1 Made an appeal to Indians and European friends abroad
for funds for the Bihar earthquake relief.
Mar. 11 Arrived at Patna to inspect the earthquake-striken area.
Apr. 4 Gave an interview to the Indian National Congress
leaders who urged the revival of the Congress Swaraj
Party.
Apr. 7 Issued a statement, suspending the Civil Disobedience
movement.
Jun. 25 Murderous bomb attempt was made on his life but pro-
videntially he escaped.
Jun. 26 Returned to Ahmedabad and was given a warm recep-
tion.
Jun. 30 Visited the Sabarmati ashram.
Jul. 18 Sir Rabindranath Tagore met him at Calcutta.
Jul. 21 Laid the foundation stone of Children's wing of
Chittaranjan Seva Sadan in Calcutta,
54
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1934 Jul. 24 Performed the opening ceremony of the Cawnpore
"Tilak Bhawan.
""
Aug. 3 Concluded his Harijan tour.
Aug. 7 Underwent a fast for one week.
Aug. 14 Broke his one-week fast in the morning.
Sep. 4 Issued a statement regarding the report of his retire-
ment from the Indian National Congress.
Sep. 17 Issued another statement regarding his contemplated
severence from the Congress.
Sep. 20 Joint statement issued by him and M.S. Aney regarding
the forthcoming Assembly elections.
Sep. 25 A manifesto issued in Bombay by the Congress Socialist
Party, criticised his proposals for the re-organization of
the Congress.
Oct. 2 His sixty-sixth birthday was celebrated throughout
India.
Oct. 15 Issued a statement in connection with his proposals for
the re-organization of the Congress.
Oct. 31 Made a statement proposing some constitutional changes
in the Congress.
Dec. 12 Released to the Press his correspondence with the
Viceroy regarding his visit to the North West Frontier
Province.
1935 Jan. 31 In a message to the workers of the Ahmedabad mills,
he urged them to call off the strike.
Mar. 23 Began his four weeks' silence to cope with arrears of work.
Apr. 19 Performed the opening ceremony of All-India Village
Industries Association exhibition at Indore.
May 18 Mohanlal Pandya, one of Gandhi's old co-workers and
the first satyagrahi prisoner in India, died.
May 31 Interviewed Abdul Gaffar Khan in Sabarmati jail.
Oct. 2 His 67th birthday was celebrated all over India.
Oct. 11- Presided over the meeting of the Council of All-India
13 Spinners' Association held at Maganwadi, Wardha.
Oct. 22 Laid the foundation stone of a little hut at Segaon,,
near Wardha for Miraben (Miss Madeleine Slade).
Chronology
55
1936 Mar. 16 Jawaharlal Nehru met him at Delhi to discuss the poli-
tical situation.
Mar. 21 Attended the Indian National Congress Cabinet meeting
in Delhi.
Apr. 30 Made Segaon-a village five miles away from Wardha--
his headquarters.
Jun. 29 Attended the Congress Working Committee meeting at
Wardha.
Oct. 2 His 68th birthday was celebrated all over India.
Oct. 25 Performed opening ceremony of the temple of Mother
India at Benares.
Dec. 27 Gandhi and Madan Mohan Malaviya addressed the
Indian National Congress Session at Faizpur.
1937 Mar. 26 Delivered the convocation-address of the Hindi Sahitya
Sammalan at Madras.
Aug. 4 The Viceroy met him at New Delhi.
Aug. 28 Urged prohibition in Indian States and in Provinces
where the Congress had majority.
Oct. 2 His 69th birthday was celebrated all over India.
Oct. 22- Presided over the Educational Conference at Wardha.
23
Nov. 20 Condemned the action of the Congress ministers in
handling the labour disputes and communal riots.
Nov. 24 Wardha Education Committee submitted its report to
him.
1938 Jan. 6 Returned from Juhu and left for Wardha.
Jan. 18 Lord Lothian had an interview with him at Sagaon.
Feb. 10 Performed the opening ceremony of the All-India
Khadi and Village Industries exhibition at Haripura.
Mar. 15 Left Wardha for Calcutta.
Mar. 22 Interview with Lord Barborne regarding the release of
the remaining political prisoners in Bengal.
Mar. 28 Presided over All-India Charkha Sangh, met in Berboi.
Apr. 9 Had an interview with the political prisoners of Bengal.
Apr. 14 Left Calcutta for Delhi to meet the Viceroy of India.
56
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1938 Apr. 28 Met M.A. Jinnah in Bombay regarding Hindu-Muslim
settlement.
Apr. 29 Issued a statement regarding J.R. Dain's appointment as
Governor of Orisa.
May 20 Had an interview with M.A. Jinnah at his residence.
Jul.
9 In an article in Harijan, he once again upheld Congress
non-intervention in affairs of Princely States.
J
Oct.
5 Received a rousing reception at Peshawar.
Nov. 9 Concluded his North West Frontier Province tour and
left Peshawar for Wardha.
Nov. 26 Expressed his sympathies with the Jews.
Dec. 3. In an article, he appealed the Princes to co-operate with
the Congress.
Dec. 24 Made an appeal for prohibition throughout India.
1939 Jan. 4 Shed tears on Shaukat Ali's death.
Jan. 28 In an article published in Harijan he wrote, "The move-
ment for liberty within the States is entering a new move-
ment."
Jan. 31 Issued a statement on Subhas Chandra Bose's election
to the Congress Presidentship.
Feb. 4 Wrote an important article on Rajkot. Kasturbai
Gandhi entered Rajkot to court arrest.
Feb. 13 Subhas Chandra Bose arrived in Wardha to consult
him.
Feb. 21 Congress leaders met him in Wardha.
Feb. 25 Left for Rajkot via Bombay.
Feb. 27 Arrived at Rajkot on mission of peace.
Mar. 2 Wrote to Thakore of Rajkot, intimating his plan of fast
unto death from next day.
Mar. 3 Went on fast at noon.
Mar. 3 Wrote to the Viceroy pleading intervention.
Mar. 7 Settlement reached on the Rajkot crisis through the
Viceroy's intervention. Broke his fast.
Mar. 15 Met the Viceroy at Delhi and stayed there till April 7.
Mar. 20 Advised to suspend the Jaipur satyagraha.
Chronology
57
1939 Mar. 23 On his advice, Travancore Civil Disobedience move-
ment was suspended.
Mar. 24 Conferred with the Congress leaders in Allahabad.
Apr. 4 Had an interview with the Viceroy.
Apr. 9 Arrived at Rajkot.
Apr. 14 Submitted a list of seven names for the Rajkot Reforms
Committee.
Apr. 23 Announced that the negotiations with Virawala for the
settlement of Rajkot issue had failed.
Apr. 27 Had talks with Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhas Chandra
Bose in Calcutta.
May 7 Advised self-purification to members of the Gandhi
Seva Sangh, which met at Brindavan.
May 12 Arrived again at Rajkot.
May 14 Gandhi-Bose correspondence was released.
May 17 Renounced the advantages of the Rajkot award and
appealed to the Prince to concede to the people's wishes.
May 24 Issued a statement on the segregation legislation in South
Africa.
May 25 Thakore Sahib of Rajkot entertained him.
Jul. 1 Left Rajkot for Bombay.
Jun. 4 Issued a statement on Travancore embodied new plans,
adopted in connection with the Rajkot crisis.
Jul. 5 Left for the Frontier tour, accompanied by Mahadev
Desai.
Jul. 13 Replied to Bose's attack on prohibition and invited him
to retrace his steps and work with forces accelerating
prohibition.
1939 Jul. 23 Advised the South Indians to postpone the Passive
Resistance movement.
Jul. 26 Sent a message to the Bengal prisoners asking them to
give up hunger strike.
Jul. 29 Following his advice the Passive Resistance in Transvaal
was suspended.
Aug. 2 Condemned the Bengal hunger strike.
•
58
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1939 Sep. 4 Had an interview with the Viceroy.
Sep. 5 Issued a statement with conditions expressing sympathy
with the British cause.
Sep. 28 Commented on House of Lord's debate in London.
over India. "Mahatma
Oct. 2 Birthday celebrations all
Gandhi", edited by S. Radhakrishnan, was presented
to him.
Oct.
5 Had an interview with the Viceroy for the third time.
Oct. 18 Criticized the Viceroy's declaration of Oct. 17, regarding
the World War II.
Nov. 1 Had talks with the Viceroy. Rajendra Prasad and
Jinnah were also present.
Nov. 17 Cabled to the News Chronicle, asking if Britain intended
to recognize India's independence or not.
Nov. 19 Laid the foundation stone of Kamla Nehru Memorial
Hospital, at Allahabad.
Nov. 25 Approved the idea of Constituent Assembly.
Dec. 18- Attended the Congress Working Committee meeting,
22 at Wardha.
1940 Jan. 21 Congress Working Committee invested in him authority
of negotiating with the Viceroy.
Jan. 26 Independence Day was celebrated all over India and
abroad by Indians.
Feb. 5 Had an interview with the Viceroy. It was a failure.
Feb. 14 Issued a rejoinder to Lord Zetland's statement.
Feb. 17 Visited Sir Rabindranath Tagore, at Santinikatan.
Feb. 20 Addressed the Gandhi Seva Sangh Conference met at
Malikanda.
Mar. 5 Re-named Segaon to Sevagram (village of service).
Mar. 14 Performed the opening ceremony of the Ramgarh Con-
gress Exhibition.
Jul.
Jul.
1 Returned to Delhi after the Simla talks with the Viceroy.
2 Appealed, "to every Briton", to accept the method of
non-violence instead of war with Hitler.
Chronology
59
1940 Jul. 3-7 Attended the Congress Working Committee meeting in
Delhi.
Jul. 8 Supported the Congress demand.
Aug. 18 Attended the Congress Working Committee meeting at
Wardha.
Sep. 13 Attended the Working Committee meeting at Bombay.
Sep. 15 Agreed to assume the Congress leadership again.
Sep. 25 Leopold S. Amery then the Secretary of State in a speech
in London hoped for working arrangement with Gandhi.
Sep. 27 Had an interview with the Viceroy at Simla for three and
a half hours.
Oct. 2 72nd birthday was celebrated all over India and abroad.
Oct. 3 Issued statement explaining Simla agreement breach.
Oct. 15 Explained his scheme of "Individual Satyagraha."
Oct. 17 Selected Vinoba Bhave as the first satyagrahi. Bhave
delivered anti-war speech in a village seven miles away
from Wardha. Arrested and tried and was sentenced
to three months' imprisonment.
Oct. 31 Suspended Harijan, Harijanbandhu and Harijansevak.
Nov. 7 Issued a statement explaining suspension of his fast.
Dec. 25. Suspended satyagraha from Dec. 25, 1940 to Jan. 4,
1941, as good will gesture for Christians.
1941 Jan. 11 Issued a statement regarding the observance of Inde-
pendence Day.
Feb. 20 Replied to Maha Sabha, declining the Congress' parti-
cipation in the Central Government re-organization so
long as the Congress demands remained unconceded.
Feb. 28 Opening ceremony performed of the Kamla Nehru
Memorial Hospital in Allahabad.
May 4 Gandhi's correspondence with Sir Tej Bahadur Sapru
was released.
Jun. 27 His correspondence with K.M. Munshi was released.
Jul. 18 Gave an interview to the Indian Christian leaders, who
discussed with him the question of minorities.
Aug. 24 Issued a statement condemning the Burma agreement.
60
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1941 Sep. 18 Gandhi Jayanti week was inaugurated in Ahmedabad.
Sep. 27 M.S. Aney met Gandhi at Wardha.
Oct. 2 His 73rd birthday was celebrated all over India and
abroad.
Oct. 31 Refused to change the Congress programme.
Nov. 11 Issued a statement commenting on the Indo-Ceylon
Pact.
$
Nov. 14 Made an appeal to the Government regarding J. P.
Narain's fast in Deoli.
1942 Jan. 7 Announced his decision to re-issue the Harijan.
Jan. 15 Attended the All-India Congress Committee meeting at
Wardha which adopted the Bardoli resolution.
Jan. 21 Addressed the Silver Jubilee Convocation of the Benares
Hindu University.
Mar. 17 Attended the Congress Working Committee meeting at
Wardha.
Mar. 27 Had an interview with Sir S. Cripps.
Mar. 31 Discussed the Cripps' proposals with the Congress
Working Committee.
Apr. 30 Discussed C. Rajagopalachari's resolution with the All-
India Congress Committee.
May 17 Spoke at a Press conference in Bombay.
Aug. 3 Arrived at Bombay.
Aug. 4 Attended the Working Committee meeting in Bombay.
Aug. 9 The Government of India arrested him in Bombay
along with Jawaharlal Nehru, Azad and other members
of the Congress Working Committee.
Aug. 30 The Bombay Government issued a communique regar-
ding his health.
Sep. 11 Leopold S. Amery criticised Gandhi's move in the House
of Commons.
Sep. 16 The Viceroy of India turned down the request of the
leaders of the Hindu Mahasabha to see him in the pri-
son.
Nov. 12 The Viceroy refused C. Rajagopalachari's request to
see Gandhi in the prison.
Chronology
61
1942 Nov. 13 General Smuts paid a tribute to him at a press conference
in London.
Dec. 12 Sir S. Radhakrishnan delivered the Kamla Lectures at
the University of Calcutta on, "Gandhi's policy and non-
violence."
1943 Feb. 10 Underwent a fast in the Aga Khan Palace prison.
Feb. 12 His correspondence with the Viceroy was released to
Press.
Feb. 13 Delhi moved for an All Party Leaders' Conference on
February 18, regarding his fast and release.
Feb. 14 To relieve him from anxiety Prof. Bhansali gave up his
fast.
Feb. 15 Adjournment motion on his fast talked out in the Cen-
tral Assembly, New Delhi.
Feb. 17 In sympathy of his fast, three members of the Viceroy's
Council-Sir H.P. Mody, N.R. Sarkar, and M.S. Aney
resigned.
Feb. 18 In a joint statement issued by Sir. H.P. Mody, N.R.
Sarkar and M.S. Aney, they revealed their differences
with the Viceroy on Gandhi's fast.
Feb. 19 Innumerous appeals were sent to Churchill, Amery and
the Viceroy for Gandhi's release.
Feb. 20 The All Party Leaders' Conference met in New Delhi,
adopted a resolution urging Gandhi's unconditional
and immediate release.
Feb. 23 Ceylon Legislators urged his release.
Justice Biswas made an appeal for prayers for Gandhi's
life.
Feb. 24 Churchill rejected all appeals regarding Gandhi's
release.
Labour M.P.'s led a deputation to Leopold S. Amery
regarding Gandhi's release.
Feb. 26 C. Rajagopalachari met him in the prison.
Apr. 1 The Viceroy turned down the Indian Leaders' request
to provide facilities to meet Gandhi in the prison.
Apr. 6 Prof. Harold Joseph Laski condemned Britain's Indian
policy with special reference to Gandhi's detention.
62
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1943 Apr. 21 Commonwealth party in England urged resumption of
negotiations and release of Gandhi immediately.
Aug. 8 While speaking at Willingdon College, Sastri said that
Gandhi alone can speak for India at the Peace Table.
Aug. 9 In a meeting, held in London, the India League demand-
ed Gandhi's release.
Sep. 28 The Madras Government banned the Gandhi Jayanti
celebration.
Oct. 2 His 75th birthday was celebrated, all over India and
abroad.
Dec. 16 The Government refused to release Kasturbai Gandhi.
Dec. 18 Chiang Kai-shek appealed to Gandhi and the Congress
leaders to end the deadlock.
1944 Feb. 22 Kasturbai Gandhi passed away while she was imprison-
ed in the Aga Khan Palace Prison.
Apr. 16 A report issued by the Bombay Government that
Gandhi had an attack of malaria.
Apr. 28 His health caused anxiety.
Apr. 30 His health was reported to be improving.
May 5 Leaders appealed to the Viceroy to release him.
May 6 Gandhi was released unconditionally.
May 11 Arrived in Juhu with his party to recover his health.
May 19 Visited the scene of Bombay disaster.
Jun. 15 Arrived at Poona.
Jun. 21 His reply to the Government of India's charges against
him was released for the publication.
Jun. 28 Addressed the Maharashtra congressmen in Poona.
Jul. 1 The Viceroy refused an interview with him.
Jul. 19 In an interview he expressed the idea that his proposals
were not dictated by sense of defeatism.
Jul. 23 He refuted Sind Minister's allegation of revival of Civil
Disobedience.
Jul. 26 Expressed disappointment at the Lords' debate on India
in the British House of Lords.
Chronology
63
1944 Jul. 28 Leopold S. Amery rejected his offer in the debate of the
House of Commons.
Jul. 29 M. A. Jinnah showed willingness of having an interview
with Gandhi.
Jul. 30 Supported the C. R. Formula.
Sep. 1 Addressed the Spinners' Association.
Sep. 9 Had an interview with M.A. Jinnah in Bombay.
Sep. 19 In his Id-message, he urged Hindu-Muslim unity and
Independence for India.
Sep. 27 Gandhi-Jinnah talks ended in fiasco. Their corres-
pondence was released to Press.
Sep. 28 Explained his offer to Jinnah in a press conference in
Bombay.
Oct. 2 His 76th birthday was celebrated. Thakkar Baba
presented a purse of Rs. 8,500,000 to him on behalf of
the public.
Oct. 27 A message sent to the Congress workers of Bombay.
Nov. 26 Signed the Kasturbai Memorial Trust deed.
1945 Jan. 13 Warned against mass gatherings on Independence Day.
Feb. 18 Indicted the Bihar order.
Apr. 17 Issued a statement on the aim of San Francisco Con-
ference.
Jun. 11 Bhulabhai Desai had an interview with him regarding
the Wavell proposals.
Jun. 16 Replied to the Viceroy regarding the Simla Conference.
Jun. 19 Sent a telegram to the Viceroy regarding the Simla
Conference.
Jun. 24 Met the Viceroy. His proposal that Maulana Azad
should represent the Congress at the Simla Conference
was accepted by the Viceroy.
Jun. 30 Surprised to hear that M.A. Jinnah asked him to accept
Pakistan first.
Jul. 11 The Viceroy met him.
Sep. 13 Advised in the Congress Working Committee meeting at
Poona, to contest elections.
64
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
+
1945 Oct.
2 His 77th birthday was celebrated all over India and
abroad.
Dec. 1 Had an interview with Governor Casey in Calcutta.
Dec. 10 Met the Viceroy in Calcutta.
1946 Jan. 7 Met Governor Casey again.
Jan. 21 Arrived at Madras.
Jan. 23 British M.P.'s met him in Madras.
Jan. 25 Addressed the Hindi Prachar Sabha's Silver Jubilee
meeting.
Feb. 3 Visited Sri Meenakshi temple at Madras, and offered
prayers.
Feb. 10 His Harijan weekly resumed publication after forty-two
months' suspension.
Feb. 11 The Viceroy consulted him regarding the food situation.
in India.
Feb. 12 Kamaraj Nadar, resigned Presidentship of the Tamil
Nad Parliamentary Board as, "sequel to Gandhi's
comment in the Harijan."
Feb. 25 H. H. The Aga Khan and the King of Bhopal met
Gandhi.
Apr. 1 Cabinet Ministers met him.
Apr. 10 Urged the abolition of the salt tax and release of all
political prisoners.
Apr. 24 Hoover met Gandhi and Nehru.
May 11 The Viceroy met him.
May 17 Commented on the Government proposals.
May 29 Commented on the Kashmir incidents.
Jun. 2 Criticized the vital defects of the Cabinet Mission's
plan.
Jun. 12 Appealed to Europeans to keep clear of Constituent
Assembly, India.
Jul. 18 Louis Fischer had an interview with him at Panchgani.
Aug. 11 Replied to the Portuguese Governor General.
Aug. 27 Met the Viceroy.
Chronology
65
1946 Sep. 14 Sir S. Radhakrishnan unveiled Gandhi's statue at
Karachi.
Sep. 25 The Viceroy met him.
Oct. 2 His birthday was celebrated all over India and abroad.
Oct. 28 Congratulated Mrs. Vijya Lakshmi Pandit and Justice
Chagla on preliminary success in the U.N. Assembly.
Oct. 30 Met the Bengal Governor at Calcutta.
Nov. 5 Resolved to go on fast if riots would not stop in Bengal
and Bihar.
Nov. 6 Left for Noakhali.
Nov. 20 His plan for rehabilitating the refugees outlined.
Dec. 25 Blessed temple entry movement in South India.
Dec. 28 The Congress leaders met him at Srirampur.
Dec. 30 Replied to General Smuts.
1947 Jan. 2 Started walking tour of Bengal villages for Hindu-Muslim
unity.
Jan.
7. In a post-prayer meeting at Masimpur village, appeal-
ed the Muslims to be tolerant.
Jan. 16 Re-installed family deity of his host at Bhatialpur.
Jan. 20 Called on Miss Salam, who was fasting at Sirondhi.
Feb. 3 Made an appeal to the League leaders to enter the Cons-
tituent Assembly.
Feb. 24 When M.A. Jinnah insisted on the formation of Pakistan
he called for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Mar. 4 Left for Bihar on his mission of Hindu-Muslim unity.
Mar. 5 Arrived at Patna.
Mar. 7 Made an appeal to Bihar Hindus to have confidence in
Muslims.
Mar. 31 Met the new Viceroy, Viscount Mountbetten.
Apr. 1 Addressed the Asian Relation Conference, held in
Purana Quilla, New Delhi.
Apr. 5 Made an appeal to Hindus not to harbour ill-will against
Muslim fanatics.
66
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
✰
1947 Apr. 7 Urged to the Bengal Premier to take prompt action
in Noakhali, where lawlessness had increased.
Apr. 13 Left for Patna.
Apr. 16 Issued a joint appeal with M.A. Jinnah for cessation of
violence.
May 3 Had an interview with the Viceroy.
May 31 Attended the Congress executive meeting in Delhi.
Jun. 9 Explained his attitude to H.M.G. Plan.
Jul. 27 Called the Princes to join the Indian Union.
Aug. 1 Arrived at Srinagar, Kashmir.
Sep. 1 Went on fast at Calcutta for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Sep. 4 Broke the fast after 75 hours when the peace was
restored.
Sep. 7 Left Calcutta for Delhi.
Sep. 9 In a post-prayer speech, he appealed to the citizens of
Delhi to restore peace.
Sep. 14 Called to Delhi people to end the mad fratricide.
Sep. 15 Deplored the idea of transfer of population.
Sep. 20 Delhi Muslims surrendered arms to him and affirmed
their loyalty to the Indian Union.
Sep. 26 Appealed to Pakistan to safeguard the rights of minori-
ties.
Sep. 28 Replied to Churchill's criticism of "Fearful massacres",
in India.
Oct.
2 His 79th birthday was celebrated all over India and
abroad. It is to be noticed that Gandhi was feeling
unhappy and miserable because of massacre of Hindus
and Muslims by themselves, for whose unity he worked
all his life.
Oct. 17 Made an appeal to the United Nations to settle the
South Africa-India issue.
Nov. 12 Replied to the charges made by the Muslim League
leaders.
1948 Jan. 13 Went on fast unto death, in New Delhi. That was his
last fast.
Chronology
67
1948 Jan. 17 Conditions for ending the fast were prescribed.
Jan. 18 Broke his fast after receiving the pledge signed by the
members of the Peace Committee.
Jan. 20 Bomb exploded near him, during the prayer meeting
in the Birla House, New Delhi.
Jan. 21 Made a few comments on the bomb explosion.
Jan. 28 Warned General Smuts regarding his policies in South
Africa.
Jan. 30 Shot dead by Nathuram Vinayak Godse, a R.S.S.
member, at about 5-10 p.m., while he was going to hold
his daily evening prayer meeting, in the Birla House,
New Delhi.
2. GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES
1909
Doke, Joseph J. M.K. Gandhi; an Indian patriot in South Africa.
With an introduction by Lord Ampthill. London, the London Indian
chronicle, 1909. vi, 97p. ports. 21cm.
178
Indian edition published by G. A. Natesan, Madras, 1919.
The Rev. Joseph Doke, the first biographer of Gandhi wrote this basic bio-
raphy after having met him in December, 1907 and being inspired by his Passive
Resistance movement in South Africa. This sincere account which covers the
period from October 2, 1869 to October 28, 1909, is indispensable particularly for
his early life and struggle in South Africa, to win civil liberties for Indian settlers
there.
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In Indian Nation builders. Madras,
Ganesh and co., 1909. 3v. 19cm. v. 3, p. 31-57
179
An early life sketch covering the period from October 2, 1869 to 1909.
Gandhi's confession of faith, a plea for the soul and duties of British citizenship
are also included.
1921
Chatterjee, B.C. Gandhi or Aurobindo. Calcutta, The Sarswati
library, 1921. vi, 78p. 19cm.
180
A comparison between the ideologies of Gandhi and Aurobindo, a great
mystic and ex-revolutionary of India.
Chirol, Sir Valentine. The emergence of Mr. Gandhi. In his India
old and new. London, Macmillan and co., 1921. x, 319p. 22cm.
p. 165-192.
181
A critical biographical study of the man and his struggle for India's indepen-
dence. The author expresses his impressions of his interview with Gandhi and
comments on the latter's views on political issues.
1922
Kurup, Thelapurath Cammeran Kochunni. Gandhi and Indian regenera-
tion. Madras, New Herald office, 1922. 170p. 19cm.
182
That Gandhi's was the major role in the political and social awakening of
India is the thesis of this brief biographical study.
Leger, J.A. Mahatma Gandhi. In Revue de Paris (Paris) 29: 634-43,
183
Apr. 1, 1922.
A biographical essay in French, estimating his life and work.
Mahatma Gandhi with an appreciation by Lajpatrai. Bom-
bay, National literature publishing co., 1922. vi, 133p. 19cm. 184
General Biographies
69
A collection of biographical and eulogistic essays. Lala Lajpatrai in an int-
roductory chapter summarizes Gandhi's efforts to lead India's national struggle
for independence.
Nair, Sir Sankaran. Gandhi and anarchy. Madras, Tagore and co.,
1922. xiv, 262p. 19cm.
185
A hostile biographical study with reflections on the political conditions in
India during the post World War I period.
Page, Kirby. Is Mahatma Gandhi the greatest man of the age? New
York, The author, 1922. ii, 64p. 19cm.
186
A review of the political situation of India, with a biographical sketch and
interpretation of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and its influence on the
national movement.
1923
Athlye, D.V. The life of Mahatma Gandhi. Poona, Swadeshi publish-
ing co., 1923. vii, 311. 18cm.
187
One of the early biographies, particularly useful for his struggle in South
Africa and activities after returning to India in 1915.
Muzumdar, Haridas T. Gandhi the apostle. Chicago, Universal
press, 1923. vii, 208p. 20cm.
188
The work of an ardent admirer who deeply appreciates Gandhi's message.
The second half of the book is devoted to Gandhi as India's contribution to huma-
nity, and his gospel of passive resistance and non-violence.
Bryant, John Forbes. Gandhi and the Indianization of the Empire.
Cambridge, J. Hall and son; London Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton,
Kent and co., 1924. vi, 228p. 19cm.
189
A political biography, tracing Gandhi's influence on the Indian National
movement from 1914 to 1924.
Bujak, H. Mahatma Gandhi. In Arbeit und wirtschaft (Vienna)
2:861-866 1924.
190
An essay in German.
Koelbing, B. Mahatma Gandhi. In Schweizer familienblatt (Basle)
7:744-751 1924.
191
A brief study in German.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Edition nouvelle augmentee d'une
postface. Paris, Delamain and Boutelleau, 1924. 210p. 19cm. 192
-Mahatma Gandhi: the man who became one with the universal
being. New York and London, Century co., 1924. 250p. port.
19cm.
193
Annotated bibliography : p. 249-250.
One of the best sketches of Gandhi's life and thought. A work of genius.
The book was published in French and has been well translated. The author desc-
70
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
ribes him as "the man who stirred three million people to revolt, who has shaken
the foundations of the British Empire, and who has introduced into human politics
the strongest religious impetus of the last two thousand years."-Part I, p. 5.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Till svenska av Hugo Hulten-
berg. Stockholm, Norstedt., 1924. 134p. 19 cm.
194
Translation into Swedish by Hugo Hultenberg of "Mahatma Gandhi.”
Caprile, Enrico. Gandhi.
19cm.
1925
Rome, A.F. Formiggini, 1925. 62p.
195
A short biography in Italian.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi; a study in Indian Nationalism.
Translated by L.V. Ramaswami Aiyar. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1925.
vi, 140p. 191cm.
196
A political biography, translated from the original in French by L. V.
Ramaswami. It summarizes India's national struggle for independence up to
1925.
Roniger, Emil, ed. Gandhi in Sudafrika. Translated by E.F. Rimen-
sberger. Erlenbach-Zurich, etc., Rotafelverlag, 1925. 248p. ports.
21cm.
197
A valuable and basic source book on Gandhi's early life. Contents :-Doke
J. J. M. K. Gandhi, ein indischer partriot in Sudafrika.—Aus der, “Golden number
of Indian opinion."-Gopal Krishna Gokhale. Reden zur lage der Inder in
Sudafrika.
Boerlin, G. Mahatma Gandhi. In Schweizer fur politik und kultur
(Zurich) 684-88 1926.
198
A brief article in German.
Gray, R.M. and Parekh, Manilal C. Mahatma Gandhi. Bemynd.
Overs. fran engelskan av Paul Sandegren. Uppsala, Lindblad, 1926.
126p. 19 cm.
199
Translation into Swedish by Paul Sandegren of "Mahatma Gandhi.”
Kindermann, R. Mahatma Gandhi u.s. werk. In Volkswohl (Vienna)
17: 141-47 1926.
200
An essay in German.
Kobe, W. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In Zeitschrift fur
missionskunde und religionswissenschaft (Berlin) 41: 110-125 1926.
201
A biographical study with special reference to his ideas about Christianity
and Christian missions in India.
1927
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Lenin and Gandhi; translated from the German
by F.S. Flint and D.F. Tait. London and New York, G.P. Putnam's
General Biographies
71
sons, 1927. xi, 343p. ports. 23cm.
Bibliography: p. 321-329.
A comparative study of the life and work of two great men, with almost
contrary ideologies.
202
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In New international encyclopaedia.
2d ed. New York, Dodd, 1927. 25v. illus. 26cm. v. 9, p.449.
203
An unsigned short life sketch.
Rutherford, Vickerman Henzell. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Modern
India, its problems and their solution. London, The Labour publish-
ing co., 1927. xvi, 268p. 19cm. p. 1-54.
204
A biography of the man and his work.
*
Schliephacka, B.P. Mahatma Gandhi. In Wirtschaft und freiheit
3:575-78 1927.
205
A short sketch in German.
Todd, Arthur J. Gandhi. In his Three wise men of the East and other
lectures. Minneapolis, The University of Minnesota press, 1927.
x, 240p. 21 cm. p.1-47.
206
1929
Prof. Todd records the impressions of his interview with Gandhi and evaluates
his life and thought. The other two distinguished men, the author interviewed are
Rabindranath Tagore and Sir Jagdish Chander Bose, the scientist. It is a useful
study of India's social, cultural and political ideas, as influenced by these men.
Diettrich, F. Mahatma Gandhi. In Kreis; zeitschrift fur kunstlerische
kultur (Hamburg) 5; 137-144 1948.
An eassy in German.
207
Andrews, Charles Freer. Mahatma Gandhi's ideas, including selections
from his writings. London, G. Allen and Unwin, ltd., 1929. 329p.
ports. 22 cm.
208
Bibliography: 377-378.
An exposition, based upon documentary sources, of Gandhi's religious genius,
his social and political aims and his influence on contemporary life in India.
Written by a well-known author of our time, his commentary is reliable and widely
quoted by several of Gandhi's biographers.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. The story of my experiments with
truth. Translated from the original in Gujarati by Mahadev Desai.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1927-29. 2v. ports. 23 cm. 209
This is the standard work, covering only up to 1925. The translation was
carefully revised by Gandhi himself.
Hall, Josef Washington. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Eminent Asians;
six great personalities of the East. Portrait drawings by Orre Nobles.
72
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
New York and London, D. Appleton and co., 1929. 2-510p. ports.
22 cm. p.379-511.
210
A readable and dependable biography. Besides, Gandhi, the life sketches of
the other great personalities of the new East mentioned in this book are: Sun-
Yat-Sen, of China ; Yamagata and Ito of Japan; Mustapha Kemal, the modernizer
of Turkey and Joseph Stalin. The book is useful as it summarizes not only the
social and political problems of India but of all Asia.
Jenssen, C. Mahatma Gandhi. In Deutsche einheit herausgegeben von
graf Bernsdorff (Hamburg) 8: 350-55 1929.
211
An essay in German.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Ed. nouvelle, revue, corrigee
et augmentee. Paris, Delamain and Boutelleau, 1929. 208p.
18 cm.
212
Bibliographie : p. 4.
A basic and standard biography in French and a work of genius.
1930
Arditi, Luigi. L'India di Gandhi. Ricordi di viaggi. Florence,
Instituto geografico militare, 1930. 353p. 19cm.
213
A record of the author's reminiscences of his visit to India, describing Gan-
dhi's life and the non-co-operation movement led by him. The book is in
Italian.
Beusekom, H.G. Van. Gandhi en zijn beteekenis voor de toekonist
van British-India. The Hague, Algem. Bockh. voor inw. en uitw.
zending, 1930. 96p. ports. 19cm.
214
A political biography in Dutch, discussing Gandhi's importance for the future
of British India.
Bulgakov, Valentin Fedorovich. Tolstoi, Lenin, Gandhi. I Ipara,
Tiskla knihtiskarna P. Duska v. Ricanech, 1930. 50p. 18 cm. 215
A standard comparative biographical study. A few ideas of Gandhi, compared
and interpreted in this book, need further clarification. The above mentioned is
the transliterated title of the original work in Russian.
Disertori, Beppino. Gandhi; pensiero ed azione. Trento, M. Diser-
tori, 1930. 43p. 191cm.
216
A biography and interpretation of Gandhi's thoughts and actions in
Italian.
Durant, Will. Gandhi. In his The case for India. New York,
Simon and Schuster, 1930. xii, 232. 19cm. p. 57-118.
217
Bibliographical notes : p. 212-228.
Divided into eight convenient headings, it is a well-written and balanced
interpretation of Gandhi's life and thought. The author's concluding remarks
about Gandhi on page 118 are worth reading.
Forell, B. Mahatma Gandhi. In Der Morgen, (Berlin) 6: 68-78
1930,
218
General Biographies
73
A biographical essay in German.
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Gandhi; storia di un uomo e di una lotta. Tra
duzione di B. Giachetti e s. Casavecchia. Milano, Bompiani, 1930.
298p. 19 cm.
219
History of a man and his struggle, translated into Italian by B. Giachetti and
Casavecchia. A standard and reliable interpretation.
""
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Mahatma Gandhi, his own story
edited by C.F. Andrews, with an introduction by John Haynes Holmes,
New York, The Macmillan co., 1930. 372p. ports. 20 cm. 220
Bibliography: p. 367-368.
This is the third volume of the editor's series on Gandhi. The material
selected for this book is from Gandhi's autobiography, "The story of my experi-
ments with truth," and from his "Satyagraha in South Africa." A chapter has also
been added from "Hind Swaraj." "The present volume," as the author contemp-
lates, "brings to an end at last that work of interpretation of the East to the West
Preface, p. 13.
-Mein leben. Herausgegeben von C.F. Andrews.
Hans Reisiger. Leipzig, Insel-Verlag, 1930. 374p. 19cm.
Ubersetzt von
221
Translation into German by Hans Reisiger of "Mahatma Gandhi at work,”
edited by C. F. Andrews.
Henderson, Archibald. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Contemporary
immortals. New York and London, D. Appleton and co., 1930
xii, 208p. ports. facsims. 21cm. p. 24-43.
222
Gandhi's is one of the twelve biographical portraits of contemporary geniuses
included in this book. The study is well balanced.
Holmes, John Haynes. Gandhi before Pilate; a sermon on the Indian
revolution. New York, The Community church, 1930. 22p. 18 cm.
(The Community pulpit.... Ser. 1929-1930, no. 17).
223
A political biography, with special reference to the non-violent non-co-ope-
ration movement.
Gandhi or Caesar? Boston, Citizen's Gandhi
19cm.
224
A brief biographical sketch and comparative study of Gandhi's ideas with
those of Jesus, Thoreau, Tolstoy, and Karl Marx.
James, Edward Holton.
committee, 1930. 32p.
Gandhi the internationalist. Boston, Citizen's Gandhi com-
mittee, 1930. 25p. 19cm.
225
A study of Gandhi's conception of internationalism.
Ligt, Barthelemy de. Gandhi over oorlog, Volkenbond en ontwapen-
ing. Utrecht, Erven J. Bijlevald, 1930. 50p. 19cm.
226
An essay in Dutch.
Piddington, A.B. Bapu Gandhi. London, Williams and Norgate
1930. 54p. 19cm.
227
An intimate biography.
74
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Prager, H. Mahatma Gandhi. In Die drei ringe (Reichenberg)
6:121-25. 1930.
A short life sketch in German.
228
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Mit einem nachwort: Gandhi
seit seiner freilassung. Erlenbach-Zurich und Leipzig, Rotapfelverlag,
1930. 165p. port. 20cm.
229
"Einzige berechtigte ubersetzung aus dem franzosischen besorgt durch Emil
Roniger."
"Bibliographie" : p. 162-163.
"Mahatma Gandhi since his release," is an authorized translation from the
French edition by Emil Roniger. Written by a well-known author of our time, the
book provides reliable interpretation of the non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment.
1931
Bernays, R. Naked fakir. London, Gollancz, 1931. xvi, 335p.
19 cm.
230
An English journalist's impressions of Gandhi and Indian politics, obtained
during a five months' visit to India in 1931, where he went as special correspondent
for the News Chronicle. Though pro-British, it provides a moderate interpreta-
tion of Gandhi and the non-violent non-co-operation movement. An index would
have made the book more useful.
Chatterjee, Lalitmohan. Gandhiji. In his Representative Indians.
Calcutta, The Popular agency, 1931. vi, 245p. illus. 19cm. p.
146-184.
231
A laudatory biographical study and liberal comments on the National
movement.
Das, Frieda Mathilda (Hauswirth). Gandhi: a portrait from life.
New York, The Vanguard press, 1931. 27p. 21cm.
232
A short and intimate biography.
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Gandhi the holyman; translated from the German
by F.S. Flint and D.F. Tait. London and New York, G.P. Putman's
sons, 1931. 191p. 19cm.
233
Bibliography: p. 187-191.
Translation of the second part of the author's "Lenin and Gandhi", the
English translation of which was published in 1927 under title: "Lenin and Gan-
dhi". A standard and reliable work.
Fuller, John Frederick Charles. Gandhi-the Indian complex. In his
India in revolt. London, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1931. 272p.
221cm. p. 148-174.
234
A sober study of Gandhi, his philosophy and work.
Gabriel, Walter. Gandhi, Christ und wir Christen; eine Christliche
darstellung und wertung der sittlichkeit und frommigkeit Gandhis.
General Biographies
75
Halle (Saale) Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses, g.m.b.h. (Franchesche
stiftungen), 1931. 61p. 22 cm.
"Quellen und literatur": leaf preceding p. 1.
235
A biographical study in German of Gandhi and his thought from the Chris-
tian point of view.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Mahatma Gandhi at work; his own
story continued; edited by C.F. Andrews. New York, The Macmillan
co., 1931. 407p. ports. 201cm.
236
Bibliography: p. 403-404.
English edition published by George Allen in 1931.
Material selected from Gandhi's autobiography, "The story of my experi-
ments with truth," and his "Satyagraha in South Africa." A chapter has also been
added from his "Hind Swaraj.” A reliable interpretation of Gandhi and his philo-
sophy of non-violence.
Mahatma Gandhi, su propia historia, transcrita por C.F.
Andrews; traduccion de Adolfo Jorda. Con ocho lamimas fuera de
texto. Barcelona, Editorial Juventud, 1931. 365p. ports. 22cm.
237
Translation into Spanish by Adolfo Jorda of "Mahatma Gandhi; his own
story," edited by C. F. Andrews.
-Mina experiment med sanningen. Sjalvobiografiska anteckn-
ingar. Fran den av Gandhi auktoriserade engelska editionen
overs, av Hugo Hultenberg. Stockholm, Diakonistyr, 1931. 339p.
211cm.
238
Translation into Swedish by Hugo Hultenburg of "The story of my experi-
ments with truth."
Sa vie ecrite par lui-meme, trad. Georgette Camille. Paris, F.
Rieder et cie., 1931. 460p. 211cm.
239
Translation into French by Georgette Camille of "The story of my experi-
ments with truth."
Gathier, E. Gandhi. Rome, Lega missionaria studenti, 1931. 40p.
19 cm.
240
A short biography in Italian.
Gray, R.M. and Parekh, Manilal Chhotalala. Mahatma Gandhi:
an essay in appreciation. Calcutta, Association press, 1931. vi, 140p.
ports. 18 cm. (Builders of Modern India series).
241
Compiled with care from a liberal Christian point of view, is a valuable study
into Gandhi's religious ideas.
Hart, Eric George. Gandhi and the Indian problem. London, Hut-
chinson and co., ltd., 1931. 155p. port. 18cm.
242
A biographical study of the man and the political and social problems he
faced and solved.
Jaisinghani, A.H., ed. Mahatma Gandhi; a study. Karachi, Akbar
¿
76
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
.11
ashram, 1931. ii, 27p. 19cm. (Akbar ashram tract no. 7). 243
Collection of a few articles which interpret Gandhi's views on India's social,
economic and political condition.
Job, K.E. Who is Mahatma Gandhi. In Catholic world 133: 201-205.
May, 1931.
244
A brief biographical sketch with an estimate of his philosophy of non-vio-
lence.
Kendall, Mrs. Patricia. Mr. Gandhi, in Africa and India. In her
India and the British, a quest for truth. London, C. Scribner's sons,
1931. x, 467p. illus. 23cm. p. 330-351.
245
American edition, published by C. Scribner's sons, has title: "Come with me
to India."
Bibliography; p. 433-445.
A biographical sketch and description of his struggle in South Africa and
India.
Lester, Muriel. My host the Hindu. London, William and Norgate,
1931. 158p. 19cm.
246
An eulogistic biographical study and a pen picture of Gandhi's stay at the
author's home in London, during the Round Table Conference.
Polak, Henry Salomon Leon. Mahatma Gandhi; an enlarged and
up-to-date edition of his life and teachings, with an account of his activi-
ties in South Africa and India....down to his departure for London
to attend the second Round Table Conference. With appreciation by
the Rt. Hon. Sastri and others....9th ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan
and co., 1931. xvi, 200p. 19cm.
247
A valuable and reliable source for his early biographical material.
Polak, Mrs. Millie Graham. Mr. Gandhi; the man. Foreword by
C.F. Andrews. London, George Allen, 1931. port. 186p. 19cm.
248
Indian edition published by Vora and co., 1949.
The reminiscences recorded in this slim volume by Mrs. Polak are of im-
mense value for information on Gandhi's early activities in South Africa. She
relates them in a direct and life-like manner, one story after another, in the course
of Gandhi's daily life of service to humanity.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Geautoriseerde vertaling van
J.B. Meyer. 3e dr. Amsterdam, Prometheus, 1931. 226p. 19 cm.
249
Authorized
translation into Dutch by J. B. Meyers of "Mahatma
Gandhi."
Rowe, J.G. Gandhi the Mahatma. London, Epsworth press, 1931.
120p. 19cm.
250
A biographical study of the man and appreciation of his philosophy of non-
violence,
General Biographies
77
Standenath, Franziska. Indiens freiheitskampf 1930; gefangnisbriefe
des mahatma aus der zeit vom 31 juli bis 6 november, 1930, mit original-
aufnahmen und faksimile von handschriftlinchen briefen des mahatma
an die verfasserrin. Graz etc., Leuschner and Lubensky, 1931. 478p.
ports. facsimes. 23cm.
251
"(German translation of English text) on versos facing the facsimiles."
Provides the German version of Gandhi's non-violence non-co-operation
movement.
Vier Monate Gast Mahatma Gandhis; Indiens Freihitskampf 1930;
Gefangnisbriefe des Mahatma aus der zeit vom 31. Juli bis 6 Novem-
ber, 1930. Graz, etc., Leuschner and Lubensky, 1931. illus. 478p.
252
Bibliographical footnotes.
A detailed, well-written biographical study in German. The author stayed
with Gandhi for four months during the non-violent non-co-operation movement
of 1930. This is a valuable source book particularly for stormy days.
Vulda, Laura. L'Inde sous Gandhi. Aix-en-Provence, Les Editions.
du feu, 1931. 200p. 19cm.
253
A political biography in French. It summarizes and discusses the political
issues which Gandhi was facing during 1930.
Winslow, John Copley and Elwin, Verrier.
Indian freedom. New York, London etc.,
1931. 224p. 19cm.
Gandhi: the dawn of
Fleming H. Revell co.,
254
A biographical study with special reference to his attitude towards the role of
the Christian church in Free India.
1932
De Lorenzo, G. Mahatma Gandhi. In Rivista politics, (Milan)
12:43-54. 1932.
255
A biographical essay in Italian.
Desai, Kanu and Elwin, Verrier. Mahatma Gandhi; sketches in pcn
and pencil and brush, with an essay by Verrier Elwin. Bombay, D.B.
Taraporewala, 1932. 29p. ports. 25cm.
256
A pictorial biography Contents: 1. The explorer; 2. The scetic; 3. The
labourer ; 4. The poet and artist; 5. The rebel; 6. The spirit of joy; 7. The heart
of sorrows; 8. The devotee; 9 The lover of men; 10. The universal
soul.
Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman. Mahatma Gandhi. London, Golden
vista press, 1932. 28p. 19cm.
257
An intimate biographical study of the man and appreciation of his work.
Fisher, Frederick Bohn. The strange little brown man Gandhi. With
collaborative assistance of Grace Nies Fletcher. New York, R. Long
and R.R. Smith, inc., 1932. viii, 239p. ports.
258
21cm.
78
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Besides a biography, "this book is a story of experience. An attempt to
weigh Eastern and Western ideals, as well as spiritual weapons and machine guns,
in the scales of practicability.” Foreward, p. viii.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Hans egen historie. Utg. ved.
C.F. Andrews. Overs. av Hans Krag. Oslo, Det Mallinske bogtr.,
259
1932.
Translation into Norwegian by Hans Krag of "Mahatma Gandhi, his own
story," edited by C. F. Andrews.
Hunter, Allan Armstrong. Wanted-an integrated world. In his
Social perplexities. New York, R. Long and R.R. Smith, inc., 1932.
176p. 19cm.
260
"Books suggested" : p. 171-176.
While discussing some conflicts in modern life, i.e., questions concerning
nationalism, capitalism, race prejudice, marriage, youth, old age and religious
institutions, etc., the author who is an evangelist, studies Gandhi's life and work
and estimates his services to the whole human race.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi. Nuova edizione accresciuta
di un poscritoo. Trad. di G. Gabrielli. Milano, Case Editrice Sonzo-
gne, 1932. 190p. 194cm.
261
Translation into Italian by G. Gabrielli of "Mahatma Gandhi”.
Saunders, Kenneth James. Mahatma Gandhi. In his The Heritage
of Asia. London, Students' Christian movement press, 1932. 224p.
21 cm. p.128-143.
262
A short biography and estimate of the man and his work.
Sengupta, B. and Chowdhury, R. Mahatma Gandhi and India's struggle
for Swaraj. Calcutta, Modern book agency, 1932. xvi, 415p. ports.
181cm.
263
"Attempt has been made to present, in chronological order, the march of
events from the Lahore Congress upto the conclusion of the second Round Table
Conference…………..The book contains, besides, a short synopsis of the last movement,
proceedings of the first and second Round Table Conferences, a detailed account
of Gandhiji's activities in London, and full text of all his important speeches and
pronouncements voicing the demand of the Congress and the Nation."-Pref. to
the first edition.
1933
Andley, C.B. Gandhi the saviour. Delhi, Andley brothers, 1933.
viii, 102p. 19cm.
264
A short biography and appreciation of the man and his work.
Andrews, Charles Freer. M.K. Gandhi; a sketch of his life and work.
In Speeches and writings of M.K. Gandhi; edited by G.A. Natesan.
4th ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1933. xiii, 1072, xvp. ports.
19 cm. p. 2-64.
265
A learned summary of Gandhi's early activities with an estimate and biogra-
phical sketch.
General Biographies
79
Brailsford, H.N. India's resurrection. In Recovery through revolu-
tion, edited by S.D. Schmalhausen. New York, Covici Friede, 1933.
vi, 504p. 24cm. p. 90-107.
266
A laudatory biographical study.
Chitamber, Jashwant Rao. Mahatma Gandhi; his life, work and
influence. Foreword by John R. Mott. Philadelphia, Chicago, etc.,
The John C. Winston com., 1933. xvii, 266p. ports. 20cm. 267
Bibliography: p. 261-262.
Bishop Chitamber describes in details the effects of the Nationalistic move-
ment in India, especially as it centers around the life and labours of Gandhi.
Cipolla, Arnaldo. In India con Gandhi. Torino, etc., G.B. Paravia
and co., 1933. 222p. illus. 19cm.
268
In this book, "In India with Gandhi," the author summarizes in Italian the
impressions of his visit to India and estimates Gandhi and his struggle for India's
independence.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Enciclopedia universal ilustrada
Europeo-Americana. Barcelona, Espasa, 1905-33. 80v. in 81.
illus. v. 25, p. 680-681.
269
A brief life sketch in Spanish, with a rare photograph, taken in South
Africa.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Larousse du xx siecle, publie
sous la direction de Paul Auge. Paris, Larousse, 1928-33. 6v.
illus. v. 3, p.703.
270
A short life sketch in French.
George, P.V. The unique Christ and the mystic Gandhi. Tiruvalla,
The Malabar Christian office, 1933. 240p. 19 cm.
271
"First published Feb., 1930. Reprinted Mar., 1933."
A biography and comparative study of Gandhi's religious ideas.
Ghersi, Emanuele. M.K. Gandhi. In his India inquiete.
P. De Fornari and co., 1933. 389p. 21cm. pt. 3.
Genova,
272
A biographical study of the man and estimate of his work. The first part of
the book is devoted to a brief description of India and the second part contains a
biographical sketch of Lokamanya Tilak. The last chapter is particularly useful
as it summarizes the political, social and cultural issues discussed in this book.
Saunders, Kenneth James. Mahatma Gandhi and the Indian ideal
of sainthood. In his Whither Asia; a study of three leaders, Gandhi,
Hu Shih and Kagawa. New York, Mcmillan, 1933. viii, 221p.
21 cm. p. 31-66.
273
Study of three moral and intellectual leaders of modern Asia. Besides Gandhi,
the other two are Hu Shih of China, and Toyohiko Kagawa of Japan. The book
shows some signs of hasty preparation, yet it is reliable and interprets Gandhi's
ideas objectively.
Togel, H. Mahatma Gandhi. In neues sachs Kirchenblatt 40: 529-
535 1933.
274
80
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A biographical essay in German.
Wegmann, Hans. Mahatma Gandhis lebenswerk. 2d ed. Zurich,
Beer and cie., 1933. 43p. 20cm.
275
A biography and appreciation of his work.
1934
Bolton, G. Tragedy of Gandhi. London, George Allen and Unwin,
1934. 326p. 19 cm.
276
An hostile biographical study of Gandhi and the problems he confronted and
tried to solve.
Fisher, Frederick Bohn. Gandhi och vi. Overs. av Erik Thunqvist.
Stockholm, Natur ockkultur, 1934. 232p. 19cm.
277
"Gandhi and we," a biographical study, translated into Swedish by Erik
Thunqvist.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. M.K. Gandhi a l'oeuvre; suite de
sa vie ecrite par lui-meme; traduit de l'anglais par Andre Bernard.
6th ed. Paris, Rieder, 1934. 427p. 19cm. (On cover: "Collection
Europe.")
278
Translation into French by Andre Bernard of "Mahatma Gandhi at work,"
edited by C. F. Andrews, (London, 1931).
Privat, Edmond Theophile. Aux Indes avec Gandhi. Paris, V. Attin-
ger, 1934. 282p. 19cm. (Orient series no. 11).
279
Nouv. ed. 1948, published by La Concorde, Lausanne.
An intimate story of the author's visits to India and interviews with Gandhi.
A reliable source for the biographical material, particularly for his activities during
1930 to 1948.
Tagore, Soumyendranath. Gandhi. Trad. de. l'anglais par Andree
Vaillant. Paris, Nouvelle Revue francaise, 1934. 253p.
253p. 19 cm.
280
Translation into French by Andree Vaillant of "Gandhi," a standard
biography.
Wartenweiler, Fritz. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Meister und Diener.
Zurich, Kleinalbis, 1934. 270p. 19 cm. p. 145-192.
.
281
A short biographical study in German.
1935
Gandhi. Mohandas Karamchand. In Der grosse Brockhaus ; Hand-
buch des Wissens in zwanzig Banden. 15 volling neubearb. aufl.
Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1928-35. v. 1-21. illus. v. 6, p.55.
282
A short life sketch in German, with a rare picture and his autograph. Books
recommended.
Kanetkar, M.J. Tilak and Gandhi. Nagpur, M.J. Kanetkar, 1935.
viii, 74p. 19cm.
283
General Biographies
81
A comparative study of the aims, ideals and techniques of two of India's
great men.
Thomas, Henry, pseud. Gandhi. In his The story of the human
race a biographical outline of history. Boston, Winchell Thomas.
co., 1935. xvi, 560p. ports. 21cm. p.515-528.
284
Brief biographical study of the man and his mission. The book which con-
tains besides Gandhi, biographical sketches of Buddha, Confucius, Alexander,
Nero, Charlemagne, Dante, Columbus, Luther, Spinoza, Goethe, Darwin, Lincoln,
Lenin, Mussolini, Hitler and Roosevelt, is especially valuable for comparative
study.
1937
Ballini, Ambrogio. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In Enciclopedia
italiana di scienze, lettere ed arti. Rome, Instit. della Encic. Ital., fon-
data da Giovanni Treccani, 1929-37. 35v. illus. v. 16, p. 364-365.
285
One of the best signed encyclopedic articles, with a portrait and bibliography
by a professor of the Universita Cattolica di Milano. Books recommended.
Farson, Negley. Indian hate lyric.
foreign correspondents, edited by
court, Brace and co., 1937. 441 p.
In We cover the world, by fifteen
Eugene Lyons. New York, Har-
22cm. p. 125-151.
286
A brief life story of Gandhi told by an American correspondent with special
reference to India's struggle for independence.
Hossain, Syed. Gandhi: the saint as statesman. Los Angeles,
Suttorhouse, ltd., 1937. 68p. port. 21cm.
287
An intimate biographical study of Gandhi as a saint and a man of the world
and its politics. The author was a close associate and a mild critic of Gandhi.
Iqbal Ali Shah, Sardar. Gandhi. In his The controlling minds of
Asia. London, Herbert Jenkins, 1937. 311p. 22cm. p. 49-84.
288
A critical study of Gandhi's life and activities.
Times of India, Bombay. Gandhi. In its One hundred great lives.
Bombay, Times of India, 1937. vii, 760p. 21cm. p. 344-352. 289
A popular view of Gandhi's life and work.
1938
Landeau, Marcel. Gandhi tel que je l'ai connu. Paris, Landausons,
1938. 419p. ports. 19cm.
290
A standard biography in French.
1939
Hunter, Allan Armstrong. Gandhi.
In his Three trumpets sound:
82
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Kagawa, Gandhi and Schweitzer. New York, Association press, 1939.
156p. ports. 21cm.
291
Biographical and comparative study of the lives and works of three men,
Gandhi, Kagawa of Japan, and Schweitzer, a German missionary in Africa. The
author looks upon Gandhi not as a saint to be revered but a leader to be
followed.
Muzumdar, Haridas T. Gandhi triumphant; the inside story of the
historic fast. New York, Universal publishing co., 1939. x, 103p.
port. 21 cm.
292
A composite book made up of editorials written by the Mahatma, state
documents and correspondence, with some chapters of more or less general com-
ment, all dealing with Gandhi's political influence and fasts and particularly with
his Rajkot fast, by which he won a victory over the Thakore of Rajkot.
Polak, Henry Salomon, and Polak, M.G. Gandhi. In Great men of
India; cdited by Williams, L.F. Rushbrook. Bombay, Times of India,
1939. 640p. 19cm. (Home library club). p. 314-337.
293
A brief life sketch, and estimation of his philo sophy of non-violence.
Sen, Ela. Gandhi. In her Testament of India. London, George
Allen, 1939. 286p. 19cm. p. 17-34.
294
A brief life sketch and a glowing tribute.
Wadia, Ardasar Sorabjee N. Mahatma Gandhi: a dialogue in under-
standing. Bombay, New book co., 1939. iv, 73p. 19cm. 295
A unique study of Gandhi, his ideas and mission, by means of a dialogue.
"All characters in this dialogue are imaginary. They are created with the object
of representing different points of views on the subject".-Preface, p. ii.
Weber, T.A. Gandhi. London, Pallas publishing co., 1939. 126p.
19cm. (How they did it, life stories series).
296
A popular view of Gandhi's life and thought.
Yagnik, Indulal K. Gandhi as I know him. Part I, (1914-1922).
Bombay, Advocate of India press, 1933. 234p. 19 cm. Part II,
(1923-1939). Delhi, Danish mahal, 1943. iv, 157p. 19 cm. 297
A critical study of Gandhi and his work by one of his followers and staunch
critics. The book is useful because it provides a critical point of view of practically
all activities of Gandhi from 1914 to 1939.
1940
Devi, Robins Sita. Gandhi e l'avvenire dell' India. Rome, Rassegna
nazionale, 1940. Lxii, 70p. 19 cm.
298
A study in Italian with special reference to Gandhi's struggle for India's
independence.
Japheth, M.D. The truth about Gandhi. Bombay, Mody's diamond
printing works, 1940. iv, 87p. 18cm.
299
A critical study of Gandhi and his work.
General Biographies
83
M.K. Gandhi. Bombay, Oxford university press, 1940. 48p. 19cm.
(Leaders of modern India series for juveniles).
300
A short biography written for young people.
Munshi, Kanaiyalal Maneklal. I follow the Mahatma. Bombay,
Allied publishers, 1940. viii, 200p. 19cm.
301
An intimate study of the man, his mission, philosophy and influence. The
author tells how he came to accept Gandhi's political philosophy, and in doing so
he reveals not only the development of his own personality but also the tremen-
dous power Gandhi possesses, which comes to him through his creed of truth and
non-violence.
1941
Karaka, Dosco Framjee. Out of dust. Bombay, Thacker and co.,
ltd., 1941. iii, 301p. port. 22cm.
302
"First published 1940. Second impression, April 1941.”
It is a frank story of a country which struggled through to achieve her freedom
and of a man who led it on the non-violent path of freedom. The author's
criticism of Gandhi is healthy and constructive, though some times too vague.
1942
Borsa, Giorgio. Gandhi e il risorgimento indiano. Milan, V. Bom-
piani 1942. 310p. 21 cm. (Half-title: "Libri scelti panorama del
nostro tempo, vol. Lxvii).
303
"Bibliografia": p. 301-305.
"Gandhi and India's political struggle for independence.” A standard bio-
graphy in Italian. It is particularly valuable as it traces and analyses Gandhi's
part in the awakening of national consciousness in the minds of India's masses.
-Gandhi och den indiska panyttfodelsen.
Alin. Stockholm, Meden, 1942. 240p. 19cm.
Original title, "Gandhi e il risorgimento indiano.”
"Gandhi and the Indian re-incarnation"; translated into Swedish by
Karin Alin. The book summarizes the whole political struggle of India as guided
by Gandhi.
Till svenska av Karin
304
Crain, M. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Rulers of the world; illustrated
by Louise Costellol New York, Thomas Y. Crowell co., 1942. 266p.
ports. 21cm. p. 281-298.
305
A short life sketch and an estimate or the man and his philosophy of non-
violence.
Eddy, G.S. Modern discovery of God. In his Man discovers God. New
York and London, Harper and brothers, 1942. xiv, 270p. 21cm.
p.184-242.
306
The author selects Gandhi as one of the thirty or more spiritual leaders from
the Greeks through the prophets of Israel, the New Testament reformers, the
scientists and modern writers. This book is useful for comparative study of Gan-
dhi's religious and spiritual ideas.
84
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Meyers Konversations-Lexikon.
Leipzig, Bibliograph. Inst., 1936-42. illus. v. 4, p. 1,402. 307
A short life sketch in German.
Gunther, John. Gandhi. In his Inside Asia. 1942 War ed., com-
pletely revised. New York and London, Harper and brothers, 1942.
xii, 637p. 22łcm. p. 364-389.
308
First edition published in 1939 by Harper and brothers, New York.
English Edition published in 1939 by H. Hamilton, London.
School edition published in 1942 by Harper and brothers, New York.
A biographical study and estimate of Gandhi by one of the best known
journalists. The chapter is factual, reliable and informational, based on standard
bibliographical sources.
Gupta, J.P., ed. He followed Christ. Foreword by the Lord Bishop
of Calcutta and Dr. S. Radhakrishnan. Bombay, Hamara Hindustan,
1942. x, 39p. 19cm. (Unity series no. 2).
309
A collection of essays on Gandhi, discussing his religious ideas and his at-
titude towards Christianity.
Holmes, John Haynes. What Gandhi is teaching the world. New
York, The Community church, 1942. 23p. 18cm. "The Community
church.... October 25, 1942."
310
A study of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence, with special reference
to the "Quit India" movement of 1942.
Rawlinson, Hugh George. Mahatma Gandhi. In his The makers of
India. Bombay, Oxford university press, 1942. 78p. 194cm.
p. 60-78.
311
A short life sketch and a summary of Gandhi's part in the evolution and
development of nationalism in India.
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi; traduccion del frances por el
dr. Saloman Margulis. Buenos Aires, S.A.D.E., 1942. 7-215p. 20cm.
312
Translation into Spanish by Saloman Margulis of "Mahatma Gandhi.”
Schnittkind, H.T. and Schnittkind, D.A. Mohandas K. Gandhi.
In their Living biographies of religious leaders. Illustrations by
Gordon Ross. Garden city, N.Y., Garden city publishing co., inc.,
1942. vii, 297p. ports. 23 cm. p. 285-297.
313
A popular interpretation of Gandhi's life and work.
Steel, Johannes. Mohandas K. Gandhi. In his Men behind the war ;
a "who's who" of our time. New York, Sheridan house, 1942.
xviii, 447p. 22 cm. p. 306-314.
314
A brief biographical and character study with special reference to Gandhi's
attitude towards World War II, The author's evaluation and interpretation of his
views is moderately critical,
General Biographies
85
1943
Alva, Joachim Ignatius Sebastian. Gandhi. In his Men and supermen
of Hindustan. Illustrated by G.V. Chandwadkar. Bombay, Thacker
and co., ltd., 1943. x, 403p. ports. 21 cm. p. 107-138.
Also in his Leaders of India. Bombay, Thacker and co., ltd., 1943.
86p. 21cm. (Rampart library of good reading no. 2). p. 7-37. 315
A tributary biographical essay by an admirer and a gentle critic.
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Ranade, Gandhi and Jinnah; an address.
delivered on the 101st birthday celebration of Mahadev Govind Ranade
held on the 18th January 1943 in the Gokhale memorial hall, Poona.
Bombay, Thacker and co., ltd., 1943. 85p. 18 cm.
316
A critical comparative biographical study of three of India's well-known
national leaders, with their different ideologies.
Boodhun, R.K. The spiritual triumph of Gandhi maharaj; being
reflections on the spiritual and national significance of the life and doc-
trines of the Mahatma. Port Louis, Mauritius, the author, 1943.
xiv, 114p. 19cm.
317
A biographical study of his spiritual, religious and political ideas, with
special reference to his philosophy of non-violence.
Charan, Satya. M. K. Gandhi. In his Torch-bearers. Calcutta,
Oxford university press, 1943. 136p. 19cm. p. 112-126.
318
An estimate and a life sketch.
Hoyland, John Somervell. M. K. Gandhi, In his Indian crisis; the
background. New York, The Macmillan co., 1943. vii, 193p. 21cm.
p. 165-172.
319
Besides summarizing India's social and political conditions, the author, an
admirer of Gandhi, also gives his life sketch and evaluates his services in India's
struggle for independence.
Mackenzie, De Witt. The Mahatma. In his India's problem can
be solved. Garden city, New York, Doubleday, Doran and co., inc.,
1943. x, 265p. port. 22cm. p. 45-56.
320
A brief biographical study and appraisal of his work.
Mukerji, Girja. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Das indische national-
kongress. Heidelberg, etc., K. Vowinckel, 1943. vii, 97p. 19 cm.
321
A study of Gandhi with special reference to his relationship with the Indian
National Congress.
Polak, Henry Salomon Leon. Mahatma Gandhi; the man and his
mission. 10th ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1943. xv, 144p.
181cm.
322
One of the early biographies, originally written in 1910. It is accurate and
sympathetic as the author was a close associate of Gandhi and a keen observer of
his activities in South Africa and India.
86
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1944
Chatterjee, Bijoy Lall. Gandhi: champion of the proletariat. Cal-
cutta, Prakashani, 1944. 72p. 19cm.
323
A biographical study with special reference to Gandhi's untiring efforts for
the betterment of workers and labourers, through his non-violent means.
Fielden, Lionel. Beggar my neighbour. London, Seckar and Wor-
burg; Bombay, International book house, ltd., 1944. 99p. 19cm. 324
"First published in Great Britain, June 1943......... First Indian edition,
April 1944."
Bibliography: p. 98-99.
An intimate biography.
Munshi, Kanaiyalal Maneklal. Gandhiji the master. Bombay, Popu-
lar book depot, 1944. 114p. port. 19cm. (Gandhi academy series).
325
Collection of eleven articles giving information on various phases of Gandhi's
life by one of his most trusted followers and well-known writer of India.
Privat, Edmond. In India con Gandhi. Trad. di Mariangelo Timbal.
Milano, Garzanti, 1944. 269p. 191cm.
326
Translation into Italian by Mariangelo Timbal of "In India with Gandhi."
Rai, Ganpat. Gandhi and Kasturba : story of their life. Foreword
Rameshwri Nehru. Lahore, Kasturba memorial publications, 1944.
156p. ports. 19cm.
327
Life sketches estimating their services to India.
Sarma, D.S. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Studies in the Renaissance
of Hinduism in the 19th and 20th centuries. Benares, Benares Hindu
university, 1944. xii, 686p. 19 cm. p. 402-584.
328
A learned biographical study with special emphasis on Gandhi's part in the
renaissance of Hinduism and Nationalism in India.
Wheeler Post. Evolution of a saint. In his India against the storm.
New York, Books inc., distributed by E.P. Dutton and co., inc., 1944.
350p. 21 cm. p. 125-139.
329
The author, a former member of the United States diplomatic service in
India, records his impressions of India's national struggle for independence and
Gandhi. His estimate of Gandhi is highly controversial as it is largely based not on
real facts but on popular pro-British opinion and hearsay.
1945
Chakravarty, Amiya. Mahatma Gandhi and the modern world.
Calcutta, The book house, 1945. 130. 19cm.
330
A learned biographical essay with special reference to his influence on the
international political situation.
Derieu, Mary, (John Allen, pseud), ed. Mahatma Gandhi. In One
hundred great lives; revealing biographies of scientists and inventors,
General Biographies
87
leaders and reformers, writers and poets, artists and musicians, dis-
coverers and explorers, soldiers and statesmen and great women.
New York, World publishers, 1945. vii, 790p. ports. 22cm. p.
84-93.
331
A short sketch with no controversial comments.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Grand enciclopedia portuesa
e brasileira. Lisboa, Rio de Janeiro, Editorial Enciclopedia, 1935-
45. 26v. illus. v. 12, p. 137-138.
332
A fairly lengthy unsigned biographical essay in Portuguese.
Gupta, Nagendranath. Gandhi and Gandhism; with a foreword by K.
Natajan..and an appendix, giving the life sketch and an estimate of
the author by the late Ramananda Chatterjee. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1945. 125p. port. 19cm. (His Sidelights on the national movement
in India, no. 1).
333
A well-balanced and reliable biographical study.
Kaila, Haris Chandra. Mahatma Gandhi: a study. New Delhi,
A.N. Alanja and co., 1945. vi, 62p. 19cm.
334
A biographical study, answering questions like, what he is, what he loves and
preaches, etc.
Lester, Muriel. Gandhi: world citizen. Allahabad, Kitab mahal
1945. 201p. port. 19cm.
335
An intimate biography and an appreciation of his philosophy of non-violence,
and universal brotherhood.
Sen, Ela. Gandhi: a biographical study. Calcutta, Sushil Gupta,
1945. viii, 187p. port. 19cm. (Half-title: Knowledge of India
series. General editor: Prof. Mohini Mohan Mukerjee no. 1). 336
One of the best biographical studies of Gandhi which aims at giving a careful
picture of the man through his deeds.
Sengupta, Mrs. Padmini. Gandhi. In her Some Indian leaders.
Allahabad, Ram Narainlal, 1945. iv, 130p. 19cm. p. 55-66. 337
An intimate and sympathetic pen-picture of Gandhi, estimating his life and
work.
Walker, Roy. Sword of gold
Indian independent union, 1945.
a life of M.K. Gandhi. London,
200p. port. 22cm.
338
A study of Gandhi's life which deals with the events of the last fifteen years,
as well as with his early experiences in South Africa and the non-co-operation
movement in India.
1946
Akkad, B.J. Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Vora and co., 1946.
vi, 91p. 19cm. port.
339
A brief biography and estimate of his work.
88
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Brown, Ermine A., ed.
Gandhi. In his Eminent Indians. Calcutta,
Shanti Mitra, 1946. viii, 214p. port. 19 cm. p. 1-16
340
A short life sketch.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Lincoln library of essential
information; an up-to-date manual for daily reference, for self-instruc-
tion and for general cultural culture....16th ed. Buffalo, New York,
Frontier press, 1946. 2174 p. illus. 25cm. p. 1821.
341
A brief life sketch.
Hogg, Dorothy. The moral challenge of Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitab
mahal, 1946. 38p. 194cm.
342
A brief and intimate study of the man and his ideas.
343
Meherally, Yusuf Jaffer. Gandhi. In his Leaders of India. Bombay,
Padma publications, 1946. 79p. 183cm. p. 9-20.
A glowing tribute and a short life sketch by one of his admirers.
Preece, R.B. Gandhi. In Hibbert journal 44: 305-311 Jl., 1946.
344
A short life sketch.
Sastri, V. S. Shriniwas. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Thumb-nai
sketches: a collection from the writings and speeches of Sastri; edited
by T.N. Jagdisan. Madras, S. Viswanathan, 1946. vi, 253p. 214cm.
p. 213-221.
345
A brief biographical study.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. Mahatma Gandhi and the world.
New York, Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1946. xviii, 247p. 22cm. 346
A biography of Gandhi, a brief history of India's struggle for independence
and the analysis of its many national and international problems, rolled into one
interesting story.
Thapar, Mrs. Rajesh Kaur. Weaponless warrior. Foreword by J.S.
Hoyland. Lahore, Civil and military gazette, 1946. vi, 68p. 19cm.
347
A brief biographical study with an appraisal of his philosophy of non-
violence.
What Gandhi has done for India; being a collection of articles on
Gandhiji's life and work. Lahore, Ilami markaz, 1946. vi, 184p.
21 cm.
348
A valuable collection, as it gives various versions of Gandhi, his life and
work.
1947
Bright, J.S. Gandhi is India. Lahore, Indian printing works,
1947. 312 p. 20cm.
349
A critical study of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
General Biographies
89
Carnegie, Dale. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Little known facts about
well-known people. Bombay, Vora and co., 1947. 235p. 19cm.
p. 67-71.
350
American edition published in 1934 by Greenberg, New York.
A short life sketch, though not very informatory but unusual, striking, enter-
taining and to some extent superficial.
Dhanapala, D.B. Gandhi. In his Eminent Indians. Bombay,
Nalanda publications, 1947. vi, 180p. 19 cm. port. p.1-19. 351
A brief life sketch.
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi and Stalin ; two signs at the world's cross-
352
roads. New York, Harper, 1947. 183p. 22cm
A comparative study and popular re-statement of the author's thesis elaborat-
ed in "The great challenge."
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In 10 eventful years; a record of
events of the years preceding, including and following World War II,
1937 through 1946; prepared under the editorial direction of Walter
Yust, ed. of Encyclopaedia Britanica. Chicago, Encyclopaedia Bri-
353
tannica, 1947. 4v. port. 30cm. p. 444-445.
A short life sketch and an account of his activities up to May 16, 1946,
with a picture taken while going to attend the Simla conference, Simla, India.
Hoyland, John Somervell. They saw Gandhi. New York, Fellowship
publications, 1947. 102p. 19cm.
354
An intimate biography and appreciation of his ideas.
Kripalani, K.R. Tagore, Gandhi and Nehru. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1947. iv, 104p. 19cm.
355
Collection of ten articles, three of which summarize similarities and differ-
ences between the ideas of Tagore, Gandhi and Nehru. The study is critical
and comes from first hand knowledge and experience of the author who spent
some time in their company.
•
Lahiri, P.C. In search of truth; a picture album depicting a few event-
ful landmarks from the life of Mahatma Gandhi. Calcutta, A. Mukher-
jee, 1947. 95p. 22cm.
356
A pictorial biography with brief explanatory notes. Each sketch depicts
one phase of his life. The album can serve as a standard pictorial book for
young people.
Ramchandra, G. The man Gandhi. Introduction by Sir S. Radha-
krishnan. Madras, Gandhi era publications, 1947. 79p. 19cm. 357
An intimate life story of Gandhi told by one of his great admirers. The
author also analyses and interprets his philosophy of non-violence.
Roland, Host-Van der Schalk, Henriette. Gandhi. Amsterdam,
Ploegsma, 1947. 210p. 19 cm.
358
A biography in Dutch.
Samios, Eleni. La sainte vie de Mahatma. Pref. de Jean Herbert.
90
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
3d ed. Gap, Ophrys, 1947. 212p. ports. 19cm. (Collection
Krishna).
359
2d ed., 1941, published by Adrien-Maisonneuve, Paris; and International
book house, Bombay.
A biography in French.
1948
Andresco, Victor. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi, el gran politico
indio. Madrid, Casa Goni, 1948. 126p. 20cm.
360
A biographical study of Gandhi with special reference to his influence on
the political condition of India.
Aniruddha. Children's Gandhiji. Lucknow, Universal publishers,
1948. 18p. illus. 19cm
361
A brief and simple illustrated biography particularly written for children.
Franklin, Fredrick. Den vapenlose frihetshjalten; Mahatma Gandhis
liv och garning. Motala, The author, 1948. 139p. 21cm. 362
"Weaponless hero of freedom; Mahatma Gandhi's life and work.” It is a
scholarly biographical study in Swedish.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Gandhi's autobiography: the story
of my experiments with truth. Translated from the original in Guja-
rati by Mahadev Desai. Washington, D.C., Public affairs press, 1948.
xi, 640p. 22cm.
363
First published in English, 1927-29, under title, "The story of my experi-
ments with truth," by the Navajivan press, India.
The present book is a reprint of the original edition published by the
Navajivan press, Ahmedabad, in 1927-29, under title, "The story of my experi-
ments with truth."
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Danubia-Volkslexikon. Ges-
amtleitung Edwin Zellweker. Wien, Danubia-Verlag, 1948. 2v.
illus. 26cm. v. 1, p. 479.
364
A small unsigned encyclopedic article in German with a photograph.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Schweizer Lexikon. Zurich,
Encyclios-Verlag, 1945-48. 7v. illus. v. 3, p. 776.
365
A short article in German, with a well-selected bibliography.
Heath, Carl. Gandhi. 2d. and enl. ed. London, G. Allen and Un-
win, 1948 43p. 22cm.
366
1st ed. published in 1932 by Guildford, London.
A biographical essay and estimate of his work.
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Memories of Bapu. New Delhi, The
Hindustan Times, 1948. 100p. 34cm.
367
A pictorial biography, depicting the landmarks of his life, from his childhood
to his assassination and cremation.
General Biographies
91
Inglis, A. Mahatma Gandhi and his work. In Queen's quarterly
55:27-35 Spring, 1948.
368
A critical biographical study.
Japheth, M.D. Pursuit of truth; a short story of Mahatma Gandhi.
Bombay, Blaza publications, 1948. iv, 87p. 19cm.
369
A homage and a short biography.
Jones, Marc Edmund. Gandhi lives; with an afterword by Param-
hanse Yogananda. Philadelphia, D. Mckay co., 1948. viii, 184p.
ports. 22cm.
370
"General bibliography": p. 179-184.
A biography.
Jones, Eli Stanley. Mahatma Gandhi; an interpretation. London,
Hodder and Stoughton, 1948. 208p. 21cm.
371
A valuable exposition and a sincere interpretation of Gandhi's philosophy
of non-violence and his teaching by a Christian missionary, who had close associa-
tion with him for many years.
Kabadi, Waman P., ed. The immortal Mahatma. Bombay, Yesha-
nand publications, 1948. viii, 83p. ports. 25cm. (Indian reader's
digest publication).
372
A pictorial biography with explanatory notes.
Khosla, K.R. comp. Mahatma Gandhi's life through pictures. Delhi,
K.R. Khosla and sons, 1948. 259p. 24cm.
373
A pictorial biography with text and notes in Hindi and English. The book
is well-planned but the printing is not satisfactory.
Lanczkowski, Gunt. Gandhi und das moderne Indien. Der Mahatma
als type. Kassel-Sandershausen, Zahnwetzer, 1948. 31p. 19 cm.
374
An essay in German.
MacN, H.F. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In World book
encyclopedia. Chicago, Field enterprises, inc., 1948. 19v. v. 7, p.
2,861.
375
A brief biographical article.
Mallik, Basant Kumar. Gandhi-a prophecy. Oxford, Pen-in-hand
publishing co., 1948. 90p. 22cm.
376
"This book on the life and death of Gandhi gives an account of his Mahapra-
sthan, (the Great departure), and records a prophecy which came to him (author)
as it were from the mouth of Gandhi after his death. It suggests a fresh and origi-
nal view of Gandhi as a man, a view which includes a comment incidentally on the
6,000 years of human civilization and formulates a theory of State competent to
abolish warfare as a technique of solving conflicts in human society."—Book-
jacket.
Maurer, Herrymon. Great soul; the growth of Gandhi. New York,
Doubleday, 1948. 128p. 20cm.
377
ย
92
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A brief study of Gandhi, which attempts no evaluation of the man. It is
largely a selection of Gandhi's statements bound together by some background
data.
Murthy, Nadig Krishna. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Mahatma
Gandhi and other martyrs of India; with an introduction by R.R.
Diwakar......and a glowing tribute to Gandhiji by his successor
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru. Columbia, Mo., Journal press, 1948.
iii, 78p. ports. 21cm. p. 1-45.
378
One of the best short biographies and a glowing tribute.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Nehru on Gandhi; a selection, arranged in the
order of events, from the writings and speeches of Jawaharlal Nehru.
New York, John Day co., 1948. x, 150p. 20cm.
379
"List of references" : p. 147.
This slim volume is a chronological record not only of Nehru's views on
Gandhi but it also summarizes the main events of the National struggle for India's
independence.
Petech, Luciano. Gandhi, 1869-1948. In Orientalia christiana,
(Roma) 23: 1-11 1948.
380
This article in Italian gives a brief biographical sketch and evaluates Gandhi's
life work.
Rai, Ganpat, ed. Mahatma Gandhi; builder and liberator. Foreword
by Gopichand Bhargava. Lahore, National publishers and stationers,
1948. iv, 189p.
381
19cm.
A collection of twenty-nine articles, evaluating from different points of view
Gandhi's life and thought.
Shukla, Chandrashankar, ed.
by Sarojini Naidu. 2d ed.
19cm.
Gandhi as we know him; with a foreword
Bombay, Vora and co., 1948. 145p.
382
A collection of seventeen biographical essays and articles, estimating his
life and work. The book is valuable as the articles come from different people who
knew Gandhi.
Spini, Giorgio. Mahatma Gandhi; santo del realismo politico. In
Rassegna di varia umanita, (Firenze) 3: 230-237 1948.
383
A politico-religious biographical study in Italian.
Stahlim, G. Gandhi. In Monatsschrift, (Munich) 19: 828-33 1947/
1948.
384
A brief essay in German.
Zimmermann, Werner. Mahatma Gandhi, sein leben und sein werk,
sein lehren fur uns alle. Munich, Vivos Voco-Verlag, 1948. 141p.
19cm.
385
A biography in German, evaluating his life and work.
General Biographies
93
1949
Baros, Jan, ed. Mahatma Gandhi; pictorial history of a great life.
Collected, compiled, edited and published by Jan Baros. 2d ed.
Calcutta, Printed by Grossain and co., 1949. 206p. ports. 28cm.
386
An illustrated biography. Each photograph is described both in Hindi and
English.
Barr, F. Mary. Bapu conversations and correspondence with
:
Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, International book house, 1949. 214p.
19cm.
387
It is a record of the correspondence and conversations, the authoress had
with Gandhi for over fifteen years. The book is valuable, as it is full of that
obscure and intimate information which is seldom found anywhere else.
Catlin, George Edward Gordon.
ins. u. Bearb. v. Adf Halfeld.
19 cm.
Auf Gandhis spuren. Bercht. Ubertr.
Hamburg, A. Springer, 1949. 357p.
388
Translation into German of "In the path of Mahatma Gandhi."
Desai, Madhuri. Begegnung mit Gandhi; des Mahatma leben und
lehre, nach seinen Gesprachen und Schriften dargestellt. Bern,
H. Lang, 1949. 142p. ports. 17cm.
389
Translation into German of "Mahatma Gandhi's life and work.”
Fischer, Louis. Mahatma Gandhi. In Mitteilungsblatt des verbandes
der buchhaendler und verleger in Niedersachen, (Hannover) 5: 83-89
1949.
390
A short biographical essay in German.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. An autobiography: the story of
my experiments with truth. Translated from the Gujarati by Maha-
dev Desai. London, Phoenix press, 1949. xiv, 420p. port. 22cm.
391
The present book is an English edition of the original work published in
India in 1927-29, by the Navajivan press, under the title: "The story of my experi
ments with truth." This is the basic book and as indispensable as it is inadequate.
It begins from 1869 and ends in 1920.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Compton's pictured encyclo-
pedia and fact-index. Chicago, Compton, 1949. 15v. v. 6, p. 8-9. 392
A brief biographical sketch with a portrait.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Encyclopedia Americana. New
York and Chicago, Encyclopedia Americana, 1949. 30v. v. 12,
p. 271-271.
393
An unsigned short life sketch.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Britannica junior; the boys'
and girls' encyclopedia, prepared under the supervision of the editors
94
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
of the Encyclopedia Britannica...... Chicago, Encyclopedia Britanni-
ca, 1949. 15v. illus. v. 6, p.259.
394
A good life sketch in simple English.
Gillis, J.M. Gandhi. In his This our day. New York, Paulist
press, 1933-49. 2v. 23cm. v. 2, p. 301-309.
395
Gandhi's life sketch is one of the editorials which have been collected in this
book. They were contributed to the Catholic world, every month for the last ten
years, by Father Gillis.
Jain, Jagdish Chandra. I could not save Bapu. Kamacha, Banares,
Jagram sahitya mandir, 1949. 241p. 19cm.
396
A biographical study and an estimate of his philosophy of non-violence.
Jones, Eli Stanley. Mahatma Gandhi. Stockholm, Nye bokforl,
1949. 237p. 19 cm.
397
Translation into Swedish of "Mahatma Gandhi ; an interpretation.”
Kaplan, Alexandre. Gandhi et Tolstoi ; les sources d'une filiation spi-
rituelle. Pref. de m. l'Abbe Pierre. Nancy, Impr., L. Stoquert,
1949. 71p. ports. 22cm.
398
A comparative biographical study of the ideas of two great men of our age, in
French.
Lester, Muriel. Weltburger Gandhi. Ubers. v. Hildegard Meimberg.
Meitingen, Kyrios-Verl., 1949. xv, 204p. 191cm.
399
Translation into German by Hildegard Meimberg of "Gandhi world citizen.”
Maas, Walter. Mahatma Gandhi, sein leben und werk. Berlin,
Comenius-Verlag, 1949. 96p. port. 19cm. (Comenius-Bucher,
Bd. 102)
400
"Gandhi-literatur": p. 95.
A short biographical study of the man and his work in German.
Mensching, Gust. Mahatma Gandhi. Kevelaer, Butzon and Bercker,
1949. 32p. 19cm.
401
A short study in German.
Murray, Gertrude. A child's life of Gandhiji; illustrated by K.K.
Hebbar. Bombay, Orient Longman's, 1949. 127p. port. 19cm. 402
A well illustrated, simply written biography for younger people.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Mahatma Gandhi. Calcutta, Signet press, 1949.
403
171p. ports. 25cm.
Contains some material from "Nehru on Gandhi." Extracts from Nehru's
writings arranged in the order of events.
Nehru, Shri Shridhar. Mahatma Gandhi; sein leben und werk.
Ubers. und hrsg. von Adolf Kruper. Cologue, G. Kiepenheuer, 1949.
160p. port. 21cm.
404
A biography and an estimate of his work, translated into German and edited
by Adolf Kruper.
General Biographies
95
Polak, Henry Salomon Leon, and others. Mahatma Gandhi; with a
foreword and appreciation by Her Excellency Sarojini Naidu. London,
Oldhams press, 1949. 320p. ports. 22cm.
405
men.
Highly recommended biography jointly written by three well-known English-
Contents; Early years (1869-1914) by H. S. L. Polak; Middle years (1915-
1939) by H. N. Brailsford; and Last years (1939-1948) by Lord Pethick-Lawrence.
Private, Edmond. Vie de Gandhi. Geneve, Labor et fides, 1949.
222p. port. 22cm. (Collection Nobles vies, grand examples). 406
A biography in French.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli, ed. Mahatma Gandhi; essays and
reflections on his life and work, presented to him on his seventieth birth-
day, October 2d, 1939, together with a new memorial section. 2d enl.
ed. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 1949. 557p. ports. 23cm. 407
A collection of sixty essays and articles estimating the man, his work and
philosophy. The memorial section includes about fifty-five homages from the
eminent people.
Schenkel, Gotthilf Adolf. Mahatma, leben und werk. Stuttgart,
Deutsch Verlags-Anstalt, 1949. 347p. 19cm.
408
A biography in German.
Sheean, Vincent. Lead, kindly light. New York, Random house,
1949. vii, 374p. 24cm.
409
Bibliography: p. 365-369.
An intimate biography and an honest attempt to analyse and interpret the
essentials of Hinduism in the light of Gandhian philosophy.
Shukla, Chandrashankar, ed. Incidents of Gandhiji's life, by fifty-
four contributors. Bombay, Vora, 1949. xvi, 344p. port. 23cm.
410
The interesting incidents and anecdotes in Gandhi's life, told by fifty-four of
his friends and co-workers, in India and abroad, provide that unique and obscure
information about him which is seldom found even in his most well-written and
popular biographies.
Vairanapillai, Mrs. S. and Vairanapillai, M.S. Mahatma Gandhi for
the millions; a basic biography. Tallakulam, India, Madura book
house, 1949. 76p. 19cm.
411
Written in a simple and straightforward style, it is a brief biography particu-
larly meant for younger people.
Venkatachalam, Govindraj. Gandhi. In Profiles. Bombay, Nalan-
da, 1949. viii, 309p. 23cm. p. 13-20.
412
A short life sketch.
1950
Carlson, Gustav G. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In Collier's
encyclopedia. New York, Collier, 1950. v. 8, p. 566-567. 413
A signed encyclopedic life sketch, written in simple English.
96
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Catlin, George Edward Gordon. In the path of Mahatma Gandhi.
Chicago, H. Regnery co., 1950. x, 332p. port. 22cm.
414
English edition published]by Macdonald, London, in 1948.
"This book is a quest to find an answer to something which concerns all of
us: By what rule should a man in these years best live his life? It is a piece of
autobiography, a travel diary, a record of this quest in India."...Foreword, p. ix. A
serious study of Gandhi's life and his philosophy.
Eastman, Fred. Mahatma Gandhi. In his
Men of power...
Sixty minute biographies. Nashville, Cokesbury press, 1950. v. 5.
224p. ports. 22cm.
415
A biography and an estimate of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence. The
present book is the fifth and the last volume of Professor Eastman's biographical
series.
Eaton, Jeanette. Gandhi, fighter without a sword ; illustrated by Ralph
Ray. New York, Morrow, 1950. 253p. illus. 21cm. (Morrow
junior books).
416
A biography particularly meant for teen-agers. The first five chapters take up
the story of his years in South Africa, where many of his ideas were first tried out.
The book is a sympathetic and sincere attempt to interpret Gandhi's dauntless and
staunch belief in non-violence, in the simplest possible manner.
Eaton, Jeanette. Gandhi. In her Leaders in other lands. Boston
Heath, 1950. xi, 322p. port. 22cm. p. 276-310.
417
A fictionized life sketch intended for grades four to six.
Fischer, Louis. Life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Harper,
1950. ix, 558p. ports. 22cm.
418
Published in London by Cape, 1951.
"A note to the reader (sources and bibliography"): p. 507-546.
One of the best known biographies, based on a variety of sources, published
books and articles, unpublished letters, documents, official files, and personal inter-
views. "A note to reader", which indicates how this book was written, is valuable
addition to the Gandhian literature.
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Experiences de verite ou autobiogra-
phie. Trad. de Georges Belmont. Precedee de Gandhi, ou La
sagesse dechainee par Pierre Meile. Paris, Presses universitaires, 1950.
XLviii, 680p. 23cm. (Colonies et empires, 1 ser,; Etudes coloniales
7).
419
Bibliography: p. 649-659.
Translation into French by George Belmont of "The story of my experi-
ments with truth."
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Columbia encyclopedia in one
volume. 2d ed. by William Bridgwater and Elizabeth J. Sherwood.
New York, Columbia university press, 1950. 2203p. 31cm. p. 746.
420
A short life sketch with a selected bibliography.
General Biographies
97
Hutheesing, Krishna (Nehru). Story of Gandhi; illustrated by Howard
Simon. New York, Didier, 1950. 64p. ports. 25cm.
421
A biography particularly written for children under twelve in a simple and
intimate style.
Jones, Eli Stanley. Mahatma Gandhi. Een Vertolking, vert. van
Joh. E Schipperkuiper. Amsterdam, H.J. Paris, 1950. 228p. 19cm.
422
Translation into Dutch by Joh. E. Schipperkuiper of "Mahatma Gandhi; an
interpretation."
Masani, Shakuntala. Gandhi's story. New York, Oxford university
press, 1950. 101p. ports. (Oxford books for boys and girls). 423
Simply told story of Gandhi's life for boys and girls of eight to twelve.
Muhlmann, Wilhelm Emil. Mahatma Gandhi; der Mann, seine
wirkung. Eine untersuchung zur religionssoziologie und politischen
ethik. Tubingen, Mohr, 1950. 298p. 23cm.
424
Bibliography: p. 276-291.
A study of the man, his work and an examination of his religious, political
and ethical ideas, in German.
Nag, Kalidas. Tolstoy and Gandhi; foreword by M.S. Aney; intro-
duction by K.N. Katju. Patna, Pustak bhandar, 1950. 135p. port.
19 cm.
425
"In this volume Dr. Kalidas Nag has presented, with depth of feeling and
grace of narrative, the affinity in vision and thought between Tolstoy and Gandhi.
The author has wrought out of a varied and new material a tender and clean image
of the twinstar. In the prosy acres of Gandhian literature this brave book fills an
aching void."-Bookjacket.
Oxnam Garfield Bromley, Bp. Saint as social reformer: Mohandas
K. Gandhi. In his Personalities in social reform. New York,
Abingdon-Cokesbury press, 1950. 176p. 21cm. p. 115-144. 426
Gandhi is amongst the six social reformers whose life and work have been
evaluated in this book. "Bishop Oxnam lets each of these six persons speak for
himself through his speeches, his autobiography or other writings. Each one's
central thesis is then interpreted in light of its meaning and value to the peoples
of the world."-Publisher's note.
Peare, Catherine Owens. Mahatma Gandhi; a biography for young
people. New York, Holt, 1950. ports. 21cm. 229p.
427
Bibliography: p. 223-229.
A biography written for readers of high school age.
Rawlinson, Hugh George. Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. In
Chambers' encyclopaedia. New ed. London, New York, Oxford
university press, 1950. 15v. illus. v. 6, p. 163-164.
428
A short account of the man and his mission. It is narrative and not critical.
Books recommended.
98
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Sharga, P. Brijnath. Gandhi, his life and teachings. 2d ed. Lucknow,
Upper India publishing house, 1950. x, 479p. 19 cm.
429
First edition published in 1933.
A faithful record of Gandhi's life and a lucid exposition of his principles
supported as it is by the actual facts which led to their adoption. The summary in
the last chapter entitled "Gandhi's gift," is particularly instructive and valuable.
1951
Drevet, Camille. Mahatma Gandhi. Strasbourg, Le Roux, 1951.
48p. 19 cm.
430
A short biography in French.
Fischer, Louis. Das leben des Mahatma Gandhi. Aus den Ameri-
kanischen von Georg Goyert. Munchen, P. List, 1951. 537p. illus.
23cm.
431
Translation into German by Georg Goyert of "Life of Mahatma Gandhi.”
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Gandhi the statesman.
Delhi, Ranjit, 1951. 111p. illus. 18cm.
432
A close associate of Gandhi wrote the articles comprised in this book to prove
that "Gandhiji was not merely a spiritual and moral reformer but a statesman who
judged the political and economic situation in India correctly and derived well-
conceived measures to meet it."-Foreword, p. i.
Sheean, Vincent. Le chemin vers la lumiere. Trad. par Claude Elsen
et Jacqueline Sellers. Paris, Plon, 1951. 260p. 22cm. (Coll. L'Epi.
Nouv. Ser.)
433
Translation into French by Claude Elsen and Jacqueline Sellers of "Lead
kindly light."
Mahatma Gandhi oder der weg zum frieden. Vienna, Zsolnay,
1951. 428p. 19cm.
434
Translation into German of "Lead kindly light."
Sheean on Gandhi. In Treasury of intimate biographies;
edited by Louis Leo Synder. New York, Greenberg, 1951. xxiv, 384p.
24cm. p. 375-384.
435
A short intimate life sketch and glowing tribute by the author of "Lead
kindly light."
Shukla, Chandrashankar, ed. Reminiscences of Gandhiji. Bombay,
Vora and co., 1951. 220p. 19 cm.
436
This valuable source book of intimate biographical material contains a record
of impressions of his friends, co-workers and disciples in India and abroad.
1952
Fischer, Louis. Vie du Mahatma Gandhi. Traduit de l'americain
par Eugene Bestaux. Paris, Calmann-Levy, 1952. 512p. illus.
22cm. (Collection, "Precurseurs de genie")
437
General Biographies
99
Translation into French by Eugene Bestaux of "Life of Mahatma Gandhi."
Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. In Encyclopaedia Britannica. A
new survey of universal knowledge. Chicago, Encyclopaedia Britanni-
438
ca, 1952. 24v. v. 10, p. 15.
An unsigned short life sketch. Books by Romain Rolland and C. F. Andrews
are suggested for detailed study.
Holmes, Walter Herbert Creame. Twofold Gandhi : Hindu monk and
revolutionary politician. London, Mowbray, 1952. 144p. 194cm.
439
A sympathetic biographical study of his religious and political ideas.
Law, Frederick Houk. Gandhi. In Great lives. New York, Globe
book, 1952. 361p. illus. 21cm. p. 322-332.
440
A short biography.
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Mahatma Gandhi, peaceful revolu-
tionary. New York, Scribner, 1952. 127p. 21cm. (Twentieth cen-
441
tury library).
This is a biography, a work of piety, a tribute, an eulogy, and a sermon by a
disciple of Gandhi, who understands his message to humanity and who has already
published two standard books on Gandhi.
Reynolds, Reginald. Quest for Gandhi. New York, Doubleday,
442
1952. 215p. 19cm.
London edition published by Andre Deutsch 1td., under title: "To live in
mankind; a quest for Gandhi.”
An intimate biography based on the author's personal contact with Gandhi
for about twenty years. The epilogue of the book is particularly useful as it sum-
marizes Gandhi's influence in India after his death.
Russell, Bertrand. Mahatma Gandhi. In Atlantic monthly (Boston)
443
190: 35-39. Dec., 1952.
A brief life sketch and estimate of his work.
Sheean, Vincent. Leid Gij mij, Lieflijk Licht. Amsterdam, De Spie-
444
ghal, 1952. 408p. 22 cm.
Translation into Dutch by H. S. Van Hall of "Lead kindly light."
1953
Bose, Nirmal Kumar. My days with Gandhi. Calcutta, Nishana, 1953.
445
viii, 309p. 21cm.
Written by one of Gandhi's close associates and the private secretary during
his Noakhali tour of 1946, "this book deals with the last phase of Mahatma
Gandhi's life which began with his journey from Delhi to Bengal in October 1946
and ended with his martyrdom in January 1948."—Ibid., p. 1.
Datta, Dhirendra Mohan. Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi. Madison,
446
University of Wisconsin press, 1953. xiv, 155p. 21 cm.
A concise and systematic presentation of Gandhi's philosophy which reveals
his life and thought.
100
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Holmes, John Haynes. My Gandhi. New York, Harper, 1953.
186p. illus. 21cm.
447
An intimate biographical study and a homage by one of Gandhi's ardent
admirers and life-long friends in the United States of America.
Kumar, Prem, pseud. Lost leader. In Catholic world (New York)
177: 342-347 Aug., 1953. port.
448
"A native Indian and ardent admirer of Gandhi, Prem Kumar nevertheless
regrets the exploitation of the writings and teachings of the Mahatma now so
prevalent among certain groups in India, and urges his fellow countrymen to reval-
uate and reinterpret Gandhi's thoughts and ideas to meet the needs of the present
time."-Editor's note, Ibid., p. 344.
Women in Gandhi's life. New
449
Stern, Elizabeth-Gertrude (Levin).
York, Dodd, Mead, 1953. 304p. 21cm.
A study of Gandhi's life and thought with special reference to the "women
of great gifts who were able, under his influence, to emerge from the physical and
spiritual isolation of purdah and to function brilliantly, not only as his disciples but
as figures of national and international importance and influence"-Book flap.
The prominent among the women whose biographical study is made in this book
are: Kasturbai Gandhi, Sarojini Naidu, Vijaya Lakshmi Pandit, Muriel Lester,
Madeleine Slade, Rajkumari Amrit Kaur and Sushila Nayyar.
Wolseley, Roland E. Gandhi's place in the new India. In Christian
century (Chicago) 70: 658-659 June 3, 1953.
450
A Fulbright American scholar expresses his impressions of his visit to India,
with special reference to Gandhi's influence on Indian society and culture. In
conclusion he says, "Indians themselves are breaking the frail form, embodiment of
spiritual greatness, that was Mohandas K. Gandhi, like Jesus, is finding it more
and more difficult to remain whole in the hearts and minds of his people"-Ibid.
p. 659.
1954*
:
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi his life and message for the world. New
York, New American library, 1954. 189p. illus. 19cm. (A signet
key book, K. 300).
451
"This moving biography of Gandhi, by a man who knew him well, is writ-
ten with warmth and simplicity. It tells the whole story of this great man from his
boyhood days in India before he went to London to study law, through his exper-
iences in South Africa where he worked to achieve legal equality for Indians and
Negroes with white man, to the exciting years in India when he put his extraordi-
nary gifts to use in the cause of India's Independence.”—Ibid, p. 1.
Tendulkar, Dinanath Gopal. Mahatma; life of Mohandas Karamchand
Gandhi. Illustrations collected and arranged by Vithalbhai K.
Jhaveri; foreword by Jawaharlal Nehru. Bombay, Vithalbhai K.
Jhaveri and D.G. Tendulkar, 1951-1954. 8 vols. ports. facsims.
25cm.
452
A monumental biography of Gandhi in eight volumes. The first volume
appeared on August 15, 1951 and the eighth and the last volume was published on
*For literature on Gandhi from April 1954 to April 1955 please see the
SUPPLEMENT.
General Biographies
101
anuary 30, 1954, on the sixth anniversary of the death of the Mahatma. "The
present work," as the author himself puts it," is a simple narration of the events
through which we have lived. It is a history of the last fifty years or so with
Gandhiji in foreground." He further adds, "There is no attempt either at mora-
lization or dramatization of these exciting times. I have tried to tell the story
faithfully and, as far as possible, in the words of Gandhiji, who not only took the
leading part in the movement but wrote the best commentary on it."-Ibid., Intro-
duction, p. xvii-xviii.
ABORIGINES
see
3. SUBJECT APPROACH
MINORITIES
THE AGA KHAN PALACE FAST
see
see
FASTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHan Palace PRISON FAST Feb. 10, 1953.
THE AGA KHAN Palace IMPRISONMENT
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
THE AGA KHAN PALACE PRISON, Aug. 9, 1942 - May 6,
1943.
AGRICULTURE
Gandhi, M.K. Compost manure. In FSA 1949 72-82. Orig.
pub. H., Aug. 17 and 24, 1935.
453
A favourable review of a pamphlet which describes the utility and the method
of preparing compost manure from farm wastes. It was issued by the Institute of
Plant Industry, Indore, and Gandhi found it so valuable that he recommended it
to untouchables and village workers who handle cattle-dung and night-soil.
-Food shortage and agriculture. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1949. xii, 227p. 22cm.
454
"The aim of this book is to bring together Gandhi's writings and the writ-
ings also of others published in his weekly, the Harljan, on how we should cope
with the food shortage, and in this connection also, on what should be done to
improve our agriculture.”—Editor's note, p. iii.
--Manure pits. In FSA 1949 71. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 1.
1935.
455
1,
Suggests various methods of disposing of refuse and emphasises the need for
pulverised manure from pits in villages.
•
About
Anand, Swami. Food, fodder and agriculture. In FSA 1949:
168-172. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 2, 1947.
456
Recommends a six-fold programme for the improvement of India's agricul-
Subject Approach
103
ture and further analyses items number six and ten of Gandhi's fifteen-fold Cons-
tructive Programme, which deals with the uplift of the whole village, its agriculture,
sanitation, health and hygiene.
Andrews, Charles Freer. The Ford tractor vs. the hand-plough. In
FSA 1949 203-205. Orig. pub. H., Dec. 14, 1934.
457
An account of a conversation between the author and an American business-
man who went to India to find a market for Ford Tractors. Andrews, who agrees
with Gandhi, convinces the businessman that under the circumstances India
needs more technically improved hand-ploughs than Ford Tractors.
Bhava, Vinoba. Wanted corn, not currency. In FSA 1949: 140-142.
Orig. pub. H., Feb. 16, 1947.
458
The author, who is one of the most trusted co-workers of Gandhi, supports
his views on the improvement of agricultural methods in India and criticises the
"Grow More Food" policy of the Government of India.
Das Gupta, Satish Chandra. Bone meal fertilizer. Calcutta, Khadi
pratisthan 1945. 6p. 19cm.
459
A brief essay on home-made fertilizer, in the light of Gandhi's views.
Dhar, N.R. Food crisis and soil fertility. In FSA 1949: 182-191.
Orig. pub. H., Aug. 17, 1947.
460
"Suggestions contained in this paper are worthy of attention and adoption."
M. K. Gandhi, Ibid., p. 191.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Soil vs. drug. In FSA 1949: 176-180.
Orig. pub. H., Mar. 2, 1947.
461
The author is one of the prominent architects, of Gandhi's fifteen-fold Const-
ructive Programme. In this article he analyses the problem of using the type of
manure which is best suited to the needs of India's farmers. He disapproves the
use of chemical fertilizers saying that,"......artificial fertilizers, are not plant food
but they are medicine to the soil."-lbid., p. 178.
Mehta, V.L. Wealth from waste. In FSA 1949 194-195. Orig.
pub. in Madras journal of co-operation, (Madras), Jul. 1, 1938. Also
in H., Aug. 20, 1938.
462
A supplement to G. G. Spitteler's article published in Madras journal of
co-operation, vol. xxx, no. 1. Jul. 1, 1938. Describes how the Madura Co-operative
Sale Society, with the assistance of the Agricultural Chemist of the Government of
Madras, conducted experiments and ultimately devised an economical and useful
method of preparing manure for agriculturists. Gandhi welcomed the scheme.
Mirabchn, pseud. From rubbish to gold. In FSA 1949: 191-193
463
The original name of the authoress is Miss Madeleine Slade, a daughter of an
Admiral and former Commander-in Chief of the British East Indian Squadron.
She adopted Gandhi as her guru (teacher) and joined his ashram in 1925. Since
then, in response to Gandhi's call for village uplift, she, "settled down to a kisan's
(peasant's) life for the purpose of understanding the problems of villages.”—Ibid.,
p. 191. In this article she describes her experiments in manure making, at her
kisan ashram (peasant farm).
How to grow more food. In FSA 1949: 147-164. Orig. pub.
104
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
H., Oct. 23, 1947.
464
Criticises the Government of India's policy of "Grow More Food", and
supports Gandhi's views "that it is possible for us to make up India's food deficit
by our own efforts within the country, and that it is wrong for us to look to other
countries for help.”—Ibid., p. 147. Proposes her own scheme of "Grow More
Food."
Nanavati, Sir, Manilal B. and J.J. Anjaria. The Indian rural problems.
Bombay, Indian society of agricultural economics, 1944. viii, 422p.
19 cm.
465
Deals in detail with agricultural problems and their solutions.
Pyarelal. Salt as manure and cattle feed. In FSA 1949 : 207-209.
Orig. pub. H., May 5, 1946.
466
The author of this article served Gandhi as his private secretary for several
years. Here he comments and criticises the proposal of using salt as manure and
cattle feed.
Ranga, N.G. and Swami Sahajanand Saraswati. History of the kisan
movement. Madras, All-India kisan publications, 1939. ii, 143p.
ports. 18cm.
467
A brief history of the struggle between landlords and peasants, as inspired by
Gandhi and his Constructive Programme for Indian masses.
AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS
see
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS.
AHIMSA (Non-violence)
Gandhi, M.K. Ahimsa; a fact of life. In NWP 1949: 251-252.
Orig. pub. H., May 25, 1947.
468
Reply to two questions put to him by a correspondent. Gandhi repeats,
"Ahimsa is not mere theory with me, it is a fact of life based on extensive experi-
ence."-Ibid. p. 252.
-Ahimsa never fails. In CU 1948: 917-1918. Orig. pub. H.,
Jan. 11, 1948.
469
Reply to a letter of a European friend in which he emphasises his staunch
belief in non-violence.
-The best field for Ahimsa. In NPW 1948: 299-300. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 21, 1940.
470
How to practise the theory of non-violence in solving family problems is the
theme of this article.
-Democracy and non-violence. In NPW 1948: 269-270. Orig.
pub. H., May 18, 1940.
471
Reply to an American correspondent who asks," Why do you say democracy
can only be saved through non-violence ?"
Subject Approach
105
Gandhi, M.K Faith in non-violence re-enforced. In NWP 1949:
Orig. pub. H., Jun. 8, 1947.
472
Reply to questions put to him by a representative of the United Press of
America.
-The fiery ordeal. In HD 1950: 215-221. Orig. pub. YI.,
Oct. 4, 1928.
473
Views on the philosophy of non-violence and its application in daily
life.
Firm on non-violence. In CU 1949: 850-851 Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 16, 1947.
474
Comments on a letter in which the author rebuked him for having dared to
advise Churchill, Hitler, Mussolini and the Japanese that they should adopt his
technique of non-violence.
A flaw in Ahimsa. In NPW 1948: 303-304. Orig. pub. H.,
Jul. 28, 1940.
475
Reply to a critic who argues that Gandhi's claim of solving international
political problems by non-violence is not correct.
Gandhi's non-violence; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. 2d ed.
Lahore, Dewan's publications 1944. 69p. 181cm.
476
First edition published in 1940.
A small collection of Gandhi's writings and utterances on non-violence.
"Non-violence in peace and war," published by Navajivan in two volumes, includ-
es practically all the material in this pamphlet.
-The greatest force. In NPW 1948 110-113. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 12, 1945.
477
Reply to three questions, two of these concerning Italy's attack on
Ethopia.
-Has non-violence limits? In NPW 1948 58-61. Orig. pub.
YI., Aug. 12, 1926.
478
Reply to a detailed letter of a hostile correspondent.
Hinduism and non-violence. In HD 1950: 187-189. Orig.
pub. YI., May 29, 1924.
479
An interpretation of the relationship between Hinduism and non-violence.
How to cultivate Ahimsa? In NPW 1948: 300-302. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 21, 1940.
480
Reply to a correspondent who asks, "What is the good of your crying,
‘ahimsa, ahimsa,' in season and out of season? Will it by itself teach people to
be non-violent ?"-Ibid., p. 300.
--Infallible ahimsa. In NPW 1949: 294-295. Orig. pub. H.,
Sep. 7, 1947.
481
This article shows his firm belief in non-violence.
Is non-violence impossible? In NPW 1948: 308-311. Orig.
106
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
pub. H., Aug, 11, 1940.
482
Reply to a correspondent who "doubts in substance the universal applica-
tion of ahimsa, and asserts that society has made little progress towards it."—Ibid.,
p. 309.
Gandhi, M.K. More about ahimsa. In HD 1950: 233-240. Orig.
pub. YI., Nov. 22, 1928.
483
Reply to a few critics of his philosophy of non-violence.
-Non-violence. In HD 1950: 186-187. Orig. pub. YI., Mar. 9,
484
1922.
Explaining the philosophy of non-violence he says, "Complete non-violence
is complete absence of ill-will against all that lives.”—Ibid., p. 186.
-Non-violence. In NPW 1949 265-266. Orig. pub. H., Jun.
29, 1947.
485
A written message for the prayer gathering of June 15, 1947, being the day
of his silence.
-Non-violence. In SG 1948 : 142-167.
486
Selections from his writings collected from various sources, by Nirmal
Kumar Bose.
Non-violence and
pub. H., Aug. 31, 1947.
Free India. In CU 1949: 732-734. Orig.
Also included in NPW 1949: 288-290. 487
An account of a talk to a group of students in which he emphasised that, "It
was the duty of Free India to perfect the instrument of non-violence for dissolving
collective conflicts, if its freedom was going to be really worthwhile."-Ibid.,
p. 290.
-Non-violence and molestation of women. In NWP 1949 : 5-6.
Orig. pub. H., Feb., 10, 1926.
488
A speech he delivered before a group of about 200 men and women of
Mahishadal (India) in which he supported the fight of the people against the Brit-
ish police and military who molested their women-folk. Gandhi added, "Non-
violence should never be used as a shield for cowardice."—Ibid., p. 6.
-Non-violence in peace and war. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publi-
shing house, 1942-1949. 2v. 22cm.
489
Vol. I includes articles by Mahadev Desai and Pyarelal Nair.
These two volumes include what Gandhi said and wrote on non-violence in
relation to war, to international disorder and to non-violent resistance as applica-
ble to situations such as those faced by the Jews, the Czechs, and the Negroes in
certain countries.
Non-violent technique and parallel Government. In NPW
1949 6-9. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 17, 1946.
490
Comments on the Jatiya sarkar (self-government), established by the people
of Sutahata (Midnapore) in 1942, after overthrowing the Government of
India.
-Non-resistance true and false. In NPW 1948 61-63. Orig.
pub. YI., Sep. 23, 1926.
491
Subject Approach
107
Comments on an interesting discussion on the doctrine of non-resistance,
published in The Inquiry (New York).
Gandhi, M.K. Not a policy but a creed. In TS 1949: 196-200.
Orig. pub. YI., Jan. 23, 1930.
492
Speaking before the National Educational Conference, held under the auspi-
ces of the Gujarat Vidyapith, Ahmedabad, he clarifies that non-violence is not
only the policy but the creed of the Indian National Congress.
-Of what avail is non-violence. In NPW 1948 266-269. Orig.
pub. H., May 4, 1940.
493
Comments on a question, "Of what avail is our non-violence to Norway,
Sweden and Denmark ?”
-Outside his field. In CU 1949 849-850. Orig. pub. H., Nov.
16, 1947.
494
A reply to Major General Cariappa's remark, "Non-violence is of no use
under the present circumstances in India and only a strong army can make India
one of the greatest nations in the world.”—Ibid., p. 849.
--Ramrajya and ahimsa. In NPW 1949: 271-273. Orig. pub.
H., Jul. 13, 1947.
495
His views on Ramrajya (godly government), and non-violence.
-Some posers in ahimsa. In HD 1950: 236-240. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 22, 1928.
496
Reply to correspondents with regard to the application of non-violence in
daily life.
-Stand for non-violence. In NPW 1948 64-66. Orig. pub.
YI., Oct. 12, 1926.
497
Reflections on a clipping from the Nation (New York) sent to him by a
correspondent.
--Truth or ahimsa. In NWP 1949 104-105. Orig. pub. H., Jun.
23, 1946.
498
Explains the relationship between Truth and non-violence. Also recalls
that, “Truth came naturally to me. Ahimsa I acquired after a struggle."—
Ibid., p. 104.
-The way of non-violence. In NWP 1949: 237-239. Orig.
pub. H., Mar. 30, 1947.
499
A speech delivered in a post-prayer meeting in which he explained the
part played by non-violence in restoring peace among Hindus and Muslims.
-Working of non-violence. In NPW 1948 197-201. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 11, 1939.
500
Relpy to a letter by Lord Lothian who invited Gandhi's views on World
War II.
About
Case, Clarence M. Non-violent coercion a study in the methods of
108
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
social pressure. London, George Allen, 1923. viii, 423p. 21 cm.
501
Corman, Louis. La non-violence dans la conduite des peuples et
dans la conduite de soi-meme. Paris, Stock, 1949. 186p. 211cm.
502
--Une ecole d'heroisme, les campagnes non-violentes de Gandhi,
avec 8 portraits hors-texte et 200 citations de Gandhi. Paris, Stock,
Delamain et Boutelleau, 1951. 164p. ports. 19cm.
503
An appreciation of Gandhi's non-violence movement.
Cornellus, J.J. Militarism and India's vision of Christ's method for
world peace. In Methodist review (New York) 108: 890-903 Nov.
1925.
504
A review of the non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Das Gupta, Arun Chandra. Non-violence the invincible power its
primordiality, practicability and precedents. Calcutta, Khadi pra-
tisthan, 1946. vi, 130p. 19 cm.
505
Examination of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and its application to
India's many sided problems.
Das, Taraknath. Gandhi and the struggle for independence. In
Open court (Chicago) 36: 17-21 Jan. 1922.
506
An account of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Desai, Mahadev. A discourse on non-violence; Negro's the same
problem. In NPW 1948: 127-132. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 20, 1937.
507
Record of a conversation of Dr. Channing Heggie Tobias and Prof. Benja-
min Elijah Mays, with Gandhi on non-violence and its application in the Negro
problem and related subjects.
An interesting discourse. In NPW 1948 322-331. Orig. pub.
H., Aug. 25, and Sep. 1, 1940.
508
Contains interpretation of Gandhi's views on the scope of non-violence, non-
violent army, etc.
Deshpande, Gangadharro. Ahimsa in action. In G 1944: 76-78. 509
Interprets Gandhi's principle of non-violence and adds, "He (Gandhi) makes
it not only the rule of the individual soul's march to the final beatitude but the
rule on which humanity can and ought to establish all its social life. He has ap-
plied ahimsa to all problems, the entire field of politics, economics and other
activities."-Ibid., p. 76.
Glocombe, G. Weapons of non-violence. In Nation (New York)
131: 454-456 Oct. 22, 1930.
510
An appreciation of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. A discipline for non-violence. Wallingford,
Pa., Pendle Hill, 1941. 31p. 19 cm.
511
Subject Approach
109
Indian edition published in 1941 by Navajivan, Ahmedabad.
An interpretation of Gandhi's conception of the type of self-control and
discipline needed in launching a non-violent movement.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. Gandhiji's satyagraha or non-violent
resistance. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1930. xvi, 354p. 19 cm. 512
A sober study.
-Non-violence the only way. In NPW 1948 433-440. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 24, 1938.
513
That non-violence is the only way to end conflict among nations is the theme
of this essay.
The power of non-violence; with an introduction by Rufus M.
Jones. Philadelphia, London, J. B. Lippincott co., 1934. 359p.
21cm.
514
"Notes by chapter": p. 295-348.
"A first draft of the entire book was published in India in 1930, under the
title of, "Gandhiji's satyagraha or non-violence resistance."-Pref.
Again published in India, in 1949 by Navajivan, Ahmedabed, under the title
of "The power of non-violence."
A treatise on non-violence in application to Gandhi's struggle for India's
independence. The author in the preface of the book says, "I have tried to test the
idea of non-violence with the recent findings of psychology, military and political
strategy, political theory, economics, physiology, biology, ethics, penology and
education."
Psychology and strategy of Gandhi's non-violent resistance.
Madras, S. Ganesan, 1929. viii, 169p. 19 cm.
515
Analysis and interpretation of the Civil Disobedience movement, with special
reference to India's social, economic and political conditions."
-Training for peace; a pogramme for peace workers, a supplement
to "The power of non-violence." Philadelphia, J.B. Lippincott
co., 1937. iv, 40p. 19cm.
516
Heard, Gerald. The hour and the man. In MG 1949: 87-90. 517
Praise of Gandhi's technique of non-violence.
Holmes, John Haynes. What Gandhi is teaching the world. New
York, The Community church, 1942. 23p. 18cm. (The Commu-
nity pulpit series 1942-43; no. 2).
518
"A sermon, preached at the Community church on Sunday morning, Octo-
ber 25, 1942."
Supports Gandhi's non-violent "Quit India” movement of 1942.
Housman, Laurence. Gandhi and the future of pacifism. In MG
1949: 123-124.
519
Discusses Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and its role in solving the
international problem of war.
110
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Katju, K.N. Creed vs policy of non-violence. In NPW 1948:
480-489. Orig. pub. H., Apr. 26, 1942.
520
Views on the question whether non-violence should be the creed or policy of
he Indian National Congress.
Keith, A. Berriedale. Gandhi's achievements for the British Common-
twealth. In MG 1949: 166-169.
521
Summarizes Gandhi's services which he rendered from time to time for the
British cause in India and South Africa.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Non-violence. In his
The Gandhian way. Bombay, Vora and co., 1945. 184p. 19cm.
p. 50-102.
522
A treatise by one of Gandhi's close co-workers.
Mannin, Ethel. The power of non-violence. In MG 1949: 182-186.
523
Evaluates Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Mashruwala, K.G. Practical non-violence and ideology of non-
violence. Foreword by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. 2d ed.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1946. 48p. 19cm. 524
First edition published in 1941.
"His essays have a value all their own. They should help the believer in non-
violence in sustaining his faith and the honest unbeliever in resolving his doubts."
-Foreword, p. 3.
Muste, Abraham John. Non-violence in an aggressive world. New
York, Harper brothers, 1940 211p. 20cm.
525
"Selected bibliography”: p. 204-205.
Discusses and evaluates the power of non-violence.
-The world task of pacifism. Wallingford, Pa., Pendle Hill, 1941.
40p. 19cm. (Pendle Hill pamphlet, no. 13).
526
Discusses the role and importance of pacifism in our times.
Paton, W. Study of Mr. Gandhi. In Spectator (London) 171: 80
Jul. 23, 1943.
527
Dr. Paton, who was for five years secretary of the National Christian Council
of India, gives a learned account of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Petre, Maude, D. Gandhi's message to the whole world. In MG
1949: 226-231.
528
Appraisal of non-violence.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi adheres to non-violence. In Christian century
(Chicago) 55: 1552-1553, Dec. 14, 1928.
529
An interpretation of Gandhi's faith in non-violence.
Polak Henry Salomon Leon. Gandhi and non-violence. In Asiatic
review (London) 37: 354-357 Apr., 1941.
530
Views on Gandhi's faith in non-violence.
Subject Approach
111
Pyarelal. Non-violence and world crisis. In NPW 1948: 169-176.
Orig. pub. H., Dec. 24, 1938.
531
Report of interviews with Gandhi of several delegates to the Interna-
tional Missionary Conference. The questions put to Gandhi concerned non-viol-
ence and its application to the international situation.
Rao, P. Nagaraja. Power of non-violence. In Indian review (Madras)
41: 79-82 Jan. 1940.
532
A treatise on the power of non-violence. The author adds, “The doctrine of
non-violence is organic to Hindu thought. Mahatma Gandhi has applied this
doctrine to all the fields of human life.”—Ibid., p. 80.
Rao, R. Cow of the barricades. In Asia (New York) 38: 483-484
Aug., 1938.
533
Mystically dramatises Gandhi's techniques of non-violence.
C
Shahani, R.G. Gandhi's doctrine of non-violence. In Great Britain
and the East (London) 55: 255 Oct. 3, 1940.
534
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
ment.
Singh, Daljit Ahinsic, hinsa or violence in Sikhism. In Indian
review (Madras) 41: 726-728 Dec., 1940.
535
The author, who is a Sikh, discusses the place of non-violence in Sikhism.
Vail, James G. Power of the spirit. In Asia (New York) 41:
458-459 Oct., 1944.
536
Evaluates sympathetically achievements of Gandhi's non-violent move-
Wellock, Wilfred. Ahimsa and world peace or the case for non-vio-
lence. Preface by Dwijendranath Tagore. Madras, S. Ganesan,
1922. xii, 120p. 19 cm.
537
"An idealist presents the case for Pacifism with an ardent and on the whole
able advocacy.”—Pref.
see also
SATYAGRAHA
AHMEDABAD SATYAGRAHA
see
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26, 1918.
ANARCHISM
Gandhi, M.K. First plunge. In Mahatma; life of Mohandas Karam-
chand Gandhi. Bombay, Vithalbhai K. Jhaveri and D.G. Tendulkar,
1951. v. 22 cm. ports. v. 1, p. 222-223.
538
Extracts from a speech he delivered to denounce a fatal attack by an anarch-
ist on Lord Hardinge.
112
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. To the revolutionary. In SG 1947: 159-160. Orig.
pub. YI., Dec. 26, 1924; Jan 2, 1930 and Feb. 12, 1925.
539
Extracts from his writings representing his views on the violent activities of
India's anarchists.
War against war. In NPW 1949 68-69. Orig. pub. YI.,
Mar. 8, 1928.
540
Arguments against anarchism.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethal. Non-co-operation movement, 1920-
1922. In his War without violence; a study of Gandhi's method and
its accomplishments. New York, Harcourt, Brace and co., 1939.
xi, 351p. 21cm. port. p. 117-119.
541
Evaluates and discusses the part played by the "terrorists" in the Gandhian
movement.
Sarkar, Hemante Kumar. Revolutionaries of Bengal; their methods
and ideals. Calcutta, The author, 1923. 90p. 19cm.
542
A brief history of the anarchist movement in Bengal and its place in the non-
violent struggle for India's independence.
About
Tegart, Sir C.A. Terrorism in India. London, Royal Empire
Society, 1932. 19p. 19 cm.
543
Presents a pro-British point of view, and summarizes the history of terrorism
in India.
APPRECIATION OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-ESTIMATE
ARAB-JEWISH QUESTION
Gandhi, M.K. The Jews. In NPW 1948: 159-164. Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 26, 1938.
544
A reply to several correspondents who invited Gandhi's views on the Arab-
Jewish question in Palestine and the persecution of the Jews in Germany.
About
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi speaks on Jewish problem. In Christian
century (Chicago) 56: 94-95 Jan. 18, 1939.
545
Comments on Gandhi's views on the Arab-Jewish question.
Subject Approach
113
ARRESTS
see
IMPRISONMENTS—-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
Gandhi, M.K. On art. In
Selections from his writings.
ASHRAM LIFE
see
ASHRAMS
ART
SG 1948: 273-274.
About
Bose, Nandlal. The true artist. In G 1944: 230-234.
547
One of India's best known artists recalls his meeting with Gandhi and notes
his artistic qualities and his love for artistic creations.
546
ASHRAMS
Gandhi, M.K.
Ashram vows. In HD 1950 : 246-256.
548
Out of eleven ashram vows, it is an account of four vows, i.e., truth, non-
violence, chastity and non-possession.
-The satyagrashrama. In TS 1949: 33-52. Orig. pub. SW
1922: 316-330.
549
About
Alexander, H.G. Gandhi's ashram:
Friend (London) 68: 371-372; 1929.
A pen-picture of Gandhi's satyagrashrama at Sabarmati.
An address delivered at the Y. M. C. A. Auditorium, Madras, on Feb.
16, 1916.
some impressions. In The
550
Brailsford, H.N. His way of life. In his Mahatma Gandhi; with a
foreword and appreciation by H.E. Sarojini Naidu. London, Odhams
press ltd., 1949. 320p. 19 cm. ports. p. 104-118.
551
A faithful account of Gandhi's daily life at his Sevagram ashram.
Desai, Mahadev. At Sevagram. In G 1944
196-207.
A pen-picture of Gandhi's daily activities at his Sevagram ashram.
Brittain, Vera. Gandhi's ashram. In her Search after sunrise.
London, Macmillan, 1951. 270p. 23cm. p. 145-156.
552
Her impressions of the Sevagram ashram.
553
114
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gurbaxni, Gope Gurbax. At Sevagram. In RG 1951: 109-115. 554
Diary of the author's stay with Gandhi at the latter's Sevagram ashram.
Kantak, Prema. At Sabarmati. In RG 1951 : 148-151.
An intimate account of Gandhi's Sabarmati ashram.
Rao, R.V. Gandhian institution of Wardha. Introduction by
J.C. Kumarappa. Bombay, Thacker and co., 1947. viii, 49p. 19cm.
556
Gives a complete account of the aims and activities of several institutions
established by Gandhi at his Sevagram ashram.
Wofford, Clare (Lindren) and Wofford, Harris. Sevagram: Gandhi's
paradox. In their India afire. New York, John Day company,
1951. 343p. map. 21cm. p. 125-145.
557
"A note on sources" p. 344.
Impressions of Gandhi's ashram and a reminiscences of Gandhi and his acti-
vities there.
ASIATIC
see
REGISTRATION ACT
555
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
ASSASSINATION
see
GANDHI-ASSASSINATION
ATOM BOMB
Gandhi, M.K. The spinning wheel and the atom bomb. In NWP
1949 99-100 Orig pub. H., Nov. 17, 1946.
558
Answer to a question: "Has the spinning wheel a message for America ?
Can it serve as a counter weapon to the atom bomb ?" This question was put to
Gandhi by Andrew Freeman of the New York Post.
Atom bomb and ahimsa. In NWP 1949: 96-97. Orig. pub.
H., Jul. 7, 1946.
559
Views and reflections on a suggestion advanced by some Americans who be-
lieve, "that the atom bomb will bring in ahimas (non-violence) as nothing else
can.”—Ibid., p. 96.
The atom bomb. In NWP 1949 94. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 10,
:
560
1946.
Answers to the questions such as, "Do I still adhere to my faith in truth and
non-violence? Has not the atom bomb exploded that ?”—Ibid., p. 94.
Subject Approach
115
BA
see
KASTURBAI GANDHI
BARDOLI FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
BARDOLI, Feb. 12, 1922.
BASIC EDUCATION
Gandhi, M.K. Basic education. In SG 1948 256-260. Orig. pub.
H., May 8, 1937 ; Jul. 31, 1937 and Oct. 9 and 30, 1937.
561
Extracts from his writings on his scheme of Basic education, selected and
arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose.
About
All-India Education Board, Wardha. Basic National education:
Syllabus prepared by the Zakir Hussain Committee. Wardha, Secre-
tary of the board 1938. 207p. 19cm.
562
A complete syllabus based on Gandhi's views about Basic education for
India.
Aryanayakam, E.W. The nai talim (Basic education) movement. In
EP 1952: 237-250.
563
Summary of the Basic education movement in India, the original idea of
which Gandhi mentioned for the first time in an article, published in the Harijan,
Jul. 31, 1937.
Basu, Anathnath. Basic education. In his Education in modern
India; a brief review. Calcutta, Oriental book co., 1946. vii, 184p.
21 cm. p. 119-134.
564
Views and reflections of a noted educationist of India on Gandhi's scheme
of Basic education.
Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Sevagram. Basic education; revised sylla-
bus for grades I to V and also pre-basic. Sevagram, The Sangh, 1946.
56p. 19 cm.
565
-Educational reconstruction. Sevagram, The Sangh, 1939. vii
296p. 19 cm.
566
Includes proceedings of the Wardha Education Conference, the report of
the Zakir Hussain Committee and a few articles by Gandhi on Basic educa-
tion.
-One step forward; the report of the First Conference on Basic
National education. Poona, Oct., 1939. Sevagram, The Sangh, 1940.
xxiv, 292p. 19 cm.
567
116
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Sevagram. Sixth annual report of the
Hindustani Talimi Sangh, 1938-1944. Sevagram, The Sangh, 1944.
57p. 19 cm.
568
Third annual report, 1940-41. Wardha, The Sangh, 1941. ii,
70p. 19 cm.
569
-Two years' work; report of the Second Basic Education Conference,
Jamianagar, Delhi, April, 1941. Sevagram, The Sangh, 1942. 291p.
191cm.
570
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Latest fad ; basic education;
with a foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. 3d ed. Bombay, Vora and
co., 1949. 100p. 191cm.
571
First edition published by the Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Wardha, 1939.
An interpretation and a commentary on Gandhi's scheme of Basic educa-
tion.
-The new education; method and aim. Sevagram, The Hindus-
tani Talimi Sangh, 1939. 24p. 19 cm.
572
Inaugural address delivered at the Poona Conference of the Hindustani
Tal imi Sangh, October 1939, praising Gandhi's scheme of Basic education.
Mathur, Vishwanath Sahai, ed. Gandhiji as an educationist; a sympo-
sium. Delhi, Metropolitan book co., 1951. xvi, 108p. 22cm. 573
A collection of seventeen essays, evaluating and interpreting Gandhi's concep-
tion of Basic education.
Shrimali, Kalulal. The Wardha Scheme: the Gandhian plan of educa-
tion for rural India. Udaipur, Vidya Bhawan Society, 1949. xviii,
308p. 19cm.
574
Bibliography : p. 298-308.
"This study is an attempt to show how the Wardha Scheme - a new scheme
of education propounded by Mahatma Gandhi-takes the place of the English
System of education which was unrelated to Indian life, and how, by taking into
account India's cultural heritage of the past, as well as its present social and
economic conditions and future needs, it aims to reconstruct Indian Society."
-Preface p. vii.
see also
EDUCATION
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
BENGAL FAMINE
see
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
BENGAL-PARTITION
see
ANARCHISM
Subject Approach
117
BHAGAVAD GITA
Gandhi, M.K. Discourses on the Gita. In HD 1950: 165-170.
Orig. pub. YI., Nov. 13 and 20, 1930.
575
Two discourses which he sent to the members of his ashram at Sabarmati,
from Yervada prison.
Gita. In TMG 1945: 244-264.
Gleanings from his writings interpreting the theme of Bhagavad Gita.
576
Gita and non-violence. In HD 1950: 150-156. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 12, 1925.
577
A clarification of the controversy about the theme of the Gita, whether it is
himsa (violence) or ahimsa (non-violence).
-God of love, not war. In NPW 1948: 117-119. Orig. pub.
H., Sep. 5, 1936.
578
Comments on a series of four articles published in The Statesman (New
Delhi), condemning the no-war movement of Canon Sheppard and other Christ-
ians in England. Gandhi criticises the author of the articles because he cited the
Bhagavad Gita to support his arguments in favour of War.
-The gospel of selfless action; or The Gita according to Gandhi ;
translation of the original in Gujarati, with an additional introduction
and commentary by Mahadev Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1948. vi, 390p. port. 22cm.
579
"Every page is evidence of his (Shri Desai's) scholarship and exhaustive
study of all he could lay hands upon regarding Bhagavadgita. The immediate
cause of his labour of love was my translation in Gujarati of the divine book as
I understood it. In trying to give a translation of my meaning of the Gita, he
found himself writing an original commentary on the Gita."-Gandhi, Ibid.,
p. iii.
-The message of the Gita. In HD 1950: 158-165. Orig. pub.
YI., Aug. 6, 1931.
580
Summarizes the theme of the Gita in twenty-three paragraphs.
--The teaching of the Gita. In HD 1950: 178-180. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 21, 1939.
581
A dialogue between Gandhi and Dr. Kagawa of Japan regarding the rela-
tionship between non-violence and the Bhagavadgita.
About
Mahabharata. Bhagavadgita. The Bhagavadgita, with an introduc-
tory essay, Sanskrit text, English translation and notes by Sir Sarve-
palli Radhakrishnan. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 1948. 228p.
21cm.
582
W
Bibliography: p. 384.
A learned commentary on the Bhagavadgita. Gandhi freely quotes from
Radhakrishnan in his "The gospel of selfless action or the Gita according to
Gandhi."
118
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Mahabharata. Bhagvadgita. The song celestial; or Bhagavadgita (from
the Mahabharata) being a discourse between Arjuna, prince of India
and the supreme being under the form of Krishna; translated from
the Sanskrit text, by Edwin Arnold. London, Trubner and co., 1885.
xiv. 173p. 19cm.
583
One of the best known translations in English of the Gita. It was "The song
celestial," which introduced the Bhagavadgita to Gandhi and he "was obliged to
confess that he had not read it either in Sanskrit or Gujarati, but offered his know-
ledge of Sanskrit (such as it was) for a reading along with the translation.”.
Lead, kindly light, by Vincent Sheean, p. 71.
Ramanuja. Ramanuja's commentary on the Bhagavadgita; an English
translation, introduction and notes by Isvardata. Hyderabad, Deccan,
Printed at the Chandrakanth press, 1930. xxxi, 360p. 25cm. 584
Gandhi quotes from Ramanuja's commentary while explaining the shloka 24
of Discourse VII in his, "The gospel of selfless action or the Gita according to
Gandhi."
Tilak, Bal Gangadhar. The Hindu philosophy of life, ethics and reli-
gion. Omtat-sat, srimad Bhagavadgita rahasya; or Karma-yoga sastra
including an external examination of the Gita, the original Sanskrit
stanzas, their English translation, commentaries on the stanzas, and
a comparison of Eastern with Western doctrines, etc. Translated by
Bhalchandra Sitaram Sukthankar. Poona, Published for Tilak bro-
thers by R.B. Tilak, 1935-1936. 2v. ports. facsims. 22cm. 585
A masterly commentary on the Gita written by a Hindu scholar, politician
and great patriot. Gandhi used to call B. G. Tilak his guru (teacher) and he went
reverently through the Gujarati translation of the Lokamanya's great work.”—The
gospel of selfless action on the Gita according to Gandhi."—p. 126.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
see
BIHAR
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES, Part I
see
GANDHI-TOURS
BIHAR
BIHAR EARTHQUAKE
Gandhi, M.K. Divine wrath. In MAHATMA v. 3: 302-309.
Orig. pub. H., Feb. 2 and 16, 1934.
586
An account of Gandhi's statement on the Bihar earthquake in which he lin-
ked the tragedy with the curse of untouchability.
In stricken Bihar. In MAHATMA v. 3 : 310-326.
587
A pen-picture of his tour of Bihar and relief work during the Bihar earth-
quake.
Subject Approach
119
Andrews, Charles Freer. The Indian earthquake. London
Allen and Unwin ltd., 1935. 190p. 19 cm.
GANDHI-TOURS
A story of the Bihar earthquake and the services rendered by Gandhi and
other social workers.
BIHAR
BIOGRAPHY
see
About
Prasad, Rajendra. Mahatma Gandhi and Bihar; some reminiscences.
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1949. iv, 132p. 19cm.
589
Includes a complete account of Gandhi's services to the people of Bihar who
suffered from the earthquake.
see also
835889
GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES, Part II, Sec. 2
BIRTH CONTROL
Gandhi, M.K. Birth control. In MMG 1945: 108-111. Also in
TMG 1945: 34-39 and HD 1950: 142-143.
590
see also
G.
Gleanings from his writings on birth control. Gandhi once said, "There can
be no two opinions about the necessity of birth control. But the only method
handed down from ages is self-control or brahmacharya.”—MMG 1945: 108.
see
-For the young. In TS 1949: 237-240. Orig. pub. H., Mar.
28, 1936.
591
An account of his views on the use of contraceptives.
About
BOER WAR
Sanger, M. Birth control; interview. In Asia (New York) 36:
698-703. Nov., 1936. port.
592
BRAHMACHARYA (Celibacy)
A record of Mrs. Sanger's interview with Gandhi on the question of birth
control.
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
120
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
BOMBAY FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
BOMBAY, May 31, 1917.
BOYCOTTS
Gandhi, M.K. Boycott and students. In TS 1949: 149-150. Orig.
pub. YI., Mar. 29, 1928.
593
Advises students up to what extent they can take part in boycotting foreign
goods.
-Boycott of British goods. In TMG 1945: 39-40. Orig. pub.
YI., Dec. 26, 1924 and Jan. 5, 1928.
594
Explains how by boycotting British goods the people of India can help the
cause of India's struggle for independence.
1922.
How to boycott foreign cloth. In WF 1922: 44-49. Orig.
pub. YI., Jul. 6, 1921.
595
Suggests ways and means and appeals to the people of India to spin daily
and always put on khadi.
-Picketing. In TMG 1945 443-444. Orig. pub. YI., Feb. 23,
596
"Picketing in its nature must be temporary, but it is like what a stimulant is
in medicine."—Ibid., p. 443.
Social boycotts. In HD 1950: 184-186. Orig. pub. YI., Feb.
16, 1921. Also in TMG 1945 : 521-522.
597
A discourse on the force and philosophy of social boycotts.
About
Bombay Anti-non-co-operation Committee, Bombay. Boycott of Bri-
tish courts. Bombay, The Committee, 1920. 7p. 16cm. (Bombay
Anti-non-co-operation Committee, pamphlet no. 5).
598
Hostile criticism of the item (d) of Gandhi's programme of non-co-opera-
tion, which deals with the boycott of British courts. The pamphlet was distributed
free of charge to the people all over India.
Commerce and politics; relation to non-co-operation. Bombay,
The Committee, 1920. 9p. 16cm. (Bombay Anti-non-co-operation
Committee, pamphlet no. 4).
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's Swadeshi (home made goods) movement.
Mukerji, Biswa Nath. Five Boycotts. In Indian review (Madras)
25: 623-624. Oct., 1924.
600
Interpretation of Gandhi's boycott programme of foreign goods, British
education, British courts, service in the British government, etc.
599
Subject Approach
121
O'Dwyer, M.F. Gandhi and the Prince's visit to India. In Fortnightly
review (New York) 117: 191-203. Feb., 1922.
601
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's programme of boycotting the Prince of Wales'
visit to India.
What has Gandhi cost Britain? In Literary digest (New York) 109 :
15. Apr. 18, 1931.
602
Estimate of Great Britain's loss due to Gandhi's foreign cloth boycott
movement.
BRAHMACHARYA (Celibacy)
Gandhi, M.K. Brahmacharya. In TMG 1945: 40-51. Also in
HD 1948: 42-54 and SG 1951: 159-178.
603
Extracts from his writings on brahmacharya, selected and arranged from
various sources by different editors. The sources of the extracts are duly quoted.
The original articles were published from time to time in Young India and Harijan.
Brahmacharya in relation to God. In HD 1950: 148-149. Orig.
pub. H., Jun. 22, 1947.
604
An exposition of his belief in brahmacharya. He believes that to attain
brahmacharya is Ramanama, i.e., name of God.
-Brahmacharya or self-control. In HD 1950: 137-141 Orig. pub.
N., May 25, 1924. Also in YI., Jun. 5, 1924.
605
Originally this article was written in Gujarati and translated into English by
Mahadev Desai. While defining brahmacharya, Gandhi says that it is “search of
Brahma, (God)" He further adds, "It means control in thought, word and ac-
tion, of all senses at all times and in all places.”—Idid., p. 137.
The gospel of brahmacharya. In MMG 1945: 105-107.
606
A collection of his views and reflections on brahmacharya. In his opinion,
“Absolute renunciation, absolute brahmacharya, is the ideal state. If you dare
think of it, marry by all means, but even then live a life of self-contol".—Ibid.,
p. 105.
-Steps to brahmacharya. In HD 1950: 143-144. Orig. pub.
YI., Apr. 29, 1926.
607
Suggests four measures for celibacy.
Rules of self-restraint. In SG 1948: 215-220.
608
Extracts from his writings collected by Nirmal Kumar Bose. The sources are
duly quoted and numbered.
see also
BIRTH CONTROL
BUDDHISM
Gandhi, M.K. Buddhism. In TMG 1945 64-67. Orig. pub. YI.,
122
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Nov. 24, 1927.
His interpretation of Buddhism.
609
Gandhi M.K. The law of varna. In HD 1950: 365-373. Orig.
pub. YI. Nov. 24, 1927.
610
A reply to the following question: "Buddhism was driven out of India be-
cause Brahmanas dominated the organisation. Similarly they will drive Hinduism
out if it does not serve their end."-Ibid., p. 371.
►
Message to Buddhists. In HD 1950: 270-273. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 24, 1937.
611
A speech delivered at Vidyodaya College, Colombo, in response to an add-
ress presented to him by the All-Ceylon Congress of Buddhist Associations.
CABINET MISSION
Gandhi, M.K. Mahatma Gandhi on the Cabinet mission's declaration,
May 26, 1946 and the Cabinet's plan of June 2, 1946. In The Cons-
tituent assembly of India; compiled by Anil Chandra Banerjee and
Dakshina Rajan Bose. Calcutta, A. Mukherjee and co., 1946. xviii,
350p. 23cm. p. 78-83.
612
Includes Gandhi's important speeches and writings on the Cabinet
mission.
-What can violence do? In NPW 1949: 144-145. Orig. pub.
H., Aug. 25, 1946.
613
An article in which he said that the aim of the Cabinet mission is to declare
India an independent Dominion.
About
Ashraf, Mohammad, comp. Cabinet mission and after. Lahore, M.
Asraf, 1946. 431p. 22cm.
614
A complete collection of documents, articles and other related writings on
the Cabinet mission. Includes also Gandhi's views on the mission.
Banerjee, Anil Chandra and Bose Dakshina Rajan, Comps. Cabinet
mission in India. Calcutta, A. Mukherjee and co., 1946. xviii, 350p.
23cm.
615
An account of the Cabinet mission, along with all the important published
documents relating to the work done by the mission in India.
Chander, Jag Parvesh. India steps forward; the story of the Cabinet
mission in India, in words and pictures. Lahore, Indian printing
works 1946. 280p. 19cm.
616
An illustrated account, with comments by the author, on the Cabinet mission.
Gandhi's statements are also included.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. Freedom for India; the truth about the Cabinet
mission. London, Communist party, 1946. 36p. 19cm.
617
Subject Approach
123
A communist interprets India's political problems with special reference to
the Cabinet mission. Criticises Gandhi's stand regarding the mission.
Gandhi hails British proposal for India. In Christian century. (Chi-
618
cago) 63: 676 May 29, 1946.
An editorial note on Gandhi's attitude towards the Cabinet mission which
visited India in 1946.
Gt. Brit. Cabinet Mission to India. Papers relating to the Cabinet
mission to India, 1946. Delhi, Manager of publications, 1946. 65p.
25cm.
619
An official version of the Cabinet mission along with the related documents.
Includes also Gandhi's key statement on the mission.
Hopes and fears: when, where and what about the Cabinet delegation's
work in India. By a Journalist who met and talked to the Delegation
members and Indian party leaders. Foreword by B. Pattabhi Sitaram-
620
ayya.
A journalistic study of the mission, with critical comments and various opin-
ions, including Gandhi's.
Muranjan, S.K. Economics of Cabinet delegation's proposals. 2d
ed. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1947. 45p. 18cm.
621
First edition published in 1946.
A talk which the author gave at the fortnightly meeting of the Bombay dis-
cussion group on August 19, 1946. While discussing the economic consequences of
the Cabinet mission he also comments on Gandhi's plan for economic develop-
ment for India.
Parkash, Dewan, Ram. Cabinet mission in India. Lahore, Tagore
publications, 1946. 222p. 19cm.
622
A complete story of the Cabinet mission. Includes all the important state-
ments of Gandhi relating to the mission.
Pethick-Lawrence, Frederick William. The Cabinet mission of 1946.
In his Mahatma Gandhi; with a foreword and appreciation by H.E.
Sarojini Naidu. London, Odhams press ltd., 1949. 320p. 19 cm.
p. 261-280.
623
A balanced account of the Cabinet mission by one of its three members.
The author with his wife took lunch with Gandhi as early as 1926 in London.
Since then Gandhi was well known to the author.
Rajput, A.B. Cabinet mission. Lahore, Lion press, 1946. xi, 9,
191p. 19cm.
624
An examination of the proposals of the Cabinet mission and the comments
on the statements made by Gandhi and other leaders on the mission.
There may be trouble. In Newsweek (New York) 27:44 Apr. 8,
1946. port.
625
A critical review of the political situation when the Cabinet mission visited
India. The author remarks, "India faces civil war and Gandhi presses his hands
in prayer.”—Ibid., p. 44.
124
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
CASTE SYSTEM
Gandhi, M.K. Ambedkar and caste.
Ambedkar and caste. In HD 1950: 357-59. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 11, 1933.
626
Reply to a letter of Dr. B. R. Ambedkar about the caste system and
untouchability in India.
Caste and varna.
6, 1937.
An account of a conversation between Gandhi and an American clergyman
on the caste sytem in India.
In TMG 1945: 70-72. Orig. pub. H., Mar.
627
-Caste, community and marriage. In SG 1948 : 295-296. 628
Selections from his writings.
Caste vs. class. In HD 1950: 322-324. Orig. pub. YI.,
Dec. 29, 1920.
629
A plea against caste and class distinction in India.
About
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Annihilation of caste with a reply to
Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Bharat Bhushan press, 1945. xiv, 81,
28p. 19 cm.
630
A speech prepared by the author for the Jat Pat Todak Mandal of Lahore.
Criticises Gandhi's efforts to discourage the caste system with special reference to
untouchables.
-Mr. Gandhi and the emancipation of the untouchables. Bombay,
Thacker and co., ltd., 1943. 73p. 184cm.
631
First issued under title, "Untouchables and the Indian constitution" as Indian
paper no. 4 of the 8th conference of the Institute of Pacific Relations, held at
Mont Tremblant, Quebec, December, 1942. It is a hostile criticism of Gandhi's
efforts for the betterment of untouchables.
Who were the Shudras? How they came to be the fourth Varna
in the Indo-Aryan society. Bombay, Thacker and co., 1946. xiv,
259p. fold. maps. 24cm.
632
A story of the caste system in India with special reference to Shudras (untou-
chables) and their present conditions. The author who is a leader of the Shudra
community in India, criticises Gandhi's views regarding improvement of their
status.
Desai, A.R. The crusade against the caste system. In his Social
background of Indian nationalism. Bombay, New York, Indian
branch, Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p. 22cm. (University
of Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2). p. 223-240.
633
Summarizes the efforts made by several social reformers including Gandhi
to discourage the rigidity and evils of the caste system in India.
Hoyland, John Somervell. The caste system. In his Indian crisis;
Subject Approach
125
the background. New York, The Macmillan company, 1943. vii,
193p. 21cm. p. 54-61.
634
see also
COMMUNALISM
C.R. FORMULA (Chakravarty Rajagopalachari Formula)
Gandhi, M.K. Differences very real. In CU 1949: 330-331. Orig.
pub. H., Jun. 7, 1942.
635
A criticism of the C.R. Formula, in which C. Rajagopalachari supported M. A.
Jinnah's proposal for the formation of Pakistan. Gandhi frankly commented that
"Rajaji's plan is, in my opinion, wholly unnatural,"-Ibid. p. 330.
For Rajaji. In CU 1949: 328-330. Orig. pub. H., May 31,
1942.
636
Views on C. Rajagopalachari's proposals regarding the partition of India.
About
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Gandhi-Jinnah talks, July-October,
1944. Preface by C. Rajagopalachari. New Delhi, Hindustan Times,
1944. viii, 104p. 19 cm.
637
A complete record of Gandhi-Jinnah talks regarding the partition of India.
Also includes materials explaining and evaluating the C. R. Formula.
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
CHAMPARAN SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA-INDIA
CHAMPARAN, BIHAR, Apr. 17, 1917
CHARKHA (Spinning wheel)
Gandhi, M.K. Charkha. In TMG 1945: 77-85.
638
Extracts from his writings on the importance of spinning and handmade
cloth in India.
-The charkha in the Gita. WF 1922: 93-96. Orig. pub. YI.,
Oct. 20, 1921.
639
An entirely new interpretation of the Gita. Explains the place of the spin-
ning wheel in the Divine Poem.
-The doctrine of charkha. In WF 122 85-86. Orig. pub. YI.,
Feb. 9, 1921.
640
126
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A speech delivered on Feb. 4, 1921, at the opening ceremony of the National
College, Calcutta.
Gandhi, M.K. The duty of spinning. In WF 1922: 80-82. Orig.
pub. YI. Feb. 2, 1921.
641
How essential spinning is under the present circumstances in India is the
theme of this article.
"Handlooms or power mills?" In WF 1922: 58-63. Orig. pub.
YI., Jul. 28, 1920.
642
Explains the advantages of handlooms under the prevailing conditions of un-
employment in India.
Hand-spinning again. In WF 1922 71-75. Orig. pub. YI.,
Feb. 16, 1921.
643
A discourse in which he emphasises spinning if the people of India want
to jeopardize British trade and wish to be free from the British slavery.
Hand-spinning and hand-weaving.
Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 15, 1920.
In WF 1922: 64-70.
644
Gives a philosophical interpretation of the advantages of hand-spinning and
hand-weaving.
-Khadi and spinning. In GWB 1944 45-50.
:
645
A collection of his views on the importance of Khadi (hand-spun and woven
cloth) and the spinning wheel.
-The message of the charkha. In WF 1922: 87-92. Orig. pub.
YI., Jun. 29, 1921.
646
Explains how spinning can help India's cause for freedom.
-The music of the spinning wheel. In WF 1922: 53-57. Orig.
pub. YI., Jul. 21, 1920.
647
Describes the peace of mind he feels while spinning.
A plea for spinning. In WF 1922 76-79. Orig. pub. YI.,
Nov. 10, 1921.
648
-The potency of the spinning wheel. In WF 1922: 107-109.
Orig. pub. YI., Jul. 6, 1921.
649
Gives the social, political and economic advantages of spinning, which are a
great help to India's struggle for freedom.
Spinning as a famine relief. In WF 1922: 97-106. Orig. pub.
YI., May 11, 1921.
650
Advises widows and orphans to take up spinning to make an honest living,
in days of famine.
--The spinning wheel. In WF 1922: 116-119.
651
A letter to Sir Daniel Hamilton, which Gandhi wrote on Feb. 15, 1922 from
Bardoli, describing the importance of the spinning wheel in India.
-The spinning wheel and the atom bomb. In NWP 1949:
Subject Approach
127
+
99-100. Orig. pub. H., Nov. 17, 1946.
652
Answer to a question: "Has the spinning wheel a message for America?
Can it serve as counter weapon to the atom bomb ?" This question was put to
Gandhi by Andrew Freeman of the New York Post.
Gandhi M. K. The wheel of fortune. In WF 1922: 110-115. Orig.
pub. YI., Apr. 6, 1921.
653
A reply to a correspondent who asks, “Will the spinning wheel solve the
problem of India's poverty ?"-Ibid. p. 110.
-The wheel of fortune, appreciation by Dwijendranath Tagore.
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. vii, xiii, 160p. illus. 184cm. 654
A collection of his writings, criginally published in Young India on the signi-
ficance of khadi. The book is bound in hand-spun and woven cloth.
About
Bharatananda. Dhanush takli. Sevagram, The Hindustani Talimy
Sangh, 1943. 34p. 19 cm.
655
A description of a new type of spindle, devised at Gandhi's Sevagram
ashram.
Chaudharani, Sarla Devi. At the point of the spindle. Madras, Cam-
bridge press, 1921. 16p. 19cm.
656
The authoress, a follower of Gandhi urges the people of India to spin and
wear khadi.
Cornelius, J.J. Gandhi and his spinning wheel. In Harper's monthly
magazine (New York) 157: 637-645. Oct., 1928.
657
Evaluates Gandhi's views about the importance of the spinning wheel and
the cottage industries.
Mahatma Gandhi and his charkha. In World review (Chicago)
7: 257 Jan. 28, 1929. port.
658
Brief comments on Gandhi's views on spinning.
Das, Taraknath. Gandhi and the spinning wheel. In Survey (New
York) 47: 18-19 Oct. 1, 1921.
659
An appreciation of Gandhi's appeal to the people of India to spin.
Gandhi, Maganlal K. Hand-looms. In WF 1922 140-143.
pub. YI., Aug. 25, 1921.
An account of the hand-loom industry in India, with special reference to the
hand-loom industry at Gandhi's Sevagram ashram.
ashram.
Orig.
660
A model weaving-school. In WF 1922: 123-132. Orig. pub.
YI., Jul. 21, 1921.
661
A brief description of the weaving school at Sevagram ashram.
Sizing handspun yarn. In WF 1922: 146-155.
662
Describes the methods used for sizing hand-spun yarn at the Sevagram
128
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, Maganlal K. Spinning department. In WF 1922: 133-135.
Orig. pub. YI., Aug. 11, 1921.
663
A pen-picture of the spinning department at the Sevagram ashram.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Politics of charkha®
Bombay, Vora and co., 1946. 100p. 19cm.
664
In this small pamphlet the author elucidates what may be called the strategy
of the Gandhian Constructive Programme and its significance in Indian politics.
-The spinning wheel. In his Gandhian way. 3rd ed. Bombay
Vora and co., 1945. 184p. 19cm. p. 9-48.
665
Contents: khadi and industrialization; socialism and khadi; fallacies about
khadi; khadi and wages; swadeshi and cottage industry; and constructive work
and revolution.
Narain, Brij. Charkha Marxism and Indian socialism. Lahore,
Ramkrishna and son, 1941. vi, 196p. 19cm.
666
A comparative study of Gandhi's Constructive Programme for the masses of
India and the theory of Socialism.
Parker. J.S. Gandhi's spinning wheel and the steel plow. In Asia
(New York) 25: 565-567. Jul. 1925. port.
667
Salvation by thread; hand-spinning in India. In Nation (London)
31: 404-405. Jun. 17, 1922.
668
Review of "The wheel of fortune", by M. K. Gandhi.
Williams, G.M. Gandhi sets India spinning; review of India's thirty-
ninth annual National Congress. In Nation (New York) 120: 209-
210. Feb. 25, 1925.
669
Describes in brief the political condition of India in 1925 and comments on
the decisions taken at the thirty-ninth Congress.
CHILDHOOD
see
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD.
CHINA
Gandhi, M.K. Letter to the Generalissimo. In NPW 1948: 404-
407.
670
Gandhi wrote this letter on Jun. 14, 1942 from Sevagram.
About
China asks India whether it will fight. In Life (Chicago) 12 : 23-25.
Apr. 27, 1942. port.
671
Comments on Gandhi's meeting with Chiang Kai-Shek on Feb. 8, 1942, at
Calcutta.
Subject Approach
129
Desai, Mahadev. Message to China. In NPW 1948: 148. Orig.
pub. H., Aug., 27, 1938.
672
Comments on Gandhi's letter to Chiang kai Shek.
CHRISTIAN MISSIONS
Gandhi, M.K. An address to missionaries. In CM 1941: 50-57.
Orig. pub. YI., Aug. 6, 1925.
673
Condensed address which he delivered before the missionaries in Calcutta
at Y. W. C. A. building on July 28, 1925.
-Christian missions, their place in India. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
press, 1941. vii, 311p. 22cm.
674
Collection of his writings and reports of his discussions with some promin-
ent Christians, originally published in Young India and Harijan. It also includes
his views on the problems of conversion, untouchability, social service, equality of
religions and missionary methods.
Gandhi and Indian Christianity. In Missionary review of the
world (Princeton, N.J.) 59: 164, Apr., 1936.
675
An account of his answers to a few questions put to him in an interview by
Rev. A. Ralla Ram regarding Indian Christians.
-The Mahatma and the missionary; selected writings of Mohandas
K. Gandhi; edited by Clifford Manshardt. Chicago, Regnery, 1949.
140p. 18cm. (The Humanist library no. 14).
676
"The chapters in this book represent a systematization and condensation of
a large number of articles by Mohandas K. Gandhi, dealing with the subject of
religion and missions, published originally in Young India and Harijan between the
years 1924 and 1940, and collected and published in 1941, under the title, “Chris-
tian Missions, Their Place in India", by the Navajivan Press, of Ahmedabad,
India."-Introduction, p. 7.
-Missionary effort and the state. In SG 1948: 293.
677
Selections from his writings on the Christian missions in India, by Nirmal
Kumar Bose.
-Talks with missionaries. In CM 1941: 156-162. Orig. pub.
YI., Aug. 11, 1927.
678
An account of two talks mith two groups of Christian missionaries,
--An unfortunate document. In CM 1941: 129-137.
pub. H., Apr. 3, 1937.
Comments on a manifesto issued by fourteen Indian Christians regarding
their views on the missionary work among untouchables. The manifesto is
reproduced.
Orig.
679
-What is neutrality. In CM 1941: 140-142. Orig. pub. H.,
Dec. 30, 1939.
680
Reply to questions regarding his views on conversion of Hindus to Chris-
tianity.
With missionary friends. In CM 1941: 154-155. Orig. pub.
130
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
YI., Jul. 14, 1927.
A record of a dialogue on Christian missions in India.
Gandhi, M. K. A word to the missionaries. In CM 1941: 195-197.
Orig. pub. H., Jan. 25, 1935.
682
A reply to the protest made by some missionaries against his efforts for the
betterment of the untouchables.
681
About
Aiyar, K.R. Gopalah. Indian Christians and nationalism. In Indian
review (Madras) 23: 659-660. Oct., 1922.
683
The Rev. Mr. Aiyar describes the plight of Indian Christians and points
out that their joining the national movement like the Congress and the Home
League is considered an act of “unpardonable sin." He further reveals that the
"Protestant Mission Workers who identify themselves with national and political
movements, except in a few cases, will be dismissed from the service."-Ibid.,
p. 259.
Andrews, Charles Freer.
(Chicago) 49: 765-767.
Gandhi and missions. In Christian century
Jun. 15, 1932.
684
A clarification of the controversy among Christian missions in India, which
was caused by a misunderstanding of Gandhi's statement regarding the position of
missionaries in Free India.
Braisted, Paul Judson. Indian nationalism and the Christian colleges.
New York, Association press, 1935. xii, 171p. 23 cm.
685
Thesis (Ph. D.) Columbia University, 1935.
"Selected bibliography": p. 163-171.
A valuable study of the part played by the Christian missionary colleges for
the advancement of education in India. Also comments about Gandhi's attitude
towards the Christian missions in India.
Chetty, O.K. Bishop McConnell and India; reply to H.T. Muzumdar.
In Christian science (Boston) 48: 1282-1283. Oct. 14, 1931. 686
Criticises H. T. Muzumdar's article which the former wrote correcting some
statements made by Bishop McConnell after a trip to India, regarding Hinduism
and Gandhi.
Desai, Mahadev. Interesting questions. In CM 1941: 163-165.
Orig. Pub. H., May 11, 1935.
687
A report of an interview Gandhi had with a Christian missionary.
-Missionaries once again. In CM 1941: 277-280. Orig. pub.
H., Mar. 23, 1940.
688
A summary of the conversation of Gandhi with a few Christian mission-
aries.
With an American clergyman. In CM 1941: 169-177. Orig.
pub. H., Mar. 6, 1937.
689
An account of an interview Dr. Henry Hitt Crane had with Gandhi.
Frey, Else. Gandhi and mission. In Allgemeiner evangelischprotes
Subject Approach
131
tantischer missionsverein (Berlin) 86: 277 1933.
Comments on Gandhi's attitude towards the Christian missions.
Gandhi and Christian missions. In Missionary review of the world
(Princeton, N.J.) 55: 133-134. Mar., 1932.
691
An account of a meeting between Gandhi and the representatives of British
missionary societies in London during the Round Table Conference, 1931.
690
Gandhi and the Anglican Bishops. Foreword by K. Natarajan. Madras,
Ganesh and co., 1922. vi, 64p. 19cm.
692
A brief study of Gandhi's attitude towards the Anglican bishops in
India.
George, S.K. Gandhi and the church. In G 1944: 121-127. 693
An interpretation of Gandhi's views on the activities of Christian missions in
India.
Hodgkin, H.T. Should missionaries proselyte? Reply to C.F. And-
rews. In Christian century (Chicago) 149: 1137-1138. Sep. 21,
1932.
694
A criticism of C. F. Andrews's article, “Gandhi and missionaries,” published
in Christian century (Chicago) 49: 765-767. Jun. 15, 1932.
Jones, E.S. Gandhi and Christian missions. In Christian century
(Chicago) 61: 553-555. May 3, 1944.
695
A clarification of Gandhi's statement regarding Christian missions in
India.
Lorch, T. Gandhis stellung zur mission. In Nachrichten aus der
Bethel mission (Stuttgart) 2: 12-16 1949.
696
An account of Gandhi's views on the Christian missions in India.
Moyer, S.T. As a missionary sees India; reply to W.E. Sikes. In
Christian century (Chicago) 47: 1042. Aug. 27, 1920.
697
An Indian Christian missionary from Basa, India, writes a letter to the editor
of the Christian century criticising W. E. Sikes' article, "Gandhi converts a missio-
nary," published in the Christian century 47: 747-750 Jun. 11, 1930.
Muzumdar, H.T. India replies to Bishop McConnell. In Christian
century (Chicago) 48: 1041-1043. Aug. 19, 1931.
698
A correction of Bishop McConnell's statement regarding Hinduism and
Gandhi, made after his return from a trip to India.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi appeals to Christians. In Christian century
699
(Chicago) 54: 393-394. Mar. 24, 1937.
An account of a public meeting in which Gandhi made an appeal to Christi-
ans to improve the lot of untouchables.
Pyarelal. A talk with Christian friends. In CM 1941: 290-293.
700
Orig. pub. H., Jan. 13, 1940.
A report of Gandhi's interview with some Christian visitors.
132
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Richter, J. Mahatma Gandhi und die missionsbewegung in Indien.
In Evangelische Deutschland (Berlin) 15: 315. 1938.
701
An account of Gandhi's attitude towards the Christian missions in
India.
Sikes, W.E. Gandhi converts a missionary. In Christian century
(Chicago) 47 747-750. Jun. 11, 1930.
702
After working five and a half years in a small district of India, as an educator,
the author reviews India's past and present and comments on Gandhi's Civil
Disobedience movement.
Speer, R.E. Politics and missions in India to-day. In Missionary
review of the world (Princeton, N.J.) 45: 259-264. Apr., 1922. 703
A missionary explains his difficulties of working in India due to the political
situation and Gandhi's efforts for the betterment of untouchables. It is to be
noticed that the Christian missionaries were also keen to improve their lot by
converting them to Christianity.
Sury, C.L. Mahatma Gandhi on Christ in India. In Missionary
review of the world (Princeton, N.J.) 55: 284-285. May, 1932.
port.
704
A criticism of Gandhi's speech on the place of Christian missions in Free
India.
see ulso
CHRISTIANITY
CHRISTIANITY
Gandhi, M.K. Christianity. In TMG 1945 85-89. Orig. pub.
YI., Mar. 23, 1926 and H., Mar. 6, 1937.
705
An account of his views on Christianity.
-Crime of reading the Bible. In CM 1941: 47-49. Orig. pub.
YI., Sep. 2, 1926.
706
Reply to correspondents who objected to his reading of the New Testament
to the students of Gujarat National College, Ahmedabad.
-For Christian friends. In CM 1941 58-62. Orig. pub. H.,
Apr. 18, 1936.
707
Reply to a letter from one of his Christian friends, discussing Christianity
and unity of religions.
What d
-Jesus Christ. In TMG 1945: 335-337. Orig. pub. H., Apr.
17, 1937.
708
Answers to two questions about Christ.
-Religious ferment. In CM 1941: 23-26. Orig. pub. in
"The story of my experiments with truth". V. 1: 316-323. 709
An account of experiences with Christian friends and discussion on Chris-
tianity.
Subject Approach
133
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. Sermon on the Mount. Foreword by Sir
Rabindranath Tagore and introductory note by Agatha Harrison.
London, George Allen, 1942. 175p. 19cm.
710
A commentary on "Sermon on the Mount," by a Christian missionary who
spent all his life in India serving her people. Gandhi was a great friend of the
author and liked the commentary very much. The author was so much devoted to
Gandhi that, "Andrews bent swiftly down and touched Gandhi's feet," when he
met Gandhi for the first time in 1914 in Durban.-Charles Freer Andrews, by
Banarsidas Chaturvadi and Majorie Sykes, p. 94.
Badley, Brenton Thoburn. Solitary throne; some religious beliefs of
Mahatma Gandhi in the light of Christ's teachings. Madras, Metho-
dist publishing house, 1931. iv, 61p. 19 cm.
711
An examination and interpretation of Gandhi's appreciation of Christi-
anity.
Desai, Mahadev. The most effective way. In CM 1941: 230-233.
Orig. pub. H., Mar. 29, 1935.
712
A report of a meeting between Gandhi and a Christian missionary, in which
the latter inquired about the most effective way of preaching the Gospel of Jesus
Christ.
Forell, B. Gandhi und die Christentum. In Kirchenblatt fur die
reformierte Schweiz (Zurich) 43: 173. 1932.
713
Views and reflections on Gandhi's attitude towards Christianity.
Gabriel, Walter. Gandhi, Christus und wir Christen; eine Christliche
darstellung und wertung der sittlichkeit und frommigkeit Gandhis.
Halle (Saale) Buchhandburg des Waisenhauses g.m. b.h. (Franckesche
stiftungen) 1931. v. 61p. 23 cm.
Gandhi, Christ and Christians; a Christian description.
714
George, S.K. Gandhi's challenge to Christianity; with forewords.
by S. Radhakrishnan and Horace Alexander. First Indian edition.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1947. xxi, 93p. 19 cm. 715
First edition published in 1939 by G. Allen and Unwin, London.
A collection of articles, "written between the years 1930 and 1939, represent
the reactions of an Indian Christian mind to the challenge of movements and
happenings in India during those eventful years."-Preface, p. xv. Dr. Radhakrish-
nan in his foreword hopes, "that this little book may awaken the interest of the
Indian Christians to the reality of the problem and help them to give their faith its
proper place in India's religious setting."-Foreword, p. x.
Hoyland, John S. Gandhi's satyagraha and the way of the Cross.
In MG 1949: 124-149.
716
A comparison and evaluation of satyagraha and the fundamentals of Chris-
tianity.
Is Gandhi a Christian or at least a near Christian? In Concordia
theological monthly (St. Louis) 3: 310-312. 1932,
717
134
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
An appraisal of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and his high regard
for Christianity.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Christianity; its economy and way
of life. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945. viii, 125p.
191cm.
718
A new interpretation of Christianity; its economy and way of life. The
author is an architect of Gandhi's Constructive Programme, which also includes
toleration of all faiths and religions.
Church and civil disobedience. In his Christianity; its economy
and way of life. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945. viii,
124p. 19 cm. p. 81-102.
719
An evaluation and a discusssion of the relationship between Christianity and
Gandhi's Civil Disobedience movement.
Practice and precepts of Jesus. With "A word" by M.K. Gandhi.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1946. xvi, 112p. 19cm. 720
Meeus, C.L. Gandhi on Christianity. In Commonweal (New York)
37: 486-488. Mar. 5, 1943.
721
A missionary travelling through India on his way to China comments on
Gandhi's views regarding Christianity.
Melzer, F. Gandhi und die Christentum. In Nachrichten aus der
Bethel mission (Bethel) 2: 82 1948.
722
Comments on Gandhi's views about Christianity.
Modak, Cyril. India's challenge to Christians. Lucknow, The Upper
India publishing house, 1940. xii, 194p. 19cm.
723
A study of the political condition of India in 1940, with special reference
to the activities of the Christian missions and Gandhi's reactions.
Parekh, Manilal C. Christian Proselytism in India; a great and grow-
ing menance. Rajkot, Shri Bhagwat dharma mission, 1947. xiv,
463p. 19 cm.
724
Hostile criticism by a Hindu missionary of the Christian missions and their
efforts to convert the poor and the down-trodden untouchables and others to
Christianity. Gandhi always differed from the hostile critics who preached hatred
and violence.
Phillip, P. O. Gandhi seen as near-Christian. In Christian century
(Chicago) 50: 692 Jul. 26, 1933.
725
The author, in a letter dated Jul. 1, 1933, from Nagpur, India, describes three
things; (i) Criticism of the inter-caste marriage between Devdas Gandhi, Gandhi's
son and C. Rajgopalachari's daughter; (ii) Civil Disobedience movement again
suspended; (iii) Temples opened for untouchables.
Ross, G.W.C. Is Gandhi's non-resistance Christian? In Christian
century (Chicago) 49: 1110-1111. Sep. 14, 1932.
726
A critical interpretation of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Ruggieri, R. Gandhismo e cristianesimo. In Tradizione; rivista di
storia, filosofia e letteratura (Palermo) 4; 140-146. 1931.
727
Subject Approach
135
Sevenster, J.N. Gandhi en het Christendom. Haarlem, De Erven F.
Bohn, 1934. vii-x, 244p. 24 cm.
728
A commentary in Dutch on Gandhi and his attitude towards Christianity.
Steenkriste, J. Gandhi and the Catholic church. In Commonweal
(New York) 115: 95-96. Nov. 25, 1931.
A brief account of Gandhi's views about the Catholic church.
Why Gandhi is not a Christian. In Christian century (Chicago) 42:
1159. Sep. 17, 1925.
730
A critical study of Gandhi's views on Christianity.
Winslow, John Copley and Elwin, Verrier. Gandhi: the dawn of
Indian freedom. New York, London, etc., Fleming H. Revell co.,
1931. 224p. 19cm.
731
"Discussion of the possible future of the Christian church in shaping a new
India, freed from British control, the church incorporating in its doctrines the tea-
chings of the Indian sacred books, and moved by the ideals of Gandhi."-- Preface.
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE MOVEMENT
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE, Mar. 12, 1930.
CIVILIZATION
see
EASTERN CIVILIZATION
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
COFFEE
see
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
729
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
COMMERCE
see
INDUSTRIALIZATION
COMMUNAL AWARD, Aug, 17, 1932
Gandhi, M.K. Communal decision. In CU 1949: 244-245. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 24, 1940.
732
Comments on several inquiries about his views on the Communal Award
which was proposed by the Government of India on Aug. 17, 1932, to safe-guard
the interests of different communities in India. The Award is a living example of
the British Government's "Divide and Rule Policy," in India. Gandhi, in order
to protest against it, went on, "perpetual fast unto death," from noon of Sep. 20,
136
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
1932. He broke his fast on Sep. 26, when a communique from the Government of
India satisfied him.
Gandhi, M.K. The question of minorities. In CU 1949: 240-241.
Orig. pub. H., Nov. 4, 1939.
733
Comments on Sir Herbert Samuel's views on the Communal Award, “as a
meritorious act of the British Government."-Ibid., p. 240.
About
Boughton, B. Communal award and Gandhi. In Labour monthly
(London) 14: 765-768. Dec. 8, 1932.
734
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's attitude towards the Communal Award.
Brebner, J.B. Gandhi and the British Communal Award. In Current
history (Philadelphia) 37: 218-219. Nov., 1932.
735
A critical account of Gandhi's stand regarding the Communal Award.
Gandhi defies the Empire. In World tomorrow (New York) 15 : 267.
Sep. 21, 1932.
736
Comments on Gandhi's protest against the Communal Award.
Meston, Lord. Reservation of seats for non-Brahmins. In Indian
review (Madras) 21: 198-200. Mar., 1920.
737
A pro-British version of the Communal Award.
Panikkar, K.M. Communal representation. In Indian review
(Madras) 21: 301-303. May, 1920.
738
An analysis and evaluation of the Communal Award. Supports Gandhi's
point of view.
Rai, Lala Lajpat. Communal representation. In Indian review
(Madras) 26: 80-82. Jan., 1925.
739
Supports Gandhi's stand regarding the Communal Award.
Rice, S. Gandhi and the Communal Award. In Asiatic review
(London) 28: 675-663. Oct., 1932.
740
Criticises Gandhi's point of view regarding the Award.
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
FASTS-INDIA
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, Dec. 22 and May 8 1933.
COMMUNALISM
see
COMMUNAL QUESTION
Subject Approach
137
COMMUNAL QUESTION (differences among the
people belonging to different castes and
religions)
Gandhi, M.K. Bugbear of communalism. In CU 1949: 191-192.
Orig. pub. YI., Nov. 12, 1931.
741
Extracts from an address he delivered in a meeting of students at Eton, dep-
loring the differences among various communities in India.
-Communal dissensions and foreign rule. In CU 1949: 199-200.
Orig. pub. YI., Dec. 24, 1931.
742
Views and reflections on the "Divide and rule policy" of the British
Government.
Communal question. In CU 1949 : 157-159. Orig. pub. YI.,
Jan. 9, 1930.
743
An appreciation of the resolution of the Working Committee of the Indian
National Congress on the unity among different communities in India.
Communal unity. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1949. xxxii, 1006p. 22 cm.
744
A complete collection of his writings and speeches on unity between Hindus,
Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Jews and other communities. The articles are arranged
chronologically, under convenient headings, as they appeared in Young India and
Harijan. The subject and author index at the end of the book is a great help.
Communal unity. In CU 1949: 216-218.
Apr. 30, 1938.
Orig. pub. H.,
745
A statement issued to the press on April 22, 1938 on the unity among differ-
ent communities.
-Congress and the communal question. In CU 1949: 254-255.
Orig. pub. H., Dec. 2, 1939.
746
A reply to an English critic who, "condemns the Congress for not coming
to terms with the Muslim League.”—Ibid. p. 254.
Gandhiji on communal disorders. Edited by N.R. Mehta.
Allahabad, India publishers, 1947. vii, 70p. 191cm.
747
A small collection of his writings on the communal question. "Communal
unity", published in 1951 by the Navajivan publishing house, Ahmedabad, inclu-
des practically all the articles reprinted in this book.
-I am no communalist. In MMG 1945: 79.
748
Extracts from his writings which prove that he respected all communities in
India alike.
-No communalism in commerce. In CU 1949: 875-876. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 7, 1947.
749
A criticism of those businessmen who help in business only those who belong
to their community.
138
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. A psychological explanation. In CU 1949: 852-
854. Orig. pub. H., Nov. 11, 1947.
750
66
Comments on Richard B. Gregg's letter which states that, ........much of
this violence is an expression not so much of inter-communal suspicion and hatred,
but rather, and more deeply and originally, of long pent-up resentments of the
masses because of their oppression."-Ibid., p. 852.
Qualifications of a peace brigade. In CU 1949: 224-226.
Orig. pub. H., Jun. 18, 1938.
751
Suggests nine qualifications for a member of the peace brigade, the formation
of which he proposed earlier.
Separate electorates. In TMG 1945: 510-511. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 12, 1931.
752
Deplores the proposal of separate electorates for the untouchables, Hindus
and Muslims.
The task ahead. In CU 1949: 942-945. Orig. pub. H., Jan.
25, 1948.
753
While breaking his fast on Jan. 18, 1948, he appealed for communal
harmony and gave his views on the communal situation after the partition of
India.
Who is to blame? In CU 1949: 927-929. Orig. pub. H.,
Jan. 18, 1948.
754
A post-prayer speech which he delivered on the first day of his last fast.
About
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Pakistan or partition of India. Bombay,
Thacker and co., 1945. xiv, 481p. maps. 24 cm.
755
Includes criticism of Gandhi's point of view regarding the partition of
India.
Ayyar, R.S.V. After the reforms; communal vs. democratic psycho-
logy. London, Luzac, 1939. 120p. 19cm.
756
A treatise on the communal question and its exploitation by the British
Government. Supports Gandhi's efforts against communalism in India.
Bahadur, A.C. Mukerji. Communal tension. In Indian review
(Madras) 28 171-172. Mar., 1927.
757
Views and reflections on the communal riots in India. Criticises the Com-
munal Award and comments favourably on Gandhi's stand.
Beni Prasad. Communal settlement. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1944.
98p. 19 cm.
758
A historical study of the communal problem in India. The author who was
a prominent historian of India, agrees that Gandhi's solution can bring unity
among Hindus and Muslims.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Hindus and Muslims. In his Subject India.
New York, The John Day company, 1943. viii, 274p. illus. 19cm.
Subject Approach
139
p. 90-117.
759
Deals with the causes and background of the differences between Hindus
and Muslims in India. Also relates in brief the efforts made by Gandhi to bring
unity between the communities.
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Mission with Mountbatten. London,
Robert Hale, 1952. New York, Dutton, 1953. xiv, 383p. 24cm.
760
A day to day record of the events which led to the partition of India and
consequently to the formation of Pakistan. The book is valuable because it pre-
sents a picture of the political condition of India during the most critical period of
her history. It is also important because it gives a vivid picture of the last phase of
British rule in India. Includes extracts from Gandhi's talks with M. A. Jinnah
and other leaders regarding communal unity.
Desai, Mahadev. Communal question. In NV 1947 143-147. 761
:
A record of the discussion between Gandhi and a group of his visitors in
London, during the Round Table Conference, in 1931.
Dutt, T.K. Grave diggers in India. Lahore, Dutt and sons, 1945.
128p. 19cm.
762
An analysis of the communal problem in India. A solution which is partly
based on Gandhi's conception of Hindu-Muslim unity is proposed.
Goodall, Norman. Can Indians unite? London, Edinbargh house
press, 1943. 23p. 18cm. (World issues, no. 16).
763
An essay presenting a British version of the Hindu-Muslim differences in
India Criticises Gandhi's efforts for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Gour, Hari Singh. Communalism and Nationalism. In Indian
review (Madras) 29: 383-385. Jun. 1928.
764
An evaluation and analysis of the communal problem and its negative effects
on the progress of the National movement. The author, though pro-British
partly agrees with Gandhi.
Husain, S. Shafaat. Solution of the communal problem. In Indian
review (Madras) 28: 732-734. Nov. 1927.
765
A nationalist Muslim presents his version of the communal problem and
proposes a solution, based on Gandhi's plan for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Indian National Congress, Meerut. The Congress resolution. In
CU 1949: 461-462. Orig. pub. H., Dec. 15, 1946.
766
A resolution on communal strife passed by the Indian National Congress
at its 54th Session held at Meerut on Nov. 23rd and 24th, 1946.
Khan, Abdul Majid. Communalism in India; its origin and growth.
Foreword by Babu Rajendra Prasad and introduction by Kalinath
Ray. Lahore, Paramount publications, 1944. ii, 78p. 19cm. 767
A balanced and neutral study of the communal problem made by a nationa-
list Muslim who is in complete agreement with Gandhi.
Kumarappa, Bharatan. Editor's note. In CU 1949 viii-xiv. 768
A brief survey of the communal problem and Gandhi's efforts to solve it.
•
140
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Mehta, Ashok and Nair, Kusum. The Simla triangle; a projection of
the communal triangle. Bombay, Padma publications, 1945. xi,
82p. 19 cm.
769
A critical analysis of the Simla Conference which met to discuss and solve
the communal differences among communities in India. Gandhi attended the con-
ference on behalf of the Indian National Congress.
Mehta, Ashok and Patwardhan, Achyut. The communal triangle in
India. 2d. ed. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1942. 263p. 191cm. 770
Bibliography: p. 249-253.
A socialistic version of the Hindu-Muslim question.
Mookerjee, Radhakumud. A new approach to the communal problem.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1943. iv, 100p. 19cm.
771
An anthropological and sociological study of the Hindu-Muslim problem.
Comments favourable on Gandhi's efforts for unity among various commu-
nities.
Moon, Edward Pendal. The communal question. In his Strangers
in India. London, Faber and Faber ltd., 1944 and New York, Reynal
and Hitchcock, 1945. 212p. 191cm. p. 99-117.
772
Examines the communal question and comments on Gandhi's efforts for
Hindu-Muslim unity.
Makherji, S. Communalism in Muslim politics and troubles over
India. Introduction by P.N. Banerjee. Calcutta, Oriental agency,
1947. vii, 171p. 191cm.
773
An account of the political intrigue leading to a movement for separate
electorates and culminating in the demand for a separate state of Pakistan.
Criticises Gandhi's attitude towards the Muslims.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Recent essays and writings on the future of Indian
communalism, labour and other subjects. Allahabad, Kitabistan,
1937. 153p. 181cm.
774
A collection of articles on the communal problem and other subjects. Nehru
has always been a supporter of Gandhi's policy towards Hindu-Muslim
unity.
Prasad, Rajendra. Foreward. In CU 1949 iii-vii.
775
A remarkable summary of the communal problem in India and Gandhi's
efforts to solve it.
Foreword by S. Radhakrishnan. Lahore,
103p. 19cm.
776
A collection of essays which the author wrote during his college days on the
communal problem in India and other subjects of national importance. Supports,
with mild criticism, Gandhi's plan for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Prem Nath. Our fault.
Hero publications, 1944.
Sharma, Diwan Chand. Canker of communalism. In Indian review
(Madras) 27: 697-699. Nov., 1926.
777
Views and reflections on the communal problem. Includes comments on
Gandhi's efforts for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Subject Approach
141
Sinha, Narendra Krishna. Communalism: a study in comparison.
In Indian review (Madras) 30 5-6. Jan., 1929.
778
Subedar, Manu. Communalism in India. In Indian review (Madras)
33: 696-698. Oct., 1932.
779
Gives in brief the historical background and discusses the issues which are
responsible for the communal differences in India. Also summarizes Gandhi's
activities to bring unity among various communities.
see also
DIVIDE AND RULE POLICY
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
COMMUNISM
Gandhi, M.K. Can you avoid class war? In TNS 1951: 150-151.
Orig. pub. YI., Mar. 26, 1931.
780
A reply to the following question: "If you will benefit the workers, the peas-
ant and the factory hand, can you avoid class war ?"—Ibid., p. 150.
-Communism.
In TMG 1945: 96-104.
781
Extracts from his writings which reflect his views on communism. The sour-
ces of the extracts are quoted.
-Communism and socialism. In MMG 1945: 126-129.
782
A collection of the extracts from his writings on communism and socialism.
While commenting on Russia he said, "Communism of the Russian type, that is
communism which is imposed on a people, would be repugnant to India."--
Ibid., p. 127.
-Correspondence between Mahatma Gandhi and P.C. Joshi.
Bombay, People's publishing house, 1945. vi, 63p. 19cm.
783
A collection of the letters written to Gandhi by one of the leading commun-
ists of India, along with replies from him, which summarize Gandhi's views on
communism.
--Formula for communists. In TNS 1951 159. Orig. pub.
H., Oct. 6, 1946.
784
Reply to the following question: "How can we counteract the activities of
the communists, who are openly opposing the Congress ?"-Ibid., p. 159.
-A word to communists. In TNS 1951 151-153. Orig. pub.
YI., Mar. 26, 1931.
785
Condensed translation of a speech in Hindi he delivered before a meeting of
labourers in Bombay, which was disturbed by some communists.
-The young communists' catechism. In TNS 1951: 154-158.
Orig. pub. YI., Nov. 26, 1931.
786
Summary of his discussions with a group of young Indian communists, who
met him in London during the Second Round Table Conference in 1931.
142
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi and Stalin; two signs at the world's cross-
roads. New York, Harper, 1947. 183p. 22cm.
787
A comparative study of two great men with almost contrary ideologies.
Mashruwala, K.G. Gandhi and Marx. With an introduction by
Vinoba Bhave. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. viii,
112p. 21 cm.
788
This valuable book is a collection of a series of articles, originally published
in Harijan. The late author was Gandhi's one of the most tested and trusted co-
workers. In these pages he gives an authoritative and critical version of two
modern ideologies-Gandhism and communism—suggesting that the only
solution lies in Gandhism and not in communism.
Pyarelal. Gandhiji's communism. In TNS 1951: 160. Orig. pub.
H., Mar. 31, 1946.
789
An interpretation of Gandhi's views on communism by his private secretary,
who was with him at all times for several years.
COMPARATIVE STUDY OF GANDHI
see
CONGRESS
see
GANDHI-COMPARATIVE STUDY
see
INDIAN NATIONAL CONGRESS
CONSTITUTION
INDIA-CONSTITUTION
CONSTRUCTIVe Programme
Gandhi, M.K. Constructive programme. In TMG 1945: 121-128.
790
A collection of extracts from his writings which define and explain what he
means by the Constructive Programme.
-Constructive programme; its meaning and place. 2d ed. Ahmeda-
bad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. 31p. 22cm.
791
"The constructive programme may otherwise and more fittingly be called
construction of Poorna Swaraj (complete independence) by truthful and non-
violent means."-Introduction, p. 7.
--Gandhi's constructive programme, by Prof. Pritam Singh Bhai.
Lahore, Paramount publications, 1944. 143p. 18 cm.
792
A collection of Gandhi's writings on the Constructive Programme with expla-
natory notes.
Subject Approach
143
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. Constructive programme for students.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1945. 55p. 19 cm.
793
The part that student community can play in carrying out Gandhi's Const-
ructive Programme is the theme of this essay.
-The Gandhian plan of economic development for India. Fore-
word by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Padma publications, 1944.
115p. 22cm.
794
A reliable interpretation of Gandhi's economic programme for India.
Gandhian plan re-affirmed. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1948. 88p. 22cm.
795
A continuation of and supplement to the author's "Gandhian plan."
Datta, Bhupendra Kumar. The Indian revolution and the constructive
796
programme. Calcutta, Saratswati library, 1946. 83p. 19cm.
That Gandhi's Constructive Programme forms the basis of the Indian revolu-
tion is the theme of this pamphlet.
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. The constructive programme.
his S 1946: 187-188.
In
797
Gandhi gave to the Nation a fifteen-fold Constructive Programme, which is
being followed in India through various organizations. The items of the program-
me are: "Communal unity-Unity in various communities of India; removal of
untouchability; prohibition of drinks and drugs; khadi-spread of hand-spun and
hand-woven cloth; other village industries; village sanitation, health and hygiene;
basic education-education through craft; adult education and literacy; uplift of
women; uplift of the whole village; spread of Hindustani-lingua franca of India
( now it is Hindi); love of mother-tongue; work for economic equality; service
of the aborigines and organization of students, peasants, and labourers."—Ibid.,
p. 187.
George, S.K. and Ramchandran, eds. The economics of peace: the
cause and the man. Wardha, Gram Udyog Vibhag, Akhil Bharat
Seva Sangh, 1952. x, 378p. ports.
798
A souvenir of the 60th birthday of J. C. Kumarappa-a great architect of
Gandhi's Constructive Programme and who made the cause supremely his own by
devoting his whole life to make it a success. The articles included in this book
come from those co-workers of Gandhi who carried out the programme. In other
words in this book is summarized the results of the constructive activities of Gan-
dhi for about twenty-five years.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Politics of charkha. Bom-
bay, Vora and co., 1946. 100p. 19cm.
799
In this small pamphlet the author elucidates what may be called the strategy
of the Gandhian Constructive Programme and its significance in Indian poli-
tics.
Kulkarni, G.R. and others. The constructive programme: its per-
spectives and dynamics. Bombay, B.P. Congress committee, 1945.
72p. 21cm.
800
144
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
A collection of articles, evaluating Gandhi's Constructive Programme.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. The economy of permanence; a quest
for a social order based on non-violence. With a foreword from M.K.
Gandhi. Wardha, C.P., All-India village industries association, 1946.
illus. 22cm.
801
V.
A treatise on Gandhi's Constructive Programme, studied and evaluated as a
new social and economic order for Free India.
Nayyar, Sushila. Constructive work and Samagra gramaseva.
CPCS 1948: 124-126. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 17, 1946.
In
802
Reply to the following questions: "Can a worker who has taken up one item
of constructive work dabble in others? Is it right for him to do so? If so how ?".
Ibid., p. 124. Dr. Nayyar served Gandhi as his personal physician and one of the
private secretaries for many years.
Nehru, Rameshwari. Gandhi is my star speeches and writings of
Rameshwari Nehru ; collected and edited by Somnath Dhar. Introduc-
tion by M.S. Aney. Foreword by Kalidas Nag. Appreciation by
A.V. Thakkar. Patna, Pustak Bhandar, 1950. iii, 201p. illus.
19 cm.
803
A collection of speeches divided into five sections. Under each section the
material is arranged by convenient subjects like, women's movement in India;
the Harijan (untouchables) movement in India, thoughts on education and extracts
from addresses. The speeches were delivered to popularize Gandhi's Construc-
tive Programme among masses.
Politicus, pseud. Eleven points of Mahatma Gandhi; being a series
of articles published in the Bombay chronicle in 1930. Bombay, Bom-
bay chronicle press, 1930. 40p. 19cm.
804
A critical interpretation of the Constructive Programme.
Ranga, N.G. Four crore (ten million) artisans hail the Gandhian plan.
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1945. 22p. 19cm.
805
A peasant leader supports the Constructive programme.
Sitaramayya, B. Pattabhi. Gandhi : his dual programme. In MG
1949: 208-210.
806
An appraisal of the Gandhian Programme.
Spratt, Philip. Gandhian plan. In his India and constitution
making. Calcutta, Renaissance publishers, 1948. x, 58p. 19cm.
p. 38-44.
807
An evaluation of Gandhi's Constructive Programme.
Um plano de Mahatma Gandhi. In Boletim da sociedade de geografia
de Lisboa (Lisbon) 56: 213-215. 1940.
808
Subject Approach
145
see also
HARIJANS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
SATYAGRAHA
CONTROLS
see
see
SWADESHI
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
CORRESPONDENCE
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA-CONTROLS
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE (GENERAL)
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE WITH GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
Gandhi, M.K. A.I.V.I.A.-its meaning and scope. In CPCS 1948:
22-27. Orig. pub. H., Dec. 7, 1934.
809
Summary of his views on the meaning and scope of the All-India Village
Industries Association.
Call of the villages. In G 1944: 311-312.
An account of his views on the necessity of village uplift in India.
810
-Cent per cent Swadeshi or the economics of village industries.
3d ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. vi, 132p.
20 cm.
811
Collection of his writings on the subject of economic organization of human
society, or the principle of swadeshi as he shortly termed it, to which he was devot-
ed, for the last fifteen years. It also includes reports of his conversations on many
aspects of the cottage industry movement, articles by Mahadev Desai and Pyarelal,
on subjects like the Wardha Scheme of Education, village uplift movement etc.
--Indian industry. In CPCS 1948 70-71. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 23, 1937.
812
A reply to the following question: "What is an Indian industry ?"—Ibid.,
p. 70.
Return to village industries. In TNS 1951: 34. Orig. pub. H.,
Nov. 30, 1934.
813
A plea for cottage industries.
True patriotism. In CPCS 1948 60-61. Orig. pub. H., Apr.
18, 1936.
814
A speech he delivered at the Lucknow exhibition on the morning of Apr.
12, 1936.
A unique exhibition. In CPCS 1948: 56-59. Orig. pub. H.,
Apr. 4, 1936.
815
146
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Condensed speech, delivered while performing the opening ceremony of the
Swadeshi Exhibition in Lucknow, organized by A. I. S. A. and A. I. V. I. A.
Gandhi, M.K. Village industries. In CPCS
pub. H., Nov. 16, 1934.
Appraisal of the resolution on village industries passed by the Indian National
Congress, at its session in Bombay on Oct. 27, 1934.
1948: 18-22. Orig.
816
Village tanning and its possibilities. In CPCS 1948: 34-38.
Orig. pub. H., Sep. 7, 1934.
817
An account of his views on leather tanning in villages.
What is it? In CPCS 1948 17-18. Orig. pub. H., Nov. 30,
1934.
818
While defining cottage industries he says, "We should restrict our purchases
to the articles which villages manufacture.”—Ibid., p. 17.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. The Gandhian plan of economic develop-
ment for India. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Padma
publications ltd., 1944. 115p. 22cm.
819
Interprets Gandhi's constructive programme, with explanatory notes.
Gandhian plan re-affirmed. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Bombay, Padma publications Itd., 1948. 88p. 22cm.
820
A Supplement to the author's "Gandhian plan."
All-India village industries association, Wardha. Annual reports,
1935 Wardha, The Association, 1935-. v. 19 cm.
821
Asirvatham, E. Gandhian economy. In Indian review (Madras)
41 673. Nov., 1940.
822
Brief comments on Gandhi's views on the encouragement of cottage industries
in India.
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). Village industries. In her Shall India
live or die? Madras, National Home Rule League, 1925. ii, 159p.
22cm. p. 93-110.
823
An exposition how the British industrialists destroyed the village industries
of India for their own benefit. Supports Gandhi's programme for cottage industries
in India, with moderate criticism,
Basue, B.D. Ruin of Indian trade and industries. Calcutta, Prabasi,
1935. viii, 158p. 191cm.
824
An exposition of how the British Government destroyed the cottage industries
of India and an appraisal of Gandhi's efforts for their revival through his swadeshi
movement.
Desai, Mahadev. Rural exhibitions. In CPCS 1948: 101-103.
Orig. pub. H., May 16, 1936.
825
Subject Approach
147
A plea to organize and support exhibitions of hand-made goods.
Desai, Mahadev. Swadeshi industries and discrimination. In CPCS
1948 115-117. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 26, 1938.
826
Views and reflections on the public reaction to Gandhi's programme for the
advancement of cottage industries.
George, S.K. and Ramachandran, eds. The economics of peace the
cause and the man. Wardha, Gram udyog vibhag, Akhil Bharat seva
sangh, 1952. x, 378p. ports. 22cm.
827
A souvenir of the 60th birthday of J.C. Kumarappa-a great architect of Gan-
dhi's Constructive Programme, and who made the cause supremely his own by
devoting his whole life to make it a success. The articles included in this book
come from Gandhi's co-workers and summarize the activities of the programme.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Village industry and mass
conduct. In his Politics of charkha. Bombay, Vora and co., 1946
100p. 19cm. p. 74-99.
828
A psychological study of the cottage industries. The author is one of the
close co-workers of Gandhi.
Kumarappa, Bharatan. Village industries and reconstruction. Alla-
habad, All-India Congress Committee, 1935. iv, 36p. 214cm.
(Congress Golden Jubilee brochures no. 2).
829
That the village industries play a great part in India's reconstruction is the
theme of this pamphlet.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Gandhian economy, and other essays.
Wardha, C.P., All-India village industries association, 1947. 47p.
830
22cm.
-The philosophy of the village movement; being a collection of
speeches and articles on the subject. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Kovvur (S. India), Sanivarapu Subha Rao, 1935. x, 83p. 19 cm. 831
An analysis of Gandhi's programme for village uplift, through cottage indus-
tries, adult education etc.
A questionnaire for the survey of village industries, with general
information notes on those industries. Wardha, C.P., All-India
village industries association, 1947. xviii, 72p. 19 cm.
832
Why the village movement; a plea for a new economic order in
India. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Wardha, All-India village
industries association, 1946. xiv, 176p. 19 cm.
833
Mehta, V.L. Village industries. In G 1944: 170-177.
834
Brief survey of Gandhi's efforts for the revival of village industries through
the All-India spinners' association and the All-India village industries associa-
tion.
Mitra, K. and Lakshman, P.P. Cottage industry and Indian economy ;
148
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
foreword by Shanker Rao Deo and preface by J.C. Kumarappa. Alla-
habad, All-India Congress Committee, Economic and political research
department, 1947. 104p. 21cm.
835
Supports Gandhi's programme of cottage industries.
Pyarelal. Mass production v. production by the masses. In CPCS
1948: 118-123. Orig. pub. H., Nov. 2, 1934.
836
A comparative study of production by machine and by the cottage industries
in villages.
Ramachandran and Gupta, D.K. The village industries movement.
In EP 1952: 225-236.
837
In this article are summarized the origin and growth of the village industry
movement in India under the patronage of Gandhi.
Ranga, N.G. The economics of handloom; being a study of the social
and economic conditions of handloom weavers of South India.
Bombay, Taraporewala sons and co., 1930. iv, 302p. 21 cm.
(Andhra economics series, no. 3).
838
"This volume is a part of the thesis presented by me to the University of
Oxford."-Preface. The author, who is a close follower of Gandhi, supports his
idea of cottage industries.
Rao, R.V. Cottage industries and their role in the national economy.
Bombay, Vora and co., 1946. 96p. 19cm.
839
see also
CHARKHA
INDUSTRIALIZATION
SWADESHI
CRIPPS' MISSION
Gandhi, M.K. Cripps' mission. In MAHATMA v. 6: 86-114.
Orig. pub. H., in various issues from Mar. 22 to May, 1942. 840
A complete account what_Gandhi said and wrote on the Cripps' mission.
7
-Letter to the Generalissimo. In NPW 1948 405-407. Orig.
pub. H., Jun. 14, 1942.
841
Records his impressions of the Cripps' mission and points out, "...failure of
the Cripps' mission has left a deep wound which is still running.”—Ibid., p. 405.
About
Ayenger A.S. Cripps' mission fails: settle now with the Mahatma.
In his All through the Gandhian era ; India, 1915-1950. Bombay,
Hind kitabs, 1950. 327p. illus. 19cm. p. 203.
842
An account of the conversations of Gandhi with the members of the mission,
with comments.
Subject Approach
149
Barton, Sir William Pell. Finale. In his India's fateful hour. Lon-
don, J. Murry, 1942. 157p. plates. 19cm. p. 131-148.
843
Hostile criticism of Gandhi and other leaders for the failure of the mission.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Round Table to Cripps' mission. In his
Subject India. New York, The John Day company, 1943. viii,
274p. illus. 19 cm. p. 39-83.
844
Summarizes Gandhi's political activities from 1931 to 1942.
Coupland, Reginald. The Cripps' mission. London, New York, etc.,
Oxford University press, 1942. 64p. illus. 18 cm. ports. 845
"First published in India, 17 July 1942......Fourth impression, 24 September
1942."
A brief personal and unofficial account by a staff member of the mission.
Gandhi continues to offer concessions. In Christian century (Chicago)
61868 Jul. 26, 1944.
846
Comments on his statement regarding the mission "I am ready to accept the
Cripps' offer..."
Gandhi will co-operate. In New statesman and nation (London)
28:35. Jul. 15, 1944.
847
Optimistic editorial comments.
Krishnayya, Pasupuleti Gopala, ed. India; the war and the Cripps'
mission. New York, The editor, 1942. 16p. 19cm.
848
Extracts from Gandhi's writings with brief comments.
Mitchell, Kate Louise. India and the war; an analysis of the Cripps'
mission and its aftermath; a documentary record with commentary ;
with detailed map of India. New York, Amerasia, 1942. 48p. 19cm.
849
"Reprinted from its Amerasia's May, 1942 issue.”—p. 2.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. India, what next? Why the talks failed? The
Congress reply. Jawaharlal Nehru and Abdul Kalam Azad answer
Sir Stafford Cripps, and a summary of the proposals. London, The
India league, 1942. 23p. 18cm.
850
A collection of the views and reflections of Jawaharlal Nehru and Maulana
Abdul Kalam Azad. Both the leaders agreed with Gandhi on the issue of Cripps'
mission.
--Jawaharlal Nehru on the Cripps' mission; an authoritative
statement on the breakdown of the negotiations at New Delhi.
2d ed. London, The India league, 1942. 8p. 18cm.
851
"Proposals on defence made by Sir Stafford Cripps to the Congress in a letter
to the President (of the Indian National Congress), dated the 7th April.”—Ibid.,
p. 6-7.
Pethick-Lawrence. Frederick William. The Cripps' offer and its
150
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
sequel. In his Mahatma Gandhi; with a foreword and appreciation
by H.E. Sarojini Naidu. London, Odhams ltd., 1948. 320p. 191cm.
p. 241-260.
852
A pro-British version of the Cripps' mission.
Subrahmanyan, M. Why Cripps failed? Foreword by Devadas Gan-
dhi. With six cartoons, including cover-piece by Sanker, reproduced
from the "Hindustan Times". New Delhi, The Hindustan Times
press, 1942. iii, 106p. illus. 22cm.
853
Presents the Gandhian version of the failure of the Cripps' mission.
CRITICISM
see
CZECHOSLOVAKIAN ISSUE
Gandhi, M.K. If I were a Czech. In NPW 1948: 151-155. Orig.
pub. H., Oct. 15, 1938.
854
An account of his views on the Czechoslovakian issue.
GANDHI-HOSTILE CRITICISM
Why not great powers? In NPW 1948: 157-159. Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 12, 1938.
855
A reply to his critic who disagrees with his views on the plight of Czechoslo-
vakia.
DAS PARTY
see
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
DECONTROLS
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA-DECONTROL S
DEFENCE
see
INDIA-DEFENCE
DELHI FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
NEW DELHI, Jan. 13, 1948.
DELHI PACT, Mar. 5, 1931.
see
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE, London, 1931,
Subject Approach
151
DEMOCRACY
Gandhi, M.K. Essence of democracy. In MMG 1945: 130-132.
Also in TMG 1945: 146-156.
856
A collection of extracts from his writings on democracy. Summarizing his
views on democracy he said, "Democracy disciplined and enlightened is the finest
thing in the world. A democracy prejudiced, ignorant, superstitious will land itself
in. chaos and may be self-destroyed."-Ibid., p. 130.
-Gandhi against fascism; edited by Jag Parvesh Chander.
2d ed. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. ii, 117p. 181cm. 857
1st edition published in 1943 by Free India publications, Lahore.
A collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches against fascism and in favour
of democracy with special reference to World War II.
Real democracy. In MAHATMA v. 6: 354.
858
"The rule of the majority," Gandhi added, "does not mean that it should
suppress the opinion of even an individual.”—Ibid., p. 354.
About
Chakrabarty, Surendra Kisore. Democracy in India. In Indian review
(Madras) 24: 675-678. Nov., 1923.
859
Supports Gandhi's Swaraj (complete independence) movement for a demo-
cratic government and examines the reaction of the British Government to it.
Samalddar, Prasanna Kumar. Democracy and Indian mentality. In
Indian review (Madras) 22: 543. Sep., 1921.
860
DIET
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's Swaraj movement for India's complete indepen-
dence. The author points out, "...that the truly democratic India, and India
conscious of her greatness, can only arise when there is an intelligent electorate,
which will, at least, be able to read, write and form a judgment of its own, to elect
the best representation, as the backbone of modern democracy is the electorate.”—
Ibid., p. 543.
see
VEGETARIANISM
"DIVIDE AND RULE" POLICY
Gandhi, M.K. Divide and rule. In TMG 1945: 155-156. Orig.
pub. YI., Aug. 12, 1926 ; Jul. 2, 1931 and Nov. 5, 1931.
861
A collection of three important articles on the "Divide and Rule" policy of
the British Government. Once he said, "Divide and rule has been Britains's proud
motto."-Mahatma. v. 6, p. 11.
About
Dutt, Rajani Palme. New chapter in divide and rule Bombay,
People's publishing house, 1946. 32p. 19cm.
862
152
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A criticism of the British Cabinet mission which visited India in 1946. The
author partly agrees with Gandhi's objections against the mission, which presents a
solution based on communalism.
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
DOMINION STATUS
see
INDIA-DOMINION STATUS
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
Gandhi, M.K. Does India want prohibition? In DDG 1952: 11-13.
Orig. pub. YI., Apr. 8, 1926.
863
Comments on a speech of the Financial Commissioner of the Punjab who
said that, "he Local Option Act, in the Punjab, proved a perfect failure."-Ibid.,
p. 11. The Act was enforced to bring total prohibition in the Punjab districts.
-Drink, drugs and gambling. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1952. xi, 175p. 211cm.
864
"In this collection are included Gandhiji's writings, (often only in extract
form), and reports of his talks on drink, drugs, smoking and gambling."-Editor's
note, p. vi.
Drink evil. In TMG 1945: 156-161.
865
A collection of extracts from his writings on prohibition. The sources are
duly quoted.
-Drink in relation to communities.
In DDG 1952: 81-95. 866
Replies to the objections raised by Christians, untouchables, Hindus,
Muslims, Jews and Parsis against total prohibition.
The evil of gambling. In DDG 1952: 162-163. Orig. pub. H.,
Jun. 15, 1935.
867
In this article are summarized Gandhi's views against gambling. He says,
"In a way it is worse than the plague or the quake. For it destroys the souls
within."-Ibid., p. 162.
-Evil of smoking. In DDG 1952 153. Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 15,
1927.
868
In response to the request of a Calicut professor Gandhi expressed his views
against smoking. He said, "Cigarette smoking is like an opiate and the cigars that
you smoke have a touch of opium about them." Pointing out an economic reason
against smoking he added, "If you give up these habits of smoking cigars and ciga-
rettes......you will find out for yourselves how much you are able to save."—Ibid.,
p. 153.
Gambling. In TMG 1945: 238-239.
Extracts from his writings which deplore the habit of gambling.
D
869
Subject Approach
153
Gandhi, M.K. Horse-racing. In DDG 1952: 164. Orig. pub. H.,
Apr. 7, 1946.
870
Gandhi believed that 'horse racing' is also a kind of gambling and an evil.
In reply to a question of a correspondent he wrote, "....And at this time of growing
distress in the country it is criminal." He further adds, "The new national govern-
ments can do a great deal to check the evil.”—Ibid., p. 164.
Meaning of prohibition. In DDG 1952: 51-53. Orig. pub.
H., Jun. 17, 1939.
871
Reply to a letter which was sent to him by His Grace the Archbishop of
Bombay along with a copy of his address to the Rotary Club against prohibition.
Gandhi clarifies some of the controversial points raised in the letter in connection
with the prohibition policy of the Bombay Government and other Provincial
Governments where the Indian National Congress controlled the Ministries.
-Prohibition and non-violence. In DDG 1952 15. Orig. pub.
YI., Aug. 8, 1929.
872
A reply to J. B. Pennington's letter to the Editor of Young India. Gandhi
clarifies the objections raised by the correspondent against the prohibition scheme
of C. Rajagopalachari, which, in Pennington's opinion. "is inconsistent with Mr.
Gandhi's dogma of non-violence."—Ibid., p. 15.
--Prohibition criticism answered. In DDG 1952: 33-35. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 31, 1937.
873
A detailed reply to the following question: "How can total prohibition be
brought about immediately, if at all?" Defining total prohibition Gandhi said,
"Total prohibition is prohibition against sales of intoxicating drinks and drugs,
except under medical prescription by a practitioner licensed for the purpose and to
be purchasable only at Government depots maintained therefor."-Ibid, p. 35.
The smoking evil. In DDG 1952 156. Orig. pub. H., Oct.
20, 1946. Also in TMG 1945 : 520-521.
874
A short reply to a question put to him by a correspondent regarding smok-
ing. Curiously enough Gandhi confesses his inability to answer the question and
adds, "......that smoking has attained alarming respectability." He continues,
"When a vice reaches that state it becomes difficult to eradicate.”—Ibid., p. 156,
—
Total prohibition. In DDG 1952: 13-14. Orig. pub. YI.,
Sep. 8, 1927.
875
Comments on a speech of the Madras Minister for Public Health and Excise,
reported in the Hindu (Madras) regarding total prohibition in Madras. Gandhi
added, "I fear that the Minister has taken a wrong view of prohibition. In my
opinion, it has not to be taken piecemeal. To be successful it should be taken as
a whole. It is not a one-district question but it is an all-India question.”—Ibid.,
p. 13.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. Memorandum on opium. In DDG 1952 :
141-148. Orig. pub. YI., Apr. 23, 1925.
876
Written formerly for the information of the members of the Council of State
and the Legislative Assembly at Delhi, it is a learned treatise on the evils of eating
opium, with special reference to India. The author, who was a close associate of
154
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, shares his views regarding the evils of opium in an article published in
Young India of March 20, 1924.
Barnabas, John. The social side of prohibition. In DDG 1952:
105-111. Orig. pub. H., Sep. 18, 1937.
877
An essay on the evils of drinking. In conclusion the author suggests seven
substitutes for drinking. While reviewing the essay Gandhi wrote in Harijan of
September 18, 1937: "This excellent article should be studied by every Excise
Minister who would make his prohibition policy a success. Every liquor shop
should be turned into a refreshment club. The money is there: the excise revenue
during the transition period.”—Ibid., p. 111.
Desai, Mahadev. Advance prohibition. In DDG 1952: 120-123.
Orig. pub. H., Mar. 12, 1938.
878
Comments and appraisal of the prohibition programmes of all the Congress
Provincial Governments in India after 1937. These Provincial Governments
adopted the scheme of prohibition worked out by Gandhi and his associates.
Hassan, Badrul. Drink and drug evil in India. Foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. vi, 161p. 191cm. 879
A brief study of different kinds of intoxicants which are in use in India.
While referring to the disadvantages of these intoxicants the author also points out
the soial and economic effects on the illiterate masses of India, who do not get
even one full meal a day. In his foreword to the book, Gandhi supports the
author's views.
A note on prohibition by a medical friend. In DDG 1952: 114-120.
Orig. pub. H., Nov. 13, 1937.
880
"This is a valuable contribution to the discussion on prohibition. Whilst
there are things which cannot be accepted, there are suggestions which are worthy
of consideration.”—M. K. Gandhi, Ibid., p. 120.
Rajagopalachari, C. Has prohibition failed? In DDG 1952: 101-
102. Orig. pub. YI., Jan. 27, 1927.
881
The author, whose prohibition scheme in Madras was based on Gandhi's
views, argues against the objections raised by some of his critics, He declares,
"Those men who will take poison because no liquor is given to them may well be
left to themselves. We need not stop our attempts at reform because some men
will rather die than give up liquor.”—Ibid., p. 102.
DRINKING
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
EASTERN CIVILIZATION
Gandhi, M.K.
East and West. In TMG 1945 164-167.
882
Extracts from a letter Gandhi wrote from South Africa in 1909 to a friend
in India. Compares the salient features of Eastern and Western civilizations.
-East vs. West. In The wit and wisdom of Gandhi. Edited
with an introduction by Homer A. Jack. Preface by John Haynes
Holmes. Boston, The Beacon press, 1951. xii, 234p. 214cm. p.
Subject Approach
155
155-156.
883
A collection of extracts from his writings defining Eastern and Western civili-
zations. Gandhi believes, "Modern civilization is chiefly materialistic, as ours
is chiefly spiritual. Modern civilization occupies itself in the investigation of the
laws of matter, and employs human ingenuity in inventing or discovering means of
production and weapons of destruction; ours is chiefly occupied in exploring spiri-
tual laws.”—Ibid., p. 155.
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
see
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
ECONOMIC THEORIST
see
p
GANDHI-ECONOMIC THEORIST
EDUCATION
Gandhi, M.K. Ahimsa and education. In TS 1949: 158-160.
Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 6, 1928.
884
Reply to a few questions put to Gandhi by students of the Gujarat Vidyapith
(Gujarat National University) Ahmedabad, where he used to give weekly talks
for some time. He adds, "Ahimsa in education shines clear and can no more be
hidden, even as the sun cannot be hidden by any means.”—Ibid., p. 160.
-The Chancellor's speech. In TS 1949: 306-309.
885
"Condensed translation of his address on the occasion of the inauguration
of the Gujarat Mahavidyalaya of the Gujarat Vidyapith, Ahmedabad on Nov.
15, 1920."-Ibid., p. 306.
-The choice before students. TS 1949: 206-208. Orig. pub.
YI., Mar. 20, 1930.
886
A plea to follow the example of the Gujarat Vidyapith, a National Univer-
sity which was the first to come into being in response to the call of Gandhi's non-
co-operation movement in 1930. Its motto is "That is knowledge which is designed
for salvation."—Ibid. p. 207.
-Convocation address at the Bihar Vidyapith. In TS 1949 : 90-
94. Orig. pub. YI., Feb. 10, 1927.
887
Bihar Vidyapith is one of the National Universities, the origin of which is
based on Gandhi's boycott movement of the British system of education. The pur-
pose of these institutions, as Gandhi defines, is, "To discover gems, no matter how
few, of the purest ray serene.".-Ibid., p. 90.
The cultural aspect of education. In TS 1949: 291-292. Orig.
pub. H., May 5, 1946.
888
A talk he gave to the students of the Kasturba Balikashram, New Delhi, on
April 22, 1946.
Education.
In TNG 1945: 177-187.
889
A collection of extracts from his writings on education in general and type of
National education Free India should have in particular. The sources of the
extracts are duly quoted.
156
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
National education in terms of Swaraj. In TS 1949:
YI., Dec. 11, 1924.
890
Gandhi, M.K.
58. Orig. pub.
Summary of his convocation address, delivered at the Punjab National
University, Amritsar. Gandhi emphasizes that the aim of India's National
education should be to further the Swaraj (Complete independence) move-
ment.
-National vs. alien education. In TS 1949: 151-153. Orig.
pub. YI., Jun. 21, 1928.
891
Extracts from the inaugural address to the students of the Gujarat Mahavid-
yalaya and the Vinayamandir, Ahmedabad, which Gandhi delivered on June 11,
1928. Here he compares the methods of teaching at the National and the British
universities. He also evaluates the utility of both types of education.
-On education. In SG 1948: 251-267.
O adopt t
892
Gleanings from his writings which summarize his views about the type of
education India should have to achieve her independence and to maintain it. The
sources of the extracts are duly quoted and numbered.
-Real education. In TS 1949: 11-13. Orig. pub. SWG 1922:
234-236.
893
A speech he delivered at the Y. M. C. A. building (Madras) in reply to the
Madras Students' address on April 27, 1915. Explains that the aim of education
should be to revive India's rich heritage and regain her independence and not
merely to produce Government employees or clerks for commercial offices.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. Two worlds. Bombay, Hind kitabs
1950. vi, 173p. 19 cm.
894
The author is a well-known Gandhian economist and educator. In this book
he gives an account of his tour round the world during the summer of 1949 to
study the latest trends in educational developments and to acquaint the different
countries with the literature and ideas of Mahatma Gandhi.
Bhatia, Hans Raj. Craft, in education; a study in ideals and
methods. Pilani, The author 1948. vii, 222p. 19½ cm.
895
A noted educator of India, and also Rural Education Officer of the Birla
Education Trust, Pilani, praises Gandhi's conception of education, "through craft-
centered education."-Gandhi as an educationist; Edited by V. S. Mathur,
p. 83.
Desai, Leela Manibhai. The Wardha scheme. In her Proposals for
the development of education in India, derived from a synthesis
of occidental and oriental sources. Ann Arbor, 1948. 259p. Type-
written. p. 173-178.
896
Thesis (Ph. D.) University of Michigan, 1948.
Evaluates and summarizes the fundamentals of Gandhi's Wardha Scheme of
education. Quotes opinions for and against the scheme.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Latest fad; basic educa-
tion; with a foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. 3d, ed. Bombay, Vora
and co., 1949, 100p. 19 cm,
897
Subject Approach
157
1st edition published by Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Wardha, 1939.
A reliable interpretation and commentary on Gandhi's ideas on India's
National education, by a close associate and follower of Gandhi.
Limaye, P. M. Education in India to-day. Poona, Fergusson
college, 1945. vii, 140p. 19cm.
898
A survey of the educational trends in India with comments on Gandhi's
scheme of Basic education.
Mathur, Vishwanath Sahai, ed. Gandhiji as an educationist; a
symposium. Delhi, Metropolitan book co., 1951. xvi, 108p. 22cm.
899
A collection of seventeen essays by India's noted educators. They "present
various points of view but they are all unanimous on one point that India can move
up intellectually, morally and spiritually only through a sane system of national
education. In Gandhi's Basic Education we have the ingredients of such an
education."—Ibid., p. XV.
Nehru, Rameshwari. Thoughts on education in India. In her
Gandhi is my star speeches and writings of Rameshwari Nehru;
collected and edited by Somnath Dhar. Introduction by M. S. Aney.
Foreword by Kalidas Nag. Appreciation by A. V. Thakkar. Patna,
Pustak Bhandar, 1950. iii, 201p. illus. 19 cm. p. 151-180. 900
A collection of four speeches on Gandhi's scheme of education for Free India
which were delivered by the authoress on different occasions. "Being a trusted
lieutenant of Mahatma Gandhi she knows the Wardha Scheme well and her esti-
mate of it is interesting. She also threw light on the desirable kind of religious
instruction and the means of achieving inter-communal harmony and women's eco-
nomic independence."-Editor's note, Ibid., p. 160.
Nurullah, Syed and Naik, J. P. History of education in India,
during the British period. Foreword by Zakir Hussain. Bombay,
Macmillan, 1951. xxiii, 953p. 211cm.
901
A history of education in India from the beginning of the nineteenth century
to 1947. The authors comment favourably on Gandhi's Wardha Scheme of Edu-
cation. Dr. Zakir Hussain is the founder of a National University which is based
on Gandhi's conception of education for Free India.
Ranga, N. G. Adult education movement. Kovur, The Andhrudesh
adult education committee, 1938. 222, xxp. 19 cm.
902
A brief history of the origin and growth of the adult education movement
which was started by the provincial Governments in 1937, to carry out the educa-
tional aspect of Gandhi's Constructive Programme.
Saiyidain, K. G. Education for international understanding. Bom-
bay, Hind kitabs, 1948. 208p. 19cm.
903
The author is one of the educators of India who not only believes in Gan-
dhi's conception of Basic education but also works to make it a success. The
present book is a collection of speeches delivered by the author and others at the
International Educational Conference held in Australia in 1945, at the UNESCO
Prefatory Conference in London, 1945, and its first General Conference in Paris
in 1946. A postscript has been added to the volume in honour of Gandhi's
memory.
158
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
EQUALITY OF RELIGIONS
see
RELIGION
ESCAPES OF GANDHI
see
FAITH
see
GANDHI-ESCAPES
ESTIMATE OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-ESTIMATE
PRAYER
FAMINE
see
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
FASCISM
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi against fascism, edited by Jag Parvesh Chander.
2d ed. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. ii, 5-117p. 18 cm.
904
First edition published in 1943 by Free India publications, Lahore.
A complete collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches against Fascism.
FASTING
Gandhi, M. K. Ethics of fasting, edited by Jag Parvesh Chander.
Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. viii, 123p. 211cm. 905
Includes all that Gandhi said and wrote on the ethics and philosophy of
fasting.
-Fast as an element in satyagraha. In his Satyagraha: non-
violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
xvi, 406p. 211cm. p. 310-324.
906
A collection of thirteen selected articles originally published in Young India
and Harijan between December 3, 1925 and April 21, 1946. Expressing his views
on fasting and its importance for a satyagrahi (one who offers satyagraha). Gandhi
said, "Fasting is a potent weapon in the Satyagraha armoury. It cannot be taken
by every one. "Mere physical capacity to take it," he added further, "is no quali-
fication for it. It is of no use without a living faith in God......It must come from
the depth of one's soul."-Ibid., p. 320.
39
Subject Approach
159
→
Gandhi, M. K. Fast for purification. In HD 1950: 106-107. Orig.
pub. H., May 6, 1933.
907
Clarifies the purpose of his self-purificatory fast of 21 days. He started the
fast on May 8, 1933 in the Yeravda prison and concluded it on May 29, 1933, at
"Parnakuti” in Poona. While explaining the significance of the fast he said, "It
is a heart-prayer for the purification of self and associates, for greater vigilance and
watchfulness."—Ibid., p. 106.
Fasting. In TMG 1945: 202-216. Also in G 1944: 300-301.
908
A collection of his views on the philosophy, technique, psychology and disci-
pline of fasting. The sources of the extracts are duly quoted.
Fasting. In The wit and
introduction by Homer A. Jack.
Boston, The Beacon press, 1951.
wisdom of Gandhi. Edited with an
Preface by John Haynes Holmes.
xii, 234p. 21 cm. 64-65. 909
Extracts from his writings on fasting. Speaking on the importance of fasting
in his life Gandhi said, "For me there is nothing so clearing as a fast. A fast
undertaken for fuller self-expression, for attainment of the spirit's supremacy
over the flesh, is a most powerful factor in one's evolution."—Ibid., p. 64.
-Fasting and prayer. In HD 1950: 102-103. Orig. pub. H.,
Mar. 24, 1920.
910
In an appeal to the people of India during the National Week, in 1920, he
explained the significance of fasting and prayer as follows: "A genuine fast cleans
body, mind and soul. It crucifies the flesh and to that extent sets the soul free.
A sincere prayer can work wonders. It is an intense longing of the soul for its
even greater purity. Purity thus gained when it is utilized for a noble purpose
becomes a prayer."-Ibid., p. 102.
-Fasting in non-violent action. In NPW 1948: 411-412. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 26, 1942.
911
A close study of the application of fasting in satyagraha. Gandhi points
out, "Fasting under proper circumstances is such an appeal par excellence."-
Ibid., p. 411.
Fasts. In HD 1950: 103-104. Orig. pub. H., Apr. 15, 1933.
912
Charles Freer Andrews, in a letter to Gandhi, mentioned the moral repug-
nance amongst Christians in England to a "Fast unto death." In reply Gandhi
wrote, “Mortification of the flesh has been held all the world over as a condition
of spiritual progress. There is no prayer without fasting, taking fasting in its
widest sense: A complete fast is a complete and literal denial of self.”—Ibid.,
p. 103.
Hunger-strike. In TMG 1945: 309-310. Orig. pub. H. Apr.
23, 1939 and Aug. 19, 1939.
913
These two selected articles summarize Gandhi's philosophy of fasting.
My fasts. In MMG 1945: 96-100.
914
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings explaining the significance of
fasting in his life.
160
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Dhawan, Gopinath. Fasting. In his The political philosophy of
Mahatma Gandhi. 2d. rev. ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1951. viii, 407p. 214cm. p. 164-166.
915
An evaluation of fasting as "the ultimate and the most potent weapon in
the armoury of satyagraha.” The present work was presented by the author, "as
a thesis for the Ph. D. degree" in Lucknow University, India, in 1941.-Ibid.,
p. iv.
·
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. The instrument of fasting. In
his War without violence; a study of Gandhi's method and its accom-
plishments. New York, Harcourt, Brace and co. 1939. x1, 351p.
211cm. p. 13-14.
916
The author treats fasting as an instrument of self-purification, which Gandhi
used many times during his satyagraha campaigns. The present study was submit-
ted as Ph. D. thesis in Columbia University in 1939.
FASTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHan Palace FAST, FEB. 10, To Mar. 1943
Britain faces crisis in Gandhi's death challenge. In Newsweek (New
York) 21:48. Mar. 1, 1943. ports.
917
An illustrated account of Gandhi's fast in the Aga Khan's palace prison.
Commenting on the philosophy of Gandhi's fast, the author adds, "These fasts
illustrated the old combination of Eastern fanaticism and Western shrewdness
that has marked Gandhi's behaviour throughout his long and turbulent career.".
Ibid., p. 48. A brief account of Gandhi's life and work is also given in this
article.
Failure; Gandhi survived a fast of 21 days. In Time (Chicago)
41 27. Mar. 15, 1943.
918.
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's fast and praise of the Marquess of Linlithgow,
then the Viceroy of India. The author comments, "......it was Lord Linlithgow,
tall, stern symbol of British policy, unbending in his scarlet-carpeted marble palace,
who had stood his ground and defeated Mohandas Gandhi, frail symbol of India's
ceaseless struggle for her independence."-Ibid., p. 27.
Fast. In Time (Chicago) 41:20. Mar. 1, 1943. ports.
919
Comments on the political implication of Gandhi's fast in the Aga Khan's
palace prison and discusses both the British and Gandhi's points of view. To
make the issues clear the author adds, "The British case against Gandhi was
based on the Western interpretation of pragmatic justice. To the British, Gandhi
was guilty of calling for a civil-disobedience campaign last August which set off a
mass outburst. Lord Linlithgow held Gandhi legally responsible for the deaths
that had occurred, the damage done. In the Viceroy's words, Gandhi's fast was
"political blackmail."—Ibid., p. 20. The author discusses further the consequences
in case Gandhi dies in prison.
Fey, Harold E. Why Gandhi fasts. In Christian century (Chicago)
60230-230. Feb. 24, 1943.
920
In the light of the following questions the author discusses the philosophy
Subject Approach
161
and psychology of Gandhi's fast in the Aga Khan palace prison: "Is it an act of
'political black mail' ? Or is it a weapon hammered out on the anvil of suffering
and tempered in the oil of prayer ? Is Gandhi a saboteur or a saint? Is he a Char-
latan or a prophet? Or neither ? "—Ibid., p. 230. The issues are discussed under
headings such as, Gandhi's previous fasts; penance for a blunder; opposed by
Nehru fasts for purification; Nehru's criticism continues; and the present
fast.
French, J.C. Magic and politics. In National review (London)
120 298-303. Apr., 1943.
921
A hostile criticism of Gandhi's 21-day fast in the Aga Khan palace
prison.
Futile fast. In Newsweek (New York) 21:50. Mar. 8, 1943. 922
An attempt to prove "that Mohandas K. Gandhi's fast in the Aga Khan's
palace at Poona had failed to achieve its object-unconditional release from prison
which would have allowed Gandhi to reason that the government, by the very act
of releasing him, absolved him from blame for the riots of last August. Instead the
Viceroy, the Marquess of Linlithgow, stood firm on his statement that responsi-
bility for the uprisings rested with Gandhi, and that fast or no fast he must remain
in confinement."-Ibid., p. 50.
Gandhi survives his fast. In Christian century (Chicago) 60: 283-284.
Mar. 10, 1943.
923
Describes how Gandhi concluded his fast in the Aga Khan palace prison.
Also discusses some important political issues involved in it.
Gandhi's fast. In New statesman and nation (London) 25: 199.
Feb. 20, 1943.
924
A learned account of Gandhi's philosophy of fasting with special reference
to his 21-day fast in the Aga Khan palace prison. To support his argument in
favour of the fast quotes from Marshal F. C. Smut's "Gandhi's political method,"
as follows: .In particular the motif of suffering is central to the Christian
religion......It is this potent principle of suffering on which Gandhi has based his
novel technique of reform.”—--Ibid., p. 119.
66
Graham, B. Gandhi and the Viceroy. In New republic (New York)
108: 342-344. Mar. 15, 1943.
925
A complete story of Gandhi's 21-day fast in the Aga Khan palace prison.
Leaders' conference, New Delhi, 1943. Leaders' conference, an authen-
tic account of the Leaders' conference held at New Delhi, on 19th and
20th February 1943 in respect of Mahatma Gandhi's fast. Also
Gandhiji-Linlithgow correspondence, public statements, bulletins
and day to day developments of the fast etc., etc. New Delhi, The
convenors of the conference, 1943. 53p. illus., ports., facsims.
22cm.
926
A useful source of material which summarize Indian opinion regarding Gan-
dhi's 21-day fast in the Aga Khan palace prison.
927
Only one answer. In Time (Chicago) 41:30. Mar. 8, 1943.
A critical editorial note on the 21-day fast of Gandhi. While interpreting the
philosophy of Gandhi's fast the author says, "Gandhi considers a fast a spiritual
weapon, at once an appeal to moral forces and a self-searching of his own motives
162
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
and failings, not to be undertaken unless the person fasting is certain of his
moral ground.”—Ibid., p. 30.
Quit India fast by Mahatma finds Britain's foes at odds. In News-
week (New York) 21: 45-46. Feb. 22, 1943. ports.
928
Impressions on Gandhi's "ninth fast in 25 years, a three-week protest against
his detention and against Britain's failure to quit India."—Ibid., p. 45. The author
also comments on the political condition of India during 1942-43 and discusses
Lord Linlithgow's version of the fast. A photograph with the following caption is
printed: "Gandhi began another political fast."-Ibid. p. 45.
Water and the spirit. In Time (Chicago) 41:37. Feb. 22, 1943.
port.
929
A brief editorial comment on Gandhi's 21-day fast. In a dramatic style the
author begins his article: "Inside the palace of the Aga Khan at Poona, wizened
rebellious, mystical Mohandas K. Gandhi last week began his tenth hunger stike
since 1918.”—Ibid., p. 37. The comments are sarcastic and show the author's
meagre knowledge of India's culture and civilization.
Worried followers gather in Poona as Hindu leader survives ordeal.
In Life (Chicago) 14:24-25. Apr., 5, 1943.
930
An illustrated account of Gandhi's 21-day fast in the Aga Khan palace
prison. Along with several pictures a rare photograph of the palace in which
Gandhi was imprisoned is printed.
see also
Satyagraha CampaignS-INDIA
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, 1942
AHMEDABAD FAST, Mar. 12, 1918
Gandhi, M.K. The Ahmedabad mill hands. In GSW 1922 : 420-
426. Also in TNS 1951:94. Same pub. YI., Jul. 31, 1924. 931
A statement Gandhi issued on March 27, 1918, from Nadiad (India) explain-
ing the reasons which led him to undergo the Ahmedabad fast. While replying
to a correspondent Gandhi pointed out, "My fast in Ahmedabad in connection
with the mill-strike...was against 'lovers'—the mill-hands, and not against 'the tyr-
ants'." TNS 1951 p. 94.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Ahmedabad fast. In his G 1944:252.
932
Gandhi resolved to undergo this fast to encourage those Ahmedabad mill
workers who wanted to give up the strike before the decision was reached. The
settlement in favour of the workers was reached after three days fast.
BARDOLI FAST, Feb. 15, 1922
Gandhi's
Gandhi, M.K.
MAHATMA v. 2:110-117.
A summary of Gandhi's views on the tragedy of Chauri Chaura and an acc-
ount of reasons which led him to undergo a fast for five days in Bardoli. The tra-
statement on Chauri
Chaura. In
933
Subject Approach
163
gedy occurred on February 14, 1922, when Gandhi was about to inaugurate Mass
Civil Disobediene movement in Bardoli. It is told that “an infuriated mob, includ-
ing some volunteers also, attacked the thana (police station), burnt down the buil-
ding and beat to death no less than twenty-two policemen. Some constables and
chaukidars (watchmen) were literally burnt to death and the whole place was under
mobocracy."-SWG 1922: 679.
About
Brown, W.N. Gandhi and the hunger strike in India. In South
Atlantic monthly (Wilmington, N.C.) 21: 203-209. Jul., 1922. 934
An examination and analysis of the political condition of India in 1922, with
special reference to the reasons which led Gandhi to undergo a fast of five days
in connection with the Chauri Chaura.
Tendulkar, D.G. Bardoli fast. In his G 1944: 252.
935
With the consent of the Congress Working Committee Gandhi suspended
the Mass Civil Disobedience movement and imposed upon himself a fast for five
days in connection with the Chauri Chaura incident.
BOMBAY FAST, Nov. 9 to 13, 1921
Gandhi, M.K. Peace at last. In SWG 1922: 631-633.
936
An English rendering of Gandhi's speech in Gujarati which he delivered in
a meeting of co-operators, non-co-operators, Hindus, Muslims, Christians and
Parsis, after breaking his fast. The members of the Congress Working Committee
were also present. Concluding his speech Gandhi said, "We have not assembled
with the object today of reducing such differences, certainly not of surrendering
a single principle we may hold dear, but we have met in order to demonstrate
that we can remain true to our principles and yet also remain free from ill-will
towards one another."-Ibid, p. 633.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Bombay fast. In his G 1944 : 252.
937
It was a five-day fast to stop violent riots and bloodshed on the occasion of
Prince of Wales' visit to India.
CALCUTTA FAST, Sep. 1 to Sep. 4, 1947
Gandhi, M.K. The fast. In CU 1949: 751-756. Orig. pub. H.,
Sep. 14, 1947.
938
An account of the Calcutta fast, which Gandhi took to calm down communal
frenzy and to restore peace among the Hindus and Muslims of Calcutta. He
began his fast on September 1, at 8-15 p. m. and broke it on September 4, 1947, at
9 p.m. with a glass of sweet lime juice which Suhrawardy, Muslim leader, served
to him.
-Implication of fasting. In CU 1949: 756-757. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 5, 1947.
939
A reply to a correspondent, who interprets the Calcutta fast as "the remedy
(fast) is akin to keeping a patient alive by administering injections or oxygen to
him.”—Ibid., p. 756.
164
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Flowers for the Empress. In Time (Chicago) 50: 32-33. Sep. 15,
1947.
940
An interesting account of how Gandhi concluded his 73-hour fast (his first
since 1943) by drinking a glass of sweet lime juice. Gandhi kept this fast in protest
against communal violence.
DELHI FAST, Sep. 18, 1924
Gandhi, M.K. All about the fast. In CU 1949 85-88. Orig.
pub. YI., Sep. 25, 1924.
941
Explains the reasons of his 21-day fast at Delhi, which Gandhi kept as a
result of Hindu-Muslim riots in Kohat. At the end of his speech Gandhi appealed
"My longing is to be able to cement the two with my blood, if necessary. But,
before I can do so, I must prove to the Mussalmans that I love them as well as I
love the Hindus."-Ibid., p. 88.
About
Desai, Mahadev. The inner meaning of the fast. In CU 1949:
90-96. Orig. pub. YI., Oct. 23, 1924.
942
A report of the conversation between the author and Maulana Shaukat Ali,
during the first week of 21-day fast, which Gandhi underwent for Hindu-Muslim
unity.
East is East and West is West. In Living age (Boston) 323 : 455-456.
Nov. 29, 1924.
943
Critical comments on Gandhi's 21-day fast for Hindu-Muslim unity.
NEW DELHI FAST, Jan. 13 to 18, 1948
Gandhi, M.K. Breaking of the fast. In CU 1949 : 944-945. Orig.
pub. H., Jan. 25, 1928.
944
When Gandhi broke his fast at the Birla House, New Delhi, on January 18,
1948, at 12-45 p.m. in a written message he appealed to the Hindus, Muslims,
Sikhs, Christians, Parsis and Jews to live in peace as friends. "To break that
friendship," he added "would be to break the nation."-Ibid., p. 945.
Fittest answer to fast. In CU
to fast. In CU 1949: 937-940. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 25, 1948.
945
Explains the reasons which led Gandhi to undergo his last fast for Hindu-
Muslim unity which, unfortunately, could not be achieved according to his
wishes.
-My fast. In CU 1949: 924-729.
Orig. pub. H., Jan. 18,
946
1948.
A philosophic interpretation of Gandhi's last fast which he kept in New
Delhi for Hindu-Muslim unity. In a post-prayer gathering speaking about the
period of the fast Gandhi said, "It will end when and if I am satisfied that there
is a union of hearts of all the communities brought about without any out-
Subject Approach
165
side pressure, but from an awakened sense of duty." "The reward," he further
added," will be the regaining of India's dwindling prestige and her fast fading
sovereignty over the heart of Asia and throughout the world."—Ibid. p. 925-926.
About
Mahatma Gandhi's fast. In Illustrated London news (London)
212 107. Jan. 24, 1948.
947
Comments on Gandhi's last fast for Hindu-Muslim unity.
Peace Committee, Delhi. The seven-point pledge. In CU 1949:
955. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 1, 1948.
948
CC
"...the text of the declaration made by the Peace Committee of Delhi before.
it could persuade Gandhiji to break his fast.”—Ibid., p. 955.
RAJKOT FAST, Mar. 3, 1939
Gandhi, M.K. About the Rajkot Award. In S 1951: 293. Orig.
pub., H., Jun. 3, 1939.
949
"In the Rajkot dispute over which Gandhiji fasted, the Viceroy had to
intervene and give his award, on Gandhiji appealing to him. Gandhiji, however,
regarded this view of his as unworthy of a true satyagrahi and repented." Editor's
note-Ibid., p. 293.
About
Crisis in India; British fear radical uprising in the wake of Gandhi's
fast. In Newsweek (New York) 13:23. Mar. 13, 1939. port. 950
A descriptive and illustrated account of Gandhi's Rajkot fast. The author
relates the story from the time Gandhi entered Rajkot until he left after the dis-
pute was settled.
Desai, Mahadev. God-given fast. In GS 4: 146-148. Orig. pub.
H., Mar. 11, 1939.
951
A brief account of Gandhi's Rajkot fast.
Drama at Rajkot. In Great Britain and the East. (London) 52: 295.
Mar. 16, 1939.
952
Hostile criticism of the Rajkot fast.
Gandhi's fast. In Round table (London) 29: 598-602. Jun., 1939.
953
Presents a pro-British version of the Rajkot fast, and criticises Gandhi's
stand.
Gandhi's new hunger strike shakes Indian Government. In Scholastic
(Pittsburgh) 438, Mar. 18, 1939.
954
A brief descriptive and non-critical note on Gandhi's Rajkot fast.
India confused by Gandhi's shift. In Christian century (Chicago)
56:867. Jul. 12, 1939.
955
166
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
An editorial note on the Rajkot fast. The editor concludes, "It looks as
though Gandhi is finding it quite as baffling to apply idealistic principles of non-
violence to the politics of India as he would to the politics of the western world."
— Ibid., p. 867.
Sixth successful fast gives Gandhi increased authority. In Scholastic
(Pittsburgh) 34: 10. Mar. 25, 1939. port.
956
Approval of Gandhi's Rajkot fast.
Unto death. In Time (Chicago) 33:24.
Mar. 13, 1939.
957
A fantastic version of Gandhi's Rajkol fast. The author remarks, “Ignored,
the saint sent his wife to start a civil disobedience campaign. She was thrown in
jail............Last week Saint Gandhi decided to stop eating."—Ibid., p. 24.
e;
Williams, Laurence Frederic Rushbrook. Mr. Gandhi's volte face
the Rajkot state dispute and after. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 52: 642. Jul. 8, 1939.
958
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's point of view on the Rajkot issue.
SABARMATI FAST, Apr. 13, 1919
Tendulkar, D.G. Sabarmati fast. In his G 1944: 252.
959
It was a penitential fast for three days after some anarchists attempted to
derail a train at Nadiad (India). He appealed to the people to adopt non-violent
means of defying the British Government.
SABARMATI FAST, Nov. 24, 1925
Sabarmati fast. In G 1944: 252.
Tendulkar, D.G.
960
To correct the misconduct of a few of his ashram inmates Gandhi went on
fast for seven days.
WARDHAGANJ FAST, Aug. 7, 1934
Kripalani, Krishna. Some thoughts on Gandhiji's recent fast. In
Indian review (Madras) 35 : 581-583. Sep., 1934.
961
A balanced analysis of Gandhi's fasts in general and the Wardha fast in
particular, which Gandhi kept because a young Congressman struck a fanatic
Sanatanist (a conservative Hindu) on the head. The author concludes his article
saying, "Gandhiji, you are great in your own heroism, amply proved, over and
over again. Then why stagger us by these spiritual gymnastics! Why exploit
our emotions--for you hold them in your power so cheaply !"— Ibid., p. 583.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi tells of future plans. In Christian century
(Chicago) 51:1189. Sep. 19, 1934.
962
An account of Gandhi's seven-day fast which he began on August 7, 1934 at
his Sevagram ashram.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, Sep. 20, 1932
Gandhi, M.K, Gandhi's great fast, 1932; edited by Dewan Ram
*
Subject Approach
167
*
PL
Parkash. Lahore, The popular publishers, 1945. 65p. 18cm. 963
A collection of his writings and speeches on the fast which he kept to fight for
the rights of untouchables.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. Gandhi offers his life. In Christian century
(Chicago) 49: 1299-1301. Oct. 30, 1932. Same condensed in
Literary digest (New York) 114:18. Nov. 12, 1932.
964
An admirer presents his views on Gandhi's fast for the rights of untouchables.
After a brief description of the political, social and economical conditions of India
in 1932, he explains the philosophy of the fast under headings like, "Gandhi's
reasoning; was the fast ethically justified, etc." He also reproduces a letter Gandhi
wrote to him and concludes his article with these words, "Greater love hath no
man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends."-Ibid., p. 1301.
Brailsford, H.N. Gandhi's defiance. In World tomorrow (New
York) 321-322. Oct. 5, 1932.
965
Under a regular column, “As Brailsford sees it", the author analyses the salient
features of MacDonald's Communal Award and discusses the philosophy and im-
plication of Gandhi's "Fast unto Death." The author partly agrees with Gandhi
and discusses further the conditions of untouchables in India.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan
966
A complete story of Gandhi's fast to win the right for untouchables to enter
Hindu temples and to help them in securing equal status and opportunities in
Indian society. The book also contains what Gandhi said and wrote about this
fast.
Desai, Mahadev. Epic of Travancore.
karyalaya, 1937. xi, 251p. 19 cm.
Gandhi breaks his fast. In Christian century (Chicago) 49: 1187.
Oct. 5, 1932.
967
An editorial note on the conclusion of Gandhi's "Fast unto death”. Discus-
ses the effects and the consequences of the fast and concludes, "Undoubtedly the
greatest victory which Gandhi has won by his resort to this fast-if it is in order to
speak of any victory as having been won has been over the prejudices and fears of
his own caste Hindus."—Ibid., p. 118.
Gandhi's orange juice. In Commonweal (New York) 16: 547.
Oct. 12, 1932.
968
While commenting on the fast the editor remarks, "Though still in jail, the
'little man' has won a quite astonishing victory for what can only be described
as an ideal." He further adds, "Racial groups and castes had growled fiercely at
one another during several months, and the British government decided so to
modify the law as to give 'untouchables' a right to vote separately.”—Ibid., p. 547.
Gandhi's suicide threat. In Literary digest (New York) 114: 16.
Sep. 24, 1932. port.
969
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's "Fast unto death". The author quotes other
criticism of the fast from several British newspapers, and discusses further Mac-
Donald's vote plan, which dealt with the settlement of "disputes among Indian
racial and religious leaders, especially those of the Hindus and Moslems, by a pro-
168
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
visional plan for their representation in the new Indian Provincial Legislatures.”
-Ibid., p. 16.
Gregg, Richard B. Meaning of Gandhi's fast. In World tomorrow
(New York) 15:299-300. Sep. 28, 1932.
970
R. B. Gregg is one of the Americans who not only admires Gandhi but also
interprets Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence in its true spirit. In this article he
explains why Gandhi announced his 'fast unto beath', "to prevent the British
Government from doing what he believes to be a political and moral wrong to the
Indian 'untouchables', the poorest and most oppressed group in India."-Ibid.,
p. 299.
Gwynn, S. Gandhi's fast. In Fortnightly review (St. Louis) Nov.,
971
1932.
A review of the political condition of India in 1932, with a criticism of
Gandhi's fast unto death.
Mahatma proposes to starve. In Nation (New York) 135 267-268.
Sep. 28, 1932.
972
An editorial note on Gandhi's announcement of undergoing a "fast unto
death in protest against the British Government's communal award, which would
divide the Indian population into twelve separate electorates according to religion,
race, and occupation.”—Ibid., p. 267.
Pyarelal. Epic fast. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing karyala,
1932. xii, 325p. 19cm.
973
A complete account of Gandhi's fast unto death for the cause of untouch-
ables.
Rajagopalachari, Chakravarti. The impending fast of Mahatma
Gandhi. Delhi, The servants of the untouchables society, 1933.
32p. 19cm.
974
A brief account of the fast unto death Gandhi kept for the betterment of
untouchables and to win for them the right to enter Hindu temples.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Mahatmaji and depressed humanity.
Calcutta, Vishwabharti book shop, 1932. 55p. 18cm.
975
A collection of the letters exchanged between Tagore and Gandhi in connec-
tion with the latter's epic fast to win social and political rights for untouchables.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, Dec. 22, 1932
Gandhi's fast. In Round table (London) 23 : 152-159. Dec., 1932. 976
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's fast.
Gregg, Richard B. Why did Mahatma Gandhi fast? In Asia
(New York) 32 636-639. Dec., 1932.
977
An admirer of Gandhi explains the reasons and implication of Gandhi's fast
in the Yeravda prison.
Tendulkar, D.G. Yeravda fast. In his G 1944: 252.
978
"Sympathetic fast with Appasaheb Patwardhan who asked for scavenger's
Subject Approach
169
work in jail and was refused by authorities. Within two days work was given and
fast broken."—Ibid., p. 252.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, May 8, 1933
Gandhi, M.K. All about the fast. In HD 1950: 107-111. Orig.
979
pub. H., Jul. 6, 1933.
A philosophic interpretation of the fast Gandhi kept for the betterment of
untouchables. Speaking on the problem of untouchability Gandhi said, "The
work of the removal of untouchability is not merely a social or economic reform
whose extent can be measured by so much social amenities or economic relief
provided in so much time. Its goal is to touch the hearts of the millions of Hindus
who honestly believe in the present day untouchability as a God-made institution, as
old as the human race itself."-Ibid., p. 110.
About
Ends 21-day fast. In Newsweek (New York) 1 14. Jun. 3, 1933.
port.
980
Description of the scene when Gandhi concluded his 21-day fast by sipping a
glass of orange juice. The editor concluded, "Those (fasts) of 21 days in Septem-
ber, 1923 and of six days last September were, like this one, intended to be exam-
ples of courage, passive resistance, and concentration that might serve to heal quar-
rels between Hindus and Moslems."-Ibid, p. 14.
Gandhi resting easy. In Newsweek (New York) 1:16. May 20,
1933.
981
An editorial note on the conclusion of Gandhi's 21-day fast for "self-purifi-
cation". The note is descriptive and not critical.
Gandhi's ordeal. In Christian century (Chicago) 50: 648-649. May
17, 1933.
982
Interprets the significance of Gandhi's fast for Westerners. The author adds,
"The method to which he (Gandhi) has resorted may be oriental in tradition, but
it may yet prove to have immense significance not for the orient alone but for the
occident also." He continues to say, "The immediate struggle involved may be
entirely within the Hindu community, but its ultimate effects may be felt in every
part of the world. In simplest terms, Gandhi is putting his life into the balances
against the social salvation of almost sixty million people.”—Ibid., p. 648.
Gandhi's fast partly inspired by an American girl. In Newsweek
(New York) 1:15. May 13, 1933.
983
An attempt to prove that Gandhi's 21-day fast in Poona was partly inspired
by an American girl 23 years old. The author remarks, "A wandering, mystical
Iowa girl played an unexpected part last week in the destiny of India's 351,000,000
always deeply influenced by Mahatma Gandhi's doings. She led the sage to admit
that political motives are not the sole ones behind the 21-day expiatory fast he
began Monday on behalf of 60,000,000 Hindu untouchables.”—Ibid., p. 15.
Jenkins, J.D. Mahatma Gandhi. In Spectator (London) 150: 804.
Jun. 2, 1933.
984
Comments on the announcement of Gandhi's 21-day fast,
170
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi's fast surprises India. In Christian century
(Chicagǝ) 50:766. Jun. 7, 1933.
985
In a letter to the Editor of the Christlan century which the correspondent
wrote on May 6, 1933 from Nagpur (India) gives a full account of Gandhi's fast
for "self-purification". He describes Gandhi's philosophy of fasting in general and
the significance of this fast in particular. Quotes Gandhi's reasons of the fast,
which he explained in an interview he gave to pressmen.
-Poet Tagore on Gandhi's fast. In Christian century (Chicago)
50:914-915. Jul. 5, 1933.
986
Writing from Nagpur (India) the author describes how Gandhi concluded his
21-day fast. He also quotes Tagore's message to Gandhi and hostile criticism of
the fast by V. J. Patel and S. C. Bose. They said, "We are clearly of opinion that
as a political leader Mahatma Gandhi has failed.”—Ibid., p. 915.
Will Gandhi resume fasting? In Christian century (Chicago) 50: 611.
May 10, 1933.
987
Brief editorial comments on Gandhi's announcement of his three-week fast.
YERAVDA FAST, Aug. 16, 1933
Asad, M. Jingo Mahatma In Living age (New York) 344: 489-495.
Aug., 1933.
988
A visitor to India interprets Gandhi's two fasts for removal of untouchability.
The article is a translation from the Neue Zuriches Zeitung (Zurich)--a German
daily.
Instinctive rebel. In New Statesman and nation (London) 6: 228.
989
Aug. 26, 1933.
Impressions on Gandhi's fast in the Yeravda prison.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi freed; seeks peace.
(Chicago) 50: 1217. Sep. 27, 1933.
In Christian century
990
A review of India's political situation after Gandhi's fast and release from the
Yeravda prison. The author also expresses his views on the following question,
"Is fasting a form of tyrannical coercion."-Ibid., p. 1217.
In Christian century
991
Gandhi says God commended fast.
(Chicago) 50: 1044. Aug. 16, 1933.
In a letter dated July 15, 1933, which the correspondent wrote from Nagpur
(India), interprets Gandhi's article, "All about the fast".
Starting new fast. In Newsweek (New York) 2:14. Aug. 26,
992
1933.
A brief editorial note commenting on Gandhi's release from Yeravda prison
after 16 months and announcement of a fast.
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
PHOENIX, 1913
Tendulkar, D. G. Phoenix fast. In his G 1944: 252.
993
4.-
Subject Approach
171
It was a penitential fast for a week for the moral lapse of two inmates at the
Tolstoy Farm in Phoenix (South Africa). He took only one meal a day for the
next four and half months.
PHOENIX, 1914
Tendulkar, D. G. Phoenix fast, 1914. In his G 1944: 252.
Another penitential fast which Gandhi underwent for fourteen days.
see also
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
FIRST ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
see
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
FLAG OF INDIA
see
INDIA-FLAG
994
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
Gandhi, M. K. Begging for food. In FSA 1949: 24. Orig. pub.
H., Apr. 7, 1946.
995
Comments on Friends' Ambulance Units' (F. A. U.'s) plan of work for the
prevention of famine in India. Agreeing partly with the plan Gandhi remarked,
"India is the granary of the East and now she has to go a-begging for food to
America and other countries. I do not like this."—Ibid., p. 24.
-Criminal waste. In
29, 1946.
On the receipt of a long letter from a correspondent who brought to Gandhi's
notice five important factors which are responsible for a colossal loss of food,
Gandhi remarked, "All the suggestions made by the writer can and should be
adopted at once, if a major disaster is to be averted."-Ibid., p. 44.
FSA 1949: 42-44. Orig. pub. H., Sep.
996
--Famine. In FSA 1949:7-8. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 17, 1946.
997
With reference to his visits to the famine-sticken area in Bengal, Assam and
Madras, Gandhi relates the pitiable condition of the people due to the scarcity of
food and deplores the incapability of the Government of India in handling the
situation wisely. He suggests that "the mercantile community should be compe-
tent to curb such greed." He further adds, "Let them not add to the distress
caused by Government mistake or incompetence."-Ibid., p. 8. But facts prove
that some mercantile associations to whom the responsibility of distributing food
was assigned, added to the distress because their own profit came first and the
hungry people afterwards.
-Food shortage. In FSA 1949: 41-42. Orig. pub. H., Sep.
21, 1946.
998
While commenting on the news of food shortage in Travancore, Gandhi
172
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
C
also expressed his views on the scarcity of food all over India. He again did not
favour the idea of importing grain from foreign countries and said, "It is, there-
fore, practical wisdom to brace ourselves for the struggle and declare with one
voice our resolve that we shall grow our eatables for ourselves."—Ibid., p. 42.
*
Gandhi, M. K. Food shortage and agriculture. Ahmedabad, Nava-
jivan publishing house, 1949. xii, 227p. 22cm.
999
"The aim of this book is to bring together Gandhiji's writings and the wri-
tings also of others published in this weekly, the Harijan, on how we should cope
with the food shortage, and in this connection also, on what should be done to
improve our agriculture."-Editor's note, p. iii.
-Green leaves. In FSA 1949: 31. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 15, 1935.
1000
Recommends the leaves of sarsav, suva, turnip-tops, carrot-tops, radish-tops
and pea-plant leaves, with every meal, not only for their nutritive value but also
to solve the problem of scarcity of food.
-The grim spectre., In FSA 1949: 14-15.
1001
A post-prayer speech he delivered at his Sevagram ashram after trip to the
famine-sticken area of Madras. He advised Dr. Zakir Hussain and some other
members of the Talimi Sangh that "If the students, under Nayee Talim (New
education) can produce even a part of their food requirement they will to that
extent release food for others, besides teaching them self-help by their personal
example."-Ibid., p. 15.
-Helpful hint. In FSA 1949: 18. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 10,
1002
1946.
Praise of a letter from a correspondent who suggests the following three
important measures to help solving the question of scarcity of food at least in the
Maharashtra : “1. Utilization of the abundant land and water supply of the Aga
Khan palace and the spacious grounds of Government House at Ganeshkhind ;
2. If well-fed pecple abstain from food either one day or even one meal or more
during the week; 3. A small quantity of sprouted grain, if eaten raw, provides
the requisite nourishment."-Ibid., p. 18.
How to ward off starvation? In FSA 1949: 50. Orig. pub.
H., Mar. 22, 1922.
1003
Suggests a five-fold programme to economize in food during the times of
distress.
In praise of groundnut cake. In FSA 1949: 34-35. Orig. pub.
H., Dec. 14, 1935.
1004
It is a praise of Prof. D. L. Sahasrabudhe's opinion about groundnut cake.
Gandhi recommends it to the people in the time of scarcity of food and advises,
"Attempts must, therefore, be made to spread the knowledge about the usefulness
of groundnut cake. It is eertainly equal to and even better than soya beans."-
Ibid., p. 35.
Ignorant waste. In FSA 1949: 13-14. Orig. pub. H., Feb.,
24, 1946.
1005
Praise of Jhaverbhai Patel's suggestion to meet the scarcity of rice which was
due to “the cutting off the supply of rice from Burma,” during World War II.
Subject Approach
173
Gandhi, M.K Leaving food. In FSA 1949: 21. Orig. pub. H.,
Mar. 17, 1946.
1006
P
Deplores the practice of leaving food on one's plate after finishing a meal.
Mango seed kernel. In FSA 1949: 30. Orig. pub. H, May 21,
1007
1946.
Appraisal of an article in Current Science (Bangalore, India) showing how
mango seed kernel is a fair substitute for cereals and fodder."—Ibid., p. 30.
--Mass murder. In FSA 1949: 40-41. Orig. pub. H., Aug. 16,
1946.
1008
A reply to a correspondent who brings to Gandhi's notice the pitiable famine
situation in Mysore and Rayalaseema. Gandhi suggested to every one concerned
that, "if this happens, the Government of the country will be guilty of mass
murder.”--Ibid., p. 40.
A minister's woe. In FSA 1949: 25-27. Orig. pub. H., Apr.
14, 1946.
1009
Commenting on K.N. Katju's letter on the food crisis in India Gandhi re-
marked, "this note from Dr. Katju is worthy of close attention by the kisan
(peasant) and his guides as also urban people.' He further adds, "The impen-
ding calamity can turn to good use. Then it will be a blessing in disguise. Other-
wise, curse it is and curse it will remain.”--Ibid., p. 26-27.
,"
The problem of food. In FSA 1949: 46-49. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 19, 1947.
1010
A post-prayer speech in which Gandhi reviews the food shortage crises in
India and expresses his views on the controversial questions related to the crisis,
like: self-help; meaning of foreign aid ; centralization and decentralization and how
to deal with food scarcity. He also draws the attention of the people of India
"to President Truman's reported advice to the American people that they should
eat less bread, and thus save the much-needed grain for starving Europe."-Ibid.,
p. 49.
--Real war effort. In FSA 1949: 3-4. Orig. pub. H., Jan. 25,
1942.
1011
Suggests a few measures to meet the scarcity of food in India.
-Selp-helf to avoid food crisis. In FSA 1949: 45-46. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 9, 1947.
1012
In this article Gandhi praises the work of the Hashnabad people's Relief
Committee who raised a volunteer corps of about twelve hundred strong young
men to persuade against communal riots. He also advised the representatives of
the Committees who met him on January 24, 1947 to fight against the food crisis by
themselves.
A useful pamphlet. In FSA 1949 :16-17. Orig. pub. H.,
Mar. 10, 1946.
1013
Comments on a leaflet which included hints on small-scale vegetable cultiva-
tion in compounds of bungalows etc. It was published by the Department of
Agriculture, Bombay Province, in 1942 during war time, in pursuance of a camp-
aign for growing more food...
1.
What ought to be done. In FSA 1949: 9-10. Orig. pub. H.,
.:
174
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Feb. 24, 1946.
1014
In this article Gandhi suggests eight measures to meet the food crisis in
India.
Gandhi, M.K. Why in want of food? In FSA 1949: 39-40. Orig.
pub. H., Aug. 8, 1946.
1015
A reply to the following question of a correspondent; "India at the present
time cannot grow enough food for its population, To buy food from abroad,
India must sell other goods to pay for it, and in order to sell such goods, India
must produce at competitive prices which, in my opinion, cannot be done without
modern machines. How can this be done, unless the machine replaces manual
labour? "-Ibid., p. 39.
-Why not import food? In FSA 1949: 11-12. Orig. pub. H.,
Feb. 24, 1946.
1016
In a reply to a correspondent who pleads that foodstuffs should be imported
to meet the food shortage Gandhi said, "Relying on outside help will make
us still more dependent."-Ibid., p. 12.
About
Chadray, M.A. Useful suggestion. In FSA 1949: 114-117. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 14, 1946.
1017
A letter addressed to Gandhi in which the correspondent points out "the
defects of the method now in vogue of first grinding grain into flour and then
making chapatis or bread out of the flour is wasteful."-Ibid., p. 114. According
to the method suggested by the author, "India will save every year about 8 to 10
million tons of wheat."-Ibid., p. 117.
Gupta, Devendra Kumar. Saving cereals. In FSA 1949: 118-120.
Orig. pub. H., Apr. 6, 1947.
1018
Summarizes the results of an experiment made at Maganwadi (a Gandhian
institute at Sevagram) "to save cereal consumption to some
extent." This
experiment was made particularly in view of the cereal shortage in India during
World War II.
Katju, K.N. A minister's woe. In FSA 1949: 25-27. Orig. pub.
H., Apr. 14, 1946.
1019
Dr. Katju, then minister for food and agriculture of the United Provinces
(now Uttar Pradesh), brings to Gandhi's notice the pitiable food scarcity situation
in the United Provinces. Gandhi praised the note and called it, "worthy of close
attention by the kisan (peasant) and his guides and also urban people."-Ibid.,
p. 26.
Kumarappa, Bharatan. Editor's note. In FSA 1949 iii-v. 1020
A remarkable summary of the food shortage problem in India. The editor
wrote this note as an introduction to Gandhi's, "Food shortage and agriculture,”
published in 1949 by the Navajivan publishing house, Ahmedabad.
:
Patel, Jhaverbhai. Ignorant waste. In FSA 1949
In FSA 1949 13-14. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 17, 1946.
1021
A letter which the author wrote to Gandhi, suggesting a measure to avoid
scarcity of rice.
Subject Approach
175
1
Pyarelal. A dismal picture. In FSA 1949: 100-102. Orig. pub.
H., Jul, 7, 1946.
1022
It is a reply to a letter addressed to Gandhi. The correspondent states that
"the reason of scarcity of rice is that the Government of India is making a profit
of Rs. 4 and Rs. 10 per maund in the case of ordinary and better quality rice
respectively." Besides "paddy fields are being acquired by the Government for
jute cultivation and workshops."-Ibid., p. 101.
Sahasrabudhe, D.L. In praise of groundnut cake. In FSA 1949:
34-35. Orig. pub. H., Dec. 14, 1935.
1023
An analysis of groundnut cake and soya beans. The percentage of moisture,
protein, carbohydrates, fat, fibre and mineral matter in groundnut cake and soya
beans are cited by the author. Gandhi urges people to make use of the ground-
nut cakes to avoid famine.
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA-CONTROLS
Gandhi, M.K. In praise of control. In FSA 1949: 54-56. Orig.
pub. H., Nov. 23, 1947.
1024
Comments on "A very long thesis sent by a correspondent in favour of
decontrol, at least so far as food is concerned."-Ibid., p. 54.
The question of control. In FSA 1949:57-58. Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 30, 1947.
1025
A post-prayer speech in which Gandhi spoke on "the much debated
question of control."-Ibid., p. 57.
Remove food control. In FSA 1949: 51-53. Orig. pub. H.,
Nov. 3, 1947.
1026
In a post-prayer speech Gandhi expressed his views on the food control
question. He also related his meetings with the Ministers of Food and Agricul-
ture from various Provinces, (now States) who came to Delhi to assist Dr.
Rajendra Prasad in framing the Government's policy about the food control
system.
About
Desai, Mahadev. Price control. In FSA 1949: 85-87. Orig. pub.
H., Feb. 8, 1942.
1027
Comments on the reports of the Committee of the Indian Chamber of
Commerce on the defects of control system in India.
Frydman, Maurice. Food rationing. In FSA 1949:93-94. Orig.
pub. H., Sep. 29, 1946.
1028
Hostile criticism against food rationing in India. The author, who agrees
with Gandhi says, “A mistake is committed in the working of rationing in India.
It consists in charging the cost of collection, transportation, storage, and distri-
bution to the price of food. The resulting difference in price between what the
producer gets and what the consumer pays is usually not less than 30 to 50
per cent (and often more) of the value paid to the producer.”—Ibid., p. 93.
Kumarappa, J.C. Controls. In FSA 1949: 94-96. Orig. pub. H.,
176
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
May, 11, 1947.
*1029
A plea to the Government of India to “take immediate steps to relieve
the distress the people are suffering from because of present methods of control."
-Ibid., p. 96.
Gandhi, M.K. Prices and decontrols. In FSA 1949: 64. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 19, 1947.
1030
A reply to correspondent who reports that, "the control has caused a rise
in the price of sugar.”—Ibid., p. 64.
Removal of controls. In FSA 1949:66. Orig. pub. H., Dec.
28, 1947.
1031
FOODSHORTAGE IN INDIA-DECONTROLS
Extracts from a speech which Gandhi delivered on the receipt of several
telegrams and letters congratulating him on the removal of controls.
-Results of decontrol. In FSA 1949: 68-69. Orig. pub. H.,
Jan. 18, 1948.
1032
Comments on the statistics collected after the removal of control on grain.
sugar and other things.
FOREIGN POLICY OF INDIA
see
see
FORWARD BLOC
see
INDIA-FOREIGN POLICY
FRONTIER REVOLUTION
see
GAMBLING
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
see
Satyagraha AND PATHANS
23 ..
GANDHI-ANTHOLOGY
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
COLLECTIONS Part 1 SECT. 2
GANDHI-Arrests
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
Subject Approach
177
GANDHI-ASSASSINATION
Agarwala, N.N. India's saviour crucified; a challenge for us to think
and act. Agra, Shivalal Agarwala and co., 1948. v. 62p. 191cm. 1033
Describes the tragic scene of Gandhi's assassination, discusses the reasons
which led to the tragedy and suggests the way to carry out the mission for which
Gandhi gave his life.
Barot, M. Warum Gandhi ermordet wurde. In Unterwegs (Berlin)
3:38-39. 1948.
1034
A brief article in German which describes the reasons for Gandhi's assas-
sination.
Brittain, Vera. Gandhi the martyr. In MG 1949: 361-366. 1035
Describing the scene of Gandhi's assassination the authoress adds, "Shortly
after five o'clock in the evening of January 30, 1948...as he (Gandhi) walked up
the three steps to the platform, a man emerged from the crowd. Folding his hands
in Hindu greeting Gandhiji uttered his last words: 'I am late tonight.' The stran-
ger pulled an automatic revolver from his khaki bush-shirt and fired three rounds
at the Mahatma, who fell to the ground. As his hands slipped from his grand-dau-
ghter's shoulders he lifted them, clasped in a gesture of prayer, towards the horror-
stricken audience of devotees."—Ibid., p. 361-362.
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Mahatma's martyrdom. In his Mission with
Mountbatten. London, Robert Hale, 1952. xiv, 383p. 24cm.
p. 271-281.
1036
An account of Gandhi's assassination and a day to day record of the events
which led to the tragedy. The author was the Press Attache to India's last Viceroy
and first constitutional Governor-General, Lord Mountbatten.
De Mellow, Melville. The last journey. In RG 1951: 69-76. 1037
One of the best pen-pictures of the State funeral of Gandhi by a commentator
of the All-India Radio, which gave a running commentary on the All-India Radio
of the last journey of Gandhi on January 31, 1948. Also includes a description of
the scene of the assassination.
Fischer, Louis. Death before prayers. In his The life of Mahatma
Gandhi. New York, Harper and brothers, 1950. x, 558p. 211cm.
p. 3-12.
1038
A pen-picture of Gandhi's assassination on January 30. 1948, at about 5-10
p. m. by a Hindu named Nathuram Vinayak Godse. Describing the scene of the
assassination the author adds, "He (Gandhi) quickly cleared the five low steps up
to the level of the prayer ground. It was only a few yards now to the wooden
platform on which he sat during services...Just then, a man elbowed his way out
of the congregation into the lane. He looked as if he wished to prostrate himselï
in the customary obeisance of the devout. But since they were late, Manu tried to
stop him and caught hold of his hand. He pushed her away so that she fell and,
planting himself about two feet in front of Gandhi, fired three shots from a small
automatic pistol.”—Ibid., p. 4.
Nehru, Krishna. Death of Gandhi. In her The story of Gandhi.
New York, Didier, 1950. 64p. 231cm. p. 59-64.
1039
An intimate account especially written for children, of Gandhi's assassination.
Describing the scene of assassination the authoress adds, "Thus on the evening
178
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
of January 30th, 1948, Gandhi went as usual to his prayer meeting. As he appro-
ached the platform where he usually sat, a man suddenly came forward from the
crowd. He was one of the Hindus who hated Gandhi. He said, "You are late to-
day, Bapu (father)", and bent as if to touch Gandhi's feet. Then in the twinkling of
an eye, before Gandhi could reply, the man straightened himself and, pulling a
revolver from his pocket, shot at Gandhi three times. "Hai Ram" ("Oh, God !")
cried Gandhi, and fell unconscious."-Ibid., p. 61.
Peare, Catherine Owens. Where the sacred rivers meet. In her
Mahatma Gandhi, a biography for young people. New York, Henry
Holt and company, 1950. xv, 229p. 214cm. p. 219-222. 1040
A brief account of Gandhi's assassination, written in simple English for
children.
Pethick-Lawrence, Frederick William. The Mahatma's last sacrifice.
In his Mahatma Gandhi; with a foreword and appreciation by H.E.
Sarojini Naidu. London, Odham press ltd., 1949. 320p. 191cm.
p. 300-304.
1041
Describes the scene af Gandhi's assassination as: "Shortly after five o'clock
Gandhi came out into the grounds of Birla House, to attend the prayer-meeting.
He was leaning on the shoulder of his grand-niece, Manu Gandhi. As he was going
up the steps to the prayer platform a Hindu youth, a Brahmin from Poona, sud-
denly broke through the congregation and bent as if he were bowing before him.
Pushing the girl aside, he started shooting. The first bullet hit Gandhi in the ab-
domen. He chanted "Ram, Ram” (“O God, O God”). Two more shots followed.
He fell back, his spectacles dangling and his sandals coming away."—Ibid., p. 301.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Martyrdom. In MG 1949: 359-
1042
361.
India's well-known philosopher interprets Gandhi's assassination as follows:
"Gandhi's death was a classical ending to his life. He died with the name of God
on his lips and love in his heart. Even as he received the bullet wounds he greeted
his murderer and wished him well. He lived up to what he preached."— Ibid.,
p. 360.
Sharga, P. Brijnath. Crossing
his life and teachings. 2d ed.
ing house ltd., 1950. ix, 479p.
the bar, 1947-48. In his Gandhi ;
Lucknow, The Upper India publish-
19 cm. p. 469-474.
1043
Describes how Nathuram Vinayak Godse suddenly whipped out a revolver
"and fired at Gandhi from a distance of about two yards."-Ibid., p. 470.
Sheean, Vincent. Upanishad, 1948. In his Lead, kindly light.
New York, Random house, 1949. viii, 374p. 214cm. p. 202-208.
1044
A remarkable eye-witness account of Gandhi's assassination. The author
was at the spot where Nathuram Vinayak Godse fired at Gandhi three times on
January 30, 1948, at about 5-10 p.m. Describing his own state of mind the author
adds, "Inside my own head there occurred a wave-like disturbance which I can
only compare to a storm at sea-wind and wave surging tremendously back and
forth. I remember all this distinctly; I do not believe that I lost consciousness
even for a moment, although there may have been an instant or two of half-cons-
ciousness. I recoiled upon the brick wall and leaned against it, leant almost in
two. I felt the consciousness of the Mahatma leave me then-I know of no other
way of expressing this: he left me."-Ibid., p. 203.
Subject Approach
179
GANDHI-BIRTH
see
see
Gandhi—PARENTS, BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD
GANDHI-BIBLIOGRAPHY
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRAPHIES, art I
GANDHI-BIRTHDAYS
Gandhi, M.K. Birthday greetings. In CU 1949: 799. Orig. pub.
H., Oct. 12, 1947.
1045
Extracts from a post-prayer speech in which he said that there was nothing
but agony in his heart. Commenting on the scores of birthday greetings, he asked
himself, "Where did the congratulations come in? Would it not be more appro-
priate to send condolences."-Ibid., p. 799. Gandhi was so much disappointed
because of the Hindu-Muslim riots that "he was utterly unable to appropriate any
of the congratulations showered on him--". Ibid., p. 799.
About
Bitter Brithday. In Newsweek (New York) 30: 35. Oct. 13, 1947.
1046
October 2, 1947 was the last birthday of Gandhi, celebrated in his life-time.
In this brief article the author describes Gandhi's disappointment because of
Hindu-Muslim riots.
Gandhi attains 75th birthday. In Christian century (Chicago) 61 : 1093.
Sep. 27, 1944. ·
1047
In an editorial note the editor greets Gandhi on the latter's seventy-fifth
birthday, on October 2, 1944, and summarizes his services to India.
Gandhiji, his life and work. Published on his 75th birthday, October 2,
1944. Edited by D.G. Tendulkar and others. Bombay, published
by M.N. Kulkarni at the Karnatak publishing house, 1944. xxiv,
501p. illus., ports. maps., facsims. 26cm.
1048
"Bibliography": p. 497-502.
This volume "is a token of gratitude on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birth-
day." In "a word for the reader" Gandhi wrote, "If the book correctly expresses
my views on truth and non-violence and kindred matters I am sure its circulation
will do good." He further added, "Looking at the list of contributors, I feel they
must have done justice to what I stand for."-Ibid., p.v.
Holmes, John Haynes, and others. Gandhi. In Asia (New York)
1049
44:451-462. Oct., 1944.
A collection of tributes to Gandhi by John Haynes Holmes, Syed Hossain,
James G. Vail, Haridas T. Muzumdar, Krishnalal Shridarani, Louis Fischer,
Welthy Honsinger, Anup Singh, Roger Baldwin, Richard B. Gregg, Chandralakha
Pandit and Chang Sun "on the occasion of his seventy-fifth birthday, October 2,
1944. Two pages of photographs mark different periods in his life.”—Ibid.,
p. 451.
180
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Lansbury, George. A birthday greeting. In MG. 1949: 173-174.
1050
In his birthday greeting the author added, "He has lived a great life of devo-
ted service to a great ideal, and has demonstrated in his own life and the lives of
his many millions of friends and supporters in India and elsewhere the mighty
strength of Passive, Non-violent Resistance against every form of evil and wrong-
doing ... May he be spared many more years yet to lead, not only men and wo-
men in the East, but the peoples in all parts of the world along the Road that
leads to Universal Peace, through love, co-operation, and service."—Ibid., p. 174.
Naidu, Sarojini. Mahatma Gandhi. In Indian review (Madras)
40: 725-727. Nov., 1939.
1051
A broadcast talk on Gandhi's birthday, October 2, 1939. The speaker was
one of the closest co-workers and followers of Gandhi. She concludes her speech
with the following words: "Let us accept the message of his love and let us give
back to the world that treasure that he has given to us, bequeathed to us in his
life-time and of which we shall be the stewards when he is gone."-Ibid. p. 727. .
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli, ed. Mahatma Gandhi; essays and
reflections on his life and work, presented to him on his seventieth
birthday October 2nd, 1939; together with a new memorial section.
London, George Allen and Unwin ltd., 1949. 557p. 21cm. 1052
A collection of eighty essays and thirty-six homages. "The contributions and
homages are arranged in alphabetical order. A few of Gandhi's most distinctive
utterances which are of more than local and temporary importance are brought
together in an appendix,-Ibid., p. 6. "A few extracts from the many and varied
tributes to Gandhi after his death are reprinted in Appendix II.”—Ibid., p. 5.
¿
Ratcliffe, S.K. Gandhi at seventy. In Spectator (London) 163 : 436.
Sep. 29, 1939.
1053
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath.
38:579-580. Oct., 1936.
Oct. 2, 1938.
A glowing tribute paid to Gandhi on his seventieth birthday on October 2,
1939. The author also summarizes Gandhi's services to India and commends his
philosophy of non-violence.
see
ศ
Gandhi, the man. In Asia (New York)
port. Orig.. pub. The Statesman (Calcutta)
1054
A reprint of an article by a great poet of India written as a tribute to Gan-
dhi on the latter's seventieth birthday, October 2, 1939, The poet adds, "Great
as he (Gandhi) is as a politician, as an organizer, as a leader of men, as a moral
reformer, he is greater than all these as a man, because none of these aspects and
activities limit his humanity."— Ibid., p. 579.
GANDHI-CHILDHOOD
GANDHI COMPARATIVE STUDY
see
·
7
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD
GANDHI COMPARED TO AMBEDKAR
↓
GANDHI COMPARED TO AUROBINDO
Subject Approach
181
î
GANDHI COMPARED TO BUDDHA
GANDHI COMPARED TO CHRIST
GANDHI COMPARED TO FORD
GANDHI COMPARED TO LENIN,
GANDHI COMPARED T› NEHRU
GANDHI COMPARED TO STALIN
GANDHI COMPARED TO TAGORE
GANDHI COMPARED TO TOLSTOY
#
GANDHI COMPARED TO AMBEDKAR
1
Valayudham, Mrs. Dakshayani. Gandhi or Ambedkar. Madras,
Gandhi era publication, 1945. 46p. 19cm.
1055
A comparative study of Gandhi and his critic Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar—
a leader of Indian untouchables. Discusses and examines the important issues on
which the two leaders differ.
GANDHI COMPARED TO AUROBINDO
Chatterjee, B.C. Gandhi or Aurobindo and an appeal to Mr. Gandhi.
Foreword by The Rt. Hon. V. S. Srinivasa Sastri. 2d. ed. Calcutta,
Saratswaty library, 1921. vi, 78p. 19cm.
1056
>
J
▸
A critical interpretation of some important aspects of Gandhi's non-co-opera-
tion movement of 1921. Shri Aurobindo before he decided to be a yogi (one who
practises the Yoga system) was a well-known revolutionary and a leader of the
nationalistic movement of India. He believed that only by violent means would
India's independence be regained. This essay studies the ideologies of two of India's
great men,
}
GANDHI COMPARED TO BUDDHA
Holmes, John Haynes. The nature of Gandhi's greatness. In MG
1949 : 112-114.
1057
An ardent admirer of Gandhi, comparing him with Buddha, adds, "He holds
his place with Lao-tse, Buddha, Zoroaster, Jesus, as one of the supreme religious
prophets of all time."—Ibid., p. 114.
GANDHI COMPARED TO CHRIST
Breig, J.A. Gandhi and Christ. In Catholic world (New York)
174: 284-288. Jan., 1952.
1058
A comparative study of Gandhi and Christ.
Gabriel, Walter. Gandhi, Christus und wir Christen; eine Christliche
darstellung und wertung der sittlichkeit und frommigkeit Gandhis.
Halle (Saale) Buchhandlung des Waisenhauses g.m.b. (Franckesche
stiftungen), 1931. v, 61p. 23 cm.
1059
182
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
"Quellen und literatur": leaf preceding p. 1.
Gandhi, Christ and we Christians; a Christian description. A comparative
study in German of Gandhi and Christ.
Hobhouse, Stephen. The significance of Gandhi for the outlook of
a Christian pacifist. In MG 1949: 94-110.
1060
In this essay the author compares Gandhi's ideas with those of Christ and
concludes, "It may be that, as Christians or as social philosophers, we can discern
imitations upon the clearness of his vision; nevertheless Gandhi is the great soul,
the Mahatma of our day, the youthful prophet of a redeemed humanity, a regenera-
ted society, of a world yet to be born, a world already, if we also will but do our
part, in its birth-throes; and we, who stand beneath the shadow of Jesus Christ,
reverently salute him and all the true satyagrahis (those who offer satyagraha) as
members of the same company as fellow-citizens of the eternal City of God, the
City of our dreams to be."--Ibid., p. 110.
Jones, Eli Stanley. Along the Indian road. 2d ed. New York,
Chicago, The Abingdon press, 1939. 248p. 19 cm.
1061
First edition published in 1925, under the title, "The Christ of the Indian
road".
"The substance of the addresses. revised and enlarged, deliverred by the
author during his visit to America in 1924-1925."-Preface. It is an intimate study
of Gandhi's ideas some of which are similar to the teachings of Christ.
Winslow, Rev. Jack C. Mahatma Gandhi and aggressive pacifism.
In MG 1949: 314-317.
1062
The author professes that Gandhi's satyagraha..."comes very close to the way
of Christ." He further adds, "Mahatma Gandhi has claimed Jesus Christ as "the
prince of satyagrahis.”—Ibid., p. 316.
GANDHI COMPARED TO FORD
Frank, G. Industrial counter-revolution is Gandhi or Ford its pro-
phet. In Century (New York) 109: 568-572. Feb., 1925. 1063
A comparative study of Gandhi's conception of cottage industries and Henry
Ford's philosophy of mass production by huge machines.
Pearson, Drew. Are Gandhi and Ford on the same road? In Asia
(New York) 24: 948-949. Dec., 1924. ports.
1064
A remarkable comparative study of Gandhi and Henry Ford. The author
points out, "Gandhi is a small, frail man, brown skinned and naked to the waist.
He sits cross-legged on a straw mat, serene and unflustered by what goes on around
him. Ford is a tall, angular dynamo of energy, who cannot sit still a minute...
Gandhi is a visionary; Ford is practical. But both men are idealists and it is
in their ideals, their desires for human welfare, that they are strangely close to-
gether." The author adds, "Gandhi has fought the machine age as ardently as
Ford has championed it." Among the photographs included are Henry Ford,
Nankin, one of Henry Ford's four villages, Gandhi sitting in a room of his Sabar-
mati ashram and spinning wheels made at the Gandhi's ashram.
GANDHI COMPARED TO LENIN
Bulgakov, Valentin Fedorovich. Tolstoi, Lenin, Gandhi, IIpara,
Subject Approach
183
:
Tiskla knihtiskarna P. Duska V Ricanech, 1930. 50p. 181cm. 1065
This is the transliterated title of the original work in Russian. Compares,
examines and discusses the ideologies of Tolstoy, Lenin and Gandhi.
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Lenin und Gandhi. Mit 105 abbildungen.
Zurich, etc., Amalhea-Verlag, 1927. 305p. illus, 25cm.
1066
A comparative study of the two contradictory ideologies of Lenin and Gan-
dhi. The book is profusely illustrated with 105 pictures.
Ward, Harry F. Lenin and Gandhi. In World tomorrow (New York)
8111-112. Apr., 1925.
1067
A comparative study of the ideologies of Lenin and Gandhi. The author
remarks, "Lenin's philosophy is a philosophy of power, his program a program of
force. Gandhi's philosophy is a philosophy of love, his program a program of
non-violence."-Ibid., p. 112.
Mashruwala, K.G. Gandhi and Marx. With an introduction by
Vinoba Bhave. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
viii, 112p. 21cm.
1068
This valuable book is a collection of articles which originally appeared in
Harijan. The late author was one of Gandhi's most tested and trusted co-workers
and followers. In these pages he gives an authoritative and critical version of two
modern ideologies--Gandhism and communism-offering the only solution in terms
of the former to avoid the violence of the latter. He also emphasises that Gandh-
ism is the only philosophy to bring harmony among the nations of the world.
GANDHI COMPARED TO NEHRU
Singh, Anup. Gandhi and Nehru, saint and politician, and India's
heroes and her inspiration for the future. In Current history (New
York) 52: 44-46 also continues on pages 61-63. May, 1951. 1069
An estimate and comparison of Gandhi and Nehru by one of their admirers.
In conclusion the author remarks, "If Gandhi has inspired Nehru, Nehru's
dynamic modern ideas have also left their imprint on Gandhi." The author also
quotes from Lin Yutang as follows, "The people listen to Nehru, Nehru listens to
Gandhi, and Gandhi listens only to God."-Ibid., p. 62.
Gandhi and Nehru. In his Nehru the rising star of India.
New York, John Day, 1939. 168p. 19cm.
1070
An intimate comparative study of the ideologies of Gandhi and Nehru.
GANDHI COMPARED TO STALIN
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi and Stalin; two signs at the world's cross-
roads. London, V. Gollancz, 1948. 163p. 23cm
1071
American edition published in 1947 by Harper, New York.
A sober study of the two contradictory ideologies of Gandhi and Stalin. "Fis-
cher sees the great antagonist as Stalin-and Stalinism; the inspiration, the noble
spirit exemplified by Gandhi. He believes that democratic countries must purge
themselves of elements negating democratic principles-intolerance, reaction, eco-
nomic and political nationalism.”—Library journal (New York).
184
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Fischer Louis. Stalin en Gandhi; twee tekenen op's wereld's twee-
sprong. Vertaling: C. A. Buschkens. s'-Graveland Utgeveriji De
Drie Hock, 1948. 173p. 22cm.
1072
The present book is the translation of "Gandhi and Stalin," into Dutch.
GANDHI COMPARED TO TAGORE
Chandra, Jag Parvesh, ed. Tagore and Gandhi argue. Lahore, Indian
printing works, 1945. 181p. 191cn.
1073
Includes important articles and letters of Tagore and Gandhi which show
their difference of opinions.
Kripalani, K.R. Tagore and Gandhi. In his Tagore, Gandhi and
Nehru. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1947. iv, 104p. 191cm. p. 1-25.
Also in G 1944 : 27-39.
1074
Compares Gandhi and Tagore in many aspects of their lives. Quotes from
their writings and points out similarities and differences.
GANDHI COMPARED TO TOLSTOY
Addams, Jane. Tolstoy and Gandhi. In Christian century (Chicago)
48: 1485-1488. Nov. 25, 1931.
1075
Estimating Gandhi's activities in Transvaal and in India, the author summa-
rizes Gandhi's indebtedness to Tolstoy by comparing their ideas regarding agricul-
tural problems, religion and statesmanship. The article is well balanced and written
with care.
Bulgakov, Valentin Fedorovich. Tolstoi, Lenin, Gandhi. IIpara,
Tiskla Knihtiskarna P. Duska V Ricanech, 1930. 50p. 18 cm. 1076
This is the transliterated title of the original work in Russian.
Kaplan, Alexander. Gandhi et Tolstoi; les sources d'une filiation
spirituelle. Nancy, Impr. L. Stoquert, 1949. 71p. ports. 22cm.
1077
A comparative study of Gandhi and Tolstoy in French.
Markovic, M. Tolstoi et Gandhi. Paris, Bibliotheque de la revue de
litterature comparee, 1928. 188p. 19cm. (Bibliotheque de la revue
de litterature comparee, Tome 55).
1078
A comparative study in French of Gandhi and Tolstoy.
Maude, A. Gandhi and Tolstoy. In Contemporary review (London)
137: 701-705. Jun., 1930.
1079
A comparative study of the ideologies of Gandhi and Tolstoy. The author
particularly comments on Tolstoy's letter to Gandhi which he wrote on Septem-
ber 7, 1910, from Kocheti, Russia, shortly before his (Tolstoy's) death.
Nag, Kalidas. Tolstoy and Gandhi. Foreword by M.S. Aney.
Introduction by K.N. Katju. Patna, Pustak Bhandar, 1950, xx, 136p.
illus. 19 cm. (In Gandhi's foot-steps series no. 4)
1080
Subject Approach
185
"In this volume Dr, Kalidas Nag has presented, with depth of feeling
and grace, the affinity in vision and thought between Tolstoy and Gandhi.”
Book jacket.
GANDHI-COMMUNIST
see
COMMUNISM
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE (General)
Gandhi, M.K. Correspondence between Mahatma Gandhi and P.C.
Joshi. Bombay, People's publishing house, 1945. vi., 63p. 19cm.
1081
Collection of the letters written to Gandhi by one of the leading communists
of Indla, along with replies from him. The letters summarize Gandhi's views about
communism in India.
-Famous letters of Mahatma Gandhi; compiled and edited by R.L.
Khipple. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1947. ii, 147p. 19 cm.
1082
In this slim volume are collected a few important letters of Gandhi which
summarize the main events of India's struggle for independence.
-Gandhi's letters on Indian affairs. Madras, G.A. Natesan
and co., 1923. 175p. 19cm.
1083
A collection of letters Gandhi wrote from time to time to his friends and
followers about the political, social and economic conditions of India.
-Gandhi's letters to a disciple; with an introduction by John Hay-
nes Holmes. New York, Harper and brothers, 1950. 234p. 22cm.
1084
Indian edition published in 1949 by the Navajivan publishing house,
Ahmedabad.
"This volume of letters by Gandhi (Bapu) is an American edition prepared
from the original edition, Bapu's letters to Mira, published in 1940 by the Nava-
jivan publishing house, Ahmedabad, India. It contains 351 letters, long and short,
chosen from a large collection. These letters cover a period from 1924 to 1948,
broken by prolonged intervals when Gandhi and Mira were together, as on the
famous Round Table journey to England in 1931, and correspondence therefore
lapsed."-Ibid., p. 3. Gandhi wrote these letters to Miss Madeleine Slade (Mira),
his English disciple, from various places in India. Miss Slade adds, "It is the most
simple, direct, and intimate teaching of a spiritual father to his stumbling child."
-Ibid.
Letters from Bapu (Gandhi). In G 1944: 317-329.
1085
A collection of important letters Gandhi wrote from time to time to his
ashram children, sisters, his brother Laxmidas Gandhi and his friend Hermann
Kallenbach. These letters reveal the trends of his thoughts and actions.
A letter from Gandhi. In Golden book of Tagore: a homage to
Rabindranath Tagore from India and abroad in celebration of his
seventieth birthday. Edited by Ramanand Chatterjee. Calcutta,
186
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Golden book committee, 1931. xx, 374p. 24cm. p. 1.
A facsimile of Gandhi's letter to Tagore on his seventieth birthday.
Gandhi, M.K. Lettres a l'Ashram, traduites de l'anglais par Jean
Herbert. Paris, A. Maisonneuve; etc., etc., 1937. 7-114p. port.
18cm.
1087
"Extraits d'autres oeuvres" : p. 85-114.
A translation into French of a few important letters Gandhi wrote to his
ashram members.
1086
--Poona statements; statements issued by and correspondence
between Mahatma Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. Lucknow, Lucknow
1088
publishing house, 1933. 13p. 22cm.
A small collection of letters between Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru in con-
nection with the Poona Pact.
--Selected letters. Chosen and translated by Valji Govindji
Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949.
V.
About
16cm.
1089
This is the first volume of the series of letters Gandhi wrote to workers,
ashram children, disciples and friends.
To a Gandhian capitalist; correspondence between Mahatma
Gandhi and Jamnalal Bajaj and members of his family. Edited
by Kaka Kalelkar. Foreword by Jawaharlal Nehru. Wardha,
Jamnalal Seva Trust, 1951. xx, 204p. 19cm. illus.
1090
A collection of letters between Gandhi and Jamnalal Bajaj, a generous backer
of Gandhi's Constructive Programme at Sevagram ashram. Jawaharlal Nehru
remarks in his foreword to this book, "I am glad that this collection of letters is
being published, because it brings out somewhat Jamnalalji was and it gives us
some insight also into one of the innumerable aspects of Gandhi's life and activi-
ties.”—Ibid., p. viii.
Ahmed, Syed Sultan. Two letters on Mahatma Gandhi. Calcutta,
Service and goodwill mission, 1948. 43p. 191cm.
1091
A collection of two letters, one of them summarizing Gandhi's life, teachings
and experiences, the other interpreting his mission and our obligation.
Barr, F. Mary. Bapu conversations and correspondence with
Mahatma Gandhi. Foreword by K. G. Mashruwala. Bombay,
International book house, 1949. 214p. 19cm.
1092
"The book is full of small details carefully observed and records of talks not
It throws interesting light
perhaps reported elsewhere.
on the character and
routine life of Gandhiji and brings out those virtues which endeared him to every
one who entered his family circle and enables those who never saw him from near
to understand why he was the most-respected man of this age."-Foreword, p, ii.
De Ligt, B. Lettre ouverte a Gandhi. In Evolution ; revue mensuelle
1093
(Paris) 5: 41-46. 1930.
An open letter to Gandhi in French.
Subject Approach
187
Tolstoy, Leo. Tolstoy to Gandhi. In G 1944: 241-243.
1094
A reprint of the letter Leo Tolstoy wrote to Gandhi on September 7, 1910,
from Kotchety, Russia, a few weeks before his death.
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE WITH GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
Gandhi, M.K. Correspondence between Mahatma Gandhi, the
Bombay Government and the Government of India, 1942-1943.
119p. 221cm.
1095
A typescript copy, issued from Gandhi's camp for private use. Includes all
the letters between Gandhi and the Government of India on the "Quit India"
movement of 1942. These letters were later included in "Gandhiji's correspon-
dence with Government 1942-1944", published in 1945, by the Navajivan publish-
ing house, Ahmedabad.
Correspondence with Mr. Gandhi; August 1942 April 1944.
(Published with authority) Delhi, The manager of publications, 1944.
ii, 125p. 25cm.
1096
This is a collection of the letters exchanged between the Government of India
or the Bombay Government and Gandhi during the latter's imprisonment in the
Aga Khan palace prison. The Government of Bombay arrested Gandhi and
detained him without trial because the Indian National Congress passed Gandhi's
"Quit India" resolution on August 8, 1942 in Bombay. "The aim of the 'Quit
India' resolution was to bring about conditions under which India could effec-
tively participate in the war effort of the Allies.”—Gandhiji's correspondence with
the Government 1942-44, p. xvii.
Gandhiji's correspondence with government, 1942-44. Intro-
duction by Pyarelal. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945.
xxvii, 307p. 181cm.
1097
Includes all the material in "Correspondence with Mr. Gandhi, August 1942-
April 1944 (published with authority)”.
Contents:-Correspondence with the government of Bombay. Correspon-
dence with Lord Linlithgow and the government of India. Correspondence dur-
ing the fast. Correspondence after the fast. Correspondence on government's
indictment of the Congress. Correspondence about Smt. Kasturba Gandhi.
Correspondence with government on Miraben's letter to Gandhiji about Orissa.
Correspondence with H. E. the Viceroy Lord Wavell.-Miscellaneous.
The Indian demand and the British policy; correspondence
between Mahatma Gandhi and the Viceroy, released on the 10th
February, 1943 by the government of India, with its own statement.
Published with explanatory introduction and comments by the Indian
League. London, The league, 1943, 19p. 211cm.
1098
Includes material covered by "Gandhiji's correspondence with the Govern-
ment, 1942-44", published by the Navajivan, Ahmedabad and "Correspondence
with Mr. Gandhi, August 1942-April 1944", published with authority by
the Manager of publications, Government of India, Delhi.
Ordeal begins: Gandhi-Viceroy correspondence, 1942-1943.
38p. 19cm.
1099
The letters reprinted in this pamphlet are also included in the above listed
books of Gandhi's collected letters.
188
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
· About
1
Mahatma Gandhi and Viceroy. In Time (Chicago) 44: 43-44. Sep.
4, 1944 port.
1100
Comments on the Gandhi-Viceroy correspondence. The author adds,
"...as historic and human documents, the letters were unique. Each of the corres-
pondents was an arch-type-Gandhi of the saintly man turned political crusader,
Wavell of the world, disciplined, cultured proconsul. Each was high mindedly and
absolutely convinced of the rightness of the cause he typified. The result epitomized
the present phase of the problem of India and Britain-deadlock, tempered, in this
case, by Gandhi's and Wavell's deep humanity.”—Ibid., p. 43.
Nehru, Jawaharlal, ed. The parting of the ways and the Viceroy-
Gandhi correspondence. London, published by L. Drummand ltd.,
for the Indian league, 1940. 23p. 213cm.
1101
These letters compiled in this pamphlet summarize Gandhi's views on India's
co-operation and attitude towards World War II.
Singh, Durlab, ed. Gandhi's ultimatums to the British Government.
In his Famous letters and ultimatums to the British Government
from Tagore, Gandhi, V.J. Patel, Subhas Bose, Bhagat Singh, B.K.
Dutt, Allah Bux, Shyama Prasad Mookerjee, Fazel-ul-Haq and others.
Lahore, Hero publications, 1944. iii, 204p. 19cm. p. 12-152. 1102
Includes important letters of Gandhi to the Government of India announcing
his intention to undergo fasts and launch satyagrahas or non-violent non-co-opera-
tion movements.
1
Viceroy's reply to Congress claim. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 55: 264. Oct. 3, 1940.
1103
An account of the critical comments on the failure of Gandhi-Viceroy
talks.
GANDHI-CRITICISM
see
see
GANDHI-Democrat
7
GANDHI-HOSTILE CRITICISM
2
DEMOCRACY
2
GANDHI-ECONOMIC THEORIST
1
Agarwal, S.N. The Gandhian plan. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1944. vi, 115p. 19 cm.
1104
}
An interpretation of Gandhi's economic programme for Free India.
Gandhian plan reaffirmed. Bombay, Padma publications, 1948.
88r. 194cm.
1105
'
A continuation of and supplement to the author's "Gandhian plan”,
1
Subject Approach
189
Andrews, Charles Freer. Economic philosophy of Gandhi. In
Education (Boston) 60: 391-395 Mar., 1940
1106
{
The author wrote this article after a long association with Gandhi and
illustrates his arguments by his observations and experience at Gandhi's Sevagram
ashram. He analyses, discusses and sums up Gandhi's eleven-point economic pro-
gramme for India.
#
Anjaria, J.J. An essay on Gandhian economics. Bombay, Vora
and co., 1945. 40p. 19 cm.
1107
An interpretation of Gandhi's economic plan for India.
Daridranarayana or Gandhian economics. Bombay, Sunday Times
office, 1930. 16p. 18cm.
1108
This pamphlet includes comments on Gandhi's ideas on the utility of hand-
made cloth or khadi.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelias. Gandhian economy and other essays.
Wardha, C.P., All-India village industries association, 1947. 47p.
22cm.
1109
A well-known Gandhian economist examines and discusses in these essays
Gandhi's plan for cottage industries for India.
-Planned economy: a Gandhian approach, Bombay, The author,
1942. 14p. 19 cm.
1110.
An essay reprinted from the Indian journal of social work (Bombay)
Patwardhan, Appasaheb. The art of thrift. In G 1944: 227-229.
1111
13.
Sitaramayya, Pattabhi. Currency and exchange; eleven points of
Mahatma Gandhi. Masulipatan, The author, 1930. 40p. 19cm.
1112
Approves of Gandhi's sense of economy when he says that "even salt should
not be allowed to be served in excess of one's needs. Water too may not be
wasted.”—Ibid., p. 227.
Dr. Sitaramayya is the author of the "History of the Indian National Con-
gress", and spent all his life with Gandhi. In this essay he gives his interprèta-
tion of Gandhi's economic plan for India.
see also
CONSTRUCTIVE ProgrammE
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
GANDHI-EDUCATION
"
Gandhi, M.K. At the high school. In his The story of my experi-
ments with truth. Translated from the original in Gujarati by Maha-
dev Desai: Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1927. 2v. 22cm. vak.,
p. 41-50.
›
1113
Relates his experiences at the high school in Rajkot.
190
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Preparation for England-called' but then? In lis
The story of my experiments with truth. Translated from the original
in Gujarati by Mahadev Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1927.
2v. 22cm. v. 1., p. 89-196.
111
Complete story of the difficulties Gandhi had to face on going to London to
study law and a narration of his experiences in London as a student. These two
chapters are very important as they form the basis for some of his ideas which
laler influenced in many ways his life and thought.
About
Doke, Joseph J. Life in London. In his M. K. Gandhi; an Indian
patriot in South Africa. With an introduction by Lord Ampthill.
London, The London Indian chronicle, 1909. xi, 97p. 211cm.
p.26-32.
1115
Describes Gandhi's student life in London. The Rev. Mr. Doke, who pro-
bably was Gandhi's first biographer, points out, "During all this time he was
studying for the Bar at the Inner Temple. But after some months of work and
play, he saw that his ideal was a false one, that he was wasting both time and
money in foolish dreams, and he determined to make a complete change. He sold
his violin, gave up dancing and elocution and altered entirely the whole course of
his life."-Ibid., p. 29.
Fischer, Louis. The beginning of an extraordinary man. In his
The life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Harper and brothers, 1950.
x, 558p. p. 15-23.
1116
An account of Gandhi's student life in India and London.
Lahiri, P.C. London, 1890. In his In search of truth; a picture album
depicting a few eventful landmarks from the life of Mahatma Gandhi.
Calcutta, A. Mukherjee and co., 1947. 95p. 214cm. p. 10-11. 1117
A pictorial account of Gandhi's student life.
Nehru, Krishna.
story of Gandhi.
publishers, 1950.
Gandhi went to college in Bhaunagar. In her The
Illustrated by Howard Simon. New York, Didier
64p. 19cm. p. 8-15.
1118
An intimate story of Gandhi's shool days written in simple English particular-
ly for children.
Peare, Catherine Owens. In far-off England. In her Mahatma
Gandhi; a biography for young people. New York, Henry Holt and
company, 1950. xv, 229p. 21cm. p. 11-28.
1119
A pen-picture of Gandhi's life at the Alfred High School in Rajkot and in
London, when he went to study law.
Tendulkar, D.G. Student in London. In his MAHATMA, v. 1:
34-39.
1120
Describes from beginning to end Gandhi's student life.
Subject Approach
191
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
Adayal, S.B. Educational philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi. In
GE 1951 : 84-89.
1121
Bhatia, H.R.
83.
An interpretation of Nayee Talim (new education) purely from the point of
view of truth and love, around which Gandhi's whole philosophy is woven.
Gandhi-a teacher of all times. In GE 1951 : 79-
1122
The author after comparing Gandhi with Buddha and Christ concludes, “The
Apostle of non-violence felt the pulse of the age, diagnosed the ills of the present
civilization and offered a basic treatment through craft-centered education.”
Ibid., p. 83.
De Young, Chris A. An afterword. In GE 1951: 103-108. 1123
"This article, written after a pilgrimage to the Rajghat in Delhi on the third
anniversary of Gandhi's martyrdom, seeks to enumerate tersely and evaluates
incompletely (1) some of Gandhiji's general ideas on education, and (2) his
proposals as formulated for the basic plan.”—Ibid., p. 103.
Ghose, K.D. Gandhiji-A catholic revolutionary in education. In
GE 1951: 21-23.
1124
An appraisal of Basic education. The author remarks, "Basic education
based as it is on the psychological principles of play and activity was made joyous
and creative by Gandhiji.”—Ibid., p. 23.
Hartland, B. Gandhi und das indische Enziehungswesen. In Mittei-
lungen der padagogischen arbeitsstelle (Stuttgart) 1: 22-26. 1950. 1125
This article in German interprets Gandhi's ideas on education for Free India.
Kabir, Humayun. Gandhis methode der erziehung für das leben.
In Padagogische provinz (Frankfurt) 10: 627. 1949.
1126
An appreciation in German of Gandhi's method of education for life.
New education. In GE 1951: 10-13.
1127
An account of the aims and ideals of Nayee Talim (new education) and its
significance for Free India. New education is one of the gifts Gandhi gave to the
Indian nation. It "aims to create a new type of individual in our Society".
The author further adds, "The experiment of New education seeks to prepare
citizens of a new Society by teaching young people to live together as a community
on the basis of co-operation, love and truth."-Ibid., p. 10.
Kini, K.N. Gandhiji as an educationist. In GE 1951: 56-61. 1128
An experienced educationist, educated at Columbia University (New York),
interprets Gandhi's scheme of education for India.
Kirpal, Prem. Gandhiji as an educationist. In GE 1951 29-39.
1129
A summary of the evils of the British system of education in India, and an
attempt to prove why Gandhi was justified in devising a national system of educa-
tion for India.
Mathur, Raghuvansh B. Mahatma Gandhi and the education of India.
In GE 1951: 70-79.
1130
192
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A valuable account of how Gandhi's theory of education helped the growth
of India's national movement.
}
Mehta, R.L. Mahatma Gandhi and the new education. In GE
1951:45-55.
1131
A well-written and reliable evaluation of Gandhi's ideas on education.
Concluding his essay the author hopes, "...the introduction of Nai Talim (Nayee
Talim) will bring to India wide and far-reaching advantages. Not only will the
question of illiteracy be solved cheaply and permanently but the monotony of the
normal classroom routine will be broken and school life will be at once quickened
and enlivened; by training the hand and the eye manual work will train the
mind.”—Ibid., p. 54.
Ranga, N.G. Gandhiji as an educationist. In GE 1951 4-9. 1132
An historical evaluation of the origin, growth and development of Gandhi's
ideas of education for Free India.
Mathur, Shachi. Gandhiji on education. In GE 1951: 90-93. 1133
An estimate of the two propositions about education Gandhi put forth in
the Harijan of October 2, 1937.
Mathur, Vishwanath Sahai, ed. Gandhiji as an educationist; a sym-
posium. Delhi, Metropolitan book co., 1951. xvi, 108p. 214cm.
1134
{
Evaluation and estimate of Gandhi's views on national education for Free
India, by sixteen contributors, A few of them are well-known educators of
India.
Pires, Edward A. Mahatma Gandhi on ‘education for the good life.'
In GE 1951: 62-69.
1135
An experienced educator evaluates Gandhi's views on education for Free
India. He adds, "There is much that is profoundly wise and eminently valuable
in Gandhiji's teaching on education; and if our educationists and teachers would
only endeavour to understand these wise doctrines of the Teacher of the Nation
and to put them into practice, it would not be long before we became a highly
enlightened and cultured nation."-Ibid.,
-Ibid., p. 69.
Rani, Vimla. "Education" in Gandhiji's own words. In GE 1951:
2-3.
1136
}
J
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings on education.
Saiyidain, K.G. Gandhiji as an educationist. In GE 1951: 14-20.
1137
India's well-known educator's interpretation of Gandhi's views on education,
as follows, "Through his teaching Gandhiji has blazed this lighted trail not only
for India but for the whole world. It will be treasured in our hearts as a valuable
heritage and our teachers and children in schools will try to spread his message in
the whole world...This will be the best monument to Gandhi's memory.”—Ibid.,
p. 20.
Sharma, Dewan Chand. Gandhi, the self-educated man. In GE
1951: 40-44.
1138
A philosophic interpretation of Gandhi's theory of education.
Subject Approach
193
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
GANDHI-ESCAPES
Fischer, Louis. The last act. In his The life of Mahatma Gandhi.
New York, Harper and brothers, 1950. x, 558p. 214cm. p. 502-504.
1139
An account of a murderous attempt made on Gandhi's life by throwing a
handmade bomb from nearby garden wall of the Birla House, New Delhi. The
young man who threw the bomb was Madan Lal, a member of Rashtriya Swayam
Sevak Sangha (R. S. S,)—a militant anti Moslem organization. Madan Lal tried
to kill Gandhi, and Nathuram Vinayak Godse a week after the bomb explosion,
shot Gandhi because, among other things, the Indian Union paid to Pakistan
550,000,000 rupees, on Gandhi's recommendation. Godse in a statement in the
court said, "I sat brooding intensely on the atrocities perpetrated on Hinduism and
its dark and deadly future if left to face Islam outside and Gandhi, inside...I decided
all of a sudden to take the extreme step against Gandhi."-New York Times (New
York), Nov. 8, 1948.
Gadgill, N.V. Since 1934. In RG 1951: 91-95.
1140
A brief story of the author's associations with Gandhi since 1934. He also
describes Gandhi's narrow escape from a bomb attack on June 25, 1934, in Poona
(India).
How Gandhi escaped a mob. In Literary digest (New York) 107:
38. Nov. 22, 1930.
1141
A critical account of an incident in South Africa when a Pathan beat Gandhi
almost to death. Providentially he recovered soon.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi's life periled by bomb ; to fast again. In Chris-
tian century (Chicago) 51: 1051. Aug. 15, 1934.
1142
In a letter to the editor which the correspondent wrote from Nagpur (India),
on July 14, 1934, he says "When Mr. Gandhi was visiting Poona, an attempt was
made on his life by some unknown person who threw a bomb." He further adds
that "the bomb was evidently aimed at Mr. Gandhi but missed him, though some
others of his company were injured.”—Ibid., p. 1051.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhi beaten by a Pathan for giving fingerprint.
In his MAHATMA v. 1, p. 111-112.
1143
Shortly after 9-45 a. m. on Monday, February 10, 1908, when Gandhi was
going to obtain a certificate of registration and to give his finger prints, a Pathan
named Mir Alam, hit him with a heavy stick." Gandhi fainted and "in falling
struck his head against a jagged stone with the result that the upper lip and cheek
were badly lacerated, and a tooth was loosened, while his forehead just above the
eye struck another stone and the third stone just missed the eye itself.”—Ibid.,
p. 111-112. Mir Alam used violence because formerly Gandhi asked all the
Indians in South Africa not to give their finger prints and secure their registration
certificates, but, after talking with General Smuts in Pretoria, on January 30, 1908,
Gandhi changed his mind thereby arousing the hostility of some of the Indian
settlers in South Africa.
Unbroken prayer. In Time (Chicago) 51: 22. Feb. 2, 1948.
1144
194
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
An account of an unsuccessful attempt to murder Gandhi by a bomb.
When the bomb exploded during Gandhi's prayer meeting in the Birla House,
New Delhi, he said to his audience, "Don't bother about it. Listen to me.”—Ibid.,
p. 22.
GANDHI-Estimate
Agnihotri, Satyananda. Mr. Gandhi in the light of truth. Lahore,
The author, 1922. 28p. 19 cm.
1145
An estimate of Gandhi, his life and work, with special reference to his philo-
sophy of non-violence.
Alexander, Horace G. Mahatma Gandhi: an estimate. In MG
1949: 40-45.
1146
A well-known English pacifist, who spent several years in India, serving her
people, estimates Gandhi's life and thought.
Andrews, Charles Freer. Gandhi as a religious teacher. In Living
age (Boston) 321: 845-51. May 3, 1924.
1147
This article was written before Gandhi's unconditional release from prison
on medical grounds. It deals with a different and less discussed phase of Gandhi's
influence.
-Influence of Mahatma Gandhi. In World tomorrow (New
York) 7: 365-366. Dec., 1924.
1148
"A brief account of some of those characteristics in Mahatma Gandhi which
make him the greatest spiritual influence in Indian political life." Commenting
on Gandhi's arrest in 1924, the author adds, "His imprisonment has not weakened
that influence. He is to-day even greater than before, because it is based on a
firmer foundation of understanding. His whole heart is set on love and unity and
peace."—Ibid., p. 366.
--Leaders of the non-co-operative movement in India. In Inter-
national review of missions (Princeton, N.Y.) 13: 190-204. Apr.,
1924.
1149
An admirer of Gandhi estimates his life and work.
Mahatma Gandhi. In his India and the Simon report. New
York, The Macmillan company, 1930. 191p. 19cm. p. 51-14. 1150
Views on the question whether Gandhi's influence is mainly political or is at
the same time, moral and social.
-The tribute of a friend. In MG 1949: 46: 53.
1151
A sound appreciation of Gandhi's character, personality and his contribution
to the progress of mankind in the modern age.
Azariah, V.S. The servant of India. In MG 1949: 56-58.
1152
While praising the high ideals of India's civilization, the author points out
that "the greatness of Mr. Gandhi is due to the greatness of these ideals."—Ibid.,
p. 57.
Barker, Ernest. Gandhi, as bridge and reconciler. In MG 1949:
58-62.
1153
Subject Approach
195
Giving an account of his two meetings with Gandhi in November, 1931, in
London and in the middle of December in Bombay, the author concludes, "Mr.
Gandhi had laboured to teach his countrymen, and had helped to teach the world
at large, three things......to work in love and for love; to work without violence;
and to work with the hands, and not merely with the brains, for the building of a
dull life which fully engages the faculties."-Ibid., p. 62.
Binyon, Laurence. "A light upon his name". In MG 1949: 62
1154
Praises Gandhi, his life and philosophy.
Birdwood, C.B. Gandhi the man and philosopher. In his Conti-
nent experiments; a picture of the present and conjecture for the future
with a few memories for the past. Introduction by the Earl of Halifax.
London, Keffington and son, 1945. xiv, 276p. 21 cm. p. 15-47.
1155
An estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Subject India.
New York, The John Day company, 1943. viii, 274p. illus. 19cm.
p. 22-32.
1156
A survey of Gandhi's activities after he came back from South Africa.
Why India follows Gandhi. In Forum (London) 85: 286-992.
May, 1931. port.
1157
Explains why Gandhi is so much respected and followed by millions in India
and abroad.
Buck, Pearl. To the gates of liberty. In G 1944 : xii-xiii. 1158
A glowing tribute to Gandhi. The authoress adds, "......he (Gandhi) is one
of the greatest leaders of people that there have been in human history. Such a
leader comes only at the confluence of a people's need and desire with the birth
of an individual able, by his natural gifts, to feel that need and express that
desire." "To me," she continues, “Gandhi has been, through his own personality,
an expression of what India is.”—Ibid., p. xii-xiii.
Buch, M.A. Rise and growth of Indian nationalism; non-violent
nationalism; and his school. Baroda, Atmaram printing press, 1939.
vi, 246p. 19 cm.
1159
While tracing the origin, growth and development of nationalism in India,
the author pays high tribute to Gandhi and estimates his major part in India's
struggle for independence.
Cannon. Great Britain and Gandhi. In Christian century (Chicago)
60: 1306-1307. Nov. 10, 1943.
1160
A letter to the editor in which the author analyses the relationship between
Great Britain and Gandhi.
Case, C.M. Gandhi and the Indian national mind. In Journal
of applied sociology (Los Angeles) 7: 293-301. Jul. 1923. 1161
A psychological study of Gandhi and his influence on the Indian masses.
Castiglioni, Arturo. India and Gandhi. In his Adventures of the
196
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
mind. Translated from the Italian by V. Gianturco. New York,
A. A. Knopf 1946. xviii, 428p. ports, facsims. 22cm. p. 336-
339.
1162
An estimate of Gandhi and his work. The author adds, "There is perhaps
no other example of such profound and intimate compliance with the word of a
leader who has been capable of appealing to all emotions and instincts of the
unconscious as well as to the love of the soil and the country."--Ibid., p. 338.
Chakravarty, Amiya. Mahatma Gandhi and the modern world.
Calcutta, Book house, 1945. 13p. 19cm.
1163
An estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence with special
reference to its application to international political and social conflicts.
A saint at work; a view of Gandhi's work and message. Phila-
delphia, The Young Friends movement of Philadelphia yearly meet-
ings, 1950. 50p. 191cm.
1164
A
A lecture delivered at Race Street Meeting House, Philadelphia, as a William
Penn Lecture, 1950. Dr. Chakravarty, a close associate of Gandhi, characterises
him, "a worker, a man who was warm hearted and never coldly ascetical, who
occasionally made mistakes and was also glad to acknowledge them because he
sought to serve truth."-Ibid., p. 46.
Changla, M.C. Gandhi ; a pen picture. In Nation (London) 28: 44.
Oct. 9, 1920.
1165
An estimate of Gandhi's early activities after returning from South Africa,
1915.
Chatterjee, Bijoy Lall.
troduction by Syama
1944. 72p. 19 cm.
Gandhi : champion of the proletariat. In-
Prasad Mookerjee. Calcutta, Prakashani,
1166
A collection of essays reflecting Gandhi's views and services to workers
and labourers.
Chirol, Valentine and others. Gandhi through English eyes. In
Indian review (Madras) 22: 171-172. Mar., 1921.
1167
A collection of brief articles by Valentine Chirol, Percival London, Josiah C.
Wedgwood and C. F. Andrews. "They describe him (Gandhi) as the most
remarkable and dangerous man now living and they attribute his success to the
purity of his motives and the genuineness of his convictions. While condemning
his movement, they are yet unanimous in characterising him as the most forceful
personality of to-day."-Ibid., Editor, Indian review, p. 171.
Coomaraswamy, Ananda K. Mahatma. In MG 1949: 63-67. 1168
An explanation of the origin, meaning and the interpretation of the term
"Mahatma". Sources are duly quoted.
Curtis, Lionel. Two meetings with Gandhi. In MG 1949: 67-68.
1169
While giving an account of his two meetings with Gandhi, in 1903 and 1916,
the author concludes, "Few men, if any, in my generation have commanded so
great a following, have so changed the course of events, and so influenced thought
in more than one continent than Mr. Gandhi.”—Ibid., p. 68.
Subject Approach
197
Diettrich, Fritz. Gandhi's wesen und werk. In Cahiers de Belgique
(Brussels) 4: 304. 1936.
1170
An estimate of Gandhi and his work in German.
D'Souza, Jerome. Will India abandon Gandhi's distribution? In
Commonweal (New York) 51 361-363. Jan. 6, 1950.
1171
While estimating Gandhi and Gandhism the Rev. D'Souza particularly an-
alyses Gandhi's views on cottage industries.
Duffett, Walter Elliott, and others, comp. Mahatma Gandhi. In
their India to-day; the background of the Indian nationalist move-
ment; foreword by J.M. MaCdonnell. Toronto, Halifax, The Ryerson
press, 1941. vii, 110p. illus. (Contemporary affairs no. 10). p.
101-103.
1172
An estimate of Gandhi's life and his philosophy of non-violence.
Einstein, Albert. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Out of my later years;
essays. New York, Philosophical library, 1950. viii, 282p. port.
22cm. p. 240.
1173
A glowing tribute to Gandhi by one of the best known scientists of our
time.
-On Gandhi. In G 1944 : xi.
1174
A remarkable estimate of Gandhi. Dr. Einstein adds, "Generations to come
it may be, will scarce believe that such a one as this ever in flesh and blood
walked upon this earth."-Ibid., p. xi.
Figueiredo Neiva, Venancio de. Gandhi; conferencias. Rio de
Janeiro, 1948-49. 2v. 19cm.
1175
A collection of lectures on Gandhi, estimating his life and work, in
Portuguese.
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi and our sick world. In Asia (New York)
41 461. Oct., 1944.
1176
An appreciation of Gandhi. The author remarks, "The truly great man
(Gandhi) has more than success to protect his place in history; he has a dynamic,
creative idea wherewith he would change the world...In America, Woodrow Wilson
comes closest to this definition of greatness, and Lincoln. In Europe, Lenin. In
Asia, Gandhi."-Ibid., p. 461.
Politics and peanuts; visit with Mahatma Gandhi. In Atlantic
monthly (Boston) 179 51-54. Jan., 1947. Same abridged with title
"Visit with Gandhi”, in Reader's digest (New York) 50: 48-52. Mar.,
1947.
1177
A pen-picture of the author's stay with Gandhi for one week at his Sevagram
ashram, Wardha.
Great challenge. New York, Duell,
24cm. p. 99-112.
1178
West meets East. In his
Sloan and Pearce, 1946. 346p.
In the light of India's problems the author relates his impressions of Gandhi
gathered during his stay at the Sevagram ashram, Wardha,
198
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Fitzhugh, Harriet Lloyd and Fitzhugh, P.K., comps.
Gandhi. In
their Concise biographical dictionary of famous men and women.
Rev. and enl. ed. New York, Grosset and Dunlop, 1950. xiii,
830p. 22cm. p.786-787.
1179
A brief life-sketch and an estimate of Gandhi and his work.
Freund, R. Gandhi der sanfte diktator. In Internationale ze It-
chriftenschau (Berlin) 12: 110. 1938.
1180
A brief article in German describing Gandhi as a gentle dictator.
-India in transition: the gentle dictator. In Spectator (London)
159 1043-1044. Dec. 10, 1937.
1181
A pen-picture of Gandhi's influence on the people of India. The author in
his concluding remarks adds, "...And he is still next to the British Army, the grea-
test force in India."-Ibid., p. 1044.
-Mahatma Gandhi. In Spectator (London) 161 854-855. Nov.
18, 1938.
1182
:
A favourable estimate of Gandhi and his influence on the Indian masses. The
author adds, "No Moghul Emperor ever had more power in India than Mr. M.K.
Gandhi. He holds no rank or post but his quiet voice plays on the heart strings
of a people accustomed to cherish preachers."—Ibid., p. 854.
Gandhiji, his life and work. Published on his 75th birthday, October
2, 1944. Edited by D.G. Tendulkar and others. Bombay, Published
by M.N. Kulkarni at the Karnatak publishing house, 1944. xxiv,
501p. illus., ports. maps. facsims. 26cm.
1183
"Bibliography: p. 497-502.
This volume is a token of gratitude on the occasion of his seventy-fifth
birthday." Messages from Albert Einstein, Pearl Buck, and several other eminent
people are included. Gandhi in his foreword to the book remarks, "Looking at the
list of contributors, I feel they must have done justice to what I stand for."-Ibid
p. v.
Ganpatirai, ed.
Mahatma Gandhi; builder and liberator. Foreword
by Gopichand Bhargav. Lahore, National publishers and stationers
1944 iv, 189p. 20cm.
1184
A collection of 29 articles by eminent writers, discussing different aspects of
Gandhi's life and work.
Goswami, T. The psychology of Gandhi. London, Independent
publishing co., 1931. 16p. 19cm.
1185
A critical estimate of Gandhi and his life and thought.
P
Gray, R.M. and Manilal Chhotalala Parekh. Mahatma Gandhi;
an essay in appreciation. London, Student Christian movement,
1924. 136p. 19cm. (Builders of modern India series). 1186
Greatest power in the world. In Nation (New York) 119: 61-62.
Jul. 16, 1924.
1187
An estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of satyagraha.
Subject Approach
199
Harcourt, Henry. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Sidelights on the crisis
in India; being letters of an Indian civilian and some replies of an
Indian friend, the letters by H. Harcourt with a foreword by Cyril
Norwood. London, New York, Longmans, Green and co., 1924.
xi, 117p. 18 cm. p. 33-43.
1188
Two letters exchanged between the author and his Indian friend when Gan-
dhi was in prison. Though the writer differs politically from Gandhi he has a
great regard and respect for his character and personality. Presents liberal views
on the nationalistic movement of India.
Harrison, A. Gandhi and the Nobel prize; incident that occurred in
India in 1934. In Christian century (Chicago) 62: 1290. Nov.
21, 1945.
1189
A letter to the Editor, recommending Gandhi's name for the Nobel
prize.
Heard, Gerald. The hour and the man. In MG 1949: 87-90.
1190
An essay on Gandhi, his philosophy of non-violence and his ideas about inter-
national peace.
Holmes, John Haynes. Gandhi. In World tomorrow (New York)
7: 363-364. Dec., 1924.
1191
A statement of the facts in the life and teachings of Gandhi. In conclusion
the author adds, "Gandhi's influence is greater over a larger number of human
beings than that of any other man who has ever lived. It is the influence of a soul
known in its own time to be of perfect purity and utter dedication to the divine
will. Gandhi is a saint worshipped while living, as some few others have bean
worshipped when dead, by millions."—Ibid., p. 364.
•
Hossain, S. Gandhi the voice of India. In Current history (New
York) 35: 73-76. Oct., 1931.
1192
*
Reviews the events which led Gandhi to decide to represent India at the
Round Table Conference in London. The author also appraised Gandhi's life and
work.
-Mahatma Gandhi as I know him. In World affairs interpreter
(Los Angeles) 5: 259-273. Oct., 1934.
1193
An appreciation of Gandhi and his life and work.
P
Hutchinson, Lester. Gandhi: politician with a halo. In Current
history (New York) 41: 413-418. Jun., 1935.
1194
The author is an English journalist who knew Gandhi because of his
several years' residence in India. In this article he criticises Gandhi and his non-
violent struggle for India's indepenedence. He begins his article with these words,
"In these days of demagogues and forceful personalities the mean and undersized
figure of Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi is an anarchronism in the political
world. Yet, with all his apparent meekness and lack of personality, in his own
way he is a most effective orator and as arrogant a dictator as any, with a personal
following far greater than that of any other politician of modern times."-Ibid.,
p. 413.
Hutchinson, Paul. Gandhi's prayer meeting. In Christian century
(Chicago) 63: 1335-1336. Nov. 6, 1946.
1195
200
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
This is a despatch sent by an editorial correspondent from New Delhi on Oct.
10, 1946, Gives a pen-picture of a prayer meeting of Gandhi at Bhangi (untouch-
able) colony and discusses Gandhi's post-prayer speech.
If Gandhi were emperor. In Nation (New York) 123:209. Sep.
8, 1926.
1196
Comments on Gandhi's statement in which he said, "If I were Emperor of
India I would extend the hand of fellowship to the whole of the world irrespective
of caste, colour and creed, for I claim the whole of mankind to be the children of
one God."-Ibid., p. 209.
Importance of Mr. Gandhi. In New statesman and nation (London)
1:313-314. Apr. 25, 1931.
1197
A review of Gandhi's influence upon the Indian masses after the Karachi
session of the Indian National Congress, 1931.
India's sage of Swaraj (complete independence). In Literary digest
(New York) Jul. 2, 1928. port.
1198
An estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Ismail, Sir Mirza M. An Indian statesman's tribute. In MG
1949: 1949-155.
1199
Recalls his meeting with Gandhi in 1927, when he (Gandhi) was under
treatment at the Nadi Hills (India).
Jenkins, J. D. Mahatma Gandhi. In Spectator (London) 161:
1125-1126. Dec. 30, 1938.
1200
Replying to R. Freund's article published in Spectator 161: 854-855, Nov.
18, 1938, a hostile critic believes, "Mr. Gandhi, the Mahatma, will surely go down
into history as one of India's greatest leaders." He continues, "In the opinion
of multitudes of Indians of distinction-Hindus and Moslem, it would have been
better for India had the Mahatma not been quite so 'great'."—Ibid., p. 1126.
Jensen, C. Mahatma Gandhi. In Deutscher bote nationale zeitung-
skorrespondenz fur politik und volkswirtschaft (Berlin) 32: 481-484.
1926.
1201
An essay in German, evaluating Gandhi's philosophy and work.
Jones, E. Stanley. Soul of Mahatma Gandhi. In World tomorrow
(New York) 7:367-368. Dec., 1924.
1202
An estimate of Gandhi and his contribution to India. The author adds,
"He (Gandhi) has gone through the stages of misunderstanding, calumny and
abuse, and yet by sheer force of character has compelled universal acknowledg-
ment that he is a Mahatma, 'the great souled.' This is 'soul-force' of no mean
calibre. It has brought him the largest personal following of any living man in
the world to-day.”—Ibid., p. 367.
Jones, Rufus M. Building the soul of a people. In World tomorrow
(New York) 10:307-308. Jul., 1927.
1203
A remarkable study of Gandhi's services to India and her fight for indepen-
dence. The author remarks that, "Gandhi calls his entire life-work, 'an experi-
ment in truth'. There is no better way to name it. And the greatest thing about
his 'experience' will be its contribution to the new soul of India,”—Ibid., p. 307.
ů
Subject Approach
201
Kanna, Kunhi, K. Gandhi. In his A civilization at bay; India past
present and future. Madras, Natesan and co., 1931. xxiv, 504,
1204
xvip. 19 cm. p. 481-491.
A brief estimate of Gandhi's life and thought.
Keith, A. Berriedale. Gandhi's achievements for the British com-
1205
monwealth. In MG 1949: 166-169.
Summarizes Gandhi's services to the British Commonwealth, in South Africa
and India. Concludes his essay by quoting an English rendering of a stanza from
Sanskrit literature: "Only base minds reckon whether one be kin or stranger. Men
of noble conduct take the whole world for their home."-Ibid., p. 169.
Kendall, P. Gandhi_mountebank or martyr. In Outlook (New
1206
York) 16077-78. Jan. 20, 1932. port.
A biographical sketch and a praise of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Keyserling, Count Herman. Gandhi's place in world history. In
1207
MG 1949 : 169-173.
Appraising Gandhi's life and thought, the author adds,..."Mahatma Gandhi
will remain......a very great historical figure for still another reason: that he stands
precisely and exactly on the threshold between two very different ages. On the
one hand, Gandhi incarnates India's traditional ideal of a saint, but on the other
hand, he belongs to the most modern type of mass-leader."-Ibid., p. 173.
Kite, E. S. Gandhiji the beloved. In Catholic world (New York)
136: 284-295. Dec., 1932.
1208
An evaluation of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Lester, M. So Gandhi is a spent force! In World tomorrow (New
York) 17: 296-297. Jun. 14, 1934.
1209
Describes her stay with Gandhi at Coimbatore (South India) where he was
busy with his Harijan (untouchable) campaign. She also describes Gandhi's daily
programme: "Prayer, 4-20; breakfast 5-30; pack, 6; start, 6-30; six or seven meet-
ings and 8 miles of travel, then to bed, perhaps at 10-30." The authoress also
comments on Gandhi's critics as, "This is the man of whom people have been say-
ing for the past few weeks, 'Mr. Gandhi is a spent force'."-Ibid., p. 297.
Macmurray, John. Gandhi's faith and influence. In MG 1949:
174-176.
1210
While estimating Gandhi's faith and influence on Indian masses the author
remarks,...... "By the sublime simplicity of his moral courage he restores to the
masses of his fellow-countrymen their self-respect and a belief in their own huma-
nity. And in doing so he has changed the course of his history and decided the
future of a great part of the human race.”—Ibid., p. 176.
Mahatma Gandhi as viewed by eminent men; with Mahatma Gandhi's
views on prayer. Banglore, Caxton press, 1932. 42p. 19cm. 1211
A collection of articles and essays estimating Gandhi's life and thought.
Mahatma Gandhi: the most wonderful of agitators. In Current
1212
opinion (New York) 70: 621-622. May, 1921.
An appreciation of Gandhi.
202
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Mandal, S. R. Gandhi and world peace. Los Angeles, The author,
1932. 198p. 19cm.
1213
A study of Gandhi, with special reference to his Civil Disobedience move-
ment and his services for the betterment of untouchables.
Marshall, J. Saint on the spot. In Collier's (New York) 106:
13 and 49-52. Jul. 20, 1940. port.
1214
Discusses Gandhi and his influence on the Indian masses. Also comments
on Jawaharlal Nehru, Villabhai Patel, Prof. Bhansali and a few other well-known
leaders of the national movement of India.
Maynard, Theodore. Gandhi saint and politician. In Catholic
:
world (New York) 134: 201-205. Nov., 1931.
1215
It is an examination of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence, with
special reference to its application in political issues.
Mehta, Gaganvihari. What Gandhiji should do? In G 1944:
181-186.
1216
A critical estimate of Gandhi. Comments particularly on his ideas about
Hindu-Muslim unity and industrialization of India. Speaking about Hindu-
Muslim unity the author remarks, "The Mahatma should, therefore, now leave off
wooing the Muslims and courting insults from Jinnah."-Ibid., p. 184.
Merz, Charles. Six men with names. In New republic (New York)
38: 152-153. Apr. 2, 1924.
1217
Estimates Gandhi's influence on the Indian masses. The leaders included in
this article are H. G. Wells, Habibullah Khan, Amir of Afghanistan, Napoleon
Lajoie, Theodore Roosevelt, and Rex Ingram.
Mitchell, Kate Louise. Mohandas K. Gandhi. In her India with-
out fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred A. Knoph, 1912. vii,
296, xiip. 21cm. p. 95-99.
1218
Discussing Gandhi's life and work, the authoress remarks, "Gandhi's out-
standing contribution to the cause of Indian freedom is that he gave the semi-
starved, illiterate, downtrodden millions of India new self-confidence and new
hope, and taught them the value and effectiveness of mass action.”—Ibid., p. 99.
Molitor, J. Beispiel der Gandhi. In Wochenschrift fur politik
(Hamburg) 6:2. 1948.
1219
A brief article on Gandhi in German.
Montessori, Maria. Gandhi and the child. In MG 1949: 186-188
1220
A well-known educator studies Gandhi's life and work. She also describes
a reception arranged in Gandhi's honour by the children of her school in
London.
Moore, Arthur. The evolution of Mr. Gandhi. In MG 1949:
188-196.
1221
Sir Arthur Mɔɔre is a former Editor of The Statesman (New Delhi)-a pro-
British newspaper which never supported Gandhi's non-violent struggle for India's
independence. In this article he reviews favourably Gandhi's life and work. The
Subject Approach
203
study is valuable because it presents the view of an experienced Englishman and
newspaper editor who was in close contact with the national struggle.
Mukerji, Dhan Gopal. Mahatma Gandhi ki jai. In Atlantic monthly
(Boston) 133: 721-731. Jun., 1924.
1222
An estimate of Gandhi by one his ardent admirers.
Mussey, H.R. Gandhi: the non-resistant. In Nation (New York)
130: 608. May 21, 1930.
1223
A brief note on Gandhi's non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Narayan, R.K. Gandhi's appeal. In Spectator (London) 157: 413-
414. Sep. 11, 1936.
1224
SO
An interesting story of a husband and wife who determined not to give a pie
(a cent) after Gandhi's prayer meeting, but the force of Gandhi's appeal was
penetrating that both of them offered what they had with them. Gandhi used to
ask for donations for the betterment of untouchables.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Greatest Indian. In his Independence and
after; a collection of the more important speeches, from September
1946 to May 1949. Delhi, Publication division, Ministry of informa-
tion and broadcasting, Government of India, 1949. 403p. illus.
25cm. p. 29-32.
1225
A glowing tribute to Gandhi.
-Introduction. In G 1945: vij-ix.
1226
Nehru wrote this introductory essay to “Gandhiji, his life and work”, 2d ed
1945 published on Gandhi's 75th birthday, October 2, 1944. Paying a tribute to the
father of Free India Nehru adds, “...how can a book tell us about him (Gandhi)
and his strange and wonderful personality that has gripped the millions of India ?
How can we find out from the printed pages wherein lies that elusive and rarest of
qualities which make a man tower above his fellows and leaves its impress on the
ages to come? This little man has been and is a colossus before whom others, big
in their own way and in their own space and time are small, are small of stature.
In this world of hatred and uttermost violence and the atom bomb, this man of
peace and good-will stands out, a contrast and a challenge.”—Ibid., p. vii-viii.
Nehru wrote this essay on October 2, 1945, at his home Anand Bhawan, Allaha-
bad, India.
-The spirit of India. In G 1944
1-4.
1227
A remarkable estimate of Gandhi and his work. The author adds, "What a
wonderful man was Gandhiji, with his amazing and almost irresistible charm and
subtle power over people. His writings and his sayings conveyed little enough
impression of the man behind; his personality was far bigger than they would
lead one to think. And his services to India, how vast they had been.”—Ibid.,
p. 2.
Niebuhr, Reinhold. What chances has Gandhi? In Christian century
(Chicago) 48: 1274-1276. Oct. 14, 1931.
1228
An account of Gandhi's stay in London at Kingsley Hall, London, in 1931.
The author studies Gandhi in the light of the following questions; "Is Gandhi
using force ?; force without hatred. Hindu vs. Moslem and freedom to sin."-
Ibid., p. 1274.
Nisenson, Samuel. Gandhi. In his Illustrated minute biographies;
Kada
204
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
150 fascinating life-stories of famous people, from the dawn of civili-
zation to the present day, dramatized with portraits and scenes from
their lives. Designed and illustrated by Samuel Nisenson; text by
William A. DeWitt. New York, Grosset and Dunlap, 1949. 160p.
illus., ports. 29cm. p.69.
1229
A brief life-sketch of Gandhi and an estimate of his philosophy of non-
violence.
Noguchi, Yone. A visit from the Far East. In MG 1949 : 203-206.
1230
An appraisal of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and an account of the
author's visit to the Sevagram ashram, in December, 1935.
Orwell, George. Reflections on Gandhi. In his Shooting an ele-
phant, and other essays. New York, Harcourt, Brace, 1950. 200p.
21cm. p.93-103.
1231
Originally published in Partisan review (New York) 16 : 85-92. Jan., 1949.
Comments on and estimate of Gandhi's life and work.
Pearson, W.W. Gandhi: an Indian saint. In New republic (New
York) 27: 240-242. Jul., 1921.
1232
A personal study of Gandhi. The author begins his article with a quotation
from Abraham Lincoln and describes Gandhi's life and work. In the conclusion
the author points out, "He believes in conquering hate by love, in the triumph of
right over might, and all the effort of his public life is directed towards persuading
the masses in India of the truth of this ideal.”—Ibid., p. 242.
Phillip, P.O. Misrepresentation of Gandhi and Nehru in the Ameri-
can press. In Christian century (Chicago) 53: 1139. Aug. 26, 1936.
1233
A clarification of "deliberate lies circulated by some one to the American
press about a break between Mr. Gandhi......and Jawaharlal Nehru." Mentions
the names of American newspapers and periodicals which gave the correct version
of the news regarding the relationship between Gandhi and Nehru.
Powys, Llewelyn. The triumph of the spirit. In MG 1949: 236-
241.
1234
A glowing tribute to Gandhi's life and work. Relating his impressions of
Gandhi's "The story of my experiments with truth," the author adds, "To read
the autobiography of Mr. Gandhi is truly a revelation as to the triumph of the
spirit over the body".-Ibid., p. 237.
Prasad, Rajendra. India's debt to Gandhi. In MG 1949: 247-250.
1235
One of the close followers of Gandhi and the first President of the Republic
of India pays a glowing tribute to the father of the Indian nation. He adds,
"Mahatma Gandhi's greatest contribution, however, does not consist in making
the masses of India politically self-conscious and organizing them on a scale they
had never before been organized." "To my mind," author further adds, "his
greatest contribution to Indian politics and perhaps to suffering humanity in the
world at large lies in the unique method which he has prescribed and employed
for fighting wrongs. He has taught us how it is possible for us to successfully
Subject Approach
205
fight the mighty British Empire without arms; he has given us and the world a
moral substitute for war.-Ibid., p. 249.
Qadir, Sir Abdul. A statesman in beggar's garb. In MG 1949:
242-247.
1236
Estimating Gandhi's life and work the author remarks, "The great awaken-
ing that we see among the masses of India owes more to his labour and influence
than to any other living man." He continues, "He (Gandhi) stands as a demonst-
ration of the power of the spirit of what he calls 'soul force', in the sceptic and
materialistic world of to-day, and has thus earned for himself the title of Mahatma,
or 'the great soul', which has been conferred upon him by his countrymen."
Ibid., p. 247.
Queling, H. Altschuler Gandhi's. In Studentenwerk; vierteljahrshgfte
der studentischen selbsthilfearbeit (Leipzig) 4: 85. 1930.
A brief article in German on Gandhi.
1237
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Gandhiji and Malaviyaji. In his
Education, politics and war. Poona, The International book service,
1944. 208p. 19cm. p.152-156.
1238
Extracts from a speech delivered in the Special Silver Jubilee Convocation of
Benarcs Hindu University, held on Vasant Panchami, January 21, 1942.
―ed. Mahatma Gandhi; essays and reflections on his life and work,
presented to him on his seventieth birthday, October 2d, 1939, together
with a new memorial section. 2d enl. ed. London, G. Allen and
Unwin 1949. 557p. ports. 23cm.
1239
A collection of sixty essays and articles discussing the man, his work and
philosophy. The memorial section includes about fifty-five homages from well-
known celebrities.
Rajagopalachari, C. University addresses. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1949. vii, 112p. 19 cm.
1240
"In these convocation addresses delivered on various occasions spread over
a period of twelve years the author reveals himself as an apostle of the Gandhian
gospel, and a statesman of the highest order."-Preface.
Rappmannsberger, Franz. Mahatma Gandhi. In Zeitschift des
bayerischen roten kreuzes (Nuernberg) 2: 10-11. 1949.
1241
A brief article on Gandhi and his philosophy in German.
Ratcliffe, S.K. Where goes India? In Survey (New York) 52:
507-508. Aug. 1, 1924.
1242
“In the esteem of the Indian multitude," the author points out, “Gandhi
occupies a position to which the history of popular leadership offers literally no
parallel in any country or age."—Ibid., p. 508.
Reynolds, Reginald. The fool of God. In MG 1949: 250-255. 1243
An estimate of Gandhi and his work in the light of Hinduism. The author
believes that "Gandhi was able to lead the movement for political emancipation
because he opposed the power of the priests, the evils accepted by the orthodox,
"untouchability", the inferior status of women, child marriages, neglect of public
hygiene, religious intolerance, wasteful expenditure on marriages, the use of opium
206
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
-in short, the social corruption which had produced political inertia."—Ibid.,
p. 254.
Roberts, W.H. Mahatma Gandhi: his character and career. In
Current history (New York) 32:495-501. Jun. 1930.
1244
A brief biography and criticism of Gandhiji and his work, illustrated by four
cartoons.
Rolland, Romain. Homage from a man of the West to Gandhi. In
MG 1949: 255-258.
1245
...
One of the Western biographers and admirers of Gandhi pays homage to
Gandhi and adds, ..we, intellectuals, men of science, men of letters, artists,
we who are also working, within the limits of our feeble strength.....offer our
fervent homage of love and veneration, to our master and brother, Gandhi, who is
realizing, in the heart and in action, our ideal of humanity to come."-Ibid., p. 258.
16
Romulo, Carlos Pena. Voices of the Far East. In his Mother
America ; a living story of democracy. Garden city, New York,
Doran and company, inc., 1943. xvi, 234p. 23 cm. p. 114-122. 1246
A tribute to Gandhi with special reference to India's struggle for her in-
dependence.
Royden, Maude. An Englishwoman's faith. In MG 1949: 258-
262.
1247
The authoress, who saw Gandhi for the first time in London, in 1931, when
the latter went there to participate in the Round Table Conference, particularly
approves of Gandhi's ideas about womanhood as such. She appreciates his
views so much that she recommends, "All women should honour him for it.".
Ibid., p. 262.
Russell, George William. Gandhi. In his
The Macmillan company, 1938. xii, 381p.
A brief life-sketch and an estimate of the man and his mission.
Living torch. New York,
22cm. p.169-171. 1248
Samuel, Rt. Hon. Viscount Herbert Louis. The fruits of the true
leadership. In MG 1949: 262-265.
1249
An estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence,
Sastri, V.S. Srinivasa. Gandhi: the man. In Indian review (Madras)
23:203. Mar., 1922. Also in Survey (New York) 47 : 676-677.
Jun. 28, 1922.
1250
The author in this article explains Gandhi's call to "Back to nature". He
further adds, “His aim is to strip life of its sophistication and reduce it to its own
nature—simple, rounded, pure."—Ibid., p. 203.
Sewell, W. Stuart, ed. Gandhi. In Brief biographies of famous
men and women. New York, Permabooks, 1949. x, 244p. 17cm.
p. 225-227.
1251
A brief life-sketch and discussion of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence
Sherdan, Clare. The great little Mahatma. In MG 1949: 272-280.
1252
Subject Approach
207
In this essay the author compares impressions of his meetings and conversa-
tions with Gandhi and Lenin.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. Gandhi: the unwilling avatara
(prophet). In his My India, my America, with an introduction by
Louis Bromfield. New York, Sloan and Peace, 1941. xii, 647p.
illus. 23 cm. p. 349-384.
1253
An estimate of Gandhi comparing him to a prophet.
Singh, Anup. Gandhi's idea and Nehru. In Asia (New York)
39: 555-556. Oct., 1939.
1254
A study of Gandhi and Jawaharlal Nehru. The author attempts to compare
their similarities and differences regarding India's struggle for her independence.
The author, who is a great admirer of Nehru, remarks, "The personal ties are very
strong. But Nehru feels the mental gulf that separates him from Gandhi. Many
a time when Gandhi has introduced God and religion into politics, Nehru has felt
the straining of the bonds."—Ibid., p. 556.
Singh, Darbara. Mahatma Gandhi. In his Indian struggle. 1942.
Lahore, Hero publications, 1944. 240p. 18 cm. p.15-24.
1255
A critical study of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Sitaramayya, B. Pattabhi. Gandhi and satyagraha. In MG 1949:
211-213.
1256
An estimate of Gandhi in the light of his conception of satyagraha Dr. Sita-
ramayya was a life long companion of Gandhi and the author of "The history of
the Indian National Congress".
Smith, Mortimer Brewster. Mohandas Gandhi. In his Evangels.
of reform. New York, Round table press, inc., 1934. xi, 241p.
19 cm. p.186-210.
1257
An appreciation of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Smuts, Rt. Hon. J.C. Gandhi's political methods. In MG 1949:
280-285.
1258
An estimate of Gandhi by his former opponent.
Sorabji, Cornelia. Gandhi. In her India calling: the memories
of Cornelia Sorabji. London, Nisbet and co., 1935. xv, 308p.
19cm. p. 261-263.
1259
An account of Gandhi's early services to India when he came back ficm
South Africa, in 1915.
Sundaram, V.A. Mahatmaji for the "Torchbearers."
Benares Hindu university, 1948. 18, xiip. 191cm.
Benares,
1260
A collection of seven brief articles which the author contributed from time to
time to the well-known newspapers of India.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Persons and personages. In Living age
(New York) 342:43-45. Mar., 1932.
1261
An estimate of Gandhi. The article was translated from Bengali by the
Modern review (Calcutta).
208
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Tagore Sir Rabindranath. The poet's verdict. In MG 1949: 286. 1262
India's well-known poet describes the appearance of Gandhi, "in the
arena of politics," for the uplift of ill-fed, ill-clothed exploited people of
India.
Thompson, Edward. Gandhi: a character study. In MG 1949:
287-298.
1263
Edward Thompson, joint author of a well-known book, "The rise and fulfill-
ment of British rule in India," in this lengthy essay discusses Gandhi's life and
thought. He admits, “I have criticised him as a politician. But,...he will be remem-
bered as one of the very few who have set the stamp of an idea on an epoch.
That idea is 'Non-violence', which has drawn out powerfully the sympathy of other
lands."-Ibid., p. 298.
Van Tyne, Claude Halstead. Mahatma Gandhi, saint or demagogue?
In his India in ferment. New York, London, D. Appleton and com-
pany, 1923. xi, 252p. 21cm. p. 95-114.
1264
An estimate of Gandhi's work and philosophy.
Veillier, J. Mahatma Gandhi, une politique d'ideal au XXe siecle.
In Review of nations (Geneva) 1: 27-45. Feb. 1927.
1265
An essay summarizing Gandhi's life and thought.
Wailbank, Thomas Walter. World war and the advent of the Mahatma
and towards self-government. In his India in the new era; a study
of the origin and development of the Indian Union and Pakistan,
new nations in a changing Asia. Chicago, Seatt, Foresman, 1951.
204p. illus, ports., maps. 31cm. p. 94-123.
1266
A brief survey of the political events in India during World War II, and com-
ments on Gandhi's attitude towards the War.
Walsh, Rev. Walter. Gandhi and free India. London, The free
religious movement towards world religion and world brotherhood
1939. 25p. 18cm.
1267
A collection of two addresses: Gandhi's way to freedom and India's freedom,
humanity's gain.
We nominate Gandhi for Nobel peace prize. In Christian century
(Chicago) 51: 350. Mar. 14, 1934.
1268
In this editorial note the editor recommends Gandhi's name for the Nobel
peace prize and adds, "If he is not the most logical candidate for the Nobel prize,
the popular idea of the function and purpose of that prize needs to be revised."
Ibid., p. 350
Han gilt dating
Wedgwood, J. India's saint. In Nation (London) 28: 450. Dec.
24, 1920.
1269
An estimate of Gandhi and approval of his philosophy of non-violence.
What Gandhi has done for India; being a collection of articles on
Gandhiji's life and work. Lahore, Ilami Markaz, 1946. vi, 184p.
21cm.
1270
The articles collected in this book estimate Gandhi's life and work.
Subject Approach
209
Wheatley, E.D. Gandhi and India. In Sewanee review (Sewanee,
Tenn.) 39: 120-123. 1931.
1271
Winternitz, M. Mahatma Gandhi. In Hochschulwissen (Warns-
1272
dorf) 7225-239. 1930.
An article on Gandhi in German.
Wofford, Clare (Lindgren) and Wofford, Harris. Sevagram: Gandhi's
paradox. In their India afire. New York, John Day company,
1951. 343p. map. 21cm. p. 125-145.
1273
"A note on sources." : p. 344.
An estimate of Gandhi, his life and thought. The authors, who visited
Gandhi's Sevagram ashram, record their reminiscences and describe the activities
which are being carried out as Gandhi hoped they would be.
Wood, H.G. Reflections on Mr. Gandhi's leadership. In MG
1949: 318-323.
1274
Compares Gandhi with great men like Julius Caesar, Napoleon, Father
Damien, W. T. Grenfell, T. Kagawa of Japan, Albert Schweitzer (of the primeval
forests of West Africa) and discusses his philosophy of non-violence. The author
presents his interpretation of ahimsa (non-violence).
Yeats-Brown, Francis. Modern India. In his Pageant of India.
Philadelphia, Macrae-Smith company, 1943. xii, 304p. 19cm.
p. 236-274.
1275
While summarizing the origin and development of India's struggle for in-
dependence, the author discusses Gandhi's major contribution in it. He also
relates his meeting with Gandhi in November, 1931, when Gandhi was in London
in connection with the Round Table Conference.
Younghusband, Sir Francis. Gandhi--after forty-seven years.
MG 1949: 323-325.
An account of reminiscences of the author's meetings with Gandhi and
estimate of his activities since their meeting forty-seven years before.
GANDHI-HOMAGES
In
1276
Zweig, Arnold. Thanks to Gandhi. In MG 1949: 331-333. 1277
Approve Gandhi's philosopy of non-violence.
see also
GANDHI-ETHICAL PHILOSOPHER
Gandhi, M.K. Morality. In TMG 1945 : 379-380.
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings on morality.
1278
-Personal ethics. In The wit and wisdom of Gandhi. Edited,
with an introduction, by Homer A. Jack. Preface by John Haynes
Holmes. Boston, The Beacon press, 1951. xii, 234p. 21 cm.
p.47-77.
1279
A collection of gleanings from Gandhi's writings. The material is arranged
210
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
under subject headings, such as morality, honesty, humility, silence, friendship,
fearlessness, determination, resolution, restraint, simplicity, etc. Sources of the
extracts are duly quoted on page 220.
M. K. Gandhi Religion and morals. In SG 1948: 223-239. 1280
Gleanings from Gandhi's writings on religion and morality, religion and
political affairs, true preaching etc. Selected and arranged by Nirmal Kumar
Bose. Sources are duly quoted and numbered.
About
Joad, C.E.M The authority of detachment and moral force. In
MG 1949: 155-161.
1281
Tracing and comparing the ideas of great philosophers like Socrates,
Aristotle etc., the author concludes, "that Gandhi is a moral genius." He further
adds, "He has announced a method for the settlement of disputes which may not
only supersede the method of force, but, as men grow more powerful in the art of
destruction, must supersede it if civilization is to survive.”—Ibid., p. 160.
Jones,
Rufus M. Mahatma Gandhi and soul force. In MG
1949: 161-166.
1282
An examination, analysis and praise of Gandhi's conception of 'soul force'.
The author claims that, "he (Gandhi) owed a debt of gratitude to a Quaker,
Michael Coates, who in the early days of the former's life in South Africa was
his intimate friend and the person who introduced him to the Sermon on the
Mount and brought him into a sympathetic understanding of Christ's spirit and
way of life and gospel of heroic love, which deepened his insight and his faith in
impalpable forces.' The author further adds, "The influences which shaped his
life and thoughts were numerous, and he had always counted Tolstoy, Ruskin,
Thoreau, and Edward Carpenter in his most intimate list of guides on the way....'
Ibid., p. 163.
see
GANDHI-FASTS
FASTS IN DIA
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
GANDHI-HOMAGES (Collections)
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Words from the heart. In Memories
of Bapu. 3d ed. New Delhi, Printed and published by Devi Prasad
Sharma at the Hindustan Times press, 1948. 100p. illus. 35cm.
p.96-97.
1283
First and second editions published in 1948.
Includes homages from prominent Indian and foreign leaders.
Humanity's homage to Gandhiji. Allahabad, New literature, 1948.
illus. 252p. 19cm.
1284
A collection of homages paid to Gandhi by eminent people all over the
world.
India, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, New Delhi. Homage
Subject Approach
211
to Gandhi. New Delhi, The Ministry, 1948. 69p. 24cm.
1285
A collection of the homages, broadcast from the various stations of the All-
India radio, in memory of Gandhi, by Ministers of the Central Government,
States' Governments, high officials and prominent people of India and foreign
lands.
Krishnayya, Pasupuleti Gopala, ed. Mahatma Gandhi and the U.S.A.
New York, Orient and world press, 1949. 48p. 19cm.
1286
Includes homages to Gandhi from President Harry S. Truman, a few selected
high officials of the U. S. Government, Governors of several states, editors of well-
known American newspapers and prominent Americans such as Pearl S. Buck,
Albert Deutsch, Albert Einstein, Louis Fischer, John Haynes Holmes, Walter
Lippmann, Dewitt Mackenzie, Clifford Manshardt, Milton Mayer, Rabbi David,
H. Panitz, Vincent Sheean, Edgar Snow, Norman Thomas, Robert Trumbull,
Walter White and Hazel Whitman. A valuable source book for America's opinion
about Gandhi.
Manmade, Kamalini, comp. World's tribute to Mahatma Gandhi,
the father of the nation, our beloved Bapu. Bombay, Lotus publica-
tions, 1949. 100p. illus. 21 cm.
1287
Homages to Gandhi received from people all over the world and originally
printed in different newspapers and periodicals.
Murthi, A.N.S. Can we be like Gandhiji ? and other essays. With
a foreword by K.M. Cariappa. Allahabad, Indian press, 1950.
xi, 121, viip. illus. 19cm.
1288 -
A collection of twenty-four essays and homages in memory of Gandhi.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli, ed. Memorial section. In Mahatma
Gandhi; essays and reflections on his life and work, presented to him
on his seventieth birthday, October 2nd, 1939. 2d enl. edn. London,
George Allen and Unwin ltd., 1949. 557p. 22cm. p. 336-557. 1289
Includes homages from fifty-five eminent people of the world
GANDHI HOMAGES (Arranged Geographically)
(NOTE-To avoid the unnecessary repetition the Homages are not
annotated)
INDIA
EUROPE
Belgium
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Italy
Netherlands
PAKISTAN
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Chile
Columbia
Pañama
Peru
SOUTH EAST Asia
Burma
Ceylon
China
Indonesia
Japan
Tibet
212
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
AFRICA AND MIDDLE EAST Sudan
Iran
Union of South Africa Lebanon
AFRICA
Ethiopia or Abyssinia MIDdle East
Morrocco
Rhodesia
Arabia
Egypt
Syria
UNITED KINGDOM
U. S. A.
India
Abdullah, Sheikh. Kashmir will follow him for ever. In HOMAGE
1948: 14.
1290
Aiyar, C. P. Ramaswami. Unique in world's history. In HOMAGE
1948: 17.
1291
Ali, Asaf. Apostle of truth, love and peace. In HOMAGE 1948 :
10.
1292
Ali, Mir Laik. World has suffered a tremendous loss. In HOMAGE
1948: 20.
1293
Amrit, Bazar Patrika, Allahabad. In life a mighty rebel in death a
beacon light. In HOMAGE 1948 21.
1294
Anthony, Frank. Solitary and yet shining beacon. In HOMAGE
1948: 19.
1295
Aurobindo, Sri. Light will burn on. In HOMAGE 1948: 13. 1296
Azad, Abul Kalam. Carried burden of humanity on his frail shoulders.
In HOMAGE 1948: 8.
1297
Bajpai, Girja Shankar. Ahievements greater than those of kings
and saints. In HOMAGE 1948: 16.
1298
Bardoli, Gopi Nath. Inspiring teachings. In HOMAGE 1948 18.
1299
Baron, C.F. Great light. In HOMAGE 1948 18.
Simple as a child. In HOMAGE 1948: 12.
This homage to Gandhi was sent by the Nawab of Bhopal.
1300
1301
Birla, G.D. Warrior, prophet and saint. In HOMAGE 1948:
17.
1302
Bose, Sarat Chandra. When comes such another. In HOMAGE
1948: 14.
1303
Chagla, M.C. Instilled dignity and self-respect. In HOMAGE
1948: 12.
1304
Chattopadhyaya, Kamaladevi. Zealous champion of women's cause.
In HOMAGE 1948: 15.
1305
Subject Approach
213
Daulatram, Jairamdas.
HOMAGE 1948: 9.
prophet. In
1306
Spiritual inspirer and
Dev, Narendra. Such a great man is born only once in many centuries.
In HOMAGE 1948 15.
1307
Doss, M. Rama.
Sudden revelation. In HOMAGE 1948: 22.
1308
Gandhi, Devadas. I had long ceased to look upon him as my father.
In HOMAGE 1948: 20.
1309
Gurushanta, P. Greatest Christian saint. In HOMAGE 1948: 20.
1310
Gwyer, Sir Maurice. Died in the cause of peace. In HOMAGE
1948: 17.
1311
Haq, Maulvi Abdul. Loss to Muslim world. In HOMAGE 1948:
16.
1312
Hindu, Madras. Life of service to all. In HOMAGE 1948: 22.
1313.
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Born to refashion a new civilization.
In HOMAGE 1948: 21.
1314
Hossain, Syud. Purest spiritual flame in the world. In HOMAGE
1948: 10.
1315
Iyer, Alladi Krishnaswamy. Architect of India's freedom. In
HOMAGE 1948: 17.
1316
Jamiat-ul-ulema-i-Hind. Great benefactor of India. In HOMAGE
1948: 14.
1317
Jayakar, M.R. Brothers in martyrdom. In HOMAGE 1948:
1318
14.
Kaur, Rajkumari Amrit. He stood between us and disorder. In
HOMAGE 1948 9.
1319
Kripalani, J.B. His faith stood the test. In HOMAGE 1948 : 11.
1320
Mavlankar, G.V. He had the outlook of humanity. In HOMAGE
1948: 11.
1321
Mehta, G.L. Personified the essence of true religion. In HOMAGE
1948 16.
1322
Menon, V. K. Krishna. His standards await consummation. In
HOMAGE 1948: 10.
1323
Miraben, pseud. (Miss Madeleine Slade) Full of love and gentle-
214
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
ness. In HOMAGE 1948 : 19.
1324
Mookerjee, S.P. Undying influence. In HOMAGE 1948 8.
1325
Moula, Reshadat K.H. His peculiar greatness. In HOMAGE
1948: 22.
•
1326
Mudaliar, Ramaswami. Lessons of his life emphasised in his sad
demise. In HOMAGE 1948: 17.
1327
Naicker, G.M. One of mankind's outstanding sons. In HOMAGE
1948 18.
1328
Naidu, Sarojini. Gave his country its freedom and its flag. In
HOMAGE 1948: 9.
1329
Narain, Jai Prakash. We must follow the path shown by him. In
HOMAGE 1948: 15.
1330
Nayyar, Shushila. He lives and watches our fumbling efforts. In
HOMAGE 1948 19.
1331
Nehru, Jawaharlal. This man of God trod the earth. In HOMAGE
1948 : 7.
1332
Pant, Govind Ballabh. Messiah of this age. In HOMAGE 1948 :
18.
1333
Patel, Vallabhbhai. His supreme sacrifice will quicken our conscience.
In HOMAGE 1948: 8.
1334
Prakasa, Sri. Whom will we go to now? In HOMAGE 1948: 11·
1335
Prasad, Rajendra. Liberator of the Hindu community. In HOMAGE
1948: 11.
1336
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Lonely symbol of a vanishing past.
In HOMAGE 1948: 13.
1337
Rajagopalachari, C. Heir to a great tradition. In HOMAGE
1948: 10.
1338
Ram, Jagjivan. Made the Harijan (untouchables) cause his own.
In HOMAGE 1948: 9.
1339
Raman, C.V. Has left a permanent impress on the minds and lives of
humanity. In HOMAGE 1948 13.
1340
Saadullah, Mohammed. Satyagraha and the prophet of Arabia.
In HOMAGE 1948: 15.
1341
Sapru, Tej Bahadur. Sacrificed his life for India's unity. In HOMAGE
1948: 14.
1342
Subject Approach
215
Siddiqi, A.R. Greatest advocate of Muslim cause. In HOMAGE
1948: 16.
1343
Singh, Baldev. Teacher, seer and prophet. In HOMAGE 1948 :
8.
1344
Singh, Giani Kartar. Greatest man of the present times. In
HOMAGE 1948: 18.
1345
Sinha, Sachidanand. One of the greatest reformers and nation-
builders of the world. In HOMAGE 1948: 18.
1346
Sitaramayya, Pattabhi. Man of destiny. In HOMAGE 1948: 7.
1347
Statesman, Calcutta. He provided alternative to atomic warfare.
In HOMAGE 1948 : 21.
1348
Suhrawardy, H.S. He never failed. In HOMAGE 1948: 17. 1349
Times of India. Bombay. He stood for humanitarian principles.
In HOMAGE 1948: 21.
1350
EUROPE
Belgium
Cauwelaer, Frans Van. Let this tragic death continue to serve his
noble dream of human fraternity. In HOMAGE 1948: 41. 1351
Czechoslovakia
Benes, Edward. Representative of your independence and freedom.
In HOMAGE 1948: 41.
1352
David, Josef. Herald of love, compassion, kindness and brother-
hood, Mahatma Gandhi fought against evil. In HOMAGE 1948:
41.
1353
Noviny, Svobodne. He died as a living proof of down-trodden huma-
nity besmirched by political fanatics. In HOMAGE 1948: 41.
1354
Denmark
Hedtoft, M. Taken as proof of the brutality the last war has created
in people's mind. In HOMAGE 1948: 41.
1355
Eire (Ireland)
De Valera Eamon. World has lost a great leader. In HOMAGE
1949:41.
1356
Finland
Passikivi, J.K. Depressed at the tragic death of the great national
leader. In HOMAGE 1948: 42.
1357
216
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
France
Bidault, Georges. France stands at the bier of this great man. In
HOMAGE 1948:42.
1358
L'Aurore, Paris. Human element above "isms". In HOMAGE
1948:45.
1359
Schuman, Maurice. Gandhi's blood will accomplish the miracle.
In HOMAGE 1948: 42.
1360
Germany
Schumacher, Kurt. Will live on with us as an example of humanity.
In HOMAGE 1948: 42.
1361
Greece
Tsaldaras, M. His loss is as great for mankind as it is for India.
In HOMAGE 1948: 45.
1362
Italy
Giornale D'Italia. He was a saint and prophet. In HOMAGE
1948: 46.
1363
Osservatore Romano, Vatican City This peace loving man. In
HOMAGE 1948: 45.
1364
Sforza, Count Carlo. Loss for mankind. In HOMAGE 1948: 45.
1365
Netherlands
Beel, Louis.
HOMAGE 1948: 46.
Pakistan
No personal sacrifice had been too great. In
1366
Ali, Sheikh Karamat. He was the harbinger of peace and pioneer of
the constructive activities. In HOMAGE 1948: 28.
1367
Daily Gazette, Karachi. Bulwark of world peace and liberty. In
HOMAGE 1948 : 30.
1368
Ghulam Mohammed. News of Gandhiji's asssasination has stunned
every lover of peace. In HOMAGE 1948: 27.
1369
Hassan, M. He wanted above everything else the establishment of
complete cordiality between Hindus and Muslims of India and Pakis-
tan. In HOMAGE 1948: 29.
1370
Huq, A.K. Fazlul. Greatest tragedy since Karbala. In HOMAGE
1948: 29.
1371
Hussain, Khan Iftikhar. Greatest leader for centuries. In HOMAGE
1948: 28,
1372
Subject Approach
217
*
Hussain, Zahid. Noblest teacher. In HOMAGE 1948: 28. 1373
Jinnah, M.A. Noble death. In HOMAGE 1948: 27.
1374
Khan, Ghazanfar Ali. Champion of the weak. In HOMAGE
1948: 27.
1375
Khan, Khan Abdul Ghaffar. He was the only ray of light to help us
through these darkest days. In HOMAGE 1948: 29.
1376
Khan, Liaquat Ali. Memorable efforts for communal harmony.
In HOMAGE 1948: 27.
1377
Nazimuddin, Khwaja. Died when most needed. In HOMAGE
1948 28.
1378
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Almeida, Jose. This idealistic man did create a whole spirit preaching
against violence. In HOMAGE 1948: 53.
1379
Chile
Videla, Gabriel Gonzalez. He was the leader of the masses who wield-
ed kindness as arms. In HOMAGE 1948: 53.
1380
Columbia
Ospina Perez, Mariano. Columbia offers its heart-felt tribute to the
memory of the illustrious dead for his signal services and his political
1381
and human virtues. In HOMAGE 1948 : 53.
Panama
Died a martyr to liberty. In
1382
El Panama, America, Panama.
1948: 53.
Peru
La Tribuna, Peru. You have just been born in the blood of all men
with faith in your admirable acts. In HOMAGE 1949 : 53. 1383
SOUTH EAST ASIA
Burma
Maw, Ba. Wicked hand of the assassin may be blessed that it was
instrumental for your great father to take rank with other great martyrs
of the world-Socrates, Jesus, Hassan and Lincoln. In HOMAGE
1948:58.
1384
Burmese review, Rangoon. His doctrine-a religion. In HOMAGE
1948:59.
1385
218
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
New light of Burma, Rangoon. Will be remembered as a foremost
hero in the world's history of the last 2,000 years. In HOMAGE
1948: 49.
1386
Nu, Thakin. Great saint and leader. In HOMAGE 1948: 58.
1387
Tut, Utin. Villages in Burma pay homage. In HOMAGE 1949:
58.
1388
Win, U. National loss to Burmans. In HOMAGE 1948: 58. 1389
Ceylon
Senanayake, D.S. Great and irreparable loss. In HOMAGE
1948: 59.
1390
China
Chiang-Kai-Shek, Generalissimo. Saintly crusader of peace.
HOMAGE 1948:59.
Chien, Wang Shieh. Teacher of peace. In HOMAGE 1948: 60.
1392
Chun, Chang. Mankind has lost one of its greatest leaders. In
HOMAGE 1948: 59.
1393
Hsi, Cheng Tein. One of the greatest men. In HOMAGE 1948 : 60.
1394
Koo, Wellington. Worked with devoted self-denial for peace.
In HOMAGE 1948 : 60.
1395
1396
In
1391
Lo, Chi-Luen. He lives for ever. In HOMAGE 1948 : 60.
Michigan. University. Chinese students' club, Ann Arbor. Mahatma
Gandhi; the Indian sage of the era. Ann Arbor, The club, 1948.
Written by hand in Chinese and English on silk and beautifully fram-
ed.
1397
A poem in Chinese, with its translation into English. Presented, to the Inter-
national Center of the University of Michigan, by the Chinese students club, on Feb-
ruary 11, 1948. Since its presentation, it has been hanging in the office of the center.
Shih, Ha. Mankind's great loss. In HOMAGE 1948: 61. 1398
Tao, Tai Chi and Chia-Hua, Chu. Merciful father of the Indian people.
In HOMAGE 1948: 60.
1399
Tong, Hollington. He symbolised highest ideals of his people. In
HOMAGE 1948 :60.
1400
Yu-Tang, Lin. Only modern saint and prophet. In HOMAGE
1949: 61.
1401
Indo-China
Bollaert, M. Death of the apostle of peace and non-violence. In
HOMAGE 1948 61,
Subject Approach
219
Epitome of all the best evolved by India. In
Friedmann, D.L.
HOMAGE 1948: 62.
1403
Hatta, Mohammed. Messenger of peace and freedom. In HOMAGE
1948: 61.
1404
Mook, Hubertus van. World poorer. In HOMAGE 1948: 62. 1405
Soebanrio. Prophet of peace. In HOMAGE 1948 : 62. 1406
Soedarsano. One of the greatest leaders. In HOMAGE 1949 : 61.
1407
Indonesia
Sukarno Achmed. Irreparable loss to mankind. In HOMAGE
1948: 61.
1408
Japan
Hirohito, H.I.H. Emperor. Event of great sorrow. In HOMAGE
1948: 62.
1409
Katayama, Tetsu. Great pacifist. In HOMAGE 1948: 62. 1410
Tibet
Great apostle of peace. In HOMAGE 1948: 63.
A homage from Dalai Lama.
Africa and Middle East
AFRICA
Great Gandhi. In HOMAGE 1948 :54.
This is a homage from the Prime Minister of Rhodesia.
1411
Ethiopia or Abyssinia
Haile Selassie I. Moral leader of all humanity. In HOMAGE
1948:54.
1412
Morocco
Balafrej, Ahmed. Symbol of oppressed people's liberty. In HOMAGE
1948:54.
1413
Rhodesia
1414
Sudan
Sudan has been profoundly shocked. In HOMAGE 1948: 54. 1415
A homage from the Governor-General of Sudan.
Union of South Africa
Smuts, Field-Marshal Jan. Prince among men. In HOMAGE
1948: 54.
1416
MIDDLE EAST :
Afghanistan
Shah, King Zahir. I do no know why people should destroy such lives,
which live for ever in the memory of time. In HOMAGE 1948 :
54.
1417
220
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Arabia
Arab Higher Committee, Arabia. Great loss which hits both India and
the whole of the East. In HOMAGE 1948 :55.
1418
Azzam Pasha. World has lost a great man. In HOMAGE 1948 :
55.
1419
ار
Egypt
Farouk, H.M. King. Sublime example of sacrifice. In HOMAGE
1948: 55.
1420
Pasha, M. Nokrashy. Sad loss of the great spiritual leader. In
HOMAGE 1948:55.
1421
Rawan, M.A.F. Gave his life to an exalted human ideal. In HOMAGE
1948:55.
1422
Iran
Hakimi, M. National leader and father of Indian liberty. In
HOMAGE 1948 : 55.
1423
Iraq
Pachachi, M. Hamdi. His teachings will live for ever. In HOMAGE
1948: 56.
1424
Chadrchi, M. Kamil. India has lost her greatest history-builder. In
HOMAGE 1948:56.
1425
Lebanon
Noblest figure of modern history: a homage from the President of
Lebanon. In HOMAGE 1948: 56.
1426
Syria
Great patriot; a homage from the President of the Council of Syria.
In HOMAGE 1948:56.
1427
UNITED KINGDOM
Addison, Christopher. We all mourn the passing of a great man whose
life has been an example to the world. In HOMAGE 1948: 33. 1428
Alexander, A.V. One of the few great towering lives that would
stand out in a century of history. In HOMAGE 1948: 33. 1429
Alexander, Horace G. Friend of the English. In HOMAGE
1948:38.
1430
Amery, L.S. His death closes a great chapter in world history. In
HOMAGE 1948: 36.
1431
Attlee, Clement. Divinely inspired saint. In HOMAGE 1948: 32.
1432
Subject Approach
221
Brockway, Fenner. Greatest figure in history. In HOMAGE 1948:
38.
1433
Cripps, Sir Stafford. Stood out head and shoulders above contem-
poraries. In HOMAGE 1948 33.
1434
Daily Herald, London. Assassination is not only a calamity for India
but for the world. In HOMAGE 1948: 40.
1435
Daily Worker, London. Lost his life truly as a martyr. In HOMAGE
1948: 40.
1436
Halifax, Lord. Edward Frederick Lindley Wood. Few like him in
all history. In HOMAGE 1949:37.
1437
Henderson, Arthur. Left an indelible impression of goodness. In
HOMAGE 1948: 32.
1438
Johnson, Hewlett. Deathless child of God. In HOMAGE 1949:
38.
1439
Lazarus, D.H.M. Loss of one whose saintly character and life-long
devotion to the cause of peace will cause his name always to be remem-
bered. In HOMAGE 1948:38.
1440
Manchester Guardian, London. To the West he is, above all, the man
who revived and refreshed the meaning and value of religion. In
HOMAGE 1948 : 39.
1441
Martin, Kingsley. His brave campaign. In HOMAGE 1948:
39.
1442
Morrison, Herbert. Tragic end to the life of a great and remarkable
man. In HOMAGE 1948: 32.
1443
Murray, Gilbert. He is a light to the whole world. In HOMAGE
1948: 38.
1444
News Chronicle, London. High religious tragedy. In HOMAGE
1948: 39.
1445
Pethick-Lawrence, Frederick William. Universal brother, lover and
friend. In HOMAGE 1948: 36.
1446
Shaw, George Bernard. It shows how dangerous it is to be too good.
In HOMAGE 1948: 38.
1447
Shawcross, Hartley. Most remarkable man of the century. In
HOMAGE 1948 :33.
1448
Sorensen, R. If his spirit prevails, there will be no carnage and ex-
plosive hate in India now that his voice is still. In HOMAGE
1948:37.
1449
Times, London. Leader who embodied far more than his own religi-
ous community's ideas of human brotherhood. In HOMAGE
1948:39.
1450
222
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Wavell, Archibald Percival. Irreparable loss to the unity of India.
In HOMAGE 1948: 37.
1451
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Ashes to ashes. In Newsweek (New York) 31:36. Feb. 23, 1948.
1452
Assassination of Mahatma Gandhi. In Round table (Chicago) 38:
588-592. Mar., 1948.
1453
At the three rivers. In Time (Chicago) 51: 39. Feb. 23, 1948. 1454
Bethune, Mary. His spirit reached for the stars. In HOMAGE
1948:49.
1455
Buck, Pearls. Man who was right. In HOMAGE 1948:48. 1456
Cruz, E. Mahatma. In Catholic world (New York) 167: 367-368.
Jul., 1948.
1457
Dedication to Gandhi. In Books abroad (Norman, Oklahoma) 22 :
248. 1948.
1458
Einstein, Albert. Only statesman to stand for higher human relation-
ship. In HOMAGE 1948: 49.
1459
Fischer, Louis. Indian thought-pearls. In Saturday review of lite-
rature (New York) 31:9. Jun. 19, 1948.
1460
Foster, F.B. Shall inherit the earth. In Journal of the national
education association 37: 570 Dec., 1948.
1461
Gandhi. In Christian century (Chicago) 65: 168-169. Feb. 11,
1948.
1462
Gandhi. In Life (Chicago) 24:32. Feb. 9, 1948.
1463
Gandhi joins the Hindu immortals. In Life (Chicago) 24: 21-29.
Feb. 16, 1948. ports.
1464
Goldbloom, M.J. Death of a man. In Commentary (New York)
5:254-255. Mar., 1948.
1465
Grady, Henry. World better because he lived. In HOMAGE
1948: 47.
1466
Holmes, John Haynes. One of the saviours of mankind. In HOMAGE
1948:52.
1467
Holocaust ahead. In Newsweek (New York) 31:24-26. Feb. 9,
1948.
1468
How to memorialize Mr. Gandhi. In Christian century (Chicago)
65: 372. Aug. 28, 1948.
1469
India loses her great soul. In Life (Chicago) 24: 27-31. Feb., 1948.
ports.
1470
•
Subject Approach
223
In memoriam. In Time (Chicago) 51:30. May 3, 1948.
Life, Chicago. Universal saint. In HOMAGE 1948:51.
Lippincott, H.H. Gandhi's tribute. In Personalist (Los Angeles)
29:356-360. Oct., 1948.
1473
MacArthur, Douglas. Prophet ahead of the times. In HOMAGE
1474
1948: 48.
Marshall, George C. Spokesman for the conscience of all mankind.
In HOMAGE 1948: 46.
1475
1471
1472
*
Maurer, H. This man spoke truth. In Saturday review of literature
1476
(New York) 31:61. Sep. 11, 1948. port.
New York times, New Yark. He belongs to the ages. In HOMAGE
1948 : 50.
1477
Obituary. In Commonweal (New York) 47: 435. Feb. 13, 1948.
1478
Templin, R. Gandhi belongs to tomorrow.
(Chicago) 65: 201-202. Feb. 18, 1948.
Richmond Times Dispatch, Richmond. Set an example that could
well be the pattern for world peace. In HOMAGE 1948: 51. 1479
Roosevelt, Eleanor. His influence will grow to help them through the
1480
years. In HOMAGE 1948 : 47.
Snow, Edger. Message of Gandhi. In Saturday evening post (New
1481
York) 220: 24-25. Mar. 27, 1948. port.
In
In Christian century
1482
Thomas, F. His goodness is what made him great. In HOMAGE
1948: 50.
1483
Tobey, Charles. Truly walked with God. In HOMAGE 1948:
50.
1484
Gandhi—Estimate
GANDHI-HOMAGES (COLLECTIONS)
Truman, Harry S. Leader of international stature. In HOMAGE
1948: 47.
1485
Vandenberg, Arthur H. One of the deathless few across the centuries.
In HOMAGE 1948 : 48.
1486
see also
GANDHI-HOSITLE CRITICISM
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Beware of Mr. Gandhi. In his What
Congress and Gandhi have done to the untouchables. Bombay,
*
224
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Thacker and co., 1945. vi, 399p. 241cm. p.250-284
1487
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's policy towards untouchables. The author
is a well-known leader of the untouchable community in India.
At home with Gandhi. In Living age (New York) 332-736-737 Apr.
15, 1927.
1488
Critical comments on Gandhi's appearance and activities. The author
adds, “He is thin and wasted; his features bear the marks of his recent imprison-
ment. Nor does this woebegone appearance belie the inner man-Gandhi lacks the
sense of joy that some Christians derive from contact with a personal God.”—Ibid.,
p. 737.
At the cross roads. In Great Britain and the East (London) 56: 319.
May 1, 1941.
1489
ઃઃ
A critical editorial note on Gandhi's Individual satyagraha, 1941. The author
believes, "...the obstacle to every scheme of reorganization of the Indian Govern-
ment is the campaign of pacifism organized by Mr. Gandhi and apparently endors-
ed by Congress."-Ibid, p. 319.
Banerji, A. Indian portent : dictatorship by proxy. In Fortnightly
review (London) 150:205-209. Aug., 1938.
1490
Criticises Gandhi's political policies towards the British Government.
Bernays, R. Parliament and the Indian crisis; what is Mr. Gandhi's
In Great Britain and the East (London) 48: 577-578. Apr.
22, 1937 port.
1491
case.
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's point of view regarding the issue whether the
Indian National Congress should take part in election, for the provincial Govern-
ments in 1937.
Bright, Jagat S. The Himalayan blunders of Mahatma Gandhi.
Lahore, Northern India publications, 1945. 181p. 181cm. 1492
A critical study of the decisions Gandhi took from time to time during the
course of his struggle for India's independence.
Couturier, M.A. Gandhi and ourselves. In Commonweal (New
York) 36: 202-204. Jun. 19, 1942.
1493
A criticism of Gandhi and his attitude towards World War II. The author
adds, “Unhesitatingly we separate our position from that of Gandi (Gandhi).
But his rash decision,...must remain for the Christian nations that are in arms as a
terrible sign in the skies....As the sign of God.”—Ibid., p. 204.
Crozier, Frank Percy. A word to Gandhi ; the lesson of Ireland.
London, William and Norgate, 1931. 142p. 18 cm.
1494
A critical study of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Ewer, W.N. An Englishman views Gandhi in London. In Literary
digest (New York) 112:22. Feb. 6, 1932.
1495
Reviews W. N. Ewer's article on Gandhi. Commenting on the extent of Gan-
dhi's influence, the author points out,..."But it is a power that lives only in his own
environment."—Ibid., p. 22.
Gandhi Britain's foe in India. In Current history magazine of the
Subject Approach
225
New York Times (New York) 14: 235-238. May, 1921. port.
1496
A hostile criticism of Gandhi and his non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment against the British Government. Summarizes the nationalist struggle and
particularly emphasises Tolstoy's influence on Gandhi. Quotes Sir Valentine
Chirol, Perceval Landon, and Gandhi himself. Praises Lord Reading's activities
in suppressing the non-co-operation movement.
Gandhi complete nihilist. In Spectator (London) 144 : 660-661. Apr.
19, 1930.
1497
A review of India's political condition after the Lahore session of the Indian
National Congress, and a hostile criticism of Gandhi.
Gandhi in high. In Time (Chicago) 39: 32. May 25, 1942. 1498
Illustrated with a cartoon it is a bitter criticism of Gandhi's article in which
he said, "The presence of the British in India is an invitation to Japan to invade
India." He further added, "Free India would be better able to cope with the inva-
sion."—Ibid., p. 32.
Gandhi's gangster trouble. In Literary digest (New York) 110:16.
Jul. 4, 1931.
1499
The author asks a question, "Can Gandhi tame the gangsters of India?"
Reform, conversion, love, "is the Mahatma's answer to this question."-Ibid.,
p. 16.
Gandhi's strength and weakness. In Literary digest (New York)
105:17. May 3, 1930.
1500
A critical interpretation of Gandhi's activities. Quotes Stephen Gwynn's
critical article in which Gwynn declares that he can see nothing that "Mr. Gandhi
possesses, except the personal quality of inspiring men to action." —Ibid.,
p. 17.
Hosain, M. Exposition of Mr. Gandhi. Jullundhar, S. Hammed,
1933. 49p. 19cm.
1501
In this pamphlet the author criticises Gandhi's non-co-operation movement
and his attitude towards Muslims.
India at its worst. In Living age (Boston) 330: 333-335. Aug. 7,
1926.
1502
CC
Hostile criticism of Gandhi's non-violent non-co-operation movement. The
author remarks, ...Nothing is left of Gandhi to'day but a gesture; his power
and the threat that once presented to the British Empire have gone up in smoke."
-Ibid., p. 335.
Influence waning. In Newsweek (New York) 2:11. Aug. 12, 1933.
1503
Giving an account of Gandhi's imprisonment the author concludes that his
influence is waning because "this time few strikes were called, few shops closed in
protest."
Joachim, M. India turns away from Gandhi. In Current history
(New York) 17:462-471. Dec., 1922. port.
1504
226
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Muir, Peter. Gandhiana. In his This is India. New York, Double-
day, Doran and co., 1943. vii, 237p. p. 216-224.
1505
Critical remarks on Gandhi's political ideas with special reference to World
War II. The author freely quotes from "What does Gandhi want," by T. A.
Raman, which is almost an antithesis of Gandhi's life and work.
Nariman, K.F. Whither Congress? Spiritual idealism or political
realism. Bombay, D.R. Dewoolkar, 1933. 160p. 19cm.
1506
Criticises Gandhi and the Indian National Congress.
Patel, Vithalbhai. Gandhi's rival speaks. In Living age (Boston)
345 146-147. Oct., 1933.
1507
Vithalbhai Patel, a former President of the Indian National Congress, was one
of the bitter critics of Gandhi. Here he summarizes the profound differences of
opinion which separated Gandhi and the majority of the Congress leaders in 1933.
This article is a translation of an article originally published in the Prager Tagblatt,
a Prague German daily.
Problem of Mr. Gandhi. In Nation (London) 30: 746-747. Feb.
18, 1922.
1508
A brief review of the political situation of India, with a criticism of Gandhi
and his political agitation.
Raman, T.A. Gandhi goes all out. In his What does Gandhi
want? New York, London, Oxford university press, 1942. x, 117p.
illus., 2 ports., 21cm. p.57-82.
1509
A hostile criticism of the decision of the Working Committee of the All-
India Congress Committee, which met on May 1, 1942 at Anand Bhavan,
Allahabad.
Gandhi praises Petain-asks Britain to surrender. In his What
does Gandhi want? New York, London, Oxford university press,
1942. illus. 2 ports. 21cm. p.21-34.
1510
A criticism of Gandhi's article published in Harijan June 18, 1942, praising
Marshall Petain, after the fall of France.
Understanding Mahatma Gandhi. In American mercury (New
York) 56: 434-440. Apr., 1943.
1511
A bitter criticism of Gandhi's attitude towards World War II.
Roy, E. Mahatma Gandhi; revolutionary or counter-revolutionary.
In Labour monthly (London) 5: 158-167. Sep., 1923.
A criticism of Romain Rolland's and Henri Barbusse's articles on Gandhi.
Saiyd, Mathubul Hasan.
Jinnah; a political study.
xxi, 938p. illus. 19cm.
1512
Enter Gandhi. In his Mohammad Ali
Lahore, Shaikh Muhammad Ashraf, 1945.
p.167-193.
1513
A critical survey of the political scene of India since Gandhi and Jinnah
began to differ in their political and social policies. This essay is valuable as it
presents the point of view of the Muslim League, which demanded a separate state
for Muslims and ultimately got Pakistan.
Subject Approach
227
Seth, Hira Lala, ed. Churchill on India; let his past record speak.
2d ed. Lahore, Hero publications 1944. 104p. 19cm.
1514
This book is a complete record of Churchill's speeches and writings against
Gandhi and his struggle for India's independence.
Spender, J.A. Gandhi's change of view. In Great Britain and
the East (London) 56: 73. Jan. 23, 1941.
1515
In a letter to The Times (London), the correspondent gives his impressions
of Gandhi's declaration of the Individual satyagraha, 1941 and his views about
World War II. The article is highly controversial and critical.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Ethics of destruction. Madras, Ganesh
and co., 1923. 60p. 19cm.
1516
A criticism of Gandhi's Swadeshi movement for hand-made goods, and the
boycott of foreign cloth, and other articles of daily use.
Vakeel, Nusserwanjee Hormasjee. Political insanity of India. Bombay,
Thacker and co., 1943. ix, 95p. 22cm.
1517
A criticism of Gandhi. In the author's opinion Gandhi's Civil Disobedience
movement was merely "hooliganism."
Watson, A. End of Gandhism. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 58: 10-11. Jan. 10, 1942. port.
1518
Commenting on the Bardoli resolution, the author remarks, “Gandhism is
ended." He further adds, "The policy of the passive resistance to an invader
that lies at the base of his creed is repudiated by the very men whom he has re-
garded as his chosen disciple." A photograph of Jawaharlal Nehru is printed. The
caption runs, "He would not move the masses "-Ibid., p. 10.
Passing of Gandhi. In Great Britain and the East (London)
59:12-13. Aug. 8, 1942.
1519
A bitter criticism of Gandhi after his arrest on Aug. 8, 1942, in Bombay.
What is the main obstacle in India? In Great Britain and the
East (London) 56: 355. May 15, 1941.
1520
A criticism of Gandhi and his attitude towards World War II.
Watson, B. What is Gandhi trying to do? In Christian century
(Chicago) 41: 1239-1240. Sep. 25, 1924.
1521
A critical study of Gandhi's activities in 1924.
Whyte, Frederick. India: a bird's eye-view. London, Royal Insti-
tute of International affairs, 1944. 83p. 19cm.
1522
A hostile criticism of Gandhi, his philosophy of non-violence and his attitude
towards World War II.
Gandhi-Humanist
Gandhi, M.K. The gospel of love. In MMG 1945: 72-79.
Gleanings from his writings showing his love for the whole human race.
1523
#
228
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Humanitarianism. In TMG 1945: 308. Orig. pub.
H., June. 19, 1937.
1524
"Humanitarianism without knowledge is futile and may even be harmful."
-Ibid., p., 308.
About
Moraes, F.R. Gandhi the humanist. In G 1944: 19-26.
1525
A study of Gandhi as a humanist. The author concludes saying, "Many of
the world's great figures have entered men's minds only to destroy human fellow-
ship and goodwill. It is Gandhi's great contribution to the civilization of his day
that in entering men's minds he seeks not to destroy but to promote in their hearts
a love for their fellowmen."-Ibid., p. 26.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. The spirit of humanity. In MG
1949: 19-31.
1526
Gandhi, though he fought against British imperialism, did not harbour ill-
will to the British, believing in the spirit of humanity. He said, "I will not hurt
England or Germany to serve India."-Ibid., p. 20.
GANDHI-INCONSISTENCIES
Gandhi, M.K. My inconsistencies. In G 1944: 297-297. Also in
MMG 1945 : 40-41.
1527
In this article, Gandhi frankly confesses his inconsistencies and adds, "I claim
on infallibility. I am conscious of having made Himalayan blunders but I am not
conscious of having made them intentionally or having even harboured enmity
towards any person or nation, or any life, human or sub-human."-Ibid., p. 296.
About
Sitaramayya, B. Pattabhi. Gandhi-his inconsistencies. In MG
1528
1949: 213-223.
A chronological survey from 1896 to 1939 of Gandhi's inconsistencies. Dr.
Sitaramayya is the author of "The history of the Indian National Congress”, in two
volumes. The study is valuable because it summarizes some important instances
on which Gandhi was bitterly criticised by his opponents.
GANDHI-INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
GANDHI-INTERNATIONALIST
Gandhi, M.K. Nationalism vs. internationalism. In TMG 1945:
1529
382-384. Orig. pub. YI., Jun. 18, 1925.
An account of Gandhi's views on internationalism. He believes, "Inter-
nationalism is possible only when nationalism becomes a fact, i.e., when people
belonging to different countries have organized themselves and are able to act as one
man.”—Ibid., p. 383.
About
Reynolds, Reginald. India, Gandhi and world. London, Friends of
1530
India, 1931. 26p. 19cm.
Subject Approach
229
Includes interpretation of Gandhi's views on internationalism.
Seth, Hira Lal. Gandhi nationalist or internationalist. Lahore,
Indian printing works 1944, 126p. 19cm.
1531
An examination and evaluation of Gandhi's ideas on nationalism and inter-
nationalism.
GANDHI-INTERVIEWS
Alexander, Horace G. Gandhi's present outlook. In Spectator
(London) 146:8-9. Jan. 3, 1931.
1532
A pen-picture of the author's interview with Gandhi in Poona prison, in 1931.
Andrews, Charles Freer. Organ and the organist. In Christian-
century (Chicago) 51: 1092-1094. Aug. 29, 1934.
1533
An account of the author's meeting with Gandhi in the Poona prison, while
the latter had undergone a 21-day fast.
Belden, J. Mind of Gandhi; interview. In Time (Chicago) 39: 30.
Jun. 29, 1932. port.
1534
An account of a short interview with Gandhi, cabled from India by a corres
pondent of the Time (Chicago).
Brelvi, Syed Abdullah. Two little talks. In RG 1951: 49-50.
1535
Out of several meetings, the author had with Gandhi, here is an account of his
two interviews, one in the Aga Khan palace prison in 1943 and the other in the
Birla House, New Delhi, exactly a week before of the latter's assassination.
Brockway, A.F. Interview with Mahatma Gandhi. In Nation
(London) 133: 697-698. Dec. 23, 1931.
153.6
Desai, Mahadev. Important interview. In GS 2:30-37. Orig.
pub. H., Jun. 14, 1942.
1537
A pen-picture of an interview Chaplin of the International News Service of
America, had with Gandhi.
Throw away the carcass. In GS 2:38-45. Orig. pub. H.,
Jun. 21, 1942.
1538
A complete record of the conversation between Gandhi and Preston Grover
of the Associated Press of America.
-Wardha interview. In GS 2:60-64. Orig. pub. H., Jul. 19,
1539
1942.
A report of an important interview Gandhi gave to the Indian and foreign
press representatives after the final meeting of the Working Committee of the Indian
National Congress, on July 14, 1942.
Diettrich, F. Begegnung mit Gandhi. In Schau die neue (Kassel)
9:237. 1939.
1540
An account of an interview with Gandhi,
230
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Edib, Halida. My first visit to Mahatma Gandhi. In RG 1951:
87-91.
1541
The authoress is a Turkish educator who visited India in 1935. In this essay
which she wrote on October 11, 1948, at Istambul, she records her interview with
Gandhi.
Eidlitz, Walther. Begegnung mit Gandhi. In Blatter fur neues
leben aus wort und geist (Munich) 3 120-121. 1952.
1542
An account in German of a meeting with Gandhi.
Evening with Mr. Gandhi. In Spectator (London) 147: 520-522.
Oct. 24, 1931.
1543
An account of a conversation between Gandhi and the Editor of the Spectator
(London).
Fischer, Louis. A week with Gandhi, with an introductory note by
Carl Heath. 2d ed. London, G Allen and Unwin ltd., 1943. 122p.
ports. 19 cm.
1544
First edition published in 1942 by Duell, Sloan and Pearce, New York. Also
in Survey Graphic (New York) 31 : 404-409.
A complete record of the author's conversations and exchange of views with
Gandhi. Includes Gandhi's daily programme at his Sevagram ashram. The
author stayed with Gandhi for a week at the ashram.
Holischer, A. Visite a Gandhi. In la Revue des vivants (Paris)
4:257-266. 1931.
1545
A report in French of an interview the author had with Gandhi.
Mathews, B. New India: some trends and personalities. In Asia-
tic review (London) 33: 259-261. Apr., 1937.
1546
An account of the author's interview with Gandhi.
McConnell, F.J. What shall we think of India? In Christian cen-
tury (Chicago) 48:642-644. May 13, 1931.
1547
A report of the author's impressions about Gandhi after meeting him, and
acquiring opinions of Englishmen, Americans, Sikhs, Pathans and several others.
Ohman, F. Entrevue avec Gandhi. In Revue mondiale (Paris)
10: 50-54. Sep. 1931.
1548
A report in French of an interview with Gandhi.
-Entrevue avec Mahatma Gandhi. In Revue mondiat (Paris)
203 : 50-54. 1939.
1549
Another report in French of the author's interview with Gandhi in 1939.
--Visit to Gandhi. In Living age (Boston) 340: 568-570. Aug.,
1931. Orig. pub. Revue mondiale (Paris) 10: 50-54. Sep., 1931.
1550
A translation of the original article in French, the author wrote describing
his interview with Gandhi.
Subject Approach
231
Stevens, J.E. Some impressions of Mahatma Gandhi. Concord,
Rumford press, 1931. 45p. 19cm.
1551
Sun, Chang. A Chinese visits Gandhi. In Asia (New York) 41:
462. Oct., 1944.
1552
A description of the author's first visit to Gandhi on May 6, 1944, at Juhu,
near Bombay.
Page, K. With Gandhi at Sabarmati ashram. In World tomorrow
(New York) 13: 63-66. Feb., 1930.
1553
In this article the author describes his visit to Gandhi for three days.
Petrasch, C. Interview with Gandhi. In Labour monthly (London)
14:217-224. Apr., 1932.
1554
Philip, P.O. Mahatma spurns Western medicine. In Christianur
century (Chicago) 56: 520-521. Apr. 19, 1939.
1555
This is a report of an interview Gandhi gave to Dr. Chesterman, medical sec-
retary of the English Baptist mission. During the course of his conversation Gandhi
said, "Do not try to transplant the entire system of Western medicine in India."-
Ibid., p. 520.
Rao, B.S. Gandhi's plans; interview. In Catholic world (New
York) 140: 718-720. Mar., 1935.
1556
Rolland, Romain. Mahatma Gandhi meets Romain Rolland.
Nation (New York) 134: 167. Feb. 10, 1932.
A letter from Romain Rolland, which he wrote to an American friend describ-
ing Gandhi's visit to his home, in Switzerland, in December 1931.
Russell, Jackson. Roadside interview with Gandhi. In Mentor-
world traveler (New York) 18:48. Jul., 1930.
1558
Sanger, Margaret. Birth control; interview. In Asia (New York)
36:698-703. Nov., 1936. port.
1559
In this article Mrs. Sanger describes her conversations with Gandhi on birth
control.
Sarabhai, Bharati. One hour. In G 1944 221-222.
1560
A pen-picture of sixty minutes with Gandhi at his Sevagram ashram.
Shukla, Chandrashankar. Conversations of Gandhiji. Bombay,
Vora and co., 1949. 134p. 19cm.
1561
"This volume contains a record of private talks of Mahatma Gandhi, either
in his own words or in versions approved of by him. The discussions recorded
in it possess a historical value and reveal the working of the Congress mind at an
important juncture in the struggle for national freedom."-Preface.
In
1557
Vail, James G. Power of the spirit. In Asia (New York) 41 : 458-
459. Oct., 1944.
1562
-
A brief account of the author's reactions when he first saw Gandhi on June 27,
1944. He concludes, "I felt the evil that is in me lessened and the good raised up,”
-Ibid., p. 459.
232
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Wrench, E. India at the cross-roads; interview with Mr. Gandhi.
In Spectator (London) 168: 226-227. Mar. 6, 1942.
1563
An account of a formal interview the author and his wife had with Gandhi in
December, 1941, at his Sevagram ashram.
GANDHI-IRWIN PACT (Poona Pact)
Did Gandhi help or harm Hinduism?
114:15. Nov. 5, 1932. port.
In Literary digest (New York)
1564
Defines and discusses the salient features of the Poona Pact. Quotes com-
ments of The Hindu (Madras), The Hindustan Times (New Delhi), The Statesman
(Calcutta) and The Times of India (Bombay), and of many leaders of the Pact.
The Editor adds, "The Poona Pact......provides for immediate action to give
untouchables, full right to enter all temples, schools and roads, and records the
determination of the signers to remove all social disabilities as rapidly as possible."
-Ibid., p. 15.
Gandhi's achievement. In Spectator (London) 149: 389. Oct. 1,
1932.
1565
""
A review of Gandhi's "Fast unto death", and comments on the Poona Pact.
The comments are critical and pro-British. While criticising Gandhi the author
adds, "The tactics of the fast unto death were, on any reasonable view, deplorable.
Ibid., p. 309. Explains also the reasons why the British Government proposed the
Communal Award.
Gandhi's triumph. In Christian century (Chicago) 48: 367-369. Mar. ..
18, 1931.
1566
While appreciating Gandhi's success after the Poona Pact the author adds,
"Gandhi pressed his cause against the bayonets of 'the empire on which the sun never
sets'."-Ibid., p. 368.
India's epoch-marking Pact of Poona. In Literary digest (New York)
114:14. Oct. 8, 1932. port.
1567
In this article is explained the significance of the Poona Pact. The author
remarks, "The Pact of Poona, hailed in many quarters as dating a new epoch in
India's history, was signed by four Hindu caste leaders and by two untouchable
leaders." The author also adds, "The Pact of Poona ends those proposals which
threatened to drive a wedge into Hinduism."-Ibid., p. 14.
Philip, P.O. Hindu-Muslim division lessens. In Christian century
(Chicago) 48: 752-754. Jun. 3, 1931.
1568
A review of the political situation of India after the Gandhi-Irwin Pact.
The author remarks, "Contrary to the expectations of many, Mahatma Gandhi
succeeded in carrying the National Congress with him. The Gandhi-Irwin Pact
has been ratified by the Congress, and Mr. Gandhi has been appointed sole delegate
to any conference at which the Congress delegation is desired by the Government."
-Ibid., p. 752.
Turmoil behind Gandhi's triumph. In Literary digest (New York)
109 14. Apr. 11, 1931.
1569
A critical review of the political affairs in India after the conclusion of the
Gandhi-Irwin Pact. The article is illustrated by a cartoon originally published in the
Evening news (London) with a caption, "The British lion and the Hindu mouse.”-
Įbid., p. 14.
Subject Approach
233
see also
COMMUNAL AWARD
FASTS-INDIA
Yeravda PRISON, Sep. 20, 1932.
HARIJANS (Untouchables)
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
Gandhi, M.K. A word to the Muslim League. In CU 1949: 388-
389. Orig. pub. H., Oct. 27, 1946.
1570
Extracts from Gandhi's appeal to M.A. Jinnah to join the Interim Govern-
ment in 1946.
Gandhi, M.K. and Jinnah M.A. Gandhi-Jinnah correspondence.
In CU 1949: 204-216.
1571
Reprints of the letters exchanged between Gandhi and Jinnah from May 22,
1937 to January 21, 1940, regarding Hindu-Muslim unity.
About
Beginning of the end. In Time (Chicago) 47:29. Apr. 16, 1946.
1572
port.
Comments on the Gandhi-Jinnah talks. Also comments on the meeting of
Gandhi-Jinnah, Lord Wavell and Lord Pethick-Lawrence. The note is descriptive
and not critical.
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Gandhi and Jinnah. In his Mission with
Mountbatten. London, Robert Hale, 1952. xiv, 383p. 24cm.
p. 50-63.
1573
An eyewitness account of the Gandhi-Jinnah negotiations and their meetings
with the last Viceroy and first constitutional Governor-General of India, from March
14 to 31, 1947.
Gandhi will co-operate. In New statesman and nation (London)
2835. Jul. 15, 1944.
1574
An editorial note on Gandhi's statement about the co-operation with the
Muslim League. The editor adds, "Mr. Gandhi's wish is obviously to settle and not
to split constitutional hairs. If, as he believes, Mr. Churchill did decide to "crush"
him, when he rebelled, there can be no excuse for that attitude now. This is the
Mahatma in a welcome mood of political realism; he has chosen his own way of
telling us, quite plainly, that he has changed his mind. Of Mr. Churchill we ask
nothing more difficult than that he should go back to the mood and policy of the
Cripps' mission."-Ibid., p. 35.
Gask, Roland C. India's leaders seek accord on proposal for inde-
pendence. In Newsweek (New York) 24:50. Sep. 25, 1944. 1575
A story cabled by the correspondent of Newsweek from Bombay, regarding
the political difficulties faced by Gandhi and Jinnah. He also gives an account
of their meeting at the latter's residence at Malabar Hill, Bombay. Pictures of
Gandhi and Jinnah.
Gupta, J.P. ed. Jinnah Sahib, "please". Bombay, Hamara Hindus-
tan, 1942. 103, xixp. 18cm.
1576
234
Mahatma Gandhi : Descriptive Bibliography
A study of the Gandhi-Jinnah negotiations. Includes the letters exchanged
between Gandhi and Jinnah along with a few important articles on the issues.
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Gandhi-Jinnah talks, July-October
1944. Preface by C. Rajagopalachariar. New Delhi, Hindustan
Times, 1944. viii, 104p. 19 cm.
1577
An authoritative source book on the Gandhi-Jinnah talks, during 1944.
C. Rajagopalachariar, in his foreword gives a remarkable summary of the Hindu-
Muslim problem with his comments, and suggestions which he had already express-
ed in his C. R. Formula.
Joshi, Puran Chandra. They must meet again. Bombay, People's
publishing house, 1944. 44p. maps. 18cm.
1578
"This pamphlet consists of a reprint of two....articles......the first one,
"They must meet again', sums up the results of the Gandhi-Jinnah meeting. The
second, written before the meeting took place, under the title, 'They must not fail',
and reprinted here as issues before the Gandhi-Jinnah meeting."-Preface.
Karaka, Dosoo Framjee. For every thinking Indian; the tragic story
of the bankruptcy of wisdom. Bombay, Thaker and co., 1944.
28p. 19cm.
1579
A critical account of Gandhi-Jinnah talks and correspondence on the com-
munal issue.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Nehru-Jinnah correspondence; including Gandhi-
Jinnah and Nehru-Nabab Ismail correspondence. Allahabad, J.B.
Kripalani, General secretary, All-India Congress Committee, 1938.
90p. 22cm.
1580
Philip, P.O. Gandhi-Jinnah talks published. In Christian century
(Chicago) 62: 27-28. Jan. 3, 1945.
1581
In a despatch dated October 2, 1944, the author summarized the Gandhi-
Jinnah negotiations under the following headings, "Two-nation theory is advanced;
disagree on territory; Mr. Gandhi makes a proposal; Mr. Jinnah respects plebiscite
and nationalist Muslims to meet.”—Ibid., p. 27-28. The article is descriptive and
not critical.
Puckle, F. Gandhi-Jinnah conversations. In Foreign affairs (New
York) 23: 318-323. Jan., 1945.
1582
negotiations.
Comments and describes the Gandhi-Jinnah
Resurrection. In Time (Chicago) 34: 34. Jul. 24, 1944. port. 1583
A review of the political affairs in India after Gandhi's release from the Aga
Khan palace prison and comments on Gandhi's invitation to Jinnah for negotia-
tions. The author remarks, "......It was not Pakistan, it was hedged with quali-
fications but it was a momentous concession for Gandhi to make”.—Ibid., p. 34.
Singh, Durlab, ed. A complete record of unity talks. Lahore, The
Hero publications, 1945. 275p. 18 cm.
1584
Includes what Gandhi and Jinnah wrote and spoke on the difficult issue of
Hindu-Muslim unity after Gandhi's release from the Aga Khan palace prison in
1943.
Spinner. In Time (Chicago) 44:34. Aug. 28, 1944,
1585
Subject Approach
235
Sarcastic remarks about Gandhi and critical comments on the Gandhi-
Jinnah negotiations. Also mentions Chakravarthi Rajagopalachariar's advice to
Gandhi to accept Pakistan.
Topolski, F. Pencil studies of Gandhi and Jinnah. In Illustrated
London news (London) 205: 359. Sep. 23, 1944. port.
1586
Gives a British interpretation of the Gandhi-Jinnah meeting at the latter's
residence in Bombay, on September 9, 1944.
Towards an Indian settlement. In New statesman and nation (London)
28:49. Jul. 22, 1944.
1587
Commenting on Churchill's attitude towards India's communal problem
the editor remarks. "But we are not sanguine that a settlement can be reached
either with Indians, or between Indians, until we make it crystal clear that we want
to settle. This Mr. Churchill has never managed to convey, though his mastery of
the English language is equal to the task. His countrymen expect him to say it
now."-Ibid., p. 49.
Why Gandhi and Jinnah failed; with text of correspondence. In
Amerasia (New York) 8: 307-319. Nov. 3, 1944.
1588
Gives a complete story of the Gandhi-Jinnah negotiations and reprints their
correspondence. The Lahore resolution of the Muslim League and the C.R.
Formula is also given. An Article by P.C. Joshi, published in Amerasia, on
October 6, 1944, is recommended for further study. This non-critical article
deals with the failure of the negotiations not only from India's point of view but
forecasts its repercussions on international political affairs.
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
GANDHI-MARRIAGE
Gandhi, M.K. Child marriage. In his The story of my experiments
with truth. Translated from the original in Gujarati by Mahadev
Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1927. 2v. 21 cm. v. 1,
p. 26-33. Also in Gandhi's autobiography, reprinted by the Public
affairs press, Washington, D.C., in 1948. p.18-21.
1589
An intimate story Gandhi himself tells of his child marriage at the age of
thirteen.
About
Doke, Joseph J. Changes. In his M. K. Gandhi: an Indian patriot
in South Africa. With an introduction by Lord Ampthill. London,
The London Indian Chronicle, 1909. xi, 97p. p.21-25.
1590
Probably the first biographer of Gandhi tells a story of Gandhi's marriage.
He relates, "The wedding day was very merry. Mohandas, his broher, and a cousin
were married at the same time. Numbers of relatives were present, flowers in
abundance made the home gay, and as the brides and bridegrooms were but children,
every part of the ceremony from the priestly chanting of mantras to the game of
cowrie-shells, was full of enjoyment.”—Ibid., p. 21.
Fischer, Louis. The beginnings of an extraordinary man. In his
236
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
The life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Harper and brothers, 1950.
x, 558p. p.16-18.
1591
An interesting story of Gandhi's marriage. Fischer adds, ...Gandhi
married when he was a high school sophomore-age thirteen. He had been engaged
three times, of course, without his knowledge. He was told six years later, a short
time before the wedding. The bride was Kasturbai, the daughter of a Porbandar
merchant named Gokuldas, Nakanji. The marriage lasted sixty-two years."—Ibid.,
p. 16.
Muzumdar, Haridas T. The life-story of Gandhi. In his Gandhi
the apostle; his trial and his message. Chicago, Universal publishing
co., 1923. viii, 206p. 19 cm. p.103.
1592
A brief note on Gandhi's marriage. The author adds, "The young boy was
betrothed at the age of eight and married at the age of twelve. Some time before
marriage, the bride-elect were brought to Gandhi's home and the two children
became play-mates."-Ibid., p. 103.
<<
Peare, Catherine Owens. Two children are married. In her Mahatma
Gandhi; a biography for young people. New York, Henry Holt and
company, 1950. xv, 229p. p.1-10.
1593
Describes in simple English the way Gandhi got married with Kasturbai.
The authoress opens the chapter of her book with these words, "An eleven-year-
old girl dutifully placed her hand in that of a thirteen-year-old boy, and together
they took the seven steps around the sacred fire of burning rice, twigs, and ghee.
This was their wedding; they were bride and groom. In a few minutes they would
be man and wife, and until this ceremony they had never been permitted to see each
other."-Ibid., p. 1.
Tendulkar, D.G. Early years, 1875-1888. In his MAHATMA
v. 1. 29-33.
1594
After describing Gandhi's early marriage the author adds, "The custom
of early marriage was prevalent in India at that time. It was purely a question of
the elder's convenience and economy. Kaba Gandhi was sixty years old and
wanted to see his youngest son married along with the elder son during his lifetime
and a glimpse at a grandson before closing one's eyes."-Ibid., p. 30.
GANDHI ON EDUCATION
see
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
GANDHI Parents, BirtII AND CHILDHCCD
Gandhi, M.K. Birth and parentage. In his The story of my ex-
periment with truth. Translated from the original in Gujarati by
Mahadev Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1927. 2v. 21cm.
v. 1, p. 15-20.
1595
The first chapter of Gandhi's autobiography in which he relates the origin of
his family name, "Gandhi”, and the name and professions of his grandfather and
father.
About
Doke, Joseph J. Early days. In his M. K. Gandhi; an Indian
patriot in South Africa. With an introduction by Lord Ampthill,
Subject Approach
237
London, The London Indian chronicle, 1909. xi, 97p. 191cm.
p. 18-20.
1596
""
Relating the story of Gandhi's early days of childhood the author adds, "It
was here (Porbandar) that Gandhi was born, on the 2nd of October, 1869, the
youngest of the three children.' He continues, "On the sixth day, according to
Hindu custom, a great feast was held under the auspices of Vidhata, Goddess of
Fortune, and the child's name was given. The name chosen was "Mohandas”.—
Ibid., p. 18.
Doke Joseph J. His parents. In his M. K. Gandhi; an Indian patriot
in South Africa. With an introduction by Lord Ampthill. London,
The London Indian chronicle, 1909. xi, 97p. p. 15-18.
1597
An intimate story of Gandhi's parents, and their part in shaping the nature
of their youngest son.
Fischer, Louis. The beginnings of an extraordinary man. In his
The life of Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Harper and brothers,
1950. ix, 558p. 21cm. p.12-23.
1598
""
Gandhi, belonged to the Modh Bania subdivision", of "the Vaisya
caste". He,
was the fourth and last child of his father's (Karamchand
Gandhi) fourth and last marriage.' "He was born at Porbandar on October 2,
1869. The year the Suez Canal was opened, Thomas A. Edison patented his first
invention, France celebrated the hundredth anniversary of the birth of Napoleon
Bonaparte, and Charles W. Eliot became president of Harvard University. Karl
Marx had just published Capital, Bismarck was about to launch the Franco-Prussian
War, and Victoria ruled over England and India.”—Ibid., p. 13-14.
66
Friedmann, A. Kindheit Mahatma Gandhi's In Zeitschrift fur
individualpsychologie (Vienna) II: 1-7 1932.
1599
An essay in German on Gandhi's childhood.
Lahiri, P.C. Childhood. In his In search of truth; a picture
album depicting a few eventful landmarks from the life of Mahatma
Gandhi. Calcutta, A. Mukherjee and co., 1947. 95p. p.9.
1600
A pictorial account of Gandhi's childhood.
Muzumdar, Haridas, T. A child of one world. In his Mahatma
Gandhi; peaceful revolutionary. New York and London, Charles
Scribner's sons, 1952. xi, 127p. p.1-15.
1601
An ardent admirer of Gandhi describes his childhood.
The life-story of Gandhi. In his Gandhi the apostle; his trial
and message. Chicago, Universal publishing co., 1923. viii, 206p.
19 cm. p. 101-106.
1602
An intimate account of Gandhi's parents, birth and childhood.
Nehru, Krishna. Gandhi was born. In her The story of Gandhi.
Illustrated by Howard Simon. New York, Didier publishers, 1950.
64p. p.6-8.
1693
This story of Gandhi's birth and childhood was specially written for children.
Polak, H. Preparing for life. In his Mahatma Gandhi. With a
•
238
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
foreword and appreciation by Her Excellency Sarojini Naidu. London,
Odhams press ltd., 1948. 320p. 20cm. p.9-22.
1604
A short account of Gandhi's childhood.
Tendulkar, D.G. Birth of Gandhi. In his MAHATMA v. 1:
27-28.
1605
An account of Gandhi's birth and birth place, i.e., "Porbandar in Kathiavad
otherwise known as Sudamapuri,” “on October 2, 1869.”—Ibid., p. 27.
—Early days, 1875-1888. In his MAHATMA v. 1 : 29-33. 1606
Gives an illustrated account of Gandhi's student life.
GANDHI-POETRY
Appaiah, V. Mystery of Aga Khan palace or the temple of Kasturba.
Andhra, The author 1948. 9p. 16cm.
1607
A collection of three poems written on the Aga Khan palace prison, Gandhi's
fast and its conclusion in the prison.
Benet, William Rose. Gandhi poem. In Saturday review of
literature (New York) 31: 20. Feb. 14, 1948.
1608
A poem of three stanzas written in Gandhi's memory after his assassination.
The first stanza reads as:
"Violence killed Good.
But violence dies.
The pure, the martyred blood
Speaks to the skies."—Ibid., p. 20.
Bose, Biman Chandra. Gandhi-Gita and passing of Mahatmaji-the
supermortal. Calcutta, Thacker, Spink and co., 1948. xvi, 173p.
1609
8cm.
In this small book Gandhi's life is described in verses.
Bradley, Dwight. Mahatma Gandhi: poem. In Christian century
(Chicago) 47: 810. Jun. 25, 1930.
1610
A poem of three stanzas in the honour of Gandhi. The last stanza reads
as:
"The 'self-deluded' Jew whom Rome despised,
Later, by Rome, was apotheosized.
Mahatma! Saint! With all great souls allied!
Condemned today—tomorrow justified.”—Ibid., p. 810.
Chater, Ellen. Mahatma Gandhi; review; poem. In World to-
morrow (New York) 9:147. Oct., 1926.
1611
The poet compares Gandhi to an Avatar or prophet:
"He counts the vilest brother. He is meek.
His patience sets men's thoughts where things abide.
He seeks no praise. Thus stars and prophets speak.
There I'd put Gandhi's name and with the faint
Sweet Pleiadas for letters I'd add "Saint".-Ibid., p. 147.
Subject Approach
239
Aubade : Mohandas K. Gandhi ; January
review of literature (New York) 34:23
1612
Gordon, Melanie Byron.
30, 1948. In Saturday
Jan. 27, 1951.
A poem of eight stanzas written in honour of Gandhi. A remarkable stanza
reads as:
“Ah, Mahatma, you the symbol, unassuming ;
Giving graven in the mind;
The open palm for syllables of fire,
Dissolving fingers
Writing indelibly upon the Indian afternoon-
Your winged word, "Ahimsa”;
Heroically it lingers
Riding upon the back of the sky !"—Ibid.,
p. 23.
Karapetoff, Vladimir. Gandhi speaks: poem. In World tomorrow
(New York) 16:322. Apr. 5, 1933.
1613
The last stanza reads as :
Interpretation of Gandhi's ideas in verses.
"For I am the substratum pure,
The essence of the best in man,
And when they follow me,
They but obey in truth
And inner voice within."—Ibid., p. 322.
Modak, Cyril. Mahatma Gandhi-a poem. In GE 1951: 1. 1614
A homage to Gandhi in poetry. In the last stanza the poet says:
"From star-fringed galleries of heaven, lo! thrice
Thrice happy, Freedom's martyrs shout the praise
Of one who flaunts at death and Christ-like pays
His life-blood as his people's ransom price !”—Ibid., p. 1.
Moolson, M. Saint and satan: poetry. London, Indian publishers,
1930. 47p. 19 cm.
1615
Naidu, Sarojini. Lotus; poem to M.K. Gandhi. In World tomorrow
(New York) 7: 364. Dec., 1924.
1616
This is a poem written in honour of Gandhi by one of his most devoted follo-
wers and friends.
Roland Holst, Henriette (Van der Schalk). Een requiem voor Gandhi.
Amsterdam, Van Ditmor, 1948. 30p. ports. 21cm.
1617
These verses were written in memory of Gandhi after his assassination.
"In love, he turned
His soul, to find
Freedom from pain
For humankind.”—Ibid., p. 191.
Tompkins, Jeannette. Mahatma Gandhi : poem. In World to-
morrow (New York) 14: 191. Jan., 1931.
1618
The poet portrays Gandhi's character in the following words:
Williston, D.F. Gandhi; room. In Opportunity (New York). 26 :
155. Oct., 1948.
1619
240
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
•
GANDHI-PRISON LIFE
Gandhi, M.K. Mijn ervaringen uit de gevanganis. Geautoriseerde
be wenking door Carolus Verhulst. The Hague, Service, 1926. 51p.
19 cm.
1620
An authorized translation into Dutch by Carolus Verhulst of Gandhi's "My
jail experiences."
My jail experiences. Madras, Tagore and co.,1920. 52p.
18 cm.
1621
A pen-picture of Gandhi's early jail experiences in South Africa.
About
Shankarlal. Gandhi's life in prison. In Nation (New York) 117:
24-26. Jul. 4, 1923.
1622
An intimate account of Gandhi's life in prison by one of his fellow prisoners.
GANDHI-PROPHET
Gandhi, M.K. Fellowship of faiths and unity of religions. Edited by
Abdul Majid Khan. Introduction by Acharya J.B. Kripalani. Fore-
word by Gurmukh Nihal Singh. Madras, G.A. Natesan, 1948.
xv, 53p. 19cm.
1623
A collection of Gandhi's articles on the fellowship of faiths and unity of differ-
ent religions. Commentaries of J.B. Kripalani and Sardar Gurmukh Nihal Singh,
further clarify and elucidate Gandhi's prophetic ideas.
--My Mahatmaship. In MMG 1945: 7-12. Also in TMG
1945 354-358.
1624
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings in which he confessed that
he is not a prophet but he is merely "among the humblest of God's creatures."
Ibid., p. 7.
About
Banerjee, Jitendra Nath. The Hindu concept of God. In The religion
of the Hindus; edited by Kenneth W. Morgan. New York, The
Ronald press corp., 1953. 434p. 22cm. p. 45-47.
1625
An examination and evaluation of Gandhi's philosophy. The author adds,
"His (Gandhi's) message was not meant simply for Hindus or India but for the
whole world." The author further adds, "According to him, Truth is God and
non-violence the means of reaching it."—Ibid., p. 47.
:
Gandhi the way of prophets and saints. In Nation (New York)
114:332. Mar. 22, 1922.
1626
+
A brief study comparing Gandhi's personal qualities with prophets and saints.
Heath, Carl. M. K. Gandhi: apostle of light and truthforce. In
MG 1949: 91-93.
1627
"That M.K. Gandhi," the author adds, "should hold with such strength to
the doctrine of satyagraha is fitting, for he is himself an incarnation of soul-force.
Subject Approach
24ĺ
Above all his political and social activity he remains always the man of the soul.
And as such he speaks to the modern world as a challenging man. This is his
greatest virtue and prophetic value."-Ibid., p. 93. -
Heline, Theodore. Gandhi, the prophet of love in action. Los
Angeles, New age publishing company, 1949. 22p. 19cm. 1628
Interprets Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and explains that he is really
a prophet of love in action.
Hobhouse, Stephen. The significance of Gandhi for the outlook of a
Christian pacifist. In MG 1949: 94-110.
1629
Estimating Gandhi's significance the author adds, "Of these historic light-
bearers, one of the greatest of all time, so it seems to me, is Mohandas Karam-
chand Gandhi, the prophet of ahimsa-satyagraha.”—Ibid., p. 96.
Mallik, Basant Kumar. Gandhi; a prophecy. Oxford, Hall, 1948.
90p. 22cm.
1630
Indian edition published by Hind Kitabs, Bombay.
"This book on the life and death of Gandhi......gives an account of his
(Gandhi's) Mahaprasthan, the Great Departure, and records of prophecy which
came to him (the author) as it were from the mouth of Gandhi after his death."
The author,
.is convinced that the message of Gandhi after his death
has solved the problem of human history which his life and death, whatever their
significance, failed to do.”—Ibid., Book jacket.
•
Meherally, Yusuf. Rebel and prophet. In G 1944: 235-240. 1631
One of Gandhi's Muslim followers believes that Gandhi, "confronts our
disturbed world in two different roles. First, as a rebel against British rule in
India. Second, as the prophet of a new civilization and a new social philosophy.”-
Ibid., p. 235.
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Gandhi the apostle. Chicago,
Universal press, 1923. vii, 11-208p. 20 cm.
1632
The first half of the book is a panorama of history showing India's contribu-
tion to religious, philosophical and scientific thought of Indian nationality. The
second half is devoted to Gandhi as India's contribution to humanity and his gospel
of passive resistance and non-co-operation.
Raju, P.T. Contemporary idealism: Mahatma Gandhi. In his
idealistic thought of India. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 1953.
454p. 23cm. p. 290-299.
1633
Here Gandhi is studied as one of the contemporaries among India's saints,
mystics and idealists.
Sarma, D.S. A great prophet of Hinduism. In MG 1949: 269-
272.
1634
In the author's opinion Gandhi is one of the greatest creative personalities
in the history of Hindu religion and his speeches and writings will form a part of
the sacred books of Hinduism.
Siegfried, Andre. Gandhi apotre et agitateur. In his Voyage aux
Indes. Paris, Colin, 1951. 160p. illus. 19cm. p.50-55. 1635
242
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A tribute to Gandhi paid by the author in a letter he wrote on November
15, 1950, from New Delhi, during his second visit to India in 1950. The author
first visited India in 1900.
Sitaramayya, B. Pattabhi. Gandhi-the Avatar (piophet). In MG
1949: 206.
1636
"In India," the author adds, "we call our great men avatars, man who des-
cend on earth from on high as embodiments of the Divine in order to protect and
punish vice." He further adds, "We have in our midst an avatar in Gandhi who has
worked out the gospel of perfect non-violence in the work-a-day world.”—Ibid.,
p. 206.
Stroele, A. Gandhi und die religion. Stuttgart, 1933. 50p. 19cm.
1637
A brief study in German of Gandhi's religious ideas.
Wilson, P.W. Gandhi as India's prophet: In Review of reviews
(London) 65: 499-503. May, 1922.
1638
Wint, G. Gandhi heiliger und politiker. In Brucke deutsche Uber-
setzungen aus der weltpresse (Essen, Germany) 69 10. 1948. 1639
A short article in German describing Gandhi as holy man and a politician.
Wittmaack, A. Ein gott in die mache. In Kreis; Zeitschrift fur
kunstlerische kultur (Hamburger) 7: 362 1930.
1640
Gandhi; a god in making. It is a brief article in German.
GANDHI REVIEWS OF BOOKS ON HIM
Bates, Ralph. Review of "Week with Gandhi" by Louis Fischer.
In Nation (New York) 56: 568. Apr. 17, 1943.
1641
A favourable review of Louis Fischer's "A week with Gandhi", published
by Duell, Sloan and Pearce, New York, in 1943. The reviewer endorses Fischer's
conclusions about Gandhi's stand regarding the political situation in 1942-1943.
J
Blyth, E.M.E. Practical idealist; review of "Mahatma Gandhi”,
by Romain Rolland. In English review (London) 42: 648-654.
May, 1926.
1642
A critical review by an Englishman of Romain Rolland's "Mahatma Gandhi :
the man who became one with the universal being", published by Swarthrume press,
London, in 1926. The reviewer adds, "From M. Rolland's little book on Mahatma
Gandhi, we learn that the Indian describes himself as a practical Idealist, (p. 44).
An Idealist he certainly is-or, should we say, he was?-with much of beauty in
his life and seeking; but neither in word, nor thought, nor deed, has he ever been
practical. The chilling conviction is forced upon us on every page, in spite of M.
Rolland's admiration for his hero, which is apparent throughout the book.”—Ibid.,
p. 648-649.
Brown, A.J. Does Gandhi represent all India? In Missionary
review of the world (Princeton, N.J.) 53:935. Dec., 1930. 1643
A hostile criticism of John Haynes Holmes' introduction to Gandhi's bio-
graphy by C.F. Andrews.
Subject Approach
243
Fisher, Frederick B. Gandhi himself. In Christian century (Chicago)
47: 1345. Nov. 5, 1930.
1644
A review of C.F. Andrews' "Mahatma Gandhi-his own story", with an intro-
duction by John Haynes Holmes, published by the Macmillan company, New
York, and London, in 1930. The reviewer points out, "Here is an autobiography
more captivating than fiction and more revealing study of the human soul that I have
ever read. Stark realism and strict honest face you on every page.”—Ibid., p. 1345.
Fischer, Louis. Across India with camera and typewriter. In
Saturday review of literature (New York) 32: 12-13. Jun. 25, 1949. 1645
A balanced review of Margaret Bourke-White's "Halfway to freedom,"
published in 1949, by Simon and Schuster, New York. Fischer clarifies some of
the author's misunderstandings about Gandhi and his philosophy. While answer-
ing the author's criticism of Gandhi about his ideas of machinery, Fischer quotes
Gandhi himself, "What I object to,” he (Gandhi) wrote, "is that craze for machi-
nery, not machinery as such." The reviewer further clarifies Gandhi's ideas and
adds, “He (Gandhi) was not anti-machine; he merely recognized earlier than most
of us the perils of the machine age.”—Ibid., p. 12.
-And never the twain? Review of "Mahatma and the world",
by K. Shridharani. In Satur day review of literature (New York)
29:16. Jun. 29, 1946.
1646
"The book," Fischer remarks, "is in a way a biography of Gandhi with
emphasis on the development of his ideas. It is based on Gandhi's big autobio-
graphy and on other data. It is an interesting book."—Ibid., p. 17.
-Phenomenon of Gandhi; review of, "What does Gandhi want",
by T.A. Raman. In Saturday review of literature (New York)
25:25. Dec. 5, 1942.
1647
A reply to T.A. Raman who does not believe that Gandhi was a great man
and criticies him in more ways than one Fischer cites what Bernard Shaw, John
Gunther and other well-known authors say about Gandhi and explains that,
“T.A. Raman, an Indian journalist, has chosen one side of Gandhi and tried to
reveal it by stringing white pearls from Gandhi on a black thread."--Ibid., p. 25.
Gandhi versus socialism. In World tomorrow (New York) 13: 607.
Dec. 28, 1932. port.
1648
Review of "Gandhi versus socialism", by Richard Gregg, published in 1932,
by John Day, New York. The reviewer believes that Richard Gregg, "perhaps the
most authoritative exponent of Gandhi's political and ethical idealism in America,
comapares the Mahatma's Political strategy and philosophy with that of socia-
lism."
He further adds, "The West has much to learn from Mr. Gandhi and it will
have more to learn when it learns that parliamentarianism is not enough and that
other forms of pressure will have to be used to achieve basic political change.”—Ibid.,
p. 607.
Hitrec, Joseph George. Chela (disciple) finds his guru (teacher).
In Saturday review of literature (New York) 32 : 11; 12 Jul. 16,
1949.
1649
A review of "Lead, kindly light", by Vincent Sheean. The book, "is a
passionately eloquent attempt, for although it does not strike out on new ground
it restates Gandhianism in a dramatically personal and contagious manner. The
corner stones are indeed....non-violence, cult of truth, service to community
and mankind, humanity and love. Mr. Sheean shows the emergence of these
principles as a logical and continuous growth, bounded by Gandhi's introvert
temperament and by the historical forces of the century."-Ibid., p. 11.
244
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
4.
Lindeman, E.C. God-driven man of India; review of "Life of Mahatma
Gandhi", by Louis Fischer. In Saturday review of literature (New
York) 33 11-12. Sep. 16, 1950.
1650
"Louis Fischer," the reviewer remarks, "who perhaps knew Gandhi as inti-
mately as any American, has undertaken to show us how greatness took hold this
little man and made of him one of the world's most striking personalities. It is a
tortuous story. Gandhi's life forms a pattern of paradox, contradiction, and anomaly ;
and in these respects it was a true projection of India itself. He was a mystic,
a God-driven man, and at the same time an empirical politician.”—Ibid., p. 11.
Lothar, Ernst. Apostles of Utopia. In Living age (New York)
333 : 687-693. Oct. 15, 1927.
1651
It is a review of Rene Fulop-Muller's book, "Lenin and Gandhi." The
reviewer in conclusion says, "His (Gandhi's) life is not unlike that of Lenin, for
it springs from reality and works towards Utopia. Like Lenin's, it contains a
boundless reservoir of power. But Gandhi's Utopia is boundless love, a grand Uto-
pia extending from the broad heavens to the depths of earth.”—Ibid., p. 693.
Macnicol, N. Autobiography. In International review of missions
(Edinburgh) 17: 396-398. Apr., 1928.
1652
A review of Gandhi's "The story of my experiments with truth", published by
Navajivan press, Ahmedabad, 1927.
Marshall, Margaret. Notes by the way; real story of Gandhi's latest
victory in India. In Nation (New York) 148: 617. May 27, 1939.
1653
A review of Haridas T. Muzumdar's "Gandhi triumphant; the inside story
of the historic fast," published in 1939 by Universal publishing company, Chicago.
The review is critical. Summarizes the causes which led Gandhi to undertake a fast
to solve the Rajkot dispute.
Pearson, L.T. Revolution, Russian and Hindu. In Outlook (New
York) 149 30-33. May 2, 1938. port.
1654
A review of "Lenin and Gandhi", by Rene Fulop-Muller.
Rathnaswamy, M. Lenin and Gandhi. In Indian review (Madras)
24:456. Jul. 1928.
1655
A review of "Lenin and Gandhi", by Rene Fulop Muller. The reviewer, a
well-known lawyer of India while pointing out differences between Gandhi and
Lenin adds, ...At first sight no other two personalities of contemporary
history stand in such stark opposition to each other. Gandhi, the idealist whose
realities are all in the future, and Lenin the realist who had no time for promises and
prophecies; Gandhi, the pacifist and non-violent enemy of governments, and pupil
of Tolstoy and Lenin practitioner of violence and hater of Tolstoy; Gandhi the lover
of simple life and hater of material progress who thought the beau ideal of adminis-
rative policy was the bringing of electric light to each and every village. Gandhi,
the devotee to God and religion and Lenin the anti-religious fanatic who was out to
overthrow God; the archenemy of the Communist social order.”—Ibid., p. 456¸
Reviews of two volumes of selections from Gandhi's printed opinions.
In Canadian forum (Toronto) 22: 356. Mar., 1943.
1656
Reviews of two books: "My appeal to the British", by M. K. Gandhi and
"What does Gandhi want", by T.A. Raman. In the first one are collected Gandhi's
articles which he wrote during 1941-42, asking the Britishers to withdraw their
Subject Approach
245
power from India. The second book is a hostile criticism of Gandhi, his attitude
towards World War II, and his "Quit India” movement, against the British Govern-
ment.
Salvation by thread; hand spinning in India. In Nation (London)
31:404-405. Jun. 17, 1922.
1657
A critical review of Gandhi's "The wheel of fortune", published by Ganesh
and co., Madras, in 1922.
Saunders, Kenneth. Mahatma Gandhi seen through his autobiography.
In Pacific affairs (New York) 49: 201-209. Mar., 1931.
1658
A review of Gandhi's “The story of my experiments with truth”, published
in 1927 by Navajivan press, Ahmedabad.
Smith, Thomas Vernor. Saints secular and sacerdotal-James Nadison
and Mahatma. In Ethics (Chicago) 59: 58-60. Oct., 1948.
&
1659
A review of Gandhi's "The story of my experiments with truth.”
Stuart, L. Entertaining Gandhi. In National review (London)
99:754-759. Dec., 1932.
1660
A review of "Entertaining Gandhi", by Muriel Lester.
Varadachari, N.S. Tragedy of Gandhi. In Indian review (Madras)
36:306-307. May, 1935.
1661
A review of "The tragedy of Gandhi", by Glorney Bolton, published in 1935
by Allen and Unwin, London. The reviewer violently disagrees with Bolton's
conclusion that "....the Mahatma's life has been a sad tragedy." He also disagrees
with the author, when he "represents the Mahatma....as the weak person dragged
by the mere sense of loyalty to his colleagues into decisions which left to himself
he would not have countenanced."-Ibid., p. 307.
GANDHI-REVOLUTIONARY
Gandhi, M.K. Rebellion. In TWG 1945: 476. Orig. pub. YI.,
Jun. 2, 1920.
1662
Defining a rebellion Gandhi said, "Rebellion in a just cause is a duty, the
extent of opposition being determined by the measure of the injustice done and felt."
-Ibid., p. 476.
About
Meherally, Yusuf. Rebel and prophet. In G 1944: 235-240. 1663
Summarizes and estimates Gandhi's life and work and ultimately concludes
that Gandhi was not only a rebel but also a prophet.
GANDHI-SAINT
Gandhi, M.K. Sainthood.
In TMG 1945: 491-492.
1664
Defining sainthood Gandhi said, "Sainthood is the acme of purity. This
purity cannot be attained or realized by dying. It can be attained only through
constant striving, constant immolation of spirit from day to day."-Ibid., p. 491.
1-6.
1665
Neither saint nor sinner. In MMG 1945
A collection of his views denouncing himself a saint.
246
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Hossain, Syed. Gandhi: the saint as statesman. Los
Suttorhouse, ltd., 1937. 68p. port. fascism. 21cm.
A study of Gandhi as a saint and a statesman.
Khanna, R.N. comp. Gandhi saint or sinner; through Western
:
eyes. Lahore, Allied Indian publishers, 1941. 112p. 19cm. 1667
The articles and essays compiled in this slim volume came from selected
Westerners and throw light on Gandhi's life and thought.
Oxnam, Garfield Bromley. Saint as reformer. In Saturday review
of literature (New York) 33: 6-7, also continues on p. 27-28. Jan.
7, 1950.
1668
Angeles,
1666
Examines and describes Gandhi and his services to India and concludes,
"He moved masses with his ideas because he himself incarnated them.”—Ibid.,
p. 28. The author also adds,“Gandhi was a saint who applied the scientific method
in his search for the laws that govern in the realm of the spirit."—Ibid., p. 6.
GANDHI SOCIAL REFORMER
Gandhi, M.K. Class war. In MMG 1945: 116-119.
1669
Extracts from his writings on a classless society. Explaining his views he
said, "My idea of society is that while we are born equal, meaning that we have
right to equal opportunity, all have not the same capacity."—Ibid., p. 117
Reformer.
In TMG 1945: 477.
An account of Gandhi's views on the duties of social reformers.
About
In Revue internationale de la Croix
1949.
1671
Gandhi et la Croix-Rouge.
Rouge (Geneva) 31: 637-640.
Interprets Gandhi's views about the services of the Red Cross.
Gregg, Richard B. Gandhiji as a social scientist and social inventor.
In MG 1949: 80-86.
1672
Considering India's social problems, for the solution of which Gandhi worked
all his life, the author remarks, "How like a great scientist Gandhi made research
of India's social problems as poverty, unemployment, violence between individuals
and groups, disunity and friction between social groups, illiteracy and lesser extent,
sanitation, public health, nutrition, etc., and found out solutions suited to India's
civilization and culture."-Ibid., p. 80.
Bibliography: p. 276-291.
Author's works: p. 292.
A study in German of Gandhi's religion, and social thought.
Wellock, Wilfred. Gandhi as social revolutionary.
The author, 1950. 39p. 21cm,
1670
Muhlmann, Wilhelm Emil. Mahatma Gandhi; der Mann und seine
Wirkung. Eine Untersuchung zur Relionssoziologie und politischen
Ethik. Tubingen, Mohr, 150. 298p. 23cm.
1673
"
Birmingham,
1674
Subject Approach
247
An interpretation of Gandhi's Constructive programme, which includes
village uplift, removal of untouchability and other social services to India's people.
GANDHI-SOCIALIST
Gandhi, M.K. A chapter on class war. In SG 1948 :88-98. 1675
These gleanings from Gandhi's writings provide information about his views
on class distinction in Indian society and how to remove it and to provide equal
opportunities for all people.
The distribution of wealth.
In SG 1948: 75-87.
1676
Extracts from his writings on the problem of distribution of wealth in India.
1677
Gospel of work. In SG 1948: 48-63.
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings which explain his views on
the production and distribution of wealth in a society. The sources of extracts
are duly quoted and numbered.
-Industrialization: old and new. In SG 1948 : 64-74.
1678
This collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings explains his views about
industrialization in India.
The theory of trusteeship. In SG 1948: 286-288.
1679
Gleanings from Gandhi's writings on his theory of "trusteeship." Selected
and arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose. The selections are numbered and their
sources are quoted.
Trusteeship. In TMG 1945
551.
1680
Extracts from Gandhi's writings on his theory of "Trusteeship", i.c., Gan-
dhian socialism. Defining the theory Gandhi said, "The trusteeship theory is not
unilateral, and does not in the least imply superiority of the trustee. It is, as I have
shown, a perfectly mutual affair and each believes that his own interest is best safe-
guarded by safeguarding the interest of the other."-TNS 1951: 82.
About
Agarwala, Amar Narian. Gandhism, a socialistic approach. Allaha-
bad, Kitab-mahal, 1944. 56p. 183cm.
1681
A Gandhian economist interprets Gandhi's point of view about modern
socialism.
Dantwala, M.L. A new synthesis. In G 1944 95-98.
1682
An examination and interpretation of Gandhi's theory of "trusteeship."
Interpreting Gandhi's view of a new socialistic society the author adds, "In Gandhi-
ji's society the primary responsibility of working the new society will be on men
and in order that institutions may not devour ideas, the social mechanism is sought
to be kept as simple as possible."—Ibid., p. 98.
Masani, M.R. Is Gandhi a socialist? In G 1944: 83-94. 1683
An interpretation that Gandhi is a socialist. Comments on Gandhi's state-
ment in which he said, "I too claim to be a socialist.”—Ibid., p. 83.
Nehru, Y. Le socialisme de Gandhi. In Figaro litteraire (Paris)
6:5. 1951.
1684
An intepretation in French of Gandhian socialism.
248
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
see also
SOCIALISM
GANDHI-STATESMAN
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi der Heilige und der Staatsmann in eigeneni
Ausspruchen. Ausgewahlt und eingeleitet von Baba Pyare Lal Bed
und Freda M. Houlston. Munchen, Reinhardt, 1933. 80p. 19cm.
1685
In this slim volume are translated into German by Freda M. Houlston Gandhi's
articles which reveal his political and religious ideals. Selected and introduced
by Baba Pyare Lal Bedi.
-Politics. In TMG 1945: 445-446.
1686
A collection of extracts from his writings on politics. Once he said, "The
politician in me has never dominated a single decision of mine, and if I seem to take
part in politics, it is only because politics encircle us to-day like the coil of a snake
from which one cannot get out, no matter how much one tries."-Ibid., p. 445.
State. In TMG 1945: 526-528.
1687
An account of his views on an ideal Government, its relationship with the
people, their rights and duties.
About
Alexander, Horace Gundry. Social and political ideas of Mahatma
Gandhi. New Delhi, Council of world affairs, Bombay, Oxford uni-
versity press, 1949. 84p. 19cm.
1688
The author is an English pacifist and a close associate of Gandhi. In this
pamphlet he examines and estimates Gandhi's political and social ideas in the light
of his experience of working with Gandhi on several occasions.
Brown, D. Mackenzie. Non-violence as political power: Gandhi.
In his The White umbrella ; Indian political thought from Manu to
Gandhi. Berkelay, University of California press, 1953. xv, 205p.
illus. 21cm. p. 139-156.
1689
A brief biographical sketch of Gandhi and an examination of Gandhi's philo-
sophy of non-violence and its application into politics.
Buber, M. Gandhi, die politik und wir. In Die Gandhi-revolution,
herausgegeben von Fritz Diettrich. Dresden, W. Jess, 1930. 215p.
21 cm. p. 160-177.
1690
A study of Gandhi as a politician, in German.
Das, Bhagavan. Gandhi and the Congress. In MG 1949 68-79
1691.
Closely studies and examines Gandhi's political leadership of India with
special reference to the Indian National Congress. The essay is critical and the
author frankly adds, "Neither Mahatma Gandhi, nor Shri Jawaharlal Nehru, nor
Shri Subhas Chandra Bose, nor any other member of the High Command, nor any
other recognized and followed 'leader' of the Congress (except C. R. Das for a
while) has ever tried to explain to the public what the word "Swaraj" (complete
independence) means.”—Ibid., p. 75.
Subject Approach
249
Dhavan. Gopinath. The political philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. viii, 407p. 201cm.
1692
"This book is an attempt to study Mahatma Gandhi's Political Philosophy
ncluding his technique of resisting injustice and abuse of power and of effecting
social change.”—Ibid., p. iv. The present study was submitted by the author to
Lucknow University (India) as a thesis for the Ph. D. degree.
Einstein, Albert. Gandhi's statesmanship. In MG 1949 : 79-80
1693
Estimating Gandhi's importance as a politician the author adds, "Gandhi
is unique in political history. He has invented an entirely new humane technique
for the liberation struggle of an oppressed people and carried it out with the greatest
energy and devotion."-Ibid., p. 79.
Ewald, O. Gandhi der politiker des geistes. In Die Gandhi revolu-
tion, herausgegeben von Fritz Diettrich. Dresden, W. Jess, 1930.
215p. 21 cm. p. 26-50.
1694
An essay in German studying Gandhi as a politician.
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi's new strategy. In Nation (New York)
159: 123-125. Jul. 29, 1944.
1695
A review of the political condition of India after Gandhi's release from the
Aga Khan palace prison on May 5, 1944, where he was imprisoned without trial
since August 9, 1942. The author also surveys Gandhi's active part in solving
India's political and communal problems. He mentions Gandhi's efforts to solve
the difficult problem of Hindu-Muslim unity by meeting the Viceroy, M.A. Jinnah,
and other national leaders.
Holmes, Walter Herbert Creame. Twofold Gandhi: Hindu monk
and revolutionary politician. London, Mowbray, 1952. 144p. 20 cm.
1696
A study of Gandhi's religious and political ideas.
Hossain, Syed. Gandhi: the saint as statesman. Los Angeles,
Suttorhouse ltd., 1937. 68p. port. 21cm.
1697
An intimate study of Gandhi's political philosophy and its connection with his
religious ideas.
Hutchinson, Lester. Gandhi: politician with a halo. In Current
history (New York) 41: 413-418. Jan., 1935.
1698
The author is an English journalist and knew Gandhi well. In this article
he studies Gandhi as a politician and remarks, "Gandhi as a saint is of no impor-
tance, but Gandhi as a political force is one of the greatest figures of contemporary
history and as such cannot be ignored."-Ibid., p. 418.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Gandhi, the statesman.
Delhi, Ranjit, 1951. 111p. 18cm.
1699
A collection of ten articles, originally contributed to the Vigil (New Delhi)
to clarify that “Gandhiji was not merely a spiritual and moral reformer but a states-
man who judged the political and economic situation in India correctly and derived
well-received measures to meet it."-Foreword, p. i,
250
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Mitchell, Kate Louise. Gandhi's rise as a national leader. In her
India without fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred A. Knoff,
1942. vii, 296, xiiip. 21cm. p. 155-168.
1700
Summarizes India's political struggle for her independence from 1919 to 1942,
and proclaims Gandhi as its leader and inspirer.
Muhlmann, Wilhelm Emil. Mahatma Gandhi ; der Mann und seine
Wirkung. Eine Untersuchung zur Religionssoziologie und politischen
Ethik. Tubingen, Mohr, 1950. 298p. 23cm.
1701
Bibliography: p.276-291.
Author's works: p.292.
A study in German of Gandhi's work, his religion and political ethics.
Qadir, Sir Abdul. A statesman in beggar's garb. In MG 1949:
242-247.
1702
A study of Gandhi as a unique statesman of love. The author remarks,
"The great awakening that we see among the masses of India owes more to his
labours and influence than to any other living man. He stands as a demonstration
of the power of the spirit, of what he calls 'soul force', in the sceptic and materialis-
tic world of to-day, and this earned for himself the title of Mahatma or 'the great
soul', which has been conferred upon him by his countrymen.”—Ibid., p. 247.
Ratnaswami, M. The politic philosophy of Mr. Gandhi. Madras,
The author, 1922. 99p. 19cm.
1703
It is one of the early studies made of Gandhi's political ideas. Discusses
and estimates his Civil Disobedience and philosophy of satyagraha.
Rossler-Grotech, O. Wandlung und Umsturz der politischen Me hcden
von Machiavelli zu Gandhi. Poksdam, A. Protte, 1932. 128p.
19 cm.
1704
A brief survey of political philosophies from Machiavelli to Gandhi.
Spini, Giorgio. Mahatma Gandhi, santo del realismo politico. In
Rossegne di varia umanita (Florence) 3: 230-237. 1948.
1705
An essay in Italian studying Gandhi as "a saint of political realism."
GANDHI-TEACHINGS
Gandhi, M.K. The Gandhi sutras; the basic teachings of Mahatma
Gandhi, arranged with introduction and biographical sketch by Ditta-
kavi Subrahmanya Sarma. New York, Devin-Adair, 1949. xvii,
174p. 21cm.
1706
A collection of teachings of Gandhi. "Each sutra (teaching) is followed
whenever necessary, by extracts from Mahatma Gandhi's own speeches and writ-
ings bearing on the point."-Ibid., p. xvii.
——Gandhi's leer; verzameld door D. S. Sarma. Geautoriseerde
vertaling van E.C. Greervliet-Dorlas. Amsterdam, Uitgeveriji contact,
1948. 186p. 20cm.
1707
Translation of "The Gandhi sutras", in Dutch by E.C. Greervliet-Dorlas.
--Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi; edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra,
Subject Approach
251
with a foreword by Dr. Rajendra Prasad. Lahore, The Indian printing
works, 1945. 620p. 18cm.
1708
Includes extracts from Gandhi's writings, arranged alphabetically under
convenient subject headings. Sources of the extracts are duly quoted. A useful
reference book.
GANDHI-TOURS
Gandhi, M.K. Bihar tour. In CU 1949: 549-578. Orig. pub.
H., in its various issues from Mar. 23 to Apr. 13, 1947.
1709
A collection of Gandhi's post-prayer speeches and statements during his tour
to Bihar, where he went to preach unity among Hindus and Muslims.
Noakhali tour. In CU 1949: 420-460. Orig. pub. In H., from
Nov. 11 to Dec. 8, 1946.
1710
A report of Gandhi's Noakhali tour, when he went to restore brotherhood
among the Hindus and Muslims.
-The purpose of the tour. In CU 1949: 497-499. Orig. pub. H.
Jan. 26, 1947.
1711
A message Gandhi wrote for his prayer meeting on January 6, 1947, it being
his day of silence. Explains the purpose of his Noakhali tour.
-To Bihar. In CU 1949: 416-418. Orig. pub. H., Nov. 6,
1946.
1712
An open letter Gandhi wrote on November 6, 1946, from Dodepur (India),
to the people of Bihar, before he started his Bihar tour for Hindu-Muslim unity.
About
Bose, Nirmal Kumar. My days with Gandhi. Calcutta, Nishana.
1953. viii, 310p. 21cm.
1713
This book, by one of Gandhi's close associates and devoted followers, "deals
with the last phase of Mahatma Gandhi's life which began with his jourrey from
Delhi to Bengal in October 1946 and ended with his martyrdom in January 1948.”
The author, who served as Gandhi's secretary in Bengal during his Noakhali and
Bihar tours, describes two unique climaxes reached simultaneously in Gandhi's
life; "one in the personal, spiritual sphere, and the other in the sphere of his public
and political relations."-Ibid., Introduction, p. 1.
Chowdhuri, Gopalbandhu. The glacier melts. In RG 1951: 60-62.
1714
An intimate story of Gandhi's visits to Orissa, where he went from time to time
in connection with the Civil Disobedience movement.
Desai, Mahadev, ed. With Gandhiji in Ceylon. Madras, S. Ganesan,
1928. vii, 159p. 19 cm.
1715
A full account of Gandhi's tour to Ceylon in 1927. Includes also all his
speeches and writings in this connection.
Friendship on foot, In Newsweek (New York) 29: 38. Jan. 13, 1947
port,
1716
252
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
An illustrated account of Gandhi's Noakhali tour. Picture shows Gandhi
going from one village to another with villagers, his niece and sympathizers. The
author explains a few cases of Hindu-Muslim riots in East Bengal and Gandhi's
way of settling them.
Ghosh, Sachindralal, ed. Gandhiji's do or die mission. Calcutta,
The book corporation, 1947. vi, 93p. 19cm.
1717
Includes Gandhi's speeches and related material on the Noakhali tour.
On his toes. In Newsweek (New York) 29:42. Jan. 27, 1947.
1718
An account of how Gandhi continued to walk during his Noakhali tour
without chappals (Indian sandals) after he blistered two toes. The author also
describes his daily programme.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi seeks to repair ill will. In Christian century
(Chicago) 64: 20. Jan. 1, 1947.
1719
A letter written by the author on December 3, 1947 from Tiruvalla, India
describes how Gandhi goes to live in Noakhali, a district of, "East Bengal, where the
Hindu minority recently suffered terrible atrocities at the hands of their Moslem
neighbours."—Ibid., p. 20.
Prasad, Rajendra. Mahatma Gandhi and Bihar, some reminiscences.
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1949. iv, 132p. 19cm.
1720
A reliable source book on Gandhi's visits to Bihar and his services to its
people, written by Gandhi's devoted follower and the first President of the Republic
of India.
Rau, M. Chalapathi. Tours and marches. In G 1944: 187-196.
1721
This valuable essay summarizes Gandhi's important tours and marches in
South Africa and India from October, 1913 to 1937, in connection with his Civil
Disobedience movements. The essay is illustrated by a map of India and his tours
are indicated.
Sinha, Braj Kishore. The pilgrim of Noakhali; a souvenir album of
Gandhi's peace mission to Noakhali. Photographs and story by Braj
Kishore Sinha. Calcutta, The Photographer, 1948. 11p. 34 plates;
map. 20x25cm.
1722
A pictorial account of Gandhi's Noakhali tour with a brief story.
Walk alone. In Time (Chicago) 48: 32. Dec. 16, 1946.
1723
A report of Gandhi's East Bengal tour for Hindu-Muslim unity, in 1946.
A photograph of Gandhi spinning, by Margaret Bourke-White, is reprinted from
Life (Chicago).
GANDHI-TRIALS
Gandhi, M.K. The great trial of Mahatma Gandhi and Mr. Sankarlal
Banker; edited by K.P. Kesava Menon; foreword by Mrs. Sarojini
Naidu Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. xi, 70p. 181cm.
1724
A complete account of one of the most momentous trials of Gandhi, which
took place in Ahmedabad on March 18, 1922, in which Gandhi was sentenced to
Subject Approach
253
six years' simple imprisonment for preaching disaffection towards the existing
system of the British government in India.
Trials by juries. In TMG 1945: 338-339. Orig. pub. YI.,
Aug. 27, 1931.
1725
Comments on the British system of trials by juries in India, with special refer-
ence to his own trials in the British courts. Gandhi was arrested and tried eight
times in South Africa and nine times in India between January 10, 1908 and August
9, 1942.
About
Gauba, Kanaiyalal. The trial of Gandhi, 1922. In his Famous and
historical trials. Lahore, Lion press, 1946. iv, 423p. 19cm.
1726
p. 23-42.
An account of Gandhi's famous trial of 1922. He was arrested by the British
Government on March 10, 1922, at Sabarmati, for edition expressed in three articles
in Young India, and was sentenced to six years' simple imprisonment but was re-
leased on February 7, 1924, due to an attack of appendicitis.
Sexton, B. Trial of Gandhi.
16 : 440-444.
Jul. 1922.
In Current history (New York)
1727
Describing the scene of Gandhi's trial, the author adds, "The court-room
was crowded with persons distinguished in the struggle for independence, most
of whom wore khaddar, the handwoven cloth of the homelooms. Native police
were seen here and there among those people. There were six or seven European
police in attendance. The Court House itself was dominated by a body of Indian
infantry.”—Ibid., p.440. Full text of Gandhi's extraordinary court statements are
reprinted.
Singh, Durlab ed. Famous trials of Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal
Nehru and Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. Lahore, Hero publications,
1944. ix, 107p. 19cm.
1728
A collection of three important statements recorded in the British courts
in India, i.e., Gandhi's statement in the famous Ahmedabad trial, Maulana Abul
Kalam Azad's statement before the Presidency Magistrate of Calcutta and Jawaharlal
Nehru's statement before the District Magistrate of Allahabad.
see also
GANDHI-TRIBUTES
see
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
GANDHI-HOMAGE
GANDHIAN INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
GANDHIAN OUTLOOK AND TECHNIQUES
see
GANDHISM
254
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
GANDHIAN PLAN
see
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
GANDHIAN WAY
see
GANDHISM
GANDHISM
Gandhi, M.K. Ahimsa-yoga; or Shriman-Mohan-gita.... An ex-
position of Mahatma Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence, with
English translation of the text by Surendra Devi. With a foreword by
Sir S. Radhakrishnan. Lahore Minerva book shop, 1945. vi, 165p.
port. 19cm.
1729
--Conquest of self; being gleanings from his writings and speeches
compiled by R. K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao. 3d ed. Bombay, Thacker
and co., 1946. 195p. port. 19cm. (Rampart library of good read-
ing, no. 59).
1730
-Day book of thoughts from Mahatma Gandhi; edited by K. T.
Narasimha Char. New York, Macmillan, 1951. xxiv, 208p. 18cm.
1731
In this small book Gandhi's thoughts are arranged chronologically, with some
significant thought for each day of the year.
-Fundamental beliefs and ideas. In SG 1948: 20-47. 1732
A selection from Gandhi's writings representing his fundamental beliefs and
ideas. Selected and arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose. The extracts are numbered
and their sources are cited.
Gandhigrams, by S.R. Tikekar. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1947.
92p. 19cm.
1733
Bibliography: p. 86-91.
A collection of "Epigrams from Gandhi's writings."
Gandhi's wisdom box, edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Dewan's publications, 1945. 111p. port. 18cm.
1734
In this book are collected extracts from Gandhi's writings, arranged alphabeti-
cally under convenient subject headings.
--Gandhism. In HD 1950: 3-4. Orig. pub. H., Mar. 28, 1938.
1735
While addressing members of the Gandhi Sava Sangh at Savli, he made clear
that "there is no such thing as Gandhism." He further added, "I have simply
tried in my own way to apply the eternal truth to our daily life and problems.
Ibid., p. 3.
-The good life. Edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra. 2d ed. Lahore,
Indian printing works, 1943. 105p. 19cm.
1736
In this book are compiled extracts from Gandhi's writings on various subjects,
with special reference to morals, ethics and religion.
Subject Approach
255
Gandhi, M.K. Mahatma Gandhi's confessions. Edited by M.S. Kohli.
Lahore, Associated publications, 1943. x, 17-116p. 19cm. 1737
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings.
--The mind of Mahatma Gandhi; compiled by R.K. Prabhu and
U.R. Rao; with a foreword by Sir Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan. London,
Bombay, New York, etc., H. Milford, Oxford university press, 1945.
xii, 190p. port. 19cm.
1738
Sources: p.182-191.
One of the best books of selections from Gandhi's writings. The compilers
are life-long followers of Gandhi and understand his life and philosophy well.
--Mohanmala: A Gandhian rosary, being a thought for each day
of the year gleaned from the writings and speeches of Mahatma
Gandhi, compiled by R.K. Prabhu. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1949.
132p. port. 19cm.
1739
Bibliography: p.131-132.
-Selected writings. Selected and introduced by Ronald Duncan.
London, Faber and Faber, 1951. 253p. port. 241cm. 1740
Bibliography: p.249-250.
The book is divided into nine parts. In each part the selections are arranged
under convenient subjects which represent clearly enough Gandhian philosophy.
--Selections from Gandhi by Nirmal Kumar Bose. Ahmedabad,
Navjivan publishing house, 1948. xxiii, 311p. 22cm.
1741
References: p.xiv-xvi.
In the foreword to this book Gandhi says, “The selections made by the author
show the thoroughness with which he has gone into his subject. Those who are
interested in my writings will not fail to appreciate the author's labours." These
selections by one of Gandhi's ardent followers present in Gandhi's own words
his philosophy of life. Prof. Bose's latest book, "My days with Gandhi”, 1953,
is considered a highly controversial book. The author served Gandhi as his secre-
tary during the latter's Noakhali tour, 1946, describes two unique climaxes which
were reached simultaneously in Gandhi's life; "one in the personal, spiritual sphere,
and the other in the sphere of his public and political relations."-My days with
Gandhi, by N.K. Bose, p. 1.
-Gandhis.n. In TMG 1945 : 239-243.
1742
A collection of extracts from his writings defining Gandhism. Gandhi once
wrote, “Let Gandhism be destroyed if it stands for error. Truth and ahimsa will
never be destroyed, but if Gandhism is another name for sectarianism it deserves to
be destroyed."-Ibid., p. 241.
--The unseen power. Edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra. 4th enl.
el. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. 5-100p. 19cm. 1743
In this book are compiled Gandhi's ideas on various subjects like religion,
ethics, spiritualism etc.
--The wit and wisdom of Gandhi, edited with an introduction by
Homer A. Jack; preface by John Haynes Holmes. Boston, Beacon
256
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
press, 1951. 234p. 24cm. (The Beacon press wit and wisdom
series)
1744
"The quotations which comprise this book are... .representative of Gandhi's
total thinking; but they are not exhaustive." They "are generally arranged in the
order of their publication. The fullest possible source for each quotaton is given
in the notes and sources at the end of the volume."-Introduction.
About
Adhikari, Gangadhar. Gandhism: a review. Bombay, The author,
1940. 175p. 19 cm.
1745
A brief critical study of Gandhian philosophy.
Agarwala, Amar Narain. Gandhism: a socialistic approach. Alla-
habad, Kitab mahal, 1944. 56p. 18 cm.
1746
C
A study of Gandhism from a socialistic point of view. The author speaks
favourably of Gandhi's Constructive Programme.
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Gandhism: the doom of the untoucha-
ables. In his What Congress and Gandhi have done to the untouch-
ables. Bombay, Thacker and co., ltd., 1946. vi, 399p. 241cm.
p. 285-308.
1747
The author of this book is a leader of Harijans (untouchables) in India. All
his writings on the subject clearly show that he has been a violent critic of Gandhi's
policy towards the untouchables. In this chapter he bitterly criticises Gandhi and
claims that Gandhi's efforts for the betterment of untouchables will cause them a
great harm.
Argus, pseud. Gandhism cum non-co-operation exposed. Assam,
The author, 1922. vii, 173p. 18cm.
1748
A hostile criticism of Gandhism.
Arundale, George S. The essence of Gandhiji. In MG 1949:
53-56.
1749
Summarizes three outstanding qualities in Gandhi's life: "first, and most
important of all, his pure simplicity; second, his direct and keen appreciation of
his own fundamentals; third, his absolutely unassuming fearlessness."-Ibid., p. 53.
Banerji, Nripendra Chandra. Gandhism in theory and practice.
Madras, S. Ganesan, 1923. 175p. 19cm.
1750
A critical commentary on Gandhism.
Bose, Biman Chandra. Gandhi-Gita. Bombay, Thacker, 1948.
Bombay,
173p. 8cm.
1751
Bose, Nirmal Kumar. Studies in Gandhism. 2d ed. Calcutta,
Indian associated publishing company, 1947. 358p. 22cm. 1752
Includes extensive quotations from Gandhi's writings on various subjects like
production, distribution of wealth, limitations of the State in respect of individual
and social life, non-violence, satyagraha and so on.
Brown, F.H. His "Confessions". In Review of reviews (London)
76: 345-347. Apr. and May, 1928. port.
1753
Subject Approach
257
An interpretation of Gandhi's ideas.
Catlin, George. The world mission of the Mahatma. In MG 1949 :
367-373.
1754
Explains that to work for peace is the mission of Gandhi and remarks,
"Gandhiji is the witness of humanity against our power-worshipping century and our
civilization, in this new age of the tyrants, when man again bows in worship to his
mortal god Leviathan, in the house of Rimmon and apostasy.”—Ibid.,
p. 372.
Caveeshar, Sardar, Sardul Singh. Gandhian versus commonsense ;
an exposition of the Forward Bloc programme and policy. Lahore,
National publications, 1946. vi, 190p. 19 cm.
1755
A criticism of Gandhism and the Indian National Congress. The author is a
leader of the Forward Block founded by Subhas Chandra Bose, who differed from
Gandhi in many ways.
Chitnis, G.Y. Gandhism vindicated. Bombay, Indian socialist
league, 1944. ii, 34p. 191cm.
1756
A hostile criticism of Gandhi, and his philosophy of non-violence.
Dantwala, Mohanlal Lalloobhai. Gandhism reconsidered. Bombay,
Padma publications, 1944. 48p. 181cm.
1757
A brief study of the economic aspects of the Gandhian philosophy.
Desai, Kantilal. Gandhi and Gandhism: future voice for India.
Ahmedabad, Sakarlal Bulakhidas and co., 1931. iv, 187p. 20cm.
1758
An astrological study of Gandhism.
Devas, S. Gandhiji and some of his thoughts. With an introduction
by V.K. John. Madras, Good pastor press, 1949. xiii, 375p. 19 cm.
1759
Besides describing Gandhi's life and his services to India and to humanity
the author discusses the political, economic and other problems facing India to-day'
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Glimpses of Gandhiji. With
a foreword by Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1949. 90p. illus., ports. facsims. 19cm.
1760
"In his 'Glimpses of Gandhiji', Shri R.R. Diwakar, a devoted and life-long
Congressman, has given some intimate personal snapshots of how Gandhiji brought
himself so close to the humble Congress worker in outlying areas. He has tried
to interpret Gandhiji's mission and his preachings in a practical and personal manner.”
-Ibid., Foreword, p. 3.
Drevet, Comille. Pour connaitre la pensee de Gandhi. Paris, Bordas,
1946. 160p. 23 x 14 (Coll. pour connaitre, 8).
1761
A study of Gandhism in French.
Dube, Ram Prasad. Some aspects of Gandhism. In Living age
(New York) 313: 209-213. Apr. 22, 1922 Orig. pub. Clarte
(Paris) Mar. 1, 1922.
1762
A treatise on the social aspect of Gandhism. Traces the origin and growth
of Gandhian philosophy and illustrates it with examples of Buddhism and Hinduism.
258
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhism or the royal road to happiness. 2d ed. Madras, A.S.
Money and co., 1946. 48p. 191cm.
1763
An appreciation of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Gospel of Mahatma Gandhi. In Survey (New York) 47: 677-680.
Jan. 28, 1922. port.
1764
Praises Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence. A summary of Gandhi's
Constructive Programme is printed on four decorated and finely printed pages.
Gour, Hari Singh. Gandhism and after. In Living age (New York)
309 389-96. May 14, 1921. Orig. pub. in The Hindustan review
(Allahabad) Mar., 1921.
1765
Examines and interprets the basis of Gandhi's non-co-operation movement and
concludes, "His (Gandhi's) programme is a programme of destruction....Let those
who follow him beware of the goal."—Ibid., p. 396.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. Gandhism and socialism. New York, The
John Day co., 1930. 30p. 19 cm. (On cover: The John Day
pamphlets, no. 17)
1766
An evaluation of Gandhism and a comparison with socialism by one who
understands Gandhi and his philosophy well.
More about Gandhism; reply to Gandhism versus Socialism.
In World tomorrow (New York) 16: 333-334. Apr. 5, 1933.
1767
A letter the author wrote to the editor of The World tomorrow to clarify a
few points brought out in a review of his pamphlet “Gandhism versus Socialism.”
Gupta, Nagendranath. Gandhi and Gandhism; with a foreword by
K. Natarajan......and an appendix, giving the life-sketch and an
estimate of the author by the late Ramananda Chatterjee. Bombay
Hind kitabs, 1945. 125p. port. 19cm. (His side lights on the
national movement in India, no. 1).
1768
A collection of papers written by a well-known journalist, author and critic
on various aspects of Gandhism.
Hackal, Mohamed Hussein. The Gandhian technique and how it
causes tension internally and internationally. In GOT 1953: 375-
379.
1769
A paper presented to the seminar on the contribution of Gandhian outlook
and techniques to the solution of tensions between and within nations, held at New
Delhi from 5th to 17th January, 1953.
Hogg, Dorothy. Moral challenge of Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitab
mahal, 1946. 38p. 19 cm.
1770
A study of Gandhism from its ethical point of view.
Hume, R.A. Some of the good and bad in Gandhism. In Outlook
(London) 131 451-452. Jul., 1922.
1771
Examines and praises Gandhi and his Civil Disobedience movement and philo-
sophy of love and non-violence.
Subject Approach
259
Indian National Commission for co-operation with UNESCO, New
Delhi. Gandhian outlook and techniques; a verbatim report of the
proceedings of the seminar on the contribution of Gandhian outlook
and techniques to the solution of tensions between and within nations
held at New Delhi, from the 5th to the 17th January, 1953. Edited
by Humayun Kabir and a foreword by Maulana Abul Kalam Azad.
New Delhi, Ministry of Education, Government of India 1953. viii,
424p. illus. 21 cm.
1772
This is the first International Annual Seminar on Gandhi. "The Seminar
was inaugurated by the Prime Minister while the concluding session was addressed
by the President of the Indian Republic. Besides India, nine other countries were
represented."-Ibid., p. i.
Kabir, Humayun. The Gandhian way. In UNESCO International
social science bulletin (Paris) 5: 397-416. Aug., 1953.
1773
A condensed summary in some 10,000 words of the papers, statements and
discussions contributed by distinguished leaders of thought from various countries
in the world to an international seminar held at New Delhi from 5th to 17th January,
1953, to consider the contribution of Gandhian outlook and techniques to the solu-
tion of tensions within and among nations.
In
1774
A paper presented to the Seminar on the contribution of Gandhian outlook
and techniques to the solution of tensions between and within nations held at New
Delhi from 5th to the 17th January, 1953.
Kalelkar, Kaka. Stray thoughts on the Gandhian techniques.
GOT 1953: 368-374.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. The Gandhian way.
3d ed. rev. and enl. Bombay, Vora and co., 1945. 184p. 19cm.
Also in G 1944: 56-67 and in GOT 1953: 346-365.
1775
The author is one of the ablest exponents of Gandhian philosophy. In this book
with remarkable clarity he shows the dynamics of Gandhi's political and economic
ideas. The book is divided into three parts. The first part is devoted to the
Spinning wheel; the second part to non-violence and the third part includes the
synthesis of the two, that is to say he comments on spirituality and the Congress,
basic education and Gandhian philosophy.
Krishnamurti, Y.G. Gandhi era in world politics. Bombay, Popular
book depot, 1943. ix, 72p. 19cm.
1776
That "Political power joined with ethical power is the hope of the human
race", is the conclusion of this slim volume.
Gandhism for millions; foreword by Rajendra Prasad ; introduc-
tion by M.S. Aney. Patna, Pustak bhandar, 1949. xi, 37p. (In
Gandhi's footsteps series 1).
1777
Gandhism in the atomic age. Foreword by S. Radhakrishnan
and introduction by Krishnamurti Iyer. Madras, Shakti karya-
layam, 1947. 70p. port. 19 cm.
1778
"The author in the course of his forceful and stimulating brochure has brought
out that the purposes of human destiny demand a world-wide adoption of Gandhi's
ideal of truth and non-violence as the only care for the multitudious ills to which the
world has been subject."-Ibid.
260
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Krishnamurti, Y. G. Gandhism will survive ; foreword by Srimati
Rameshwari Nehru. Patna, Pustak bhandar, 1949. v, 54p. 19 cm.
(In Gandhi's foot-steps series, no. 2).
1779
An appreciation of Gandhism.
Kumarappa, J.C. A non-violent way of life. In GOT 1953: 397-
403.
1780
A paper presented to the Seminar on the contribution of Gandhian outlook
and techniques to the solution of tensions between and within nations held at New
Delhi from 5th to the 17th January, 1953.
Kurup, Thelapurath Cammeran Kochunni. Gospel of Gandhi. Madras,
New Herald office, 1921. 135p. 19 cm.
1781
Examines, and comments on Gandhi's Swadeshi or Civil Disobedience move-
ment.
Mallik, Basant Kumar. Gandhi; a prophecy. Oxford, Hall, 1948.
90p. 22cm.
1782
In this book on the life and death of Gandhi, the author offers a mystic view
of Gandhi's Mahaprasthan, the great departure, and interprets a prophecy about
Gandhi in the light of Hindu philosophy.
Mashruwala, K.G. Gandhi and Marx. With an introduction by Vinoba
Bhave. Ahmedabad Navajivan publishing house, 1951. viii, 112p.
211cm.
1783
This valuable book is a collection of a series of articles, originally published in
Harijan. The late author was one of Gandhi's most tested and trusted co-workers.
In these pages he gives an authoritative and critical version of two modern ideologies :
Gandhism and communism-offering the only solution in terms of the former to
avoid the violence of the latter.
Massignon, Louis. Summary of Professor Massignon's statement.
In GOT 1953: 366-367.
1784
A summary of the statement made in the Seminar on the contribution of
Gandhian outlook and techniques to the solution of tensions between and within
nations held at New Delhi from the 5th to the 17th January, 1953.
Mehta, Gaganvihari L. The conscience of a nation or studies in
Gandhism. Calcutta, The author, 1933. 85p. 19 cm.
1785
Pattabhi, Sitaramayya, Bhogaraju. Gandhi and Gandhism; a study.
Allahabad, kitabistan, 1942. 2v. 19 cm. (Half-title; Kitabistan
series, no. 3-4).
1786
The author is a life-long companion of Gandhi and the author of a monumental
work: "The history of the Indian National Congress." In these two volumes he
studies Gandhi and Gandhism in detail. The study is reliable and interprets Gan-
dhism in its true spirit.
Piraces, Agustin. Gandhi, su vida, su obra, sus doctrinas. Barcelona,
Publicaciones Iberia, 1930. 105p. 19 cm.
1787
A study in Spanish of Gandhi and Gandhism, with special reference to India's
non-violent movement for her independence.
C
Subject Approach
261
Ramachandra, G. A sheaf of Gandhi anecdotes; with a foreword by
C. Rajagopalachari. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1945. 56p. 19cm. 1788
Gandhian philosophy. In his Contemporary
Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1947. 107p. 19cm.
1789
Ray, Benoy Gopal.
Indian philosophers.
p. 82-92.
A comparative study of the philosophies of India's contemporary thinkers
from Rammohan Roy to Gandhi.
Reese, J.H. Gandhi's faith. In Christian century (Chicago) 1948 :
1424 Nov. 11, 1931.
1790
Interprets Gandhi's faith in non-violence.
Shah, Ikbal Ali. Gandhi and his mission. In Saturday review of
literature (New York) 149: 318-319 Mar. 15, 1930.
1791
An examination of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence and universal brother-
hood.
Spratt, Phillip. Gandhism; an analysis. Madras, The Husley press,
1939. xii, 516p. 19cm.
1792
"An attempt to discuss in detail Gandhi's life and work in a realistic spirit
from a point of view which can be called a qualified Marxism.”
Subedar, Manu. Gandhism as I understand it. In Aryan path
(Bombay) 10: 6-9. Mar., 1939.
1793
A brief commentary on Gandhism.
Tagore, Saumyendranath. With Romain Rolland on Gandhism.
Calcutta, Gamavani publishing house, 1940. 26p. 191cm. 1794
Watson, A. End of Gandhism. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 58: 10-11. Jan. 10, 1942. port.
1795
Commenting on the Bardoli resolution of the All-India Congress Committee,
the author declares, "Gandhism is ended. The policy of passive resistance to
an invader that lies at the base of his creed is repudiated by the very man whom
he has regarded as his chosen disciple."-Ibid., p. 10.
Watson, A. Gandhism the blight of India. In Great Britain and
the East 58: 9. May 30, 1942. port.
1796
A hostile criticism of Gandhism. The author remarks, “In the political field
Mr. Gandhi's influence has been wholly evil.....He is now an old man, but his
muddled ideas still dominate Congress thought.”—Ibid., p. 9.
GITA
see
BHAGAVADGITA
GOD
Gandhi, M.K. Advaitism and God. In HD 1950: 62-64. Orig.
pub. YI., Jan. 21, 1926.
1797
An account of his views on Advaitism and God. He says, "I am an advaitist
(believer in non-duality) and yet I can support dvaitism (dualism). Ibid., p. 62、
262
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi M.K. God. In The universal God; the international quest in
which all men are brothers; an inter faith anthology of man's search for
God. Edited by Carl Hermann Voss. New York, The World publi-
shing company, 1953. 306p. 22cm. p. 58-59 and p.125-126.
1798
These two extracts from Gandhi's writings represent his views on God.
On God. In SG 1948: 3-13. Also in GWB 1944 : 28-40 ;
TMG 1945: 264-282; HD 1950: 64-66 and G 1944 : 257-258. 1799
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings on God. Defining God Gandhi
once wrote, "God is that indefinable something which all feel but which we do not
know. To me God is Truth and Love, God is ethics and morality. God is fear-
lessness, God is the source of light and life and yet He is above and beyond all
these."—YI. March 5, 1925.
About
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Religion as life in God. In MG
1949: 15-19.
1800
India's best known philosopher interprets Gandhi's conception of God.
He remarks, "Whatever opinion we may hold of God, it is impossible to deny that
He means something of supreme importance and absolute reality to Gandhi. It
is his faith in God that has created in him a new man whose power and passion
and love we feel."—Ibid., p. 15.
HARIJAN (Weekly)
see
PART III Section 3.
PERIODICALS GANDHI EDITED AND SPONSORED
HARIJANS (Untouchables)
Gandhi, M.K. Bhangi (untouchable) In TMG 1945: 31-33. 1801
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the problems
of untouchables in India.
·Bhangi (untouchable) strikes again. In TNS 1951: 109. Orig.
pub. H., Jun. 23, 1946.
1802
Reply to a question: "Is a bhangi to continue his service on starvation wages,
living in dirt and equalor?”—Ibid., p. 109.
-The bleeding wound; being a most up-to-date collection of Gandhi-
ji's speeches, writings and statements on untouchability. Introduc-
tion by C.Y. Chintamani. Foreword by G.D. Birla. Compiler and
editor, Ramnath Suman. Benares, Shyam Lal, 1932. xxi, 226p.
1803
18cm.
A useful sourcebook for Gandhi's early writings and speeches on untouchabi-
lity and the problems of untouchables in India.
-A cry for justice. In G 1944 288-289.
1804
This is a Press interview Gandhi gave, on September 20, 1932, to a Press
correspondent in Yeravda jail about untouchables and their problems.
Subject Approach
263
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi's great fast, 1932; edited by Dewan Ram
Parkash. Lahore, The Popular publishers, 1945. 65p. 18cm. 1805
A collection of Gandhi's speeches and writings on his "fast unto death" against
MacDonald's Communal Award. He regarded the Award as "discreditable to
all parties", including untouchables.
Students and Harijan service. In TS 1949: 220-223. Orig.
pub. H., Nov. 17, 1933.
1806
While speaking to students in Nagpur he urged them, "to devote a definite
number of spare hours to Harijans' service.”—Ibid., p. 223.
-Untouchability. In SG 1948: 293-294.
1807
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings on untouchability and the
problems of untouchables. Selected and arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose. The
sources of the extracts are duly cited and numbered.
About
Alexander, Horace G. Gandhi and the untouchables. In Contem-
porary review (London) 147: 194-201 1936.
1808
An English pacifist and a close associate of Gandhi interprets his point of
view regarding the betterment of untouchables.
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Depressed classes and Swaraj. In
Indian review (Madras) 31:545-548. Aug., 1930.
1809
A summary of a "thoughtful address delivered by Dr. B.R. Ambedkar as Pre-
sident of the first session of the All-India Depressed Classes Congress held at Nagpur
on August 8 and 9", 1930.-Editor, Indian review. Criticises Gandhi's approach
to remove untouchability
-Mr. Gandhi and the emancipation of the untouchables. Bombay,
Thacker and co., ltd., 1943. 73p. 181cm.
1810
Hostile criticism of Gandhi and his policies towards untouchables. This
book was issued first under title, "Untouchables and the Indian constitution”, as
Indian Paper number four of the 8th conference of the Institute of Pacific Relations,
held at Mont Tremblent, Quebec, in December, 1942.
--What Congress and Gandhi have done to the untouchables.
Bombay, Thacker and co., 1945. vi, 387p. 241cm.
1811
A critical examination of the programme of the Indian National Congress
and of Gandhi's efforts for the betterment of untouchables.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. The untouchables. In his subject India.
New York, The John Day company, 1943. viii, 274p. illus. 191cm.
p.110-113.
1812
Expressing his views on the minority problem of untouchables the author
remarks, "Above all, Congress under Gandhi's leadership has struggled in every
possible way to rescue the untouchables from their degradation." He further adds,
"Thanks mainly to it, the temples have now been thrown open to them pretty widely
in many regions of India. I saw them serving as equals beside Brahmans in the
volunteer “militia” of Congress. High-caste Hindus have opened schools and
264
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
orphanages for their children. Gandhi made an untouchable girl his adopted
daughter and took her into his ashram (monastery).”—Ibid., p.111-112.
Cooper, V.I. Gandhi and the untouchables.
(Chicago) 40: 382-382. Jun., 1926.
An appreciation of Gandhi's services to untouchables.
In Open court
1813
Desai, A.R. The crusade against untouchability. In his Social back-
ground of Indian nationalism. Bombay, New York, Indian branch,
Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p. 22cm. (University of
Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2) p. 241-249.
1814
A survey of the efforts made by Gandhi, the Indian National Congress and
other social organizations to remove untouchability from Indian society.. The study
is factual and not critical.
Desai, Mahadev. Epic of Travancore. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
karyalaya, 1937. xi, 251p. 19 cm.
1815
A story of a fight for the rights of untouchables, fought by Gandhi in Travan-
core, and told by his secretary and friend.
Fazal-ud-din, Joshua. Tragedy of the untouchables. Lahore, Civil
and military gazette, 1934. 68p. 19cm.
1816
A critical survey of Gandhi's programme for untouchables.
Fisher, Frederick Bohn. Touching the untouchables. In his India's
silent revolution; with the collaboration of Gertrude M. Williams.
New York, The Macmillan co., 1919. 6, 192p. ports. 194cm.
p. 94-115.
1817
A general survey of the conditions of untouchables in India.
Gandhi makes gains for Harijans. In Christian century (Chicago)
581358. Nov. 5, 1941.
1818
An editorial note on the report of the Harijan Sewak Sang, (Organization for
the betterment of untouchables), which seeks to lift the disabilities of the millions of
outcasts.
Gandhi or Ambedkar, by a Harijan. Foreword by Sir S. Radhakrish-
nan. Madras, Gandhi era publications, 1945. 46p. 19cm. 1819
Compares and interprets the contradictory views of Gandhi and Ambedkar
about untouchables and their welfare.
Hoyland, John Somervell. The outcasts. In his Indian crisis ;
the background. New York, The Macmillan company, 1943. vii,
193p. 21cm. p. 62-69.
1820
Traces origin and development of the concept of untouchability in India and
praises Gandhi's efforts for its removal. .
Mahadevan, S. Mahatma Gandhi's warning and flashes in Harijan
tour. Madras, Journalist's publishing house, 1936. vi, 171 p. 19cm.
1821
An account of Gandhi's Harijan tour in South India,
Subject Approach
265
Mayo, Katherine. Mahatma Gandhi and India's untouchables. In
Current history (New York) 32868: 870. Aug., 1930.
1822
The authoress of a highly debated book, "Mother India", criticises Gandhi's
attitude towards the untouchables and praises the recommendations of the Simon
Commission. Commenting on Gandh's efforts for the betterment of untouchables
she remarks, Gandhi's vehement outcry over all the years has born small fruit,
amongst those reproved, other than mere words and barren gestures. It has created
only surface ripples on the deep, still ocean of Hindu custom.” The article is as
controversial and critical as is her "Mother India", in answer to which about a
dozen books and innumerable articles have been written by Indian and foreign
authors.
"C
Natesan, B. Mahatma Gandhi and untouchables. In Indian review
(Madras) 34: 182-184. Mar., 1933.
1823
An appreciation of Gandhi's "epic fast", of September, 1932, which he kept
for the uplift of untouchables. Gandhi regarded "untouchability as the greatest
blot on Hinduism”.—Ibid., p. 182. The author also traces Gandhi's services for
untouchables from the very beginning of his career and relates some of the land-
marks of the movement for removal of untouchability.
Narayan, R.K. Gandhi's appeal. In Spectator (London) 157: 413-
414. Sep. 11, 1936.
1824
A story of a husband and a wife who determined not to contribute anything to
Gandhi's Harijan fund, which used to be collected after prayer meetings. The
force of Gandhi's appeal was so penetrating that both of them offered what they had
with them at that moment, i.e., the wife gave the ornaments she was wearing and
her husband offered all the cash he had in his pocket.
Olcott, Mason. Better village schools: a programme of action.
Calcutta, Y.M.C.A. publishing house, 1937. vi, 224p. 19cm. 1825
Discusses Gandhi's views about the educational facilities for untouchables
along with a general plan for village schools in India.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi's caste campaign again. In Christian century
(Chicago) 501 647. Dec. 27, 1933.
1826
An account of Gandhi's Harijan tour, which he began on November 8, 1933.
-Gandhi pushes aid for pariahs. In Christian century (Chicago)
Mar. 29, 1933.
1827
A review of the political situation in India in 1933 and the author's impressions
of Gandhi's Harijan tour.
Rajagopalachari, Chakravarti. Ambedkar refuted. 2d ed. Bombay,
Hind kitabs, 1946. 39p. 19cm.
1828
A criticism of Dr. B.M. Ambedkar's book, "What Congress and Gandhi have
done to the untouchables."
Ram, Chandrika. Plan for harijans and other backward classes.
Foreword by N.V. Gadgil. New Delhi, Bhartiya Depressed Classes
League, 1951. 52p. 19 cm.
1829
A proposed plan for the uplift of untouchables and aborigines based on
Gandhi's programme for untouchables.
Sanjana, J.R. Caste and outcaste. Bombay, Thacker, 1946. xx,
249p. 19 cm.
1830
266
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
!
A critical study of Gandhi's plan for the removal of untouchability.
Santhanam, K. Ambedkar's attack; a critical examination of Dr.
Ambedkar's book, "What Congress and Gandhi have done to the un-
touchables." New Delhi, The Hindustan Times, 1946. vi, 114p.
19cm.
1831
It is another reply to Ambedkar's book criticising Gandhi's programme for
the uplift of untouchables. The author is an ardent admirer of Gandhi.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Mahatmaji and the depressed humanity.
Calcutta, Vishwabharti book shop, 1933. 75p. 19cm.
1832
A collection of a few letters exchanged between the author and Gandhi on the
latter's "epic fast" which he kept to win equal rights for untouchables in society.
Venkataraman, S.R. Harijan through the ages. Madras, Bharata
Devi publications, 1946. 20p.
1833
19cm.
A brief historical survey of the origin and growth of the untouchable class in
India. Comments on Gandhi's efforts to remove it.
-Temple entry legislation, reviewed, with Acts and Bills. Madras,
Bharta Devi publications, 1946. 68, Lxp. 19cm.
1834
A review of the Temple Entry movement for untouchables in South India.
This movement was started by Gandhi and he had to go on a "fast unto death”
to convince people of its need.
-The untouchables' liberation movement. In EP 1952: 203-224.
1835
In this essay the author summarizes Gandhi's efforts for about twenty-five
years to uproot the tradition and evil of untouchability from the Hindu society.
HARTALS
see
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
HEALTH AND HYGIENE
Gandhi, M.K. Guida alla salute ed altri saggi morali e sociali. Tra-
duzione e prefazione di Ettore Levi. Rome, Edizioni dell' instituto
italiano d'igiene, previdenza ed assistanza sociale, 1925. xix, 167p.
191cm.
1836
Translation into Italian by Ettore Levi of "Guide to health."
-Le guide de la sante. Pref. et adapt. par Emilio Ribas.
Trad. de Mathilde Valdes. Paris, Fournier-Valdes, 1949.
19 x 14cm.
215p.
1837
Translation into French by Mathilde Valdes of "Guide to health."
-Guide to health. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1928. 132p.
Includes Gandhi's writings on health and diet.
19 cm.
1838
Subject Approach
267
Gandhi, M.K. Key to health. Translated by Sushila Nayyar. Ahme-
dabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xxvi, 83p. 16cm. 1839
Gandhi wrote these chapters in Gujarati while he was confined in the Aga
Khan palace prison at Poona during 1942-44. Expressing his views on health he
says, "Any one who observes the rules of health mentioned in this book will find
that he has got in it a real key to unlock the gates leading him to health.”—Ibid.,
p.xxvi.
HINDI
see
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI QUESTION
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI QUESTION
Gandhi, M.K. Hindi or Hindustani. In CU 1949: 687. Orig.
pub. H., Oct. 26, 1947.
1840
A post-prayer speech in which Gandhi criticised the decision of the Uttar
Pradesh Government to adopt Hindi as its official language. Gandhi wanted
Hindustani to be India's national language since it includes vocabulary both of Hindi
and Urdu.
-Hindustani. In CU 1949: 685-686. Orig. pub. H., Oct. 5,
1841
1947.
Supports Kakasaheb Kalelkar's proposal for Hindustani as the national
language. Kalelkar is a close associate of Gandhi and wrote this letter to Gandhi
in Hindustani. The above is an English version of the letter.
Hindustani written in Nagri only. In CU 1949: 688-691.
Orig. pub. H., Nov. 9, 1947.
1842
An appreciation of Raihanabehn Tyabji's letter, “favouring Hindustani as the
inter-provincial language written exclusively in the Nagri (Hindi)."—Ibid., p. 688.
--National language. In G 1944 280-281. Orig. pub. H.,
Jul. 3, 1937. Also in CU 1949 692-693. Orig. pub. H., Oct.,
26, 1947.
1843
In this article of ten paragraphs Gandhi summarizes his views about India's
national language. He proposes Hindustani as the national language, because it
includes vocabulary from Hindi and Urdu-two languages spoken by the majority
of the people in India. The script he suggested for Hindustani was Devanagri-the
syllabary invented for writing Sanskrit and widely employed for modern languages of
India. Facts show that his proposal was turned down. To-day Hindi is the
national language of India and Urdu of Pakistan.
-The need for Hindustani.
In TS 1949: 53-54. Orig. pub.
1844
One of the earliest articles by Gandhi advocating that Hindustani should be
the national language.
YI., Feb. 3, 1921.
On Hindustani. In TMG 1945: 302-303. Orig. pub. H,
Feb. 1, 1942.
1845
A collection of extracts from his writings which summarize his views on
Hindustani as a proposed national language of India.
268
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Question box. In CU 1949 694-695. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 11, 1948.
1846
Includes Gandhi's reply to two questions put to him by a correspondent
on India's national language. They can be considered Gandhi's last views on the
subject, as they were expressed hardly three weeks before his assassination.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. The medium of instruction, with
a foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1942.
55p. 19cm.
1847
An ardent admirer of Gandhi's proposal of Hindustani as the national language
expresses his views on the medium of instruction in India's schools, colleges and
universities. Gandhi in his foreword to this book recommends Hindustani as the
suitable medium of instruction.
а
Nanavati, Amritlal. The Hindustani prachar (propagation) movement,
(common national language). In EP 1952: 256-260.
1848
Summarizes the activities of Gandhi's movement for the propagation of Hin-
dustani.
Tarachand. Problem of Hindustani. Allahabad, Indian periodicals,
1944. 124p. 19 cm.
1849
Dr. Tarachand is a well-known educator of India and an admirer of Gandhi's
proposal of Hindustani as the national language of India. In these pages he dis-
cusses the controversial issue whether Hindi or Hindustani should be adopted as
India's national lanauge.
see also
NATIONAL LANGUAGE
HINDU MAHasabha
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
Gandhi, M.K. An appeal for self-examination. In CU 1949:
220-223. Orig. pub. H., Apr. 2, 1938.
1850
A condensed summary of Gandhi's opening address to the Gandhi Seva
Sangh, on March 25, 1938. Surveys the reasons for the Hindu-Muslim riots and
suggests a way to bring harmony among the Hindus and Muslims.
-Bolshevism or discipline. CU 1949: 69-71. Orig. pub. YI.,
Aug. 21, 1924.
1851
A reply to a letter of two American correspondents who criticised Gandhi's
efforts for Hindu-Muslim unity. Commenting on their letter Gandhi said, “They
(the correspondents) say that the alliance between Mussalmans (Muslims) and
myself (Gandhi) is an unholy alliance and a menace to the world, for, they argue,
Mussalmans are to-day aiming at supremacy in the East with the help of Bolshevic
Russia."-Ibid., p. 69.
Communal unity. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1949. xxii, 1006p. 221cm.
1852
Subject Approach
269
A complete collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on unity between
Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Jews etc. While defining unity Gandhi said,
"Hindu-Muslim unity means not unity between Hindus and Muslims only but
between all those who believe India to be their home, no matter to what faith they
belong.'
""
Gandhi, M.K. Delhi diary; prayer speeches from Sep. 10, 1947 to
Jun. 30, 1948. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xxiv,
406p. 19 cm.
1853
•
Collection of the post-prayer discourses, which he delivered during the last
days of his life in Delhi. "In these pages," says Dr. Rajendra Prasad in his fore-
word to this book," one can read the anguish which he (Gandhi) felt and the
superhuman effort which he was making to restore and re-establish human standards
of life and conduct amogst us."-Ibid., p.v. The book is valuable because it
summarizes Gandhi's untiring efforts to restore unity among Hindus and Muslims.
It also gives a glimpse into his great disappointment at the end of his life.
--Forget the past. In CU 1949: 762-764. Orig. pub. H.,
Sep. 14, 1947.
1854
English rendering of a speech Gandhi delivered to Muslims in the Jumma
Masjid, Delhi, on Hindu-Muslim unity.
--Hindu-Muslim. In CU 1949: 296-400. Orig. pub. H., Jun.
8, 1940.
1855
A reply to a letter of a Muslim from Delhi, who criticised Gandhi's article on
Hindu-Muslim unity published in Harijan of April 6, 1940. This reply is important
because Gandhi clarifies some misunderstandings prevailing among members of the
Muslim League about the intentions of the Indian National Congress.
--Hindu-Muslim question. In CU 1949: 105-109. Orig. pub.
Feb. 19, 1925.
1856
A reply to a letter of a Muslim who criticised Gandhi's approach to the Hindu-
Muslim Question. Gandhi said, "No doubt my proposal pre-supposes a sincere
desire on the part of all concerned to reach a solution in terms of Swaraj (complete
independence)." He further said, "If communalism is the goal, then any private
arrangement must break down. If, however, Swaraj is the goal and the parties
approach the question purely from a national standpoint, there need be no fear of a
breakdown. On the contrary every party will be interested in its faithful working.".
Ibid., p. 109.
T
-Hindu-Muslim tension; its cause and cure. Ahmedabad, Nava-
jivan publishing house, 1925. 22p. 191cm. Also in CU 1949:
41-62. Orig. pub. YI., May 19, 1924.
1857
A valuable thesis on the Hindu-Muslim question. The study is made under
the following subheadings: Hindu indictment, Mussalmans (Muslim) indictment,
Moplahs, tired of non-violence, Hindu repugnance, limited non-violence, not truly
non-violent, the bully and the coward, the goondas, growing distrust, Bari Sahib,
the Ali Brothers, illustration from Sind, Shuddhi and Tabligh (conversion from
Hinduism into Islam and from Islam into Hinduism), cow slaughter, music and
Gandhi-Irwin Pact.
--Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
24:42. Jan., 1928. Also in CU 1949: 63-65; G 1944: 270-279,
and TMG 1945: 297-302.
1858
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches which summarize
his views on the Hindu-Muslim question.
270
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Hindu-Muslim unity, a camouflage. In CU 1949:
252-28. Orig. pub. YI., Oct. 20, 1921.
1859
Commenting on the editorial note of the Modern review (Calcutta) the editor
of which called Hindu-Muslim unity "Camouflage", Gandhi said, "Hindu-Muslim
unity is possible if only we have mutual toleration and faith in ourselves and there-
fore in the ultimate goodness of human nature."-Ibid., p.28.
--In celebration of Hindu-Muslim unity. In CU 1949: 987-988.
Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 10, 1919.
1860
A reprint of Gandhi's letter written in September, 1919 to the Editor of the
Times of India (Bombay).
-Maulana Azad's appeal. In CU 1948: 120-121. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 26, 1925.
1861
A reply to Maulana Azad's press message on the Hindu-Muslim question.
Azad sent a copy of his message to Gandhi asking him to call a meeting of the Work-
ing Committee of the Indian National Congress. Gandhi declined to do so and
added: "My bitter experience has taught me that they who take the name of unity
mean disunion. The atmosphere around us is as false as was the atmosphere in
Europe at the time of the last war. The newspapers never told the truth. The
representatives of their respective nations had made of lying a fine art. All was
fair in war.... And so it is to-day in what may be called a miniature war between
the Hindus and Muslims. We may lie and cheat for saving our faiths. This has
been said to me not by one mouth but many.”—Ibid., p. 120-121.
-My dream. In CU 1949: 930-933. Orig. pub. H., Jan.
18, 1948.
1862
A post-prayer speech in which he appealed to Hindus and Muslims to restore
peace. He also appealed to the Pakistan Government to treat the Hindus of Pakis-
tan decently.
-On Hindu-Muslim unity. In CU 1949: 103-105. Orig. pub.
YI., Dec. 26, 1924.
1863
Extracts from the Presidential address of the 39th Indian National Congress,
held at Belgaum, in December, 1924.
--To the protagonists of Pakistan. Edited by Anand T. Hingorani.
Karachi, The Editor, 1947. xiv, 268p. port. 23cm. (Gandhi scries,
v. 5)
1864
Contains what he said and wrote about Pakistan and Hindu-Muslim unity.
The material included in this book is covered by "Communal unity", published by
the Navajivan publishing house, Ahmedabad, in 1949.
The vow of Hindu-Muslim unity. In CU 1949: 979-981.
Orig. pub. YI., May 7, 1919.
1865
A free translation, approved by Gandhi, of his pamphlet on Hindu-Muslim
unity.
-What may Hindus do? In CU 1949: 66-68. Orig. pub.
YI., Jun. 19, 1924.
1866
A reply to Babu Bhagwandas's letter. Suggests the part Hindus can play to
regain harmony among the Hindus and Muslims.
Subject Approach
271
About
Adhikari, Gangadhar M. Indian National Congress and Hindu-
Muslim unity; foreword by B. Bradley. Sydney, Current books,
1943. 32p. 19cm.
1867
Summarizes and discusses the efforts made by Gandhi and the Indian National
Congress to bring harmony among the Hindus and Muslims.
Adhikari, Gangadhar M. Resurgent India at the cross roads; 1946
in review. Bombay, People's publishing house, 1946. 24p. 19 cm.
1868
Discusses the efforts made by Gandhi, Jinnah, and other leaders during 1946
to bring about some solution for the Hindu-Muslim problem. The talks ultimately
failed and Jinnah's demand for Pakistan became a reality.
Aiyangar, S. Sreenivasa. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review
(Madras) 29:43. Jan., 1928.
1869
Praises Dr. Ansari's Presidential address on Hindu-Muslim unity at the Madras
session of the Indian National Congress.
Ansari, M.A. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
24:31-35. Jan., 1928.
1870
A remarkable treatise on the Hindu-Muslim question by a close Muslim
follower of Gandhi. The present essay is the condensed summary of Dr. Ansari's
Presidential address to the Madras session of the Indian National Congress.
Azad, Abul Kalam. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
24:42. Jan., 1928.
1871
Speaking on the Unity resolution of the Indian National Congress, held at
Madras in December, 1928, Maulana Azad said, "The resolution that we are
going to pass to-day in this Congress takes us very far from the days of 1916. We
are going to remove the stumbling block to unity, viz., the separate electorate, and
attain national solidarity. There is no other easy solution for this knotty problem
of the cow slaughter and music before mosques."—Ibid., p. 42. Supports Gandhi's
views on the Hindu-Muslim question.
Bapat, Narayan Sadashiv. Hindu-Muslim unity. Poona, The author,
1938. iv, 58p. 191cm.
1872
A treatise on Hindu-Muslim unity. Discusses and elucidates Gandhi's approach
to the problem, and criticises the Muslim League.
Chakrabarty, Atulanada. Hindus and Musalmans of India. Calcutta,
Thacker, Spink and co., 1940. xxiv, 183p. 19 cm.
1873
Analyses and discusses the communal problem and comments on the views of
Gandhi and Jinnah.
His way of unity. In RG 1951 : 53-56.
1874
The author of "Hindus and Musalmans of India," interprets favourably Gan-
dhi's approach to the Hindu-Muslim problem in India.
Chaudhuri, Binayendra Mohan. The Hindu-Muslim entente and the
communal clashes and the unity conferences. In his Muslim politics
in India. Calcutta, Orient book company, 1946. vii, 104p. 19 cm.
p.19-31.
1875
272
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Chaudhuri, Binayendra Mohan. Muslim politics in India. Calcutta,
Orient book company, 1946. vii, 104p. 19cm.
1876
"The author has traced, 'the extra-territorial ideology', of the Indian Mussal-
mans since the Wahabi movement and given a connected and documented account
of Muslim politics from 1820 to 1945, furnishing a background to the understanding
of Muslim politics in India."-Ibid., Praises Gandhi's approach to the problem.
Coupland, Reginald. Hindu-Muslim antagonism. In his The Indian
problem, 1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problem in India
submitted to the warden and fellows of Nuffield College, Oxford.
London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942. vi, 160p.
21 cm. p. 28-36.
1877
While summarizing Hindu-Muslim antagonism, comments on Gandhi's
efforts for unity.
Forbes, Mrs. R.T. Mahatma Gandhi and the unity of India. In
her These men I know. London and Melbourne, Hatchinson and
co., 1940. 319p. 19cm. p. 299-305.
1878
An appreciation of Gandhi's aim to bring harmony among Hindus and
Muslims.
Gandhi is the audible voice of Hindu masses. In Life (Chicago) 10:
92-93. May 12, 1941. port.
1879
An attempt to prove that Gandhi represents only the Hindus and not Muslims.
Husain, Azim. Fazl-i-Husain : a political biography. Foreword
by C. Rajagopalachariar. Bombay, Longmans, Green co., 1946.
xvii, 388p. 191cm.
1880
This book gives a penetrating insight into the political history of the Punjab
during 1905-1936, with special reference to Muslim politics. Comments on Gan-
dhi's activities for unity among Hindus and Muslims.
Jinnah, Mohammed Ali. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review
(Madras) 29:43. Jan., 1928.
1881
Extracts from the speech delivered in the Muslim League meeting at Calcutta.
Opposes Gandhi's approach to the communal problem.
Malaviya, Madan Mohan. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review
(Madras) 24:40. Jan., 1928.
1882
English rendering of the speech Pandit Malviya delivered in Hindi, support-
ing the Unity resolution of the Indian National Congress held at Madras, in 1928.
Mellor, Andrew. Mahatma Gandhi. In his India since partition.
London, Turnstile press; New York, Frederick, A Praeger, 1951.
viii, 156p. 19cm. p. 64-74.
1883
Estimates Gandhi's life and work with special reference to his contribution to
Hindu-Muslim unity.
Naidu, Sarojini. Hiadu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
24:41. Jan., 1928.
1884
Speaking on the Unity resolution of the Madras Congress in 1928, she said,
"This resolution therefore puts together the two parts, one about political rights and
Subject Approach
273
the other about religious rights. Political rights will not be conceded to conciliate
one another because we are not yet politically-minded enough to know that the
business of a nation is the polity of the nation which is freedom. Therefore, before
we progress as a nation towards political freedom, we have to settle quarrels and
strifes in our temples and homes, schools and colleges, nay, a quarrel between life-
long friends, now turned to enemies for the mirage of communal feeling.”—Ibid.,
p. 41. The speaker was a well-known poetess and a close associate of Gandhi.
Prasad, Beni. Communal settlement. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1944.
48p. 19cm.
1885
"This pamphlet on the Pakistan controversy, offers a solution in harmony
with aspiration for autonomy on the one hand and political and administrative
necessities on the other." Agrees partly with Gandhi's solution for the com-
munal issue.
-Hindu-Muslim question. Allahabad, Kitabistan,
172p. 19 cm.
1941. xiv,
1886
Dr. Beni Prasad was India's eminent historian. Here he gives a brief historical
survey of the Hindu-Muslim problem and discusses it from various points of views.
His conclusions were not appreciated by those Muslims who demanded the partition
of India and formation of Pakistan.
--India's Hindu-Muslim questions. London, George Allen and
Unwin, 1946. 152p. 19cm.
1887
This book provides a clear and concise survey of the questions involved in the
Hindu-Muslim issue, and offers suggestions for their solution. Also comments on
Gandhi's policy towards the problem.
Prasad, Rajendra. India divided. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946.
ix-xiv, 427p. 3 maps. diagrs. 25cm.
1888
A fair and reliable treatise on the Hindu-Muslim problem in India. Presents
historical, political, social, cultural and economic reasons for the dispute and illus-
trates them with maps and diagrams. The author, who is the first President of the
Re public of India, wholeheartedly supports Gandhi's views on the subject.
Peerzada, Syed Sharifuddin, ed. Leader's correspondence with Mr.
Jinnah. Bombay Sh. Nazir Ahmed, Taj office, 1944. iv, 225p.
1889
19 cm.
A collection of the letters M.A. Jinnah exchanged with Gandhi, Jawaharlal
Nehru and other leaders regarding the Hindu-Muslim problem.
Rahim, Abdur. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
29: 38-39. Jan., 1928.
1890
Analyses and discusses the communal question and adds, "It is my firm belief
that under a properly devised form of representative responsible government suita-
able to the actual condition of India and provided with every reasonable safeguard
against oppression by the majority and assuring to every section of the population
means for improving their condition politically, economically and socially, the
minorities will be much better off than they have been hitherto."—Ibid., p. 39.
Gandhi always disagreed with the constitutional approach to the problem. He
wanted purana Swaraj (complete independence.)
-
Rajagopalachar, Chakravarti. Reconciliation, why and how; a plea
for immediate action. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1945. 40p. 18cm.
1891
274
Mahatma Gandhi A Descriptive Bibliography
In this pamphlet the author suggests to Gandhi a formula (C.R. Formula)
to solve the Hindu-Muslim problem. It was the author who first among Gandhi's
close associates accepted the ideal of Pakistan. But Gandhi did not agree with
the C.R. Formula. India was divided to make Gandhi sad for the rest of his life.
Rajput, A.R. Maulana Abul Kalam Azad. Lahore, Lion press,
1946. x, 236p. illus. 194cm.
1892
A biography of a great nationalist Muslim who worked all his life for Hindu-
Muslim unity. "His life," as the author points out, "has been a unique example of
the stability of human character and the firmness of belief so rarely met amongst
the people of the day."-Ibid., p. Introduction. Maulana Azad is a close follower
of Gandhi and now is the Minister for Education of the Republic of India.
Reza-ul-Karim. Muslims and the Congress; being a symposium of
addresses of Muslim Presidents of the Indian National Congress
from 1885 to 1940, with an introduction. Calcutta, Barendra library,
1943. xxiv, 270p. 194cm.
1893
A useful source book on the Hindu-Muslim question in India. It summarizes
the views expressed by the Nationalist Muslims regarding the problem of Hindu-
Muslim unity. The Nationalist Muslims were members of the Indian National
Congress and supported Gandhi and his struggle for India's independence.
Singh, Durlabh, ed. A complete record of the unity talks; Rajendra
Prasad-Jinnah; Gandhi-Jinnah; Nehru-Jinnah ; Bose-Jinnah ; Sapru-
Jinnah and Viceroy-Jinnah etc. Lahore, Hero publications, 1945.
275p. 18 cm.
1894
Includes, "correspondence between Jinnah and Congress leaders, Rajendra
Prasad, Gandhi, Nehru, Bose, Sapru, and the Viceroy."-Ibid., Editor's note.
Yakub, Mahomed. Hindu-Muslim unity. In Indian review (Madras)
29:39. Jan., 1928.
1895
Extracts from the Presidential address to the Muslim League. Supporting
the Unity resolution of the Indian National Congress, of 1928, held at Madras, the
author adds, "We have tried several times to bring about this unity and have failed
but this last effort made by the Madras Congress will, I am sure, find acceptance by
all intelligent Mahomedans (Muslims)."—Ibid., p.39. The Muslim League always
opposed Gandhi's approach to the Hindu-Muslim unity. Contrary to Gandhi's
conception of brotherhood, leaders of the Muslim League professed "Two nation
theory”, on the basis of which India was divided.
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
KHILAFAT MOVEMENT
HINDUISM
Gandhi, M.K. Equality in Hinduism. In HD 1950: 38-39. Orig.
pub. H., Mar. 28, 1936.
1896
Praising the sense of equality in Hinduism Gandhi said, "In the purest type
of Hinduism a brahmana, an ant, an elephant and a dog-eater (shwa-pacha) are of
the same status."-Ibid., p.28.
Subject Approach
275
:
Gandhi, M.K. Hindu dharma (religion). Edited by Bharatan
Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1950. xx, 443d.
22cm.
1897
Collection of Gandhi's writings, originally published in Young India and
Harijan, on Hinduism, arranged under suitable subjects like Hinduism (General),
non-violence, ashram vows, equality of religions, religious education, untouchability,
marriage and women.
Hindu and Hinduism. In HD 1950: 257-258. Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 30, 1947.
1898
Answers to three questions, i.e., "Who is a Hindu? What is the origin of the
word? and Is there any Hinduism?"
-Hinduism. In MG 1949: 469-474. Orig. pub. YI., Oct. 6,
1921. Also in TMG 1945 : 287-297 and MMG 1945: 87-93. 1899
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on Hinduism.
-Hinduism and obscenity. In HD 1950 27. Orig. pub. YI.,
Sep. 15, 1927.
1900
Clarifies Katherine Mayo's opinion that the Vaishnava mark has an obscene
meaning.
-Hinduism as ever growing. In HD 1950: 20-22. Orig. pub.
YI., Apr. 8, 1926.
1901
Expressing his views on Hinduism Gandhi said, "Hindulsm is a living organism
liable to growth and decay, and subject to the laws of nature."-Ibid., p.20.
Sanatana
Oct. 6, 1921.
Hinduism. In HD 1950: 7-10. Orig. pub. YI.,
1902
In this article Gandhi explains the reason why he calls himself a Sanatani
(orthodox) Hindu.
-The value of Hinduism. In HD 1950: 39-40. Orig. pub.
H., Dec. 26, 1936.
1903
Replying to an American professor of Comparative Theology Gandhi said,
"The chief value of Hinduism lies in holding the actual belief that All is one, i.e.,
all life coming from the One Universal Source, call it Allah, God or Parameshwara."
-Ibid., p.39.
--What is Hinduism. In HD 1950: 4. Orig. pub. YI., Apr.
24, 1924.
1904
Defining Hinduism Gandhi added, "Hinduism is search after Truth through
non-violent means."—Ibid., p.4.
Why I am a Hindu. In HD 1950: 5-6. Orig. pub. YI.,
Oct. 20, 1927.
1905
HINDUSTANI
A reply to an American friend who asked Gandhi for his interpretation of
Hinduism.
see
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI QUESTION
276
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
HOMAGES TO GANDHI
see
HOME RULE
see
see
GANDHI-HOMAGES
HORSE-RACING
see
SWARAJ (Complete independence)
HUMANITARIANISM
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
GANDHI-HUMANIST
HYGIENE
see
HEALTH AND HYGIENE
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
AGA KHAN PALACE PRISON, Aug. 9, 1942.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Apr. 17, 1917.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
POONA, Aug. 4, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
SABARMATI, Mar. 10, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
YERAVDA, May 5, 1930.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
YERAVDA, Jan. 4, 1932.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jul. 31, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
AGA KHAN PALACE PRISON, Aug 9, 1942.
After 21 months. In Time (Chicago) 43:27. May 15, 1944. 1906
An account of Gandhi's release from the Aga Khan Palace prison after 21
months on May 6, 1944.
Subject Approach
279
Frogs in a well; crisis caused by Gandhi's threat of open revolt.
In Time (Chicago) 40: 25-27 Aug. 17, 1942. port. 1907
A pen-picture of the arrest of Gandhi and other members of the Indian National
Congress Working Committee on August 9, 1942.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Aga Khan Palace. In his G
1944: 250.
1908
Gandhi was arrested in Bombay on August 9, 1942 because the Indian National
Congress, held in Bombay, passed his "Quit India", resolution. Detained under
section 26 of the Defence of India Rules and confined in the Aga Khan Palace
prison. Released at 8 a.m. on May 6, 1944, on account of anaemia and other
complaints which threatened his health.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Kosi. In his G 1944: 250.
1909
During the Satyagraha week,-April 6 to 13, 1919, while Gandhi was going to
the Punjab, on some urgent call, the Government of India arrested him on April
10 at Kosi railway station, near Delhi, escorted him back to Bombay and set him
free.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Mar. 10, 1917.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Motihari. In his G 1944:
250.
1910
When Gandhi went to Bihar in connection with the Champaran satyagraha
he was served with a notice by the Government to quit the district of Motihari within
twenty-four hours. He defied the orders. Arrested, tried, but not sentenced.
Gandhi had gone to Motihari to inquire into the grievances of the Champaran
peasants.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
POONA, Aug. 4, 1933.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Poona. In his G 1944: 250.
1911
As a penalty for breaking the restraint order served on Gandhi on August 4,
1933, he was arrested and sentenced to one year's simple imprisonment. He was
confined in the Yeravda jail, Poona.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
SABARMATI, Mar. 10, 1922.
Gandhi, M.K. The great trial of Mahatma Gandhi and Mr. Shankar-
lal Bankar, edited by K.P. Kesava Menon; foreword by Mrs. Sarojini
Naidu. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. xi, 70p. 19cm.
1912
Complete account of one of the most momentous trials of Gandhi, which
took place in Ahmedabad on March 18, 1922, in which he was convicted to six years'
simple imprisonment for preaching disaffection towards the existing system of the
British Government in India.
278
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Gandhi and the crisis in India. In New republic (New York) 30:
124-126. Mar. 29, 1922.
1913
Comments on Gandhi's arrest and a review of the political situation in India.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Sabarmati. In his G 1944:
250.
1914
"Arrested on March 10, 1922, at Sabarmati for sedition for three articles in
Young India. Sentenced to six years' simple imprisonment and sent to Yeravda.".
Ibid., p. 250. The Government released him on February 7, 1924 because of an
attack of appendicitis.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Yeravda prison. In his G
1944: 250.
1915
Gandhi was arrested on March 18, 1922 and was sentenced to six years and
taken to Yeravda jail.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, May 5, 1930.
Gandhi in jail. In Literary digest (New York) 105 13. May 17,
1931. ports.
1916
An interesting account of Gandhi's arrest in 1930. The author remarks,
"It was in a bridal car, (made in Detroit), with pink curtains pulled down, that
India's saint was whisked off to jail.”
Gandhi in prison. In Outlook (New York) 1955 95. May 21,
1930.
1917
A pen-picture of Gandhi's midnight arrest.
Mahatma Gandhi is arrested. In Christian world review (London)
52:428. May 10, 1930.
1918
Comments on Gandhi's arrest on May 5, 1930.
Release of Gandhi. In Christian century (Chicago) 48: 156. Feb.
4, 1931.
1919
Editorial note on Gandhi's unconditional release from the Poona prison.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Yeravda. In his G 1944:
250.
1920
Gandhi was arrested on May 3, 1930, under Regulation xxv of 1827, because
he broke the Salt Law. He was tried on May 5 and imprisoned. Released on
January 26, 1931 for negotiations with Lord Irwin. Gandhi-Irwin Pact was the
result.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jan 4, 1932.
Holland R. Gandhi's arrest was it inevitable? In Asiatic review
(London) 28: 250-267. Apr., 1932.
1921
Subject Approach
279
Presents a pro-British view of Gandhi's arrest on Jan. 4, 1932.
Polak, Henry S.L. Mr. Gandhi's arrest and the events leading up
to it. London, Indian conciliation group, 1932. 32p. 19cm. 1922
Discusses important political issues which led to Gandhi's arrest on Jan. 4,
1932, and supports his viewpoint. The author was a close associate of Gandhi.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Yeravda. In G 1944 : 250.
1923
Arrested in Bombay with Sardar Patel in the early morning of January 4,
1932, was detained without trial under Regulation III of 1818. Released on May 8,
1933.
War in India. In Nation (New York) 134: 33. Jan. 13, 1932. 1924
A sympathetic review of the Civil Disobedience movement when Gandhi and
several thousand nationalists were arrested by the British Government.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jul. 31, 1931.
Gandhi again imprisoned. In Christian century (Chicago) 50: 1004.
Aug. 9, 1933.
1925
An editorial note on Gandhi's arrest, relating that he was led away to the jail
in one direction and his wife in another.
Gandhi's appeal continues Civil Disobedience. In Newsweek (New
York) 1:11, Jul. 22, 1933.
1926
An editorial note on Gandhi's arrest in Poona and imprisonment for sixteen
months.
see
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Yeravda. In his G 1944: 250.
1927
When Gandhi announced his decision to launch the Civil Disobedience move-
ment, on July 31, 1931, the Government arrested him and detained him in Yeravda
for a few weeks. Released but put under restraint order on August 4, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS OF GANDHI
see
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
BLOEMFONTEIN, Nov. 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
DUNDEE, Nov. 11, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Jan. 10, 1908.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
PALMFORD, Nov. 6, 1913.
280
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
STANDARTON, Nov. 8, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
TEAKWORTH, Nov. 9, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
VOLKSRUST AND PRETORIA, Oct. 15, 1908.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
VOLKSRUST, Nov. 17, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
BLOEMFONTEIN, Nov. 1913.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Bloemfontein. In his G 1944:
249.
1928
After his second trial at Volksrust on November 17, 1913, Gandhi was taken
to Volksrust jail but after a few days he was "transferred to Bloemfontein, the capital
of Orange Free State, to isolate him from Indian prisoners. Released on December
18, 1913, for carrying on negotiations for a settlement."-Ibid., p. 249.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
DUNDEE, Nov. 11, 1913.
Gandhi, M.K. Before the court in 1913. In SW 1922 66-68. 1929
A report of Gandhi's statement made before the Resident Magistrate, J.W.
Cross of Dundee. Gandhi was charged on three counts. The most important
was that Gandhi induced indentured immigrants to leave the Province.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Dundee. In his G 1944 : 249.
1930
When Gandhi was arrested on November 9, 1913, at Teakworth, he was taken
to Dundee on November 11 to stand trial. Here he was sentenced to nine months'
rigorous imprisonment for inducing indentured labourers to leave Natal.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
JOHANNESBURG, Jan. 10, 1908.
Gandhi, M.K. Before the court in 1907. In SW 1922 50-54. 1931
An address before the court. Having failed to apply for registration, as
required by the Immigration Act of South Africa, Gandhi was arrested and was
sentenced by D.J. Shurman, a Judge of the Transvaal court, on Jan. 11, 1908, for
two months' imprisonment without hard labour, but was set free on January 30,
1908.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Johannesburg. In his G 1944:
249.
1932
It was Gandhi's first imprisonment in Johannesburg on January 10, 1908.
"Sentenced to two months' simple imprisonment for disobeying an order to leave
Transvaal. Taken to the fort of Johannesburg in prison garb and thrown into a
cell with negroes and Common Law criminals. Released on January 30, 1908,
as a result of a settlement arrived at between him and General Smuts.”—Ibid., p.249.
Subject Approach
281
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
PALMFORD, Nov. 6, 1913.
Gandhi, M.K. The great march. In SSA 1950: 302-303.
1933
An account of a warrant of arrest served on Gandhi at midnight in Palmford.
Released on bail of £50.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Palmford. In his G 1944 : 249.
1934
"While leading a march of 2,037 men, 127 women and 57 children from
Newcastle in Natal across the Transvaal border, he (Gandhi) was arrested at
Palmford. Released immediately on bail."-Ibid., p.249.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
STANDERTON, Nov. 8, 1913.
Gandhi, M.K. The great march. In SSA 1950: 304-305. 1935
An account of Gandhi's arrest at Standerton on November 8, 1913. Releas-
ed on bail of £50.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Standerton. In his G 1944:
249.
1936
Arrested again on November 8, 1913, at Standerton, and released on bail.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
TEAKWORTH, Nov. 9, 1913.
Gandhi, M.K. All in prison. In SSA 1950 307-313.
An account of Gandhi's arrest at Teakworth on November 9, 1913.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Teakworth. In his G 1944 :
249.
1938
1937
"Arrested on November 9 at Teakworth again and was taken to Dundee on
November 11 to stand trial.”—Ibid., p.249.
Tendulkar, D.G.
G 1944: 249.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
VOLKSRUST, Nov. 17, 1913.
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhiji in jails: Volksrust. In his G 1944:
249.
1939
At Volksrust Gandhi was sentenced on November 17, 1913, to three months'
rigorous imprisonment on a second charge, i.e., for aiding and abetting the entrance
into Transvaal by prohibited persons.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
VOLKSRUST AND PRETORIA, Oct.15, 1908.
Gandhiji in jails : Volksrust and Pretoria. In his
1940
282
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
At the breach of settlement by General Smuts, Gandhi started his non-
violent struggle. Arrested on October 15, 1908, and was detained for two months in
different jails.
INCONSISTENCIES OF GANDHI
*
see
GANDHI-INCONSISTENCIES
INDEPENDENCE OF INDIA
see
SWARAJ (complete independence)
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
Gandhi, M.K. Indian civilization. In TMG 1945 317-318. Orig.
pub. H., Mar. 30, 1940. Also in HD 1950 57-58.
1941
A collection of extracts from his writings and speeches on Indian civilization.
-India's heritage. In NPW 1949 :
Dec. 14, 1947.
said,
A post-prayer speech in which he summarized India's cultural history and
"A nation that has won freedom without the force of arms should be
able to keep it too without the force of arms.”
About
340-341. Orig. pub. H.,
1942
Kabir, Humayun. Our
and publications, 1947.
heritage. Bombay, National information
illus. viii, 98p. 19cm.
1943
"A masterly interpretation of Indian culture from the earliest times to the
present turmoil—a historical analysis of India's heritage, now in dispute in the shape
of the communal problem." Estimates Gandhi's contribution in creating a new
synthesis of Hindu and Muslim cultures.
Sharma, Shripad Rama. Our heritage and its significance. Bombay,
Hind kitabs, 1947. viii, 207p. 19 cm.
1944
Gives a historical sketch of India's culture and explains its significance.
Also interprets Gandhi's views on art, civilization, and culture.
INDIA-CONSTITUTION
Gandhi, M.K. Constitutional right of non-co-operation. In SG
1948: 117. Orig. pub. YI., Jun. 30, 1920.
1945
Gandhi always opposed the constitutional approach for India's independence.
Once he said, "Non-co-operation was the only dignified and constitutional form of
such direct action, for it is the right recognized from time immemorial of the subject
to refuse to assist a ruler who misrules."-Ibid., p.117.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. Gandhian constitution for free India;
foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1946. 136p.
19cm.
1946
An ardent admirer of Gandhi interprets Gandhi's views on the type of cons-
titution Free India should adopt.
Subject Approach
283
Banerjee, Anil Chandra, Comp. The constituent assembly of India.
Calcutta, A. Mukherjee, 1947. xviii, 350p. 23cm.
1947
Most of Gandhi's speeches on the constitutional problems of India are
included in this valuable source book. Gandhi's views on the Cabinet Mission are
specially dealt with.
--ed. Indian constitutional documents. Calcutta, A Mukherjee
and co., 1945-46. 2v. 22cm.
1948
"List of books." v. 2, p.525-528.
Includes what Gandhi said and wrote concerning the constitution of India.
His speeches at the Round Table conference and views on the Cripps' Mission are
given in detail.
Coupland, Reginald. The Indian problem 1883-1935...... Report on
the constitutional problem in India'submitted to the warden and fellows
of Nuffield college, Oxford. London, New York, etc., Oxford
university press, 1942. vi, 160p. double map. 21 cm. 1949
While surveying Indian_constitutional problems, the author also comments
on Gandhi's reactions to the India Act of 1935.
India. Constituent Assembly. India's charter of freedom, containing
the objectives resolution passed by the Constituent Assembly of India
on January 22, 1947 and two speeches thereon of Jawaharlal Nehru.
New Delhi, The Assembly, 1947. 33p. 23cm.
1950
INDIA-DOMINION STATUS
Gandhi, M.K. Dominion status. In MAHATMA v. 2: 439. 1951
While moving a resolution in a meeting of the All-India Congress Committee
on December 26, 1928, Gandhi said, "It is an open secret that we have in our camp
sharp differences of opinion as to the lead the Congressmen should receive in con-
nection with the epoch-making report of the All-Parties Committee." Srinivas
Iyenhar, Jawaharlal Nehru and Subhas Bose were very much against the dominion
status idea, while Motilal Nehru (Jawaharlal Nehru's father) had made it clear that
he would not preside over the Congress if he could not have a majority for the resolu-
tion in favour of his report. Gandhi struck a middle path and proposed that,
"the Congress shall not be bound by the Constitution, if it is not accepted on or
before the 31st of December 1930 and provided further that in the event of non-
acceptance by the British Parliament of the said constitution by that date, the Con-
gress will revive non-violent non-co-operation.”—Ibid., p.439.
About
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). India's struggle to achieve dominion
status. Madras, Theosophical publishing house, 1932. 12p. 24 cm.
1952
Mrs. Annie Besant was elected President of the Indian National Congress
in 1917 and worked with Gandhi for India's liberation from the British yoke.
But, in her later years, her conception of India's independence differed from Gandhi's.
In this study she pleads for the offer of Dominion Status, consequently differs from
Gandhi.
Coupland, Reginald. Swaraj and Dominion Status. In his The
Indian problem 1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problem in
284
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
India submitted to the warden and fellows of Nuffield college, Oxford.
London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942. vi, 160p.
211cm. p.80-96.
1953
Comments on Gandhi's demand for Swaraj (complete independence) and
his reactions about the British offer of Dominion Status.
Sastri, Valangiman Sankaranarayana Srinivasa. Dominion Status,
the war and India. In Indian review (Madras) 41: 769-774. Dec.,
1939.
1954
Comments on the British offer of Dominion Status to India. Explaining the
position of India the author remarks, "Mahatma Gandhi has made it clear that the
Congress demands no constitutional change during the war. He demands, however,
that Great Britain should declare her war-aims to include India's independence
according to the scheme prepared by her elected representatives after the war."-
Ibid., p.773.
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
Gandhi, M.K. Gospel of work. In SG 1948 : 49-63.
1955
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the economic
conditions in India and how to improve them. The gleanings are arranged under
subject headings like: gospel of work, the sight of poverty, no question of giving
alms, bread labour, spinning as a supplementary industry, khadi not a commercial
concern and relation between the new scheme of khadi and Swaraj. The extracts
are numbered and their sources are duly cited. Arranged and selected by Nirmal
Kumar Bose.
บ
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. The Gandhian plan of economic deve-
lopment for India. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay,
Padma publications ltd., 1944. 115p. 22cm.
1956
--Gandhian plan reaffirmed. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Bombay, Padma publications ltd., 1948. 88p. 22cm.
1957
“A continuation of and supplement to the author's Gandhian plan.”
All-India Congress Committee, Allahabad. Report of the economic
programme committee. Allahabad, The A.I.C.C., 1948. 62p. 21 cm.
1958
The economic programme of the All-India Congress Committee is entirely
based on the Gandhian plan to raise the standard of living of India's masses.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. The economics of permanence: a
quest for a social order based on non-violence. Foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. Wardha, All-India Village Industries Association, 1946-
1948. 2 parts. 211cm.
1959
An interpretation of the Gandhian plan to improve the economic conditions
of the people of India.
Swaraj for the masses. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1948. 104p.
1960
19cm.
This book, divided into five sections, is a collection of articles originally pub-
lished in Harijan and Gram Udyog Patrika. They describe the present economic
Subject Approach
285
conditions, the ideals on which India's economy should be based, India's wealth,
and the possibilities of changing her industries in the light of her political changes.
The author is an architect of the Gandhian economic plan for India and whole-
heartedly supports Gandhi's conception for the improvement of economic condi-
tions of India's millions.
Lovett, Sir Harington Verney. India; with a section on economics
based on a contribution by the late Sir W. Meyer. London, Hodder
and Stoughton ltd., 1923. xix, 295p. 194cm.
1961
Bibliography: p.287-291.
Presents a pro-British view of the economic conditions in India from the
Hindu period up to 1923. Attempts to prove that it was the British Government
which was responsible for the improvement of the standard of living of India's people
through its sincere and philanthropic efforts. Criticises Gandhi's Swadeshi move-
ment for the encouragement of cottage industries.
Mitra, K. ed. Economic freedom and economic planning a sympo-
sium. Allahabad, All-India Congress Committee, 1947. 202p.
211cm.
1962
The contributors to this symposium organized by the All-India Congress
Committee discuss the Gandhian plan from its different points of view.
Nag, D.S. Study of economic plans for India.
dra Prasad. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1949. 177p.
In this book the author critically examines and analyses the Gandhian and a
few other economic plans, suggesting ways and means to improve the standard
of living of the people of India. Dr. Nag offers his own constructive suggestions
for an ideal yet eminently practicable over-all plan for India.
-
Rao, R.V. Economic planning in India. Rajkot, Kitabkhar, 1945.
1964
116p. 19cm.
plan.
Examines and discusses several economic plans to improve India's economic
conditions. Also comments on Gandhian plan.
Sitaramayya, Pattabhi. Currency and exchange; eleven points of
Mahatma Gandhi. Masulipatan, 1930. 40p. 19 cm.
1965
An ardent admirer of Gandhi and a close associate interprets the Gandhian
see also
Foreword by Rajen-
19cm.
1963
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
SWADESHI
INDUSTRIALIZATION
INDIA-FLAG
Gandhi, M.K. National flag. In TMG 1945: 383-384.
1965
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the colors
of India's national flag.
About
Chatterji, Suniti Kumar. The national flag; a selection of papers,
286
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
cultural and historical. Calcutta, Mitra and Ghosh, 1944. 156p.
21 cm.
1967
Traces the changes in the official flag of the Indian National Congress from
time to time. The Republic of India adopted the flag of the Congress, with slight
modifications.
Tendulkar, D.G. The tricolour. In his G 1944
252.
1968
Surveys the changes in the flag of the Indian National Congress from 1905
to April 26, 1931. Three colors: white, green and red, with the charkha (spinning
wheel) across the colors, were suggested by Gandhi at the Bezwada session of the All-
India Congress Committee, in 1921. But in 1931 the Working Committee of the
Congress, though retaining the same form of the flag as suggested by Gandhi made
a few changes in the order of colors and the position of the charkha. The Republic
of India adopted the same colors but replaced the charkha with the Ashoka chakra
(wheel).
INDIA-FOREIGN POLICY
Gandhi, M.K. The international ideal. In SG 1948 44. Orig.
pub. YI., Dec. 31, 1931.
1969
Speaking on Free India's foreign policy Gandhi said, “There is no limit to
extending our services to our neighbours across State made frontiers. God never
made those frontiers."-Ibid., p.44.
Message to Asia. In Asian Relations Conference, Delhi,
Asian relations, being report of the proceedings and
documentation of the First Asian Relations Conference, New Delhi,
March-April 1947. New Delhi, India, Asian Relations Organization,
1948. 314p. illus., p.242-245. Also in MAHATMA v. 7: 426-
442.
1970
1947.
Addressing the Asian Relations Conference in the Purana Qilla, New Delhi,
Gandhi said, "You will achieve a complete conquest of the West not through ven-
geance, because you have been exploited, but with real understanding......I am
sanguine that if all of you put your hearts together, not merely your heads, to
understand the message the wise men of the East have left to us and if we really become
worthy of that great message, conquest of the West will be completed."-Ibid., p.244.
-On San Francisco conference. In MAHATMA v. 7: 2-3. 1971
Explaining India's attitude towards the San Francisco conference of 1945
Gandhi said, "If these foregoing essentials of peace are accepted, it follows, that
the camouflage of Indian representation through the Indians nominated by British
imperialism should be dropped." He further added, "Such representation will be
worse than no representation. Either India at the San Francisco is represented
by an elected representative or represented not at all.”—Ibid., p.3.
About
Asian Relations Conference, Delhi. 1947. Asian relations, being report
of the proceedings and documentation of the First Asian relations
Conference, New Delhi, March-April, 1947. New Delhi, India, Asian
Relations Organization, 1948. 314p. illus. 26cm.
1972
Bibliography: p.286-290.
Subject Approach
287
130 Indian delegates and representatives of all the Asian countries participated
in the conference. Majority of Indian delegates directly or indirectly repeated
ideas which Gandhi spoke.
Gopal, Madan. India as a world power; aspects of foreign policy.
Delhi, Rajkamal publications Itd., 1948. 160p. 191cm. 1973
A study of the different aspects of India's foreign policy. Comments cn
Gandhi's speech at the First Asian Relations conference, held at New Delhi, in March-
April, 1947.
Minneapolis,
Levi, Werner. Free India in Asia.
Minnesota press, 1952. iv, 161p. 21cm.
University of
1974
Bibliography: p.146-155.
Comments on Gandhi's views on Indian propaganda abroad and his influence
on Asian solidarity.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Visit to America. New York, John Day, 1950.
vi, 182p. ports. 20cm.
1975
Indian edition published by National book stall, New Delhi, in 1950, under
the title, “Inside America; a voyage of discovery.”
While addressing the House of Rrepresentatives and the Senate on October 13,
1949 in Washington, D.C. Nehru praised Gandhi's concept of universal brother-
hood and said, "Under his (Gandhi's) guidance we labored for the freedom of our
country, with ill will to none, and achieved that freedom. We call him reverently
and affectionately the Father of Our Nation." Nehru further added, "Yet he was
too great for the circumscribed borders of any one country, and the message he
gave may well help us in considering the wider problems of the world."-Ibid., p.5.
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
(In 1919 Gandhi “occupied a prominent position in public life”, and became
the recognized leader of India's struggle for independence. All the writings con-
cerning this struggle comment directly or indirectly on Gandhi and his Non-violent
Non-co-operation movement. To avoid unnecessary repetition and save space,
some of the entries listed below are not annotated but they all either praise or criticise)
Gandhi's point of view regarding the national movement of India.)
Gandhi, M.K. Dawn of a new era. In WF 1922: Ix-xiii. 1976
P
-The dawn of freedom. Edited by Anand T. Hingorani. Karachi,
The editor, 1947. 32p. port. 22cm.
1977
A collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on the national movement of
India.
First plunge. In G 1944: 260-265.
1978
It is the first major political speech of Gandhi delivered on February 4, 1916,
on the occasion of the opening ceremony of Benares Hindu University, Benares,
after his return from South Africa.
-Habla Gandhi; la India que yo quiero, entrevistas celebradas por
el periodisat James W. Hunter con el lider del nacionalismo indio.
Traducci on, introduccion y apendice di A. Champs d' Or. Barcelona,
B. Bauza, 1930.
1979
Translation into Spanish of Gandhi's speeches and writings.
288
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
:
Gandhi, M.K. La independencia deala India. Buenos Aires, Ediciones
Suma, 1942. 223p. 20 cm.
1980
A translation into Spanish of a collection of articles by Gandhi on India's
struggle for independence.
-India's freedom: ways and means. In SG 1948: 116-141.
1981
A collection of extracts from his writings on India's struggle for freedom.
Selected and arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose.
-Jung Indien, ausfsatze aus jahren 1919 bis 1922, auswahl bon
Romain Rolland and Madeleine Rolland. Einleitung von John
Haynes Holmes. Erlenbach-Zurich etc., Rotaffelverlag, 1924. xiv,
518p. 20 cm.
1982
"Articles principally by Gandhi, collected and edited from Young India,
a weekly journal."
--Mahatma Gandhi, his life,
word by Mrs. Sarojini Naidu.
1923. 8-444p. port. 19 cm.
writings and speeches; with a fore-
Enl. ed. Madras, Ganesh and co.,
1983
A collection of Gandhi's early speeches and writings regarding the South
African Question and India's struggle for independence.
--Speeches and writings of M.K. Gandhi with an introduction by
C.F. Andrews and a biographical sketch. 4th ed. Madras, G.A.
Natesan and co., 1933. xiii, 1072, xvp. port. 191cm.
1984
This is a complete collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches up to 1933.
A large number of articles included in this book were originally published in Young
India and Navajivan.
--Il tormento dell' India. Unica traduzione italiana.
di N. Send. Napoli. Edit. Tirrena, 1936. 254p. 19cm.
Prefazione
1986
The unique tortuous struggle of India, translated into Italian by N. Send.
-Young India, 1919-1922. With a brief sketch of the non-co-
operation movement by Babu Rajendra Prasad. New York, B. W.
Huebsch, inc., 1923. Ixiv, 1199p. 19cm.
1986
"Printed in India. Articles principally by Gandhi and edited from Young
India, a weekly journal”.
-Young India, 1924-1926. New York, The Viking press, 1927.
xv, 984p. 19cm.
1987
"Articles principally by Gandhi and edited from Young India, a weekly journal”.
-Young India, 1927-1928. Preface by Dr. Rajendra Prasad. Mad-
ras, S. Ganesan, 1935. xviii, 1104p. 181cm.
1988
"Articles principally by Gandhi, collected and edited from Young India, a
weekly journal".
About
Acharya, G.N. Freedom is here. Compiled by S. Karing Doyle.
Subject Approach
289
Bombay, Sole distributors, Padma publications, 1947. 41p. illus.
ports. 29cm.
1989
Acharya, G.N. ed. They speak for India. Bombay, Hamara Hindustan,
1943. viii, 58p. 19 cm.
1990
A collection of articles by various writers supporting India's struggle for free-
dom.
Aiyar, P.S. Sivaswami. Thoughts on the political situation. In Indian
review (Madras) 31: 292-296. May, 1930.
1991
Alexander, Horace Gundry. Congress rule in India; a study in social
reform. London, V. Gollancz ltd., and the New Fabian research
bureau, 1938. 31p. 214cm. (On-cover: New Fabian research bu-
1992
reau, publication no. 39).
--The Indian ferment; a traveller's tale; introduction by C.F.
Andrews. London, Williams and Norgate, 1929. 253p. 19 cm. 1993
1994
Ali, Asaf.
Gandhiji: 1909-1920. In RG 1951 17-26.
This intimate account by an ardent fighter for India's independence summarizes
his associations with Gandhi and the major events of the national struggle, covering
the period of about thirty-nine years after the author met Gandhi for the first time
in London, in September, 1909.
Amery, Leopold Charles Maurice Stennett. India and freedom.
London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942. 122p.
1995
18cm.
The object of this little volume of selected speeches by the Secretary of State
for India is to explain British policy in India in its proper prospective, both in relation
to World War II and to the growth of freedom in Britain and in the British Com-
monwealth.
Amrit Bazar Patrika, Calcutta. Republic of India souvenir, "January
26, 1950". Calcutta, N.C. Ghosh, 1950. 128, 63p. illus., ports.
29cm.
1996
Anand, Mulk Raj. India demands freedom and its place in the family
of nations. In his Letters on India. London, George Routledge
and sons, ltd., 1942. v, 159p. 19cm. p. 146-159.
1997
Andrews, Charles Freer. India and Britain; a moral challenge. London,
Student Christian movement press, 1935. 189p.
189p. 181cm.
1998
Written in the form of a dialogue between India and British students, it is a
sympathetic study of the national struggle of India.
-The Indian problem 2d ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co.,
1923. viii, 136p. port. 19cm.
1999
A collection of essays on subjects like: Indian independence, Swadeshi move-
ment, non-co-operation, national education, etc.
--The national upheaval. In his India and the Simon report.
290
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
New York, The Macmillan company, 1930. 191p. 19cm. p. 39-50.
2000
An account of the national protest against the Simon report, which was consi-
dered a check on the national movement.
Ardenne de Tizac, Andree Francoise Caroline d'. L'Inde contre les
Anglais; preface de Sylvain Levi. Paris, Editions des portiques, 1930.
270p. 18 cm.
2001
Author's pseud; Andree Viollis, at the head of title.
India against the English; a study of the national struggle in French. Preface
by Sylvain Levi.
Arditi, Lazz. L'India di Gandhi; ricordi di viaggio. Firenze, Insti-
tuto geogr. militare, 1929. 553p. 191cm.
2002
India during Gandhi's life; travel reminiscences, in Italian.
Ashraf, Mohammad comp. Cabinet mission and after.
M. Ashraf, 1946. 431p. 22cm.
Lahore,
2003
Ayengar, A.S. All through the Gandhian era; India, 1915-1950.
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1950. 327p. illus. 19cm.
2004
An autobiographical study of India's struggle for independence from 1915 to
1950.
Banerjee, Sir Surendranath. A nation in making, being the reminis-
cences of fifty years of public life. London, New York, Oxford press,
1925. xv, 420p. port. 22cm.
2005
Banerji Sir Albion Rajkumar. The Indian tangle. Foreword by Rt.
Hon. Earl Winterton. London, Hutchinson and co., 1933. 255p.
19cm.
2006
-What is wrong with India. Allahabad, The author, 1946. 238p.
19cm. (Kitabistan series, no. 6).
2007
Banerji, Bijoykumar. Indian war of independence; with special refer-
ence to I.N.A. Calcutta, Oriental agency, 1946. 168p. ports.
19cm.
2008
Banerji, Nripendra Chandra. At the cross-roads, 1885-1946: an
autobiography. Calcutta, A. Mukhurjee and co.,
and co., 1950. 318p.
illus. 19 cm.
2009
"A story of the renaissance of the last sixty years, especially in Bengal, which
throws a flood of light on Indian politics of recent years."-Preface.
Barns, Mrs. Margarita. India to-day and tomorrow. London, G.
Allen and Unwin, 1937. 303p. ports. 201cm.
2010
-The Indian press; a history of the
in India. London, G. Allen and
19 cm.
growth of public opinion
Unwin, 1940. xv, 491p.
2011
Subject Approach
291
A valuable source book, though pro-British, on the growth of public agitation
against the British Government in India.
Barton, Sir William Pall. India's fateful hour. London, J. Murray,
1942. 157p. plates. 19cm.
2012
Hostile criticism of the national struggle for the United India. In the author's
opinion India is not a nation. He adds, "The pre-requisites of an integrated nation-
ality hardly exist at present."-Ibid., p.101.
Bengal people's association, Calcutta. Report
commission on the Calcutta disturbances, 1918.
ciation, 1919. 91p. 19 cm.
of the non-official
Calcutta, The asso-
2013
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). The case for India; presidential address,
delivered at the thirty-second Indian National Congress, 1917.
London, The Herald, 1918. 5p. 19cm.
2014
The future of Indian politics; a contribution to the understanding
of present-day problems. Adyar, Theosophical publishing house,
1922. vi, 351p. 18cm.
2015
Survey of the social, political and economic problems of India when Gandhi
launched his non-violent non-co-operation movement.
-India and the Empire; a lecture and various papers on Indian
grievances. London, Theosophical publishing society, 1914. 15p.
161cm.
2016
——India, bond or free? A world problem. London and New York,
G.P. Putnam's sons, 1926. 216p. 18cm.
2017
-The India that shall be; signed articles by Annie Besant from
New India. Foreword by George S. Arundale. Madras, The Theoso-
phical publishing house, 1940. ix, 264p. 18cm.
2018
Reprints of her articles pleading for India's independence.
|
-The National movement. In her India a nation: a plea for self-
government; with a foreword by C.P. Ramaswami Aiyar. London,
T.C. and E.C. Jack; New York, Dodge publishing co., 1916.
16 cm. (The peoples' book no. 127). p. 66-80.
xi, 94p.
2019
-Patriotism and co-operating with the new government. Madras,
Besant press, 1920. 13p. (National home rule pamphlets no. 8).
2020
--Political situation. In Indian review (Madras) 24: 129-131.
Feb., 1925.
2021
Blair, H. India: the eleventh hour. London, Chawton publishing
company, 1934. 135p. 19cm.
2022
Bolton, John Robert Glorney. Peasant and prince. London, G.
Routledge and sons, 1937. xi, 295p. ports. 22cm.
2023
292
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Bombay Congress Committee, Bombay. India and the four freedoms.
Bombay, Bombay Congress Committee, 1941. ii, 93p. 211cm. 2024
Borsa, Giorgio. Gandhi e il risorgimento indiano. Milano, V. Bom-
piani, 1942. 310p. 19cm.
2025
A study in Italian on Gandhi and India's struggle for freedom.
Bose, Subhas Chandra. Famous speeches and letters. Edited by
Ganpat Rai. Lahore, Lion press, 1946. xvi, 256p. port. 19 cm.
2026
-Important speeches and writings; being a collection of most signi-
ficant speeches, writings and letters from 1927 to 1945. Edited by
Jagat S. Bright. 2d. rev. and enl. ed. Lahore, Indian printing works,
1947. xii, 407p. ports. 22cm.
2027
First edition published in 1948.
-Impressions in life. Lahore, Hero publications, 1947. 356 p.
2028
19cm.
An autobiographical study of the Indian national struggle.
-India calling ; edited by R.I. Paul. Lahore, Dewans publications,
1945. 112p. 19 cm.
2029
-The Indian struggle, 1920-1934. London, Wishart and com-
pany, ltd., 1935. 353p. port. 22cm.
2030
Intimate story of India's struggle for independence narrated by one of its heroes.
--La lotta dell' India (1920-1934). Con appendice sugli avveni-
menti 1934-1942 scritta dall'autore per l'edizione italiana. Tradu-
zione a cura dell' Instituto italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente.
Firenze, G.C. Sansoni, 1942. 320p. 23cm.
2031
Translation into Italian of the author's "The Indian struggle, 1920-1934."
-La lotta dell' India, previsioni; a cura dell' Instituto italiano per
il Medio ed Estremo Oriente. Firenze, G.C. Sansoni, 1943. 24p.
23cm.
2032
--Netaji speaks to the nation (1928 to 1945). A symposium of
important speeches and writings of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose.
His broadcasts, addresses and orders of the day from Berlin, Rangoon,
Sygon and Burma with proper introductions surveying the history of
the period when they were delivered or written. Introductory notes
and arrangements by the author of the "Rebel President". Lahore,
The Hero publications, 1946. 336p. ports. 19cm.
2033
-Netaji's life and writings. Calcutta, Published for Netaji publica-
tions society by Thacker Spink, 1948. v.
v. ports. 23cm.
2034
Vol. 2. previously published separately.
On the Delhi, speeches and writings; edited by Narayana Menon.
Poona, The editor, 1946. xi, 152p. 19cm.
2035
Subject Approach
293
Bose, Subhas Chandra. The role of Mahatma Gandhi in Indian history,
In his The Indian struggle, 1920-1934. London, Wishart and com-
pany, 1935. 353p, ports. 22cm. p.327-334.
2036
The role of Gandhi narrated by his disciple, opponent and one of the greatest
heroes of India's struggle for independence.
--Through Congress eyes. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1939. vi,
243p. 19cm.
2037
Bosshard, Walter Indian Kampft! Das buch der indischen welt von
heute. Mit 68 abbildungen nach aufnahmen des verfassers und 1
Kartenskizze. Stuttgart, Strecker und Schroder, 1931. xi, 290p.
ports. map. 22cm.
2038
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Rebel India. New York, New republic
inc., 1931. xii, 262p. 181cm.
2039
--Subject India. New York, The John Day company, 1943.
viii, 274p. illus. 19cm.
2040
A liberal view of India's struggle for independence and related problems.
Brelvi, S.A. Non-co-operation: its beginning. In G 1944: 105-
108.
2041
Summarizes the origin and growth of the nationalist movement in India and
pays homage to its pioneers, i.e., Phirozeshah Mehta, Gokhale, Surendranath
Banerjee, Madan Mohan Malaviya, Dinshah Wachha, Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Lala
Lajpat Rai, Bepin Chandra Pal, and others. Also surveys Gandhi's non-violent
non-co-operation movement and its influence upon the Indian masses.
Bright, Jagat S. The great Nehrus. 2d. rev. ed. New Delhi, Tagore
memorial publications, 1950. 337p. 19cm.
2042
A historical account of the brilliant role played by three notable personages
in the Nehru family: Motilal Nehru, Jawaharlal Nehru and Vijyalakshmi Pandit,
in the struggle for India's independence.
-The Himalayan blunders of Mahatma Gandhi. Lahore, Northern
India publishers, 1945. 181p. 181cm.
2043
--The life of Jawaharlal Nehru. Lahore, Indian printing works,
1946. 298p. illus. ports. 22cm.
2044
--Subhas Bose and his idea. Lahore, Indian printing works 1946.
276p. ports. 18 cm.
2045
--Verdict on Britain; a reply to Verdict on India. Lahore, Dewan's
publications, 1946. 144p. 19cm.
2046
Brockway, Archibald Fenner. The Indian crisis. London, V. Gollancz
ltd., 1930. 208p. 18 cm.
2047
Bryant, John Forbes. Gandhi and the Indianisation of the Empire.
Cambridge, J. Hall and son; London, Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton,
Kent and co., 1924, vi, 228p. 18cm.
2048
294
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Buck, Oscar MacMillan. India looks for her future. New York,
2049
Friendship press, 1930. viii, 214p. 20cm.
Reading list: p. 203-207.
Caveesar, Sardar Sardul Singh. India's fight for freedom: a critical
survey of the Indian National movement since the advent of Mahatma
Gandhi in the field of Indian politics. Lahore, National publications,
2050
1936. ix, 480p. 19cm.
Chatterjee, Atul Chandra. India's struggle for freedom. Calcutta,
2051
Chuckervarty, 1947. 356p. illus. 18cm.
Churchill, Sir Winston Leonard Spencer. India, speeches and an
2052
introduction. London, T. Butterworth, 1931. 140p. 191cm.
Collection of nine speeches delivered between July 8, 1920 and March 26,
1931, and one article written for the Daily Mail (London), in November, 1929.
Cipolla-Braccioforte, Arnaldo. In India con Gandhi. Torino, Soc.
An. Editrice G.B. Paravia and co., 1933. 223p. illus. 19 cm. 2053
Close, Upton. Revolt of Asia; the end of the White man's world
dominance. New York, G.P. Putnam's sons, 1927. xiv, 325p.
191cm.
2054
Coatman, John. India in 1925-26. Calcutta, Government of India
central publication branch, 1926. viii, 463p. 20 cm.
2055
-India in 1927-28. Calcutta, Government of India central publica-
tion branch, 1928. xviii, 462p. 20cm.
2056
-India in 1928-29. Calcutta, Government of India central
2057
publication branch, 1930. xviii, 416p. 20cm.
--India: the road to self-government. London, George Allen and
2058
Unwin, 1942. 152p. 19cm.
Summary of the political, constitutional and social progress of India towards
her independence, from 1908 to 1942.
Coatman, John. Indian riddle; a solution suggested. London,
2059
Humphrey Toulmin, 1932. 72p. 19cm.
A survey of India's political and social problems.
Years of destiny: India 1926-32. Foreword by Lord Irwin of
Kirby. London, Jonathan Cape, 1932. 384p. 191cm.
2060
History of India's struggle for independence and its suppression by the British
Government.
Confessions of a bogus patriot; with a foreword by C.S. Row. Madras,
Gandhi house, 1923. 128p. 191cm.
2061
S
Corman, Louis. Une ecole d'heroisme, les campagnes non-violentes
de Gandhi; avec 8 portraits hors-texte et 200 citations de Gandhi.
Paris, Stock, Delamain et Boutelleau, 1951. 164p. illus, 19cm. 2062
Subject Approach
295
A study in French of Gandhi's non-violent movement.
Crozier, Frank Percy. A word to Gandhi; the lesson of Ireland.
London, Williams and Norgate ltd., 1931. 142p. 18 cm. 2063
Das, C.R. Nationalism: the ideal. In Indian review (Madras)
24:42-43. Jan., 1923.
2064
Das, Chittaranjan. India for Indians; speeches. Enl. ed. Madras,
Ganesh and co., 1921. vi, 192p. 194cm.
2065
Das, Taraknath. Gandhi and struggle for independence. In Open
Court 36 17-21. Jan., 1922.
2066
--Tolstoi and India; an exchange of views on the struggle for
Indian freedom. New York, America and India feature and news
service, 1950. 32p. ports. 23cm.
2067
Das Gupta, Hemendranath. Subhas Chandra. Calcutta, Jyoti pro-
kasalaya, 1946. x, 254, xiip. 194cm.
2068
A biography of Subhas Chandra Bose, a great patriot and ex-President of the
Indian National Congress. He disagreed with Gandhi's non-violent approach
to win India's independence.
Datta, Hirendranath. Independence pledge. In his Indian culture;
its strands and trends. Calcutta, Calcutta University, 1941. x, 119p.
191cm. (Kamla lectures). p.8-18.
2069
Datta, K.K. India's march to freedom. London, Longmans Green,
1949. 63p. 19cm.
2070
Deb, J.M. Blood and tears. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1945. ix, 294p.
21cm.
2071
A chronological retrospect of political happenings in India during the six
eventful years of World War II.
Desai, Mahadev. A battle of faiths. In G 1944: 68-75. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 13, 1940.
2072
All Gandhi's major and minor decisions since 1919 are the natural outcome
of his faith in truth and non-violence. Gandhi said in 1934, "I should work single-
handed in implicit faith that what I fail to make clear to my countrymen to-day
shall be clear to them some day of itself or, if God wills it, through some apt word
which He may put in my mouth or some apt work which He may prompt me to
do."-Ibid., p.75.
-Seven days in Bombay. In NPW 1948: 460-473. Orig. pub.
H., Sep. 22, 1940.
2073
An account of the All-India Congress Committee meeting in Bombay.
-What led to the decision. In NPW 1948: 448-457. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 13, 1940.
2074
A brief survey of the struggle for independence since 1914.
296
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Devi, Robins Sita. Gandhi e lavvenire dell' India. Rome, Rassegna
nazionale, 1940. Lxii, 70p. 19cm.
2075
Gandhi and the future of India; a study in Italian.
Diettrich, Fritz. Die Gandhi-revolution. Dresden, 1930. 214p.
19cm.
2076
A collection of articles on India's struggle for Independence in German.
Doulatram, Jairamdas. Revolution and counter revolution. Bombay,
Vora and co., 1936. 12p. 18cm.
2077
Duffett, Walter Elliott, etc., comp. L'Inde d'aujoure'hui. Preface
de l'hon. Hector Perrier, traduit de l'anglais par Jerome Cugnet.
Montreal, Publie pour l'Institut Canadien des affaire' internationales
par B. Valiquette, 1944. 217p. 19 cm.
2078
"Bibliography": p.207-213.
A collection of articles in French about the political condition of India.
-comp. India to-day; the background of the Indian nationalist
movement; foreword by J.M. Macdonnell. Toronto, Halifax,
The Ryerson press, 1941. vii, 110p. illus. (Contemporary affairs
no. 10).
2079
"Further reading": p. 107-110.
-comp. The political groups. In their India to-day; the back-
ground of the Indian nationalist movement; foreword by J.M. Mac-
donnell. Toronto, Halifax, The Ryerson press, 1941. vii, 110p.
illus. (Contemporary affairs no.10). p.63-72.
2080
Duncan, Arthur. India in crisis. London and New York, Putnam,
1931. xi, 270p. 191cm.
2081
Bibliography: p. 265-267.
Dundas, L.J.L. The heart of Aryavarta; a study of the psychology of
Indian unrest. London, Constable, 1925. xviii, 262p. 19cm. 2082
Durant, William James. The case for India. New York, Simon and
Schuster, 1930. x, 228p. 19cm.
2083
Bibliographical notes: p. 212-228.
Independent and sympathetic interpretation of India's struggle for her inde-
pendence.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. Modern India. Bombay, Sunshine publishing
house, 1926. ii, 211p. 174cm.
2084
"The Indian national movement has reached a point at which a new survey
is needed of its conditions, aims and tactics.. ....The present book is no more than
a contribution to such a discussion."-Ibid., p.1.
-Three stages of national struggle; 1905-1910; 1919-1922 ; and 1930-
1934. In his India to-day. 3d ed. Bombay, Peoples' publishing
house, 1949, iv, 581p. 214cm. p. 298-355,
2085
Subject Approach
297
Elwin, Harry Verrier Holman. Truth about India: Can we get it?
With seven appendices; preface by Laurence Housman. London,
G. Allen and Unwin, ltd., 1932. 105p.
2086
Interpretation of Gandhi's point of view regarding India's struggle for inde-
19cm.
pendence.
Ewen, W.N. Close to the Indian crisis. In Asia, journal of the
American Asiatic association (New York) 24: 532-440. Jul., 1924.2087
Fey, H.E. Gandhi faces the storm. In Christian century (Chicago)
57: 921-923. Jul., 24, 1940.
2088
An examination of the political issues which Gandhi confronted in 1940.
Fischer, Frederick Bohn. India's silent revolution, with the collabora-
tion of Gertrude M. Williams. New York, The Macmillan co., 1919.
6,192 p. plates. 19cm.
2089
"This volume endeavors to present from the American view point the econo-
mic, social, political and religious situation in India."-Foreword.
Fischer, Louis. Empire. London, D. Dobson ltd., 1945. 70p.
171cm.
2090
Comments on India's struggle for her independence.
Fulop-Miller, Rene. Gandhi, storia d' un uomo e d' una lotta.
Traduzione dal tedesco di B. Giachetti e S. Casavecchia. Con 16
tavole fuori testo. Milano, V. Bompiani e C. edit. tip., 1930. 298p.
19 cm.
2091
Garbett, Sir Colin Campbell. Friend of friends; with a foreword by
Lord Railey. Bombay, Indian branch, H. Milford, Oxford university
press, 1944. viii, 241p. illus., plates, diagr. 19cm.
2092
Gard, Richard Abbott. Buddhist influence on the political thought
and institutions of India and Japan. Claremont, California, Society
for Oriental studies, 1949. 50p. 29cm. (Pheonix papers, no. 1).
2093
Garratt, G.T. Indian commentary. Rev. ed. London, Jonathan
Cape, 1930. 336p. 21cm.
2094
A history of the origin and development of Indian nationalism.
Gathering storm in India. In Nation (London) 29 : 567-568. Jul.
16, 1921.
2095
An account of India's unrest under three headings: The Gandhi movement of
non-co-operation; the agitation among the Muslim population against the Allies'
policy in the Middle East; and the popular indignation, especially in Bengal and
Assam, over the distress of labourers.
Gazdar, Manek Jehangirji. The British case against India. With
a foreword by Yusuf Meherally. Allahabad, Kitab Mahal, 1945.
vii, 114p. 18cm. (Kitab Mahal national broadcast series, no. 4).
2096
298
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
George, S.K. and Ramachandram, ed. The economics of peace:
the cause and the man. Wardha, Gramudyog vibhag, Akhil Bharat
serva seva sangh, 1952. x, 378p. 22cm.
2097
A souvenir volume presented to J.C. Kumarappa on his 60th birthday. The
articles included in this volume were written by Gandhi's close associates, who
summarize social, industrial and economic aspects of the national movement of
India.
Ghose, Aurobindho. Speeches. Calcutta, Arya publishing house,
1948. 190p. 19cm.
2098
Gour, Hari Singh. True basis of national life. In Indian review
(Madras) 24:50. Jan., 1923.
2099
Extracts from the welcome address to the Nagpur Social Conference.
Griffiths, P.J. British India. London, Robert Hale ltd., 1946. 222p.
191cm.
2100
An account of British achievements and failures in India during the past two
centuries. It also surveys the main events of the Indian national struggle for
freedom.
Gunther, Frances (Fineman). Revolution in India. New York,
Island press, 1944. 122p. 20cm.
2101
A study of the psychological aspect of India's national struggle. "This book
is pro-Free India, which does not mean anti-English."-Preface.
Gupta, Jnanendra Nath. The call of the motherland. Calcutta, The
author, 1930. 119p. 19cm.
2102
The foundations of national progress; scheme of constructive
work for an Indian province. Calcutta, The author, 1927. 282p.
19cm.
2103
Harcourt, Henry. Sidelights on the crisis in India, being letters of an
Indian civilian and some replies of an Indian friend, the letters by H.
Harcourt with a foreword by Cyril Norwood. London, New York,
Longmans, Green and co., 1924. xi, 117p. 181cm.
2104
Interpretation of the different aspects of India's demand for her independence
from a liberal British point of view.
Hauer, Jakob Wilhelm. Indiens kamfum das reich. Stuttgart, W.
Kohlhammer, 1932. 45p. 22cm.
2105
Hogg, Dorothy. India: a plea for understanding. London, J. Clarke
and co., 1943. 84p. 18 cm.
2106
Indian edition published by Kitab Mahal, 1946.
Sympathetic view of an English woman for the National movement of India.
She proves that Gandhi belongs not only to India but to the whole world.
Hossain S. What Gandhi faces. In World tomorrow (New York)
7:373-374. Dec., 1924.
2107
Summary of the political situation in India during 1924.
Subject Approach
299
Houghton, Bernard. The issue in India. Madras, Tagore and co.,
1922. 21p. 18cm.
2108
--The revolt of the past. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921. 93p. 191cm.
2109
In this small volume the author sympathetically examines the new awakening
in the East, especially in India and Burma, analyses the philosophical as well as the
political causes thereof, and points out that the crisis in the East is due to the conflict
of two ideals: the officials' ideal and the peoples' ideal.
Hoyland, John Somervell. The case for India. London and Toronto,
J.M. Dent and sons, 1929. vii, 173p. port. 18cm.
2110
--Indian crisis; the background. New York, The Macmillan
company, 1943. vii, 193p. 21cm.
2111
A general survey of India's religious, political, social and economic conditions.
In chapter twenty-five the author suggests seven main plans to meet the crisis in India.
Hull, William Isaac. India's political crisis. Baltimore, The John
Hopkins press, London, H. Milford, Oxford university press, 1930.
xviii, 190p. 211cm. (Half-title: Johns Hopkins university studies
in historical and political science. Extra volumes. new series, no. 7).
2112
"Sources of information": p.182-183.
Hunt, F. Restless India. In Good housekeeping (New York).
74: 38-39. May, 1922. port.
2113
Hutchinson, Lester. Empire of the Nabobs : a short history of British
India. London, George Allen and Unwin, 1937. 277p. 19cm. 2114
A new interpretation of India's struggle for independence, applying to it the
economic and political theories of socialism and analyzing from this standpoint the
political causes of the rise and decline of the British Indian empire.
Hutheesing, Krishna (Nehru). Shadows on the wall. Bombay, Kutub
1946. 150p. port. 19cm.
2115
"Twelve stories of the fellow prisoners, politicals and convicts, who were
with....the author in jail many years ago."-Preface.
-With no regrets; an autobiography. Bombay, Padma publications
ltd., 1944. xiii, 157p. ports. 22cm.
2116
American edition published by John Day, New York, in 1945. British edition
published by Drummond, London, in 1946.
Autobiographical survey of the national struggle, with special reference to the
contribution of the Nehru family.
Huntingdon, Francis John Clarence Westendra Platagenent Hastings,
15th earl. Commonsense about India. London, and Toronto,
William Heinemann ltd., 1942. 76p. 191cm.
2117
A lucid and concise statement of the Indian question.
300
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
India League, London. Condition of India; being the report of the
delegation sent to India by the India League, in 1932. Preface by
Bertrand Russell. London, Essential news, 1932. xvi, 534p. 19 cm.
2118
The Government of India did not allow the entry of this report in India.
19 cm. 2119
15p.
-India speaks. London, The League, 1936.
Indian National Congress. All-India Congress
tion. In NPW 1948: 458-460. Orig. pub. H.,
Committee resolu-
Sep. 22, 1940. 2120
Text of the resolution passed by the All-India Congress Committee at Bombay
on September 16, 1940.
India's struggle for home rule. In Literary digest (New York) 67:
20-21. Dec. 25, 1920. port.
2121
Iyengar, A.S. All through the Gandhian era. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1950. x, 327p. illus. 19cm.
2122
A brief history of the national struggle for India's independence.
Iyengar, K.R. Srinivasa. S. Srinivasa Iyengar; the story of a decade of
Indian politics. Mangalore, Basal mission press, 1939. 91p. 19cm.
2123
Iyer, C.S. Ranga. India in the crucible. London, Selwyn and Blount,
1927. 336p. 19 cm.
2124
Jacob, Thottungal Ninan. Cultural and political unrest and Gandhi.
In his Reconstruction of the curriculum of the elementary schools
of India. Calcutta, Association press, 1932. ix, 206p. 19 cm.
2125
p. 15-18.
Jaini, Jagmandar Lal. Fragments from an Indian student's notebook.
London, A.H. Stockwell, 1934. 267p. 19cm.
2126
Japheth, M.D. The truth about India; the story of an epoch. Bombay,
The author, 1944. 86p. 17cm.
2127
Johnson, Julia Emily, Comp. Independence for India. New York,
The H.W. Wilson company, 1943. 292p. 20cm. (The Reference
shelf, v. 16, no. 3).
2128
Jones, George E. Tumult in India. New York, Dodd, Mead, 1948.
viii, 277p. 21cm.
2129
Kabir, Humayun. The Indian revolution. In G 1944: 99-104. 2130
Tracing the origin and growth of India's struggle for freedom the author adds,
"To a people weakened and emasculated through oppression of centuries, he
(Gandhi) brought back self-respect, the spirit of struggle and resistance."-ĺbid.,
p. 103.
Kalyanivala, Sohrab. Let my country awake. Bombay, The author,
1926. 245p. 19cm.
2131
Subject Approach
301
Karaka, Dosoo Framjee. I have shed my tears a candid view of
resurgent India. New York, London, D. Appleton-century co, 1947.
230p. 19cm.
2132
A story of India's struggle for independence told by a journalist.
Kendall Mrs. Patricia. Come with me to India : A quest for truth
among peoples and problems. New York, London, C. Scribner's
sons, 1931. x, 467p. illus. 23cm.
2133
Bibliography: p.433-445.
Kesarcodi, Hima. Birth of a nation. Bombay, Albert printing works,
1948. 21p. 19 cm.
2134
A national drama depicting India's struggle for independence, and dedicated
to the Gandhian era.
Kripalani, Jiwatram Bhagwandas, acharya. Our struggle for freedom
and democracy. Bombay, Bombay Provincial Congress Committee.
publications, 1941. 13p. 19cm.
2135
Krishnamurti, Y.G. The betrayal of freedom; a study in Nehru's
political ideas. Foreword by Bhulabhai J. Desai. Bombay, The
Popular book depot, 1944. 73p. ports. 20cm.
2136
-Freedom-my destiny. Foreword by Dr. Rajendra Prasad.
Bombay, Phoenix publications, 1946. 109p. ports. 19cm. 2137
Invitation by Dr. B. Pattabhi
Desai and Mrs. Rameshwari
2138
-Jawaharlal: the man and his ideas.
Sitaramayya. Preface by Bhulabhai J.
Nehru. ports. 19cm.
Bibliography: p. 161-170.
-Reflections on the Gandhian revolution. Bombay, Vora and co.,
1945. 29p. ports. 18cm.
2139
Kumarappa, Bharatan, ed. Indian struggle for freedom, through
Western eyes. Andhra, Hindustan, 1938. 192p. 19cm. (India to-
day series)
2140
Lacey, Patrick. Fascist India. London, Nicholson and Watson,
1946. 150p. map. 19cm.
2141
A critical survey of India's struggle for independence. Supports the proposal
of the formation of Pakistan.
Lajpat Rai, Lala. The call to Young India. Madras, S. Ganesan and
co., 1920. 351p. 19cm.
2142
Collection of writings and speeches of Lala Lajpat Rai, one of India's best
known pioneer fighters for independence.
--The political future of India. New York, B.W. Huebsch, 1919.
v-xxviii, 237p. 19cm.
2143
In this book the author tells the British Government that the people of India
dislike its autocratic, bureaucratic and antiquated way of government and its educa-
tional system. He urges that India should be granted self-government.
302
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Reflection on the political situation in India, with a
personal note and extracts from Indian and English newspapers etc.
Japan, The author, 1919. 75p. 19cm.
2144
This pamphlet was written in September, 1919 and printed in Japan, after the
author left India. It is divided into three parts. The first part contains reflections
on the political situation in India; the second part is devoted to the personal note and
the third includes extracts from Indian and English newspapers. The reflections
recorded in this leaflet are meant principally for the British public. In other words,
it is a clear and sincere exposition of the evils of British rule in India.
-Young India; an interpretation and history of the national
movement from within; foreword by J.T. Sunderland. New York,
B. W. Huebsch, 1916. xxxi, 257p. port.
2145
19cm.
"A short bibliography of books in English”: p. 241-242.
A brief survey of India's nationalistic movement from 1757 to 1916.
Lothian, Sir Arthur Cunningham. Kingdom of yesterday. With
a foreword by Compton Mackenzie. London, Murray, 1951. 228p.
illus. 22cm.
2146
Lovett, Sir Harrington Verney. A history of the Indian nationalist
movement. London, J. Murry, 1920. ix-xiv, 285p. 22 cm. (Full
name: Sir Sackville Harrington Hatton Verney Lovett).
2147
In this book the author who served the British Government in India for thirty-
five years, tries to trace the history of India's struggle for her independence, and
summarizes the political conditions in India as they were, when he left the country
in April, 1919.
Mackenzie, DeWitt. The awakening of India; with an introduction by
Sir Francis Younghusband. London, New York, and Toronto,
Hodder and Stoughton, 1917. 159p. 19 cm.
2148
Selection of interviews with different people in India during the course of his
visit. It is a general treatise on the political, social and economic conditions of
India in 1917.
--India's problems can be solved. Garden City, New York,
Doubleday, Doran and company, inc., 1943. x, 265p. port. 22cm.
2149
A report of the political conditions in India during World War II, with special
reference to Gandhi's struggle and Cripps' proposals, etc.
Macnicol, Nicol. Political progress, from 1908-1923. In his The
awakening of modern India. London, New York, H. Milford, Oxford
2150
university press, 1924. viii, 235p. 19cm. p. 5-36.
Mahmud, Ahmed (Bashir al-din) Mirza. Indian problem and its solu-
tion. London, Blackburn, 1926. 31p. 19cm.
2151
Majumdar, J.K. ed. Indian speeches and documents on British rule
1821-1918. Foreword by Ramananda Chatterjee. Calcutta, Long-
2152
mans, Green and co., 1937. xx, 186p. 19 cm.
A collection of important speeches and writings of India's eminent leaders
of thought and action since the dawn of Indian political consciousness.
Subject Approach
303
Malaviya, Madan Mohan. Speeches and writings. Madras, Ganesh
2153
and co., 1919. xxiv, 591p. port. 19cm.
Mathews, Basal and Wilson Winfred. India reveals herself. London,
2154
Oxford university press, 1937. viii, 192p. 19cm.
Meherally, Yusuf Jaffer, ed. Price of liberty. Bombay, National
information and publications, 1948. 261p. ports. 19cm. 2155
Mehta, Chitra. I fought for my country. Bombay, Hamara Hindus-
2156
tan, 1946. 48p. 19cm.
Mehta, Vasudeva B. Indian culture and nationalism. In Indian review
2157
(Madras) 28:145-146. Mar., 1927.
Nationalism marches on in India. In Current history magazine
of the New York Times (New York) 17: 614-617. Jan., 1923. 2158
A reply to Gandhi's critics who believed that after Gandhi's arrest the national
movement came to an end.
Menon, Kumara Padmanabha Sivasankara. Nehru, the spring of
eternal youth. Lahore, Allied Indian publishers, 1946. 15 p. 19cm. 2159
Middleton, I.E. An international questionnaire with its prophetic
reply in respect of the British and Indian people and the present mould-
ing of them by the Society and its implication. Allahabad, The author,
2160
1933. 27p. 19cm.
Mitra, Bejan and Chakraborty, Phani, ed. Rebel India. Calcutta,
Orient book co., 1946. 260p. illus., ports. 22cm.
2161
Mitra, Sidda Mohana. Peace in India, how to attain it.
Longmans' Green and co., 1922. vii-xiii, 25p. 18cm.
London,
2162
Mitra, Sisir Kumar. Sri Aurobindo and Indian freedom. Pasadena,
Perkins, 1948. 80p. 19cm.
2163
Mitra, Yatindra Nath. A lost nation. Serampor, The author, 1930.
149p. 19cm.
2164
Modal, Cyril Jenner. India's destiny. Allahabad, Kitab mahal, 1944.
iv, 195p. 19 cm.
2165
19cm.
What price freedom? Allahabad, Kitab mahal, 1945. x, 199p.
2166
Mookerji, Radhakumud. Nationalism in Hindu culture. London
Theosophical publishing house, 1921. 104p. 19cm.
2167
Moon, Edward Penderal. The future of India. London, Pilot press,
1945. 76p. illus. diagrs. ports. 22cm.
2168
--Strangers in India. London, Faber and Faber ltd., 1944. 212p.
19 cm.
2169
304
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
American edition published by Reynal and Hitchcock, New York, 1945.
"In this book an attempt is made to correct discussion of Indian problems
with typical Indian incidents, illustrative of the way of life and the modes of thought
and speech of the people."-Preface.
Moor, Arthur. The evolution of Mr. Gandhi. In MG 1944: 188-
196.
2170
A survey of the political consciousness among the people of India since Gandhi
appeared on the political scene. Also describes his first meeting with Gandhi in
September, 1934.
Mota, Hirdey Nath. From bondage to freedom. Foreword by
Sachindanand Sinha. Lucknow, Ganga Pustakmala karyalya, 1948.
140p. illus. 19cm.
2171
"This is an attempt to compass in a short space the stirring history of India's
struggle for emancipation." Includes a chronology of British rule and India's strug-
gle for freedom.
--India speaks. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1945. viii, 105p. illus.
19cm.
2172
Muhammad Sultan Mirza, The Agha Khan. Evolution of the idea of
nationalistic patriotism and its consequences; with special reference
to India. Rawalpindi, The author, 1933. 282p. 19cm. 2173
Mukerjee, Hirendranath. India a struggle for freedom; a history of
the national movement. 2d ed. Bombay, Kutub publishers, 1946
250p. 19cm.
2174
"Suggested readings": p.248-250.
A reliable and concise story of India's struggle for freedom.
Mukerji, Dhan Gopal. Disillusioned India. New York, E.P. Dutton
and co., 1930. 224p. 21cm.
2175
A plea that India should be granted at least dominion status. The book
is dedicated to late Kamala Nehru, wife of Jawaharlal Nehru.
India's social revolution. In American review (Bloomington,
Ill) 2:279-282. May, 1924.
2176
Analyses Gandhi's contribution to the political and social awakening in the
Indian masses.
-My brother's face. New York, E.P. Dutton and co., 1924.
vii, 367p. 211cm.
2177
An account of Gandhi's struggle for India's independence and the forces
against it.
Munshi, Kanaiyal Maneklal. A new outlook. Lahore, Indian book
co., 1947. 161p. 19cm.
2178
-Sparks from the anvil. Bombay, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan, 1951.
x, 170p. 19cm. (Bhavan's book university no. 3).
2179
An autobiography, revealing the author's part in the struggle for India's freedom.
Subject Approach
305
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Gandhi versus the Empire; with
a foreword by Will Durant. New York, Universal publishing company,
1932. xii, 352p. ports. 23 cm.
2180
"The author has gone directly to Gandhi himself for a statement of the
Indian position; and the many passages in which the great leader is directly quoted
illuminate not only Gandhi's political creed, but his profoundly revolutionary philo-
sophy of life."-Preface.
Naidu, C.K.B Nation at bay. Bombay, The author, 1941 xvi,
144p. 19cm.
2181
Narain, Jai Prakash. "J.P" India's revolutionary number one; com-
piled and edited by B.N. Ahuja. Lahore, Varma publishing co.,
1947. viii, 220p. 19cm.
2182
"A biographical sketch by B.N. Ahuja": p. 1-20.
-Towards struggle; selected manifestoes, speeches and writings.
Bombay, Padma publications ltd., 1946. 244p. 23cm.
2183
K
"Jaya Prakash by Yusuf Meharally", (p. 7-14) is reprinted, with slight changes,
from v. 1 of Meharally's “Leaders of India”.
Nationalist movement. In India; a reprint of the Special India num-
ber of The Times (London), February 18, 1930. London, The Times
publishing company, 1930. xix, 288p. illus. ports. 33cm. p. 23-
25.
2184
A brief summary of the nationalist movement up to the Lahore Congress.
A rare picture of Gandhi appears at the end of the chapter.
Natesan, G.A.
Reminiscences. In G 1944 208-215.
2185
Intimate story of India's struggle for independence by one of Gandhi's close
associates and the first national publisher who started publishing Gandhi's collected
writings and speeches as early as 1915.
National movement in India. In Current history magazine of the New
York Times (New York) 113 pt. 2: 93-95. Jan., 1921. 2186
A criticism of Gandhi's non-co-operation movement.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. All-India convention Delhi, March 19, 1937
Presidential address. New Delhi, The Hindustan Times press, 1937.
19p. 21 cm.
2187
Avtobiografiyah. Translated by Hayyin Glickstein. Merhavya,
1942. 2v. port. 17cm.
2188
Translation into Hebrew of "Jawaharlal Nehru, an autobiography."
-Before and after independence; a collection of the most important
and soul-stirring speeches delivered during the most important and soul
stirring years in India's history, 1922-1950. Edited by Jagat S. Bright.
New Delhi, Indian printing works, 1950. 2v. in 1 (612) illus., port.
22cm.
2189
306
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
"C
.in the first volume the speeches are arranged ideologically from 1922
to 1945, in the second volume the speeches have been arranged chronologically from
1946 to 1950."-Preface.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. The discovery of India. Calcutta, The Signet
press, 1946. xiii, 711p. 22cm.
2190
English edition, Meridian books, 1946.
American edition, John Day, New York, 1946.
-Eighteen months in India, 1936-1937; being further essays
and writings. Allahabad and London, Kitabistan, 1938. viii, 319p.
19cm.
2191
"The author's personal reactions to certain happenings and tendencies after
his return from Europe in March, 1936 and while he was president of the National
Congress."-Preface.
---Important speeches; being a collection of the most significant
speeches delivered from 1922 to 1926. Edited by Jagat S. Bright.
2d. rev. enl. ed. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1946. 396p.
2192
ports. 22cm.
A collection of one hundred and sixty speeches, divided into fifteen sections and
arranged under convenient subjects such as personality and politics, political educa-
tion, defence of India, World War II, the road to quit India, from quit India to
freedom, princes and people, economic reconstruction, new world order, etc.
-Independence and after; a collection of the more important
speeches, from Septembr 1946 to May 1949. Delhi, Government of
India, 1949. 403p. illus. 25cm.
2193
""
First American edition published by John Day, New York, 1950.
These "speeches, barring four, cover the period of a little over a year and a
half immediately following the attainment of independence by India.' They are
grouped under convenient subjects such as independence, Mahatma Gandhi, com-
munalism, Kashmir, Hyderabad, education, industry, India's foreign policy, India
and the World, etc.
--India and the world; essays. London G. Allen and Unwin ltd.,
1936. 262p. 19cm.
2194
Editor's preface signed: H.G.A.
--India on the march, statements and selected quotations, from
the writings of Jawaharlal Nehru, relevant to the subject only, cover-
ing three decades of his political career from 1916 to 1946. Edited
by Jagat S. Bright. Lahore, The Indian printing works, 1946. 330p.
ports. 22cm.
2195
--Jawaharlal Nehru, an autobiography; with musings on recent
events in India. London, John Lane, 1939. xiii, 618p. ports. 22cm.
2196
"First published April 1936......cheap edition March 1938. Reprinted
January 1939."
——Nehru flings a challenge, edited by a 'student'; foreword by Prof.
P.A. Wadia. General editor: J.P. Gupta. Bombay, Hamara Hindus-
€
Cis
Subject Approach
307
tan publications, 1943. xxviii, 164p. ports. 181cm. (Hamara
Hindustan special no. 2).
2197
Each portrait accompanied by a guard sheet with quotation. First published
in 1943. Selections from the writings of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru."-p. vii.
"List of books by and on Jawaharlal Nehru": p. 144. Pages 151-164,
advertizing matter.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Point of view; some brief extracts from "Towards
freedom, the autobiography of Jawaharlal Nehru". New York,
The John Day company, 1941. 16p. 16 x 13cm.
2198
“Privately printed for friends of the publisher."
Selected writings; selected statements and pick-of-the basket quo-
tations......1916-1950, dealing with the shape of things to come in
India and the world. Edited by Jagat S. Bright. New Delhi, Indian
printing works, 1950. viii, 353p. ports. 21cm.
2199
First edition published in 1946 under title: India on the march.
--Thoughts from Nehru; compiled by Dewan Ram Parkash.
Lahore, Allied India publishers, 1946. 75p. 18cm.
2200
Bibliography: p.76.
-Towards freedom, the autobiography of Jawaharlal Nehru. New
York, The John Day company, 1941. xviii, 445p. ports. 221cm.
2201
First published in 1936 by John Lane, London, under title: Jawaharlal Nehru,
an autobiography.
-The unity of India ; collected writings, 1937-1940. Edited by V.K.
Krishna Menon. 2d ed. London, L. Drummond, 1942. viii, 432p.
illus. 22cm.
2202
New bloodshed and turmoil in India. In Literary digest (New York)
112 14-15. Jan. 16, 1932. port.
2203
An illustrated account of Gandhi's Civil Disobedience movement and the
efforts of the British government to suppress it.
Normanton, Helena. India in England. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921.
248p. 181cm.
2204
A fair interpretation of the main events of the struggle for independence up to
1921.
Orwell, George, ed. Talking to India; a selection of English language
broadcasts to India. London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd., 1943.
176p. plates, ports., 19cm.
2205
"A note on the contributors”: p. 176.
Pal, Bipin Chandra. Indian nationalism; its principles and persona-
lities. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1919. 237p. 19cm.
2206
Pandit, Vijaya Lakshmi (Nehru). So I became a minister. Allahabad,
and London, Kitabistan, 1939. 154p. 19cm.
2207
308
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A collection of essays, addresses and radio talks.
Paranjpye, Raghunath Purushottam. The crux of the Indian problem.
London, Watts and co., 1931. xii, 116p. 19cm.
2208
This book reveals the true causes of national suffering and unrest, the real
obstacles to advance in social welfare and political strength in India.
Patel, Bithalbhai Jhaverbhai. The Indian view; presidential address
delivered at the Indian National Conference in Great Britain in June,
1931. 3rd ed. London, Friends of India, 1931. 32p. 21 cm. 2209
Pattabhi, Sitarayya Bhograju. The nationalist movement in India.
Bombay, National information and publications, 1950. 144p. 19cm.
2210
This is a reliable work in concise form by the author of "The history of the
Congress".
-Some fundamentals of the Indian problems. Bombay, Vora,
135. 108p. 19cm.
2211
Phillip, Andre. L'Inde moderne ; le probleme social et politique.
Paris, F. Alcan, 1930. ii, 259p. 18 cm.
2212
“Bibliography”: p. 257-259.
--India a foreign view. With an introduction by the Viscount
Burnham. London, Sidgwick and Jackson, ltd., 1932. viii, 260p.
22 cm.
2213
"Translation from the French of L'Inde moderne', by C.G. Schlumberger”.
Bibliography: p. 254-256.
Pradhan, R.G. Present political situation. In Indian review (Madras)
23: 443-451. Jul. 1922.
2214
Prasad, Rajendra and others, eds. Nehru abhinandan granth: a birth-
day book. New Delhi, The Editorial board, 1949. xxxi, 705p. illus.
24cm.
2215
Pratap, Mahendra. My life story of fifty years; December 1886 to
December 1941. Dehradun, World Federation, 1947. iv, 358p.
19cm.
2216
A world citizen records his experiences and activities in many countries of the
world for universal brotherhood and peace, with special reference to India's struggle
for independence.
Privat, Edmond. In India con Gandhi. Traduzione (dal francese)
di Mariangelo Timbal. Milano, A. Garzanti, 1944. 265p. 191cm.
2217
Radhakrishnan, S. Indian nationalism. In Indian review (Madras)
32:39-40. Jan., 1931.
2218
Extracts from the convocation address to the Punjab University.
Subject Approach
309
Radhakrishan, S. India's struggle for freedom. In MG 1949 :
343-351.
2219
Expressing his views about India's struggle for freedom the author adds,
"Under the leadership of Gandhi, the Indian National Congress worked for friendly
relations among the different religions and communities of India, for the establish-
ment of a non-communal democratic state. He strove for a free and united India.”
-Ibid., p. 340.
Rahman, H. Unity conference and after. In Indian review (Madras)
25: 629-630. Oct., 1924.
2220
Rahman, S.M. India: a nation. In Indian review (Madras) 30:
454-455. Jul., 1929.
2221
Rajagopalachar, Chakravarti. The way out, a plea for constructive
thought on the present political situation in India. London, New York,
Bombay, etc., H. Milford, Oxford university press, 1943. 32p. 181cm
2222
19cm.
Ranga, N.G. The colonial and coloured peoples, a programme for
their freedom and progress. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946. ix, 222p.
2222
-Outlines of the national revolutionary path. Bombay, Hind
kitabs, 1945. iv, 132p. 19cm.
2224
Ranga, Iyer, C.S. India in the crucible. London, Selwyn and Blount
ltd., 1928. xvi, 19-336p. 19cm.
2225
Rao, C.V.H. Civil disobedience movement in India; or the Indian
struggle for freedom. Lahore, Lion pess, 1946. ii, 100p. 18 cm.
2226
Rao. R.V. The Indian tangle and the way out. Bombay, Popular
book depot, 1944. iv, 45p. 181cm.
2227
Ray, Prithvish Chandra. Life and times of C.R. Das. London,
Oxford university press, 1928. xvi, 313p. 19cm.
2228
Read, Margaret and Cockin, F.A. Some aspects of the Indian situa-
tion. London, Student Christian movement, 1929. 32p. 19cm. 2229
Remgie, T.H.K. Since Gandhi's imprisonment. In World tomorrow
(New York) 7: 368-370. Dec., 1924.
2230
Rolland, Romain. L'Inde, journal (1915-1943); Tagore, Gandhi,
Nehru et les problems indiens. Paris Editions Virela, 1951. 457p.
23cm.
2231
"Tous les extraits du journal de Romain Rolland qui concernent ses rapports
avec l'Inde."
Rosinger, Lawrence Kaelter. Restless India. New York, Henry Holt
and company, 1946. ix, 113p. 18cm.
2232
"Suggested reading": p. 112.
"A note on the author": p. 113,
310
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
A bird's-eye-view of India's struggle for independence after the surrender of
Japan.
Roy, Manabendra Nath. Freedom or fascism. Delhi, Radical Demo-
cratic Party, 1942. 110p. 18cm.
2233
-Jawaharlal Nehru. Delhi, Radical Democratic Party, 1945.
61p. 19cm.
2234
A critical examination of Nehru's pronouncement after his release from deten-
tion in 1944.
--Problem of freedom. Calcutta, Renaissance, 1945. 140p. 19cm.
2235
Rutherford, Vickerman Henzell. Modern India, its problems and their
solution. London, The Labour publishing co., 1927. xvi, 268p.
19cm.
2236
The author strongly supports India's demand for freedom.
Ruthnaswamy, M. Making of the state. London, Williams and
Norgate, 1932. 503p. 19 cm.
2237
This study of the making of the state is written from the standpoint of India
and the facts and illustrations are taken largely from Indian and Eastern political
experience.
Sanjana, J.C. Caste and outcaste. Bombay, Thacker, 1946. xx,
249p. 19cm.
2238
Sastri, V.S. Srinivasa. Duty before the country. In Indian review
(Madras) 24: 552-555. Sep., 1923.
2239
Politik und religion in Indien. Leipzig,
100p. 19cm.
2240
Schomerus, Hilko Wiardo.
Quelle and Meyer, 1928.
A study in German of the politics and religion of India.
Sen, Dhirendranath. Revolution by consent. Calcutta, Saratswati
library, 1947. viii, 345p. 19cm.
2241 *
Sen, Ela. Treatment of India. London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd.,
1939. 286p. 19cm.
2242
Sen, Kunala Chandra. Through war, rebellion and riot, 1914-1921.
Calcutta, The author, 1928. 157p. 19cm.
2243
Seth, Hira Lal. India between the two wars. Lahore, Indian print-
ing works, 1943. 156p. 181cm.
2244
-The iron dictator; a biographical study of Gandhi's great general
Sirdar Vallabhai Patel, by the author of the " "Red star of the East".
Lahore, The Hero publications, 1943. 115p. 181cm.
2245
Shiva Rao, B. and Pole, D. Graham. The problem of India. New
York, The peoples' publishing co., 1926. 96p. 18cm.
2246
“The purpose of these pages is to assist readers to appreciate some of the more
Subject Approach
3.11.
important facts which give to the Indian nationalist movement a vitality, a solidarity
and a national character, which English men and women, instructed about India
chiefly by popular imperialist histories, press propaganda and memoirs of retired
British Indian officials, are very often very ill-provided with opportunities for dis-
cerning."-Foreword.
Singh, Anup. India facts in brief. Washington, National Committee
for India's freedom, 1945. 71p. 20cm.
2247
"India tomorrow, by Pearl S. Buck." : p. 67-69.
“Books recommended.” p. 70-71.
--Is Gandhi's life work ruined? In Asia (New York). 36: 626-
630. Oct., 1936. port.
2248
-Nehru, the rising star of India. New York, The John Day, 1939.
xvii, 168p. 19 cm.
2249
Singh, Durlab, comp. Famous letters and ultimatums to the British
government. Lahore, The Hero publications, 1945. iii, 204p. 18 cm.
2250
-The rebel president; a biographical study of Subhas Chandra
Bose, with a foreword by Sardul Singh Caveashar. Lahore, The Hero
publications, 1941. xii, 144p. ports. 181cm.
2251
Some American opinions on the Indian Empire. London, T.F. Unwin,
1916. v. 31p. 181cm.
2252
An attempt to bring American support to prove that the imperialistic efforts
of the British government to crush India's struggle for independence are just.
124
Sorabji, C. Close to the Indian crisis; reply. In Asia (New York)
24: 716-720. Sep., 1924.
2253
Souvenir of the Sashtiabdha-Poorthi of the Hon. G.A. Natesan;
Thursday, 24th August, 1933. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1933.
92p. illus. 24cm.
2254
A collection of tributes to one of the first editors and publishers of the na-
tional literature. Natesan provided the public with collections of speeches and
writings of Gandhi and other eminent national leaders, at a nominal price. The
articles survey the national movement of India.
Spear, Thomas George Percival. National harmony. Bombay, New
York, Indian Branch, Oxford university press, 1946. 31p. 19cm.
2255
(Oxford pamphlets on Indian affairs, no. 38).
Spratt, P. History of non-violence movement. In Indian review
2256
(Madras) 40: 16-19. Jan., 1939.
Srinivasa Rau, K. The crisis in India. Madras, Addison press, 1918.
vii, 178p. 18 cm.
2257
Sunderland, Jabez Thomas. India in bondage. New rev. ed. brought
strictly upto-date, including the momentous events of the last two years
312
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
New York, Lewis Copeland company, 1932. vii, xxxii, 589p. port.
221cm.
2258
Indian edition published, by R. Chatterjee, Calcutta, 1928.
"Books on India recommended for further reading". : p. 563-572.
.it is a comprehensive study....of British rule in India from the side of
the Indian people-from the side of the people who are compelled to bear the galling
yoke of bondage to strangers, and who with ever-increasing earnestness declare
the yoke intolerable."-Foreword. The British government promptly suppressed
this book in India.
66
Sykes, Sir Frederick Hugh. From many angles: an autobiography.
With fifteen illustrations in half-tone and seven maps and diagrams.
London, George G. Harrap and co., 1942. 592p. illus. 19cm.
2259
The author, who once was the Governor of Bombay, relates the social and
political story of India between 1901 and 1942.
Tandon, P.D., ed.
Hind kitabs, 1948.
Acharya J.B. Kripalani; a symposium. Bombay,
132p. 19cm.
2260
A collection of articles from J.B. Kripalani's associates, friends and admirers,
praising his valuable contributions and great sacrifices for the cause of India's freedom.
Thierfelder, Franz. Das freiheitsringen der Inder. Berlin, Junker
und Dunnhaupt, 1940. 60p. 22cm. (Half-title : Das Britische
reich in der weltpolitik, hft. 27).
2261
Thompson, Edward John. Enlist India for freedom. London, V.
Gollancz, 1940. 120p. 19cm. (Victory books, no. 5).
2262
Reconstructing India. New York, L. MacVeagh, The Dial
press; Toronto, Longmans, Green and co., 1930. xii, 404p. ports.
21 cm.
2263
A reliable history of India's national struggle for freedom, with special reference
to its suppression by the British government.
Thompson, Edward John and Garrett, Geoffrey Theodore. Rise and
fulfilment of British rule in India. London, Macmillan and co.,
1934. xii, 690p. maps. 23cm.
2264
"Bibliographical note": p. 665-750.
This volume is divided into eight parts covering the history of the British Raj
from 1599 to 1933. It also traces the origin and development of the national strug-
gle for India's independence.
Tilak, Bal Gangadhar. Bal Gangadhar Tilak; his writings and
speeches. Appreciation by Babu Aurobindo Ghose. Madras, Ganesh
and co., 1918. xi, 411p. 19cm. port.
2265
Tyson, G. Danger in India. London, Murray, 1932. 133p. 19cm.
2266
Vakil, J.J. Indian nationalism and the British labour party. In
Indian review (Madras) 29: 469-472.
2267
Subject Approach
313
Vandyopadhyaya, Sir Surendranath. A nation in making: being the
reminiscences of fifty years of public life. London and New York,
etc., H. Milford, Oxford university press, 1925. xv, 420p. 21 cm.
2268
Varma, V.P. ed., Verdict on India analysed; contributions V.P.
Varma, H.L. Prasher, Roop Kishan....and others. Lahore, The
New India publications. 1945. 48p. 20cm.
2269
A reply to Beverley Nichols's "Verdict on India."
Vidyarthi, Ram Sharan. British savagery in India. Agra, Shivalal
Agarwal and co., 1946. x, 333, 21p. 19cm.
2270
A brief history of British rule in India.
Wallbank, Thomas Walter. India in the new era; a study of the origin
and development of the Indian Union and Pakistan, new nations in
changing Asia. Chicago, Scott, Foresman, 1951. 204p. illus., ports.
maps. 31cm.
· 2271
Includes bibliographical references. Bibliography: p. 195.
A brief, illustrated survey of the national struggle of India.
Wedgwood, Josiah C. Impressions of India. In Indian review
(Madras) 22: 209-210. Apr., 1921.
2272
Impressions by a visitor of India's struggle for independence.
Wencker-Wildberg, Friedrich. Ausbeuter Indiens. Berlin,
Uhlamann Verlag, 1939. 40p. 21cm.
Otto
2273
Wheeler, Post. India against the storm. New York, Books inc.,
distributed by E.P. Dutton and company, inc., 1944. 350p. 21cm.
2274
A general survey of India's social and political problems. In chapter ten
(p. 125-139), the author gives, "Evaluation of a saint (Gandhi)", and estimates his
contribution to the national struggle.
Williams, Laurence Frederic Rushbrook. India. Oxford, The Claren-
don press, 1941. 32p. 19cm. (Oxford pamphlets on world affairs,
no. 32).
2275
-What about India. London, New York, etc., T. Nelson and sons,
ltd., 1938. x, 11-176p. 19cm. (Half title: Discussion books-
General editors: Richard Willson and J.J. Ratcliff, no. 4). 2276
"Suggestion for further reading"; p. 169-172.
Zacharias, H.C.E. Renascent India, from Rammohan Roy to Mo-
handas Gandhi. London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd., 1933. 304p.
port. 22 cm.
2277
Zimand, S. Again one man and an empire. In Survey (New York)
53: 259-264, Dec. 1, 1924. port.
2278
314
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Zimmern, Sir Alfred. Patriotism and public spirit. In MG 1949:
326-330.
2279
Alfred.
Zutshi, C.N. In a free India; a timely reminder to Britain of her
pledges and to India of her mission. Allahabad, Kitab mahal, 1945.
108p. 19cm.
2280
see also
!
BOYCOTTS
FASTS INDIA
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
INDIA-NATIONALISM
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS
SWADESHI MOVEMENT
SWARAJ
INDIA-NATIONALISM
(To avoid unnecessary repetition and to save space not all the entries listed
below are annotated but they all directly or indirectly comment on Gandhi and
estimate his contribution in the origin and growth of the spirit of nationalism in
India).
Gandhi, M.K. Nationalism vs. internationalism. In MMG 1945:
132-137. Also in TMG 1945: 382-383. Orig. pub. YI., Jun. 18,
1925.
2281
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings. His definition of nationalism
is clear from the following sentence: "For me patriotism is the same as humanity.
I am patriotic because I am human and humane. It is not exclusive, I will not hurt
England or Germany to serve India. Imperialism has no place in my scheme of
life.”—Ibid., p. 133.
S
-Patriotism. In TMG 1945: 440-441.
Gleanings from his writings on nationalism.
-Swadeshi. In CPC 1948: 6-16.
2283
By swadeshi Gandhi meant, "the principle of using goods made locally or in
one's own country." It is through this principle that Gandhi preached the gospel
of nationalism. In this chapter are included four important articles on swadeshi
written between 1931 and 1934.
-True patriotism. In CPCS
CPCS
Apr. 18, 1936.
2282
1948: 60-61.
1948: 60-61. Orig. pub. H.,
2284
A speech Gandhi delivered while performing the opening ceremony of the
Lucknow swadeshi exhibition on April 12, 1936. He said, "Let me tell you that our
pride has no meaning if you do not like things made in India and hanker after foreign
ones."-Ibid., p. 61.
About
Braisted, Paul Judson. Indian nationalism and the Christian colleges.
New York, Association press, 1935. xii, 171p. 23 cm.
2285
Thesis (Ph. D.) —Columbia University, 1935,
"Selected bibliography": p. 164-171,
Subject Approach
315
An attempt to discuss and prove that Indian nationalism was mainly inspired
by English education. Some of the conclusions of this study are controversial, as
they are based mostly on secondary pro-British sources.
!
Bryant, John Forbes. Gandhi and the Indianisation of the Empire.
Cambridge, J. Hall and son; London Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton,
Kent and co., 1924. vi, 228p. 18cm.
2286
That Gandhi's part is the major one in arousing the spirit of nationalism in
India is the main thesis of this study.
Buch, M.A. Rise and growth of Indian nationalism; non-violent
nationalism; Gandhi and his school. Baroda, Atmaram printing
press, 1939. vi, 246p. 19cm.
2287
A history of the nationalistic movement in India after the first political rising
in 1857 against the British power. Comments on Gandhi's techniques of organiz-
ing the non-violent revolution to overthrow foreign rule.
Desai, A.R. Social background of Indian nationalism. Bombay,
New York, Indian branch, Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p.
22cm. (University of Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2)
2288
Bibliography: p. 399-406.
an attempt to give a composite picture of the complex and variegated
process of the rise of Indian nationalism and its various manifestations.”—Preface.
Discusses also Gandhi's contribution in making people national-minded.
"C
Dutcher, George Matthew. The political awakening of the East;
studies of political progress in Egypt, India, China, Japan and the
Philippines. New York, Cincinnati, The Abingdon press, 1925.
372p. 21cm. (Wesleyan university. George Slocum Bennett foun-
dation. Lectures....5th series; 1922-1923).
2289
"Suggestions for reading" at end of most of the chapters.
While surveying the awakening of nationalism in India, considers Gandhi's
contribution to it.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. The rise of Indian nationalism. In his India
to-day. 3d. ed. Bombay, Peoples' publishing house, 1949. iv, 581.
viip. 21 cm. p.265-297.
2290
A communistic version of the rise and fulfilment of the nationalistic move-
ment in India under Gandhi's leadership.
Garratt, Geoffrey Theodore. The origin and growth of nationalism.
In his An Indian commentary. London, Jonathan Cape, 1928
335p. 20cm. p. 110-139.
2291
A pro-British view of the origin and growth of nationalism in India. The
author believes, that "Political nationalism of the most bitter and intransigent kind
was the inevitable consequence of the complete disillusionment about Western civi-
lization which followed the period of the Mutiny." He further adds, "It began with
a religious revival amongst the educated classes, and a revulsion against the secular
education which had been forced upon India by Macaulay and Indian 'Anglicists'."
-Ibid., p. 125.
316
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gilchrist, Robert Niven. Indian nationality, with an introduction by
Ramsay Muir. London, Longmans, Green and co., 1920. xviii,
246p. 19cm.
2292
An attempt to prove that it was the contact with the West which brought to
India the conception of nationalism. Ramsay Muir in the introductory chapter to
this book remarks, "The idea of the Nation never existed in India until it was render-
ed possible by the external unification brought about by British rule, and until the
formulae of Western nationalism were spread abroad.”—Ibid., p. xiii.
Gupta, Nagendranath. Indian nationalism. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1946. 136p. 19 cm.
2293
A clear exposition of the history and evolution of Indian nationalism, and
Gandhi's major part in it.
Howsin, Hilda M. The significance of Indian nationalism. Madras,
Tagore and co., 1922. xv, 111p. 18cm.
2294
First published in 1919.
While explaining the significance of Indian nationalism comments briefly on
Gandhi's Civil Disobedience movement.
Kalelkar, Kaka. The gospel of Swadeshi; with a foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. Translated by A.L. Rama Iyer. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921.
25p. 18cm.
2295
"The thoughts contained in it fully elucidate the Gospel of Swadeshi; and
I earnestly trust that India will make the fullest use of them."-Foreword, by
M.K. Gandhi. Romain Rolland criticises Kaka Sahib's ideas about Swadeshi,
in his original work in French, "Mahatma Gandhi", on p. 71.
Kasermann, M. Gandhi et le nationalisme hindou. In Helvetia
(Berlin) 49: 246-279. 1930.
2296
A study in French of Gandhi and his non-violent movement.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Nationalism. Bombay, The author,
1930. 20p. 19cm.
2297
Dr. Kumarappa is a Gandhian economist. In this pamphlet he defines
nationalism in the light of Gandhi's philosophy of Civil Disobedience.
Mueller, Sieghild. Ausserindische Einflusse und Vorbilder und die
indische Nationalbewegung; eine Untersuchung an Hand der Schriften
von Fuhrern der Bewegung U.A. Gopal Krishna Gokhale, Bal Ganga-
dhar Tilak, Subhas Chandra Bose, Jawaharlal Nehru and Mahatma
Gandhi. Heidelberg, 1946. 224, xii, xilp. 30cm.
2298
A study of the nationalistic ideas of Gopal Krishna Gokhale, Bal Gangadhar
Tilak, Subhas Chandra Bose, Jawaharlal Nehru, and Mahatma Gandhi.
Smith, William Roy. Nationalism and reform in India. New Haven,
Yale university press, London, H. Milford, Oxford university press,
1938. vi, 485p. 24cm.
2299
"Bibliographical note." p.450-456.
A detailed study of the origin and growth of nationalism, social and constitu-
tional reforms in India from 1,600 to 1935. The author's conclusions are based on
Subject Approach
317
the Government documents and the books written by Englishmen. Comments on
Gandhi's ideas about Swaraj, boycott movement, Caliphate movement, Civil Dis-
obedience movement, Round Table Conference and the Government of India Act,
1935.
Topa, Isvaranath. The growth and development of national thought
in India. Hamburg, J.J. Augustine, 1928. xiv, 161p. 24cm. 2300
Ph.D. thesis submitted in the Albert-Ludwig University, in Freiburg. Praises
Gandhi's contribution to the growth of nationalism in India.
Vairanapillai, Mathuramuthu Samuel. Are we two nations? Nation-
alities in Indian politics, a scientific and non-partisan approach. 2d
ed. Kodaikanal, Hima and co., 1948. xxvi, 316. ports. 23cm.
2301
First edition published by H.M. Williams, Lahore.
Bibliography, chapter by chapter; p. 289-305.
The book is a reply to enquiries of those who believe that the Hindus and
Muslims belong to two different nations. Supports Gandhi's views and quotes from
one of his letters to M.A. Jinnah.
Zacharias, H.C.E. Renascent India, from Rammohan Roy to Mohan-
das Gandhi. London, G Allen and Unwin Itd., 1933. 304p. port.
22 cm.
2302
A well-written and balanced study of the origin and development of nationalism
in India after the British occupation in 1765.
Zimand, Savel. The Mahatma comes. In his Living India. Intro-
duction by George W. Russell. New York, London, and Toronto,
Longmans, Green and co., 1928. xvi, 280. p. 199-213. 2303
Traces the development of the spirit of nationalism in India after Gandhi
appeared on the political scene after returning from South Africa in 1915.
Wallbank, Thomas Walter. The Hindu revival and the growth of
nationalism. In his India in the new era; a study of the origin
and development of the Indian Union and Pakistan, new nations
in a changing Asia. Chicago, Scott, Foreman, 1951. 204p. illus.,
ports., maps. 31cm. p.73-93.
2304
-India : a survey of the heritage and growth of Indian nation-
alism. New York, H. Holt, 1948. vii, 118p. maps. 20cm. (The
Berkshire studies in European history).
2305
"Bibliographical note": p. 107-114.
Wilson, Frederick William. Some Indian problems; being some
essays addressed to patriots with the "Congress mentality". With
a foreword by Jawaharlal Nehru. Allahabad, Lala Rammohan Lal,
1929. xii, 108p. 21cm.
2306
Impressions of an Englishman on the rise and growth of the nationalistic move-
ment in India under Gandhi's leadership.
:
318
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
see also
C. R. FORMULA
COMMUNAL AWARD
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
MUSLIM LEAGUE NEGOTIATIONS
PROVINCIALISM
INDIA-PARTITION
Gandhi, M.K. The boundary commission award. In CU 1949:
2307
725-727. Orig. pub. Aug. 31, 1947.
An account of Gandhi's views on the boundaries of India and Pakistan and
their respective flags.
-Difference very real. In CU 1949: 330-331. Orig. pub. H.,
Jul. 7, 1942.
2308
A criticism of the C.R. Formula, which favoured the partition of India.
Gandhi said, "Rajaji's plan, in my opinion, is wholly unnatural.
--An Englishman is never wrong. In CU 1949: 667-668. Orig.
2309
pub. H., Jul. 20, 1947.
""
Comments on a letter regarding the partition. The correspondent quotes
George Bernard Shaw's remark about the characteristics of an Englishman, "An
Englishman is never in the wrong. He does everything on principle.”—Ibid., p.667.
-For Rajaji. In CU 1949: 328-330. Orig. pub. H., May 31,
2310
1942.
Views on C. Rajagopalachar's proposals regarding the partition of India.
Gandhi said, "The reader knows that I hold Rajaji to be in the wrong. He is
creating a false atmosphere."—Ibid., p.329.
--Hindu-Muslim tangle. In CU 1949: 309-310. Orig. pub. H.,
2311
May 29, 1940.
An account of Gandhi's views on the proposal for the partition of India. He
called it "an untruth."-Ibid., p.309.
-Partition and non-Muslims. In CU 1949: 312. Orig. pub.
2312
H., May 25, 1940.
66
A reply to a correspondent who wanted further clarification regarding an
article in which Gandhi said, ..if the eight crores (eighty million) of Muslims
desire partition, no power on earth can prevent it."—Ibid., p.312.
--Partition in a brotherly spirit. In CI 1949 652-654. Orig.
2313
pub. H., Jun. 29, 1947.
Comments on a press note "that the Muslim League and the Congress mem-
bers of the Partition Committee had agreed before the Viceroy that the partition
would be effected in a brotherly spirit."—Ibid., p. 652.
--Quit now. In CU 1949: 615-616. Orig. pub. H., May 18,
1947.
2314
Answers to questions put to him by Doon Campbell, Reuter's special corres-
pondent at New Delhi, on the communal partition and related subjects. One of the
Subject Approach
319
questions was: "Is the communal division of India inevitable? Will such division
solve the communal problem?"—Ibid., p.615.
Gandhi, M.K. The root cause of partition. In CU 1949 681-682.
Orig. pub. H., Jul. 27, 1947.
2315
A post-prayer speech in which he answered a few questions put to him by some
visitors regarding the partition of India.
-Self-determination. In CU 1949: 311-312. Orig. pub. H.,
May 18, 1940.
2316
Comments on the theory of self-determination and the resolution of the Mus-
lim League regarding the partition of India.
About
Bourke-White, Margaret. Problems of the promised land. In her
Halfway to freedom; a report of the new India, in the words and pho-
tographs. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1949. xi, 245p. illus.
21 cm. p. 99-109.
2317
An illustrated account of the partition of India and the formation of Pakistan.
Comments on some political, social and economic issues Pakistan faces to-day. Also
comments on Gandhi's views on Pakistan.
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Mission with Mountbatten. London,
Robert Hale, 1952. xiv, 383p. 24cm. illus., list of principal
personalities.
2318
American edition published by Dutton, New York, in 1953.
Day to day account of the partition of India by the Press Attache of the last
Viceroy and the first constitutional Governor-General of India. The book is indis-
pensable because it presents, in its true perspective, the most tragic and at the same
time most significant scene in India's history. It is tragic because, contrary to Gan-
dhi's wishes, India was divided into two parts. It is significant because India got
rid of foreign rule and became an independent country.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. Partition of India. In his India to-day. 3d.
ed. Bombay, People's publishing house, 1949. iv, 581, viip. 21 cm.
p.559-581.
2319
Reviews the pre-partition political, social and economic issues which led to the
partition of India and gives statistics of both countries. Also comments on the
problems both countries face. It is a well-written and documentary presentation
of the partition problem.
Jone, George E. India now and after. In his Tumult in India.
New York, Dodd, Mead and company, 1948. viii, 277p. 19cm.
p.234-259.
2320
An account of the partition of India and comments on the reasons which led
to the formation of Pakistan. Remarks also on Gandhi's last fast and his reactions
on the partition.
Mukherjee, Radhakumud. Akhand Bharat. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1945. 32p. 19cm.
2321
Arguments against the partition of India. The author criticises Gandhi's
attitude towards the Hindu-Muslim problem.
320
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
!
Tuker, Sir Francis. While memory serves. London, and Toronto,
1950. xiv, 668p. illus. 211cm.
2322
This is an illustrated and documentary tale of the partition of India, told
by one who watched events from the Headquarters of the Eastern command. The
39th chapter, "Why did we quit?" is particularly worth reading.
Walibank, Thomas Walter. India in the new era; a study of the origin
and development of the Indian Union and Pakistan, new nations in a
changing Asia. Chicago, Scott, Foresman, 1951. 204p. illus.,
ports., maps. 31cm.
2323
Bibliography: p.195.
A descriptive and illustrated account of the partition of India and an exami-
nation of the reasons which are responsible for the formation of Pakistan.
Vairanapillai, Mathuramuthu Samuel. Are we two nations? Nation-
alities in Indian politics, a scientific and non-partisan approach. 2d
ed. Kodaikanal, Hima and co., 1948. xxvi, 316p. ports. 23cm.
2324
First edition published by H.M. Williams, Lahore.
Bibliography, chapter by chapter : p. 289-305.
The book is reliable reply to the enquiries of those who belieive that Hindus
and Muslims belong to two different nations.
see also
C. R. FORMULA
COMMUNAL QUESTION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
PAKISTAN
INDIA POLITICAL PARTIES
Gandhi, M.K. Parties. In TMG 1945: 439. Orig. pub. YI., Feb.
1, 1920 and Dec. 8, 1921.
2325
An account of Gandhi's views on the different political parties in India.
About
Barton, Sir William Pell. The economic background and political
parties. In his India's fateful hour. London, J. Murray, 1942.
157p. 19cm. p.15-27.
2326
A pro-British view regarding the political parties in India. Criticises Gandhi
and the Indian National Congress and adds, "Muslims and the minorities generally
regard the British connection as essential for the protection of their interests against
the Hindu majority." He further says, "Thus for Mr. Gandhi and Pandit Jawahar-
lal Nehru and the Congress High Command there is little to choose between Nazism
and what they consider its British counterpart.”—Ibid., p. 15.
Caveeshar, Sardar Sardul Singh. Gandhism versus commonsense
an exposition of the Forward Bloc programme and policy. Lahore,
National publications, 1946. vi, 190p. 19cm.
2327
Subject Approach
321
Criticises Gandhi's "Quit India" movement and clarifies the aims and ideals
of the "Forward Bloc", founded by Subhas Chandra Bose, an ex-President of the
Indian National Congress and who radically differed from Gandhi's philosophy
of non-violence.
Cumming, John, ed. The Mcderates of the right and centre. In his
Political India 1832-1932: A co-operative survey of a century. Lon-
don, Oxford university press, 1932. viii, 324p. 19 cm. 2328
The Moderates were pro-British. They always opposed what Gandhi pro-
posed. Speaking on the issue of accepting the Legislative Councils proposed by
the British government the author remarks, "What is more, the most formidable
asset of their (Moderates) rivals, Mr. Gandhi was in 1922 arrested and convicted
of sedition and his personality ceased to exericse any effect for the time being.".
Ibid., p. 74-75.
Duffett, Walter Elliott, etc., comp. The political groups. In their
India to-day; the background of the Indian nationalist movement;
foreword by J.M. Macdonnell. Toronto, Halifax, The Ryerson press,
1941. vii, 110p. illus. (Contemporary affairs no. 10). p. 53-62.
2329.
The groups included in this discussion are the India National Congress head-
ed by Gandhi, The Muslim League, the untouchables, the Communist Party and a
few others.
Goshal, Kumar. Other organizations. In his The people of India.
New York, Sheridan house, 1944. viii, 375p. 21 cm. p.225-231.
2330
Describes the aims and ideals of the major political parties of India. Among
them, "The national Congress, usually known as the Congress, is the most repre-
sentative", influenced and guided by Gandhian principles. Others are the Congress
Socialist Party, Muslim League, Hindu Mahasabha, All-India States Peoples'
Congress, Depressed Class Federation and the Communist Party.
Gour, Sir Hari Singh and others. Swarajist's exodus. In Indian
review (Madras) 27: 145-151 Mar., 1926.
2331
Includes views of Hari Singh Gour, R.P. Paranjpye, N.C. Kelkar, and T.
Rangachariar, on the Swarajists' (members of the Swarajist Party's) withdrawal
from the Legislative Assembly and the Provincial Councils. Gandhi did not
favour the Swarajists' Party's programme of achieving India's independence through
constitutional means.
Kumar, B.R. Political parties in India. In Indian Review (Madras)
23 172-174 Mar., 1922.
2332
Traces the origin and development of the Democratic Party in India and
comments on Gandhi's objection against the legislative approach to achieve India's
independence. The author adds, "It may be taken as a certainty that Mr. Gandhi's
views regarding the futility of Councils, either from a moral or a political standpoint,
will not supervene at the time of the next election.”—Ibid., p. 174.
Mitchell, Kate Louise. The Indian political scene. In her India
without fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1942.
vii, 296, xiip. 21cm. p. 75-108.
2333
322
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Brief characteristic sketches of the Indian National Congress, the Muslim
League, the Hindu Mahasabha, the National Liberal Federation, and other organi-
zations.
Naik, Vasant N. Indian liberalism; a study. Bombay, Padma pub-
lications, 1945. xii, 353p. illus. 19cm.
2334
The book is the Silver Jubilee volume, 1918-1948, of the Liberal Party of India.
The members of this party always disagreed with Gandhi's plan to achieve India's
independence.
Nehru, Motilal. Report of All Parties Conference. Allahabad,
All-India Congress Committee, 1928. 155p. 19cm.
2335
Parkins, Raleigh. The political groups. In his India to-day; an
introduction to Indian politics. New York, John Day co., 1946.
vii, 387p. 19cm. p.91-119.
2336
Comments on the aims and ideals of the Indian National Congress, the Mus-
lim League, the Indian Liberals, the Hindu Mahasabha, the Radical Peoples'
Democratic Party, the Indian Christians, the Communist Party and a few others.
Gives a brief history of the Indian Congress in ten pages and comments, “No account
of Congress is complete without some reference to what a recent writer has described
as "the virtual sovereignty of Mr. Gandhi", whom Jawaharlal Nehru has described
as a "permanent super-President"-Nehru's autobiography, U.K. edition, p. 132.
Parmanand, Bhai. Hindu national movement. Lahore, Central
Hindu Yuvak Sabha, 1929. 68p. 18cm.
2337
A brief history of the origin and growth of the Hindu Mahasabha. Gandhi
was assassinated by a member of this organization.
Parties and personalities. In The new India; reprinted from The
Times (London) Indian number, published on 23 March, 1937. London,
The Times publishing company, 1937. 177p. illus. 24cm. p.
37-42.
2338
A brief survey of the aims and ideals of India's main political parties. Gandhi's
picture appears with other leaders of their respective parties.
Rajkumar, N.V. Indian political parties; foreword by Shankarao Deo.
New Delhi, All-India Congress Committee, 1948. v, 139p. 19cm.
(Indian national publications).
2339
A survey of different political parties in India after partition.
Roy, Manabendra Nath. New orientation. Lectures delivered at the
Political study camp held at Dehra Dun from May 8th to 18th, 1946.
Foreword by Philip Spratt. Calcutta, Renaissance publishers, 1946.
xxxii, 255p. 19cm.
2340
Presents the aims and ideals of the Radical Democratic Party.
Sapru, Sir Tej Bahadur and others. The Indian National Party. In
Indian review (Madras) 27 : 254-246 Apr. 1926.
2341
A collection of opinions of Tej Bahadur Sapru, Mrs. Annie Besant, Mrs.
Sarojini Naidu, N. C. Kelkar, B. C. Pal, M. V. Joshi, N. Subha Rao,
B. Chakravarti and C. Y. Chintamani. This party included members of the Indian
Subject Approach
323
National Congress, the Swarajist Party, and other interested organizations. The
party believed in achieving India's independence through constitutional means, which
Gandhi disapproved.
Servants of India Society, Poona. A brief account of the work of the
Servants of India Society from June 1905 to December, 1916. Poona,
The Society, 1917. 23, vii, p. 19cm.
2342
A semi-political party whose services Gandhi praised many times.
Vandyopadhyaya, Sir Surendranath. Presidential address, All-India
Moderates Conference, Bombay, November 1, 1918. Calcutta, The
Conference, 1918. 37p. 18cm.
2343
Explains the aims of the Moderates Party. They disagreed with Gandhi's
plan to achieve India's independence.
INDIA-POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
(All the entries listed below on the Politics and Government of India commenĮ
directly or indirectly on Gandhi and his attitude towards the British system o-
Government in India. To avoid unnecessary repetition not all entries are annof
tated).
Gandhi, M.K. British Government. In TMG 1945: 59-64. 2344
Extracts from his writings on the British Government in India.
-British rule. In GW 1944 : 9-10.
A collection of extracts from his writings on British rule.
2345
-The legislatures. In NV 1947: 11-22.
2346
Second speech at the Federal Structure Committee of the Round Table Confe-
rence. Summarizes his views on the constitutional approach to India's indepen-
dence.
Provincial Autonomy. In NV 1947
68-74.
2347
Speech delivered at the Federal Structure Committee of the Round Table Con-
ference.
-State. In TMG 1945: 526-528.
2348
An account of his views on an ideal government, its relationship with the peo-
ple, their rights and duties.
About
Anderson, V. Mahatma Gandhi's India. In Nation (New York)
113721. Dec. 1, 1921.
2349
Comments on India's politics and government with special reference to Gandhi's
non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Andrews, Charles Freer. India and Britain; a moral challenge.
London, Student Christian movement press, 1935. 189p. 19 cm.
2350
Written in the form of a dialogue between India and Bri-ish students, it is a
sympathetic point of view towards India's struggle for independence. Supports
Gandhi and his Civil Disobedience movement.
324
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Basu, B.D. India and the British crown. Calcutta, R. Chatterjee,
1933. xx, 570p. illus. 19cm.
2351
Bergner, Carlo. Due anni in India, 1929-1931. Firenze, 1931.
358p. 19 cm.
2352
A record in Italian of the author's impressions about the British government
in India. Comments on Gandhi's Civil Disobedience movement.
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). The future of Indian politics; a contri-
bution to the understanding of present-day problems. Adyar, Theoso-
phical publishing house, 1922. vi, 351p. 18cm.
2353
Survey of the political conditions in India at the time when Gandhi launched
his non-violent non-co-operation movement.
*
Butler, Sir Spencer Harcourt. India insistent. London, W. Heinemann.
Itd., 1931. viii, 117p. 19cm.
2354
An experienced administrator recommends to the Government of India to
take drastic administrative steps to suppress Gandhi's Civil Disobedience move-
ment.
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Mission with Mountbatten.
Robert Hale, 1952. xiv, 383p. 24cm.
London,
2355
American edition published by Dutton, New York, 1953.
Day-to-day record of the politics of India. Describes also Gandhi's active
part in solving the political problems during 1947 and 1948.
Chaudhuri, Nirad C. The autobiography of an unknown India.
London, New York, Macmillan, 1951. xii, 515p. 23cm.
2356
A controversial book justifying British political policies towards Gandhi's
non-violent struggle for India's independence.
Chintamani, Sir Chirranvoori Yajneswara. Indian politics since the
mutiny; being an account of the development of public life and politi-
cal institutions and of prominent political personalities. London, G.
Allen and Unwin ltd., 1940. 232p. port. 20cm.
2357
"Lectures delivered at the Andhra university on November 28, 29 and 30 and
December 1, 1935, under the terms of the Sir Alladi Krishnaswami endowment."
Gives his impressions of Gandhi's non-violent movement for India's independence.
Churchill, Sir Winston Leonard Spencer. Churchill's blind spot :
India. Edited by Narayan Gopal Jog. Bombay, New Book company,
1944. xvi, 228p. 19cm.
2358
A collection of his speeches on the politics and government of India.
Coupland, Reginald. Britain and India, 1600-1945. Rev. ed. London,
New York, Longmans, Green and co., 1945. 100p. 22cm. 2359
-India ; a restatement. London, New York, etc., Oxford univer-
sity press, 1945. viii, 311p. 21 cm.
2360
Bibliographical foot notes.
"An attempt to re-state the main facts of India's connection with Britain as a
whole." Also describes Gandhi's reactions towards the British political designs.
Subject Approach
325
Dutt, Rajani Palme.
lishing house, 1949.
India to-day. 3d ed. Bombay, Peoples' pub-
iv, 581, viip. 21cm.
2361
A study of India's political, economic and social problems by a Marxist.
Criticises the imperialistic policies of the British government.
Fischer, Louis. Imperialism unmasked. Bombay, Hamara Hindus-
tan, 1943. 53p. 19cm.
2362
This pamphlet was banned by the British government in India as soon as it
came off the press. Supports Gandhi's "Quit India” movement.
Gt. Brit. Independent Labour Party. Indian advisory committee. India
to-day. Report on conditions in India and outline of policy. London,
The party, 1946. 47p. 21 cm.
2363
Gwyn, J.T. Indian politics; a survey. London, Nisbet and co.,
1924. xii, 344p. 22cm.
2364
A collection of letters on India's politics and government from May, 1922
to December, 1923.
Hailey, William Malcom baron. Great Britain, India, and the
colonial dependencies in the post-war world. A lecture delivered at
the university of Toronto on the Falconer Foundation February eight,
nineteen hundred and forty-three. Toronto, The University of Toronto
press, 1943. 31p. 23cm. (The Falconer lectures, University of
Toronto).
2365
Halifax, Edward Frederick Lindley Ward, 3d viscount. Indian problem ;
speeches. London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd., 1932. 376p. port.
22cm.
2366
Harrison, Agatha and Bailey, Gerald. India, 1939-1942. London,
National peace council, 1942. 30p. 214cm. (On cover "Peace aims
pamphlet", no. 14).
2367
Hennessy, Jossleyn. India, Pakistan in world politics. London, K.H.
services, 1949. 90p. 19cm.
2368
Brief critical survey of the political conditions of India and Pakistan.
Hodge, J.Z. Salute to India. London, S.C.M. Press, ltd., 1944.
127p. 19 cm.
2369
This book is a plea for a better understanding between the people of Britain
and India. Summarizes Gandhi's “Quit India" movement against the British
government.
India. Bureau of public information. India in the years 1917-1934.
Calcutta, and Delhi, Manager of publications, 1917-1934. v. maps.
charts, tables, diagr. 19 x 24cm.
2370
Summarizes political affairs from 1917 to 1934.
.a statement prepared for presentation to Parliament
in accordance with the requirements of the 26th section of the Govern-
326
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
ment of India Act. Delhi, Manager of publications, 1921-1937. v.
maps. 24cm
2371
Johnston, James. The political future of India; examination of some
of the Government proposals. London, P.S. King and son, itd.,
1933. 67p. 19cm.
2372
Krishnamurti, Y.G. Independent India and a new world order; intro-
duction by K.M. Munshi; foreword by Prof. S. Srikantha Sastri.
Bombay, The Popular book depot, 1943. xxxvi, 207p. ports. 24cm.
2373
Bibliography: p. 199-205.
Ludlow, John Malcolm Forbes. Thoughts on the policy of the crown
towards India. London, J. Ridway, 1927. vii, 330p. 18 cm. 2374
Marriot, Sir John Arthur Ransome. The English in India, the problem
of politics. Oxford, The Clarendon press, 1932. x, 322p. illus.,
map. 23cm.
2375
"Select bibliography": p. 315-317.
Mountbatten, Louis earl. Time only to look forward; speeches by
Viceroy of India and Governor-General of the Dominion of India,
1947-48, included related addresses. London, N. Kaye, 1949. vii,
276p. illus. 25cm.
2376
Munshi, Kanaiyalal Maneklal. Changing shape of Indian politics.
Poona, Desmukh and co., 1946. vi, 227p. 19cm.
2377
Palmer, I.J. Sovereignty and paramountcy in India. London,
Stevens and sons, 1930. 105p. 19cm.
2378
Panikkar, Kavalam Madhava. The new empire; letters to a conserva-
tive member of Parliament on the future of England and India. Lon-
don, M. Hopkinson, 1934. 130p. 19cm.
2379
Parkin, George Raleigh. India to-day, an introduction to Indian
politics. Rev. ed. Toronto, Longmans, Green; New York, John
Day, 1946. x, 387p. 211cm.
2380
-
Bibliography: p.347-367.
"The aim of this book is to provide an elementary introduction to Indian
politics. It presents in concise form only those first simple facts which constitute
the raw material out of which contemporary Indian politics are fashioned and which
anyone should know who wishes to have some understanding of India to-day."
Foreword.
Raman, T.A. Report on India.
sity press, 1943. 231p. illus.
London, New York, Oxford univer-
21cm.
2381
"Part of the material in this book originally appeared in 'India', by the same
author, a volume in the World To-day series first published in England in 1942.
"
"Short bibliographical note.”: p. 221-224.
Criticises Gandhi and supports whole-heartedly the imperialistic designs of
the British government in India,
Subject Approach
327
Ratnaswami, M. The political philosophy of the government of
India. Madras, The author, 1928. 40p. 19cm.
2382
Ray, Mahendra Nath. The future of Indian politics. London, R.
Bishop, 1927. 118p. 19cm.
2383
Reynolds, Reginald Arthur. White sahibs in India. Foreword by
Jawaharlal Nehru. London, The Socialist book centre ltd., 1946.
xv, 247p. 22cm.
2384
A reliable survey of the British Government in India up to 1946. In the
foreword Nehru says, "I welcome this book and commend it to Englishmen and
Indians who want to help in the solution of one of the major problems of our age."-
p. xii.
Srivastava, Gopinath. When Congress ruled; a close range survey of
the Congress administration during the twenty-eight months, (1937-
39) in the United Provinces 1940. Lucknow, Upper India publishing
House, 1940. 147p. 19cm.
2385
U.S. Office of strategic service. Research and Analysis Branch.
Prospects of a British-India compromise arrangement. Washington,
1945. 51p. 27cm. (Its Research and Analysis no. 3222). 2386
Venkatataramani, K.S. After Gandhiji; our problems. Madras,
Svetaranya ashrama, 1948. 170p. 19cm.
2387
Questions like: Who shall succeed Gandhi ? What will be India's foreign
policy? What are her political problems? are discussed in this book.
Wedgwood, J.C. The future of the Indo-British commonwealth.
Adyar, The author, 1921. 251p. 19cm. (Asian library series) 2388
INDIA-POVERTY
Gandhi, M.K. Dignity of poverty. In TNS 1951: 148-149. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 21, 1946.
2389
Speaking in a post-prayer meeting on the 'dignity of poverty' Gandhi said,
"Poverty had a dignity in our country. The poor man was not ashamed of his
poverty. He preferred his hut to the rich man's palace. He even took pride in it.
Though poor in material goods he was not poor in spirit. Contentment was his
treasure.”—Ibid., p. 148.
Poverty, In TMG 1945: 447-450.
2390
An interpretation of the force of poverty. Gandhi said, "The curse of the
poor has destroyed nations, has deprived kings of their crowns and the rich of their
riches."-Ibid., p. 447.
Work as the only cure for poverty. In TNS 1951: 139. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 19, 1936.
2391
In one of his talks to the students of the Village Workers' Training School,
Gandhi said, “I have indeed wept to see the stark poverty and unemployment in
our country, but I must confess our own negligence and ignorance are largely res-
ponsible for it.' He further adds, “We do not know the dignity of labour as such."-
Ibid., p. 139,
""
328
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). The poverty of the masses: its causes.
In her Shall India live or die : Madras, National home league, 1925.
ii, 159p. 22cm. p.59-92.
2392
A well-written essay on the poverty of the Indian masses. To support her
arguments the authoress quotes from reliable sources like Statistical abstracts, Kau-
tilya's Arthashatra and a few other books. Comments on Gandhi's spinning wheel
campaign for the encouragement of cottage industries in India and to provide work
and bread for the hungry people of India.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. The secret of Indian poverty. In his
day. 3d. ed. Bombay, Peoples, publishing house, 1949.
viip. 214cm. p.77-93.
India to-
iv, 581,
2393
Gives the reasons for India's poverty: "first, the destructive role of British
rule in India, uprooting the old society; second, the regenerative role of British rule in
India in the period of free-trade capitalism, laying down the material promises for the
future new society; third, the consequent practical conclusion of the necessity of a
political transformation whereby the Indian people should free themselves from
imperialist rule in order to build the new society.”—Ibid., p. 93 quotes Marx's analy-
sis of the Indian situation to support his arguments. The author is an Indian Com-
munist and disagrees with Gandhi's plans for solving the question of poverty in
India.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Public finance and our poverty, the
contribution of public finance to the present economic state of India.
Commendatory foreword by M.K. Gandhi. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
press, 1941. xii, 148p. 21 cm.
2394
ગ્
Bibliography: p. 137-141.
The material used in this essay was originally collected while the author was a
student under Prof. E.R.A. Seligman of Columbia University, New York. It exa-
mines the economic policy of the British Government and its effect upon the masses.
In his foreword to this study Gandhi wrote, "I commend the booklet both to Indian
and Western readers."-Ibid., p. vi.
-Unemployment. Rajamundry, The Hindustan publishing Co.,
1938. 27p. 19 cm.
2395
Studies the unemployment problem in India in the light of Gandhi's construc-
tive programme.
INDIA-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
Gandhi, M.K. Communal unity. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1949. xxxii, 1006p. 22cm.
2396
A collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on India's social, racial, econo-
mic and political conditions.
-Gandhi's constructive programme; edited by Pritam Singh Bhai.
Lahore, Paramount publications, 1944. 143p. 181cm.
2397
Includes Gandhi's writings and speeches on the Constructive Programme which
he put before the masses of India to improve their social and economic conditions.
-To the students. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949.
xix, 324p. 21cm,
2398
Subject Approach
329
A collection of articles and letters of Gandhi to students on their social and
educational problems. Gandhi urged students to remove social evils from Indian
society with courage and resolution.
Gandhi, M.K. To the women. Edited and published by Anand T.
Hingorani. 2d ed. Karachi, 1943. xv, 247p. port. 23cm. (Gandhi
series, v. 2).
2399
Includes Gandhi's writings and correspondence on the social problems of wo-
men in India.
-Untouchability. Edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Gandhi publication league, 1945. 81p. 181 cm.
2400
A collection of his speeches and writings on the social evil of untouchab ility in
India.
-Women and social unjustice. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1945. xi, 212p. 21cm.
2401
Includes practically all the material covered by, "To the women", edited and
published by Anand T. Hingorani. These writings reveal the social and moral
problems of women in India and a clear glimpse of the social conditions of India's
society.
About
Adivar, Halide Edib. Inside India. London, G. Allen and Unwin,
1937. 378p. 221cm.
2402
Bibliography: p. 369-371.
Gives an account of India's social conditions, and comments on Gandhi's
social and political activities in chapters entitled, "The trio around Mahatma Gandhi”,
"Concerning Mahatma Gandhi's activities"; "Mahatma Gandhi at home"; and
"Eleven vows of Mahatma Gandhi." Part II of the book entitled, "India seen on
Highways and byways, "particularly describes social life in the major cities in
India.
Alexander, Horace Gundy. Congress rule in India; a study in social
reforms. London, V. Gollancz ltd., and the New Fabian research
bureau, 1938. 31p. 214cm. (On-cover New Fabian research
bureau publications—no. 39).
2403
An English pacifist and a friend of Gandhi studies the services rendered by the
Indian National Congress.
Andrews, Charles Freer. India and Britain; a moral challenge. Lon-
don, Student Christian movement press, 1935. 189p. 194cm. 2404
The author was a close friend of Gandhi. Written in the form of a dialogue
between Indian and British students. The book comments on India's social conditions
and Gandhi's efforts to solve them. Speaking on unemployment the author adds,
"Gandhi is dealing with the whole problem of unemployment. He regards it as
unnatural and tries to go to the root of things, dealing with moral causes which lead
to bad economic conditions."—Ibid., p. 135.
-The Indian problem. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1923.
viii, 136p. poit. 171cm.
2405
A reliable book on the social conditions of India. Praises Gandhi's efforts
to remove untouchability and other social evils from Indian society.
330
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Andrews, Charles Freer. The true India; a plea for understanding.
London, G. Allen and Unwin, ltd., 1939. 251p. 20cm. 2406
A clarification of some of the facts about social conditions in India, magnified
by Katherine Mayo in her "Mother India."
Barton, Sir William Pell. Social and economic life in India. In his
India's fateful hour. London, J. Murray, 1942. 157p. 19cm. p. 114-
130.
2407
A critical view of India's social conditions. Speaking on Hinduism and
social problems the author adds, "And as if this was not enough there is suddenly
injected into Hindu psychology a potent blend of mysticism compounded by Gandhi,
the Hindu political ascetic, who seems, contrary to what most of his followers desire,
to have as his objective a spiritual dictatorship of India rather than a parliamentary
democracy."—Ibid., p. 130.
Bernays, R. Naked fakir. London, Gollanz, 1931. xvi, 335p.
19 cm.
2408
Diary of the author's reactions to India's social and political conditions.
Praises Gandhi and his services to the people of India.
Bhagwandas, Babu. Social reconstruction with special reference to
Indian problems. Benares, Gyan mandal press, 1920. 120p. 2409
In this book he
The author was Gandhi's close friend and a social reformer.
suggests a solution for the social reconstruction of India's society.
Bourke-White, Margaret. Halfway to freedom; a report on the
New India in the words and photographs. New York, Simon and
Schuster, 1949. xi, 245p. illus. ports. maps. 22cm.
2410
An illustrated account of India's social and political conditions. It could
have been a reliable description if the authoress had tried to study intensively the
cultural, religious, social and political background of the people of India. Com-
ments on Gandhi's ideas on birth control and other social problems.
Desai, A.R. Social background of Indian nationalism. Bombay,
New York, Indian Branch, Oxford University press, 1948. xv, 415p.
22cm. (University of Bombay publications. Sociology series no. 2).
2411
Bibliography: p. 399-406.
"This thesis is an attempt to assess and evaluate the role of numerous elements
comprising this social background and portray the process of the rise of nationalism
therefrom. The author submitted this thesis for his Ph. D. degree in the Univer-
sity of Bombay in 1945. Includes Gandhi's contribution to the formation of the
social background of Indian nationalism.
""
Goshal, Kumar. The people of India. New York, Sheridan house,
1944. viii, 375p. ports. 22cm.
2412
"References": p. 361-362. Bibliography: p. 363-364.
A reliable book on India's social, economic and political conditions of India.
Praises Gandhi's social services to untouchables.
India. Bureau of Public Information. India....a statement prepared
for presentation to Parliament in accordance with the requirements
Subject Approach
331
of the 26th section of the Government of India Act. Delhi, Manager
of publications, 1921-1937. v. maps.,
maps., diagrs. 24cm.
2413
Official version of social conditions in India.
Jennings, Sir William Ivor. The Commonwealth in Asia. Oxford.
Clarendon press, 1951. xi, 124p. 19cm. (The Waynflete lectures,
1949).
2414
Examines India's social problems like communalism, education, class division
etc., and suggests tentative solutions. Comments on Gandhi's attempt to remove
social evils from Indian society.
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Unhappy India; being a reply to Miss Katherine
Mayo's "Mother India". Calcutta, Banna publishing co., 1928.
lxx, 536p. 19cm.
2415
Label mounted over imprint: New York, H.G. Govil, inc.
"First printed May, 1928; reprinted June, 1928; rev. ed. December, 1928;
popular edition printed in December, 1928."
The author was Gandhi's close associate and a well-known leader of the
national movement of India. This book is a reply to Katherine Mayo's "Mother
India", which misrepresented in many ways India's customs, manners and other
social conditions. The author also replied in detail to her criticism of Gandhi.
Appendix I is particularly valuable as it includes "some opinions about 'Mother
India'."
Mayo, Katherine. Mother India; with forty-one illustrations. New
York, Harcourt, Brace and company, 1927. xiv, 440p. plates fold.
map. 221cm.
2416
Bibliographical foot-notes.
A highly controversial book on India's social conditions. About a dozen
books and innumerable articles have been written in reply to this book, by Indians
and foreigners. While reviewing the book Gandhi said, "The book is cleverly and
powerfully written. The carefully chosen quotations give it the appearance of a
truthful book. But the impression it leaves on my mind is that it is the report
of a drain inspector sent out with the one purpose of opening and examining the
drains of the country to be reported upon or to give graphic description of the
stench exuded by the opened drains."-Mahatma, v. 2 : 381.
Mukerji, Dhan Gopal. A son of Mother India answers. New York,
E.P. Dutton and co., 1928. 112p. 17cm.
2417
A reply to Katherine Mayo's "Mother India." Gives a detailed answer to
her criticism of Gandhi and corrects her impressions about the social conditions in
India.
Mukerji, Dhurjati Prasad.
study. 2d. rev. and enl. ed.
19 cm.
Modern Indian culture; a sociological
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1948. ix, 235p.
2418
"References": p. 217-235 (Chapter by chapter).
A concise study of the social and cultural aspects of modern Indian culture.
Comments frequently on Gandhi's social, religious and political activities. Speaking
on the cultural unity and social processes the author adds, "Thus, for example,
Gandhiji's hold on the Congress is of a semi-religious character, and partly divorced
332
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
from power, whereas Mr. Jinnah's is purely political, pace his recent adoption of
typical Muslim dress on Muslim occasions."—Ibid., p. 37. Annotated bibliography
at the end of the book is very valuable.
Murphy, Gardner. In the minds of men ; a study of human behaviour
and social tensions in India. New York, Basic books, 1953. xiv,
306p. map. 22cm.
2419
"Based on the UNESCO studies by social scientists conducted at the request
of the Government of India."
A study of India's social and communal problems by a psychologist. Dr.
Murphy studies particularly tensions among different groups, their reasons and con-
sequences. The history of the past fifty years reveals clearly that India's social
problems were intentionally created and magnified by the British government to
keep India's people divided into different religious groups, communities and classes.
The present study is valuable so far as the question of a scientific approach is concern-
ed but the real solution to these problems lies in the ways suggested by Gandhi.
The author also comments on Gandhi's efforts to bring harmony among the people.
O'Malley, L.S.S. India's social heritage. Oxford, Clarendon press,
1934. 194p. 19cm.
2420
An account of Gandhi's contribution to social reforms in India.
Prasad, Rajendra. Constructive programme; some suggestions. 2d. ed.
Ahmedabad, Navajiyan publishing house, 1948. 32p. 20 cm. 2421
First edition published in 1942.
An interpretation of Gandhi's constructive programme to solve India's
social, economic and political problems.
Wofford, Clare (Lindgren) and Wofford, Harris. India afire. New
York, John Day company, 1951. 343p. map. 21cm.
2422
"A note on sources": p. 344.
In this book are recorded the hurried impressions of an American couple, who
went to India to study her complex social, economic and political problems.
Comments on Gandhi's efforts to improve India's social problems, and give brief
description of the Sevagram ashram.
see also
CASTE SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
INDIA-POVERTY
"MOTHER INDIA"
Wardha Scheme of EDUCATION
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
INDIA-STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
see
*
Subject Approach
333
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
Gandhi, M.K. Reasons for assistance during the first World War.
In SG 1948 : 297-300.
2423
Explains why he assisted the British Government in World War I.
About
Mitchell, Kate Louise. India and the first world war. In her India
without fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1942.
vii, 296p. 21cm. p. 145-154.
2424
A survey of the changes-social, economic, and political-brought by World
War I to India, with special reference to Gandhi and his assistance in the War
efforts.
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
(The Government of India arrested Gandhi on August, 9, 1942 because the
Indian National Congress passed his "Quit India" resolution, in its Bombay session.
"The aim of the 'Quit India' resolution was to bring about conditions under which
India could effectively participate in the war efforts of the Allies. The British
Government did not agree with his proposal. A few selected articles, part of books,
ard books listed below comment directly or indirectly on Gandhi's attitude towards
World War II. To avoid unnecessary repetition not all the entries are annotated).
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi against fascism; edited by Jag Parvesh Chandra.
Lahore, Free India publications, 1943. xi, 102p.
2425
Collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches against fascism with special
reference to World War II.
--I ask every Briton. London, Baines and Scarsbrook ltd., 1943.
79p. 18cm.
2426
This small collection includes Gandhi's famous appeal to the British people to
leave India and other related articles and speeches.
-India's attitude. In NPW 1948: 232-234. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 14, 1939.
2427
Reply to Shrimati Kamaladevi Chittopadhyaya's letter about World War II.
-Individual satyagraha against war. In his Satyagraha : non-violent
resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi,
406p. 21 cm. p. 300-309.
2428
Collection of his six articles explaining his views on World War II.
My appeal to the British; edited by Anand T. Hingorani. New
York, The John Day company, 1942. 79p. 19cm.
2429
"First published in India August 1, 1942. First American edition, November,
1942.
C
.Record of his......most urgent appeal to the British, as voiced by
him during three crucial months-April 26 to July 26, 1942."-Publishers' note,
p. 5. Includes material covered by "I ask every Briton", and "Gandhi against fas-
cism."
334
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. The War resolution. In NPW 1948: 210-211.
Orig. pub. H., Aug. 26, 1939.
2430
This resolution passed by the Indian National Congress clearly shows India's
attitude towards World War II.
About
Acharya, G.N. Freedom first. Bombay, Padma publications, 1943.
ii, 162p. 191cm.
2431
This brief study describes the difference between the Indian and the British
points of view regarding India's co-operation with England's War efforts. The
author pleads that India's independence is essential to win her co-operation.
Adarkar, Bhalchandra Pundlik. If war comes. Allahabad, Indian
2432
press, 1939. 384p. 19cm.
Ahmed, S.M. America, Gandhi and the war. In Great Britain and
2433
the East (London) 58: 24-25. Sep. 5, 1942.
Reviews Gandhi's attitude towards World War II and remarks, that "Americans
are genuinely interested in seeing an early settlement of the Indian question." He
further adds, "They are eager to secure a fighting unity against the Axis and hope for
India's whole-hearted support in the War."-Ibid., p. 25.
Aiyer, H.R. Congress and the war. Baroda, C.S. Raja and co., 1941.
40p. 19 cm.
2434
Interpretation of the attitude of the Indian National Congress towards World
War II.
Duffett, Walter Elliott, etc., comp. India in the present war. In their
India to-day; the background of the Indian nationalist movement;
foreword by J.M. MacDonnell. Toronto, Halifax, The Ryerson press,
1941. vii, 110p. illus. (contemporary affairs no.10). p. 75-100.
2435
Dutt, Rajani Palme. India in the second world war. In his India
to-day. 3d. ed. Bombay, Peoples' publishing house, 1949. iv, 581,
2436
viip. 21cm. p. 497-528.
Gandhi chastises. In New week (New York) 19: 46. May 11,
1942.
2437
Criticism of Gandhi's attitude towards World War II.
Goshal, Kumar. India and the second world war.
of India. New York, Sheridan house, 1944.
facsim. 22cm. p. 265-357.
India. Bureau of public information. India and the aggressors; the
trend of Indian opinion between 1935-40. Compiled by the Bureau of
public information, government of India. Simla, Printed by the
manager, Government of India press, 1942. vi, 940p. 25cm. 2439
In his The people
viii, 375p. ports.
2438
A valuable source book. Includes attitude of various organizations, politi-
cal parties and eminent Indians, including Gandhi, regarding World War II.
Subject Approach
335
Indian National Congress, Allahabad. Congress and war crisis.
Allahabad, All-India Congress Committee, 1940. ii, 179p. 21cm.
2440
Lele, P.R., comp. War and India's freedom. Bombay, Popular book
depot, 1940. ii, 230p.
2441
Mitchell, Kate Louis. India and the second world war. In her India
without fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred Knopf, 1942. viii,
296, xiip. 21cm. p. 219-289.
2442
In this part of the book, questions like: wartime industrial expansion of India,
political tension preceding Pearl Harbour, the Cripps' mission and its aftermath,
are discussed in detail.
-India and the war; an analysis of the Cripps' mission and its after-
math; a documentary record with commentary; with detailed map of
India. New York, Amerasia, 1942. 48p. 19cm.
2443
'Reprinted from Amerasia's May, 1942 issue.-p.2.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Nehru on war danger, independence and imperia-
lism....edited by R.N. Khanna. Lahore, Allied Indian publishers,
1944. 22p. 173cm.
2444
A collection of four speeches on World War II. Nehru was in complete
agreement with Gandhi regarding India's attitude towards World War II and he
too was arrested the same day Gandhi was taken to the Aga Khan palace prison.
-Peace and India. London, The India league 1938. 31p.
181cm.
2445
Text of the resolution of the Indian National Congress on "Foreign policy and
war danger" passed at the annual session at Haripura, February, 1938.
Raman, T.A. What does Gandhi want. New York, London, Oxford
university press, 1942. x, 117p. illus. 21cm.
2446
"This book is very largely made up of extracts and excerpts from Gandhi's
own writings and speeches from the first day of the year 1939 to the moment of his
arrest in August, 1942."-p. vii-viii.
A bitter criticism of Gandhi's attitude towards World War II. The author
quotes from the Bhagavad Gita to support his arguments.
Sǝth, Hira Lal. "Quit India" re-examined. Lahore, India printing
wɔrks, 1943. 100p. 181cm.
2447
Examines and discusses Gandhi's "Quit India" movement against the British
government.
Telkar, S. India and the war; open letter to Gandhi. In Great
Britain and the East (London) 57: 106. Aug. 14, 1941. 2448
In an open letter to Gandhi, the author honestly feels that "charkha (spinning
wheel) alone will not make India a great nation.”
Vaswani, B.J. India explained. Karachi, D.J. Sind College, 1943.
171p. 19cm. (Indian series no. 2).
2449
"This book is intended to introduce India to the mind and hearts of American
and British soldiers who were stationed in India during World War II.”
336
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Whyte, Sir Frederick. India in the war. In his India a bird's-eye
view. London, The Royal Institute of International Affairs, 1944.
83p. 21cm. p. 53-60.
2450
A British interpretation of India's attitude towards World War II.
see also
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA Oct., 1940.
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, Aug. 9, 1942.
INDIAN NATIONAL ARMY (I.N.A.)
Gandhi, M.K. I.N.A. men's dilemma. In NWP 1949: 37-39.
Orig. pub. H., Jun. 9, 1946.
2451
Account of Gandhi's conversation with some senior officers of the Indian
National Army who came to see him in the Harijan Colony, New Delhi. It is to
be noted that Subhas Chandra Bose, the founder of the Indian National Army, was
at one time President of the Indian National Army and a close follower of Gandhi,
but he did not completely yield to his non-violent creed. Bose resigned from the
Congress and formed the Forward Bloc in early May, 1939, as a left wing of the
Congress, with the object of attaining India's independence by all legitimate means.
Subhas Bose disappeared from India in January, 1941 and after having visited Ger-
many, Russia, Japan, he organized in 1943 an army in Malaya called Azad Hind
Fauj (Indian National Army). Gandhi did not approve his plans of achieving
independence by violent means.
--The message of the I.N.A. In NWP 1949: 33-35. Orig. pub.
H., Apr. 14, 1946.
2452
A post-prayer speech in which he comments on his visit to the I.N.A. prisoners
in the Red Fort of Delhi.
About
Banerji, Bijoykumar. Indian war of independence; with special reference
to I.N.A. Calcutta, Oriental agency, 1946. 168p. ports. 19cm.
2453
Discusses the part played by the Indian National Army in the national struggle
of India for independence.
Bose, Subhas Chandra. Netaji speaks to the nation (1928-1945).
A symposium of important speeches and writings of Netaji Subhas
Chandra Bose. His broadcasts, addresses and orders of the day from
Berlin, Rangoon, Sygon and Burma with proper introductions survey-
ing the history of the period when they were delivered or written.
Introductory notes and arrangements by the author of the "Rebel
president". Lahore, The Hero publications, 1946. 336p. ports.
19cm.
2454
A documentary history of the Indian National Army by its founder and
organizer. Reveals the difference of opinion between Gandhi and Bose regarding the
achievement of India's independence.
Subject Approach
337
Bosc, Subhas Chandra. On to Delhi; or speeches and writings of
Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose, with messages from Messrs. Sarat
Chandra Bose, Jayaprakash Narayan, Lt. Col. Lakshmi Swaminadhan
and others. Edited by G.C. Jain. Delhi, Saraswati pustak mandir,
1946. 155p. illus. ports. 21cm.
2455
Includes his speeches and writings on the Indian National Army. Most of
the material of this book is covered by "Netaji speaks to the nation (1928-45)".
Roy, Manabendra Nath. I.N.A. and the August revolution; with
appendices by Kautilya (pseud.) Calcutta, Renaissance publishers,
1946. 105p. 19cm.
2456
The author is a ex-revolutionary and a leader of the Radical Democratic
Party in India, which co-operated with the British government and fought against the
programme of the Indian National Congress. In this book he criticises Gandhi's
"Quit India" movement of August, 1942 and Subhas Chandra Bose's Indian Nation-
al Army.
Sen Gupta, Bejoy Kumar. India's man of destiny; an exhaustive
and penetrating study of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose as a man,
statesman and revolutionary leader. Calcutta, Oriental agency, 1948.
224p. plates. ports. 19cm.
2457
While portraying Subhas Chandra Bose, his life and work, the author relates the
story of the formation of I.N.A. Also comments on Bose's differences with Gandhi.
Singh, Durlab. Formation and growth of the Indian National Army:
Azad Hind Fauj. Lahore, Hero publications, 1946. 160p. 19cm.
(I.N.A. Series of Hero publications, 1).
2458
"Being the inner story of the Azad Hind Fauj, as revealed from the special
orders of the day....the diary of Captain Shah Nawaz and Sahgal, the correspon-
dence between Nataji and Lieut. Dhillan, the military charge sheet against the
three officers, and other exhibits produced by the prosecution in the historic I.N.A.
trial."—Ibid.
Singh, Mohan. Leaves from my diary. Lahore, Free world publica-
tions, 1946. 91p. 19cm.
2459
A useful source book on the Indian National Army.
INDIAN NATIONAL CONGRESS
(No account of the Indian National Congress is complete without some reference
to Gandhi whom Jawaharlal Nehru described in his autobiography (English edition,
p. 132) as a "permanent super President." To avoid unnecessary repetition, some
of the entries listed below are not annotated but they all directly or indirectly either
praise or criticise Gandhi's contribution to the Congress).
Gandhi, M.K. Congress. In TMG 1945: 107-114. Also in SG
1948 : 98-108.
2460
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the aims and
ideals of the Indian National Congress. Gandhi was its virtual leader, up to the last
moment of his life. Even after his death not many radical changes have been made
in the creed of the Congress.
The Congress and the minorities. In NV 1947: 26-31.
2461
338
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Speech delivered at the Minorities Committee of the Round Table Conference,
London, 1931.
Gandhi, M.K. The Congress in relation to the classes and masses.
In SG 1948 : 98-108.
2462
Selections from speeches about his views on the relationship of the Indian
National Congress and the various classes of India.
His last will and testament. In NPW 1947: 392-394. Orig.
pub. H., Feb. 15, 1948.
2463
A draft constitution for the Indian National Congress, he wrote a few hours
before his assassination. "His intention was to show how the Congress which was
till now mainly concerned with achieving political independence may convert into
an Association for the services of the people (Lok Sevak Sangh), and work for the
establishment of non-violent society."-Ibid., p. 392.
The national demand. In NV 1947: 3-11.
2464
Speech delivered at the Federal Structure Committee of the Round Table
Conference, summarizing the origin, growth, aims and ideals of the Indian National
Congress.
About
Alexander, Horace Gundry. Congress rule in India ; a study in social
reform. London, V. Gollancz ltd., and the New Fabian research bur-
eau, 1938. 31p. 21 cm. (On-cover New Fabian research bur-
2465
eau; publications, no. 39).
An English pacifist and a friend of Gandhi praises the social services rendered
by the Indian National Congress to the people of India.
Ali, Mohammed. Key to Yeravda. Madras, Tagore and co., 1924.
131p. 19cm.
2466
Presidential address, delivered at the Co-conada session of the Indian National
Congress, 1923.
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. What Congress and Gandhi have done
to the untouchables. Bombay, Thacker and co., 1945. vi, 387p.
24 cm.
2467
A critical examination of the programme of the Indian National Congress and
of Gandhi's plan for the betterment of untouchables.
Angadi, S.N. I differ from Congress. Belgaum, The author, 1936.
93p. 19cm.
2468
Criticises Congress policies.
Banerjee, Bijoy. Congress and Gandhi. In his Indian war of inde-
pendence with special reference to I.N.A. Calcutta, Oriental agency,
1946. 168p. ports. 19cm. p. 35-47.
2469
Banerjee, D.N. Resurrection of the Congress. Madras, Tagore and
co., 1920. 25p. 19 cm.
2470
Besant, Mrs. Annie, (Wood). How India wrought for freedom;
Subject Approach
339
the story of the National Congress told from official records.
Theosophical publishing house, 1915. lix, 715p. 19cm.
"Story of India's constitutional struggle for freedom."
Madras,
2471
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). The new era ; an epoch-making Congress,
2472
1918. Adyar, Commonweal office, 1918. 18p. 19cm.
Bhattacharya, Bejoy Krishna. A short history of the Indian National
Congress. Calcutta, Book emporium, 1948. vii, 261p. facsim.
2473
22cm.
Bolton, G. Gandhi's vindication; Congress and the challenge of demo-
cracy. In Great Britain and the East (London) 49: 80. Jul. 15, 1937.
2474
Bombay Provincial Congress Committee, Bombay. March of events;
being the case of the Indian national congress vis-a-vis the present world
2475
crisis. Bombay, The Committee, 1940. iv, 172p. 21 cm.
Bose, Subhas Chandra. Presidential address; Haripura, 19th February,
2476
1938. Calcutta, P.C. Roy, 1938. 24p. 24cm.
-Through Congress eyes. Allahabad and London, Kitabistan,
1939. vi, 243p. 19cm.
2477
Caveeshar, Sardul Singh. Congress and office acceptance; a sympo-
sium. In Indian review (Madras) 38: 84-85. Feb., 1937. 2478
Gandhian versus commonsense; an exposition of the Forward
Bloc programme and policy. Lahore, National publications, 1946.
vi, 190p. 191cm.
2479
Criticism of the Indian National Congress and a clarification of the ideal of
the Forward Bloc, founded by Subhas Chandra Bose.
Chakravarty, D. and Bhattacharya, C. Congress in evolution; being
a collection of Congress resolutions from 1885 to 1940 and other
important documents. Calcutta, Book co., 1940. Parts I and II.
viii, 232p. ii, 57p. 21cm.
2480
Chandra, Jag Parvesh. Congress case. Lahore, Free India publica-
tions, 1943. xiii, 124p. 19cm.
2481
Chaudhary, Manoharlal. Congress in power. Lahore, Lion press, 1947.
2482
x, 146p. 19 cm.
Critical study of Gandhi and the Indian National Congress.
Chintamani, Sir Chirravoori Yajneswara. The Congress; first twenty
years. In his India politics since the mutiny; being an account of the
development of public life and political institutions and of prominent
political personalities. London, G. Allan and Unwin Itd. 1940.
232p. ports. 20cm. p. 35-77.
2483
340
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Chinna, Durai Jesusasen. The Indian National Congress. In his
Choice before India. London, Jonathan cape, 1941. 225p. 19cm.
p. 57-76.
2484
Coming struggle. In Time (Chicago) 33:20. Feb. 13, 1939. port.
2485
Critical editorial note after Subhas Chandra Bose was elected President of the
Indian National Congress, in 1939.
Congress at a deadlock and the way out. Bombay, Hindustan news-
2486
papers, 1934. 24p. 19cm.
Congress leaders: old and new. In Great Britain and the East
2487
(London) 48: 20. Jan. 7, 1937.
The Congress souvenir, 1927. Madras, Natesan and co., 1947. 65p.
19cm.
2488
Congress presidential addresses; from the Silver to the Golden jubilee.
Second series. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1934. 941, xviiip.
24cm.
2489
Collection of the Presidential addresses of the Indian National Congress
from 1911 to 1934.
Dadachanji, B.K. Indian National Congress and Indians overseas ;
with special reference to Indians in Burma ; a letter addressed to Pandit
Jawaharlal Nehru. Bombay, Hamara Hindus.an, 1946. 62p. 19cm.
2490
Das, Bhagvan. Gandhi and the Congress. In MG 1949 68-79.
2491
A plea for better organization of the Indian National Congress.
Das, Biswanath. When the Congress took office. In RG 1951:
64: 66.
2492
An account of how the Congress candidates got large majorities in six provinces
of India when in 1937 the Congress contested the Provincial Assembly elections under
the new constitution of 1935.
Das Gupta, Hemendranath. Indian National Congress. Calcutta,
J.K. Das Gupta, 1946. xx, 282, vip. 21cm.
2493
Datta, Akhila-Chandra. The presidential address at the Bengal provin-
cial conference, Chinsura, 1918. Calcutta, Bengal provincial congress
committee, 1918. 25p. 21cm.
2494
De Mello, Frederick Marion. The Indian National Congress; a histo-
rical sketch. London, Bombay, etc., H. Milford, Oxford university
press, 1934. 120p. 18 cm.
2495
Against the background of the social and political history of the last fifty years
the author studies the evolution of the Indian National Congress from its origin
as a "National parliament.'
9,
Subject Approach
341
Deming, W.S. Has Gandhi failed? In Christian century (Chicago)
52: 108-109. Jan. 23, 1935.
2496
Comments on Gandhi's resignation from the Congress.
Deo, S.D. Congress and office acceptance: a symposium. In
Indian review (Madras) 38: 10-11. Jan., 1937.
2497
Desai, Bhulabhai J. Congress and office acceptance: a symposium.
In Indian review (Madras) 38: 10. Jan. 1937.
2498
Desai, Mahadev. Congress represents the masses. In NV 1947 :
161-162.
2499
Desai, Valji Govindji. Haripura Congress guide. Vithalnagar, Recep-
tion committee of the Congress, 1938. viii, 168p. 241cm. 2500
Gandhi and the Congress. In Round Table (Chicago) 24: 131-138.
Dec., 1933.
2501
Gandhi and the Indian Congress. In Near East (London) 28:409.
Oct. 18, 1924.
2502
Gandhi foregoes independence. In Time (Chicago) 35: 29. Apr. 1,
2503
1940.
Critical account of the 53rd session of the Indian National Congress.
Gandhi worries John Bull again. In Literary digest (New York)
104-113. Jan 11, 1930. port.
2504
Comments on Gandhi's announcement in the Lahore Congress. He said,
"Drive a nail in Britain's coffin."
Gandhi's Congress party, facts for every Briton. London, Great Bri-
tain and the East, 1943. 51p. 19cm.
2505
A historical survey of the Indian National Congress from August 1936 to
August 8, 1942.
Gandhi's twenty-four points. In Christian century (Chicago) 48 :
502-503. Apr. 15, 1931.
2506
These proposed twenty-four points were adopted at the final session of the
Karachi Congress, to be discussed at the proposed Round Table Conference, London.
Ghose, Hemendra Prasad. Calcutta Congress. In Indian review
(Madras) 30: 7-8. Jan., 1929.
2507
Ghose, Prafulla Chandra. From Nagpur to India. Comilla, Abhay
ashram, 1931. xvi, 133p. 19 cm.
2508
A short history of the Indian National Congress up to the Lahore Congress.
Has Congress failed: By a student. Bombay, Times of India, 1943.
83p. 19 cm.
2509
A historical survey of the Indian National Congress between the years 1918
and 1939.
342
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Indian muddle: Mahatma's fight against British-made constitution.
In Literary digest (New York) 132: 14. Jan. 9, 1937.
2510
Description of the Faizpur session of the Indian National Congress, 1937.
Indian National Congress, Allahabad. Call to the nation; election mani-
festo; issued by All-India Congress Committee. Allahabad, The
2511
committee, 1938. 12p. 19cm.
Constitution of the Congress; issued by the All-India Congress
2512
committee. Allahabad, The Committee, 1938. 16p. 19cm.
-Indian National Congress; being the resolutions of the Congress
and the working committee of the Congress passed during the year
2513
1924. Allahabad, The Committee, 1924. 72p. 19cm.
-Report of the general secretary, 1938-1939; issued by All-India
Congress committee, Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1938. 72p. 19cm. 2514
Indian National Congress, Belgaum. Report of the thirty-ninth Indian
national Congress held at Belgaum on the 26th and 27th December,
1924. Belgaum, General secretary, Reception committee office, 1924.
2515
123, 35, 7p. 24cm.
Indian National Congress. Civil disobedience enquiry committee.
2516
Report. Madras, The Committee, 1923. 171p. 19cm.
Indian National Congress, Allahabad. Congress handbook. Allahabad,
The All-India Congress committee, 1946. iv, 294p. 211cm. 2517
Indian National Congress, Haripura. Report of the 51st congress,
Haripura, 1938; issued by All-India Congress committee. Allahabad,
The Committee, 1938. 232p. 19cm.
2518
Indian National Congress, Allahabad. Indian National Congress, 1920-
1923: collection of resolutions of the Congress, the All-India Congress
committee and the working committee, 1924. Allahabad, The Com-
mittee, 1924. 351p. 21cm.
2519
Indian National Congress, New Delhi. Second year of freedom, August
1948-August, 1949. New Delhi, The Committee, 1949. xvi, 128,
xxxiip. 24cm.
2520
Joshi, Puran Chandra. Communist reply to Congress working com-
mittee's charge. Abridged by Amrit Sen. Calcutta, K. Roy., Bengal
provincial committee, Communist party of India, 1946. 114p. 18cm.
2521
Kripalani, Acharya Jiwatram Bhagwandas. Fateful year; being the
speeches and writings during the year of Presidentship of the Congress.
Bombay, Vora and co., 1948. 150p. 18cm.
2522
In the eventful year of 1947 India won her freedom; at the cost of its partition.
During this critical year the author was the President of the Indian National Congress,
Subject Approach
343
the only party in the country which shouldered the formidable task of grappling with
all the problems that arose. Hence his writings and speeches have not only an histo-
rical importance but are very revealing to all those interested in Indian politics.
Kripalani, Acharya Jiwatram Bhagwandas. The future of the
Congress. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1948. p. 19cm.
2523
The question of the future of the Indian National Congress is discussed in this
book, in the light of Gandhi's views on the problem.
-The Indian National Congress. Bombay, Vora and co., 1946.
65p. 19cm.
2524
Collection of five articles on the reorganization of the Congress.
-Presidential addresses at 52nd session of the Indian National
Congress held at Meerut, November 1946. Delhi, Delhi printing
press, 1946. 59p. 19cm.
2525
Lajpat Rai, Lala. The presidential address of Lala Lajpat Rai, deliver-
ed at the extraordinary session of the Indian National Congress held
at Calcutta on the 4th September, 1920. Lahore, Printed by Tandon
and co., at the "Liberal" press, 1920. 56p. 33cm.
2526
-
Lele, P.R. and others. March of events; being the case of the Indian
National Congress. Bombay, Bombay provincial Congress Com-
mittee, 1945. v. 191cm.
2527
Mazumdar, Amvika Charan. Indian national evolution : a brief sur-
vey of the origin and progress of the Indian National Congress and
the growth of Indian nationalism. 2d ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan
and co., 1917. 441, lxxiv, xvip. 19cm.
2528
A valuable source book for the earlier part of the Indian National Congress.
Mukerji, Girija. De indische national kongress. Berlin, Kurtvowin-
chelverlag, 1943. vii, 97p. 19 cm.
2529
A history of the Congress in German.
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. The Congress. In his Gandhi
versus the Empire; with a foreword by Will Durant. New York,
Universal publishing company, 1932. xii, 352p. ports. 231cm.
p.42-92.
2530
A summary of the history, nature and character of the Indian National Con-
gress. India's declaration of independence, adopted and passed at the Lahore
congress on January 26, 1930, is reproduced.
Nariman, K.F. Whither Congress? Spiritual idealism or political
realism. Bombay, D.R. Dewooklkar, 1933. 160p. 19cm. 2531
A criticism of Gandhi and the Indian National Congress.
Pal, Bipin Chandra. Presidential address. Calcutta, Bengal provin-
cial Congress Committee, 1921. 124p. 21 cm.
2532
344
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Patil, S.K. Indian National Congress, a case for its reorganization.
Aundh, Aundh publishing trust, 1945. iv, 71p. 21cm.
2533
Pattabhi Sitaramayya, Bhogaraju. The history of the Indian National
Congress; with an introduction by Rajendra Prasad. Bombay, Padma
publications, 1946-47. 2v. 26cm.
2434
Vol. I was first published in 1935 as a complete and reprinted in 1946 to form
1 of this larger work having same title.
V.
Contents, v. 1.-1885-1935. v. 2. 1935-1947.
The official and complete history of the Indian National Congress.
Rai, Ganpat. Congress struggle. With a foreword by Shriyut K.M.
Munshi and introduction by Sardul Singh Caveeshar. Lahore, The
national publishers and stationer ltd., 1946. viii, 328p. ports.
181cm.
2535
Rajkumar, N.V. One year of freedom; foreword by Acharya Jugal-
Kishore. New Delhi, All-India Congress Committee, 1948. x, 179p.
map. (Indian National Congress publications).
2536
Safdar, Abd Allah. Whither Congress. Lahore, The author, 1938.
54p. 19cm.
2537
Satyapal, and Prabodh Chandra. Sixty years of Congress ; India lost ;
India gained, a detailed record of its struggle for freedom. Foreword
by Dewan Chaman Lal. Lahore, Lion press, 1946. viii, 384p.
ports. 25cm.
2538
A history of the Indian National Congress.
Shahani, R.G. Is India behind the Congress ? In Great Britain and
the East (London) 56: 67. Jan. 23, 1941.
2539
An attempt to prove that the Indian National Congress does not represent the
whole of India.
Shraddhanad, Swami. Inside Congress. Bombay, K.B. Dhavle,
1946. iv, 208p. 19cm.
2540
A criticism of the Congress.
Sinha, Sir Satyendra Prasanna. The future of India; presidential
address to the Indian National Congress, on the 27th December, 1945.
London, J. Truscott and sons, ltd., 1916. 45p. 181cm.
2541
Singh, Mohan. Congress unmasked. Sanehwal, (Ludhiana), Desh
Sewek party of India, 1947. 199p. 18cm.
2542
Criticises the attitude of the Congress towards the partition of India.
Thompson, R. Gandhi retires. In Current history (New York)
41:353-354. Dec., 1934.
2543
Critical commentary on Gandhi's resignation from the Indian National
Congress, on October 29, 1934.
• %7...
Subject Approach
345
Venquswamy, N.S. Congress in office. Bombay, Bharat publishing
co., 1940. viii, 207p. 19cm.
2544
Watson A. Inconsistency of the Indian National Congress. In
Great Britain and the East (London) 56: 87. Jan. 1930. 2545
-Indian parties at the cross-roads. In Great Britain and the
East (London) 58:7. Jan. 24, 1942.
2546
A criticism of the Congress and Gandhi.
-Mahatma Gandhi recaptures Congress. In Great Britain and
the East (London) 55:239. Sep. 26, 1940.
2547
Comments on Gandhi's speech at the Bombay Congress, 1940.
Weisbord, Albert. Conquest of power; liberalism, anarchism, syndi-
calism, socialism, fascism and communism. London, Martin Secker
and Warburg, 1939. viii, 1208p. 191cm.
2548
Includes a brief survey of the Indian National Congress and comments on
Gandhi's leadership.
INDIAN NATIONAL PARTY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
INDIAN OPINION (Weekly)
see
PART III SECTION 3 PERIODICALS GANDHI EDITED AND
SPONSORED
INDIAN PRINCES AND THEIR STATES
Gandhi, M.K. Indian India; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Gandhi publications league, 1942. 63p. 171cm.
2549
*
Contains selected articles on the Princely States of India, originally published
in Young India and Harijan and later covered by an up-to-date book, "The Indian
· states' problems”, published by Navajivan publishing house, Ahmedabad.
-Indian states. In TMG 1945: 318-321.
Gleanings from his writings on the Princely States and their problems.
The Indian states' problems. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press,
1948. xi, 21, 3-687p. 22cm.
2551
-Princes and States. In GWB 1944: 87-92.
A collection of Gandhi's views on the problems of the Princely States.
2550
Collection of his writings and speeches, originally published in Young India
and Harijan on the Indian states' problems covering the last twenty years. Part II
includes important documents concerning the subject. It is a useful source book on
India's Princely States which, after India's independence, have joined with the Re-
public of India.
2552
2
346
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. To the princes and their people. Edited by Anand
T. Hingorani. Karachi, The editor, 1942.
1942. xvii, 466p. port.
22 cm. (Gandhi series, v.4)
2553
Writings included in this book are also covered by "The Indian states'
problems", published by Navajivan publishing house, 1948.
About
Dasappa, H.C. Princes and people. In G 1944: 152-158. 2554
Interpretation of Gandhi's attitude towards the Indian princes and their
states.
Gandhi and Indian states. In Great Britain and the East (London)
52:268. Mar. 9, 1939. port.
2555
A criticism of Gandhi's views regarding the Indian states and their rulers.
Haksar, K.N. Mahatma Gandhi and the Indian states. In Spectator
(London) 147: 346. Sep., 1931.
2556
An examination and interpretation of Gandhi's ideas about the type of govern-
ment the Princely States should have and their relationship with the rest of India.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Presidential address, All-India States peoples'
conference, February, 1939, Ludhiana. Allahabad, J. Nehru 1939.
20p. 22cm.
2557
In this address, besides explaining his own views on the vexed problem of the
Princely States of India, Nehru also interprets Gandhi's views on the subject.
Vaidya, Kanhaiyalal Daulatram. To the Congress; on the attitude of
the Indian National Congress to the Indian states. Bombay, The
Author, 1938. 44p. 19cm.
2558
Discusses also Gandhi's attitude towards the Princely States and their social,
constitutional and political problems.
Zutshi, C.N. Indian states and the Nehru report. In Indian review
(Madras) 29: 752-755. Nov., 1928.
2559
Praising the Nehru reports the author remarks, "All sides considered, the re-
commendations of the Nehru Committee afford the best solution of the vexed pro-
blem of the Indian states; and the Indian Princes will do well to be well-advised to
accept them to stave off the day of reckoning which is fast approaching.”—Ibid.,
p. 755.
INDIAN REFORMS
Gandhi, M.K. Eve of peace and emergence of Gandhi. In MAHATMA
v. 1:286-311.
2560
A complete record of Gandhi's writings and speeches about the Montague-
Chelmsford scheme and Rowlatt Report for contitutional and social reforms in
India. Gandhi protested against the reforms.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. Gandhi and Indian reforms. In Yale
review (New Haven) 19: 491-507. Mar., 1930.
2561
Subject Approach
347
A sympathetic survey of the issue.
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood) and Ramaswami Aiyar, C.P. Criticism
of the Montague-Chelmsford proposals of reforms. Adya, Common-
weal office, 1918. 69p. 19cm. (Home rule pamphlets no. 28).
2562
A collection of the three papers on the Indian reforms. Support Gandhi's
views regarding the reforms.
Coupland, Reginald. The Montague-Chelmsford reforms. In his
The Indian problem 1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problem
in India submitted to the warden and fellows of Nuffield college,
Oxford. London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942.
vi, 160p. 21 cm. p. 44-65.
2563
Comments also on Gandhi's reactions on the reforms under discussion.
Desai, A.R. Social and religious reform movements. In his Social
background of Indian nationalism. Bombay, New York, Indian
branch, Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p. 22cm. (Univer-
sity of Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2). p.221-222.
2564
Gt. Brit. India office. Report on the Indian constitutional reforms,
presented to both houses of parliament by command of His Majesty.
London, His Majesty's stationary office, 1918. 300p. 23cm. 2565
Includes all the documents concerning the Indian constitutional reforms up to
1918.
Jayakar, M.R. Social reform and social service. In Indian review
(Madras) 24:48. Jan., 1923.
2566
Extracts from the Presidential address to the Gaya social conference. Criti-
cises Gandhi's attitude towards the Montague-Chelmsford scheme of social reforms
and the Bardoli resolution of the Indian National Congress on the reforms.
Malaviya, Madan Mohan. A criticism of Montague-Chelmsford pro-
posals of Indian constitutional reforms. Allahabad, Printed by Ĉ.Y.
Chintamani, 1918. 65p. 22cm.
2567
Reprinted from The Leader (Allahabad).
In this pamphlet are expressed views of a liberal leader, who differed from
Gandhi's views on the reforms. Pandit Malaviya while commenting on the pro-
posals said, "Wholesale condemnation is out of question. We have to suggest
modification and expansion giving reasons therefore."-Ibid.
Memorandum in support of the joint scheme of reforms proposed by the
Indian National Congress and the All-India Muslim League. Allahabad,
United Provinces Provincial Congress commit.ee, 1917. 18p. 24cm.
2568
O'Dwyer, F. India without Mr. Montague and Gandhi. In
Fortnightly review (London) 118: 212-229, Aug., 1922. 2569
Criticism of Montague and Gandhi regarding the proposed reforms.
+
348
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Smith, William Ray. Nationalism and reform in India. New Haven,
Yale university press; London, H. Milford, Oxford university press,
1938. vi, 485p. 24cm.
2570
"Bibliographical note": p. 450-456.
Warty, S.G. Indian reforms and Mr. Gandhi. In Spectator (Lon-
don) 152 237. Feb. 6, 1934.
2571
An examination of the differences between Gandhi and the Government of
India regarding the reforms.
INDIAN UNION
Gandhi, M.K. Duty of the Union Government. In CU 1949:
784-785. Orig. pub. H., Oct. 5, 1947.
2572
Answering a question he emphasises Indian Union's duty towards its Muslim
citizens.
-How should the Indian Union act? In CU 1949: 641-643.
Orig. pub. H., Jun., 22, 1947.
2573
A post-prayer speech delivered on June 12, 1927.
To the Muslims in the Union. In CU 1949 766-768. Orig.
pub. H., Sep. 28, 1947.
2574
Report of his address delivered before a gathering of Muslims in the Darya-
ganj Mosque, Delhi, on September 19, 1947.
---War between India and Pakistan. In CU 1949 789-790. Orig.
Pub. H., Oct. 5, 1947.
2575
Post-prayer speech in which Gandhi said, “If Pakistan persistently refused to
see its proved error and continued to minimize it, the Indian Union Government
would have to go to war against it.”—Ibid., p. 789.
see also
INDIAN DOMINION
INDIVIDUAL Satyagraha
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIÀ
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA, Oст., 1941.
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
Gandhi, M.K. Ahmedabad mill industry. In TNS 1951: 76-80.
Orig. pub. H., Feb. 13, 1937.
2576
Comments on the Ahmedabad mill-owners' demand for a cut in the wages of
workers.
-Capital and labour. In TNS 1951: 57-59. Orig. pub. YI.,
Jun., 9, 1927.
2577
Explaining his views about the relationship between an employer and employee
Gandhi said, "If I was a capitalist, I should not continue my business for a single day,
if my men felt that they were exploited and that they had not their minimum wants
and comforts satisfied."-Ibid., p. 58.
Subject Approach
349
Gandhi, M.K. Clerks vs. workingmen. In TNS 1951: 84-86. Orig.
pub. YI., May 3, 1928.
2578
Comments on Seth Ranchhodlal Amritlal's scheme of industrial insurance
for clerks.
A day with Ahmedabad mill-hands. In TNS 1951 52-54.
2579
Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 10, 1925.
Praises the happy relationship between the Ahmedabad mill-hands Union and
the Mill-owners' Association.
:
-A great equalizer. In TNS 1951 66-67. Orig. pub. H., Dec.
2580
8, 1933.
Extracts from a speech delivered before the B.N. Railway Labourer's Federation
at Bailaspur on November 25, 1933.
- A great experience. In TNS 1951: 74-76. Orig. pub. H.,
2581
Jul. 3, 1937.
Praises the social activities of the Ahmedabad Labour Union for the welfare
of fellow workers.
-Labour must unite. In TNS 1951 83. Orig. pub. H., Sep.
7, 1947.
2582
A plea for unity among workers no matter what religion and caste they belong
to.
Le labour combine. In TMS 1951 70. Orig. pub. H., Jun.
:
2583
13, 1936.
Extracts from a speech delivered before a mass meeting of mine labourers of
Kolar Gold Fields.
Mills and labour. In TNS 1951 64-65. Orig. pub. YI.,
2584
Aug. 27, 1931.
Praises the resolution passed by the Working Committee of the All-India
Congress Committee, cn July 10, 1931, concerning the welfare of workers.
Miniature swaraj. In TNS 1951: 49-52. Orig. pub. YI.,
Aug. 20, 1925.
2585
Extracts from a speech Gandhi delivered at an at-home given to him by the
Indian Association, Jamshedpur.
-Plight of mill-hands. In TNS 1951 55-56. Orig. pub. YI.,
Sep. 24, 1925.
2586
Comments on a letter about the pitiable conditions of the mill-hands of Calcutta
mills.
With mill labourers. In TNS 1951: 71-73. Orig. pub. H.,
Nov. 7, 1936.
2587
Speech delivered before the mill labourers at Ahmedabad. Pleaded for unity.
About
Nanda, Gulzarilal. A charter for labour. In G 1944: 142-50.
2588
350
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Summarizes Gandhi's services for the betterment of labour organizations
and unity among workers. Interprets also Gandhi's philosophy of relationship
between an employer and an employee.
INDUSTRIALIZATION
Gandhi, M.K. Alternative to industrialism. In TNS 1951 32-33.
2589
Orig. pub. H., Sep. 1, 1946.
Suggesting an alternative to industrialization Gandhi said, "Indeed, I believe
that Independent India can only discharge her duty towards a groaning world by
adopting a simple but ennobled life by developing her thousands of cottages and
living at peace with the world.”—Ibid., p.32.
-Business. In TMG 1945: 68.
Extracts from his writings on industrialization.
2590
Commercial discrimination. In NV 1947: 49-60.
2591
Speech delivered at the Federal Structure Committee of the Round Table
Conference on the Commercial discrimination of the English businessmen against
the Indian industrialists.
Economic decentralization. In TNS 1951: 29. Orig. pub. in
Constructive programme, 1941. p. 12.
2592
Expressing his views on economic decentralization Gandhi said, "Khadi
mentality means decentralization of the production and distribution of the neces-
saries of life. Therefore, the formula so far evolved is that every village to produce
all its necessaries and a certain percentage in addition for the requirements of the
cities.”—Ibid., p.29.
p. 31.
-Industrialization. In TNS 1951: 31-32. Orig. pub. YI.,
Nov. 12, 1931. Also in TMG 1945: 321-325.
2593
"Industrialization is, I am afraid, going to be a curse to mankind."-Ibid.,
Machinery and man. In TNS 1951: 28-29. Orig. pub. as a
preface to the new edition of Hind Swaraj, 1938.
2594
Reply to a correspondent who wanted to know Gandhi's views on machinery
and industrialization.
The menace
of an industrialized India. In TNS 1951: 31.
2595
Orig. pub. YI., Dec. 20, 1928.
Speaking on the menace of industrialized India Gandhi said, “God forbid
that India should ever take to industrialism after the manner of the West." He
further added, "The economic imperialism of a single tiny island kingdom (England)
is to-day keeping the world in chains."-Ibid., p. 31.
-Return to village industries. In TNS 1951: 34. Orig. pub
2596*
H., Nov. 30, 1934.
A plea for cottage industries.
Subject Approach
351
About
Frydman, Maurice. Man and machine. In G 1944: 113-120. 2597
A pen-picture of an interview of an industrialist with Gandhi and his Seva-
gram ashram. Summarizes Gandhi's views on machinery and industrialization.
George, S.K. and Ramachandran, eds. The economics of peace; the
cause and the man. Maganvadi, Wardha, Gram udyog Vibhag,
Akhil Bharat Serva Seva Sangh, 1952. v, 378p. 22cm.
2598
The contributors to this Souvenir volume, presented to J. C. Kumarappa,
on his 60th birthday on January 4th, 1952, summarize and interpret what Gandhi
meant by industrialization. Kumarappa is an important architect of Gandhi's
Constructive Programme.
Mehta, V.L. Village industries. In G 1944: 170-177.
2599
Supports and interprets Gandhi's views on industrialization of India. The
author adds, "The path of non-violence with its corollary in the sphere of economic
life which Gandhiji wishes India and humanity to pursue may be long and arduous.
But it is certain to lead mankind to its cherished aim of giving every individual security
of life and liberty and establishing a just and stable society."-Ibid., p. 177.
see also
INSTITUTIONS
see
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
ASHRAMS
INTERNATIONALISM
Gandhi, M.K.
Nationalism vs. internationalism. In MMG 1945 :
132-137. Also in TMG 1945: 382-383 and in G 1944: 313-314,
under the title "True internationalism".
2600
Expressing his ideas on internationalism he said, "It is impossible for one
to be an internationalist without being a nationalist. Internationalism is possible
only when nationalism becomes a fact, i.e., when people belonging to different
countries have organized themselves and are able to act as one man."-MMG
1945: 134.
About
Catlin, George. The world mission of the Mahatma. In MG 1949:
367-373.
2601
The author points out that "It was the mission of the Mahatma to be our
educator in non-violence and to call the world's attention, in this age when the
wars of the international anarchy become ever more hateful and destructive of the
very body of civilization, of the need for an education in the beauties of ahimsa."-
Ibid., p. 368.
Petre, Maude D. Gandhi's message to the whole world. In MG
1949: 226-231.
2602
A study of Gandhi as an internationalist. The authoress proves from differ-
ent points of view that Gandhi's mission was not limited to India only but was for
"all countries of the world."
352
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
see also
GANDHI-HUMANIST
GANDHI-INTERNATIONALIST
INTERVIEWS
see
see
GANDHI INTERVIEWS
INTOXICANTS
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
IRWIN PACT
see
GANDHII-RWIN PACT
ISLAM
Gandhi, M.K. Hinduism and the Qurran. In HD 1950: 277. Orig.
pub. H., Apr. 20, 1947.
2603
A post-prayer speech in which he explains why some Hindus do not tolerate his
reading of the Koran in prayer meetings.
A Hindu's duty towards a Muslim. In HD 1950: 281. Orig.
pub. H., Jul. 6, 1947.
2604
Appeals for toleration and appreciation of each others' respective religions.
Hindus vs. Muslims. In HD 1950: 278-279. Orig. pub. H.,
Apr. 27, 1947.
2605
Interprets and explains the real differences among Hindus and Muslims in
India.
Music before mosques. In HD 1950: 273-274. Orig. pub.
YI., Oct. 22, 1925.
2606
Views regarding the objection by Muslims at the playing of music in front
of a mosque by Hindus.
Islam. In TMG 1945: 329-332.
A collection of extracts from his writings and speeches on Islam.
About
2607
Abbas, K.A. Friend of Islam. In G 1944: 128-131.
2608
Explains that Gandhi's respect of Islam is not only due to political reasons but
he really wants unity among all religions. The author adds, "Gandhiji's interest in
and respect for Islam is at least fifty years old, much older than his political leader-
ship. And throughout his life there has never been a period when he has not enjoy-
ed the confidence and affection of a host of Muslim friends and co-workers."—Ibid.,
p. 128.
Desai, Valji Govindji. Glances at Islam. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
press, 1938. viii, 40p. 19cm.
2609
Subject Approach
353
Interpretation of Gandhi's views on Islam.
Mahmud Ahmed, Mirza. Non-co-operation and Islam. Lahore,
The author, 1921. 115p. 19cm.
2610
Summarizes the part played by Muslims in Gandhi's non-co-operation move-
ment of 1921.
Smith, S.C. Islam and Indian nationalism. In his modern Islam
in India; a social approach. Lahore, Minerva book shop, 1943.
viii, 399p. 19cm. p. 241-269.
2611
Suhrawardy, Sir Abdullah, ed.
word by Mahatma Gandhi.
19 cm.
In the foreword to this book Gandhi praises Islam.
see also
JAILS
see
The sayings of Muhammad. Fore-
London, John Murray, 1941. 128p.
2612
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
Khilafat MOVEMENT.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
JALLIANWALA BAGH TRAGEDY
Gandhi, M.K. Jallianwala Bagh. In MAHATMA v. 1: 329-339.
2613
A complete account of the Congress Inquiry Committee, "composed of Gandhi,
Motilal Nehru, C.R. Das, Fazlul Huq and Abbas Tyabji, with K. Santhanam as a
secretary." This Committee was appointed by the Indian National Congress, to
make inquiries about the Jallianwala Bagh tragedy. "The main responsibility for
organizing the work of the Committce devolved on Gandhi." "The task of draft-
ing the report of the Inquiry Committee was also entrusted to Gandhi.”—Ibid.,
p. 329.
About
Horniman, Benjamin Guy. Amritsar and our duty in India; with four
illustrations. London, T.F. Unwin, 1920. 196p. 20cm. 2614
An account of the Jallianwala Bagh tragedy by an ex-Editor of the Bombay
Chronicle (Bombay) who was deported from Bombay by Governor Sir George
Lloyd. Gandhi was asked by the Directors to take up the responsibility of editing
the paper, but soon the Government of India suspended the Chronicle. The tragedy
occurred on April 13, 1919, when, on the occasion of Vaishakhi (Hindu festival),
a meeting was held in Jallianwala Bagh (garden). "Night before General Dyer
issued order forbidding public meetings but none had heard about it. General,
however, came to Jallianwala Bagh with troops armed with guns. Without warning,
opened fire for about ten minutes on defenceless mass of people. As ground was
surrounded by high walls no one could escape. According to official figures about
400 were killed and between a thousand and two wounded."-G 1944: 350.
354
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
JAPAN
Gandhi, M.K. Non-violent resistant. In NPW 1948: 397-399.
Orig. pub. H., Apr. 12, 1942.
2615
Advises the people of India how they should non-violently resist in case Japan
invades.
To every Japanese. In NPW 1948: 407-410. Orig. pub. H.,
Jul. 26, 1942.
2616
In an open letter "to every Japanese" Gandhi said, "I must confess at the out-
set that though I have no ill-will against you, I intensely dislike your attack upon
China. From your lofty height you have descended to imperial ambition."—Ibid.,
p. 407.
About
Gandhi in high. In Time (Chicago) 39: 32. May 25, 1942.
2617
Illustrated with a cartoon, this is a bitter criticism of Gandhi's article in which
he said, "The presence of the British in India is an invitation to Japan to invade
India." He further added, "Free India would be better able to cope with the inva-
sion."—Ibid., p. 32.
Raman, T.A. What does Gandhi want? New York, London,
Oxford university press, 1942. x, 117p. illus., 2 ports. 21 cm. 2618
A criticism of Gandhi's attitude towards World War II, with special reference
to Japan.
Watson, A. Passing of Gandhi. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 59: 12-13. Aug. 8, 1942.
2619
A bitter criticism of Gandhi after his arrest on August 8, 1942. Also com-
ments on Gandhi's views about World War II and Japan.
JEWS
Gandhi, M.K. Is non-violence ineffective? In NPW 1948 179-
181. Orig. pub. H., Jan. 7, 1939.
2620
Reply to criticism of The Statesman (New Delhi) regarding his views that the
Jews had been non-violent for 2,000 years.
The Jewish question. NPW 1948: 205-206. Orig. pub. H.,
May 27, 1939.
2621
An account of his views on the Jewish question in Germany and Palestine.
Gandhi wrote this article on the request of the Managing Director of Jewish Frontier
(New York), who sent him a copy of the March number (1939) of the magazine. The
article on which Gandhi commented is written by Hayem Greenburg and is reproduc-
ed in appendix five of NPW 1948: 440-445.
-The Jews. In NPW 1948: 159-164. Orig. pub. H., Nov.
26, 1938.
2622
Gandhi wrote this article on the request of his correspondents who asked him
to express his views about the Arab-Jewish question in Palestine and the persecu-
tion of the Jews in Germany. Gandhi said, "Let the Jews who claim to be the
chosen race prove their title by choosing the way of non-violence for vindicating
Subject Approach
355
their position on earth. Every country is their home including Palestine not by
aggression but by loving service."-Ibid., p. 163.
In NWP 1949: 122-123.
2623
Sympathizing with the Jews on their sad plight Gandhi said, "Why should
they resort to terrorism to make good their forceable landing in Palestine? If they
were to adopt the matchless weapon of non-violence whose use their best prophets
have taught and which Jesus the Jew, who gladly wore the crown of thorns, be-
queathed to a groaning world, their case would be the world's and I have no doubt
that among the many things that Jews have given to the world, this would be the best
and the brightest."—Ibid., p. 123.
Gandhi, M.K. Jews and Palestine.
Orig. pub. H., Jul. 21, 1946.
-Reply to German critics. In NPW 1948: 165-167. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 17, 1938.
2624
Reply to a critic of his views on the treatment of Jews in Germany.
About
Buber, Martin. Brief an Gandhi. Zurich, Verlag: Die Gestaltung,
1939. iv, 30p. 23 x 16cm.
2625
A letter to Gandhi in German on the Jewish question.
-Two letters to Gandhi from Martin Buber and J. L. Magnes.
Jerusalem, R. Mass, 1939. 440p. 19 cm. (The Bond;
pamphlets on the group, "The Bond", Jerusalem no. 1).
2626
These two letters summarize the Jewish question in Palestine and comment
also on Gandhi's views on the issue.
Greenburg, Hayem. We are treated as subhumans-we are asked to
be superhuman. In NPW 1948 440-445. Orig. pub. in Jewish
Frontier (New York) Mar. 1939.
2627
An abridgment of an article by Hayem Greenburg originally published in
Jewish Frontier (New York) March, 1939. This article was sent to Gandhi for
his comments by the Managing Editor of the magazine. Gandhi reviewed it in an
article originally published in Harijan, May 27, 1939, and reprinted in NPW 1948 :
205-206.
JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
see
JOHANNESBURG IMPRISONMENT
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Jan. 10, 1908.
JOHANNESBURG SATYAGRAHA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Aug. 17, 1908.
356
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
KASHMIR QUESTION
Gandhi, M.K. Implications of war over Kashmir. In CU 1949:
845-846. Orig. pub. H., Jan. 11, 1948.
2628
A post-prayer speech in which he pleaded for amity and good-will among
the people of Pakistan and India on the Kashmir question.
Kashmir, a beacon light. In CU 1949: 844-845. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 11, 1948.
2629
Speaking on the Kashmir dispute Gandhi said, "My sole hope and prayer is
that Kashmir should become a beacon light to this benighted sub-continent."-Ibid.,
p. 845.
Kashmir and Jammu. In CU 1949 842-843. Orig. pub. H.,
:
Jan. 4, 1948.
2630
Expressing his views on the proposal of the division of Kashmir Gandhi said,
"It (proposal) was fantastic." He further added, "It was more than enough that
India had been divided into two."-Ibid., p. 842.
-Kashmir pangs. In CU 1949: 838-839. Orig. pub. H., Nov.
11, 1947.
2631
With regard to the situation in Kashmir Gandhi said, "When the Maharaja
Sahib in his distress wished to accede to the Union, (Indian Union), the Governor-
General could not reject the advance. He and his Cabinet sent troops by air to
Kashmir telling the Maharaja that the accession was provisional upon an impartial
plebiscite being taken of the Kashmiris irrespective of religion. The Maharaja had
wisely appointed Sheikh Abdullah as his Minister with all the powers accruing to the
office."-Ibid., p. 838.
About
Hafizullah, Mohammed. Towards Azad Kashmir. Lahore, Bazam-i-
Froghi-i-Adab, 1948. xii, 170p. map. 22cm.
2632
A Pakistani version of the Kashmir question. Criticises Gandhi's statement
regarding Sheikh Abdullah's appointment as the Chief Minister by the Maharaja of
Kashmir.
India (Dominion). Ministry of External Affairs and Commonwealth
Relations. Documents regarding Kashmir. Washington, D.C., Go-
vernment of India Information Services, 1949. 14p. 23cm. 2633
An Indian version of the Kashmir issue.
Phadke, N.S. Birth-pangs of new Kashmir. Foreword by Sheikh
Mohamed Abdullah. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1948. 34p. 19cm. 2634
Relates in brief the story of the Kashmir question. Sheikh Mohamed
Abdullah, in the foreword to this pamphlet, clarifies further the dispute, and summa-
rizes the salient points of the problem. Gandhi expressed his joy at the appoint-
ment of Abdullah as the Chief Minister of Kashmir. He is now in the prison of
the Government of India. He was arrested because of his statements and activities
against the policies of the Republic of India.
Subject Approach
357
6701
KASTURBA GANDHI
see
KASTURBAI GANDHI
KASTURBAI GANDHI
Gandhi, M.K. Kasturba. In G 1944 5-14.
2635
Relating an intimate life story of his wife Gandhi said, "She was a woman
always of very strong will which in our early days I used to mistake for obstinacy.
But that strong will enabled her to become, quite unwittingly, my teacher in the art
and practice of non-violent non-co-operation." He further added, "We were a
couple outside the ordinary. Ours was a life of contentment, happiness and pro-
gress.”—Ibid., p. 13.
About
Bright, Jagat S. The woman behind Gandhi. Lahore, Paramount
publications, 1944. vi, 160p. 18 cm.
2636
A biography of Kasturbai Gandhi. Appendix includes Gandhi's views on
the problems of women and their status in society.
Morton, Eleanor. Kasturbai Gandhi. In her The women in
Gandhi's life. New York, Dodd, Mead and co., 1953. xiv, 304p.
19cm. p. 13-16, and 244-246.
2637
The life story of Kasturbai and Gandhi. Includes life sketches of other women
who took active part in India's struggle for independence.
Nayyar, Sushila. Kasturba : wife of Gahdhi. Introduction by
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. Pennesylvania, Pendle Hill, 1948.
71p. 19cm.
2638
A personal and intimate study of Kasturbai Gandhi by her disciple, physi-
cian and life long friend. Dr. Nayyar was also imprisoned in the Aga Khan Palace
prison where Kasturbai died.
KHADDAR
see
Parkash, Dewan Ram. Kasturba. Lahore, Dewan publications,
1946. 64p. 19cm.
2639
A brief biographical sketch of Kasturbai, the wife of Gandhi.
Rai, Ganpat. Gandhi and Kasturba: story of their life. Foreword
by Rameshwari Nehru. Lahore, Kasturba memorial publications,
1944. 156p. illus. 19cm.
2640
Biographical sketches and praise of their services to humanity.
KHADI
KHADI (Hand-spun and woven cloth)
Gandhi, M.K. Economics of khadi. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1941. xxii, 627p. 22cm.
2641
358
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
"A collection of all the important writings of Gandhiji on the economics of
khadi, carefully selected and arranged. The subjects discussed include: Boycott
of foreign cloth; Indian mills and khadi; khadi as a corner-stone of Swaraj and a
juster economic order; the place of machinery in the national economy; and
artisans wages, etc."
Gandhi, M.K. Khaddar. In TMG 1945: 343-345.
Gleanings from his writings on the importance of khadi.
-Khadi and spinning. In GWB 1944
45-50.
2643
A collection of extracts from his writings on the importance of spinning to win
India's independence.
Khadi and Swadeshi.
May 30, 1929.
2642
In CPCS 1948 78-79. Orig. pub. YI.,
2644
Defines khadi (hand-spun and woven cloth) and Swadeshi (goods made in
India) and adds, "The law of each country's progress demands on the part of its
inhabitants preference for their own products and manufactures."-Ibid., p. 79.
-The wheel of fortune, appreciation by Dwijendranath Tagore.
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. vii, xiii, 160p. illus. 18cm. 2645
A collection of Gandhi's writings, originally published in Young India on the
significance of khadi. The book is bound in khadi.
-Why only khadi? In CPCS 1948: 76-77. Orig. pub. H., Jan.
20, 1940.
2646
Explaining the importance of khadi Gandhi said, "I identify khadi with non-
violence. Khadi is the chief village handicraft. Kill khadi and you must kill the
villages and with them non-violence."-Ibid., p. 77.
About
All-India Spinners' Association, Ahmedabud. Annual report, 1925-
1940. Ahmedabad, The Association, 1925-40. 22cm.
2647
Gandhi inaugurated the All-India Spinners' Association on September 22, 1925,
at the Patna Congress. It was "established with the consent of the All-India Congress
Committee, as an integral part of the Congress organization, but with independent
existence and powers."-MAHATMA, v. 2: 268.
Dattatraya, Surrendra Mohan. Khaddar movement. In Indian
review (Madras) 23: 178-179. Mar., 1922.
2648
Gives six economic, social, moral and political arguments in favour of Gandhi's
khadi movement.
Gandhi, M.K. How to compete with foreign cloth. Calcutta, The
book co., 1931. xii, 123p. 19 cm.
2649
movement,"
"Study of the position of hand-spinning, hand-weaving and cotton mills in
the economics of cloth production in India."
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. Economics of khaddar.
Ahmedabad,
2650
Navajivan publishing house, 1946. 212p. 201cm.
"Revised second edition......December, 1946."
"Bibliography on Indian hand-spinning and hand-weaving and the khaddar
Subject Approach
359
"First published by S. Ganesan, Madras, India."
"Richard B. Gregg has been studying the khadi movement in a most minute
manner ever since his arrival in India. After a year's labour, he has written a
book on the movement which treat khadi in an almost original manner.”—M.K.
Gandhi.
Indian National Congress. Khaddar Department. Khaddar work in
India. Bombay, The Department, 1922. ii, 103p. 20cm. 2651
A report of the khadi movement in Bombay.
Jaju, Shrikrishandas. The khadi movement. In EP 1952 : 173-202.
2652
Historical sketch of the khadi movement from its beginning in 1916 to 1952.
The movement was started by Gandhi when, after returning from South Africa, he
opened an ashram near Ahmedabad, and in 1916, set up some handlooms there for
weaving cloth.
Pattabhi Sitaramayya, Bhogaraju. I too have spun; being a collec-
tion of notes on spinning. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946. 87p. 19 cm.
2653
An appreciation of spinning by one of Gandhi's close associates and followers.
-On Khaddar. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1931. 62p.
18 cm.
2654
A brief story of the khadi movement and its importance in winning India's
independence.
Puntambekar, S.V. and Varadachari, N.S. Hand-spinning and hand-
weaving an essay. Introduction by M.K. Gandhi. Ahmedabad,
All-India Association, 1926. vi, 235p. 21 cm.
2655
Gandhi in the introduction to this book praises the views expressed by the
author on hand-spinning and hand-weaving.
The
Rao, V.K.R.V. Reasons behind patronage of khaddar. In his
national income of British India, 1931-1932. London, Macmillan and
2656
co., 1940. xiii, 240p. 22cm. p. 189.
One of India's best known economists gives reasons for the patronage of
khaddar. The author himself likes and wears khadi clothes.
Ray, Anil Baran. Khaddar under searchlight. Bombay, Advocate
2657
of India press, 1929. 31p. 19cm.
"Articles written to disillusion my countrymen in the matter of khaddar."-
Preface.
Ray, P.C. Spirit of khaddar as I understand it. In Indian review
2658
(Madras) 23: 769-772. Dec., 1922.
Praises the khadi movement and its role in India's struggle for independence.
Talchekar, V.A. The charkha (spinning wheel) yarn and the superio-
rity of hand-spun yarn etc. Bombay, The author, 1925. xvi, 72p.
2659
19 cm.
Gives reasons for the superiority and durability of hand-spun yarn.
360
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
*
see also
CHARKHA (Spinning wheel)
SWADESHI (Hcme made goods)
KHEDA SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
KHEDA, Mar., 1918.
Khilafat MOVEMENT
Gandhi, M.K. The Khilafat. In CU 1949: 982-986. Orig. pub.
YI., May 14, 1919.
2660
An address Gandhi delivered in the Special meeting of the Anjuman Ziaul
Islam, in Bombay, on July 12, 1919, on the Khilafat issue.
Khilafat and swadeshi. In WF 1922: 5-7.
2661
A criticism of Maulana Hasrat Mohani's objection to link the swadeshi move-
ment with the Khilafat movement, which was purely a religious issue of Muslims.
--Khilafat public meeting in Bombay.
Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 20, 1919.
In CU 1949: 988-990.
2662
English rendering of Gandhi's speech in Gujarati on the resolution on the
threatened disarmament of Turkey. This speech he delivered in a public meeting of
the Muslims of Bombay held on September 18, 1919, at the Mastan Shah Tank to
consider further the questions of the Khilafat and of the preservation of the Holy
Places of Islam.
About
Abbas, M.H. All about he Khilafat, with the views of Mahatma
Gandhi together with full details cf the Indian Khilafat delegation
in Europe headed by Maulana Mohammed Ali. Calcutta, Ray and
Ray Chaudhary, 1922. 368p. 191cm.
2663
Mahatma Gandhi on Khilafat. In his All about the Khilafat;
with the views of Mahatma Gandhi together with full details of the
Indian Khilafat delegation in Europe headed by Maulana Mohammed
Ali. Calcutta, Ray and Ray Chaudhary, 1922. 368p. 191cm.
p.336-356.
2264
Comments on Gandhi's speeches on the Khilafat movement. The speeches
are reproduced.
Ali, Mohammed. Freedom of faith and its price: the case of Messrs.
Shaukat Ali and Mohammed Ali. London, Kensington, 1919. 151p.
19¹cm.
2665
An account of the trial of the Ali Brothers who took an active part in the
Khilafat movement in India. Gandhi gave his full co-operation and thought the
Khilafat cause his own.
Normanton, Helens. The Khilafat question, Madras, S. Ganesan,
1921. 248p. 18 cm. p.195-216.
2666
Subject Approach
361
An account of the Khilafat movement in India. Comments also on Gandhi's
part in it.
Smith, S.C. Khilafat movement. In his Modern Islam in India;
a social approach. Lahore, Minerva book shop, 1943. viii, 399p.
2667
19 cm. p. 224-240.
While relating the story of the Khilafat movement also comments on Gandhi's
contribution to the movement.
Thadani, L.V. ed. The historical trial of the Ali Brothers and five
others. Karachi, R.V. Thadani, 1921. xx, 465, 198p. 214cm. 2668
A full account of the trial and persecution of the Ali Brothers and other leaders
of the Khilafat movement of India.
Zacharias, H.C.E. God or caesar? Poona, A.B. Press, 1919. 19 cm.
2669
"This small pamphlet is a reprint from "The Servant of India", (Poona). It
is a commentary upon the statement made by Maulana Mohomed Ali, while he was
tried in a court of Karachi.” Maulana Mohomed Ali and Gandhi worked togethe r
in the Khilafat movement.
see also
KISAN MOVEMENT
see
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
KOSI IMPRISONMENT
see.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919.
LABOUR AND WORKERS
Gandhi, M.K. Capital and labour. In TMG 1945: 69-70. 2670
A collection of extracts from writings and speeches on capital and labour.
The gospel of labour. In MMG 1945: 113-115.
2671
Gleanings from his writings on the importance of labour in life. Once he
said, “If I had the good fortune to be face to face with one like him (Buddha) I
should not hesitate to ask him why he did not teach the gospel of work in preference
to one of contemplation."-Ibid., p. 114.
About
Chatterjee, Bijo Lall. Gandhi: champion of the proletariat. Intro-
duction by Syama Prasad Mookerjee. Calcutta, Prakashni, 1944.
72p. 19 cm.
2672
Collection of essays, reflecting Gandhi's views and services to workers.
Oza, Dhanwant. Gandhi and labour. Ranpur, The author, 1936.
78p. 191cm.
2673
A treatise on Gandhi's ideas for the betterment of the working class.
362
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
LABOUR MOVEMENTS
see
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
LANDLORDS
see
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
LOCKOUTS
see
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
MACHINERY
Gandhi, M.K. Machinery and man. In TNS 1951: 28-29.
pub. as a preface to the new edition of "Hind Swaraj”, 1938.
Orig.
2674
An account of Gandhi's views on machinery. He said, "Ideally I would rule
out all machinery, even as I would reject this very body, which is not helpful to
salvation, and seek the absolute liberation of the soul. From that point of view I
would reject all machinery, but machines will remain because, like the body they are
inevitable."—Ibid., p. 29.
-Man vs. machine. In
MMG 1945 : 119-123.
2675
Extracts from his writings and speeches on machinery and its relation to man.
Once he said, "What I object to, is the craze for machinery, not machinery as such.
The craze is for what they call labour-saving machinery. Men go on saving labour,
till thousands are without work and thrown on the open streets to die of starva-
tion."-Ibid., p. 119.
About
Archarlu, K.S. Gandhi and machinery. In Calcutta review (Calcutta)
40: 100-105. 1931.
2676
An interpretation of Gandhi's views about machinery and the industrializa-
tion of India.
Frydman, Maurice. Man and machine. In G 1944: 113-120. 2677
A report of a conversation between Gandhi and an industrialist on machinery.
The interview took place at the Sevagram ashram. Reveals Gandhi's ideas about
the installation of heavy machinery in India.
Kumarappa, J.M. Machine and the Mahatma. In Indian review
(Madras) 36: 585-588. Sep., 1935.
2678
A reply to the following question : "Why is Gandhiji opposed to the use of
machinery?”—Ibid., p. 585.
see also
INDUSTRIALIZATION
MANUAL LABOUR
Gandhi, M.K. Intellectual and manual
manual labour. In SG 1948:
279-280.
2679
A reply to the following questions of a correspondent: "Why should we
insist on a Rabindranath or Raman earning his bread by manual labour? Is it
Subject Approach
363
not sheer wastage? Why should not brain workers be considered on a par with
manual workers, for both of them perform useful work?"-Ibid., p. 279.
Gandhi, M.K. Necessity of bodily labour. In TNS 1951: 18.
Orig. pub. YI., Oct. 15, 1925.
2680
An account of views on the necessity of bodily labour.
Why manual training.
Sep. 11, 1937.
Emphasising manual training in education Gandhi said, "True education
is that which draws out and stimulates the spiritual, intellectual and physical facul-
ties of the children.”—Ibid., p. 284.
MARCHES OF GANDHI
see
MARRIAGE OF Gandhi
see
In G 1944: 284. Orig. pub. H.,
2681
GANDHI-TOURS AND MARCHES
GANDHI-MARRIAGE
P
MEDICINE
Gandhi, M.K. Key to health. Translated from Gujarati by Sushila
Nayyar. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948. xxvi,
83p. 8cm.
2682
This book was written originally in Gujarati when Gandhi was imprisoned in
the Aga Khan palace prison, in Poona, India, during 1942-1944. These chapters
deal with subjects such as the human body, air, water, food, intoxicants, and natural
therapeutics. Interprets Gandhi's views on medicine.
-Natural therapeutics. In his KH 1948: 57-83.
2683
A collection of five brief chapters on Natural therapeutics. "These chapters
were written," Gandhi said, “in order to introduce the reader to this most important
branch of therapeutics and tell him how I have made use of these methods in my own
life."—Ibid., p. 57.
About
Bajaj, Kamalnayan. Khadi cap and earth poultice. In RG 1951:
26-30.
2684
Giving an account of his first meeting with Gandhi at the age of 5 or 6, the
author narrates an incident as a personal testimony to the efficacy of nature cure
methods and especially the ‘earth treatment' on which Gandhi pinned his faith to a
great extent.
Gandhi, Kanu Narandas. Doctor and teacher. In RG 1951 : 101-
104.
2685
Reminiscences relating Gandhi's views on medicine.
Nayyar, Sushila.
Medicine for the masses. In G 1944: 159-163.
2686
An interpretation of Gandhi's views on medicine by his personal physician
and disciple,
364
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Phillip, P.O. Mahatma spurns Western medicine. In Christian
century (Chicago) 56: 520. Apr. 18, 1939.
2687
In an interview with Dr. Chesterman, medical secretary of the English Baptist
mission, Gandhi said, “Do not try to transplant the entire system of Western medicine
in India."
Quecke, Kurt. Mahatma Gandhi und seine stellung zur medizin.
In Zeitschrift fur praktische heilkunde (Stuttgart) 21: 167-169 1950.
2688
An interpretation in German of Gandhi's views on medicine.
Schreiber, George. Mahatma Gandhi: hygieniste et medecin. In
Presse medicale (Paris) 58: 1493-1494 1950.
2689
Explains in French Gandhi's ideas on hygiene and medicine.
MINORITIES
(The minorities in India include Muslims, Sikhs, Christians, Jews, Anglo-
Indians, Jains, Buddhists, Untouchables, Parsis and Aborigines. Gandhi preached
and worked all his life through his Constructive Programme to unite them into one
Indian nation and to convince them that the Indian National Congress was the only
National organization which they could call their own and which fought for their
rights and independence against the "Divide and Rule" policy of the British
Government. A few selected entries listed below are not annotated but all of
them either praise or criticise Gandhi's views on the minorities' problem).
Gandhi, M.K. The Congress and the minorities. In NV 1947.
26-31.
2690
Speech delivered at the Minorities Committee of the Round table conference,
London, 1931.
-The minorities question. In CU 1949: 190-191. Orig. pub.
YI., Nov. 5, 1931.
2691
Appeals to the minorities to support the Indian National Congress of which
Gandhi said, "The Congress is not only the biggest organization, but is the most
predominant organization, an organization which alone has fought for freedom.".
Ibid., p. 190.
The minorities in Pakistan. In CU 1949 809-810. Orig. pub.
H., Oct. 19, 1947.
2692
Views on the pitiable condition of Hindus and Sikhs in Pakistan.
-Negation of democracy. In NV 1947: 36-42.
2693
Speech delivered at the last meeting of the Minorities Committee of the
Round Table Conference, held in London, 1931.
Protect minorities. In CU 1949 789-797. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 12, 1947.
2694
Suggests two ways of protecting minorities in Pakistan. "The best way,”
Gandhi said, "was that Qaid-e-Azam Jinnah and his Ministers should inspire the
minorities with confidence as to their safety so that they might not have to look to
the sister Dominion."—Ibid., p. 796.
Subject Approach
365
Gandhi, M.K. Protection of minorities. In CU 1949 : 701-702.
Orig. pub. H., Aug. 10, 1947.
2695
An account of Gandhi's views on the treatment of minorities in the Indian
Union.
-Role of the minorities. In CU 1949: 737-738. Orig. pub. H.,
Sep. 7, 1947.
2696
Answer to the question whether other minorities, such as the Bengalis of
Bihar, would have recognition as religious minorities in India. In Gandhi's "opinion
an Indian was a citizen of India enjoying equal rights in every part of India. There-
fore, a Bengali had every right in Bihar as a Bengali. But he wished to emphasize
that a Bengali must merge in the Bihari."-Ibid., p. 737.
About
Ambedkar, Bhimrao, Ramji. States and minorities, what are their
rights and how to secure them in the constitution of free India. Bombay,
Published by C. Murphy for Thacker, 1947. 79p. 19cm.
2697
While examining the rights of the minorities in the Princely States in India, the
author also comments on Gandhi's views on the subject.
Chinna, Durai Jesudasen. The Mohammedans and other minorities.
In his Choice before India. London, Jonathan Cape, 1941. 225p.
19cm. p.133-156.
2698
Dalal, Manockji Nadirshaw. Whither minorities? Bombay, D.B.
Taraporavala and co., 1940. ix, 218p. tables. 22cm.
2699
"Short bibliographical note”: p. 208.
A study of the minority problem in India.
•
Desai, A.R. The problem of nationalities and minorities. In his
Social background of Indian nationalism. Bombay, New York,
Indian Branch, Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p. 22cm.
(University of Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2.) 2700
Ghurye, G.S. Aborigines “so called”—and their future. Poona,
Gokhale institute of politics and economics, 1943. xv, 232p. (Ins-
titute of politics and economics publication nɔ. 11).
2701
A sober study of the various hill tribes in India. Also comments on Gandhi's
plan for their welfare.
Krishna, Katragadda Bala. The problem of minorities; or Communal
representation in India. London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd., 1939.
359p. 22cm.
2702
Discusses communal representation for the minorities and supports Gandhi's
arguments against it.
Mookerji, Radhakumud. Problem of Indian minorities. In Indian
review (Madras) 31: 225-231. Apr., 1930.
2703
A general account of the problem of minorities in India.
:
366
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Ram, Chandrika. Plan for harijans (untouchables) and other back-
ward classes. Foreword by N.V. Gadgil. New Delhi, Bhartiya
Depressed classes league, 1951. 52p. 19cm.
2704
While proposing a plan for the uplift of untouchables, the author praise
Gandhi's constant efforts for their betterment.
Singh, Mohinder. Depressed classes; their economic and social condi-
tion. Introduction by Radhakamal Mukerjee. Bombay, Hind
kitabs, 1947. xv, 213, xlp. 19cm.
2705
"This book-a Ph.D. thesis-is an intensive, first-hand investigation into
the socio-economic conditions of the depressed classes which enables their problems
to be stated in all its complexity as well as urgency." Praises also Gandhi's efforts
to improve the lot of untouchables and depressed classes in India.
Thakkar, A.V. The problem of aborigines in India. Poona, Gokhale
institute of politics and economics, 1941. 37p. 19cm. (R.R. Kale
memorial lectures, 1941).
2706
A reliable account of the social, economic and cultural conditions of aborig-
ines in India. Comments also on their problems and suggests solutions.
see also
MISSIONARIES-CHRISTIAN
see
COMMUNAL AWARD
COMMUNALISM
HARIJANS (Untouchables)
CHRISTIANITY
MONTAGUE-CHELMSFORD PRoposals
see
INDIAN REFORMS
MOPLAH REVOLT
Gandhi, M.K. Hindus and Moplahs. In CU 1949: 21-24. Orig.
pub. YI., Jan. 26, 1922.
2707
Criticism of Maulana Hasrat Mohanis' part in the Moplah revolt and his
attitude towards Hinduism. Gandhi commented on the revolt because in Malabar
Muslims killed Hindus. He pleaded for unity among them.
About
Gopalan, Nayar C. The Moplah rebellion. Calicut, The author,
1921. 219p. 19cm.
2708
A story of the Moplah rebellion against Hindus. Comments on Gandhi's
views on the tragedy.
Natesan, G.A. Moplah outrages. In Indian review (Madras) 22:
544. Sep., 1921.
2709
Subject Approach
367
An account of the "heart-rending situation in Malabar". Quotes from articles
in the Indian social reformer (Bombay) which criticises Gandhi and his colleagues
who condemned the cruel treatment of Hindus by Moplahs in Malabar, India.
see also
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
ISLAM
MORALS
see
GANDHI-ETHICAL PHILOSOPHER
RELIGION AND MORALS
MOTHER INDIA (Controversial book by Katherine Muyo)
Gandhi, M.K. Katherine Mayo's "Mother India". In MAHATMA
v. 2: 381 384.
2710
"
Katherine Mayo's "Mother India" is a very controversial book. "Practi-
cally every newspaper in India denounced the book and it was said that Miss Mayo
had been subsidized to write it in order to degrade Indians in the eyes of the world,
and to prejudice her case for self-government." The most slashing comment came
from the pen of Gandhi. He said, "The book is cleverly and powerfully written.
'The carefully chosen quotations give it the appearance of a truthful book. But the
impression it leaves on my mind is that it is the report of a drain inspector sent out
with one purpose of opening and examining the drains of the country to be reported
upon, or to give a graphic description of the stench exuded by the opened drains.”
-Ibid., p. 381.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. The true India; a plea for understanding.
London, G. Allen and Unwin ltd.,1939. 251p. 20cm.
2711
Clarification and corrections of some of the facts about the social conditions
in India exaggerated by Katherine Mayo in her "Mother India". He also replies
to Miss Mayo's criticism of Gandhi.
Clark, Alden H. Open letter to Miss Mayo. In Indian review
(Madras) 29: 96-104. Feb., 1928.
2712
A criticism of Miss Mayo's "Mother India”.
Craske, M. Edith. Sister India: one solution of the problems of
"Mother India". London, The Religious tract society, 1930. xv
107p. 19 cm.
2713
The authoress who had a four-months medical tour in India, records her im-
pressions in the light of the social problems mentioned in "Mother India".
Douglas, Norman. Good-bye to Western culture; some footnotes on
East and West. New York, Harper, 1930. 241p. 193cm.
2714
Comments also on "Mother India".
Field, Harry H. After Mother India; being an examination of Mother
India, of the first nine volumes written in reply thereto, and other criti-
cism, together with certain new evidence mostly from Indian sources.
London, Jonathan Cape, 1929. 299p. 21cm.
2715
368
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Some opinions about "Mother India". In his
Unhappy India; being a reply to Miss Katherine Mayo's "Mother
India". Calcutta, Banna publishing co., 1928. lxx, 536p. 19cm.
2716
The opinions and reviews included are from: Rabindranath Tagore, A.H.
Clark, Lord Sinha, James H. Cousins, Dr. N. Macnicol, P. O. Phillip, A.B. Van
Doran, Margaret E. Cousins, E. Stanley Jones, Edward Thompson, D.F. McCelland,
C.P. Ramaswami Aiyar, J.C. Wedgwood, D. Graham Pole, Lord Lytton, H.S.L.
Polak and a few others.
-Unhappy India; being a reply to Miss Katherine Mayo's
"Mother India". Calcutta, Banna publishing co., 1928. lxx,
536p. 19cm.
2717
Label mounted over imprint: New York, H.G. Govil, inc.
"First printed May, 1928; reprinted, June, 1928. Revised. December, 1928;
Popular ed. December, 1928.”
A fair and balanced criticism of "Mother India" by one of the best known
pioneer nation builders. Authorities are quoted. Appendix I of this book is parti-
cularly valuable as it reprints some opinions about "Mother India" from various
books, newspapers and periodicals.
Mayo, Katherine. The face of "Mother India".
London, Harper and Brothers, 1935. illus. 235p.
New York and
33cm. 2718
This illustrated story with forty-one pages of text and four hundred and six
pictures is a younger sister of the authoress's "Mother India". The photographs
are selective, representing only India's ills.
-Mother India. New York, Harcourt, Brace and company, 1927.
xiv, 440p. 211cm.
2719
One of the most controversial books ever written on India's social and poli-
tical problems. In reply to her criticism of Gandhi, and India's social, econòmic
and political problems, about a dozen books and numerous articles have already been
written. Gandhi in his review of this book named it ‘a drain inspector's report."
Mukerji, Dhan Gopal. Son of Mother India answers. New York,
Dutton, 1928. 9-112p. 19 cm.
2720
A fair and balanced reply to "Mother India" by one who was born in India
and lived most of his life in the United States.
Natarajan, K. Miss Mayo's "Mother India": a rejoinder. Madras,
Natesan and co., 1930. viii, 135p. 19cm.
2721
A reply to "Mother India" and Gandhi's criticism.
Ranga Iyer, C.S. Father India; a reply to "Mother India". London,
Selwyn and Blount ltd., 1928. 207p. 19cm.
2722
"First printed November 1927....this is the tenth reprint, February, 1928."
A sober and authoritative reply to Mayo's "Mother India" by a member of
the Indian Legislative Assembly.
Subject Approach
369
Sister India: a critical examination of and a reasoned reply to Miss
Katherine Mayo's "Mother India", by World Citizen. Bombay,
Sister India office, 1928. v, 242, xiip. 19cm.
2723
A picture of the social and political ills of India and their causes.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. "Mother India". In UI 1928: 487-
492.
2724
Full text of the letter to the Editor of the Manchester Guardian weekly (London)
written from Bali on October 14, 1927 as a reply to "Mother India". Tagore called
the book, "a most unjustifiable attack".-Ibid., p. 487.
Turnbull, H.G. Dalway. Miss Mayo and her critics. In Fortnightly
review (London) 131: 355-369. Mar., 1929.
2725
A review of the reviews of "Mother India". Article is valuable because it
throws a flood of light on both sides of the controversy.
Wood, E.F.L. Viscount Halifax. An English man defends "Mother
India"; a complete constructive reply to "Mother India". Madras,
Ganesh and co., 1929. x, 468p. 194cm.
2726
"This book is a reply to the assertions made in Miss Katherine Mayo's 'Mother
India'."-Indroduction.
see also
INDIA-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
MOTIHARI IMPRISONMENT
see
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Apr. 17, 1917.
MUSLIM-HINDU UNITY
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
MUSLIM LEAGUE NEGOTIATIONS
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
NATIONAL FLAG OF INDIA
see
INDIA-FLAG
NATIONAL LANGUAGE
Gandhi, M.K. Foreign medium of instruction. In TMG 1945:
222-225.
2727
A collection of Gandhi's views on India's proposed national language.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. The medium of instruction, with a fore-
370
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
word by Mahatma Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1942. 55p-
19cm.
2728
Supports Gandhi's views that India's national language should be Hindustani.
Ahmed, Zainul A., comp. National language for India; a symposium.
Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1941. 299p. 18 cm. (Half-title: Kitabistan
series, no. 1).
2729
Includes Gandhi's views on the national language of India.
Das Gupta, Arun Chandra. Bapu on national language. In RG
1951: 66-68.
2730
Interpretation of Gandhi's ideas about the national language of India.
Nag, D.S., ed. Medium of education: a symposium. Bombay,
National information and publications, 1948. x, 57p. 19 cm. 2731
Collection of articles on the medium of education by a few well-known educa-
tors in India. Includes Gandhi's views also.
Nanavati, Amritlal. The Hindustani prachar movement, (Common
national language). In EP 1952: 256-260.
2732
Views on Gandhi's formal proposal for the national language for India. The
Hindustani prachar movement was started by Gandhi.
Prasad, Jawala. Common language and script for India. In Indian
review (Madras) 40: 649-652. Oct., 1939.
2733
Supports Gandhi's views of adopting Hindustani as the national language but
emphasises having the Roman character as the common script so that all people
in India can write and understand.
Sharma, Swaminath. Lingua Indiana. Bombay, Nalanda publica-
tions, 1947. iv, 58p. 194cm.
2734
A brief study of the problem of adopting India's national language. Com-
ments also on Gandhi's proposal for Hindustani.
see also
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI QUESTION
NATIONAL MOVEMENT
see
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
NATIONALISM IN INDIA
INDIA-NATIONALISM
NAVAJIVAN (Weekly)
see
PART III, SECTION 3. PERIODICALS GANDHI Edited and
SPONSORED
NAYEE TALIM (new education)
see
BASIC EDUCATION.
Subject Approach
371
NEHRU ON GANDHI
see
NEWCASTLE SATYAGRAHA
see
see
1
NEW DELHI Fast
see
PART II SECTION 2. GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES
NINETEEN-FORTY-TWO
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGN-SOUTH AFRICA
NEWCASTLE Satyagraha, Oct. 28, 1913.
NOAKHALI
see
see
FASTS-INDIA
NEW DELHI FAST, Jan. 13, 1948.
OPIUM
see
NON-VIOLENCE
"QUIT INDIA", CAMPAIGN, 1942.
GANDHI-TOURS AND MARCHES
Ahimsa (non-violence)
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERATION
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERATION, 1921.
OPEN LETTERS TO GANDHI
see
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE (General),
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
PACIFISM
Gandhi, M.K. For pacifists. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1949. viii, 106p. 21 cm.
2735
A collection of his writings and extracts from his important speeches on
pacifism. Some of its material is also covered by "Non-violence in peace and war”,
published by the same firm.
About
Brown, H. Runham. Gandhi and pacifism. In RG 1951: 51-52.
2736
372
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Glowing tribute from a pacifist to a pacifist. The author also relates his asso-
ciations with Gandhi for twenty-five years.
Nigam, Salig Ram. World peace and the new order. Foreword by
V.S. Ram. Lucknow, Universal publishers, 1947. ix, 215p. 19cm.
2737
A scientific study of the peace problem. Comments also on Gandhi's philo-
sophy of non-violence.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvapalli. Is this peace? Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1950. 72p. 19cm.
2738
"In this short book India's philosopher examines with detachment and
objectivity all that the last stages of the War and the subsequent "Peace" have
brought upon humanity." Briefly comments on Gandhi's approach to peace.
see also
Ahimsa (non-violence)
PAKISTAN
(Failure of the Gandhi-Jinnah negotiations is one of the most important rea-
sons for the partition of India or the formation of Pakistan. No account of the
origin of Pakistan is complete without commenting on the pre-partition talks bet-
ween Gandhi and Jinnah and other leaders of India. To avoid unnecessary repeti-
tion not all the entries listed below are annotated, but the authors either praise or
criticse Gandhi's stand regarding Pakistan).
Gandhi, M.K. Jinnah Sahib's assurances. In CU 1949: 674-676.
Orig. pub. H., Jul. 27, 1947.
2739
Comments on Jinnah's statement about the policies towards minorities in
Pakistan.
-Pakistan.
In TMG 1945: 429-438.
2740
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on Jinnah's demand for the forma-
tion of Pakistan.
-Pakistan and ahimsa. In CU 1949: 316. Orig. pub. H., Aug. 4,
1940.
2741
Reply to the following question put to Gandhi by a Gujarati Muslim : “I
am a believer in ahimsa (non-violence) as well as Pakistan. How can I use the
ahimsa principle for the realization of my ideal?"—Ibid.,
p. 316.
-Pakistan at last. In CU 1949: 636-639. Orig. pub. H., Jun.
15, 1947.
2742
Comments on the Government of India's announcement on the evening of
June 3, 1947, regarding the definite decision on India's partition and the formation
of Pakistan.
-Put Pakistan on the screen. In CU 1949: 639-640. Orig. pub.
H., Jun. 15, 1947.
2743
"Now that the Qaid-e-Azam (M.A. Jinnah) hss got what he wanted," Gandhi
said, "it is up to him to give the world the shape of Pakistan and make it attractive
in word and action.”—Ibid., p. 639.
Subject Approach
373
Gandhi, M.K. To the protagonists of Pakistan. Edited by Anand
T. Hingorani. Karachi, The editor, 1947. xvi, 268p. port. 23cm.
(Gandhi series, vol. 5)
2744
Contains what Gandhi said and wrote about Pakistan and Hindu-Muslim
unity since the proposal for Pakistan put forward by the Muslim League. The
material in this book is also covered by "Communal unity", published by Navajivan
publishing house, 1949.
War between India and Pakistan. In CU 1949: 789-790. Orig.
pub. H., Oct., 5, 1947.
2745
A post-prayer discourse in which Gandhi said, "If Pakistan persistently refused
to its proved error and continued to minimize it, the Indian Union Government
would have to go to war against it.”—Ibid., p. 789.
About
Adhikari, Gangadhar M. Pakistan and national unity, with a foreword
by Ben Bradley. London, Labour Party, 1943. 32p. 19cm. 2746
A speech and a resolution on Pakistan and national unity presented to the
Communist party of India at a meeting held in September, 1942.
Ahmad, Jamiluddin. Through Pakistan to freedom. Lahore, Moha-
mmad Ashraf, 1947. vi, 113p. 18cm.
2747
An account of the C.R. Formula and the Gandhi-Jinnah negotiations.
Ahmad, Khan A. The founder of Pakistan, through trial to triumph.
Cambridge, England, Printed by W. Heffer and sons, 1942. 38p.
illus. 21 cm.
2748
Campbell-Johnson, Alan. Mission
Robert Hale, 1952. xiv, 383p. 24cm.
Ambedkar, Bhimrao Ramji. Pakistan or partition of India.
Thacker and company, 1945. xiv, 481p. maps. 24 cm.
Ansari, Shaukat Ullah. Pakistan the problem of India.
Minerva book shop, 1944. vi, 131p. 19cm.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Pakistan. In his Subject India. New York,
The John Day co., 1943. viii, 274p. illus. 19cm. p. 103-110.
2751
A short account of the origin and development of the proposal for Pakistan.
Brittain, Vera Mary. Pakistan. In her Search after sunrise. Lon-
2752
don, Macmillan, 1951. 270p. 23cm. p. 231-246.
London,
2753
with Mountbatten.
Bombay,
2749
Lahore,
2750
American edition published by Dutton, New York, in 1953.
Day to day record of the division of India and the formation of Pakistan.
Chandra, Kailash. Tragedy of Jinnah. Lahore, Sharma publications,
1941. xii, 280p. 191cm.
2754
Chaudhurani, Binayendra Mohan. What is Pakistan? The case for
Pakistan; and the case against Pakistan. In his The Muslim politics
374
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
in India. Calcutta, Orient book co., 1946. vii, 104p. 191cm.
p. 58-85.
2755
Dalal, Sir Ardeshir Rustomji. An alternative to Pakistan. New Delhi,
Indian council of world affairs; Bombay, London, Oxford university
press, 1945. 12p. 18cm. (India and the world, no. 4). 2756
Durrani, F. Khan. The meaning of Pakistan. Lahore, Mohammad
Ashraf, 1944. x, 227p. 22cm.
2757
Gandhi goes on a last mission. In Christian century (Chicago) 64:
987. Aug. 20, 1947.
2758
An editorial note on Gandhi's proposal to settle down in Pakistan instead
of in India.
Gauba, Khalid Latif. The consequences of Pakistan. Lahore, Lion
press, 1946. xi, 293p. 18cm.
2759
A mournful prophecy of Pakistan and its consequences, as imagined by the
author exactly one year before its establishment.
Inside Pakistan. Delhi, Rajkamal publications, 1948. x, 279p
19cm.
2760
Ikbal Ali Shah, Sirdar. Pakistan: a plan for India. Foreword by
Alfaqir Syed Iqbal Nuqshbundi. London, Quality press, 1944. 44p.
211cm.
2761
A plea for the formation of Pakistan.
Jinnah, Mohammed Ali. India's problem of her future constitution;
All-India Muslim League's Lahore resolution properly known as
"Pakistan"; an unbiased, scientific and analytical study, being a collec-
tion of essays by various authors. Bombay, M.H. Saiyid, 1940.
2, 152p. 241cm.
2762
Preface signed: M.A. Jinnah.
Important source book on Pakistan as it includes the Lahore resolution, and
other speeches of well-known Muslim leaders supporting it. See also under Saiyid,
M.H., ed.
Kabir, Humayun. Muslim politics, 1906-1942. Culcutta, Gupta
Rehman and Gupta, 1944. 61p. 19cm.
2763
A nationalist Muslim expresses his views about the proposal for Pakistan.
Karim, Rezaul. Pakistan examined, with the partition scheme of
Dr. Abdul Latif, Sir Sikandar Hayat Khan and others. Foreword by
Maulvi Syed Nausher Ali. Calcutta, Book company, 1941. vi, 167p.
18cm.
2764
Kaushik, B.G. House that Jinnah built. Bombay, Padma publica-
tions, 1944. ii, 148p. 22cm.
2765
A critical study of Jinnah's Two Nation Theory and Pakistan.
Khanna, Meherchand. Pakistan ; a Hindu view. New York, Institute
of Pacific relations, 1942. 32p. 191cm.
2766
Subject Approach
375
Khosla, Gopal Das. Stern reckoning a survey of the events leading
up to and following the partition of India. New Delhi, Bhawnani
2767
and sons, 1952. viii, 350p.
This "book is intended to give the reader a survey of the events leading up to
the partition of India and an account of the wide-spread disturbances which took
place in the Punjab, North-West Frontier Province and Sind during the year 1947."
Kripalani, Acharya Jiwatram Bhagwandas. Fateful year; being the
speeches and writings during the year of Presidentship of Congress.
2768
Bombay, Vora and co., 1948. 150p. 19cm.
In the eventful year 1947 India won her freedom and at the same time was
divided. During this critical year the author was the President of the Indian National
Congress, the only party in the country which shouldered the formidable task of
grappling with all the problems that arose. Hence his writings and speeches have
not only a historical importance, but they also reveal the issues which finally could not
be settled and led to the formation of Pakistan.
Kulkarni, V.B. Is Pakistan necessary? Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1944.
109p. 22cm.
2769
Madni, Hussain Ahmed. An open letter to the Muslim League.
Lahore, Dewan's publications, 1946. 101p. 19cm.
2770
This letter was written in connection with the Muslim League's demand for
Pakistan.
Meherally, Yusuf Jaffar. A trip to Pakistan. Bombay, Padma pub-
lications, 1944. 135p. 21 cm.
2771
A nationalist Muslim's views about the proposal for Pakistan.
Mukherji, S. Communalism in Muslim politics and troubles over
India. Introduction by P.N. Banerjee. Calcutta, Oriental agency,
1947. vii, 171p. 191cm.
2772
An account of the political intrigue leading to a movement for separate
electorates and culminating in the demand for a separate state of Pakistan.
Munshi, Kanaiyalal Maneklal. Akhand Hindustan. Bombay, New
book co., 1942. 273p. 194cm.
2773
Gandhi's close associate pleads for a United India and opposes the proposal
for Pakistan.
Muslim demand for Pakistan, by an Indian Muslim politician. New
York, Institute of Pacific relations, 1942. 32p. 19cm. 2774
New chance in India. In New republic (New York) 8:93. Jul. 24,
1944.
2775
Editorial comments on Gandhi's statement in which he said that the Hindus
would not oppose the creation of a separate Muslim state under certain conditions.
Passage home. In Time (Chicago) 49:39. Jun. 16, 1947. 2776
Editorial note on Gandhi's reluctant acceptance of the project for the forma-
tion of Pakistan,
376
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
8
Prasad, Rajendra. India divided. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946.
ix-ixv, 427p. 3 maps. diagrs., 25cm.
2777
A treatise on the partition of India and the formation of a new state.
-The League demand. Calcutta, New age publishers, 1945. 24p.
19cm.
2778
Collection of articles originally published in the Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
during January and February, 1946.
Pakistan; a reply to the various schemes for the division of India
into several states. Bombay, Allied publishers, 1940. 64p. 19cm.
(Vanguard booklets, no. 2)
2779
Rai, Ganpat, ed. Pakistan x-rayed. Lahore, National publishers
and stationers, 1946. 115p. 22cm.
2780
Shah, Khushal Talaksi. Why Pakistan? And why not? Being a
Socratic discussion on the ethics, economics and politics of the pro-
posal for Pakistan. Bombay, N. Raj Vashi for Pratibha publications,
1944. viii, 284p. 19cm. (Pratibha publications no. 3). 2781
Suleri, Zia-ud-din Ahmed. My leader; being an estimate of Mr.
Jinnah's work for Indian Mussalmans. 2d ed. Lahore, Lion press,
1945. ii, 195p. 18 cm.
2782
A biography of M.A. Jinnah, the founder of Pakistan. Also relates Jinnah's
association with Gandhi when he was a member of the Indian National Congress
and his opposition of Gandhi after he joined the Muslim League and became its
President.
--The road to peace and Pakistan. Lahore, M. Ashraf, 1944.
xiv, 127p. 18cm.
2783
A plea for Pakistan.
Tyabji, Hussain Badruddin. Why Mussalmans should oppose Pakis-
tan? Bombay, Padma publications, 1946. 30p. 19cm. (India
affairs series, no. 3).
2784
An Indian Muslim opposes the formation of Pakistan.
Vairanapillai, M.S. Are we two nations? Nationalities in Indian
politics; a scientific and non-partisan approach. Lahore, Herbert
Milton Williams, 1946. xvi, 316p. 19cm.
2785
The book is a reply to inquiries of those who believe that the Hindus and
Muslims belong to two different nations. Opposes the formation of Pakistan and
quotes Gandhi's views on the subject.
Wheeler, Post. Pakistan. In his India against the storm. New York,
Books inc., dis.ributed by E.P. Dutton and co., 1944. 350p. 21cm.
p. 315-325.
2786
Impressions on the proposal for the formation of Pakistan.
Yar Jung, Nawab Nazir, ed. Pakistan issue; being the correspondence
between Dı. Ş.A. Lateef, Pt. Nehru, Maulana Azad, Rajendra Prasad,
Subject Approach
377
Jinnah, etc. Lahore, Muhammad Ashraf, 1943. xxxvi, 159p. 19cm.
2787
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
PALESTINE
see
ARAB-JEWISH QUESTION
PALMFORD IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
PALMFORD IMPRISONMENT, Nov. 6, 1913.
Parents of GANDHI
see
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND CHILDHOOD.
PARTITION OF INDIA
see
INDIA-PARTITION
PARTITION OF BENGAL
see
ANARCHISM
PESHAWAR TRAGEDY
see
Satyagraha AND PATHANS
PATRIOTISM IN INDIA
see
INDIA-NATIONALISM
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
Gandhi, M.K. The coolie problem of Assam. In TNS 1951: 114-
115. Orig. pub. H., Jun. 1, 1934.
2788
A reply to a correspondent who brought to Gandhi's notice the pitiable con-
ditions of the coolies in Assam.
Kisan sabha. In TMG 1945: 352-343. Orig. pub. H., Apr.
23, 1938.
2789
An account of Gandhi's views on different organizations of peasants and farm
workers.
-Kisans (peasants). In TNS 1951: 116-117. Orig. pub. in
Constructive Programme, item no. 14.
2790
Explains the importance of awakening the peasantry, which form 80 per cent
of India's population, to win Swaraj (complete independence). Gandhi added,
373
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
"When they (peasants) will become conscious of their non-violent strength no power
on earth can resist them."-Ibid., p. 116.
Gandhi, M.K. Kisans and Zimindars. In TNS 1951: 127-129.
Orig. pub. H., Apr. 23, 1938.
2791
Views on the relationship between peasants and landlords.
-Recruiting evil. In TNS 1951 113. Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 2,
2792
1926.
A reply to a correspondent who complains about the method of recruitment
of coolies by an agent of the Assam Tea Planters.
To the kisans of the U.P. In TNS 1951: 117-120. Orig. pub.
YI., May 28, 1931.
2793
Advice to the peasants of the Uttar Pradesh to settle their disputes with
their landlords non-violently.
To the U.P. Zamindars. In TNS 1951: 121-123. Orig. pub.
YI., May 28, 1931.
2794
A plea that the Zamindars (landlords) should recognize the correctness of the
peasants' position and make a corresponding change in their outlook.
-To the Zamindars. In TMG 1945: 617-620.
An account of his views on the rights and duties of landlords in India.
About
Gandhi-the first stage. In Spectator (London) 144: 563-564.
Apr. 5, 1930.
2796
An account of Gandhi's efforts to bring about a reasonable settlement for the
peasants of Kaira, a district of Gujarat.
2795
Gangulee, Nangendranath. The Indian peasants and its environment;
the Linlithgow commission and after; with a foreword by Sir Stanley
Reed. London, New York H. Milford, Oxford university press, 1935.
xxvi, 230p. plates, ports., 22cm.
2797
The Government of India's version of the social and economic conditions of
the peasants of India.
Joshi, Puran Chandra. Among kisan patriots. Bombay, Printed by
S.A. Ali, at New age printing press and published by him for Peoples'
publishing house, 1944. 15p. illus. 24 cm.
2798
A communistic version of the social and economic conditions of the peasants
in India.
Maharashtra Provincial Congress Committee, Poona. Report of the
Peasant enquiry committee of the Maharashtra provincial Congress.
Committee. Poona, The committee, 1936. iv, 107p. 21 cm. 2799
Ranga, N.G. Four crore artisans hail the Gandhian plan. Bombay,
Hind kitabs, 1945. 22p. 19cm.
2800
An interpretation and praise of Gandhi's plan for the economic and social
uplift of workers and peasants in India,
Subject Approach
379
+
Ranga, N.G.
and Swami Sahajanand Saraswathi. History of the
kisan movement. Madras, All-India kisan publications, 1939. ii, 143p.
ports. 18cm.
2801
The authors are kisan movement leaders and carried out Gandhi's programme
for the uplift of peasants and workers. This book gives a history of the origin
and development of the peasant movement in India.
United Provinces Congress Committee, Allahabad. Agrarian distress
in the United Provinces. Allahabad, The Committee, 1931. 275p.
21cm.
2802
The United Provinces Congress Committee made this report in the light of
Gandhi's programme for the betterment of peasants and workers.
PH. D. THESES SUBMITTED ON GANDHIAN PHILOSOPHY
AND HIS STRUGGLE FOR INDIA'S INDEPENDENCE
(The entries are not annotated as they are also listed
under their subjects duly annotated).
Braisted, Paul Judson. Indian nationalism and the Christian colleges.
New York, Association press, 1935. xii, 171p. 23 cm.
2803
Thesis (Ph. D.)—Columbia University, 1935.
"Selected bibliography": p. 163-171.
Desai, A.D. Social background of Indian nationalism. Bombay,
New York, Indian Branch, Oxford university press, 1948. xv, 415p.
22cm. (University of Bombay publications. Sociology series, no. 2).
2804
Thesis (Ph. D.)—University of Bombay.
Bibliography: p. 399-406.
Desai, Lelita Manibhai. Proposals for the development of education
in India, derived from a synthesis of occidental and oriental sources.
Ann Arbor, 1948.
2805
Microfilm copy of typewritten manuscript made in 1949 by University Micro-
films (Publication no. 1099) Positive.
Collation of the original : 258p. maps. diagrs.
Thesis (Ph.D.)-University of Michigan.
Includes bibliographies.
Dhavan, Gopinath. The political philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi.
2d ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. viii, 407p.
22cm.
2806
First edition published in 1946 by Popular Book Depot, Bombay, with a
foreword by Sir S. Radhakrishnan.
"Based on the author's unpublished thesis (Lucknow University).
"Selected bibliography", : p. 391-395.
MacCully, Bruce Tiebout. English education and the origin of
Indian nationalism. New York, Columbia university press; London,
380
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
P.S. King and son, ltd., 1940. 418p. (Half-title: Studies in history,
economics and public law, edited by the Faculty of political science
of Columbia University, no. 473).
2807
Issued also as thesis Ph. D. Columbia University, 1940.
Bibliography: p. 397-408.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. War without violence; the sociology
of Gandhi's satyagraha. Preface by Oswald Garrison Villard. New
York, Harcourt, Brace and Company; London, V. Gollancz, 1939.
xi, 351p. illus. map. 211cm.
2808
Thesis (Ph. D.)-Columbia University.
"Selected bibliography according to chapters": p. 325-332.
Shrimali, Kalulal. The Wardha scheme; the Gandhian plan for rural
India. Udaipur, (Rajasthan), Vidya Bhavan Society, 1949. xviii,
2809
310p. 19cm.
Thesis (Ph.D.)-Columbia University.
Bibliography: p. 298-308.
Singh, Mohinder. Depressed classes; their economic and social condi-
tion. Introduction by Radhakamal Mukerjee. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
2810
1947. xv, 213, xlp. 19cm.
Thesis (Ph.D.)
"This book, a Ph. D. thesis, is an intensive, first-hand investigation into the
socio-economic conditions of the depressed classes which enables their problems
to be stated in all its complexity as well as urgency."-Ibid. Estimates Gandhi's
efforts to improve the lot of untouchables and other depressed classes in India.
Topa, Isvaranath. The growth and development of national thought
2811
in India. Hamburg, J.J. Augustine, 1928. xiv, 167p. 24cm.
Thesis (Ph. D.)-Albert-Ludwig University (Freiburg).
PICKETING
see
BOYCOTTS
POETRY ON GANDHI
see
#
GANDHI-POETRY
POLITICAL PARTIES IN INDIA
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN INDIA
see
INDIA-POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
POONA PACT
see
GANDHI-IRWIN PACT
Subject Approach
381
POVERTY IN INDIA
see
Gandhi, M.K.
Orig. pub. YI.,
INDIA-POVERTY
PRAYER
A discourse on Prayer. In TS 1949: 201-204.
Jan. 23, 1930. Also in H.D. 1940: 122-125. 2812
This discourse on the meaning and necessity of prayer was addressed to
students during the Chhatra Sammelana held at Ahmedabad, in 1930.
Prayer. G 1944 259. Also in GWB 1944: 75-86; TMG
1945: 450-464 and MMG 1945: 29-33.
2813
A collection of extracts from his speeches and writings on prayer.
-What is prayer. In HD 1952: 118-119. Orig. pub. YI., Jun.
10, 1926.
2814
Defines the importance and force of prayer.
PRINCES AND THEIR STATES
see
PROHIBITION
see
see
INDIAN PRINCES AND THEIR STATES
PROPHET
see
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
PROVINCIALISM
GANDHI-PROPHET
COMMUNALISM
PROSTITUTION
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
PUNJAB DISORDERS
see
JALLIANWALA BAGH TRAGEDY
PURDAH SYSTEM
see
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, 1942
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—INDIA
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, 1942.
382
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
RADICAL DEMOCRATIC PARTY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
RAJKOT FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
RAJKOT, Mar. 3, 1939.
RAMARAJ
see
SWARAJ (Complete independence)
RASHTRIYA Swayamsevak SaNGH, (R.S.S.)
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
see
REFUGEES (INDIA AND PAKISTAN)
Gandhi, M.K. Advice to refugees. In CU 1949 814-815. Orig.
pub. H., Nov. 7, 1947.
2815
Advice to the refugees who felt that they had certain special rights accruing to
them; that when they went to do some shopping they expected the shopkeepers
sometimes to give free of charge what they wanted and sometimes to make consider-
able reductions."—Ibid., p. 814.
Appeal for blankets. In CU 1949: 802-803. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 4, 1947.
2816
Drawing the attention of the audience in his post-prayer speech to the approach
of winter, Gandhi appealed for blankets for refugees.
Broadcast to the Kurukshetra camp. In CU 1949: 816-820.
Orig. pub. H., Nov. 23, 1947.
2817
An account of the sufferings of the refugees at the Kurukshetra camp.
Co-operation among refugees. In CU 1949: 822. Orig. pub.
H., Nov. 22, 1947.
2818
"Referring to refugees Gandhiji said that there were among them doctors,
lawyers, students, teachers, nurses etc. If they tore themselves away from poor
fellow refugees, they would not have learnt the lesson from their common mis-
fortune. He felt that all of them, professionals and non-professionals, rich and poor,
should hold together and establish model townships as monied men of Lahore had
built the Model Town of Lahore which the Hindus and the Sikhs had felt com-
pelled to evacaute."-Ibid., p. 822.
-The refugees problem. In CU 1949 759-760. Orig. pub. H.,
2819
Sep. 21, 1947.
An account of his views on the refugee problem in India.
Suggests solution.
-Refugees in Pakistan. In CU 1949: 827-828. Orig. pub. H.,
2820
Jan. 4, 1948.
Comments on a Press statement about the pitiable conditions of refugees in
India due to severe winter and rains.
Subject Approach
383
Gandhi, M.K. Return of the refugees. In CU 1949 891-892.
Orig. pub. H., Nov. 23, 1947.
2821
Comments on the resolutions of the Working Committee of the Indian National
Congress regarding, "the question as to how best to bring about an atmosphere
whereby all the refugees, the Hindus and the Sikhs, could be returned with honour
and in safety to their homes in West Pakistan."—Ibid., p. 891.
-To the Pakistan refugees. In CU 1949: 900-901. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 18, 1948.
2822
A post-prayer speech in which he mentioned his talk with the representatives
of the refugees from Pakistan.
About
Alexander, Horace Gundry. New citizens of India. Bombay, New
York, Indian Branch, Oxford university press, 1951. 130p. illus.
19cm.
2823
An English pacifist and an associate of Gandhi describes the refugees' problems
and how India can solve them.
Bourke-White, Margaret. Birth of Two Nations. In her Halfway to
freedom; a report on the new India in the words and photographs.
New York, Simon and Schuster, 1949. xi, 245p. illus., ports., 22cm.
p. 3-12.
2824
An illustrated eye-witness account of the migration of population from Pakis-
tan to India and from India to Pakistan. The authoress also comments now and
then on Gandhi's views regarding the refugee problem and the migration of peoples.
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
RELIGION
Gandhi, M.K. Acquaintance with religions. In CM 1941: 15-18...
Orig. pub. in "The story of my experiments with truth", v. 1 : 164-
170.
2825
Relates how in London he came into contact for the first time with two Theo-
sophists and how his interest in Chistianity grew.
-Equality of religions. In HD 1950: 259-260.
Nov. 28, 1936.
Orig. pub. H.,
2826
A dialogue between Gandhi and Charles Freer Andrews on the equality of
religions.
Ethical religion. Translated from the Hindi by A. Rama Iyer,
with an appreciation of the author by Rev. J. H. Holmes. 2d. ed.
Madras, S. Ganesan. 1922. 64p. 18cm.
2827
An account of Gandhi's views on ethics and the philosophy of religion with
special reference to Hinduism.
-Ethische religie. Voorwoord en geautoriseerde vertaling van
Carolus Verhulst. The Hague, Servire, 1931. 76p. 194cm. 2828
Translation of "Ethical religion" into Dutch by Carolus Verhulst.
384
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Glimpses of religion. In CM 1941: 7-11. Orig.
pub. in "The story of my experiments with truth", v. 1: 80-88.
2829
An intimate story of how Gandhi in his childhood became interested in religion.
By religion he means "self-realization or knowledge of self.”—Ibid., p. 7.
Hindu dharma. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1950. xx, 443p. 22cm.
2830
A comprehensive collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on Hindu reli-
gion.
Mahatma Gandhi speaks of his religion. Lucknow, Lucknow
publishing house, 1944. 18p. 171cm.
2831
The material this pamphlet contains is also included in his "Hindu dharma”,
published by Navajivan publishing house, Ahmedabad, in 1950.
-Politics vs. religion. In TMG 1945: 446-447.
2832
An account of his views on the relationship between politics and religion.
--The quintessence of true religion. In CU 1949: 607. Orig.
pub. H., May 11. 1947.
2833
English rendering of his speech in Hindi on the definition of true religion.
-Religion. TMG 1945: 477-485.
2834
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on the comparative study of religions.
--Songs from prison; translations of Indian lyrics, made in jail ;
adapted for press by John S. Hoyland. New York, The Macmillan
company, 1934. 9-160p. 19cm.
2835
"Taken partly from the Upanishads and other Sanskrit scriptures, and partly
from the poets of the Bhakti school of thought and devotion."-Introduction.
--Theology. In GWB 1944
108-109.
2836
A collection of extracts from his writings on Christianity, Hinduism and other
religions.
-Tolerance, i,e., equality of religions. In CM 1941: 3-6. Orig.
pub. in "Yeravda Mandir", Chapters x and xi : 38-44.
2837
Discourses on the equality of religions and tolerance of each other's faiths by
the members of different religions.
About
Gathier, E. La religion de Gandhi. In Revue mondiale (Paris)
11: 8-9. 1932.
2938
An interpretation in French of Gandhi's conception of religion.
Glasenapp, Helmuth Von. Von Buddha zu Gandhi; indisches denken
im wandel der jahrhunderte, Tubingen, Mohr, 1934. 36p. 22 cm.
(Sammlung gemeinvertandicher vortrage und schriften aus dem gebiet
der theologie und religions geschichte, 177).
2839
A study in German of Hinduism from Buddha to Gandhi,
Subject Approach
385
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Religion and society; based on notes
of lectures delivered at Calcutta and Banares in the winter of 1942. 2d.
ed. London, George Allen and Unwin, 1948. 248p. 21 cm. 2840
First edition published in 1947.
****
"In these Kamala lectures, delivered in the University of Calcutta in December,
1942, Prof. Radhakrishnan discusses the meaning of religion and its application to
modern problems of war and peace, family and marriage. He considers Marx's
dialectical materialism and Gandhi's non-violence and points out that an enduring
peace is possible only if the statesmen of the Allied nations adopt the principles of
true religion."—Ibid.
Sethe, H.V. Suggestion no. 4 to Mahatma Gandhi, on religious
reforms. Poona, M.H. Kanduskar, 1933. 26p. 19cm.
2841
A plea for religious reforms.
Stroele, A. Gandhi und die religion. Stuttgart, 1933. 50p. 19cm.
2842
An interpretation in German of Gandhi's ideas on religion.
Wadia, Sophia. Brotherhood of religions; being a brief and com-
parative study of religions, from the standpoint of Theosophy. Fore-
word by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, International book house, 1939.
xx, 260p. 19 cm.
2843
In the foreword to this book Gandhi supports the views expressed by the autho-
ress and further clarifies his own ideas on religion.
see also
CHRISTIANITY
HINDUISM
ISLAM
RELIGION AND MORALS
Gandhi, M.K. Religion and morals. In SG 1948: 223-239. Also
on page 300, under the title "True morality”.
2844
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on religion and
morals.
-Self-restraint vs. self-indulgence. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publi-
shing house, 1947. viii, 232p. 22cm.
2845
"A book that has worked a moral revolution in the lives of hundreds of young
men and women." In one of the articles included in this book Gandhi says, "I hold
that a life of perfect continence in thought, speech and action is necessary for reach-
ing spiritual perfection. But my purpose is to plead for brahmacharya (celibacy)
as a temporary necessity in the present stage of national evolution."-Ibid.
About
Thompson, Edward. The ethics of Gandhi. In his
India to-day. London, Watta and co., 1942. 39p.
way memorial lectures, 1942). p. 5-19.
Includes also Gandhi's conception of ethics and morals.
Ethical ideals in
19 cm. (Con-
2846
386
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
RELIGION AND POLITICS
see
RELIGION AND STATE
Gandhi, M.K. Religious instruction and the state. In SG 1948:
296-297.
2847
RELIGION AND State
Reply to the following question: “Should religious instruction form part of
the school curriculum as approved by the State?" "Gandhi did not believe in State
religion even though the community had one religion.”—Ibid., p. 297.
About
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Gandhi's religion and politics. In
MG 1949: 13-40.
2848
Interpreting Gandhi's views on the relationship between religion and politics
one of India's best known philosophers says, "For Gandhi there is no religion apart
from human activity. Though in the present circumstances of India Gandhi happens
to be a political revolutionary who refuses to accept tyranny or acquiesce in slavery,
he is far from the uncompromising type of revolutionary whose abstractions force
men into unnatural and inhuman shapes." He further adds, "In the acid test of
experience he remains not a politician or a reformer, not a philosopher or a moralist,
but some one composed of them all, and essentially religious person endowed with
the highest and most human qualities and made more lovable by the consciousness
of his own limitations and by an unfailing sense of humour."—Ibid., p. 14.
see
Reviews of Books on Gandhi
see
REVOLUTIONARY
GANDHI-Reviews of BOOKS ON HIM
GANDHI-REVOLUTIONARY
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE, LONDON, 1931
(The main resolution of the Karachi Congress, in March, 1931, authorized
Gandhi to represent the Indian National Congress at the proposed Round Table
Conference, held in London, from September 14 to December 1, 1931. The negotia-
tions failed. Gandhi left England on December 5, 1931, reaching Bombay on
December 28. On December 29, Gandhi sent a telegram to the Viceroy, Lord
Irwin, requesting an interview. The Viceroy declined to discuss the political situa-
tion. At midnight on December 31, the Working Committee of the Indian National
Congress authorized Gandhi to renew his satyagraha movement. The selected
entries listed below are not all annotated but they either praise or criticise Gandhi's
decision at the Conference).
Gandhi, M.K. India's case for swaraj; being select speeches, writings,
interviews, etc., of Mahatma Gandhi in England and India. (Septem-
ber 1931 to January 1932). Full text of Gandhi-Willingdon corres-
pondence. And from Sjt. Mahadev Desai's diary. Edited and com-
piled by Waman P. Kabadi. 2d. ed. Bombay, Yeshanad and co.,
1942. xii, 416p. ports., facsims. 19cm.
2849.
A useful source book on the Round Table Conference and its activities.
Subject Approach
387
Gandhi M.K. The nation's voice, being a collection of Gandhiji's spee-
ches in England and Sjt. Mahadev Desai's account of the Sojourn (Sep-
tember to December, 1931); edited by C. Rajagopalachar and J.C.
Kumarappa. 2d. ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1947.
8, 254p. ports. 22cm.
2850
First edition published in 1932.
A complete collection of Gandhi's speeches delivered in England, mainly
before the Second Round Table Conference in 1931 in vindication of India's claim
for complete independence. Mahadev Desai's graphic description of Gandhi's
excursions, both in England and elsewhere is a valuable supplement to the book.
Covers most of the literature included in "India's case for Swaraj", published in 1932.
About
Baldwin, Roger. On the way to the Round Table. In Asia (New
York) 400-401. Oct., 1931.
2851
Pen-picture of the author's interview with Gandhi regarding the Round Table
Conference.
Banerji, Albion. Round Table Conference and after. In Indian
review (Madras) 33:4-5. Jan., 1932.
2852
Review of the political situation in India during 1931.
Brebner, J.B. Gandhi's uncertain attitude. In Current history
(New York) 34: 607-608. Jul., 1931.
2853
Surveys the political condition in India when Lord Willingdon was the Vice-
roy of India.
Butler, Sir Spencer Harcourt. The Simon commission, the Round
Table Conference and after. In his India insistant. London,
W. Heinemann ltd., 1931. viii, 117p. 19cm. p. 78-102. 2854
A presentation of the British views on the Simon Commission and the Round
Table Conference. Criticises Gandhi's stand.
Chaudhari, Binayandra Mohan. The Round Table Conference. In
his The Muslim politics in India. Calcutta, Orient book co., 1946.
vii, 104p. 19cm. p. 40-43.
2855
Coupland, Reginald. The Round Table Conference. In his The
Indian problem, 1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problem in
India submitted to the warden and fellows of Nuffield college, Oxford.
London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942. vi, 160p.
21 cm. p. 113-131.
2856
A study of the constitutional issues involved in the Round Table Conference.
Delhi, Pact, March 5, 1931. In NV 1947: 240-241.
2857
"Relevant clauses from an agreement arrived at consequent on the conversa-
tions that had taken place between the Viceroy and Gandhi, in pursuance of which
the Indian National Congress suspended the Civil Disobedience campaign and agreed
to take part in the deliberations of the Second Round Table Conference.”—Ibid.,
p. 240.
388
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Desai, Mahadev. Aimless R.T.C. In NV 1947: 163-164.
2858
Comments on the Round Table Conference by Gandhi's private secretary.
Gandhi and the Round Table. In World tomorrow (New York)
2859
14: 276-277. Sep., 1931.
Editorial note discussing the question whether Gandhi should go to the Round
Table Conference or not.
Gandhi going to London. In Outlook (New York) 157 487-488.
2860
Apr. 8, 1931. port.
Comments on the decisions taken at the Karachi Congress.
Gandhiji in England and the proceedings of the Second Round Table
Conference. Madras, B.G. Paul and co., 1932. 87p. 19 cm. 2861
Gregg, Richard B. Congress and the R.T.C. In Indian review
2862
(Madras) 33: 17-19. Jan., 1932.
Gundappa, D.V. States' people and the Round Table Conference.
2863
In Indian review (Madras) 30 789-792. Dec., 1929.
Harrison, A. 88 Knightsbridge, London. In Christian century
2864
(Chicago) 50: 15-17. Jan. 4, 1933.
A pen-picture of Gandhi's stay at 88 Knightsbridge, London, during the
Second Round Table Conference.
Hossain, S. Gandhi : saint and statesman. In Open court (Chicago)
2865
45: 670-675. Nov., 1931.
Predictions on Gandhi's appearance at the Round Table Conference.
Ibbostson, E. Tragedy-comedy of Mr. Gandhi; problematical outlook
of the Round Table Conference. In World to-day (London) 58:
2866
317-319. Sep., 1931.
India's frail warrior versus the British Empire. In Literary digest
2867
(New York) 110: 5-6. Sep. 26, 1931.
Comments on Gandhi's speeches at the Round Table Conference.
Lester, Muriel. Entertaining Gandhi. London, Ivor Nicholson and
Watson, 1932. vi, 246p. ports. 19cm.
2868
An account of Gandhi's stay with the authoress during Gandhi's visit to London
in connection with the Round Table Conference.
Madhava Rao, D. The Indian Round Table Conference and after
with an introduction by Edward Marjoribanks. London, Heath,
2869
Craton ltd., 1932. 94p. 19cm.
Man in a cloth. In Commonweal (New York) 14: 511-512. Sep.
30, 1931.
2870
Comments on Gandhi's first broadcast in London, where he went to attend the
Round Table Conference.
Subject Approach
389
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Gandhi invades England. In his
Gandhi versus the Empire; with a foreword by Will Durant. New York
Universal publishing co., 1932. xii, 352p. 231cm. p. 136-329. 2871
A complete story of the Round Table Conference, with comments, and re-prints
of Gandhi's speeches.
-The Round Table Conference and its aftermath. New York City,
India to-day and tomorrow series, 1932. 16p. 19cm. (India to-day
and tomorrow series, no. 4).
2872
-The story of peace negotiations, and an open letter to the American
people. New York city, India to-day and tomorrow series, 1932.
16p. 19 cm. (India to-day and tomorrow series no. 3). 2873
Power of Gandhi. In Nation (New York) 133 323-324. Sep. 30,
1931.
2874
Description of the influence of Gandhi at the Round Table Conference.
Pradhan, R.G. Round Table Conference. In Indian review (Madras)
31: 97-100. Feb., 1930.
2875
Qadir, Sheikh Abdul. Plea for a Round Table Conference. In
Indian review (Madras) 28: 23-27. Jan., 1927.
2876
Ranga, N.G. India's millions and the London conference. In Indian
review (Madras) 32:246. Apr. and May, 1931.
2877
Ratcliffe, S.K. Gandhi at the Round Table. In Survey (New York)
67: 263. Dec. 1, 1931. port.
2878
Gandhi's voice in Boston. In Christian century (Chicago)
Sep. 30, 1931.
2879
An account of Gandhi's "first radio broadcast", on September 15, 1931 from
London.
Root, E.T.
48 1219.
Round Table Conference; India's demand for Dominion status. Madras,
Natesan and co., 1931. xvi, 352p. 19cm.
2880
A complete story of the Round Table Conference.
Sastri, V.S. Srinivasa. Results of the Round Table Conference. In
Indian review (Madras) 34: 81-84. Feb., 1933.
2881
Comments on the results of the Round Table Conference.
Searchlight on Gandhi. By a British Indian merchant. London,
P.S. King, 1931. 139, xxiiip. 19cm.
2882
This book has two parts. Part I deals chronologically with the events which
took place after the close of the Round Table Conference in January, 1931. Part
II is devoted to an analysis of Gandhi's philosophy of satyagraha.
Sethna, Phiroze. Round Table Conference and 'safeguards'. In
Indian review (Madras) 32: 153-155. Mar., 1931.
2883
390
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Sorabji, C. Gandhi interrogated. In Atlantic monthly (Boston)
149: 453-458. Apr., 1932.
2884
A pen-picture of an interview the author had with Gandhi in London about the
Round Table Conference.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Round Table Conference. In Spectator
(London) 145: 724. Nov. 15, 1930.
2885
Triumph of Gandhi. In Nation (London) 132 372. Apr. 8, 1931.
2886
An editorial note supporting the decisions of the Round Table Conference.
Wallbank, Thomas Walter. Round Table and the shadow of partition.
In his India in the new era; a study of the origin and development
of the Indian Union and Pakistan, new Nations in a changing Asia.
Chicago, Scott, Foresman, 1951. 204p. illus., ports. maps. 31cm.
2887
p.124-143.
A brief survey of the period of the Round Table Conferences.
When Gandhi presents his colossal bill. In Literary digest (New York).
Sep. 12, 1931.
2888
Comments on Gandhi's decision to take part in the Round Table Conference.
ROWLATT Act Satyagraha
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
ROWLATT ACT SATYAGRAHA, Apr. 6, 1919.
ROWLATT BILLS
see
SAINT
set
INDIAN REFORMS
SABARMATI FASTS
see
FASTS-INDIA
SABARMATI, Nov. 24, 1925.
GANDHI-SAINT
Salt SatyaGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I, Mar. 12, 1930.
SARVODAYA MOVEMENT (The welfare of all)
Gandhi, M.K. Sarvodaya. In SPP 1951: 3.
2889
Gandhi liked John Ruskin's 'Unto this last' so much that he "translated it
later into Gujarati, entitling it Sarvodaya, (the welfare of all)." After Gandhi's
Subject Approach
391
assassination in January, 1948, an organization under the name of Sarvodaya Samaj
was started at Wardha (Madhya Pradesh, India) to continue Gandhi's mission.
The organization is non-political and not connected with the Government of India
or any political party. Acharya Vinoba Bhave is the most active leader of the
movement.
T
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan, comp. Sarvodaya, its principles and pro-
gramme. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. 61p.
191cm
2890
A collection of writings and speeches of M.K. Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru,
Rajendra Prasad, Vinoba Bhave, K.G. Mashruwala, Kaka Kalelkar, and Narahari
Parikh. Appendix "A" includes the aims and ideals of the Sarvodaya Samaj (the
welfare of all organization).
Bhave, Vinoba. The concept of Sarvodaya. In SPP 1951: 20-23.
2891
Gives a new interpretation of Sarvodaya. He says, "The proper rendering of
'Unto this last' would be Antyodaya (uplift of the last) rather than Sarvodaya.”—Ibid.,
p. 22.
Kalelkar, Kaka. The new culture of Sarvodaya. In SPP 1951:
25-27.
2892
Explaining the new culture of Sarvodaya, the author says, "with the mantra
(slogan) of 'Service and humanity' we have to create a harmony out of all the con-
flicting forces."-Ibid., p. 26.
Mashruwala, K.G. The Sarvodaya movement. In SPP 1951:
24-25.
2893
A short story of the Sarvodaya movement and its programme.
Parikh, Narahari. Sarvodaya and other isms. In SPP 1951:
32-36.
2894
A collection of extracts from his conversation with Gandhi on Sarvodaya.
SATYAGRAHA
Gandhi, M.K. Satyagraha. In GWB 1944: 96-107. Also in TMG
1945: 492-503; SG 1948: 182-207 and MMG 1945: 63-71. 2895
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the theory
and practice of Satyagraha.
Satyagrahu in South Africa. Translated from the Gujarati by
V.G. Desai, 2d. enl. and rev. ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1950. xv, 351p. 22cm.
2896
A companion volume to his autobiography and contains an account of his
struggle in South Africa. In the foreword to the book Gandhi says, "Readers of
'My experiments with truth', cannot afford to miss these chapters on Satyagraha,
if they would follow in all its details the working out of the search after truth.”
-Satyagraha ; non-violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan pub-
lishing house, 1951. xvi, 406p. 21cm.
2897
392
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
99
A complete collection of his writings and speeches on Satyagraha. "Satya-
graha," Gandhi said, "was conceived as a complete substitute for violence. It is a
law of universal application. I have repeatedly stated that Satyagraha never fails."
Includes all the material covered by SG 1948; GWB 1944; TMG 1945; and
MMG 1945.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Satyagraha in action; a brief
outline of Gandhiji's satyagraha campaigns. Calcutta, Signet press,
1949. 104p. 22cm.
2898
Bibliography: p. 104.
A brief history of Gandhi's satyagraha campaigns and their significance.
Satyagraha ; its technique and history. Foreword by Rajendra
Prasad and prefatory observations by Kishorilal Mashruwala.
Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1946. xxiii. 201p. 18cm.
2899
A brief account of how Satyagraha, in its current Indian form, first revealed
itself to Gandhi and how it grew with him and through him in South Africa and
India during the last fifty years or so.
-Satyagraha; power of truth. Introduction by Clifford Manshardt.
Hinsdale, Illinois, Henry Regnery company, 1948, xxii, 108p. 21cm
H.
2900
A commentary on Satyagraha.
-Satyagraha; the pathway to peace. Foreword by Sri M.S.
Aney. Patna, Pustak bhandar, 1950. viii, 45p. port. 25cm. (in
Gandhi foot-steps series, no. 3).
2901
Another commentary on Satyagraha, its power and significance.
George, S.K. Gandhi lifts the cross; satyagraha. In Christian
century (Chicago) 50: 1303-1305. Oct. 18, 1933.
2902
An interpretation of Satyagraha from the point of view of Christianity.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. Gandhiji's satyagraha or non-violent resis-
tance. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1930 xvi, 354p. 191cm.
2903
A treatise on Gandhi's philosophy of Satyagraha.
Hoyland, John Somervell. The cross
ficance of Gandhi's "satyagraha".
1931. 160p. 19cm.
moves east ; a study in the signi-
London, G. Allen and Unwin,
2904
An interpretation of Gandhi's Satyagraha, with special reference to Christia-
nity.
---Gandhi's satyagraha and the way of the Cross. In MG 1949:
124-149.
2905
A comparison of the fundamentals of Christianity and Satyagraha.
Satyagraha. In his Indian crisis; the background. New York,
The Macmillan company, 1943. vii, 193p. 21cm, p. 173-180.
2906
Subject Approach
393
A survey of the Satyagraha movement.
Hutchinson, P. Gandhi's political creed. In Catholic world (New
York) 136 598-600. Feb., 1933.
2907
An interpretation of Gandhi's philosophy of Satyagraha.
Mennell, Robert O. Satyagraha; the non-violent movement in india,
its meaning and significance for the whole world. London, Friends of
India, 1931. 4p. 21 cm.
2908
These brief notes are taken by the author mostly from "The dawn of Indian
freedom", by The Rev. J.C. Winslow and the Rev. H. Verrier Elwin.
Pattabhi Sitaramayya, Bhogaraju. Gandhi and satyagraha. In MG
1949: 211-213.
2909
An estimate of Gandhi's philosophy of Satyagraha.
Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Satyagraha. In MG 1949: 31-40.
2910
An interpretation of Satyagraha.
Roy, Manabendra Nath and others. Satyagraha and the potentiali-
ties of the Congress. Ajmer, Radical Democrat party, 1941. 40p.
191cm.
2911
An interpretation of Satyagraha from the point of view of Radical Democrats.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. War without violence; the sociology
of Gandhi's satyagraha. Preface by Oswald Garrison Villard. New
York, Harcourt, Brace and company, London, V. Gollancz, 1939.
xi, 351p. illus. map.
2912
Thesis (Ph. D.)-Columbia University.
"Selected bibliography according to chapters." p. 325-332.
A detailed study of the philosophy of Satyagraha.
Smuts, Rt. Hon. J.C. Gandhi's political method. In MG 1949:
280-285.
2913
A valuable interpretation of Satyagraha as the author himself closely watched
it in action in South Africa.
Wadia, Sophia. The path of satyagraha. In MG 1949: 299-210.
2914
A theosophist interprets Gandhi's philosophy of Satyagraha.
see also
AHIMSA (non-violence)
Satyagraha AND PATHANS
Gandhi, M.K. A pilgrimage for peace; Gandhi and Frontier Gandhi
among N.W.F. Pathans. Edited by Pyarelal Nair. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1950. xv, 216p. illus., ports., fold.
map. facsim. 22cm.
2915
394
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
"It contains the report of Gandhiji's tour of the Frontier Province in the
company of Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan. Gandhijis' talks delivered to the Khudai
Khidmatgars and reported here constitute, as he himself used to remark, the most
systematic and comprehensive exposition of the theory and technique of non-violence
that he ever gave in one place."-Navajivan publications in English, 1950, p. 15.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. The challenge of the North-West frontier;
a contribution to world peace. London, G. Allen and Unwin, 1937.
203p. 19 cm.
2916
An exposition how the Pathans, a war-like people, adopted Gandhi's philo-
sophy of Satyagraha, under their leader Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan (Frontier Gandhi.)
Bright, Jagat S. Frontier and its Gandhi. Lahore, Allied Indian
publishers, 1944. 142p. 181cm.
2917
A biography of Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan who organized on Gandhian princi-
ples the Khudai Khidmatgars or servants of God, and taught them the philosophy
of Satyagraha and non-violence.
Khan, Sahib. Frontier revolution. In G 1944: 109-112. 2918
An account of the part played by Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan, the leader of the
Khudai Khidmatgars, and Gandhi in the North West Frontier Province revolution.
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas, ed. Peshawar man versus machine
guns. New York, India to-day and tomorow series, 1931. 63p.
18 cm. (India to-day and tomorrow series, no. 2).
2919
A story of the Satyagraha movement in Peshawar.
Nair, Pyarelal, ed. A pilgrimage for peace; Gandhi and Frontier
Gandhi among N.W.F. Pathans. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1950. xv, 216p. illus., ports., fold. map. facsim. 22cm.
2920
For annotation see under Gandhi, M.K. under the same subject heading.
Yunus, Mohammad. Frontier speaks. Introduction by Jawaharlal
Nehru and a preface by Khan Abdul Gaffar Khan. Bombay, Hind
kitabs, 1947. xviii, 204p. 19cm.
2921
A history of the North-West Frontier Province from the earliest times to 1946,
covering the non-violent battles waged by the war-like Pathans for the achievement
of India's independence. After the partition of India, the North-West Frontier
Province became part of the territory of Pakistan.
SATYAGRAHA AND STUDENTS
see
SATYAGRAHA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26, 1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
BARDOLI, Feb. 12, 1928.
Subject Approach
395
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CHAMPARAN, BIHAR, Apr. 17, 1917.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I, Mar. 12, 1930.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE II, Dec. 31, 1931.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA, OCT., 1940.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
KHEDA SATYAGRAHA, Mar., 1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERATION, Aug, 1, 1920
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—INDIA
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, Aug. 9, 1942.
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
RAJKOT SATYAGRAHA, 1939.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
Rowlatt Act Satyagraha, Apr. 6, 1919.
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VIRAMGAM SATYAGRAHA, 1915.
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VYKOM SATYAGRAHA, Mar., 1924.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26, 1918.
Gandhi, M.K The Ahmedabad mill hands. In SWG 1922. 420-
430.
2922
Gandhi undertook the Ahmedabad Satyagraha by undergoing a fast because
some of the mill workers, for the benefit of whom he was working, showed a sense
of weakness and despair. A satisfactory settlement was reached within three days
and the workers got a 35 per cent increment in their wages.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Satyagraha by labourers. In
his S 1946: 112-114.
2923
An account of the Ahmedabad Satyagraha which was undertaken by the
Ahmedabad mill workers to get a 35 per cent increase in their wages.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Ahmedabad. In his G
1944 : 245.
2924
A brief note on the Ahmedabad Satyagraha.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
BARDOLI, Feb. 12, 1928.
Gandhi, M.K. Bardoli satyagraha. In his Satyagraha; non-
396
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
xvi, 406p. 211cm. p. 209-219.
2925
This was a no-tax campaign, which was organized and carried on by the people,
to protest against the Government's decision to raise the land-tax by about 25 per
cent. In this book are reprinted Gandhi's writings and speeches, originally published
in Young India and Harijan.
About
Desai, Mahadev. The story of Bardoli; being a history of the Bardoli
Satyagraha of 1928 and its sequel. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publi-
shing house, 1929. ix, 363p. 211cm.
2926
A complete account of the Bardoli Satyagraha. Includes Gandhi's speeches,
reports of interviews and essential documents of the settlement with the Government
of India.
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Bardoli Satyagraha. In his
S 1946: 118-120.
2927
The peasants of the Bardoli Taluka (an administrative area) launched the
momentous no-tax campaign, which is considered a land-mark in the history of
Satyagraha.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Bardoli, Gujarat. In his
G 1944 : 246.
2928
A brief account of the Bardoli Satyagraha.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
Champaran, BIHAR, Apr. 17, 1917.
Gandhi, M.K. Champaran. In MAHATMA v. 1 : 243-261. 2929
A complete story of the Champaran Satyagraha.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Champaran. In his S 1946:
105-109.
2930
A brief account of the Champaran Satyagraha.
Prasad, Rajendra. Satyagraha in Champaran. 2d. ed. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1949. xii, 224p. 211cm.
2931
A detailed account of the Champaran Satyagraha.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Champaran,
his G 1944 : 245.
Bihar. In
2932
Indigo is cultivated more in Champaran than in any other part of India. Its
cultivation was monopolized by some European indigo planters. In 1917, they
compelled the Champaran peasants to cultivate indigo in three-twentieths of their
holdings and imposed a number of levies. Gandhi went there to investigate the
dispute between the planters and the peasants. The Government of India asked him
to quit the Motihari district on April 17, 1917. He disobeyed and was arrested,
Tried but not sentenced.
¿
Subject Approach
397
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS—INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I, Mar. 12, 1930.
(OR SALT SATYAGRAHA)
Gandhi, M.K. Salt satyagraha. In his Satyagraha: non-violent re-
sistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi, 406p.
21 cm. p. 220-270.
2933
A complete record of his writings on the Salt Satyagraha or the Civil Dis-
obedience I. He launched this satyagraha in 1930, "to rectify some of the evils
of the British rule in India and symbolically singled out the Salt Laws for violation.
He regarded these laws as iniquitous as they taxed salt which was the only flavouring
to a bowlful of rice or other grain which the poorest in the land could afford.”-
Ibid., p. 220.
--The shortest way to independence. In TS 1949: 193-196. Orig.
pub. Jan. 16, 1930.
2934
An appeal to the people of India to support the Civil Disobedience movement.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. Soul force in India. In Nation (London)
47:493. Jul. 19, 1930.
2935
This article gives an insight into the psychology of the Civil Disobedience
movement.
Austin, F.B. Will India blow up? In Saturday evening post (Phila-
delphia) 202 29. Jun. 7, 1930.
2936
A criticism of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Brailsford, Henry Noel. Why India followed Gandhi? In his Subject
India. New York, The John Day co., 1943. viii, 274p. illus.
19 cm. p. 219-23!.
2937
An eye-witness description of the Civil Disobedience movement in India in
1930. This chapter is reprinted with a few additions from the author's "Rebel
India."
Brockway, Archibald Fenner. The Indian crisis. London, V. Gol-
lancz, 1930. 208p. 18 cm.
2938
A detailed account of the movement.
Chintamani, Sir Chirravoori Yajneswara. Non-co-operation and
after. In his Indian politics since the mutiny; being an account
of the development of public life and political institutions and of
prominent personalities. London G. Allen and Unwin, 1940.
232p. ports., 20cm. p. 120-196.
2939
A brief account of the political condition of India during the Civil Dis-
obedience movement and after.
Dellbridge, John. Revolution in India. London, Morley and Kenner-
ley, 1930. 56p. 19cm.
2940
398
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Civil disobedience for Swarai.
S 1946 160-168.
2941
A description of the Civil Disobedience which was launched by Gandhi for
India's complete independence.
Eddy predicts long, hard fight in India; lauds Gandhi. In China
weekly review (Shanghai) 52: 489. May 24, 1930.
2942
Edgerton, F. Prophet of civil disobedience. Yale review (New Haven)
20 179-181. Sep., 1930.
2943
Federal of Indian Chambers of Commerce and industry, Dellhi. Repre-
sentation submitted to H.E. the Viceroy by the committee of the
Federation on the present political situation in India. Delhi, F.I.C.C.I.,
1930. 11p. 19cm.
2944
Gandhi before Pilate. In Christian century (Chicago) 47: 488-490.
Apr. 16, 1930
2945
A description of the Salt Satyagraha.
Gandhi's growing crusade. In World tomorrow (New York) 13: 198-
199. May, 1930
2946
A pen-picture of the Salt Satyagraha and its consequences.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett. Will Gandhi win? In Nation (New York)
6 : 661-663. Jun. 4, 1930
2947
Analysis of certain important aspects of the Civil Disobedience.
India after Gandhi. In New statesman (London) 35: 142-143. May
10, 1930
2948
A review of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Kirk, W. Will India follow Gandhi. In Sociology and social re-
search (Los Angeles) 14: 342-357. Mar., 1930.
2949
Lex, pseud. India at the cross roads. London, India publications,
1930 32p. 19cm.
2950
Mahatma Gandhi's salt party. In Literary digest (New York) 105:
12. Apr. 19, 1930.
2951
Comments on the Salt Satyagraha.
Maker of salt in India. In World's work (New York) 59: 20-21.
Aug. 19, 1930.
2952
Estimate of Gandhi and his Civil Disobedience movement.
Masoji, Vinayak. Midnight arrest. In G 1944: 219-220.
2953
Illustrated account of Gandhi's arrest at 2. a.m. in connection with his
breaking of the Salt Law of the Government of India.
Miller, H.A. Gandhi's campaign begins. In Nation (London)
130 501-502. Apr. 23, 1930.
2954
Subject Approach
399
A brief survey of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Mukerji, Dhan Gopal. Breakers of the Salt Law. In his Disillusioned
India. New York E.P. Dutton and co., 1930 224p. 211cm.
p. 173-179.
2955
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. India's non-violent revolution. New
York City, India to-day and tomorrow series, 1930. 63p. 19cm.
(India to-day and tomorrow series, no. 1).
2956
An account of the Salt Satyagraha.
On the salt march. In Asia (New York) 41:459.
1944.
Oct.,
2957
Brief description of Gandhi's march to the sea to make salt.
O'Donnell, Charles James. Why India is rebellious? London, T.
Fisher Unwin, 1930. 10p. 18cm.
2958
Comments on the Civil Disobedience movement.
Osburn, Arthur Carr. Must England lose India? The Nemesis of
Empire. London and New York, A.A. Knoff 1930. vii, 280p.
20 cm.
2959
"First published May, 1930 ; second edition June, 1930.”
"This at once a criticism, a confession, and an appeal, to suggest what are the
true reasons for our growing difficulties in India, and by drawing attention to the
causes of the present discontent....delay or prevent the demand in India for
independence or Home Rule."—Ibid.
Pradhan R.G. India's struggle for Swaraj. Madras, Natesan and co.,
1930. xi, 311p. 19cm.
2960
Ranga Iyer, C.S. India, peace or war London, G.G. Harrap and
co., 1930 255p. 21cm.
2961
A commentary on the political condition in India with reference to Gandhi's
Civil Disobedience movement.
Ratcliffe, S.J. Gathering storm in India. In Survey (New York)
64 144-145. May 1, 1930. port.
2962
Saint in politics. In Literary digest (New York) 104:24. Mar. 29,
1930.
2963
Comments on Gandhi's Salt Satyagraha.
Schain, J. Civil disobedience in India. In Woman's journal (Boston)
15:18. May, 1930.
2964
Shafi, Sir Muhammad. Some important Indian problems. Lahore,
The author, 1930. 260p.
260p. 19cm.
2965
While commenting on the political situation in India also mentions the Salt
Satyagraha.
Stokes, N.P. Marching with Gandhi. In Review of reviews (London)
81:34-38. Jun., 1930.
2966
400
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Civil Disobedience. In
his G 1944: 246-247.
2967
Civil Disobedience is the third All-India Satyagraha campaign. It is also
called the Salt Satyagraha. It resulted in the Gandhi-Irwin Pact, signed on March
5, 1931, by Gandhi and the Viceroy, Lord Irwin.
Terrible meek. In Nation (London) 130: 588. May 21, 1930. 2968
Comments on Gandhi and his Civil Disobedience movement.
Watson, Blanche. India confronts the Christian conscience. In
Christian century (Chicago) 47: 919-920. Jul. 23, 1930. 2969
Woolacott, John Evans. India on trial; a study of present conditions.
London, Macmillan and co., 1929. xv, 257p. 22cm.
2970
A British interpretation of the Civil Disobedience movement of India. The
author in the foreword to the book concludes, ".... India has derived inestimable
benefits from the British connection; that the administration of India to-day is ins-
pired by honesty of purpose and high ideals of duty."-Foreword.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE II, Dec. 31, 1931.
Gandhi, M.K. Stab in the back. In MAHATMA v. 3: 185-202.
2971
Includes extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on the Second Civil
Disobedience movement, which was started on December 31, 1931 and continued
till July, 1934, when the movement was suspended by the All-India Congress Com-
mittee on the recommendation made by Gandhi.
About
Barns, Mrs. Margerita. Civil disobedience versus constitutional agita-
tion. In her The Indian press; a history of the growth of public
opinion in India London, G. Allen and Unwin 1940 xv, 491p.
191cm.
2972
A study of Civil Disobedience in the light of constitutional reforms offered by
the British Government.
Bolton, J.R.G.
Gandhi and India. In Bookman (London). 2973
A review of the political situation of India during 1931.
Brailsford, H.N. Gandhi and the future of India. In New republic
(New York) 58: 250-251. Oct. 21, 1931.
2974
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Civil Disobedience again. In
S 1946: 169-176.
2975
An account of the Second Civil Disobedience movement, in which several
millions of India's men and women took part.
Gandhi's appeal continues civil disobedience. In Newsweek (New
York) 1:11, Jul. 22, 1933.
2976
Subject Approach
401
Editorial note on Gandhi's arrest in Poona and imprisonment for 16 months.
Gandhi's last challenge. In New statesman and nation (London)
4:304. Sep. 17, 1932.
2977
The author advises MacDonald to negotiate with Gandhi.
Gandhi's release. In Outlook (New York) 157 167. Feb. 4, 1931.
2978
A critical account of the political struggle after Gandhi's release from the
jail.
Gray, R.M. The present
Christian movement, 1932.
deadlock in India. London, Student
15p. 19cm.
2979
Greenwall, Harry James. Storm over India. London, Hurst and
Blackett, 1933. x, 287p. 22cm.
2980
A critical estimate of the Second Civil Disobedience movement.
Madness of Great Britain. In Nation (London) 134: 60. Jan. 20,
1932.
2981
A protest against the attitude of the British Government towards Gandhi
and the other non-resisters.
Mailed fist in India. In Literary digest (New York) 112: 15. Feb.
13, 1932.
2982
A description of the suppression of the Civil Disobedience movement by the
British Government.
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Gandhi comes to grip with the Raj
(Government). In his Gandhi versus the Empire; with a foreword by
Will Durant. New York, Universal publishing co., 1932. xii, 352p.
ports. 23 cm. p.93-136.
2983
A complete history of Civil Disobedience up to the signing of the Gandhi-
Irwin Pact on March 5, 1931, in New Delhi. The full text of the Pact is reproduced.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi explains his disobedience. In Christian century
(Chicago) 50: 1154. Sep. 13, 1933.
2984
Pole, David Graham.
Hon. Wedgwod Benn.
press, 1932. xii, 395p.
India in transition; with a foreword by Rt.
London, L. and Virginia Woolf at the Hogarth
19cm.
2985
Ruthnaswamy, M. Gandhi's non-violent non-co-operation. In his
Making of the state. London, Williams and Norgate, 1932. 503p.
191cm. p. 223-224.
2986
A brief account of the Second Civil Disobedience movement.
Shah, S.K. India is tired. In Nation (London) 137: 242. Aug. 30,
1933.
2987
Critical comments on the Civil Disobedience movement.
402
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Stokes, Robert Henry Cyril. The moral issue in India; with an
introduction by the Right Hon. Lord Meston. London, J. Murray,
1931. xi, 40p. 221cm.
2988
An account of the Civil Disobedience movement.
Strabolgi, Joseph Montague Kenworthy, baron. India: a warning.
London, E. Mathews and Marrot, 1931. vii, 117p. illus., 181cm.
2989
Whately, M. Condition of India; report of the delegation sent to
India by the India League in 1932. London, India League, 1934.
534p. 19cm.
2990
Wilson, F.W. The Indian chaos. London, Eyre and Spottiswoode,
1932. 285p. 19cm.
2991
Wood, E.F.L. Viscount Halifax. Indian problems: speeches. London,
Allen and Unwin, 1932. 376p. 21cm.
2992
-Some aspects of the Indian problem. London, Oxford univer-
sity press, 1932. 31p. 19cm.
2993
Swadeshi movement. Madras, Natesan and co., 1931. 323, viiip.
19cm.
2994
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Civil Disobedience. In
G 1944 247p.
2995
Gandhi was forced to launch the Second Civil Disobedience campaign because
of the failure of negotiations at the Round Table Conference of 1931. He suspended
the movement in July, 1934.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA, Oct., 1940.
Gandhi, M.K. Individual satyagraha against war. In his Satyagraha ;
non-violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1951. xvi, 406p. 211cm. p. 300-309.
2996
A collection of six articles on the Individual Satyagraha expressing his views
on World War II. Individual Satyagraha is called individual because he "gave
the right to individuals chosen by himself for their character, public work and belief
in non-violence to offer civil disobedience by preaching against war and courting
imprisonment.”—Ibid., p. 300.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Individual satyagraha. In S
1946: 175-179.
2997
Explaining the meaning of the Satyagraha the author adds, "It is called 'Indivi-
dual Satyagraha', because only individuals were responsible for each act of satya-
graha. It may be called 'Quality satyagraha', because chosen men and women with
certain definite qualifications alone were eligible to offer Satyagraha." During
this Satyagraha about 30,000 selected people of India courted jail and six lakhs (six
hundred thousand) rupees were levied as fines by the Government of India.
Subject Approach
403
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Individual
In his G 1944: 247-248.
Satyagraha.
2998
Gandhi offered the Individual Satyagraha to win the right of freedom of
speech and to express his views regarding World War II.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
KHEDA, Mar., 1918.
Gandhi, M.K. Kheda Satyagraha. In his Satyagraha: non-violent
resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi,
406p. 211cm. p. 204-208.
2999
An account of the Kheda Satyagraha, which Gandhi organized against the
Government to get remission of land tax for the peasants, who were unable to pay
because of crop failure. This campaign was a great success.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. The Kheda Satyagruha. In
S 1946: 110-112.
3000
A brief description of the Kheda Satyagraha.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Kheda, Gujarat. In his
G 1944: 245.
3001
The peasants of the Kheda district of Gujarat demanded suspension of tax
because of the failure of crops. The Government of India refused. Gandhi
organized this Satyagraha against the decision of the authorities. After much
sufferings by the peasants, the Government conceded the demand in July, 1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERATION, Aug. 1, 1920.
(To avoid unnecessary repetition not all the entries listed below are annotat-
ed but they either criticise or praise Gandhi's Non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment).
Gandhi, M.K. Freedom's battle; being a comprehensive collection of
writings and speeches on the present situation. 2d ed. Madras,
Ganesh and co., 1922. 341, v. p. 18 cm.
3002
A useful source book for Gandhi's speeches on this movement.
Non-co-operation and civil disobedience. In his Satyagraha :
non-violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
1951. xvi, 406p. 211cm. p.102-176.
3003
Includes all his writings and speeches on the Non-violent non-co-operation
movement which was started by him on August 1, 1922. This satyagraha, in which
about forty-thousand people were arrested and jailed, brought a phenomenal awaken-
ing among the Indian masses.
-Non-co-operation; recent speeches and writings of Mahatma
Gandhi. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1921. 97p. 18 cm.
3004
-Sermon on the sea; with an introduction by John Haynes Holmes.
Edited by Haridas T. Muzumdar. Chicago, Universal publishing
co., 1924. xxiv, 25-128p. 20 cm.
3005
404
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
About
Ali, Mohamed.
2530-31. Jan., 1924.
A brief study.
Andrews, Charles Freer.
Indian problem. 2d ed.
port. 19 cm.
Non-co-operation. In Indian review (Madras)
3006
Letters on non-co-operation. In his The
Madras, G.A. Natesan, 1923. viii, 136p.
3007
A collection of four letters, the author wrote to a friend in England from
India on the Non-violent non-co-operation.
Argus, pseud. Gandhism cum non-co-operation exposed. Assam,
The author, 1922. vii, 173p. 18cm.
3008
A critical study of the Non-co-operation movement.
Asaf Ali, M. Constructive non-co-operation. Madras, Ganesh and
co., 1921. 73p. 18cm.
3009
A review of the Non-violent Non-co-operation movement.
Bapat, V.V. Problems in non-co-operation.
(Madras) 22 : 231-234. Apr., 1921.
In Indian review
3010
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood), ed. Gandhian non-co-operation or shall
India commit suicide? A vademecum against non-co-operation for all
Indian patriots. Madras, New India, 1920. xii, 138p. 194cm. 3011
Bhagwandas, Babu. The philosophy of non-co-operation. Madras,
Tagore and co., 1922. 63p. 18cm.
3012
Chatterjee, B.C. Gandhi or Aurobindo and an appeal to Mr. Gandhi.
Foreword by The Rt. Hon. V.S. Srinivasa Sastri. 2d ed. Calcutta,
The Calcutta library, 1921. vi, 78p. 194cm.
3013
A critical interpretation of the deeper aspects of the Non-co-operation move-
ment of 1921.
Chirol, Sir Valentine. The inclined plane of Gandhism. In his
India old and new. London, Macmillan and co., 1921. x, 319p.
22cm. p. 286-287.
3014
The non-co-operation movement. In his India. With an
introdutcion by The Rt. Hon. H. A. L. Fisher. London, E. Benn ltd.,
1926. 325p. 221cm. (Half-title: The modern world; a survey of
historical forces, vo. V). p. 200-224.
3015
Summary of the origin and growth of the Non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment.
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Non-violent non-co-operation.
In S 1946 : 153-159.
3016
Gandhi announced the inauguration of the non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment on the 1st of August, 1920, as contemplated by the Khilafat Committee in
June. The objects were declared-to get redress for the injustice done to the Punjab,
the Khilafat and the establishment of Swaraj.
Subject Approach
405
Dangerous unrest in India; programme of Mr. Gandhi's non-co-opera-
tive movement. In Current history magazine of the New York
Times (New York) 13: 418-419. Dec., 1920.
3017
Das, Chittaranjan. Freedom through disobedience. Madras, George
Town, 1922. 75p. 19cm.
3018
Das, Taraknath. Progress of the non-violent revolution in India.
In Journal of international relations (Worcester, Mass.) 12: 204-
214. Oct., 1921.
3019
A review of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
From Calcutta special to Gaya; the development of non-co-operation
as upheld by the Indian National Congress, 1920-22. Machilipatram,
The Congress, 1923. 44p. 19cm.
3020
A general survey of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement from the
Calcutta Special Session of the Indian National Congress to the Gaya Session of the
Congress, 1922.
Gandhi movement in India. In Missionary review of the world
(Princeton, N.J.) 44: 261-262. Apr., 1921.
3021
A brief biographical sketch of Gandhi and an account of the Non-violent
non-co-operation movement.
Goudge, J.E. ed. Questions and answers on present day problems.
Allahabad, United Provinces publicity department, 1921. 32p. 21cm.
3022
In this pamphlet are collected questions and answers on the subjects such
as, Non-co-operation, Hindu-Muslim entente, Swaraj, Western education, National
schools, etc. Translation of the questions in Urdu and Hindi are also given.
Haldar, Haridas. Rational life and non-co-operation; a reply to Lord
Ronaldshlay based on the teachings of Tolstoy. Calcutta, Kamala
printing works, 1921. 32p. 19 cm.
3023
Houghton, Bernard. The revolt of the East. Madras, G.A. Natesan,
1921. 93p. 18cm.
3024
Indian paradox. In New statesman and nation (London) 18: 522-
523. Feb. 11, 1922.
3025
Krishandas. Seven months with Mahatma Gandhi; being an inside
view of the Indian non-co-operation movement of 1921-22. Abridged
by Richard B. Gregg. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951.
xii, 272p.
3026
A complete story of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Lajpat Rai, Lalu. Congress resolutions. In his Ideals of non-co-
operation and other essays. Madras, S. Ganesan 1924. viii.
125p. 19 cm. p.119-125.
3027
Texts of the Non-co-operation resolutions passed at the Calcutta and Nagpur
Congresses respectively.
406
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Ideals of non-co-operation and other essays.
Madras, S. Ganesan, 1924. viii, 125p. 19cm.
3028
This series of articles originally were published in The Bombay Chronicle,
(Bombay), The Tribune (Lahore) and The Modern Review (Calcutta), explain in
a clear and convincing manner, the first principles and the basic ideals of the Non-
co-operation movement. The author has dealt with both the positive and negative
aspects of the movement, the constructive and destructive parts of the programme
and answers the charges of impracticability and unsoundness levelled against it by
the moderate politicians of India.
-India's will to freedom; writings and speeches on the present
situation. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1921. 188p. 18 cm. 3029
A collection of his writings and speeches on the Non-violent non-co-operation
movement.
Latest thing in revolution. In Current opinion (New York) 72: 445-448.
Apr. 1922.
3030
A study of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Lord Reading's enemies in India. In Current history magazine of the
New York Times (New York) 14: 634-635. Jul., 1921.
3031
Describes in brief the political situation in India when Lord Reading was the
Viceroy of India.
Mahmud Ahmad, Mirza. Non-co-operation and Islam. Lahore,
The author, 1921. 115p. 19cm.
3032
An examination of the relationship between the Non-co-operation move-
ment and the Khilafat movement in India.
Mallik, Gurdial. First non-co-operation. In RG 1951: 169-172.
3033
Mazumdar, Ambika Charan. Evils of non-co-operation. In Indian
review (Madras) 22: 486-488. Aug., 1924.
3034
Points out a few short-comings in the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Natesan, G.A. Gandhi's latest. In Indian review (Madras) 23:
16a-16h Jan., 1922.
3035
A brief account of the Non-violent movement.
1920.
Perilous policy. In Indian review (Madras) 21: 552. Sep.,
3036
A criticism of the resolution on the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
---Problem of Mr. Gandhi. In Indian review (Madras) 23: 160.
Mar., 1922. port.
3037
National movement in India. In Current history magazine of the New
York Times (New York) 13: pt. 2: 93-95. Jan., 1921. 3038
Non-co-operation and Mr. Gandhi. In Round table (London) 12:
623-631. Jun., 1922.
3039
Subject Approach
407
Non-violence with a punch. In Literary digest (New York) 70: 19-20.
Jul. 30, 1921.
3040
Nundy, Alfred. Indian unrest; 1919-1920. Dehra Dun, The Garhwali
press, 1921. 274p. 19cm.
3041
An attempt to present an impartial and critical review of the stirring events
of 1919-20.
O'Donnell, T.F. Non-co-operation in education : educational non-
co-operation. In Indian review (Madras) 22: 239-240. Apr., 1921.
3042
Criticises Gandhi's ideas on national education for India which was a part of
his Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Pal, Bipin Chandra. Non-co-operation. Calcutta, The author, 1920.
113p. 19cm.
3043
Raju, J.B. A critical study of the non-co-operation movement.
Nagpur, The author, 1920. 117p. 19cm.
3044
Ram, Madho. Lala Lajpat Rai and non-co-operation in education.
In Indian review (Madras) 22: 445-447. Jul., 1921.
3045
Rau, Raja Ram. The Indian situation. Trichinopoly, The author,
1920. 56p. 19cm.
3046
Reed, Sir Stanley. India's evolution: the triumph of British rule.
Bristol, The author, 1920. 15p. 19cm.
3047
Roberts, W.H. Review of the Gandhi movement in India. New
York, Academy of political science, 1923. 73p. 19cm.
3048
3049
Revolt of passivity. In Nation (London) 29:670-671.
Interpretation of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Sankaran Nair, Sir Chetur. Gandhi and anarchy. 3d ed.
Tagore and co., 1923. xiv, 262p. 19cm.
Madras,
3050
First published in March, 1922; 2d. edition published in July, 1922; 3d. edi-
tion in May, 1923.
A criticism of the movement.
Sarasvati, Rangacharya. India's shackles. Benares, The author, 1923.
101p. 18cm.
3051
Sastri, Sir V. S. Srinivasa. Danger ahead. In Indian review
(Madras) 21: 737. Dec., 1920.
3052
Scatcherd, F.R. The friends of India, "wise and other wise". London,
East India association, 1920. 31p. 19cm. (More truth about India
series).
3053
Sengupta, B. Non-co-operation: a study of the movement. In
Indian review (Madras) 24: 105-109. Feb., 1923.
3054
408
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Sexton, B. Gandhi's weaponless revolt in India. In Current history
magazine of the New York Times (New York) 15:745-752. Feb. 22,
1922.
3055
Stokes, Samuel Evans. National self-realization. Madras, S. Ganesan,
1921. 99p. 18cm.
3056
A frank criticism of the Non-co-operation movement and constructive sugges-
tions for the early winning of Swaraj, by an American who was attached to India by
cultural sympathy and family ties.
Storm clouds in India. In Current history magazine of the New York
Times (New York) 15: 177-178. Oct., 1921.
3057
A pen-picture of the political situation in India during the period of Lord
Reading's since as Viceroy of India.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Non-violent non-co-
operation, August 1, 1920. In his G 1944: 246.
3058
Non-violent non-co-operation was the second All-India campaign Gandhi
led. It was against the "Punjab and the Khilafat wrongs and for the attainment
of Swaraj.”—Ïbid., p. 246.
Van Tyne, Claude Halstead. India in ferment. New York, London,
D. Appleton and co., 1923. xi, 242p. 21cm.
3059
A visitor's impressions of the Non-violent non-co-operation movement
during a visit to India in the winter of 1921-22.
Vaswani, Thaverdas Lilaram. Creative revolution. Madras, Ganesh
and co., 1922. 87p. 19cm.
3060
A reply to those who suspected that the Non-violent non-co-operation move-
ment would prove a great failure.
Message of the birds; essays on Indian politics. Madras, Ganesh
and co., 1922. 65p. 19cm.
3061
-The gospel of freedom; essays on the spirit and method of non-
co-operation. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1921. 78p. 19cm. 3062
A collection of the reprints of essays originally published in different newspapers
of India.
India arisen. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. 114p. 19cm. 3063
A plea for Swaraj, supporting the Non-violent non-co-operation.
-India in chains. Madras. Ganesh and co., 1922. xx, 144p.
19cm.
3064
A collection of essays and addresses to students on the problem of Indian free-
dom. They indicate the standpoint of one who was not a politician but who believed
profoundly in the values of national freedom and had earnestly desired to speak and
write without hate or anger in his heart.
Vaswani, Tharverdas Lilaram. Non-co-operation and national idea-
lism. Introduction by Shyam Sunder Chakraverty, Calcutta, Saras-
wati library, 1921. 123p. 19cm. (Swaraj series no. 2).
3065
Subject Approach
409
Watson, Blanche. Gandhi-a successful failure. In Indian review
(Madras) 23: 594-599. Sep., 1922.
3066
-comp. Gandhi and non-violent resistance; the non-co-operation
movement of India. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1923. xxiv, 549p.
19 cm.
3067
A collection of comments, opinions and articles printed in the American press
on the Non-violent non-co-operation movement.
Gandhi, voice of the new revolution. A study of non-violent
resistance in India, with a foreword by the Rev. John Haynes Holmes.
Calcutta, Saraswaty library, 1922. 56p. port. 18cm.
3068
Wellock, Wilfred. India's awakening; its national and world-wide
significance. London, The labour publishing co., 1922. 69p. 18 cm.
3069
An "attempt to place before the British public facts concerning the many-sided
Indian home rule movement."-Preface.
What ails India; a collection of speeches and writings of eminent leaders
of India on the outstanding grievances, etc. Bombay, National publish-
ing co., 1922. 112p. 21cm.
3070
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
"QUIT INDIA" MOVEMENT, Aug. 9, 1942.
(The "Quit India" movement started when, on August 9, 1942, the Govern-
ment of India arrested Gandhi and other national leaders because the Indian
National Congress passed Gandhi's "Quit India" resolution, in its Bombay Session
on August 8, 1942. "The aim of the "Quit India" resolution was to bring about
conditions under which India could effectively participate in the War effort of the
Allies."-Gandhiji's correspondence with the Government, 1942-44, p. xvii. To
save unnecessary repetition not all the entries listed below are annotated, but they
either support or criticise Gandhi's point of view.)
Gandhi, M.K. Correspondence with Mr. Gandhi, August 1942-
April 1944. (Published with authority). Delhi, The manager of pub-
lications, 1944. ii, 125p. 25cm.
3071
This is a collection of the letters exchanged between the Government of India
or the Bombay Government and Gandhi, during the latter's imprisonment in the Aga
Khan palace prison, regarding the "Quit India" movement.
How can India become free? Lahore, Allied Indian publishers,
1944. i, 180p. 18cm.
3072
A small collection of Gandhi's speeches and writings during his individual
Satyagraha and the "Quit India" movement.
-The Indian demand and British policy. Correspondence between
Mahatma Gandhi and the Viceroy, released on the 10th February,
1943, by the Government of India with its own statement. Published
with explanatory introduction and comments by the Indian league.
London, The league, 1943. 19p. 21 cm.
3073
410
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Includes material covered by "Gandhiji's correspondence with the Government
1942-'44, published by Navajivan publishing house, and "Correspondence with Mr.
Gandhi, August 1942-April 1944", published by the manager of publications.
Gandhi, M.K. My appeal to the British; edited by Anand T. Hingo-
rani. New York, The John Day company, 1942. 79p. 19cm. 3074
"First published in India August 1, 1942. First American edition, November,
1942."
"Record of his...... most urgent appeal to the British, as voiced by him dur-
ing three crucial months-April 26 to July 26, 1942."-Publisher's note, p. 5.
-Quit India, edited by R. K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao. Rev. and enl.
ed. Bombay, Padma publications, 1942. 84p. 19cm. (Current
topics series, no. 3).
3075
Includes important speeches and writings on the "Quit India" movement.
and others. August rebellion vindicated; what our leaders say
about it. Calcutta, Banergia Pradeshik Chhatrasansad, 1945. 20p.
19cm.
3076
A collection of extracts from the speeches and statements of some national
leaders in support of the "Quit India" movement, 1942.
About
Abbas, K.A. and Jog, N.G. Report to Gandhiji; a survey of Indian and
world events during the 21 months of Gandhiji's incarceration.
Cartoons by Shanker. Bombay, Hind kitabs, 1944. 77p. 211cm.
3077
Alexander, Horace Gundry. India since Cripps. New York, Penguin
book, 1944. 93p. 18cm.
3078
Impressions of Gandhi's "Quit India” movement from the Spring of 1942
to the Autumn of 1943.
Barton, Sir William Pell. Gandhi's aims. In Spectator (London)
169379. Oct. 23, 1942.
3079
A brief survey of the "Quit India" movement.
-India's fateful hour. London, J. Murray, 1942. 157p. ports.
3080
A criticism of the "Quit India" movement. The author believes that "the
pre-requisites of an integrated nationality hardly exist at present" in India.—Ibid.,
19cm.
p. 101.
Buck, Pearl S. and others. Freedom for India now. New York,
The post war world council, 1942. 27p. 18cm.
3081
This pamphlet contains speeches, extracts from speeches, and messages deliver-
ed at a meeting of the Post War Council at the Town Hall in New York City on
August 6, 1942. Supports the “Quit India” movement.
Coupland, Reginald. Mr. Gandhi's rebellion. In his Indian poli-
tics, 1936-42. London, New York, etc., Oxford university press,
1943. viii, 244p. 214cm. p. 287-307.
3082
An account of the "Quit India" movement.
Subject Approach
411
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Quit India. In S 1946: 180-
183.
3083
An estimate of India's last struggle for her independence. "It is estimated
that more than 2,000 unarmed and innocent people were shot down and about
60,000 injured by the police and the military, tens of thousands wounded by lathis
(Bamboo sticks of the Indian police); about 1,50,000 were jailed, about 15 lakhs of
rupees (15,00,000 rupees) were imposed as collective fines; there is no record of
tortures, burning houses, looting and other atrocities by the police and the military."
-Ibid., p. 182-183.
Dutt, Rajani Palme. India-what must be done. London, Labour
monthly, 1942. 16p. 19cm.
3084
A communistic version of the "Quit India" movement.
Fells, H.J. India: retrospect and prospect. In Asiatic review
(London) 39: 395. Oct., 1943.
3085
A brief summary of India's political situation during 1940 and 1942.
Fischer, Louis. Gandhi's rejected offer. In Nation (New York)
155 145-147. Aug. 22, 1942.
3086
A review of the "Quit India" movement.
Flames of 1942; a photo album with 100 photos of the August move-
ment. Bombay, Azad bhandar, 1949. 102p. 221cm.
3087
A pictorial account of the "Quit India" movement.
Gandhi, Devadas, comp. India unreconciled; a documented history
of Indian political events from the crisis of August 1942 to February
1944. 2d ed. New Delhi, The Hindustan times, 1944. 4,528p.
illus. 24 cm.
3088
Provides information regarding the “Quit India" movement with special
reference to the circumstances which led to the suspension of publication of the
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) as a protest against the attitude of the Government
of India during the 1942 movement.
Gandhi risks India in gamble while Japs stand at gates. In Newsweek
(New York) 20:42. Aug. 17, 1942. port.
3089
A criticism of the “Quit India” resolution.
Goodall, Norman. The Indian deadlock; an interpretation and an
appeal. London, The Livingstone press, 1942. 19p. 18 cm. 3090
India, Government. Congress responsibility for the disturbances,
1942-43. Delhi, Manager of publications, Government of India, 1943.
ii, 86p. 221cm.
3091
Presents the Government of India's version of the "Quit India” movement.
Is Gandhi an insuperable obstacle? In Amerasia (New York) 6: 416-418.
Nov., 1942.
3092
A review of the 1942 movement.
Katju, K.N. Creed vs. policy of non-violence. In NPW 1948 :
480-489 Orig. pub. H., Apr. 26, 1942.
3093
412
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A letter to Gandhi inviting his views whether non-violence should be the creed
of the Indian National Congress or a policy with special reference to the "Quit India”
movement.
Khanna, R.N. ed. Gandhi's fight for freedom, 1942. Lahore, Allied
Indian publishers, 1944. 90p. 181cm.
3094
A collection of articles by various writers about the "Quit India” movement.
Lal, Chaman. British propaganda in America. Allahabad, Kitab
mahal, 1945. xxiii, 125p. 19cm.
3095
Records his impressions of the British propaganda against the "Quit India"
movement in the United States. The author, who is an Indian journalist, visited the
States immediately after his release from the prison where he was detained because
he supported the movement.
Linlithgow, Victor Alexander John Hope. Speeches and statements
of the Marquess of Linlithgow, 1936-1943. New Delhi, Bureau of
public information, Government of India, 1945. xxiii, 467p. ports.
23cm.
3096
Lord Linlithgow was the Viceroy of India during the "Quit India” movement.
These speeches and statements present the official version of the movement.
Mitchell, Kate Louise. La India ante la guerra; sus problemas, su
politica, sus caudillos. Buenos Aires, Editorial Losada, s.a., 1943.
284p. 21cm.
3097
Translation of "India without fable."
-India without fable, a 1942 survey. New York, Alfred A. Knopf,
1942. vii, 296, xiip. 21cm.
3098
"This study is an attempt to describe some of the more elemental forces at
work in India.. not in the India of legend and fable, but in the more prosaic
but far more important India of reality."-Prologue, p. 10.
· • "
Nehru, Jawaharlal. What India wants? London, The India league,
1942. 15p. illus. port. 161cm.
3099
Includes Nehru's views on the "Quit India" movement.
Phadke, N.S. Leaves in the August wind; a novel with the Indian
upheaval of August 1942 for its background. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1947. 174p. 19cm.
3100
"This book is a novel of the Great rebellion of 1942-one of the most stirring
episodes in India's long struggle for freedom.”—Foreword.
Phillip, P.O. Gandhi explains go home call. In Christian century
(Chicago) 59: 1190. Sep. 30, 1942.
3101
Comments on Gandhi's demand for British withdrawal.
-Refuses Indian plea for reconciliation. In Christian century
(Chicago) 60: 1020-1021. Sep. 5, 1943.
3102
An account of the deputation of the prominent leaders to the Viceroy, asking
permission to visit Gandhi in the Aga Khan palace prison. The Viceroy refused.
Reluctant compulsion. In Newsweek (New York) 20:43 Jul., 27,
1942.
3103
Subject Approach
413
A criticism of the "Quit India" resolution.
Responsibilities in India; the government's White Paper on Gandhi.
In New statesman and nation (London) 25: 200. Mar. 27, 1943.
3104
A protest against the Government of India which published a White Paper of
76 pages. It was an indictment of Gandhi.
Roy, Manabendra Nath. I.N.A. and the August revolution; with
appendices by Kautilya (pseud). Calcutta, Renaissance publications,
1946. 105p. 19cm.
3105
Views of a leader of the Radical Democratic party regarding the Indian
National Army and the "Quit India" movement.
Seth, Hira Lal. "Quit India" re-examined. Lahore, Indian printing
works, 1943. 100p. 18cm.
3106
A review of and comments on the "Quit India" movement.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. Gandhi's greatest fight. In his
Warning to the West. New York, Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1942.
ix, 274p. 21cm. p. 247-253.
3107
A brief account of the "Quit India” movement and Gandhi's arrest on August
9, 1942.
Singh, Darbara. Indian struggle, 1942. Lahore, Hero publications,
1944. 240p. 181cm.
3108
Snow, E. Must Britain give up India? In Saturday evening post
(Philadelphia) 215:9-10. Sep. 12, 1942. port.
3109
Comments on the "Quit India" movement.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: "Quit India" campaign.
In his G 1944: 248.
3110
Voigt, F.A. Indian revolution during the war.
and after (London) 142: 212-218. Nov., 1947.
A critical survey of the "Quit India" movement.
ment.
In 19th century
3111
Watson, A. Firm hand in India. In Great Britain and the East
(London) 59: 13-14. Sep. 19, 1942.
3112
Praises the British Government's policy of suppressing the "Quit India” move-
-Folly supreme in India. In Great Britain and the East (London)
59:11-12. Aug. 15, 1942.
3113
Criticising Gandhi the author remarks, "Gandhi was declaring his willingness
and anxiety to negotiate with Japan.”—Ibid., p. 11.
-Passing of Gandhi. In Great Britain and the East (London)
59: 12-13. Aug. 18, 1942.
3114
Hostile criticism of Gandhi after his arrest on August 9, 1942.
414
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Whyte, Sir Frederick. India, a bird's eye-view. London, The Royal
3115
institute of international affairs, 1944. 83p. 21cm.
An interpretation of the "Quit India" movement.
Satyagraha Campaigns—INDIA
RAJKOT SATYAGRAHA, 1939.
Gandhi, M.K. Indian states satyagraha: Rajkot. In his Satyagraha :
non-violent resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house,
3116
1951. xvi, 406p. 214cm. p.291-299.
A collection of six articles on the Rajkot Satyagraha which he had to under-
take to support the people's demand for constitutional reforms in the Rajkot state.
The Viceroy of India, who intervened, brought out an agreement acceptable to
Gandhi.
About
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. Gandhi triumphant: the inside story
of the historic fast. New York, Universal publishing co., 1939. x,
3117
103p. port. 21cm.
An account of the Rajkot Satyagraha. In the appendices are reprinted the
text of the agreement, Thakore's invitation to V. Patel and selected correspondence
regarding the Satyagraha.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
ROWLATT ACT SATYAGRAHA, Apr. 6, 1919
Gandhi, M.K. The national week. In his Satyagraha: non-violent
resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi,
3118
406p. 211cm. p. 102-103.
"The Rowlatt Act was passed in the third week of March 1919. It was meant
to deal with the situation arising from the expiry of the Defence of India Act soon
after World War I. It gave arbitrary powers to the authorities to arrest, confine,
imprison or otherwise punish persons who were suspected to be concerned in
movements prejudicial to the security of the State. Gandhiji regarded the Act as
subversive of the elementary principles of justice and destructive of civil liberties, and
therefore by no means to be tolerated. On April 13th, 1919 occurred the Jalianwala
Bagh tragedy. Thereupon political passions rose to white heat, and Gandhiji
organized his non-co-operation movement against the British Government in
India."-Ibid., p. 102.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Rowlatt Act Satyagrahu. In
3119
S 1946: 148-152.
An account of the Satyagraha.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Rowlatt Act Satyagraha.
3120
In his G 1944: 245.
The Rowlatt Act Satyagraha was the first All-India campaign that Gandhi led.
It was undertaken to "protest against the enforcement of the Rowlatt Act which
deprived citizens of primary civic rights in the matter of trials for sedition, etc.”—
Ibid., p. 245.
Subject Approach
415
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VIRAMGAM, GUJARAT, 1915.
Gandhi, M.K. Viramgam satyagraha. In MAHATMA v. 1: 196.
3121
An account of the Viramgam Satyagraha. Includes a dialogue between Moti-
lal, a public worker, and Gandhi which depicts the origin of this Satyagraha.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Viramgam, Gujarat. In
his G 1944: 244.
3122
To protest against the unnecessary harrassment of the passengers entering
Kathiawad, Gandhi made an appeal to the Viceroy, and asked people to be prepared
for Satyagraha, in case the appeal was not accepted. The Central Government of
India removed the custom restrictions in 1917.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VYKOM SATYAGRAHA, MARCH, 1924.
Gandhi, M.K. Vykom satyagraha. In his Satyagraha; non-violent
resistance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi,
406p. 211cm. p.177-203.
3123
A collection of his writings on "the Vykom Satyagraha which was undertaken
in 1924 and 1925 to obtain permission for 'untouchables' and 'unapproachables'
to use certain roads round about the temples in Vykom in Travancore, South India."
-Ibid., p. 177.
About
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. Vykom satyagraha. In S 1946:
115-117.
3124
An account of the Satyagraha.
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Vykom, Travancore. In his
G 1944: 246.
3125
Gandhi offered Vykom Satyagraha to win rights for untouchables to enter the
Hindu temples.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS INSPIRED BY Gandhi
(The books and articles listed below provide information on various minor
satyagrahas, undertaken on various issues of national importance by different
individuals and organizations. Gandhi did not take direct part in them but offered
his moral support and advice.)
Bakhale, R.R. Report of what happened at Borsad.
of India society, 1931. 50p. 191cm.
Poona, Servants
3126
Report of enquiry
Calcutta, The
3127
Bengal Provincial Congress Committee, Calcutta.
into the alleged police oppressions at Char Minar.
Committee, 1923. 34p. 19cm.
Diwakar, Ranganath Ramachandra. No-tax in Sirsi, Siddapur and
Hirekerur. In S 1946: 120-123,
3128
416
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
The peasants of Sirsi, Siddapur and Hirekerur Talukas offered this satyagraha
to get themselves exempted from the tax because of crops failure.
Gujarat Provincial Congress Committee, Ahmedabad. The black regime
at Dharasana: a brief survey of the Dharasana raid. Ahmebabad,
The Committee, 1930. x, 107p. 21 cm.
3129
Guru-ka-bag Congress Inquiry Committee, Lahore. Report. Lahore,
The Committee, 1924. 352p. 211cm.
3130
Indian National Congress. Peshawar Inquiry Committee, Allahabad.
Report of the Peshawar inquiry committee. Allahabad, R.S. Pandit,
Secretary, The Committee, 1930. 306p. 21 cm.
3131
Krishna Rao, G.V. Chirala Perala tragedy; an episode in voluntary
exile. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. viii, 153p. 19cm. 3132
Rajagopalachari, C. The national flag; the Nagpur flag satyagraha
struggle. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1943. iv, 39p. 191cm. 3133
Satyagraha Sahayak Mandal, Poona. A case for Mulshi Peta satya-
graha. Poona, The Mandal, 1921. iv, 53p. 19cm.
3134
Shiromani Gurudwara Prabandhak Committee, Amritsar. The struggle
for freedom of religious worship in Jaito. Amritsar, The Committee,
1924. viii, 53p. 19cm.
3135
Sikh Tract Society, Amritsar. Guru-ka-bag. Amritsar, The Society,
1922. viii, 48p. 19cm.
3136
Sundaram G.Á. Guru-ka-bag satyagraha. Madras, Swadeshmitram,
1923. xii, 79p. 19cm.
3137
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Sirsi, Siddapur, Hirekerur.
In his G 1944: 247.
3138
Gandhi offered his moral support to the Sirsi satyagraha.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Sep. 11, 1906.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Aug. 16, 1908.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
NEWCASTLE, Oct. 28, 1913.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Sep. 11, 1906.
Gandhi, M.K. The advent of satyagraha. In his SSA 1950: 102-
110.
3139
Subject Approach
417
A story of the first Johannesburg satyagraha against the "Asiatic Law Amend-
ment Ordinance to curtail further rights of Asiatic settlers in South Africa." Gandhi
was arrested along with two hundred people. An agreement between Gandhi and
General Smuts was reached on January 30, 1907.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Johannesburg. In
1944: 244.
A brief account of the first satyagraha in South Africa.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG II, Aug. 16, 1908.
Gandhi, M.K. General Smuts' breach of faith. In his SSA 1950.
189-208.
3141
An account of the second Johannesburg satyagraha. Gandhi had to launch
this satyagraha because General Smuts could not keep his promise that the Ordinance
would be repealed if Indians registered voluntarily. The satyagraha resumed with
a bonfire of 2,000 certificates of the settlers in the public meeting at Johannesburg
on August 16, 1908.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Johannesburg. In his
G 1944: 244.
3142
A brief story of the Satyagraha.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
NEWCASTLE, Oct. 28, 1913.
G
3140
Gandhi, M.K. The great march. In his SSA 1950: 301-334. 3143
A complete account of the Newcastle satyagraha. Gandhi launched this
satyagraha against the £3 tax and other restrictions on Indian settlers in South Africa.
He was arrested but soon after was released. The Indians' Relief Act became law
in July 1914, repealing the £3 tax and meeting almost all their demands. Gandhi
suspended the satyagraha for the last time in South Africa on January 21, 1914,
after the settlement with General Smuts.
About
Tendulkar, D.G. Satyagraha campaigns: Newcastle. In his G
1944: 244.
3144
A brief account of the last satyagraha in South Africa launched by Gandhi.
SAYINGS OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-SAYINGS
SEARLE JUDGMEMT
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
SECOND ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
see
418
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
SELECTIONS FROM GANDHI'S WRITINGS
see
see
PART I. COLLECTIONS
SELF-CONTROL
BRAHAMACHARYA (Celibacy)
Servants oF INDIA SOCIETY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
SEX PROBLEMS
see
BRAHAMACHARYA (Celibacy)
SHORTAGE OF FOOD IN INDIA
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
SIKHISM
see
Gandhi, M.K. Address to Sikhs. In CU 1949: 880-882. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 7, 1947.
3145
A speech delivered on the occasion of the Guru Nanak's birthday celebrations.
Surveys the origin and ideals of Sikhism.
-Kirpan and its implications. In CU 1949 882-884. Orig.
pub. H., Dec. 7, 1947.
3146
Comments on a long letter from Sardar Sant Singh of Lyallpur on Kirpan and
its implication for Sikhism.
About
Singh, Dalgit. Ahinsic (non-violence) and hinsa (violence) in Sikhism.
In Indian review (Madras) 41: 727-728. Dec., 1940.
3147
Estimates the place of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence in Sikhism.
SIMLA CONFERENCE
Gandhi, M.K Simla conference, 1945. In MAHATMA v. 7: 1-18.
3148
A complete story of the Simla Conference. Includes Gandhi's important
speeches and the reports of the interviews with the Viceroy and other leaders.
About
Mehta, Asoka. The Simla triangle, a projection of the communal
triangle. Bombay, Padma publications, 1945. 82p. 18cm. 3149
A socialist's version of the Simla Conference.
Parkash, Dewan Ram. Simla story. Lahore, Dewan publications,
1945. 132 p. illus. 19cm.
A complete account of the Simla Conference.
3150
Subject Approach
419
Vohra, H.R. and Soni, S.R., eds. Story of Simla conference and after
in words and pictures. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1945. 82p.
ports. 25cm.
3151
An illustrated account of the Simla Conference.
SIMON COMMISSION
Gandhi, M.K. Storm over the land. In MAHATMA v. 3: 56-65.
3152
Includes extracts from Gandhi's writings on the Simon Commission. The
Commission visited India to extend the principle of Communal Electorates against
which Gandhi made a protest.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. India and the Simon report. New York,
The Macmillan co., 1930. 191p. 19cm.
3153
Butler, Sir Spencer Harcourt. The Simon Commission, the Round
Table Conference and after. In his India insistent. London, W.
Heinemann ltd., 1931. vii, 117p. 19cm. p. 78-102.
3154
Presents the British point of views about the Simon Commission and the Round
Table Conference. Criticises Gandhi.
Cadogan, Edward. India we saw. London, John Murray, 1933. vii,
310p. 19 cm.
3155
A vivid account of the Simon Commission in India and London.
Coupland, Reginald. The Simon report. In his The Indian problem,
1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problem in India submitted
to the Warden and fellows of Nuffield College, Oxford. London,
New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942. vi, 160p. 211cm.
p. 97-112.
3156
Satyamurthy, S. Why we boycott the Simon Commission. In Indian
review (Madras) 28: 802-804. Dec., 1927.
3157
An Indian statesman explains why the Indian National Congress and other
organizations in India protested against the Simon Commission.
Simon, Sir John Allsebrook. Two broadcast talks on India. London,
Faber and Faber, 1930. 35p. 20cm. (Half-title: Criterion miscel-
lany no. 18)
3158
American edition (New York, Coward MacCann, inc.) has title : India and the
Simon report.
Summarizes the aims and ideals of the Simon Commission.
Yakub, Muhammad. Musalmans and the Simon Commission.
Indian review (Madras) 29: 164-166. Mar., 1928.
Explains how Muslims are effected by the Commission.
SIMON REPORT
see
SIMON COMMISSION
In
3159
420
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Sirsi SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS INSPIRED BY GANDHI
SMOKING
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
SOCIAL BOYCOTT
see
BOYCOTT
SOCIAL CONDITIONS IN INDIA
see
INDIA SOCIAL CONDITIONS
SOCIAL REFORMER
see
GANDHI-SOCIAL REFORMER
SOCIALISM
Gandhi, M.K. Communism and socialism. In MMG 1945: 126-
129.
3160
Extracts from his writings on socialism. Explaining his views on Socialism
Gandhi said, "Socialism was not born with the discovery of the misuse of capital by
capitalists. As I have contended, socialism, even communism, is explicit in the first
verse of Ishopanishad. What is true is that when some reformers lost faith in the
method of conversion, the technique of what is known as scientific socialism was born.
I am engaged in solving the same problem that faces scientific socialists."—Ibid.,
p. 128. It is to be noticed that Gandhi did not approve of the prevailing theory
and practice of socialism and communism in some countries.
Towards non-violent socialism. Ahmedabad, Navajivan pub-
lishing house, 1951. xi, 165p. 191cm.
3161
A collection of his writings and speeches on Gandhian socialism.
-Who is a socialist? In TNS 1951: 9-10. Orig. pub. H.,
Jul. 6, 1947.
3162
Defines the qualifications of a Gandhian socialist.
About
Agarwala, Amar Narain.
bad, Kitab mahal, 1944.
Gandhism; a socialistic approach. Allaha-
56p. 18 cm.
3163
The theme of this pamphlet is that socialism in India is being shaped and
influenced by Gandhism.
Deva, Acharya Narendra. Socialism and the national revolution ;
edited by Yusuf Meherally. Bombay, Padma publications, 1946.
xvi, 208p. 23cm.
3164
"Books recommended" : p. 193-195.
"A representative selection from his political writings." The author is a close
associate of Gandhi and a distinguished Vice-Chancellor of an Indian University.
Subject Approach
421
Dutt, Rajani Palme. Rise of labour and socialism. In his
day. 3d ed. Bombay, Peoples' publishing house, 1949.
viip. 21 cm. p. 356-403.
A survey of the growth of the industrial working class towards socialism in
India. Differs from Gandhi's conception of socialism.
Gregg, Richard Bartlett.
The John Day co., 1930.
pamphlets, no. 17).
India to-
iv, 581,
3165
Gandhism versus socialism. New York,
30p. 194cm. (On cover: The John Day
3166
A comparative study of Gandhism and socialism by one who is the author of
several books on the Gandhian philosophy.
Kripalani, Acharya Jiwatram Bhagwandas. Socialism and democracy
as moral principles. In his Politics of charkha. Bombay, Vora and
co., 1946. 100p. 19cm. p. 51-73.
3167
A study of the salient features of democracy and socialism in the light of the
Gandhian philosophy.
Kumarappa, Bharatan. Capitalism, socialism and villagism? Fore-
word by Mahatma Gandhi. Madras, Shakti karyalaya, 1946. viii,
3168
246p. 19 cm.
A Gandhian economist studies the difference between capitalism, socialism and
villagism, i.e., uplift of Indian villages.
Narain, Brij. Charkha Marxism and Indian socialism. Lahore,
Ramakrishna and sons, 1941. vi, 196p. 19cm.
3169
A study of Gandhi's philosophy of charkha (spinning wheel) in the light of
modern socialism.
Narain, Jai Prakash. "J.P." India's revolutionary number one; com-
piled and edited by B.N. Ahuja. Lahore, Varma publishing co., 1947.
viii, 230p. 19cm.
3170
"A biographical sketch by B.N. Ahuja": p. 1-20.
Includes speeches and writings of a Gandhian socialist.
Seth, Hira Lal. The red fugitive, Jai Prakash Narain. Prologue by
M.K. Gandhi. 2d. cd. Lahcre, Indian printing works, 1944. 92p.
18 cm.
3171
A biography of Jai Prakash Narain.
see also
GANDHI-SOCIALIST
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
Gandhi, M.K. M.K. Gandhi a l'oeuvre: suite de sa vie, ecrite par
lui-meme; traduit de p, l'anglais par Andre Bernard. 6 ed. Paris, Rieder,
1934. 427p. 191cm. (On cover: "Collection Europe”). 3172
Translation (omitting the Appendix) of Mahatma Gandhi at work; edited by
C.F. Andrews, London, 1931, Includes a complete story of Gandhi's struggle in
South Africa.
422
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Mahatma Gandhi at work; his own story continued;
edited by C.F. Andrews. New York, The Macmillan co., 1931. 407p.
ports. 20 cm.
3173
"Material selected from Gandhi's autobiography, The story of my experiments
with truth, and from his Satyagraha in South Africa. A chapter had also been added
from Hind swaraj.”—Preface.
-Satyagraha in South Africa. Translated from the Gujarati
by V.G. Desai. 2d enl. and rev. ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan pub-
lishing house, 1950. xv, 351p. 221cm.
3174
A companion volume to Gandhi's autobiography. Tells all about his struggle
in South Africa. In the foreword he says, "Readers of "My experiments with truth"
cannot afford to miss these chapters on satyagraha, if they would follow in all its
details the working out of the search after truth."-Ibid., Foreword.
About
Desai, Pragji. Satyagraha in South Africa. In RG 1951: 80-86.
3175
An intimate description of the struggle of passive resistance in South Africa by
one of Gandhi's co-workers, who was imprisoned seven times while launching
satyagraha.
Doke, Joseph J. M.K. Gandhi; an Indian patriot in South Africa.
London, The London Indian chronicle, 1909. vi, 97p. 21 cm. 3176
An eye-witness account of Gandhi's struggle in South Africa.
Freeman, J.B. Gandhi in South Africa: a historical drama in five
acts. Foreword by C.R. Reddy. Madras, S. Viswarathan, 1950.
145p. 19 cm.
3177
A drama in five acts, depicting the life and achievements of Gandhi in South
Africa.
Hoernle, R.F. Alfred. A South African tribute. In MG 1949:
114-120.
3178
An estimate of Gandhi's struggle for the rights and privileges of Indians in South
Africa.
Indian opinion, Phoenix. Golden number of Indian opinion; souvenir
of the passive resistance movement in South Africa, 1906-14. Phoenix,
The Indian opinion, 1914. v. illus. 22cm.
3179
Indian opinion was started by Gandhi in 1904. The object of the periodical
was, "to bring the European and Indian subjects of King Edward closer; to educate
public opinion; to remove causes for misunderstanding; to put before the Indians
their own blemishes; and to show them the path of duty while they insisted on secur-
ing their rights."-MAHATMA, v. 1 : 83.
Jain, Rishabh Charan. Mahatma Gandhi's first experiment. Trans-
lated by Bhagat Shiv Das Suri. Delhi, Hindustan publishing house,
1930. ii, 127p. 191cm.
3180
A story of Gandhi's activities in South Africa.
Krause, F.E.T, Gandhiji in South Africa. In RG 1951: 157-160.
3181
Subject Approach
423
The author was appointed "the State Prosecutor at Johannesburg, and since
that time and until the Anglo-Boer War in 1899", he "had many opportunities of
meeting Gandhiji." In this article he summarizes Gandhi's struggle in South Africa.
Polak, Henry Saloman Leon. Indians of South Africa; helots within
the Empire and how they are treated. Madras, G.A. Natesan 1909.
viii, 96, 47, 15, ivp. 19cm.
3182
The author was in South Africa when he wrote this book.
Roniger, Emil, ed. Gandhi in Sudafrika. Translated by E. F.
Rimensberger. Erlenbach-Zurich, etc. Rotafelverlag, 1925. 248p.
2 ports. 21cm.
3183
Contents-Doke, J.J. M.K. Gandhi, ein indischer patriot in Sudafrika.-Aus
der "Golden number" of Indian opinion.-Gopal Krishna Gokhala, Reden zur lage
der Inder in Sudafrika.
Shridharani, Krishnalal Jethalal. Satyagraha in South Africa. In
his War without violence; a study of Gandhi's method of its accom-
plishment. New York, Harcourt, Brace and co., 1939. xl, 351p.
211cm. p. 73-80.
3184
A brief story of the reasons which led to the struggle of South Africa.
Tendulkar, D.G. From "Unwelcome visitor" to "Return of the
hero". In his MAHATMA v. 1: 43-206.
3185
A complete illustrated story of Gandhi's struggle in South Africa from 1893 to
1914.
see also
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
IMPRISONMENTS--SOUTH AFRICA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH AFRICA
SPINNING WHEEL
see
CHARKHA
STANDERTON IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
STATESMAN
see
STANDERTON, Nov. 8, 1913.
GANDHI-STATESMAN
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
Gandhi, M.K. Authorized and unauthorized strikes. In TNS
1951: 97-98. Orig. pub. H., Apr. 20. 1940.
3186
A reply to two questions put to him by a correspondent who wanted to know
Gandhi's views on the authorized and unauthorized strikes.
-Conditions of a pacific strike. In TNS 1951: 94-96. Orig.
pub. YI., Nov, 18, 1926,
3187
424
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Comments on A. Fenner Brockway's article on the conditions of a pacific
strike.
Gandhi, M.K. Peaceful strikes. In TNS 1951: 103. Orig. pub. H.,
May 26, 1946.
3188
A reply to a question as to how should a strike be conducted so that violence
can be avoided.
Students and strikes. In TS 1949: 259-260. Orig. pub. H.,
Oct. 2, 1937.
3189
Reply to students from Bangalore, who sought his advice about taking part
in strikes such as Andemans Day, Abattoir Day, etc.
-Strikes. In TNS 1951: 89-112; TMG 1945: 528-529. 3190
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on strikes and
lockouts.
Sweepers' strike. In TNS 1951 104-109. Orig. pub. H., Apr.
3191
21, 1946.
An account of the sweepers' strike in Bombay. Also replies to the following
question: "Is a bhangi (sweeper) to continue his service on starvation wages, living
in dirt and squalor.”—Ibid., p. 109.
Women and picketing. In his Satyagraha: non-violent resis-
tance. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xvi, 406p.
211cm. p. 325-341.
3192
•
A collection of articles originally published in Young India and Harijan.
Summarize his views whether women should take part in strikes and picketing or
not.
About
Lakshman, P.P. Congress and labour movement. Allahabad, All-
India Congress Committee, 1947. 174p. 211cm.
3193
A survey of the strikes and lockouts conducted and helped directly or indirectly
by the Indian National Congress under the patronage of Gandhi.
STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
STUDENTS
Gandhi, M.K. To the students. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing
house, 1949. xix, 324p. 22 cm.
3194
A complete collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on the educational,
social, economic and political problems of students in India. "All these addresses
and writings together form a valuable literature which can be of help and guidance
to individual students and students as a class."-Ibid.,
-Ibid., p. iii.
To the students; edited by Anand T. Hingorani 5th ed. Karachi,
The editor, 1945. xvi, 343p. port. 23cm. (Gandhi series, vol. 1)
3195
=
Subject Approach
425
First published in 1935. Third revised and enlarged edition published in
1941.
Contains what Gandhi said and wrote about students and their problems.
The material included in this book is also covered by "To the students", published by
the Navajivan publishing house, 1949.
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. To the students. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921.
75p. 19cm.
3196
A collection of five addresses concerning students and their duty towards
Gandhi's Civil Disobedience movement.
Kaithahn, Ralph R. A call to students. In G 1944: 178-180.
3197
Praise of Gandhi's nine-point programme for students.
SUBHAS CHANDRA BOSE
see
INDIAN NATIONAL ARMY (I.N.A.)
SWADESHI (goods manufactured by hand in one's own
country)
Gandhi, M.K. Cent per cent Swadeshi or the economics of village
industries. 3d cd. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1948.
vi, 132p. 21cm.
3198
First edition published in 1938. Second edition published in 1945.
A collection of Gandhi's "writings on the subject of economic organization of
human society or the principle of Swadeshi as he shortly termed it."--Ibid., publi-
sher's note.
Swadeshi. In SG 1948: 276-278; TMG 1945: 535-540; WF
1922: 16-25; G 1944: 269-271; and CPCS 1948: 6-9.
3999
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on Swadeshi.
--Swaraj through charkha. Foreword by Amrit Kaur. Sevagram,
All-India Spinners' Association, 1945. iv, 25p. 18 cm.
3200
A plea for hand-made goods.
-Wheel of fortune, Appreciation by Dvijendranath
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. xvi, 160p. 18 cm.
Tagore.
3201
Explaining the importance of Swadeshi for India's independence, Gandhi said,
"In hand-spinning is hidden the secret of Swaraj.”—Ibid., p. 12.
Gandhi, M.K. and others. Swadeshi: true and false. Poona,
Harijan office, 1939. 16p. 18cm.
3202
About
Andrews, Charles Freer. The swadeshi movement. In his The
Indian problem. 2d ed. viii, 136p. 18cm.
3203
A short story of the Swadeshi movement.
426
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Coomaraswamy, Anand Kentish. Art and swadeshi. Madras, Ganesh
and cɔ., 1922. 150p. illus. 18cm.
3204
Kalekkar, D.B. The gospel of swadeshi; with foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. Translated by A. Rama Iyer. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921.
25p. 18cm.
3205
Gandhi in the foreword to this pamphlet said, "I cannot write a foreword to this
essay, since its author is my comrade. I can only say this much about it, that thoughts
contained in it fully elucidate the Gospel of Swadeshi; and I earnestly trust that
India will make the fullest use of them."-Ibid., p. i. Romain Rolland criticised
this essay in his “Mahatma Gandhi”, Paris, Librairie stock, 1929. p. 71.
Swadeshi movement; views of eminent Indians and Europeans. Madras,
G.A. Natesan, 1930. 323p. 181cm.
3206
A collection of aricles on swadeshi.
see also
CHARKHA (Spinning wheel)
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
INDIA-NATIONALISM
SWADESHI MOVEMENT
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
SWARAJ (complete independence)
Gandhi, M.K. Hind swaraj; Indian home rule. 2d ed. Ahmeda-
bad, Navajivan publishing house, 1946. 80p. 22cm.
3207
First edition published in 1938.
Originally this book was written in Gujarati in 1908. In the preface to this
book Gandhi says, "In my opinion it is a book which can be put into the hands of
a child. It teaches the gospel of love in place of that of hate. It replaces violence
with self-sacrifice. It pits soul force against brute force.... But I would warn the
reader against thinking that I am to-day aiming at the Swaraj described therein.".
Ibid., p. 11.
-Indian home rule; reprinted with a new foreword by the author.
Madras, Ganesh and co., 1919. 136, viiip. 18cm.
3208
"Some authorities" p. i.
In this book Gandhi clearly proved, as early as 1908, that under the circums-
tances non-violence is the only way to achieve the independence of India.
--The nation's voice; being a collection of Gandhiji's speeches in
England and Sjt. Mahadev Desai's account of the sojourn, September
to December, 1931. Edited by C. Rajagopalachar and J.C. Kumarappa
2d ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1947. 254p.
201cm.
3209
A complete record of Gandhi's speeches delivered at the Round Table Confer-
ence, London. In this conference he demanded Swaraj.
-Political self-government. In SG 1948: 109-115.
3210
Subject Approach
427
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on Swaraj. Selected and arranged
by Nirmal Kumar Bose.
Gandhi, M. K. Poor men's Swaraj. In TNS 1951: 8 Orig. pub.
YI., Mar. 26, 1931.
3211
Extracts from a speech delivered in reply to a reception given at the Labour
Union of Ahmedabad.
-Ramraj. In TMG 1945: 475-476. Orig. pub. YI., Sep. 19,
3212
1929.
A clarification of his conception of Ramraj (Godly kingdom) and Swaraj.
-The secret of Swaraj. In WF 1922 8-15.
:
3213
Explaining the secret of Swaraj Gandhi said, "In hand-spinning is hidden the
protection of women's virtue, the insurance against famine and cheapening of prices.
În it is hidden the secret of Swaraj.”—Ibid., p. 12.
Swaraj. TMG 1945: 540-544.
Gleanings from his writings on the aims and ideals of Swaraj.
3214
What Swaraj means to me. In MMG 1945: 138-141.
3215
Defining Swaraj Gandhi said, “By Swaraj I mean the government of India by
the consent of the people as ascertained by the largest number of domiciled, who have
contributed by manual labour to the service of the State and who have taken the
trouble of having their names registered as voters.”—Ibid., p. 138.
About
(To avoid unnecessary repetition not all the entries listed below are annotated,
but they all discuss Gandhi's conception of Swaraj for India.)
Ansari, Murtaza. True Swaraj; or golden advice to India. Calcutta,
The author, 1922. 11p. 19cm.
3216
Banerji, Nripendra Chandra. The ideal of Swaraj, in education and
government. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921. xvi, 69p. 19cm. 3217
Besant, Mrs. Annie (Wood). The winning of Swaraj or opposing the
ordinance. Which comes first? Madras, Besant press, 1924. 40p.
19cm.
3218
Articles reprinted mostly from New India on the struggle for India's independence.
Bhagwandas, Babu. The meaning of Swaraj or self-government.
Benares, Gyan Mandal press, 1921. 46p. 18cm.
3219
-What is spiritual-political Swaraj? Benares, Gyan mandal press,
1923. 12p. 19 cm.
3220
Bhave, Vinoba. Swarajya Sastra; the principles of a non-violent
political order. Translated in English by Bharatan Kumarappa.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1945. 68p. 19 cm.
3221
In the form of question and answer the author explains his view of Swaraj.
Chirol, Sir Valentine. The Swarajist plan of campaign and the flight
from Swaraj. In his India. With an introduction by the Right
428
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Hon. H.A.L. Fisher. London, E. Bann Itd., 1926. 352p. 22 cm.
(Half-title: The modern world; a survey of historical forces, vol.
v). p. 272-306.
3222
A survey of the Swaraj movement with comments on its leaders.
Coupland, Reginald. Swaraj and Dominion status. In his The
Indian problem, 1883-1935. Report on the constitutional problems
in India submitted to the Warden and fellows of Nuffield College,
Oxford. London, New York, etc., Oxford university press, 1942.
vi, 160p. 214cm. p. 80-96.
3223
Das, Chittaranjan. The way to Swaraj: speeches. Madras, Tamil
Nadu Swaraj party, 1923. xi, 260 p. 194cm.
3224
Desai, Mahadev. Chief obstacle to Swaraj.
161.
In NV 1947: 157-
3225
Ellan, J.E. Swaraj; the problem of India; with a foreword by Lord
Brentford of Newick. London, Hutchinson and co., 1930. xiii,
15-288p. port. 22 cm.
3226
Bibliography: p. 281.
Fisher, Frederick Bohn. Moving toward home rule. In his India's
silent revolution; with the collaboration of Gertrude M. Williams.
New York, The Macmillan co., 1919. 6, 192p. plates 194cm.
p. 166-191.
3227
Hoyland, John Somervell. How an Indian looks at Swaraj. In his
The case for India. London and Toronto, J.M. Dent and sons, 1929.
vii, 173p. port. 18cm. p. 121-146.
3228
Mackenzie, DeWitt. "Home-rule". In his The awakening of India ;
with an introduction by Sir Francis Young-husband. London, New
York and Toronto, Hodder and Stoughton, 1917. 159p. 191cm.
p. 126-136.
3229
A favourable interpretation of India's demand for Swaraj.
Natesan, Ganapati Agraharam. What India wants; autonomy within
the Empire. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1917. 133p. 21 cm.
3230
In this book the author presents a brief account of the history of India's demand
for Swaraj.
O'Shasnain, B.P. Hind Swaraj. In Catholic world (New York)
115: 487-499. Jul., 1922.
3231
Comments on India's demand for Swaraj.
Pal, Bipin Chandra. Swaraj; the goal and the way. Madras, S. Gane-
san, 1921. 120p. 19cm.
3232
Reflections of Gandhiji's Hind Swaraj ; reprints of articles in the special
Hind Swaraj number of Aryan path (Bombay), September, 1938.
Bombay, Theosophy co., 1948, 35p. 24cm.
3233
Subject Approach
429
Sarma, S.K. Towards Swaraj : exposition of a scheme of responsible
government. Madras, The author, 1928. 428p. 19cm.
3234
A detailed study of the political situation in India and her demand for Swaraj.
Sastri, V.S. Srinivasa. Our plan for Swaraj. In Indian review
(Madras) 24: 161-164. Mar., 1923.
3235
Memorandum submitted to the Delhi Conference, presided over by Sir Tej
Bahadur Sapru, on March 12, 1923.
Sinha, Suchidananda. Character, patriotism and Indian Swaraj.
Foreword by H.C. Mookerjee. Bombay, Hamara Hindustan publica-
tions, 1945. 35p. 19cm. (New age architects series, no. 2). 3236
Address delivered on November 2, 1944, at Utkal University.
Sutherland, W.A. The British Government, the Hindus, the Moham-
medans and Swaraj in India. Madras, Ganesh and co.,
59 p. 19cm.
Tilak, Bal Gangadhar. Lokmanya Tilak's speeches on 'Home Rule'.
Banares, Balabodha office, 1917. 132p. 19cm.
3238
Vasu, Pramathanath. Swaraj, cultural and political. Calcuɩtɛ,
The author, 1929. 290p. 19cm.
3239
Vaswani, Thaverdas Lilaram. Birth-right. Madras, Ganesh and co.,
1922. 89p. 19cm.
3240
Explains that Swaraj is the birth-right of every Indian.
India in chains. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1922. xx, 144p.
19cm.
3241
A collection of the author's essays and addresses to young men on the problem
of Indian freedom. They indicate the standpoint of one who was not a politician
but who believed profoundly in the values of national freedom and earnestly desired
to speak and write without hate or anger in his heart.
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
Vyasa, Rao K. Foundation of Indian Swaraj. Madras, V. Rama-
swamy Sastrulu and sons, 1925. 118p. 19cm.
3242
A criticism of Gandhi's conception of Swaraj.
see also
SWARAJ MOVEMENT
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
SWARAJIST PARTY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
TOBACCO
see
1917.
3237
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
430
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
TEACHINGS OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-TEACHINGS
TEAKWORTH IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
TEAKWORTH, Nov. 9, 1913.
TERRORISM
see
ANARCHISM
TOLSTOY FARM
see
TRIALS
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
TOURS AND MARCHES Of Gandhi
see
GANDHI-TOURS AND MARCHES
TRANSVAAL IMMIGRANTS REGISTRATION BILL, Aug. 15, 1907.
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
GANDHI-TRIALS
TRIBUTES TO GANDHI
see
GANDHI-HOMAGES
TRUSTEESHIP
see
GANDHI-SOCIALIST
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
TRUTH
Gandhi, M.K. Discipline for the realization of truth. In SG 1948:
13-19. TMG 1945: 551-562; and MMG 1945: 17-29.
3243
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings and speeches on truth. Gandhi
said, "I am impatient to realize the presence of my Maker, Who to me embodies
Truth, and in the early part of my career I discovered that if I was to realize Truth,
I must obey, even at the cost of my life, the law of love."-NV 1947: 319. He fur-
ther says, “Devotion to this Truth is the sole justification for our existence.”—FYM
1945: 2.
Gandhi's beads of wisdom, a synopsis of Gandhiji's utterances on
truth and non-violence; edited by Dewan Ram Parkash. Lahore,
Dewan's publications, 1945. 83p. 181cm.
3244
Subject Approach
431
About
Elwin, Verrier. Mahatma Gandhi's philosophy of truth, studied in
relation to Western mysticism. In Modern review (Calcutta) p. 129-
130. Aug. 8, 1933.
3245
A study of Gandhi's conception of Truth in the light of Western mysticism.
Muirhead, J.H. The Hindu idea of truth. In MG 1949: 197-200.
3246
A commentary on Gandhi's conception of Truth.
Tendulkar, D.G. Truth in beauty. In his G 1944 49-55.
see
3247
An interpretation of Gandhi's conception of Truth and beauty. Gandhi
says, "Truth and beauty I crave for, live for, and would die for."-Ibid., p. 49.
TWO-NATIONS THEORY
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
PAKISTAN
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Gandhi, M.K. Letter to President Franklin D. Roosevelt. In
Great Challenge, by Louis Fischer. New York, Duell, Sloan and
Pearce, 1946. 346p. 24cm. p. 168-169.
3248
Gandhi wrote this letter to President Roosevelt on July 1, 1942 from Sevagram
and handed it over to Louis Fischer, who gave it to General Gruber of the United
States Armed Forces in India, in the hope that it would reach the President as quick ly
as possible.
--To American friends. In NWP 1948: 413-415. Orig. pub. H.,
Aug. 9, 1942.
3249
Concluding the letter Gandhi said, "I want you to look upon the immediate
recognition of India's independence as a war measure of first class magnitude."-Ibid.
p. 415.
About
Ahmed, S.M. America, Gandhi and the War. In Great
and the East (London) 58:24-25 Sep. 5, 1942.
An account of Gandhi's attitude towards the United States and World War II.
Britain
3250
India-America Conference, New Delhi. Indian-American relations;
proceedings of the India-America conference, held in New Delhi in
December 1949. New Delhi, Bombay, Calcuta, Madras, London,
Oxford University press, 1950.
3251
"Issued under the joint auspices of the Indian Council of World Affairs and
the American Institute of Pacific Relations."
"This report on Indian-American Relations is a summary of the discussions
at the India-America Conference, held in New Delhi from 12th to 22nd December,
1949, together with relevant information in relation to Conference Membership,
Agenda, and papers presented to the Conference.”—Ibid., Introduction.
432
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Muzumdar, Haridas Thakordas. India and America. In his Gandhi
versus the Empire; with a foreword by Will Durant. New York,
Universal publishing co., 1932. xii, 352p. ports. 23 cm. p. 330-
346.
3252
These pages include an open letter to the American people and verses from
Walt Whitman, interpreted with special reference to Gandhi's ideas. The open
letter is reproduced from the author's "The story of peace negotiations."
Some American opinions on the Indian Empire. London, T.F. Unwin,
1916. v, 31p. 181cm.
3253
A collection of opinions from a few eminent Americans on India's national
movement.
Sunderland, Jabez Thomas. Eminent Americans, whom India should
know. Calcutta, R. Cha'terjee, 1935. 283p. 18 cm.
3254
Thompson, Edward John. America and India. London, Times pub-
lising co., 1930. 7p. 18cm.
3255
Watson, Blanche. Gandhi and non-violent resistance; the non-co-
operation movement of India. Madras, Ganesh and co., 1923. xxiv,
549p. 19cm.
3256
Gleanings from the American press, about the non-violent non-co-operation
movement.
UNITY
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
UNTOUCHABLES
see
HARIJANS
UNITY EFFORTS
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
UNTOUCHABILITY
Gandhi, M.K. Dr. Ambedkar and caste. In HD 1950: 357-359.
Orig. pub. H., Feb. 11, 1933.
3257
Reply to a letter of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar about the caste system and untouchabi-
lity in India.
The bleeding wound! Being a most up-to-date collection of
Gandhiji's speeches, writings and statements on untouchability.
Introduction by C.Y. Chintamani. Foreword by G.D. Birla. Compil-
ed and edited by Ramnath Suman. Banares, Shyamlal, 1932. xxi,
226p. 18cm.
3258
How to fraternize the harijans. In HD 1950: 319. Orig. pub.
YI., Jan. 19, 1921.
3259
Subject Approach
433
A reply to the following question put to him by a correspondent: "How is
this blot (untouchability) on Hinduism to be removed?”
Gandhi, M.K. My soul's agony. Ahmedabad, Navajivan press, 1932.
53p. 18cm.
3260
A small collection of writings and speeches on untouchability.
Untouchability. Edited by Dewan Ram Prakash. Lahore,
Gandhi publications' league, 1944. 81p. 18 cm.
3261
A collection of Gandhi's writings on untouchability.
-Untouchability. In G 1944 285-287; HD 1950: 315-316;
GWB 1944: 110-111 and TMG 1945: 566-573.
3262
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on untouchability.
Untouchability not a part of Hinduism. In HD 1950: 314.
Orig. pub. YI., Apr. 27, 1921.
3263
Gandhi believed "that untouchability was no part of Hinduism." He fur-
ther added, "if it was, such Hinduism was not for me."-Ibid., p. 314.
About
Andrews Charles, Freer. Untouchability. In his The Indian pro-
blem. 2d. ed. Madras, G.A. Natesan and co., 1923. viii, 136p.
port. 19 cm. p. 129-136.
3264
A collection of three speeches on untouchability which the author delivered
on February 15, 1922; October 8, 1922; and November 18, 1922, in Madras Province,
at different places on different occasions. The author was a Chritian missionary and
a close associate of Gandhi.
Gandhi or Ambedkar, by a Harijan. Madras, Gandhi Era publications
1945. 46p. 18cm.
3265
This book written by a Harijan (untouchable) points out the main differences
between Gandhi and Ambedkar on the issue of removal of untouchability.
Harijan Survey Committee, Cawnpore. Report of the Committee.
appointed by the Cawnpore Harijan Sewak in May, 1933, to make
a survey of the social and religious disabilities etc. of the Harijans
of Cawnpore. Cawnpore, The committee, 1934. viii, 100p.
211cm
3266
Hunt, William Saunders. India's outcastes : 'a new era. London,
Church Missionary society, 1924. 113p. illus. 19cm. 3267
An account of the social conditions of untouchables in India. Comments on
Gandhi's movement for the removal of untouchability.
Kalwankar, S.R. An appeal to Gandhiji to desist from this anti-
untouchability campaign. Malegaon, The author, 1934. 8p. 18cm.
3268
Criticises Gandhi's policy of removal of untouchability.
Mahadevan, S. Mahatma Gandhi's warning and flashes in Harijan
tour. Madras, Journalists' publishing house, 1936, vi, 171p. 19cm.
3269
434
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
An account of Gandhi's tour for the removal of untouchability with special
reference to South India.
Untouchability. Lahore, Gandhi publica-
19cm.
3270
Parkash, Dewan Ram. ed.
tion league, 1944. 81p.
Pushparaja, P.K. As an untouchable feels untouchability.
Servants of the untouchables society, 1933. 16p. 18cm.
A treatise on untouchability in India. Praises Gandhi's efforts for its removal.
Rajagopalachari, C. Ambedkar refuted. Bombay, Hind kitabs,
1946. 38p. 18 cm.
3272
Reply to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar's, "What Congress and Gandhi have done to the
untouchables."
Delhi,
3271
-Plighted world; being an account of the history and object of the
untouchability abolition and Temple entry bills. Delhi, Servants
of the untouchables scciety, 1933. ii, 34p. 19cm.
3273
It was after Gandhi's "Epic Fast" that the untouchability abolition movemenį
was started in South India and the Temple Entry Bill was drafted and ultimately
passed.
Tagore, Sir Rabindranath. Mahatmaji and depressed humanity.
Calcutta, Vishwabharti book shop, 1932. 55p. 18cm.
3274
A collection of the letters which were exchanged between Tagore and Gandhi
in connection with the later's "Epic Fast", for the betterment of untouchables.
Tandon, Lalta Prasad. Rationale of untouchability. Cawnpore,
S.G. Rastogi, 1934. 42p. 19cm.
3275
Temple Entry Enquiry Committee, Trivendrum. Report of the com-
mittee. Trivendrum, Superintendent Government press, 1935. vi,
413p. 21 cm.
3276
Venkatraman, S.R. All-India Harijan Sevak Sangh. In Indian
review (Madras) 38: 425-426. Jul. 1937.
3277
Praise of the work done for the removal of untouchability by the Harijan Sevak
Sangh (untouchable uplift association). The name Harijan for untouchables was
given by Gandhi, and means children of God.
Wadia, Sophia. Theosophy and untouchability; a lecture delivered on
December 18, 1932. Bombay, Bombay provincial board of the un-
touchables society, 1932. 15p. 18cm.
3278
see also
HARIJANS (untouchables)
VEGETARIANISM
Gandhi, M.K. Ahimsa and Vegetarianism. In HD 1950: 240
Orig. pub. H., Sep. 15, 1940.
3279
A comparative study of the relationship between non-violence and vegetarianism.
Subject Approach
435
Gandhi M.K. Diet and diet reform. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publi-
shing house, 1949. xii, 176p. 22cm.
3280
An account of Gandhi's views on vegetarian food. He remarks, "As a searcher
for truth I deem it necessary to find the perfect food for a man to keep body, mind
and soul in sound condition."
-Food.
3281
-
In his KH 1948: 13-29.
Summarizes his views on vegetarian food.
-Vegetarianism. In TMG 1945: 581-583; and in HD 1950:
3282
190-191.
A collection of extracts from his writings and speeches on vegetarianism.
About
Polak, Henry Salamon Leon. Vegetarianism. In his Mahatma
Gandhi; with a foreword by H.E. Sarojini Naidu. London, Odhams
press ltd., 1949. 320p. 211cm. p. 14-15.
3283
Brief comments on Gandhi's conception of vegetarianism.
Vegetarian Society, London. Mahatma Gandhi memorial number
of the Vegetarian News-quarterly journal of the London Vegetarian
Society, 1948. 27: 1-48, 1948.
3284
see also
Along with other articles includes reprints of Gandhi's addresses to the
Society on "the moral basis of vegetarianism." delivered on different occasions.
DRINK, DRUGS AND EVILS
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
VICEROYS
see
B
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE GOVERNMENT
VILLAGE INDUSTRIES
see
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
VILLAGE UPLIFT
Gandhi, M.K. Food shortage and agriculture. Edited by Bharatan
Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1949. xii,
227p. 21 cm.
3285
Along with his writings on the reasons for food shortage in India, in this book
are also included Gandhi's suggestions for villagers and agriculturists to produce
more and improve their social and economic conditions.
Towards non-violent socialism. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1951. xi, 165p. 214cm.
Includes a few articles on the uplift of villages in India,
3286
436
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Gandhi, M.K. Villages. In TMG 1945: 584-585.
Gleanings from his writings on village uplift.
About
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. The Gandhian plan of economic develop-
ment for India. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Padma
publications ltd., 1944. 115p. 22cm.
3288
3287
Gandhian plan re-affirmed. Foreword by Rajendra Prasad.
Bombay, Padma publications, 1948. 88p. 22cm.
3289
"A continuation of and supplement to the author's Gandhian plan."
Challenging figure. In Commonweal (New York) 22:497 Sep.
20, 1935.
3290
A brief note on Gandhi's programme for village uplift.
De Mello, Frederick Marion. Problems of rural reconstruction in
India. Bombay, Oxford university press, 1934. ix, 68p. 181cm. 3291
"Articles which....appeared on various dates towards the end of 1933 in the
Times of India (Bombay)."-Preface.
Gangulee, Nagendranath. Problems of rural India; being a collection
of addresses delivered on various occasions in India and in England.
Calcutta, University of Calcutta, 1928. xi, 155p. 241cm. 3292
Presents views for the uplift of villages in India. Differs from Gandhi's plan
on some issues.
Hutchins, G. Gandhi and the villages. In World tomorrow (New
York) 10:202-204.
10: 202-204. May, 1927.
3293
A brief study of Gandhi's efforts for the uplift of Indian villages.
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. An overall plan for rural development.
2d ed. Wardha, All-India Village Industries Association, 1948. viii,
78p. 211cm.
3294
The plan discussed in this book is based on Gandhi's ideas on the uplift of
villages.
Why the village movement? With a foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. 3d ed. Rajahmundry, The Hindustan publishing co.,
1939. v. 153p. 194cm. (India to-day series).
3295
A plea for a new economic order in India.
Pyarelal. Congress ministers and rural uplift.
126-130. Orig. pub. H., Aug. 25, 1946.
Ram Rai, Mohan Rai Dolat Rai.
the new renaissance of India.
In CPCS 1948:
3296
Summary of the discussions of the Congress Ministers on the uplift of villages.
They met in a conference held in the Council Hall, at Poona, on July 31, 1946.
Gremism (village uplift movement);
Introduction by Anandshankar B.
Subject Approach
437
Dhruva and Lady Vidyagauri Ramanbhai Nilkanth.
bock co., 1941. xv, 261, xiiip. 21 cm.
Discusses the social, economic and national awakening in the villages of
India because of Gandhi's struggle for independence and his Constructive Programme
for the villages.
Randhawa, M.S. Developing village India: studies in village problems.
Foreword by S.Datar Singh. Rev. ed. Calcutta, Orient Longmans,
1951. illus. 24cm.
3298
A plan of rural reconstruction. Differs from Gandhi's programme on certain
issues of national importance.
see also
AGRICULTURE
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
VIOLENCE
see
Bombay, New
3297
AHIMSA (non-violence)
VIRAMGAM SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VIRAMGAM, GUJARAT, 1915.
WAGES
Gandhi, M.K. Minimum living wage. In TNS 1951: 38-39.
Orig. pub. H., Aug. 31, 1935.
3299
An account of Gandhi's views on the minimum wage of a worker.
-Need for a standard wage. In TNS 1951: 35-37. Orig. pub.
H., Jul. 13, 1935.
3300
Comments on the questionnaire issued by the All-India Village Industries
Association on standardizing wages.
About
Oza, Dhanwant. Gandhi and labour. Rampur, The author, 1936.
78p. 19 cm.
3301
An account of Gandhi's efforts for the welfare of workers.
Textile Labour Association, Ahmedabad. History of wage adjustment
in the Ahmedabad industry. Ahmedabad, The Association, 1935.
x, 581p. 21 cm.
3302
History of the wage disputes of 1933-34, which ended with the Delhi agreement.
see also
LABOUR AND WORKERS
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
438
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
WAR
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
WARDHA INSTITUTIONS
see
see
ASHRAMS
WARDHAGANJ FAST
FASTS-INDIA
WARDHAGANJ, Aug. 7, 1934.
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
Gandhi, M.K. Basic education. Ahmedabad, Navajıvan publishing
house, 1948. viii, 114p. 21cm.
3303
Collection of Gandhi's writings and speeches on the Wardha Scheme of
Education or the Basic education. Defining his schme he says, "The principal idea
is to impart the whole education of the body, mind and soul through the handicraft
that is taught to the children."-M.K. Gandhi. Ibid., p. vii.
About
Ansari, M.S. Gandhi on educational reforms in India. In School
and society (Worcester, Mass.) 46: 494-496. Nov. 27, 1937.
3304
Comments on Gandhi's Wardha Scheme of education.
Desai, Mahadev. Interpretation of the Wardha education scheme.
In CPCS 1948: 112-115. Orig. pub. H., Feb. 12, 1938.
3305
Gandhi's educational Views. In School and society (Worcester,
Mass.) 47 278-279. Feb. 26, 1938.
3306
Gandhi's scheme for popular education in India. In
school journal (Chicago) 40: 645-647. May, 1940.
Elementary
3307
Gupta, Babulal. Intelligent man's guide to the Wardha scheme
of education. Aligarh, National literature publishing society, 1939.
xiv, 224p. 19cm.
3308
An interpretation of the scheme. Gandhi's writings are freely quoted.
Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Sevagram, Wardha. Basic national education.
Foreword by M.K. Gandhi. Wardha, The Sangh, 1938. xi, 96p.
21 cm.
3309
Defines and discusses the aims and ideals of Gandhi's scheme for national
education in India.
India. Bureau of Education. Report of the second Wardha education
committee of the central advisory board of education, 1939, together
Subject Approach¨
439
with the decision of the board thereon. Delhi, Manager of publica-
tions, Government of India, 1947. 39p. 241cm.
3310
Leong, G.A. Gandhi's scheme for education of India. In Journal
of education (London) 72: 86. Feb., 1940.
3311
Murphy, Gardner. Basic education. In his In the minds of men ;
a study of human behaviour and social tension in India. New York,
Basic book inc., 1953. xiv, 306p. map. 22cm. p.245-250. 3312
Comments on the Wardha scheme for a psychologist's point of view.
Muzumdar, Haridas T. Gandhi as an educationist. In School and
society (Worcester, Mass.) 42: 436-438. Sep. 28, 1935.
3313
Praise of the Wardha scheme.
Prefatory note to Gandhi's new Wardha scheme for education. In
New era (Sydney) 19: 122-124 May, 1938.
3314
Saiyidain, K.G. Basic education. In G 1944: 164-169. Also in
New era (Sydney) 27: 53, Mar., 1946.
3315
A Gandhian educator interprets the new scheme.
-Wardha scheme of education. In Internationale zeitschrift fur
erziehung (Cologne) 8:243-252. 1939.
3316
An interpretation of the Wardha scheme in German.
Sarma, M.S. Srinivasa. Co-education of body and mind; the Wardha
plan of symmetrical development. In Indian review (Madras) 40:
519-520. Aug., 1939.
3317
Praises the Wardha scheme.
Seshadri, P. Wardha scheme of education. In Indian review
(Madras) 42: 601-603. Oct., 1941.
3318
Shrimali, Kalulal. The Wardha scheme; the Gandhian plan of educa-
tion for rural India. Udaipur, Vidya Bhawan society, 1949. xviii,
310p. 19cm.
3319
Thesis (Ph. D.)-Columbia University.
Bibliography: p. 297-308.
A detailed study of the Wardha scheme.
Varky, C.J. The Wardha scheme of education : exposition and exa-
mination. London, Oxford university press, 1939. xviii, 175p.
19 cm.
3320
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
WAVELL PLAN
see
SIMLA CONFERENCE
440
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
Gandhi, M.K. East and West. In TMG 1945 164-167. Also in
MMG 1945: 124-126.
3321
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on Western and Eastern civilizations.
-Western culture. In The wit and wisdom of Gandhi.
Edited, with an introduction by Homer A. Jack. Preface by John
Haynes Holmes. Boston, The Beacon press, 1951. xii, 234p. 211cm.
p. 157-158.
3322
A collection of extracts from his writings on Western culture and civilization.
About
Marvin, Francis Sydney. India and the West, a study in co-operation.
New York, London, etc., Longmans Green and co., viii, 182p.
221cm.
3323
"A note on books”: p. 181-182.
O'Malley, L.S.S. ed. Modern India and the West; a study of the
interaction of their civilizations. London, Oxford university press,
1941. xii, 834p. 19cm.
3324
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
Gandhi, M.K. Abducted women. In HD 1950: 432. Orig. pub.
H., Jan. 4, 1948.
3325
Comments on the abducted women during the partition of India.
Curse of child marriage. In HD 1950: 398-399. YI., Aug.
26, 1926.
3326
Comments on the notes sent by Mrs. Margaret E. Cousins about a tragedy in
Madras.
-Dowry system. In SG 1948: 294-295.
3327
Gleanings from his writings and speeches on the evils of the dowry system in
India. Selected and arranged by Nirmal Kumar Bose.
Enforced widowhood. In HD 1950: 396-397. Orig. Pub. YI.,
Aug. 5, 1926.
3328
An account of his views on the great number of widows in India. The statis-
tics were sent to him by Sir Gangaram.
-Inter-communal marriages. In HD 1950: 418-419. Orig. pub.
H., Mar. 16, 1947.
3329
A reply to a letter in which he supports inter-communal marriages.
-The modern girl. In TS 1949: 266-268. Orig. pub. H.,
Feb. 4, 1939.
3330
Reply to a letter written by eleven girls in protest to Gandhi's article,
"Students' shame”, in Harijan, December 31, 1938.
Subject Approach
441
Gandhi, M.K. Position of women. In HD 1950: 428-429.
pub. YI., Oct. 17, 1929.
-Prostitution. In TMG 1945: 468-470.
Gleanings from his writings on the problem of prostitution in India.
Expressing his views on the position of women, he says that, "Woman is the
embodiment of sacrifice and suffering, and her advent to public life should therefore
result in purifying it, in restraining unbridled ambition and accumulaton of property."
-Ibid., p. 428-429.
-Purdah system. In SG 1948: 296.
Selections from his writings on the Purdah system.
Orig.
3331
3332
3333
Remarriage of child widows. In HD 1950: 406-407. Orig.
pub. YI., Nov. 11, 1926.
3334
Comments on a letter on the remarriage of child widows,
-Simplifying marriage. In HD 1950: 417-418. Orig. pub. YI.,
Sep. 26, 1929.
3335
A plea for the simplification of ceremonies in a marriage.
-Tear down the purdah. In HD 1950: 423-424. Orig. pub.
YI., Feb. 3, 1927.
3336
An appeal to the women of India to do away with purdah or the veil with one
mighty effort.
Women. In TMG 1945: 601-610.
3337
A collection of views on the place of women in society, with special reference
to India.
Woman not the weaker sex. In MMG 1945: 111-113.
3338
Gleanings from his writings on the status of a woman in society. He says,
"If I was born a woman, I could rise in rebellion against and pretention on the part
of man that woman is born to be his plaything.”—Ibid., p. 111.
Women and social injustice. 2d ed. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1945. xi, 212p. 21cm.
3339
First edition published in 1942.
In this book are collected all his writings on women and their problems in the
forms of articles, interviews, and replies to the letters he received from them.
About
Amrit Kaur. A challenge to women. Foreword by Jawaharlal Nehru.
Allahabad, New literature, 1946. viii, 189p. 19 cm.
3340
-To the women. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945.
32p. 19cm.
3341
A collection of her articles on the problems of women in India. The authoress
agrees with Gandhi's views on the status of women in society.
442
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Chattopadhyaya, Kamladevi. Woman the comrade. In G 1944:
132-141.
3342
Interprets Gandhi's views on the status of women in society.
Cousins, Margaret E. Indian womanhood to-day. Allahabad,
Kitabistan, 1941. 207p. 19 cm.
3343
Desai, Mahadev. India's women. In NV 1947: 166-167.
3344
A report of Gandhi's talk to the Women's India Council, London, 1931.
Fisher, Frederick Bohn. Lifting the purdah. In his India's silent
revolution, with the collaboration of Gertrude M. Williams. New
York, The Macmillan co., 1919. 6, 192p. 19 cm. p.116-144. 3345
Lawrence, Sir Walter Roper. Gandhi, his views on purdah system.
In his The India we served; with an introductory letter by Rudyard
Kipling. London, Cassell and co., 1929. xvi, 317p. 21cm.
p.284.
3346
Brief comments on the purdah (veil) system in India and praise of Gandhi's
efforts to remove it.
Morton, Eleanor. The women in Gandhi's life. New York, Dodd,
Mead and co., 1953. xiv, 304p. 21cm.
3347
Describes how Gandhi influenced the life and thought of the women whose
biographical sketches are included in this book.
Nehru, Rameshwari. Women's movement in India. In her Gandhi
is my star speeches and writings of Rameshwari Nehru ; collected
and edited by Somnath Dhar. Introduction by M.S. Aney. Foreword
by Kalidas Nag. Appreciation by A.V. Thakkar. Patna, Pustak
Bhandar, 1950. iii, 201p. illus. 19 cm. p.9-87.
3348
These speeches deal with such subjects as, Women's movement in India, the
Hindu code, ideal home, happy housewife, home and society, early marriage and
Hindu marriage.
Nehru, Shyam Kumari, ed. Our cause; a symposium by Indian
women. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1938. xvi, 419p. 223cm. 3349
Views on the awakening among women in India and their part in the national
movement.
WORLD WAR I
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
WORLD WAR II
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
Subject Approach
443
YERAVDA IMPRISONMENTS
see
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
May 5, 1930.
Jan. 4, 1932.
Jul. 31, 1933.
""
""
"3
ZAMIDARS
see
YERAVDA PRISON FASTS
see
FASTS-INDIA
YERAVDA PRISON, Sep. 20, 1932.
Dec. 22, 1932.
Aug. 16, 1933.
99
YOUNG INDIA
see
99
95
ZULU REBELLION
see
""
PART III SECTION 3 PERIODICALS
GANDHI EDITED AND SPONSORED
,
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
PART III
1. Books Which Influenced Gandhi's Life and Thought.
2. Books for Which Gandhi Wrote Forewords.
3. Periodicals Gandhi Edited and Sponsored.
4. Selected Institutions of Which Gandhi Laid Foundation-
Stones And Inaugurated.
1. BOOKS WIIICH INFLUENCED GANDHI'S LIFE AND THOUGHT
(Note: During Gandhi's stay in London as a student from September, 1888
to June, 1891, he came into contact with a few Christian missionaries and theoso-
phists, who suggested to him some religious books to read. He also read a few
important books during his struggle in South Africa from May, 1893 to July, 1914.
In the following is given a selective list of those remarkable books which
influenced his life and thought. His brief remarks regarding the books
are also cited from his autobiography. The other books in Gujarati,
Sanskrit, Hindi, and other provincial languages of India, which made a
deep impression on him, are not listed with their complete bibliographical infor-
mation, because the present Bibliography is limited to non-Indian languages. For
reference only their titles are: Ramayana, Bhagvat, Rama Raksha, Manusmriti,
Shastras, Panchikaram, Maniratanmala, Mumukshu Prakaran of Yogavasishtha,
Haribhandra Suri's Shaddarshana Samuchchya, Narmadashankar's Dharma Vichar,
and the Upanishads.)
Arnold, Sir Edwin. Light of Asia; or The great renunciation (Maha-
bhinishkarmana). Being the life and teaching of Gautama, prince
of India and founder of Buddhism (as told in verse, by an Indian
Buddhist). London, Trubner and co., 1879. ix-xiii, 238p. 181cm.
3350
Gandhi read this book with even greater interest than he read the Bhagavad-
gita. He remarks, "Once I had begun it I could not leave off."-The story of my
experiments with truth, v. 1, p. 166.
Bible. English Authorized. The Holy Bible, containing the Old and
New Testaments: translated out of the original tongues: and with the
former translations diligently compared and revised, by His Majesty's
special command. Oxford, printed at the University press for the
British and foreign Bible society, 1876. 1256p. 24cm.
3351
No information is available which edition and version of the Bible Gandhi
read for the first time in his life but probably some edition of the Bible mentioned
above might be the one. Gandhi in his autobiography says, "I accepted his advice
and he got me a copy. I have faint recollection that he himself used to sell copies
of the Bible, and I purchased from him an edition containing maps, concordance,
and other aids." He further adds, "....the New Testament produced a different
impression, especially the Sermon on the Mount which went straight to my heart.
I compared it with the Gita. The verses, 'But I say unto you, that ye resist not evil :
but whosoever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also. And
if any man takes away thy coat let him have thy cloak too,' delighted me beyond
measure and put me in mind of Shamal Bhatt's 'For a bowl of water, give a goodly
meal' etc." Gandhi further remarks, "My young mind tried to unify the teaching
of the Gita, the Light of Asia and the Sermon on the Mount. That renunciation was
the highest form of religion appealed to me greatly.”—The story of my experiments
with truth, v. 1, p. 167-168.
Blavatsky, Helene Petrovna (Hahn-Hahn). The key to theosophy;
being a clear exposition in the form of question and answer of the
ethics, science, and philosophy for the study of which the Theosophical
448
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
society has been founded. London, The theosophical publishing
company, limited; New York, W.Q. Judge, 1889. xii, 310p. 21×161
3352
Gandhi read this book probably in December, 1889, and wrote his impressions
as follows: "This book stimulated in me the desire to read books on Hinduism, and
disabused me of the notion fostered by the missionaries, that Hinduism was rife with
superstition.”—The story of my experiments with truth, v. 1, p. 166-167.
Butler, Joseph. bp. of Durham. The analogy of religion, natural and
revealed, to the constitution and course of nature. To which are
added two brief dissertations: I. Of personal identity. II. Of the nature
of virtue. London, J., P. and P. Knapton, 1736. 320p. 17 cm. 3353
No information is available concerning which edition of this book Gandhi
read, but he liked and appreciated this treatise on religion.
Carlyle, Thomas. On heroes, hero-worship and the heroic in history.
Six lectures. Reported with emandations and additions. London,
James Fraser, 1841. 393p. 194cm.
3354
Commenting on this book Gandhi wrote, "A friend recommended Carlyle's
"Heroes and Hero Worship". I read the chapter on the Hero as a prophet and learnt
of the Prophet's greatness and bravery and austere living."-The story of my experi-
ments with truth, v. 1, p. 168-169.
Irving, Washington. Lives of the successors of Mahomet. London,
H.G. Bohn, 1850. viii, 268p. 18cm.
3355
Relating his impressions of the literature he read on comparative religion
Gandhi added, "I read Washington Irving's 'Life of Mahomet and His Successors'
and Carlyle's panegyric on the Prophet. These books raised Muhammad in my
estimation. I also read a book called, "The sayings of Zarathustra.”—The story
of my experiments with truth, v. 1, p. 373.
Just, Adolf. Return to nature! The true natural method of healing
and living and the true salvation of the soul. Authorised translation
from the 4th enlarged German edition by Benedict Lust. New York,
B. Lust, 1903.
3356
This book is responsible for influencing Gandhi's ideas_regarding 'natural
therapeutics'. About the book Gandhi wrote, "In this book I read about earth
treatment. The author also advocated fresh fruit and nuts as the natural diet of
man. I did not at once take to the exclusive fruit diet, but immediately began
experiments in earth treatment, and with wonderful results. The treatment con-
sisted in applying to the abdomen a bandage of clean earth moistened with cold
water and spread like a poultice on fine linen. This I applied at bedtime, removing
it during the night or in the morning, whenever I happened to wake up. It proved
a radical cure."-The story of my experiments with truth, v. 2, p. 39. He treated
himself this way when once he got sick in South Africa.
Mahabharata. Bhagavadgita. The song celestial; or Bhagavadgita
(from the Mahabharata), being a discourse between Arjuna, prince of
India and the supreme being under the form of Krishna; translated
from the Sanskrit text, by Edwin Arnold. London, Trubner and co.,
1885. xiv, 173p. 19cm.
3357
Probably in December, 1889, Gandhi came into contact with two theosophists.
They invited him to read with them Sir Edwin Arnold's translation of the Bhagavad-
J
Books which influenced Gandhi's life and thought
gita, entitled, "The Song Celestial." Explaining his impressions Gandhi wrote,
"I began reading the Gita with them. The verses in the second chapter made a
deep impression on my mind, and they still ring in my ears. The book struck me
as one of priceless worth. The impression has ever since been growing on me with
the result that I regard it to-day as the book par excellence for the knowledge of
Truth."-The story of my experiments with truth, v. 1, p. 165.
449
Muller, Friedrich Max. India: what can it teach us?
Longmans, Green and co., 1883. x, 402p. 23cm.
This is one of the books which Gandhi read with interest and which influenced
London,
3358
him.
Pierson, Arthur Tappan. "Many infallible proofs": the evidences of
Christianity, or the written and living word of God. London, Morgan
and Scott, 1889. 317p. 211cm.
3359
Gandhi confesses that some parts of this book he could not follow properly,
but he liked the book very much.
Ruskin, John. "Unto this last" four essays on the first principles
of political economy. London, Smith, Elder and co., 1862. xviii,
174p. 17cm.
3360
.
Gandhi was deeply impressed by this book, which he read on his way to Natal
in 1896. He liked it so much that later he translated it into Gujarati, entitling
it Sarvodaya (welfare of all). The summary of the translation appears in his "The
story of my experiments with truth", under the chapter, "The magic spell of a book,
v. 1, p. 106-108. Gandhi founded later Sarvodaya Samaj (welfare of all society)
which at present is one of the important national organizations of constructive
workers in India. Among its leaders, the most prominent is Vinoba Bhave.
Thoreau, Henry David. On the duty of civil disobedience. London,
The Simple press, 1903. 38p. 161cm. (The simple life press series,
no. 4).
3361
While commenting on Thoreau's "On the duty of civil disobedience", Gandhi
said, "Civil Disobedience is civil breach of unmoral statutory enactments. The
expression was, so far as I am aware, coined by Thoreau to signify his own resistance
to the laws of a slave State. He has left a masterly treatise on the duty of Civil
Disobedience. But Thoreau was not perhaps an out and out champion of non-
violence. Probably also, Thoreau limited his breach of statutory laws to the
revenue law, i.e., payment of taxes. Whereas the term Civil Disobedience as prac-
tised in 1919 covered a breach of any statutory and unmoral law. It signified the
resister's outlawry in a civil, i.e., non-violent manner. He invoked the sanctions
of the law and cheerfully suffered imprisonment. It is a branch of Satyagraha."-
Satyagraha: non-violent resistance, 1951, p. 3-4.
Tolstoy, Lev Nikolaevich, graf. The Gospel in brief. Translated from
the Russian original, embodying the author's last alterations and revi-
sions. New York, T.Y. Crowell and company, 1896. xi, 226p.
3362
19 cm.
Gandhi made an intensive study of Tolstoy's books. "The Gospel in brief”
and "What to do" especially influenced his life and thought.
"The Kingdom of God within you", Christianity not as mystic
religion but as a new theory of life; translated from the Russian of
450
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Count Leo Tolstoy by Constance Garnett. New York, The Cassell
publishing co., 1894. x, 368p. 19cm.
3363
About this book Gandhi remarked, "Tolstoy's 'The Kingdom of God within
you', overwhelmed me. It left an abiding impression on me."-The story of my
experiments with truth, v. 1, p. 322.
2. BOOKS FOR WHICH GANDHI WROTE FOREWORDS.
(Note: The books listed below are not annotated as they also appear under
their subjects, with complete bibliographical information, in PART II: SEC-
TION 3 : SUBJECT APPROACH.
Agarwal, Shriman Narayan. Gandhian constitution for free India;
foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1946. 136p.
19cm.
3364
--The Gandhian plan of economic development for India. Fore-
word by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, Padma publications, ltd., 1944.
115p. 22cm.
3365
The medium of instruction, with a foreword by Mahatma Gandhi.
Allahabad, Kitabistan, 1942. 55p. 19cm.
3366
Chaturvedi, Benarsidas, and Majorie Sykes. Charles Freer Andrews ;
a narrative. With a foreword by M.K. Gandhi. New York, Harper
and brothers, 1950. xiv, 334p. 211cm.
3367
Hassan, Badrul. The drink and drug evil in India; an account of the
origin and growth of these vices with a statement of the Government's
responsibility in encouraging them and of the ways and means to abo-
lish them. Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Madras, Ganesh and co.,
1922. vi, 161p. 19cm.
3368
Kaleikar, D.B. The gospel of swadeshi; with a foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. Translated by A. Rama Iyer. Madras, S. Ganesan, 1921.
25p. 18cm.
3369
Kripalani, Acharya Jiwatram Bhagwandas. Latest fad ; basic education;
with a foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. 3d ed. Bombay, Vora and
co., 1949. 100p. 19cm.
3370
Kumarappa, Bharatan. Capitalism, socialism and villagism (village
uplift). Foreword by Mahatma Gandhi. Madras, Shakti Karyalaya,
1946. viii, 246p. 19 cm.
3371
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. The economy of permanence; a quest
for a social order based on non-violence. With a foreword from
M.K. Gandhi. Wardha, C.P., All-India village industries association,
1946. illus. 22cm.
3372
Practice and precepts of Jesus. A word by M.K. Gandhi.
Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1945. xiv, 111p. 16cm.
3373
Periodicals Gandhi Edited and Sponsored
451
Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius. Public finance and our poverty, the
contribution of public finance to the present economic state of India.
Commendatory foreword by M.K. Gandhi. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
press 1941. xii, 189p. 21 cm.
3374
-Why the village movement? With a foreword by Mahatma
Gandhi. 3d ed. Rajahmundry, The Hindustan publishing Co., 1939.
v, 153p. 18 cm. (India to-day series).
3375
Mashruwala, K.G. Practical non-violence and ideology of non-violence
Foreword by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. 2d rev. ed. Ahme-
dabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1946. 48p. 19cm.
3376
Nayyar, Sushila. Kasturba wife of Gandhi. Introduction by
Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi. Pennsylvania, Pendle Hill, 1948
71p. 19cm.
3377
Puntambekar, S.V. and N.S. Varadachari. Hand-spinning and hand-
weaving an essay. Introduction by M.K. Gandhi. Ahmedabad,
All-India Spinners' Association, 1926. vi, 235p. 211cm. 3378
Ramakrishna. Life of Sri Ramakrishna, compiled from various
authentic sources. Foreword by M.K. Gandhi. 6th ed. Almora,
Advaita ashrama 1948. vii, 620p. 19 cm.
3379
Seth, Hira Lal. The red fugitive, Jai Prakash Narain. Prologue by
M.K. Gandhi. 2d ed. Lahore, Indian printing works, 1944. 92p.
181cm.
3380
Suhrawardy, Sir Abdullah, ed. The sayings of Muhammad. Fore-
word by Mahatma Gandhi. London, John Murray, 1941. 128p.
19 cm.
3381
Wadia, Sophia. Brotherhood of religions; being a brief and compara-
tive study of religions, from the standpoint of Theosophy. Foreword
by Mahatma Gandhi. Bombay, International book house, 1939.
xx, 260p. 19cm.
3382
3. PERIODICALS GANDHI EDITED AND SPONSORED
Harijan, a weekly, the first copy of which was issued in Poɔna, on
February 11, 1933. It was published by and for the Servants of Un-
touchables Society, at Gandhi's request. The weekly, "devoted its
space to the cause of the outcastes and eschewed politics together."
—MÁHÁTMA, v. 3: 242. The name of the Hindi and Gujarati
editions were Harijan Sewak and Harijan Bandhu, respectively. Like
Young India, Harijan is the basic source for the Gandhian literature
from 1933 to the time of his death on January 30, 1948.
3383
HARIJAN BANDHU ; (Gujarati edition of the Harijan).
see
HARIJAN
•
-
452
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
HARIJAN SEWAK; (Hindi edition of the Harijan)
see
HARIJAN
Indian opinion, a weekly, the first copy of which was issued in March,
1904, in Phoenix, Natal, South Africa. Though it was started under
the editorship of Mansukhlal Nazar, Gandhi was responsible for its
policy, finances and the editorship. In the beginning it was pub-
lished in English, Gujarati, Hindi and Tamil, but later the Tamil and
Hindi editions were dropped. The object of the periodical was "to
bring the European and Indian subjects of King Edward closer to-
gether; to educate the public opinion; to remove causes of misunder-
standing; to put before the Indians their own blemishes; and to show
them the path of duty while they insisted on securing their rights."-
MAHATMA, v. 1:83. Explaining the importance of the weekly,
Gandhi said, "Satyagraha would probably have been impossible with-
out Indian opinion."-The story of my experiments with truth, v. 2, p. 76.
3384
Navajivan, a weekly in Hindi. Its first issue under Gandhi's editor-
ship was published in Ahmedabad, on October 7, 1919. The aim
and the policy of this weekly was the same as that of Young India i.e.,
to educate the public in the technique of satyagraha, or non-violent
resistance. It was also published in Gujarati.
3385
Young India, a weekly in English. The first issue under Gandhi's
editorship, was published in Ahmedabad on October, 8, 1919. Mahadev
Desai was the publisher and Shankarlal Banker was the printer.
The annual subscription was Rs. 4/- Explaining its aims and
policy Gandhi said, "Apart from its duty of drawing attention to
injustices to individuals, it will devote its attention to constructive
satyagrahu as also sometimes cleansing satyagraha. Cleansing satya-
graha is a civil resistance where resistance becomes a duty to remove
a persistent and degrading injustice such as the Rowlatt Act."-
MAHATMA, v. 1, p. 326. Young India is the basic source for Gandhian
literature from 1919 to 1933.
3386
4. SELECTED INSTITUTIONS OF WHICH GANDHI LAID
FOUNDATION-STONES AND INAGURATED
1916 Feb. 4 Performed the opening ceremony of the Banaras
Hindu University and made a historical and contro-
versial speech which was interrupted and criticised by
many of his listners.
3387
1918 May. 5 Performed the opening ceremony of the Delhi Swa-
deshi co-operative store.
3388
1921 Feb. 4 Performed the opening ceremony of the first national
college in Calcutta at Wellingdon Square. 3389
Institutions of which Gandhi Laid Foundation-Stones
453
At Patna he opened another national College. 3390
Officially declared open Unani and Tibbi College, at
Delhi.
3391
Apr. 10 Inaugurated the Bezwada programme of the Non-
cooperation organization meeting at Bombay. 3392
1921 Feb. 6
Feb. 14
Nov, 10 Performed the opening ceremony of the Tilak School
of Political Science at Lahore.
3393
1924 Sep. 4 Unveiled a marble bust of Shri U.S. Chiplunkar.
3394
Sep. 15 Officiated at the opening ceremony of the Hindustan
Times, New Delhi.
3395
1925 Jan. 14 Performed opening ceremony of the 3rd Convocation
of the Gujarat Vidyapith at Ahmedabad.
3396
1927 Jan. 2 Laid the foundation-stone of Obstetric and X-ray Blocks
of the Chittaranjan Seva Sadan at Calcutta. 3397
Jul. 3 Performed the opening ceremony of the Khadi Exhi-
bition at Bengalore.
3398
1929 Apr. 5 Performed the opening ceremony of a Khadi Bazar in
Bombay.
2399
Dec. 24 Performed the opening ceremony of the Lajpat Rai
Hall in Lahore.
3400
1931 Apr. 17 Performed the opening ceremony of the Federation
of Indian Chamber of Commerce.
3401
Aug. 1 Performed the opening ceremony of the temple cons-
tructed by Sir Chunibhai for Untouchables. 3402
1933 Sep. 21 Laid the foundation stone of the Ahmedabad Muni-
cipality Library.
3403
1934 Jul. 21 Laid the foundation stone of Children's wing of
Chittaranjan Seva Sadan in Calcutta.
3404
Jul. 24 Performed the opening ceremony of the Cawnpore
"Tilak Bhawan.
3405
1935 Apr. 19 Performed the opening ceremony of the All-India Vil-
lage Industries Association exhibition at Indore. 3406
99
Oct, 22 Laid the foundation-stone of a little hut at Segaon,
near Wardha for Miraben (Miss Madeleine Slade).
3407
454
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
1936 Oct. 25 Performed the opening ceremony of the temple of
Mother India at Banaras.
3408
1938 Feb. 10 Performed the opening ceremony of the All-India
Khadi and Village Industries exhibition at Haripura.
3409
1939 Nov. 19 Laid the foundation-stone of the Kamla Nehru
Memorial Hospital at Allahabad.
3410
1940 Mar. 14 Performed the opening ceremony of the Ramgarh
Congress Exhibition.
3411
1941 Feb. 28 Opening ceremony performed of the Kamla Nehru
Memorial Hospital at Allahabad.
3412
SUPPLEMENT
1954*
Gandhi, M.K. For workers against untouchability. Edited by Bha-
ratan Kumarappa. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1954.
iv, 34p. 211cm.
3413
This is a companion volume of Untouchability, especially prepared for those
"who are engaged in working for the removal of untouchability, and which will give
them very briefly Gandhiji's suggestions in regard to how such work should be
carried on."-Editor's note, p. iii.
How to serve the cow.
Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa. Ahme-
dabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1954. vi, 109p. 21cm. 3414
A collection of articles Gandhi wrote regarding cow protection in India.
Nature cure. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa. Foreword by
Morarji R. Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing house, 1954.
viii, 68p. 21 cm.
3415
"This book contains a valuable collection of Gandhiji's thoughts on Nature
Cure etc., and is indeed as rich in its information as it is constructive in its out-
look."-Morarji Desai-p. iii.
About
Bandyopadhyaya, Anu. Gandhiji combined duty with detachment.
In Tribune (Ambala) Oct. 2, 1954.
3416
"Mahatma Gandhi was essentially very conservative in his feelings; he was
loving, considerate and humane. He was an affectionate son, a devoted husband,
a loving friend and ardent patriot."
Putlibai was a simpl, illiterate woman, but Gandhi owed much to
mother. In Indian Express (Delhi) Feb. 28, 1954.
3417
Barni, Z.A. Glimpses of Bapu. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Jan. 30, 1954.
3418
Relates a few incidents in Gandhi's life. A valuable source for biographies.
Birla, Ghanshyam Dass. In the shadow of the Mahatma ; a personal
memoir; with a foreword by Rajendra Prasad. London, Longman's,
1954. xxi, 337p. 19 cm.
3419
A personal memoir of one of Gandhi's wealthy disciples and friends at whose
home he was shot dead on Jan. 30, 1948 in New Delhi. Dr. Rajendra Prasad,
President of the Republic of India in his foreword said, "I am sure it will be useful
and helpful not only to every student of Gandhiji's life and philosophy but also to
the historians interested in the events which ultimately led to the establishment of
independence in India."-Foreword-viii. The work is valuable because it includes
* See also GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES, on p. 100.
456
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
a large number of letters written to the author by Gandhi, Mahadev Desai and
a number of other prominent Indians. Gandhi's letters deal with such varied
subjects as health, diet, Ashram affairs, Harijans, Khaddar and momentous politi-
cal affairs including his interviews with Viceroys and other prominent officials.
Chandiwala, Brijkrishna. At the feet of Bapu. Foreword by Babu
Rajendra Prasad. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publishing House, 1954.
vii, 345p. 19 cm.
3420
A personal account of about twenty years' close association with Gandhi,
told sincerely and faithfully by one of his most trusted and devoted disciples. This
English version of the author's Hindi book Bapu-ke-Charnon-men is not only a
living testimony of the Gandhian era but also a valuable contribution to the Gan-
dhian literature.
Holmes, John Haynes. My Gandhi. London, Allen G., 1954. 186p.
19 cm.
3421
American edition published in 1953 by Harper, New York.
An intimate biographical study and a homage by one of Gandhi's ardent
admirers and life-long friends in the United States of America.
Jog, N.G. Gandhiji's message is enshrined in his own words. In
Indian Express (Delhi) Jan. 30, 1954.
3422
A learned review of D.G. Tendulkar's eight-volume 4,000 page biography of
Mahatma Gandhi.
Kabir, Humayun. Mahatma. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Jan. 30, 1954.
3423
A poem estimating Gandhiji's greatness by India's one of the best known poets.
The last stanza reads as:
"From slave decaying death to resplendent life
A lone figure stands upon the sands of time,
Stands upon the shores of India's timeless space,
Draws upon its vast primeval wells
Of granite suffering and immemorial hopes :
Launches India's resistless caravan
Into adventures new, a perilous path
Where out of Life's substance must be carved
New values, new direction, order new-
Gandhi, Mahatma, India's leader, India's soul."-Ibid.
Khullar, K.K. Shaw and Gandhi-a study. In Tribune (Ambala)
Aug. 1, 1954.
3424
G.B. Shaw was embodiment of pride, Mahatma Gandhi of humility. The
former was self-conceited, the latter the very opposite; and yet there were features
common to both those great men. This is an interesting analysis.
Pyarelal. Father of the Nation; economic implication of Gandhiji's
philosophy and suggestions for Rajghat Memorial. In Statesman
(New Delhi) Oct. 2, 1954.
3425
Sources of a Mahatma's power. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Jan. 30, 1954.
3426
A valuable study of Gandhi's life and work by his life long disciple and secre-
tary.
Supplement
45
Sahgal, N. Gandhi, who made prison an honour; cxcerpts from Prison
and Chocolate cake. In Vogue (Boston) 123: 170-2-April 1, 1954.
3427
Three pillars of peace. In Search
3428
Siaha, Mahasarjee Prasad.
Light (Patna) April 2, 1954.
Discusses that Babu Rajendra Prasad, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, and Shri Jai
Frakash Narayan are three pillars of peace and they can change the face of the world.
Stern, Mrs. Elizabeth Gertrude (Levin) (Eleanor Morton, Leah Morton,
pseuds.) Women behind Mahatma Gandhi. New York, Reinhardt,
1954. 271p. 21cm.
3429
First edition published in 1950 by Dodd, Mead, New York.
A study of Gandhi's life and thought with special reference to "the Women of
great gift who were able, under his influence, to emerge from the physical and spiri-
tual isolation of purdah and of national and international importance and influence-
Book flap. The prominent among the women whose biographical study is made
in this book are: Kasturbai Gandhi, Sarojini Naidu, Vijaya Lakshmi Pandit, Muriel
Lester, Madelaine Slade, Rajkumari Amrit Kaur and Dr. Sushila Nayyar.
Tucci, G. My approach to Gandhi. In Tribune (Ambala) Jan. 30,
1954.
3430
The author is a well-known and noted Italian scholar on Oriental affairs.
Here he admits that as a student of ancient Indian civilization and philosophy his
approach to Gandhi is not that of a politician or a man interested in politics. He
even thinks that the purport of Gandhian principles is chiefly ethical, since it is
ethics that gives a society or a state its fundamental aspect.
1955
Gandhi, M.K. Ashram observances in action. Translated from the
original Gujarati by Valji Govindji Desai. Ahmedabad, Navajivan
publishing house, 1955. 151p. 171cm.
3431
"It is a remarkable coincidence that like From Yeravda Mandir this book
shares with The Pilgrim's Progress the rare distinction of having been written in
prison."-Translator's note, p. ii.
Gokhale my political Guru. Ahmedabad, Navajivan publish-
ing house, 1955. xi, 67p. 19cm.
3432
A collection of extracts from Gandhi's writings on Gopal Krishna Gokhale.
The sources from where the passages are extracted are duly quoted.
-Untouchability. Edited by Bharatan Kumarappa. Ahmedabad,
Navajivan publishing house, 1955. iv, 16p. 211cm.
3433
A collection of selected articles on untouchability which summarize Gandhi's
views regarding untouchability.
About
Bandyopadhyaya, Anu. Mahatma, the man of the masses. In National
Herald (Lucknow) Feb. 6, 1955.
3434
A biographical study of Gandhi and his basic ideas. The article is divided
into the following headings: Living realities; Prahlad's example; Constructive
programme; and Women.
458
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
. Das Gupta, R.K. Mahatma Gandhi and the West. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Jan. 31, 1955.
3435
Estimates and interprets Gandhi's influence on the Western World.
Gandhi, Manilal. Gandhi as a father. In Nagpur Times (Nagpur)
Jan. 31, 1955.
3436
"In this article, the son (Gandhi's son) gives some reminiscences of his father
on the occasion of Mahatma Gandhi death anniversary.... Editor's note.
Hoare, Sir Samuel. How Gandhiji dealt with a King's reproof.
In Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Jan. 30, 1955
3437
It is a review of the author's Nine troubled years. One of the chapters on
Gandhi reveals how Gandhiji handled in his own characteristic way a delicate
situation with King George V, regarding the "Communal Award".
""
Jeelany, S. Mahatma Gandhi's triumph in the violence-ridden
Egypt. In Amrit Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Jan. 2, 1955
3438
Explains Egypt's political affairs and says "By its geographical, racial and
cultural position, Egypt dominates the Middle East and is a natural friend and ally
of India. Secularism has been in practice in Egypt scores of years before our
country adopted it. From India, Egypt learned how to shake itself free from the
foreign shackles, principally by the use of the Gandhian technique of non-vio-
lence."-India.
Prasad, Rajendra. “Gandhiji, a replica of Ganga". In Hindus-
3439
tan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 1, 1955.
"I have sometimes felt that Mahatma Gandhi is a modern replica in human
form of the sacred Ganga," writes Dr. Rajendra Prasad in the foreword to his
book, At the feet of Mahatma Gandhi, to be published during this week."
Pyarelal. Gandhiji and the world crisis. In Hindustan Times
3440
(New Delhi) Jan. 30, 1955.
"The author of this special contribution writes from knowledge derived from
his close association with Mahatma Gandhi over a period of nearly thirty years.'
-Editor's note.
Mahatma Gandhi : the last phase.
the last phase. Ahmedabad Navajivan
publishing House, 1955. 2 Vols. Over 700 each pages 22cm.
(in Press)
3441
A detailed documented story of the last phase of Gandhi's life from the time
of his release from detention in May 1946 to his death on Jan. 30, 1948, based on
his unpublished correspondence, records and personal memoirs. This valuable
study is particularly useful for the last phase of India's struggle for freedom.
Raman, A.S.R. Soviet encyclopedia dubs Gandhiji reactionary and
religious. In Times of India (Delhi) Jan. 9, 1955.
3442
Criticises the biographical essay on Gandhi's life and work included in the
Soviet encyclopedia. The Soviet essay concludes, "The reactionary bourgeois
landlord bloc which came to power in India in 1947, is using Gandhism greatly
for the purpose of disarming the masses idealogically."-Ibid.
Reynolds, Reginald. The legacy of a great inspiration. In Free
Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 21, 1955.
3443
Supplement
459
Closely examines and analyses Gandhi's legacy.
Wyatt, Woodrow. India's greatest man. In Tribune (Ambala)
Feb. 2, 1955.
3444
A biographical study of Gandhi and his ideas. The author adds, "Mr.
Gandhi's personality was of that vivid kind which impresses itself on the conscious-
ness for ever after his smile, his laughter, his movements and his voice are sharply
cut into my memory."—Ibid.
GANDHI-ESTIMATE
(Includes materials mostly printed in the Indian Newspapers
from February 1948 to April 1955)
Adil, Adam. Mahatma Gandhi's gift to humanity; life of truth is
life of service. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Oct. 1, 1950.
3445
In the author's opinion "To bring truth to the understanding of the common
people from its metaphysical and philosophical concept, is the glorious gift of
Mahatma Gandhi. His concept of the Truth as God and Absolute Reality is of
the highest value to human progress. That is why he laid the utmost emphasis on
the pursuit of good means to achieve good ends. A reminder of this teaching of
Gandhiji is appropriate today when we, the inheritors of his legacy, are groping
in the dark to recapture the initiative he handed down to the people.
-Ibid.
The power of non-violence; Mahatma's weapon has played great
role in history. In Bombay Journal (Bombay) Jan. 15, 1950. 3446
A pacifist estimates Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
William Wordsworth and Mohandas Gandhi; English poet who
anticipated the Mahatma : Truth knows no barrier of time and space.
In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 29, 1950.
3447
A comparative study of the two great men.
Agarwal, Prem Narain. Grand Gandhi Museums. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 19, 1954.
3448
A valuable article full of bibliographical information regarding various plans
for Gandhian museums, collection of relics, Gandhi films, books and paint-
ings.
Agarwal, S.N. Gandhism finds fertile soil in the West; impressions.
of global tour. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Oct. 17, 1949. 3449
"The philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, the architect of Indian freedom has
permeated through the continent of Europe and U. S. A., in spite of their materi-
alistic traditions. A war weary world has now come to regard Gandhism as the
right solution for many of the ills which it is suffering from: Principal S. N.
Agarwal in this article alongside here gives his impressions of his global teachings
of Mahatma Gandhi may take roots earlier in the West than in the East"-Edit-
or's note.
Lasting peace can come through Gandhi's way of life.
In Search light (Patna) Sept. 17, 1950.
3450
The author, a careful student of Gandhism economics, stresses here the need
for following the way of living preached by the Mahatma.
460
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Alexander, Horace. The Gandhian way. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Nov. 27 1949.
3451
Estimates and evaluates Gandhism.
Legacy left by Gandhiji. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) July
11, 1948.
3452
A homage and a learned analysis of Gandhiji's legacy.
S
-The way of peace for mankind. In Free Press Journal (Bombay)
April 19, 1949.
3453
"Mr. Horace Alexander, well-known as a Pacifist, a member of the Society
of Friends and a staunch friend of long standing of India and Indian freedom,
writes here on the timeliest and most urgent of themes. Gandhiji's great key
of non-violence is not much in use in the offices of organised governments,
including those of India. But some friends are uniting to give a turn to that key
so as to unlock some possibilities, now lying hidden and follow, for building a
world at Peace. The writer of this article is a prominent member of the group
which is assuming the responsibility of convening an international peace confer-
ence in India at the end of 1949."-Ibid.
Aquiar, T. The "Little Man" colossus. In Free Press Journal
(Bombay) Oct. 1, 1950.
3454
Arun, K.C. Gandhiji apostle of Ahimsa. In Bombay Chronicle
(Bombay). Jan. 30, 1952.
3455
Explaining Gandhi's gospel of non-violence the author adds "This is perhaps
the greatest factor which made him not only a leader among men, but a guide to
humanity like Buddha, Mohammed and Jesus."-Ibid.
Azad, Prithvi Singh. Gandhi: the saviour of the suppressed and
oppressed. In Times of India (Bombay) Oct. 21, 1950.
3456
Bandhopadhyaya, Anu. Gandhi and colour bar. In Hindustan
Standard (Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1954.
4357
Interprets Gandhi's ideas on Colour discrimination.
Gandhiji. In Indian Express (Delhi) Jan. 4, 1953.
A brief biographical sketch.
3458
Great Scavangar. In National Herald (Lucknow) April 12, 1953.
3459
Shelley and Gandhi. In National Herald (Lucknow) Oct. 19,
3460
1949.
Banerjee, Atul Chandra. Thirty days of peace mission. In National
3461
Herald (Lucknow) Jan. 30, 1949.
In National Herald
Banerjee, G.J. Is Marxism out of date.
(Lucknow) May 13, 1953.
3462
Basu, Nirmal Kumar. The Quintessence of Gandhism. In Pioneer
(Lucknow) Oct. 2, 1947.
3463
Supplement
461
Baum, Bernard. Western Civilization and the spirit of Gandhi. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Oct. 1, 1949.
3464
Beaupuy, Nichel. Gandhiji's views on machines and technology. In
Tribune (Ambala) Nov. 30, 1954.
3465
Interprets and comments on Gandhiji's ideas on machinery and techno-
logy.
Bhagvat, Acharya. Gandhism a philosophy of life. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) May 10, 1949.
3466
Bhaskar, Madhav K. Indian who had not heard about Gandhiji.
In Times of India (Bombay) Oct. 1, 1950.
3467
Birla G.D. A great light has extinguished. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Fcb. 9, 1948.
3468
59
"Seldom, I think, human history records of one individual who was at once
a warrior, a prophet and a saint and yet deeply humble and intensely human,
said G. D. Birla, paying his homage to Mahatma Gandhi, in his radio broad-
cast on Feb. 8. 1948.
Boyd-Orr, Lord. Place of Gandhism in world politics. In Hin-
dustan Times (New Delhi) Jan. 30, 1953.
3469
Brailsford, H.N. Gandhi's place in history. In National Herald
(Lucknow) Feb. 6, 1950.
3470
Brockington, Leonard W. A Canadian's homage to Mahatma Gandhi.
In National Herald (Lucknow) Jan. 30, 1950.
3471
Bunche, Ralph. Gandhian solution to international tensions, worth a
trial. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 25, 1953.
3472
A record of questions and answers put to him regarding Gandhi and philoso-
phy of non-violence.
Canby, Henry Seidel. A book Gandhiji kept at his bedside In
Free Press Journal (Bombay) Nov. 12, 1954.
3473
"Thoreau's "Walden" was published 100 years ago. It has become many
things to many men; inspired Gandhiji with his essay on "Civil Disobedience".
Here is Walden reappraised by Henry Seidal Canby, dear of American Literary
critics."-Ibid
Chander, Jag Parvesh. Love alone is Gandhi. In Tribune (Ambala)
Oct. 2, 1946.
3474
Chandoke, Lakshman Yati. "The Gandhi National Memorial Fund.
In Free Press Journal (Bombay) April 24, 1949.
3475
Traces the origin and development of the Gandhi National Memorial Fund
and explains its twelve objects.
Mahatma Gandhi in American eyes. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1949.
3476
462
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Chandra, Sushila. Gandhiji's religion of humanity. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Oct. 2, 1954.
3477
Examines Gandhi's conception of universal religion and brotherhood.
Chatterjee, Nandlal. The philosophy of Gandhiji's non-violent non-
co-operation. In Pioneer (Lucknow) Oct. 2, 1953.
3478
Chatterjee, Sailen. First and last birthday in a Free India In Tri-
bune (Ambala) Oct.2, 1948.
3479
Expresses his impressions on Gandhiji's 78th birthday in Free India.
Chattopadhyaya, Harindranath. Immortal leader. In Indian Express
(Madras) Jan. 30, 1949.
3480
A poem estimating Gandhi's life and work.
Chottapadhyaya, Kamaldevi. The Apostle of non-violence and Truth.
In National Call (Delhi) Oct. 1, 1950.
3481
A learned estimate of Gandhi and his philosophy of non-violence.
Choudhury, Subrata Roy. The Christ of India. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1950.
3482
Christen, Kim. A memory of Mahatma Gandhi. In Search Light
(Patna) Jan. 29, 1950.
3483
Cine-Keen. Propagating Gandhian ideals. In Search Light (Patna)
Feb. 6, 1949.
3484
Estimating Gandhi's ideals the author adds, "Mahatma was intensely human
and he would have appreciated the human approach to life as he advocated them.
Cardinal among those are his approach to the problems of non-violence, untoucha-
bility, dignity of labour and truth.”—Ibid.
Deo, Shankarrao. "In the meeting with the peasants I was face to
face with God." In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Oct. 2, 1949. 3485
Desai, Morarji. Building an India of Gandhiji's dreams. In Free
Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 31, 1950.
3486
Desai, Maganbhai P. Gandhiji and various isms. In Search Light
(Patna) Aug. 26, 1953.
3487
Desikan, E.R. Gandhiji's death anniversary in Columbia. In Indian
Express (Madras) Fcb. 13, 1949.
3488
Deva, Narendra. Gandhiji initiated Common man into politics. In
National Herald (Lucknow) Feb. 4, 1953.
3480
Diwakar, R.R. Gandhiji's experiments in social dynamics. In
News Chronicle (Delhi) Jan. 30, 1951.
3490
"The writer of this article sums up: The sum total of his (Gandhi's) social
philosophy may be said to be the pursuit of total social welfare by individual
through promotion of the constructive forces in society. Everything that comes
in the way of such an endeavour, including one's own weakness, is an evil. And
Z
Supplement
463
evil, in Gandhiji's gospel, gets no quarter. Resist evil with all your might, he
would say. Never submit to it nor run away from it."—Ibid.
Diwakar R.R. The ideal of Sarvodaya : Gandhiji's message. In
Free Press Journal (Bombay) Oct. 2, 1953.
3491
Examines and estimates Gandhi's conception of Sarvodaya.
Duara, S. In Bapuji's memory. In Asam Tribune (Gauhati)
Jan. 30, 1949.
3492
East Punjab. High Court. Gandhi murder case appeal judgment:
text of East Punjab High Court decision. In Hindustan Times Aug.
1, 1949.
3493
“The following is the full text of the judgment delivered on June 21, 1949,
by a full-bench of the East Punjab High Court, Simla, in the appeal preferred by
Nathuram Godse and seven others against their sentences by the Special Court,
Delhi, in the Gandhi Murder case. The judgment in effect held that with the
exception of Dr. Parchure and Shankar all the other prisoners had entered into
agreement to take the life of Mahatma Gandhi.”—Ibid.
Elenjimittan, Anthony. Mazzini and Gandhi. In Indian Nation
(Bombay) Nov. 6, 1953.
3494
A comparative study. The author adds, "Like Mazzini Gandhiji also beli-
eved that political freedom, unity and cultural resurrection of India will prove to
be an undeniable blessing to both East and West because of her philosophy, and
Religion." Adding further he says, "Like Mazzini, Gandhiji's religious mind was
all-inclusive and was offered to all forms of sectarianism, going to the very bot-
tom of ethics and spirituality in religion. Mazzini had to encounter attacks from
Christian orthodoxy and exclusivism. Gandhiji from Hindu orthodoxy and exclu-
sivism."—Ibid,
Faruqi, M.H. Messiah removed from his midst. In Leader (Allaha-
bad) Feb. 5, 1948.
3495
A tribute.
Fischer, Louis. Count Leo Tolstoy and Mahatma Gandhi. In
Search Light (Patna) Jul. 4, 1949.
3496
"Fischer, the political scientist, presents in this, the third of series of thirteen
articles, an idea of the correspondence that passed between Tolstoy and
Mahatma Gandhi. Texts of the letters that passed between these two gigantic
thinkers of the West and the East, will throw light on the fact that Tolstoy had
significant influence on Mahatma's thoughts and actions specially in the days of
his early struggle in South Africa."-Ibid.
Gandhi's socialism. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta) Jul.,
13, 1946.
3497
-Mahatma Gandhi today: his life is a model for all. In Amrit
Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 1952.
3498
"The most effective weapon against Stalinism is Gandhism. If Gandhi's life
shows anything, it demonstrates how much an individual can by his own will
become bigger and better and thus resist the assaults of organised power. In
Gandhi, therefore, humanity could save itself from the danger for all," observes
Louis Fischer in the course of this article.
464
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Fischer Louis. Unity of political action and morality: What
Gandhiji stands for. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Oct. 19, 1947.
3499
Gandhi, Manilal. Son's reminiscences of Bapuji. In Hindustan
Standard (Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1952.
3500
A valuable article written by one of Gandhi's sons.
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhiji's letters to Sardar Patel. In Leader (Allaha-
bad) and Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Jan. 2, 1951.
3501
"The selected letters from hundreds written by Gandhiji to Sardar Patel
give us an intimate view of our recent history. They deal with some of the most
critical periods and show how the two leaders reacted to various situations. We
see how close they were and how deeply both were hurt whenever there was any
difference of opinion between them. Here are flashing sidelights on men and
affairs which help us to understand more fully many events in the past. Maniben
Patel's compilation from which these letters have been selected will always be an
important source book for historians.”—Ibid.
:
Gandhi, Ramdas. Correspondence between Gandhiji's son and Godse.
In Bombay Chronicle (Bombay) Jul. 9, 1949.
3502
Reprints of the letters passed between the Mahatma's son Ramdas
Gandhi and assassin, Nathuram Godse. Formerly it was published in The
Marhatta of Poona.
Ghan, P.T. Mahatmaji's message. In Hitavada (Patna) Oct. 3,
1954.
3503
Estimates Gandhi's greatness.
Ghosh, N. Gandhiji-Our modern man-in-God. In Bombay Chroni-
cle (Bombay) Jan. 30, 1950.
3504
"In that deep mystery "where God-in-man is one with man-in-God" man-
kind sees the living vision of an outstanding son of God. Such was Gandhiji,
our man-in-God. A man-in-God consciously deligently strives after the realiza-
tion of God in life and tries to attain the qualities or attributes of God in his
own character and personality. Gandhiji did so, and thus he has been found by
us as a man-in-God. A true son of God sees God, and, hears Him. Gandhiji
lived a godly life and followed His will as far as he heard Him. So we do not
hesitates to revere him as a true son of God.”—Ibid.
Ghosh, Sachindralal. Gandhiji's "Do or Die" mission. In Hindustan
Standard (Calcutta) Oct. 1, 1950.
3505
Interprets Gandhi's "Quit India" movement and explains its implica-
tions.
Guha, Arun Chandra. The miracle of the Mahatma; terrorist tells
story of his conversion. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Nov. 13,
1949.
3306
The author spent 26 years of his life in jail. Once a great revolutionary of
Bengal, Arun Chandra Guha is a zealous Congressman today. Here he
tells the story of how the "man of Peace" Mahatma Gandhi influenced
him.
Gulzarkhan, Raja. "How I came in contact with Bapuji." In
Bombay Chronicle (Bombay). April 2, 1948.
3507
Supplement
465
Hafiz Syed, M. Gandhiji's attitude towards Hinduism and Islam.
In Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Oct. 2, 1954.
3508
-Gandhiji's message is revelent today. In Free Press Journal
(Bombay) Jan. 30, 1951.
3509
Gandhiji's moral greatness. In Pioneer (Lucknow) Oct. 2,
3510
1947.
Mahatma Gandhi still guides the nation. In Hatavad (Patna)
Oct. 2, 1951.
3511
---What Gandhiji expects of us. In Hindustan Standard (Delhi)
Oct. 2, 1954.
3512
Harris, Moinuddin. Gandhi, the inspirer of men. In Pioneer
(Lucknow) Oct. 1, 1950.
3513
Hertberg, Sidney. John Dewey and Gandhi. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Jun. 16, 1952.
3514
A comparative study of Gandhi and John Dewey, probably the greatest
philosopher and educator the United States of America has produced.
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. A life of dedication to service of
humanity 1869/1948. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Jan.
3515
31, 1948.
This is the Chronicle of Mahatma Gandhi's life from 1869 to 1948.
In Hindustan Times
3516
Hirsch, Leo. Like Lincoln he was emancipator of India. In Free
Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 29, 1951.
3517
"The author an American Pacifist and a great admirer of Mahatma Gandhi
recalls Mahatma Gandhi's work for India and his contribution to world peace as
a tribute to his hallowed memory on the eve of the day of his Martyrdom which
India mournfully observes to-morrow, Jan 30. The author feels that the Maha-
tma is not living at the present moment when the peace-loving people the world
over are confronted with the fear of another deadly war."—Ibid.
Hingorani, Anand T. Bapu-My saviour.
(New Delhi) Aug. 26, 1948.
Holmes, John H. Death "Supreme moment" of Gandhiji's life. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 2, 1950.
3518
Our age glorified by his presence. In Hindustan Times (New
Delhi) Feb. 21, 1948.
3519
"The death of Mahatma Gandhi revealed suddenly the conviction of man-
kind that he was one of the supreme souls of all ages and that this our time had
been glorified by his transcendent presence among men," says Rev. Dr. John Hay-
nes Holmes, Minister, Community Church, New York, in a letter to Shri Devadas
Gandhi.
Howard, Peter. Gandhiji and the M.R.A, In Hindustan Standard
(Calcutta) Feb. 1, 1953,
3520
466
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Imam, Syed Naqui. The teaching of Gandhiji. In Search Light
(Patna) Jan. 31, 1951.
3521
The author adds, "Mahatma Gandhi's main teaching, as I conceive, is self-
control. This seems to me to be the corner stone of his teachings. Whether it
be Brahmacharya, Ahimsa, Satyagraha, search after Truth or other acts in daily
life, self-control is the foundation.”—Ibid.
Iyer, A. Rama. Mahatma's contribution to English literature. In
Search Light (Patna) May 10, 1953.
3522
Jena, Surendranath. The Gandhian man. In Hindustan Standard
(Calcutta) Aug 21, 1949.
3523
Joseph, Jaiboy. Mahatma Gandhi's philosophy-some reflections
In Times of India (Bombay) Jan. 30, 1950.
3524
Joseph, Pathan. Art of writing obituary; tributes to Gandhiji analysed.
In Indian Express (Madras) Feb. 4, 1948.
3525
A valuable article as it analyses homages paid to the memory of Gandhi
by various individuals, organizations and Heads of countries.
--Saint and Sage. In Indian Express (Madras) Jan. 30, 1949.
3526
Kabir, Humayun. Mahatma Gandhi. In Hindustan Times (New
Delhi) Feb. 5, 1952.
3527
A biographical study of Gandhi and his philosophy of life by India's one
of the best known literary personalities.
Karmarkar, D.P. World's homage to Gandhiji, Spiritual father to all
mankind. In Hindu (Madras) Oct. 2, 1948.
3528
Katju, K.N. Dare to walk alone. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta)
Feb. 6, 1949.
3529
In great seer we find soul of India. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) August 19, 1949.
-Mahatma Gandhi. In Statesman (New Delhi) Jan. 30, 1949.
3530
An estimate of the man and his philosophy of life.
Time for welding national harmony. In Leader (Allahabad)
Oct. 3, 1954.
3531
Explains Gandhi's ideas on Hindu-Muslim Unity with special reference to
the Hyderabad and Uttar Pradesh happenings.
Kaur, Rajkumari Amrit. Build up India of Gandhiji's dreams. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 1, 1948.
3532
Rajkumari Amrit Kaur, Health Minister of the Central Government of
India and disciple of Gandhi, in a broadcast on January 31, 1948 in Delhi on the
death of the Mahatma Gandhi said, “In the twinkling of an eye, our greatest and
most beloved leader, our friend, philosopher, and guide was father to us all, not
for nothing did we call him Bapu. And we are today orphans."—Ibid.
Supplement
467
A
Khan, Abdul Majid. Gandhian culture. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1951.
3533
-Mahatma Gandhi-a supreme social scientist. In Times of
India (Bombay) Oct. 2, 1951.
3534
Khullar, K.K. Carlyle and Gandhi-A study. In Tribune (Ambala)
Dec. 28, 1952.
3535
Comparing the two personalities the author adds, "Thus Carlyle and Gan-
dhi stand on the same tradition of intuition and insight. They meet the scien-
tist, the evolutionist, the free trader, the historian, the democrat, the parliament-
arian and the intellectualist with a keen edged sound of verbal wit and ivory
and challenge than for open duel in the arena of moral law within."-Ibid.
Kini, K.N. Gandhiji's way of educating the people: rural university
scheme. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) April 17, 1949. 3536
Kripalani, Acharya J.B. Gandhiji as a social thinker. In Amrit
Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1950.
3537
Gandhiji's political and social ideas. In Pioneer (Lucknow)
Oct. 2, 1949.
3538
-Has Gandhism failed? In Hatavada (Nagpur) Oct. 1, 1949. 3539
Kripalani, Krishna. Who is a Gandhi-ite? partiotism, piety and
politics. In Tribune (Ambala) Jun. 27, 1947.
3540
"Who is a Gandhi-ite after all? It is one who spins religiously but is
contemptuous of those who do not. It is he who wears his Gandhism as
a lever
of power and follows Gandhi because it pays to follow the "Carank” who hap-
pens to be a shrewd politician and to wield magic power over the people. The
number of people who claim the honour of being a Gandhi-ite is unbelievably
large and the varieties innumerable. In an extremely humorous style Krishna
explains the various types of Gandhi-ites in currency as distinguished from the
really true Gandhi-ite."-Editor's note
Kumarappa, Bharatan. From the Gandhian angle, will standard of
life fall in self-sufficient villages? In Free Press Journal (Bombay)
Nov. 25, 1951.
3541
*
-How true are we to the Mahatma? In Free Journal (Bombay)
Oct. 30, 1951.
3542
"The writer here, who has been a close associate of Gandhiji attempts an
answer." He says, "Not betray him.... True homage demands that we work for
an India where non-violence will prevail, where man will not exploit man, where
people will work in sufficient groups co-operating to make their common life a
blessing where even the weakest and the best will learn to become master of
himself and rise to the highest of which he is capable." — Ibid.
-Mahatma Gandhi and the quest for synthesis. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Oct. 6, 1947.
3543
-To freedom under Gandhiji In Leader (Allahabad) Oct. 2, 1946.
In this article specially written for Gandhi Jayanti, the author throws a flood
of light on Gandhiji's leadership.
468
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Kumarappa, J.C. How Gandhiji grabed me? In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Jan. 30, 1953.
3544
A personal history of a Gandhian economist's association with Gandhi.
Let not your heart be troubled. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Feb. 11, 1948.
3545
A tribute by a well-known Gandhian economist who helped Gandhiji in
realizing the true conception of Cottage Industries.
Two messages of Truth. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Jun.
11, 1950.
3546
Lal, M.M. Gandhi as a humorist. In Tribune (Ambala) Oct. 2,
1953.
3547
Lawrence, Lord Pethick. Saint and lawyer who baffled politicians. In
Free Press Journal (Bombay) March 13, 1949.
3548
Analyses Gandhi's attitude towards World War II.
Lester, Muriel. Self-denied test of leadership. In Hindustan Stan-
dard (Calcutta) Nov. 2, 1950.
3549
Miss Muriel Lester explains Gandhi's message.
-He identified himself with the common man, perfect balance of
gentleness and strength. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
3550
Jan. 31, 1949.
"Gandhiji's power came from his practice of identifying himself with the
common man; any one who cares to train himself in the same way for the love
of God can achieve the same sort of balance,”said Miss Muriel Lester while giving
a broadcast talk.
Maini, Ladha Singh. With Gandhiji in South Africa. In Indian
Express (Madras) Oct. 2, 1953.
3551
Malaiya, K.C. Non-violence and Mahatma Gandhi. In Hitavada
(Nagpur) Jan. 30, 1954.
3552
Analyses and examines Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence in the light of
Jainism, Budhism, Marxism and Tolstoy.
Malkani, N.R. Swami Vivekananda and Mahatma Gandhi. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 15, 1953.
3553
A comparative study.
Mashruwala, K.G. Fear and hesitation. In Hindustan Times (New
Delhi) Nov. 10, 1948.
3554
A friend of the forsaken. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Nov. 28, 1949.
3555
-Gandhiji would not have wished to die in palace, move to acquire
Birla House for National Wrong. In Bombay Journal (Bombay)
Apr. 25, 1948.
3556
33
Supplement
469
*
This was a move afoot to acquire the Birla House for the nation, to be
turned into some kind of memorial to the Mahatma. The owner refused to pres-
ent his residence to the Nation.
Mavalankar, G.V. Gandhiji's philosophy of evolution. In Assam
Tribune (Gauhati) Oct. 2, 1954.
3557
Examining Gandhi's philosophy of evolution the author said, "This new
philosophy by means of the Hope it created, engendered in the popular mind
the Faith of Success in their cause and the subsequent history is an ample proof
of the fact that the hope and faith both justified." Adding further he said, "He
made men of the human material in India and led them to their goal. He won
the war of Indian independence by new methods and technique, with an army
which never carried death or destruction wherever it went in this conquering
campaign, but carried a message of goodwill, universal brotherhood, peace and
good of humanity, combined with a spirit of sacrifice and service.”—Ibid.
What Gandhi lived for. In National Call (Delhi) Oct. 2, 1951.
3558
Mehrotra, P.R. Mahatma Gandhi and his punctitiousness. In
Pioneer (Lucknow) Feb. 1, 1949.
3559
The writer of this article had the rare privilege of serving Mahatma Gandhi
as one of his personal attendants and Hindi Secretary in his tour of India in the
years 1920, 1921 and 1922 and of working as an Assistant Editor of one of his
weekly organs a few years later. He was also the translator of his articles in
English and Gujerati and was entrusted with the duty of teaching Hindi to Euro-
pean disciples of Gandhi and such other inmates of the world famous Sabarmati
Ashram as were ignorant of Hindi.
Mehta, Fredie A. Mahatma and Harold Laski. In Free Press
Journal (Bombay) Apr. 9, 1950.
3560
"Mahatma Gandhi has been cremated; so has been Professor Laski. But
neither Mahatma Gandhi nor Laski is dead. They both live in the hearts and
minds of millions of men and women all over the world. To the world each has
bequeathed a legacy, which it will not willingly let die. From the stand point of
political philosophy a comparison and contrast between Laski and Gandhiji cannot
fail to be interesting and faithful.”—Ibid.
Mehta, Gaganvihari. The light of our land. In Bombay Chronicle
(Bombay) Feb. 5, 1948.
3561
Pays homage and discusses that "Gandhiji's politics was only his spiritual
autobiography writ large."
Mehta, J.K. What non-violence means. In National Herald
(Lucknow) Mar. 22, 1953.
3562
Mehta, V.L. Mahatma Gandhi's economic theories; stress on human
values and decentralization. In National Call (Delhi) Mar. 4, 1949.
3563
Meireles, Madame Cecilie. "Murdered while blessing the people."
In Search Light (Patna) Jan. 31, 1953.
3564
A poem.
Merrill, Boynton. Mine eyes have seen the glory. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Apr. 18, 1948.
470
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
A sermon preached by Dr. Boynton Merrill in the First Congregational
Church, Columbus, Ohio, on February 15, 1948.
Mira Ben. They have become one. In
Delhi) Feb. 12, 1948.
Hindustan Times (New
3565
An English disciple who made India her home and service of India her life's
mission paying homage to Bapu says "For me there were only two, God and Bapu.
And now they have become one." -Ibid.
Modi, C.M. Mahatma Gandhi as labour leader. In Times of
India (Bombay) Oct. 1, 1950.
3566
Moore, Arthur. How martyrdom works; a national spiritual law. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 8, 1948.
3567
Moor, S. Gandhi, Keynes and the spinning wheel. In Indian
Express (Madras) Aug. 4, 1953.
3568
Gandhi appears in Western eyes as an enemy of technical progress, an old-
fashioned romantic who has strayed into the twentieth century, carrying his
spinning wheel with him. This article explains "how far is this impression
accurate."
Mukerji, Aruna. Gandhi's message to the world. In Times of India
(Bombay) Jan. 30, 1950.
3569
Mukerjee, Radhakamal.
(Ambala) Oct. 2, 1954.
Humanism
Humanism of Gandhiji.
Gandhiji. In Tribune
3470
Examining Gandhi's conception of humanism the author adds, "Gandhiji's
burning social conscience and ardent programme for service for the handicapped
and the under privileged in society can spread and flourish in our generation
only when it is interested in what is more than man, and religion opens out to
it a more than human channel to the strivings after goodness and love."
-Ibid.
Munshi, K.M. The void persists. In Pioneer (Lucknow) Oct. 2,
1949.
3571
"Public memory is usually short. Not so in the case of Gandhiji. Though
nearly two years have elapsed since he left us, a sense of personal loss
persists, in most of us. In this moving article, Mr. K. M. Munshi
gives us a glimpse of Gandhiji as he appeared to his close followers."-Editor's
note.
Musafir, Giani Gurmukh Singh. Appeal to believers in Gandhian
ideology. In Tribune (Ambala) Jan. 26, 1953.
3572
In his appeal the author adds, "I may appeal to all the persons and parties
who believe in Gandhian ideology, to forget their petty differences and join
hands with the parent organisation to meet the present danger in the same way
as they did during the freedom struggle."—Ibid.
Naidu, P.S. Gandhiji's philosophy of life. In Hindustan Standard
(Calcutta) Jan. 29, 1950.
3573
An examination and evaluation.
Supplement
471
Nair, Kusum. With Bapu went Ahimsa too, he knew how little his
followers believed. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 29, 1950.
3574
Estimating his philosophy of non-violence the authoress said, Gandhi, the
man of truth, the successful politician and leader of man will live in the
history of India and the world. The principles of non-violence and peace for
which he stood and fought will remain universal in the library of ideologists.
India will be mentioned by posterity as one of the main fields of his experi-
ments but it will also be recorded that the experiments stopped with the death of
the man."-Ibid.
Nanavaty, Shankerprasad S. Gandhiji-a practical realist. In Bom-
bay Chronicle (Bombay) Oct. 2, 1953.
3575
Narayan, Jayaprakash. Violence iteres from greed and fear in Society.
In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Nov. 5, 1954.
3576
-Work is workshop at Gandhijis' Wardha : Sevagram upholds
dignity of labour. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Sep. 30, 1951.
3577
Nargolkar, V.S. Have we disowned the Mahatma? Gandhian ideals
recede to the background; time for heart-searching on freedom anni-
versary eve. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Aug. 8, 1948. 3578
Nayar, Sushila. Bapu lives. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Feb. 10, 1948.
3579
One of Gandhiji's private secretaries and physicians pays her tribute to
Bapu.
-Mr. Churchill and Gandhiji's fast.
(Bombay) Oct. 6, 1951.
In Bombay Chronicle
3580
Criticises Churchill's statement in his book "The Hinge of Fate" as "It was
certain however at an early stage that he was being fed with glucose whenever
he drank water. In the end, being quite convinced of our obduracy he aband-
oned his fast.”—Ibid.
Prof. Einstein and Mahatma Gandhi, an interview with the greatest
scientist. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta) Dec. 11, 1949.
3581
Mahatma's contribution to human progress. In Times of India
(Delhi) Dec. 5, 1952.
3582
A discourse on Gandhi's life and philosophy given in a series of Gandhi
memorial lectures organized in connection with the Silver Jubilee celebrations of
the Agra University.
-What did Gandhi leave to India. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Jan. 31, 1950.
3583
With Mahatma Gandhi in Prison-I-IV. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Apr. 9, 1950, Apr. 10, 1950, Apr. 23, 1950 and
Apr. 30, 1950.
3584
Translation of the authoress's book in Hindi, Karavas ki-Kahani.
472
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
Nehru, Jawaharlal. Bapu's pilgrimage. In Free Press Journal
3585
(Bombay) Apr. 4, 1948.
This is Nehru's own translation of the speech made by him in Hindustani
on the banks of the Ganga, soon after the Mahatma's ashes were immersed in
the waters where the Ganga and the Jumna rivers actually meet in Allahabad.
The leader, truth was to him God. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
3586
(Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1951.
The perfect artist. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 19,
3587
1948.
Relates his first meeting with Gandhi and estimates his life and work.
He adds, "As he grew older his body seemed to be just a vehicle for the mighty
spirit within him. Almost one forgot the body is one listened to him, and
where he sat became a temple and where he trod was hollowed ground."
-Ibid.
SO
Nehru, Rameshwari. Propagating Gandhian ideology. In Nation
3588
(Calcutta) Apr. 29, 1949.
evaluation. In Pioneer
3589
Orwell, George. Gandhiji-A
(Lucknow) Oct. 2, 1949.
critical
Evaluating Gandhi and his work the author adds, "Mahatma Gandhi was a
man of such rare and selfless character and integrity that his death last year
was felt as a tragic loss not only by millions of people in India and Pakistan
but by the whole civilized world. We present here a new evaluation of Gandhi's
achievement by George Orwell, an English writer and critic well known for the
independence and originality of his views."-Editor's note.
Pandia, M.N. Hail. Mahatma Gandhi the doctor. In Free Press
Journal (Bombay) Oct. 2, 1953.
3590
Parasuram, T.V. Gandhiji in uniform. In Assam Tribune (Gauhati)
Oct. 2, 1952.
3591
Parulekar, N.B. Gandhi an irrepressible optimist. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 1, 1949.
3592
Polak, H.S.L. Early memories of Gandhi. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Apr. 4, 1948.
3593
Reveals his association with Gandhi in South Africa and pays homage to
Bapu.
-With Mahatma in South Africa. In Free Press Journal (Bombay)
Feb. 12, 1950.
3594
Recalls his conversation with Gandhi and his South African struggle for the
betterment of Indians.
Poore, Charles. Discovery of Gandhi.
(Bombay) Aug. 14, 1949.
In Free Press Journal
3595
A review of Vincent Sheean's "Lead, kindly light". Of this book the revie-
wer says, "It is written in cool haste and it burns with favour. Mr. Sheean
has lived and written for Gandhi often with more eloquence than clarity, but
Supplement
473
always with his old interest in life in the past and present and his new
zest for life in the hereafter.”—Ibid.
Prakash, Ved. Gandhian economics. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1951.
3596
Examines and interprets Gandhi's conception of economics.
Prasad, Rajendra. Mahatma's contribution to world thought has
been enormous. In Search Light (Patna) Mar. 29, 1949. 3597
Pyarelal. Bapu's final resting place. In Hindustan Times (New
Delhi) Feb. 24, 1948.
3598
-The Gandhi peace mission in Noakhali. In Hindustan Standard
(Calcutta) May 17, 1949.
3599
Gandhian technique and world crisis. In Search Light (Patna)
Jul. 12, 1953.
3600
Gandhiji-The last phase I-III. In Hindustan Times (New
Delhi) Feb. 14, 1950, Feb. 21, 1950 and Feb. 28, 1950.
3601
A valuable source for Gandhi's Noakhali tour, by his private Secretary.
Gandhiji's experiments in non-violence; a study of his technique.
In Search Light (Patna) Jan. 30, 1950.
3602
Gandhiji's last discussions with fellow workers. In Search Light
(Patna) Mar. 18, 1949. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta) Mar.
13, 1949.
3603
"It is widely known that the future role of the constructive programme
occupied Gandhiji's mind to the exclusion of almost all other topics during his
last days. It was at this time that he prepared his draft of the new Congress
Constitution. Pyarelal in this article gives almost the first succinct account of some
of the talks that Gandhiji then had with his co-workers. The article is reproduc-
ed by courtesy of "Harijan.”—Ibid.
He gave us a weapon to fight forces of evil. In Free Press Journal
(Bombay) Dec. 25, 1949.
3604
"Gandhiji set out to discover and present to a war-scarred and scared world
a powerful weapon that could annihilate the forces of evil. That weapon, Ahimsa
is now more and more being accepted as the only device which can meet the
challenge of atomic armaments. Naturally, therefore, the world has turned its
eyes to India to know more about the technique and trend of Gandhiji's non-
violence, how he conceived and practised it. Mr. Pyarelal, Gandhiji's Secretary
and disciple, has now undertaken the task of compiling the Mahatma's writings
on the subject. Alongside are relevant portions from the introduction to Mr.
Pyarelal's publications A Pilgrimage for Peace: Gandhi and Frontier Gandhi
among N.W.F. Pathans."-Editor's note.
The master and his message: the practical idealist. In Hin-
dustan Standard (Calcutta) Mar. 1, 1952, May 25, 1952 and June 11,
1952.
3605
474
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
The three Gandhi Memorial lectures, delivered at the invitation of the Agra
University, to students at Kanpur on December, 1951 by the author, life-long
associate of Gandhi, serving him for a considerable period of time till the day of
his martyrdom on January 30, 1948, as his private Secretary.
Pyarelal. A Pilgr image for peace. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi)
Jan. 10, 1955.
3606
Rajagopalachari, C. Mahatma Gandhi's ideals only way to greatness.
3607
Statesman (New Delhi) Feb. 1, 1949.
"In the path which Gandhiji has shown us lies our greatness and prosperity.
If any man hates you, do not bother about it. Try to love him and that man
will begin to love you. If other people tell lies, do not bother about him. Speak
the truth and everything will go well," said Rajaji, in a prayer meeting held at
Government house at 9 p. m. on Sunday, the first death anniversary of Mahatma
Gandhi.
In
-Religion and Gandhiji. In Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Oct.
2, 1953.
3608
In this article the author describes the role of religion in Gandhiji's
teachings.
Ramachandran, G. Gandhiji and coffee. In Free Press Journal
(Bombay) Oct. 2, 1949.
3609
Extracts from the author's "A sheaf of Gandhi Anecdots".
—-
Ramswarup. Moral neutrality foreign to Gandhism. In Search
Light (Patna) Sep. 17, 1954.
3610
Advocates against communism and argues that Gandhi's philosophy is an
antithesis of communism.
Ranade, R.D. The conception of spiritual life in Mahatma. In
Leader (Allahabad) Oct. 2, 1953.
3611
Gives in nut-shell, the spiritual teachings of Mahatma Gandhi and his achieve-
ments in that direction.
Rao, K. Rama. Mahatma Gandhi-Same thoughts. In Search
Light (Patna) Jan. 30, 1949.
3612
Rau, B.H. He was a source of great solace and inspiration. In
Amrit Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1951.
3613
"The author, a veteran journalist, had the rare privilege of being closely
associated with Gandhiji for over a decade, having important assignments in his
camp. He accompanied Gandhiji in his several historic marches like the Dandi.
On the occasion of Gandhi Jayanti, he gives his glimpses of the life and work
of the Father of Nation."-Ibid.
Ray, Manindra Narayan. Gandhi-and world peace. In Hindustan
Standard (Calcutta) Dec. 1, 1949.
3614
-A memorial to Gandhiji. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta)
Jan. 29. 1950.
3615
Role, S.J. Gandhiji's approach to world peace. In Hitavada
(Nagpur) Mar. 14, 1954.
3616
Supplement
475
Interprets Gandhi's approach to the international peace and explains philoso-
phy of Satyagraha.
Richards, C.O. Bapu was a tower of strength for women. In Search
Light (Patna) Jan. 30, 1949.
3617
“Gandhiji's unchanging faith in women's virtues and powers inspired her
and hired her to achieve things which without him would have seemed unthink-
able or impossible," writes Miss C. O. Richards, Principal Bankipore Girls'
High School Patna, in the course of this article. She also discusses in this article
why women in Bihar have a special reason to be grateful to Bapu.
-
Rudra, H. K. Gandhiji's pilgrimage to Shantiniketan on Dec.
18, 1946.
3618
Sah, Sankarlal. With Bapu's ashes beyond the Himalayas. In
Assam Tribune (Assam) Nov. 14, 1948.
3619
Saha, Satyanarayan. The Crucified Mahatma. In Pioneer (Lucknow)
Sep. 30, 1951.
3620
Sahai, Govind. Gandhi and his followers. In National Herald
(Lucknow) Oct., 1954.
3621
Sahai, Raghubir. Gandhism vs. Stalinism. In Leader (Allahabad)
Dec. 7, 1947.
3622
Saldanha, M.A. Gandhi and Tolstoy-A reverie. In Hitavada
(Patna) Apr. 11, 1950.
3623
A comparative study.
Santhanam, K. The man and his message. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Feb. 8, 1948.
3624
Interprets Gandhi's life and thought and pays his homage to him.
Saran, Sankar. Gandhiji the man. In Amrit Bazar Patrika (Cal-
cutta) Oct. 2, 1953.
3625
Sarkar, N.R. A statement who did not temporise with ideals.
Amrit Bazar Patrika (Bombay) Oct. 3, 1950.
An analysis of Gandhi's philosophy of life.
Sarkar, Bhupendra Nath. Tagore and Gandhi. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Aug. 7, 1949.
3626
A comparative study.
In
3627
Sastri, Nilakanta. Life and teachings of Gandhiji. In Indian
Express (Madras) Jan. 30, 1949.
3628
Siggins, A.J. Imitation of Christ. In Free Press Journal (Bombay)
Feb. 1, 1948.
3629
Sen, Mankumar. Gandhian economy what it means. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 1, 1949.
3630
476
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Sen, Mankumar. Gandhiji and community development. In Hin-
dustan Standard (Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1952.
3631
Gandhiji and decentralization. In Amrit Bazar Patrika
(Calcutta) Jan., 31, 1954.
3632
Ramraj Gandhian democracy. In Amrit Bazar Patrika (Cal-
cutta) Oct. 2, 1951.
3633
Sen, P.K. Gandhiji or Marx? Two solutions for same problem.
In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Apr. 2, 1950.
3634
In author's opinion, "The ultimate object of Marxism and Gandhism is the
same, namely, the attainment of peace and happiness. As there is no disagree-
ment on this point the need of the hour is that forces of freedom should unite
and work for the achievement of the ideals which are before the world."
-Ibid.
Sen Gupta, Jyoti. Bapu's peace mission in Noakhali. In
Hindustan Times (New Delhi) Feb. 12, 1948.
3635
A descriptive account of Gandhi's efforts for Hindu-Muslim unity in
Noakhali.
Sharma, M.S.M. Gandhiji's letters at the exhibition, nucleus of a
national museum. In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta) Mar. 4, 1949.
3636
Sharma, Vichitra Narayan. The economics of Sarvodaya. In National
Herald (Lucknow) Oct. 21, 1954.
3637
Discusses and examines three fundamentals of Sarvodaya : 1. Actualisa-
tion of ideal; 2. Right means of right ends; 3. Use of non-violence as a weapon
by individual society.
Sheean, Vincent. At the feet of the Mahatma. In Free Press Journal
(Bombay) Jul. 27, 1952.
3638
Shivdasani, Gobindo. Some aspects of Gandhi's personality. In
Nation (Calcutta) Oct. 3, 1950.
3639
Shukla, Chandrashanker. Gandhiji on God. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Oct. 16, 1949.
3640
A record of a talk between Dr. Conger and Gandhi, on November 2, 1933
at Wardha.
Siddiqi, M. Yasin. Gandhiji's assessment in terms of history. In
Amrit Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) May 27, 1951.
3641
A historian studies Gandhi's assessment in terms of history.
Sivaram, M. Sarvodaya. The Gandhian gospel. In Hindustan Stan-
dard (Calcutta) Aug. 6, 1949.
3642
Singh, J.J. Mahatma Gandhi memorial in Washington. In States-
man (New Delhi) Nov. 1, 1951.
3643
Supplement
477
Surveys the efforts led the law passed by the U. S. Congress on September
28, 1949, to erect a memorial in Washington to the memory of Mahatma
Gandhi.
Sinha, A.N. Bapu's services to Bihar recalled. In Search Light
(Patna) Nov. 5, 1950.
3644
Deplores lack of enthusiasm among people for Gandhian philosophy.
Gandhism believes in beneficent individualism. In Search Light
(Patna) Jul. 18, 1954.
3645
"Gandhian philosophy believes in beneficent individualism and the Sarvod-
aya ideal is the essence of this philosophy," said Shri A. N. Singha, Finance Mini-
ster of Bihar and leader of the Indian Delegation to the International Social
Conference held at Toronto, Canada on July 2, 1954.
Sinha, Nawal Kishore. Mahatma and Bihar. In Search Light
(Patna) Oct. 3, 1953.
3646
Singh, Mohan. Where is Gandhism? In Tribune (Ambala) Jan.
26, 1953.
3647
Answers to the following questions: "Republican India is Gandhi's India.
But where is Gandhism today ?"
Sinha, Mahasarju Prasad. Three pillars of peace. In Search Light
(Patna) Apr. 2, 1954.
3648
Discusses that Bapu, Rajendra Prasad, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, and Shri Jai
Prakash Narayan are three pillars of peace and they can change the face of the
world.
Sinha, Nawal Kishore. Task before Gandhians. In Search Light
(Patna) Jan. 12, 1953.
3649
Suggesting task before Gandhians the author adds, "Gandhism to serve
its historical purpose must be kept on the plane of practical human behaviour as
intended by the Master and saved from meeting a fate which has choked many
other life-giving movements in the past. But how ?"-Ibid.
Singh, V.B. Gandhi and Marx. In National Herald (Lucknow)
Jul. 7, 1953.
360
A comparative study of ideologies of Gandhi and Marx.
Sriprakas. Tread Gandhiji's path for Swaraj. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1953.
3651
Stein, Gunther. Draft for a world constitution. In Hindustan
Times (New Delhi) Apr. 8, 1948.
3652
Discusses about a draft for a word Constitution of historic importance signi-
ficantly dedicated to Mahatma Gandhi.
Gandhiji-India's chief hope for peace. In Leader (Allahabad)
Oct. 8, 1947.
3653
Strabolgi, Lord. Storm clouds in the West. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Feb. 15, 1948.
3654
478
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
Strachey, John. Marxism re-visited. In National Herald (Lucknow)
May 16, 1953.
3655
A comparative study.
Subramarian, V. Mahatma : The beacon of a free press; his greatness.
as journalist is adherence to Truth. In Frce Press Journal (Bombay)
Jan. 8, 1950.
3656
"Mahatma Gandhi was the greatest journalist of the world: not because he
was the greatest man of his age, who happened to be also a journalist ; not because
he owned any big daily whose circulation ran in millions or whose revenue counted.
in lakhs. For he edited only two Weeklies during his life, "Young India" first
and later "Harijan" whose circulation was counted only in thousands, which had
nothing spectacular either in get up or display, which were printed on unattractive
paper, and which had no advertisement at all.”—Ibid.
Sykes, Marjoire. Gandhiji in the world. In Hitavada (Patna)
Oct. 17, 1952.
3657
Tagore, Rabindranath. Garchi Maharaj. In Hindustan Standard
(Calcutta) Oct 2, 1948.
3658
A reprint of a poem by India's one of the best known poets.
Tandon. P.D. Nation's homage to Gandhiji. In Leader (Allahabad)
Oct. 2, 1946.
3659
-30-year-old unpublished speech of Gandhiji. In Hindustan
Standard (Calcutta) Oct. 26, 1947.
3660
Tendulkar, D.G. Gandhi-Tolstoy-Lenin. In National Herald (Luck-
now) Oct. 1, 1949.
3661
A comparative biographical study of three great men.
Theograj, S.I. What he meant to India and world. In Amrit Bazar
Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 1, 1949.
3662
Tyebji, Rehana. The influence of Bapu. In Hindustan Times
(New Delhi) Oct. 1, 1949.
3663
Vakar, S.M. Mahatma: a Soviet appraisal ; Champion of status
quo: agent of bourgeoisie. In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Feb. 19,
1950.
3664
What is the historical role of Gandhism? What has been its significance in
relation to the anti-imperialist struggle of the Indian people? What is the Gandhi-
an social philosophy? What place has the Gandhian economics in the context of
the struggles of India's teeming millions? There are some fundamental questions
discussed in this article by an eminent Soviet writer.
Vasudev. S.D. St. Francis and Gandhi: a study. In Tribune
(Ambala) December 13, 1953.
3665
While comparing St. Francis and Gandhi, the former known as the sage of
Perugia and the latter as sage of Sabarmati, the author concludes, "Both lived
before their times and both reached the highest grandeur after their deaths. To
them, death was a guide, philosopher and friend, and welcomed it as a way to a
higher life. Both brought into existence a new outlook, a new awakening, a new
Supplement
479
way of life, and however few the disciples or however inadequate the comprehen-
sion by the multitude of the triumph of the spirit that sonalities, the beauty of
their lives has filled one all with love and reverence, so that they both serve as
beacon lights to mankind and supreme examples of the triumph of the spirit that
conquers all."—Ibid.
Venkateswaran, V. Gandhism: Cure for world's ills; non-violence
weapon of the strong. In Times of India (Bombay) Oct. 1, 1950.
3666
An estimate of Gandhi's philosophy of non-violence.
Wadia, D.A. Gandhiji; the man and the Mahatma. In Amrit
Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Jul. 23, 1950.
3667
Wadia, Sophia. Religion in secular India : Gandhian ideal in practice.
In Free Press Journal (Bombay) Jan. 26, 1953.
3668
This article which interprets Gandhi's conception of religion was specially
written for the Free Press Journal Special Republic Number.
Watson, Francis. Gandhiji on slavery: the cardinal error in Marxism.
In Amrit Bazar Patrika (Calcutta) Oct. 2, 1952.
3669
Author of a dozen books of biography and criticism, was a modern language
scholar at Cambridge before entering journalism. He has travelled widely in
Europe and India and at the outbreak of the war he joined the Government of
India, returning to England in 1946. In this article compares ideologies of Gandhi
and Marx.
Yang, Y.Y. Some informed contacts between Gandhiji and China.
In Hindustan Standard (Calcutta) Nov. 11, 1954.
3670
A valuable article for Gandhi's contacts with China.
Yutang, Lin. Gandhism as I understand it. In Times of India
(Bombay) Oct. 2, 1951.
3671
SUBJECT HEADINGS USED
(In the following are listed alphabetically the Subject Headings and see and see
also Cross References used in the Part II, Section 3 of the Bibliography).
ABORIGINES
see
MINORITIES
THE AGA KHAN PALACE FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHAN PALACE
PRISON FAST
Feb. 10, 1943.
THE AGA Khan PalacE IMPRISON-
MENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
AGRICULTURE
AGRICULTURAL LABOURERS
see
THE AGA KHAN PALACE
PRISON
Aug. 9, 1942-May 6, 1943.
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
AHIMSA (Non-violence)
see also
SATYAGRAHA
AHMEDABAD SATYAGRAHA
see
ANARCHISM
APPRECIATION OF GANDHI
GANDHI-Estimate
see
ARAB-JEWISH QUESTION
ARRESTS
see
ART
Ashram Life
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS--SOUTH AFRICA
ASHRAMS
ASHRAMS
ASIATIC REGISTRATION ACT
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
ASSASSINATION
see
GANDHI-ASSASSINATION
ATOM BOMB
BA
see
KASTURBAI GANDHI
BARDOLI FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
see
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26, 1918.
BASIC EDUCATION
see also
BARDOLI, Feb. 12, 1922.
EDUCATION
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCA-
TION
BENGAL FAMINE
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
BENGAL-PARTITION
see
ANARCHISM
BHAGAVADGITA
BIBLIOGRAPHY
see
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIOGRA-
PHIES, Part I.
Subject Headings used
481
BIHAR
see
GANDHI-TOURS, BIHAR
BIHAR EARTHQUAKE
see also
GANDHI-TOURS, BIHAR
BIOGRAPHY
see
GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES, Part II,
Section 2
BIRTH CONTROL
see also
BRAHMACHARYA (Celibacy)
BOER WAR
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
BOMBAY FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
BOMBAY, May 31, 1917.
BOYCOTTS
BRAHMACHARYA (Celibacy)
see also
BIRTH CONTROL
BUDDHISM
CABINET MISSION
CASTE SYSTEM
see also
C.R. FORMULA (Chakravarty
Rajagopalachari Formula)
COMMUNALISM
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
CHAMPARAN Satyagraha
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CHAMPARAN, BIHAR,
Apr. 17, 1917.
CHARKHA (Spinning Wheel)
CHILDHOOD
see
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND
CHILDHOOD
CHINA
CHRISTIAN MISSIONS
see also
CHRISTIANITY
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE MOVEMENT
see
CIVILIZATION
SatyagrahA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
see
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE, Mar. 12,
1930.
EASTERN CIVILIZATION
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
COFFEE
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
COMMERCE
see
INDUSTRIALIZATION
COMMUNAL AWARD, Aug. 17, 1932.
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
FASTS-INDIA
see
COMMUNALISM
YERAVDA PRISON FAST,
Dec. 22, and May 8,
1933.
see
COMMUNAL QUESTION
COMMUNAL QUESTION (differences
among the people belonging to
different castes and religions).
see also
DIVIDE AND RULE POLICY
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
COMMUNISM
COMPARATIVE STUDY OF Gandhi
GANDHI-COMPARATIVE STUDY
CONGRESS
see
INDIAN NATIONAL CONGRESS
482
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
CONSTITUTION
see
INDIA-CONSTITUTION
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
see also
HARIJANS
CONTROLS
see
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
SATYAGRAHA
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCA-
TION
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA—
CONTROLS
CORRESPONDENCE
see
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE
(General)
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE
WITH GOVERNMENT
INDIA
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
see also
CHARKHA
INDUSTRIALIZATION
SWADESHI
CRIPPS' MISSION
CRITICISM
see
GANDHI-HOSTILE CRITICISM
CZECHOSLOVAKIAN ISSUE
DAS PARTY
see
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
DECONTROLS
DEFENCE
see
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA—
DECONTROLS
INDIA-DEFENCE
DELHI FAST
see
OF
FASTS-INDIA
NEW DELHI, Jan. 13, 1948.
Delhi Pact, Mar. 5, 1931.
see
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE,
London, 1931.
DEMOCRACY
DIET
see
VEGETARIANISM
“DIVIDE AND RULE" POLICY
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
DOMINION STATUS
see
INDIA-DOMINION STATUS
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
DRINKING
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
EASTERN CIVILIZATION
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
see
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
ECONOMIC THEORIST
see
GANDHI-ECONOMIC THEORIST
EDUCATION
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCA-
TION
EQUALITY OF RELIGIONS
see
RELIGION
ESCAPES OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI ESCAPES
ESTIMATE OF Gandhi
see
GANDHI-ESTIMATE
FAITH
see
PRAYER
Subject Headings used
483
FAMINE
see
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
FASCISM
FASTING
FASTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHAN PALACE FAST,
Feb. 10, to Mar. 1943.
AHMEDABAD FAST, Mar. 12, 1918.
Bardoli FasT, Feb. 15, 1922.
BOMBAY FAST, Nov. 9 to 13, 1921.
CALCUTTA FAST, Sep. 1 to Sep. 4,
1947.
DELHI FAST, Sep. 18, 1924.
NEW DELHI FAST, Jan. 13 to 18,
1948.
RAJKOT FAST, Mar. 3, 1939.
Sabarmati FAST, Apr. 13, 1919.
SABARMATI FAST, Nov. 24, 1925.
WARDHAGANJ FAST, Aug. 7, 1934.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, Sep. 20,
1932.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, Dec. 22,
1932.
YERAVDA PRISON FAST, May 8,
1933.
YERAVDA FAST, Aug. 16, 1933.
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
PHOENIX, 1913.
PHOENIX, 1914.
see also
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
FIRST ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
see
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
FLAG OF INDIA
see
INDIA-FLAG
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA-
CONTROLS
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA—
DECONTROLS
FOREIGN POLICY OF INDIA
see
INDIA FOREIGN POLICY
FORWARD BLOC
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
FRONTIER REVOLUTION
see
SATYAGRAHA AND PATHANS
GAMBLING
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
GANDHI-ANTHOLOGY
see
COLLECTIONS PART I
GANDHI-ARRESTS
see
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
GANDHI-ASSASSINATION
GANDHI-BIRTH
see
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND
CHILDHOOD
GANDHI-BIBLIOGRAHPY
see
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BIBLIO-
GRAPHIES, Part I.
GANDHI-BIRTHDAYS
GANDHI-CHILDHOOD
see
GANDHI PARents, Birth
AND CHILDHOOD
GANDHI-COMPARATIVE STUDY
see
GANDHI COMPARED TO
AMBEDKAR
GANDHI COMPARED TO
AUROBINDO
GANDHI COMPARED TO
BUDDHA
GANDHI COMPARED TO CHRIST
GANDHI COMPARED TO FORD
GANDHI COMPARED TO LENIN
GANDHI COMPARED TO NEHRU
GANDHI COMPARED TO STALIN
484
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
GANDHI COMPARED TO TAGORE
GANDHI COMPARED TO
TOLSTOY
GANDHI COMPARED TO AMBEDKAR
GANDHI COMPARED TO AUROBINDO
GANDHI COMPARED TO BUDDHA
GANDHI COMPARED TO CHRIST
GANDHI COMPARED TO FORD
GANDHI COMPARED TO LENIN
GANDHI COMPARED TO NEHRU
GANDHI COMPARED TO STALIN
GANDHI COMPARED TO TAGORE
GANDHI COMPARED TO TOLSTOY
GANDHI-COMMUNIST
COMMUNISM
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE
(General)
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE WITH
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
see
GANDHI-CRITICISM
see
INDIA
EUROPE
Belgium
Czechoslovakia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Jatly
Netherlands
PAKISTAN
SOUTH AMERICA
Brazil
Chile
Columbia
Panama
GANDHI-DEMOCRAT
DEMOCRACY
GANDHI-ECONOMIC THEORIST
see also
GANDHI-HOMAGES (Collections)
GANDHI-HOMAGES (Arranged
Geographically)
GANDHI-HOSTILE CRITICISM
(Note: To avoid the unnecessary repetition the Homages are not annotated).
Burma
Ceylon
China
Indonesia
Japan
Tibet
see
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
GANDHI-EDUCATION
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
⇓
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDU-
CATION
GANDHI-ESCAPES
GANDHI-ESTIMATE
GANDHI-ETHICAL PHILOSOPHER
GANDHI-FASTS
see
FASTS-INDIA
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
Peru
SOUTH EAST Asia
AFRICA AND MIDDLE
EAST
AFRICA
Ethiopia or Abys-
sinia
Morocco
Rhodesia
Sudan
Union of South
Africa
MIDDLE EAST
Arabia
Egypt
Iran
Lebanon
Syria
UNITED KINGDOM
UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA
Subject Headings used
485
see also
GANDHI-Estimate
GANDHI-HOMAGES
(Collections)
GANDHI-HOSTILE CRITICISM
GANDHI-HUMANIST
GANDHI-INCONSISTENCIES
GANDHI-INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
GANDHI INTERNATIONALIST
GANDHI INTERVIEWS
GANDHI-IRWIN PACT (Poona Pact)
see also
COMMUNAL AWARD
FASTS-INDIA
YERAVDA PRISON,
Sep. 20, 1932.
HARIJANS (Untouch-
ables)
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
GANDHI-MARRIAGE
GANDHI ON EDUCATION
see
GANDHI-EDUCATIONIST
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND
CHILDHOOD
GANDHI-POETRY
GANDHI-PRISON LIFE
GANDHI-PROPHET
GANDHI-REVIEWS OF BOOKS ON
see also
HIM
GANDHI REVOLUTIONARY
GANDHI-Saint
GANDHI-SOCIAL REFORMER
GANDHI-SOCIALIST
SOCIALISM
GANDHI-Statesman
GANDHI-TEACHINGS
GANDHI-TOURS
GANDHI-TRIALS
see also
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
GANDHI-Tributes
see
GANDHI HOMAGE
GANDHIAN INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
GANDHIAN OUTLOOK AND TECHNI-
QUES
see
GANDHISM
GANDHIAN PLAN
see
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
GANDHIAN WAY
see
GANDHISM
GANDHISM
GITA
see
BHAGAVADGITA
GOD
HARIJAN (Weekly)
see
PART III SECTION 3. PERIO-
DICALS GANDHI
EDITED AND SPONSORED
HARIJANS (Untouchables)
HARTALS
see
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
HEALTH AND HYGIENE
HINDI
see
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI
QUESTION
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI QUESTION
see also
NATIONAL LANGUAGE
486
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
HINDU MAHA SABHA
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
see also
COMMUNAL QUESTION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
KHILAFAT MOVEMENT
HINDUISM
HINDUSTANI
see
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI
QUESTION
HOMAGE TO GANDHI
see
GANDHI-HOMAGES
HOME RULE
see
SWARAJ (Complete indepen-
dence)
HORSE-RACING
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
HUMANITARIANISM
see
GANDHI-HUMANIST
HYGIENE
see
HEALTH AND HYGIENE
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHAN PALACE
PRISON, Aug. 9, 1942.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Apr. 17, 1917.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
POONA, Aug. 4, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
Sabarmati, Mar. 10, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, May 5, 1930.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jan. 4, 1932.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jul. 31, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
THE AGA KHAN PALACE PRISON,
Aug. 9, 1942.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Mar. 10, 1917.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
POONA, Aug. 4, 1933.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
SABARMATI, Mar. 10, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
YERAVDA, May 5, 1930.
IMPRISONMENTS-İNDIA
YERAVDA, Jan. 4, 1932.
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Jul. 31, 1931.
IMPRISONMENTS OF GANDHI
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA BLOEMFONTEIN,
Nov., 1913
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA DUNDEE, Nov. 11,
1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA JOHANNESBURG,
Jan. 10. 1908.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA PALMFORD, Nov. 6,
1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA STANDARTON,
Nov. 8, 1913.
Subject Headings used
487
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA TEAKWORTH,
Nov. 9, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA VOLKSRUST AND
PRETORIA, Oct. 15, 1908.
IMPRISONMENTS—SOUTH
see
AFRICA VOLKSRUST,
Nov. 17, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
sec
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
DUNDEE, Nov. 11, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
JOHANNESBURG, Jan. 10, 1908.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
PALMFORD, Nov. 6, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
STANDERTON, Nov. 8, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
TEAKWORTH, Nov. 9, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH Africa
VOLKSRUST, Nov. 17, 1913.
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
VOLKSRUST AND PRETORIA,
Oct. 15, 1908.
INCONSISTENCIES OF GANDHI
AFRICA BLOEMFONTEIN,
Nov. 1913.
GANDHI-INCONSISTENCIES
INDEPENDENCE OF INDIA
SWARAJ (Complete indepen-
dence)
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
INDIA-CONSTITUTION
INDIA-DOMINION STATUS
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
see also
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
SWADESHI
INDUSTRIALIZATION
INDIA-FLAG
INDIA-FOREIGN POLICY
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
see also
BOYCOTTS
FASTS-INDIA
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
INDIA-NATIONALISM
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS
SWADESHI MOVEMENT
SWARAJ
INDIA-NATIONALISM
see also
C. R. FORMULA
COMMUNAL AWARD
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
INDIA-PARTITION
see also
MUSLIM LEAGUE NEGOTIATIONS
PROVINCIALISM
<
C. R. FORMULA
COMMUNAL QUESTION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
PAKISTAN
INDIA-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
see also
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
INDIA-POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT
INDIA-POVERTY
see
CASTE SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTIVE PROGRAMME
INDIA-CIVILIZATION
INDIA-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
INDIA-POVERTY
"MOTHER INDIA"
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDU-
CATION
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
ENCE
INDIA--STRUGGLE FOR INDEPEND-
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
488
Mahatma Gandhi A Descriptive Bibliography
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
see also
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA,
Oct., 1940
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN,
Aug. 9, 1942
INDIAN NATIONAL ARMY (I.N.A.)
INDIAN NATIONAL CONGRESS
INDIAN NATIONAL PARTY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
INDIAN OPINION (Weekly)
see
PART III SECTION 3. PERIODI-
CALS GANDHI EDITED AND
SPONSORED
INDIAN PRINCES AND THEIR States
INDIAN REFORMS
INDIAN UNION
see also
INDIAN DOMINION
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA INDIVIDUAL SATYA-
GRAHA Oct., 1941.
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
INDUSTRIALIZATION
see also
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
INTERNATIONALISM
see also
GANDHI-HUMANIST
GANDHI-INTERNATIONALIST
INTERVIEWS
see
GANDHI-INTERVIEWS
INTOXICANTS
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
IRWIN PACT
see
GANDHI-IRWIN PACT
ISLAM
see also
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
KHILAFAT MOVEMENT
JAILS
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
JALLIANWALA BAGH TRAGEDY
JAPAN
JEWS
JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
see
AFRICA
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
JOHANNESBURG IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA JOHANNESBURG,
Jan. 10, 1908.
JOHANNESBURG SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA JOHANNES-
BURG, Aug. 17, 1908.
KASHMIR QUESTION
KASTURBA GANDHI
see
KASTURBAI GANDHI
KASTURBAI GANDHI
KHADDAR
see
KHADI
KHADI (Hand spun and woven cloth)
see also
CHARKHA (Spinning wheel)
SWADESHI (Home made goods)
Subject Headings used
489
KHEDA SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHAa CampaignsS-
INDIA KHEDA, Mar., 1918.
Khilafat MOVEMENT
see also
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
KISAN MOVEMENT
see
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
KOSI IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS—INDIA
Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919.
LABOUR AND WORKERS
LABOUR MOVEMENTS
see
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
LANDLORDS
see
LOCKOUTS
see
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
MACHINERY
see also
INDUSTRIALIZATION
MANUAL LABOUR
MARCHES OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-TOURS AND
MARCHES
MARRIAGE OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-Marriage
MEDICINE
MINORITIES
see also
M
COMMUNAL AWARD
COMMUNALISM
HARIJANS (Untouchables)
MISSIONARIES-CHRISTIAN
CHRISTIANITY
see
MONTAGUE-CHELMSFORD PROPO-
SALS
see
INDIAN REFORMS
MOPLAH REVOLT
see also
ISLAM
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
MORALS
see
GANDHI-ETHICAL PHILO-
SOPHER
RELIGION AND MORALS
MOTHER INDIA (Controversial book
by Katherine Mayo)
see also
INDIA-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
MOTIHARI IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
MOTIHARI, Apr. 7, 1917.
MUSLIM-HINDU UNITY
see
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
MUSLIM LEAGUE NEGOTIATIONS
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
INDIA-PARTITION
PAKISTAN
NATIONAL FLAG OF INDIA
see
INDIA-FLAG
NATIONAL LANGUAGE
see also
HINDI OR HINDUSTANI
QUESTION
NATIONAL MOVEMENT
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
NATIONALISM IN INDIA
see
INDIA-NATIONALISM
490
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
NAVAJIVAN (Weekly)
see
PART. III, SECTION 3. PERIODI-
CALS GANDHI EDITED AND
SPONSORED
NAYEE TALIM (new education)
see
BASIC EDUCATION
OPIUM
see
NEHRU ON GANDHI
see
PART II, GENERAL BIOGRAPHIES
UNDER NEHRU, JAWAHAR-
LAL
NEWCASTLE Satyagraha
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGN-
SOUTH AFRICA
NEW DELHI FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
see
66
NINETEEN-FORTY-TWO
NEWCASTLE SATYAGRAHA,
Oct. 28, 1913.
NOAKHALI
see
see
NEW DELHI FAST, Jan. 13,
1948.
see
QUIT INDIA "
1942.
GANDHI-TOURS AND
MARCHES
NON-VIOLENCE
AHIMSA (non-violence)
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERATION
CAMPAIGN,
-
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-
OPERATION, 1921.
OPEN LETTERS TO GANDHI
see
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE
(General)
DRINK, DRUGS AND
GAMBLING
PACIFISM
see also
AHIMSA (non-violence)
PAKISTAN
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
PALESTINE
see
ARAB-JEWISH QUESTION
PALMFORD IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
PALMFORD, IMPRISONMENT,
Nov. 6, 1913.
PARENTS OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-PARENTS, BIRTH AND
CHILDHOOD
PARTITION OF INDIA
see
INDIA-PARTITION
PARTITION OF BENGAL
see
ANARCHISM
PESHAWAR TRAGEDY
see
Satyagraha AND PATHANS
PATRIOTISM IN INDIA
see
INDIA-NATIONALISM
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
PH. D. THESES SUBMITTED ON
GANDHIAN PHILOSOPHY AND
HIS STRUGGLE FOR INDIA'S
INDEPENDENCE
PICKETING
see
BOYCOTTS
Subject Headings used
491
POETRY ON GANDHI
see
GANDHI-POETRY
POLITICAL PARTIES IN INDIA
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
AND GOVERNMENT IN
POLITICS
INDIA
see
INDIA-POLITICS AND GOVERN-
MENT
POONA PACT
see
GANDHI-IRWIN PACT
POVERTY IN INDIA
see
INDIA POVERTY
PRAYER
PRINCES AND THEIR STATES
see
A
INDIAN PRINCES AND THEIR
STATES
PROHIBITION
see
PROPHET
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
GANDHI-PROPHET
PROVINCIALISM
see
COMMUNALISM
PROSTITUTION
see
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
PUNJAB DISORDERS
see
JALLIANWALA BAGH TRAGEDY
PURDAH SYSTEM
see
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN, 1942
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
see
66
QUIT INDIA' CAMPAIGN,
1942.
RADICAL DEMOCRATIC PARTY
see
RAJKOT FAST
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
FASTS-INDIA
RAJKOT, Mar. 3, 1939.
RAMARAJ
see
""
SWARAJ (Complete independ-
ence)
RASHTRIYA SWAYAMSEVAK SANGH,
(R.S.S.)
see
RELIGION
see also
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
REFUGEES (INDIA AND PAKISTAN)
see also
INDIA-PARTITION
CHRISTIANITY
HINDUISM
ISLAM
RELIGION AND MORALS
RELIGION AND POLITICS
see
ON HIM
REVOLUTIONARY
see
RELIGION AND STATE
RELIGION AND STATE
REVIEWS OF BOOKS ON Gandhi
see
Gandhi-REVIEWS OF Books
Reviews
GANDHI-REVOLUTIONARY
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE,
LONDON, 1931.
ROWLATT ACT SATYAGRAHA
see
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
ROWLATT ACT SATYAGRAHA,
Apr. 6, 1919.
492
Mahatma Gandhi: A Descriptive Bibliography
ROWLATT BILLS
see
INDIAN REFORMS
SABARMATI FASTS
see
FASTS-INDIA
SABARMATI, Nov. 24, 1925.
SAINT
see
GANDHI-Saint
SALT SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I, Mar.
12, 1930.
SARVODAYA MOVEMENT (The Wel-
fare of all)
SATYAGRAHA
see also
AHIMSA (non-violence)
SATYAGRAHA AND PATHANS
SATYAGRAHA AND STUDENTS
see
SATYAGRAHA
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26,
1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
C
BARDOLI, Feb. 2, 1928.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
CHAMPARAN, BIHAR, Apr.
17, 1917.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
K
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I,
Mar. 12, 1930
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE II,
Dec. 31, 1931.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA,
Oct., 1940
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
KHEDA SATYAGRAHA Mar.,
1918.
G
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-
OPERATION, Aug. 1, 1920.
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS—
INDIA
"QUIT INDIA" CAMPAIGN,
Aug. 9, 1942.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
RAJKOT SATYAGRAHA, 1939.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
ROWLATT ACT SATYA-
GRAHA, Apr. 6, 1919.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
VIRAMGAM SATYAGRAHA,
1915.
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
VYKOM SATYAGRAHA,
Mar., 1924.
C
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
AHMEDABAD, Feb. 26, 1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
BARDOLI, Feb. 12, 1928.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CHAMPARAN, BIHAR, Apr. 17,
1917.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE I, Mar.
12, 1930 (or SALT SATYA-
GRAHA)
*
Subject Headings used
493
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
CIVIL DISOBEDIENCE II, Dec.
31, 1931.
SATYAGRAHA
CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
INDIVIDUAL SATYAGRAHA, Oct.,
1940.
SATYAGRAHA
KHEDA, Mar., 1918.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
NON-VIOLENT NON-CO-OPERA-
TION, Aug. 1, 1920.
66
CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
MOVEMENT,
QUIT INDIA
Aug. 9, 1942.
د.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
RAJKOT SATYAGRAHA, 1939.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
ROWLATT ACT SATYAGRAHA,
Apr. 6, 1919.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VIRAMGAM, GUJARAT, 1915.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-INDIA
VYKOM SATYAGRAHA, March,
1924.
see
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS INSPIRED
By GANDHI
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH
AFRICA
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA JOHANNES-
BURG, Sep. 11, 1906.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA JOHANNES-
BURG, Aug. 16, 1908
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA NEWCASTLE,
Oct. 28, 1913.
K
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH
AFRICA JOHANNESBURG, Sep. 11,
1906.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH
AFRICA JOHANNESBURG II, Aug.
16, 1908.
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-SOUTH
AFRICA NEWCASTLE, Oct. 28,
1913.
SAYINGS OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-Sayings
SEARLE JUDGMENT
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
SECOND ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
see
ROUND TABLE CONFERENCE
SELECTIONS FROM GANDHI'S
WRITINGS
see
PART I, COLLECTIONS
SELF-CONTROL
see
BRAHAMACHARYA (Celibacy)
SERVANTS OF INDIA SOCIETY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
SEX PROBLEMS
see
BRAHAMACHARYA (Celibacy)
SHORTAGE OF FOOD IN INDIA
see
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
SIKHISM
SIMLA CONFERENCE
SIMON REPORT
see
SIMON COMMISSION
SIRSI SATYAGRAHA
SATYAGRAHA
SPIRED BY GANDHI
SMOKING
see
SOCIAL BOYCOTT
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
BOYCOTT
CAMPAIGNS IN-
494
Mahatma Gandhi : A Descriptive Bibliography
SOCIAL CONDITIONS IN INDIA
see
INDIA-SOCIAL CONDITIONS
SWADESHI MOVEMENT
see
SOCIAL REFORMER
see
GANDHI-SOCIAL REFORMER
SOCIALISM
see also
GANDHI-Socialist
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
see also
FASTS-SOUTH AFRICA
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
Satyagraha CAMPAIGNS-
SOUTH AFRICA
SPINNING WHEEL
see
CHARKHA
STANDERTON IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH
AFRICA
STANDERTON, Nov. 8, 1913
STATESMAN
see
GANDHI-STATESMAN
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
STUDENTS
SUBHAS Chandra Bose
see
INDIAN NATIONAL ARMY
(I.N.A.)
SWADESHI (goods manufactured by
hand in one's own country)
see also
CHARKHA (Spinning Wheel)
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
INDIA-NATIONALISM
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
SWARAJ (Complete independence)
see also
INDIA--NATIONAL MOVEMENT
SWARAJ MOVEMENT
see
INDIA-NATIONAL MOVEMENT
SWARAJIST PARTY
see
INDIA-POLITICAL PARTIES
TOBACCO
see
DRINK, DRUGS AND GAMBLING
TEACHINGS OF GANDHI
see
GANDHI-TEACHINGS
TEAKWORTH IMPRISONMENT
see
IMPRISONMENTS-SOUTH AFRICA
TEAKWORTH, Nov. 9, 1913.
TERRORISM
see
ANARCHISM
TOLSTOY FARM
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
TOURS AND MARCHES OF GANDHI
GANDHI-TOURS AND MAR-
CHES
see
TRANSVAAL IMMIGRANTS REGIST-
RATION BILL, Aug. 15, 1907.
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
TRIALS
see
GANDHI-TRIALS
TRIBUTES TO GANDHI
see
GANDHI-HOMAGES
Subject Headings used
495
TRUSTEESHIP
see
GANDHI-SOCIALIST
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
TRUTH
Two-NATIONS THEORY
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
PAKISTAN
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
UNITY
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
HINDU-MUSLIM UNITY
UNTOUCHABLES
HARIJANS
UNITY EFFORTS
see
see
GANDHI-JINNAH NEGOTIATIONS
UNTOUCHABILITY
see also
HARIJANS (untouchables)
VEGETARIANISM
see also
Drink, Drugs And Evils
FOOD SHORTAGE IN INDIA
VICEROYS
see
GANDHI-CORRESPONDENCE
WITH THE GOVERNMENT
VILLAGE INDUSTRIES
see
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
VILLAGE UPLIFT
see also
AGRICULTURE
COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
VIOLENCE
see
AHIMSA (non-violence)
VIRAMGAM SATYAGRAHA
see
SATYAGRAHA CAMPAIGNS-
INDIA
VIRAMGAM, GUJARAT, 1915.
WAGES
see also
LABOUR AND WORKERS
STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS
WAR
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
WARDHA INSTITUTIONS
see
ASHRAMS
WARDHAGANJ FAST
see
FASTS-INDIA
WARDHAGANJ, Aug. 7,
1934.
WARDHA SCHEME OF EDUCATION
see also
BASIC EDUCATION
WAVELL PLAN
see
SIMLA CONFERENCE
WESTERN CIVILIZATION
WOMEN AND THEIR PROBLEMS
WORLD WAR I
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR I
WORLD WAR II
see
INDIA-WORLD WAR II
YERAVDA IMPRISONMENTS
IMPRISONMENTS-INDIA
YERAVDA, Mar. 18, 1922.
May 5, 1930.
در
""
""
Jan. 4, 1932.
Jul. 31, 1933.
496
Mahatma Gandhi i ▲ Descriptive Bibliography
YERAVDA PRISON FASTS
see
YOUNG INDIA
see
FASTS-INDIA
YERAVDA PRISON, Sep. 20, 1932.
Dec. 22, 1932.
Aug. 16, 1933.
""
"
99
""
PART III. PERIODICALS GANDHI
EDITED AND SPONSORED
ZAMINDARS
see
PEASANTS AND LANDLORDS
ZULU REBELLION
see
SOUTH AFRICAN QUESTION
INDEX
Aarskatalog over norsk literature, 25
Abbas, K.A. Friend of Islam, 2608
-and Jog, N.G. Report to Gandhji ;
asurvey of Indian and world
events, 3077
Abbas, M.H. All about the Khilafat,
2663
-Mahatma Gandhi on Khilafat, 2264
Abdul Majid Khan, 1623
Abdulla and Company, c23
Abdullah, Sheikh M. 2631, 2634
Aborigines See Minorities
Aborigines-"so called❞—and Their
Future, G.S. Ghwrye, 2701
Acharya, G.N. Freedom First, 2431
-Freedom is Here 1989
-They Speak for India, 1990
Acharya, J.B. Kripalani, P.D. Tandon
2260
Adarkar, B.P. War Comes. 2432
Adayal, S.B. Educational Philosophy
of Mahatma Gandhi, 1121
Addams, J. Tolstoy and Gandhi, 205
Addison, C. We all mourn, 1428
Aden, c49
Adhikari, G. Gandhism: A Review,
1745
-Pakistan and National Unity, 2746
Adil, A. Mahatma Gandhi's gift to huma-
nity, 3445
-Power of Non-violence, 3446
-William Wordsworth and Mohandas
Gandhi, 3349
Adivar, H.E. Inside India, 2402
Adult education movement, N.G.
Ranga, 902
After Gandhiji, Our Problems, K.S.
Venkataramani, 2387
After Mother India, H.H. Field, 2715
After the Reforms, R.S.V. Ayyar, 756
Aga Khan, c64
Evolution of the idea of nationalistic
patriotism and its consequences,
2173
Aga Khan Palace Fast, 912-930
Aga Khan Palace prison, 2639, 2682,
3071
Aga Khan, Donation to Passive Resis-
tance Relief Fund c28
Again one Man and an Empire, S. Zimand
2278
Agarwala, A.N. Gandhism, a Socialis-
tic Approach, 1681, 1746, 3163
Agarwal, P.N. Grand Gandhi Museums,
3448
or Free
Agarwal, S.N. Constructive programme
for Students, 795
-Gandhian Constitution
India, 2946, £364
-Gandhian plan of Economic Deve-
lopment for India, 794, 819, 1104,
1956, 3288, 3362
Gandhian Plan Re-affirmed, 795,
795, 1105, 1957, 3289
-Gandhism finds Fertile Soil in the
West, 3449
Lasting peace can come through
Gandhi's way of life, 3450
Medium of Instruction, 2728, 3366
-comp Sarvodaya, its principles and
programme, 247, 2890
-Two Worlds, 894
Agnihotri, Gandhi in the Light of Truth,
1145
Agrarian distress in the United Pro-
vinces, 2802
Agricultural Laburers, See Peasants
and Landlords
Agriculture, 453-467
Ahimsa (Non-violence), 468-537
Ahimsa and the World Peace, W.
Wellock, 537
Ahimsa-Yoga, M.K. Gandhi, 1729
Ahmad, J. Through Pakistan to Free-
dom; 2747
-K.A. Founder of Pakistan, 2748
Ahmed, S.M. America, Gandhi and the
War, 2433, 3250
-S.S. Two letters on Mahatma
Gandhi, 1091
Ahmedabad, c23
-fast, 931-932
-Labour Union, 2581
-Mill-hands, 2579
-Mill-hands Union, 2579
-Municipal Library, c53, 3403
-Satyagraha, 2922-2924
Ahuja, B.N. "J.P." India's Revolution-
any Number One, 2182
Aiyar, C.P. Ramaswami,
World's History, 1291
Aiyer, H.R., Congress and the war,
2434
Unique in
Aiyar, K.R.G. Indian Christians and
Nationalism, 683
Aiyar, L.V.R.
196
498
INDEX
Aiyar, P.S.S. Thought on Political
Situation, 1991
Akhand Bharat, R. Mukherjee, 2321
Akhand Hindustan, K.M. Munshi,
773
Akhil Bharat Sarva Seva Sangh, 2598
Akkad, B.J., Mahatma Gandhi, 339
Albert-hudavig University, 2881
Alexander, A.V. One of the few great
towering lives, 1429,715
-Legacy left by Gandhiji, 34 52
-Way of Peace for Mankind, 3453
Alexander, H.G. Gandhi's Ashram, 550
Congress rule in India, 1992, 2403,
2465
K
-Friend of the English, 1430
Gandhian Way, 3451
Gandhi's Present Outlook, 1532
Indian Ferment, 1993
-Mahatma Gandhi, 1146
-New Citizens of India, 2823
-Social and Political Ideas of Mahatma
Gandhi, 2688
Ali, A. Gandhiji: 1909, 1920, 1994
Ali, Asaf. Apostle of Truth, Love and
Peace, 1292,3009
Ali Brothers, c37, c41, 2668
Ali, H.O. c26
Ali, M. 2665
-Freedom of Faith and its Price, 2665
-Key to Yeravda, 2466
-Non-co-operation, 3006
Ali, M.S.N. 2764
Ali, Maulana Shaukat, c36, 47, c56
Ali, Mir Laik, World has suffered a
tremendous loss, 1293
Ali, Mrs. Mahommed, c38
Ali, Raza, c37
Ali, S. 2665
Ali, S.K., He was pioneer of the Con-
tructive activities, 1367
Aligarh c38
All about the Khilafat, M.H. Abbas,
2663
All-India Congress Committee, Allaha-
bad, c45, 1509, 1958
-Bombay, c38
-Calcutta, c32
-Cawnpur, c43
-Delhi, c39
-Patna, c42
All-India Congress Working Committee,
Delhi, c40
All-India Convention, Delhi, March 1937,
Presidential address, Nehru, 2187
All-India Education Board. Wardha.
Basic National education, 562
All-India Harijan Sevak Sangh, S.R.
Venkatraman, 3277
All-Iindia Khadi ard Village Industries
Exhibition, Haripura, 3409
All-India Moderates Conference, Bom-
bay, 2343
All-India Muslim League, Lahore, 2962
All-India Muslim League, on Social
reforms, 2568
Al.-India Spinners' Association, c42,
2647
All-India States People's Conference,
Presidential address, J. Nehru,
2557
All-India States People's Congress, 2330
All-India Swadeshi Exhibition, Cawn-
pur, c42
All-India Tilak Memorial Fund, c36
All-India Village Industries Association,
3300
-Indore, 3406
-Wardha, Annual reports,
821
1953-,
All Parties Conference, Delhi, c42,
c61, Report, 2335
All through the Gandhian Era ; A.S.,
Ayengar, 2004, 2122
Almeida, Jose, This idealistic man
did create a whole spirit preaching
against Violence, 1379
Alternative to Pakistan, Sir A.R. Dalal,
2756
Alva, J. Leaders of India,
315
-Men and Supermen of Hindustan,
315
Ambedkar, B.R. c52
Annihilation of caste, 630
B.R. Gandhi and the Emancipa-
tion of the Untouchables, 631
Gandhism: the Doom of Untouch-
ables, 1747
-Pakistan or Partition of India, 755,
2749
316
-Ranade, Gandhi and Jinnah,
States and Minorities, 2697
What Congress and Gandhi have
done to the Untouchables, 2467
Who were the Shudras ? 632
Ambedkar refuted, C. Rajagopalachari,
3272
Amery, L.S. c59
criticizes Gandhi,
c60
His death closes a great chapter,
1431
1995
-India and Freedom,
Amphrill, Lord, 178
Amraoti, c43
America and India, E.J.
Thompson,
3255
Amrita Bazar Patrika, (Calcutta), In
life a mighty rebel in death a beacon
light, 1294
INDEX
499
Amrit Kaur, Challenge to Women, 3340
-To the Women, 3341
Amritsar and our duty in India, B.G.
Horniman, 2614
Anais das libliotecas e arquivos de Por-
tugual, 26
Analogy of Religion, J. Bulter, 3353
Anand Bhawan, c45, 1509
Anand, M.R. Iukia demands freedom
and its place in the family of na-
tions, 1997
Anand, Swami. Food, Fodder and Agri-
culture, 456
Anarchism, 538-543, 2548
Anderson, V., Mahatma
India, 2349
Andley, A.B. Gandhi the Saviour, 264
Andersco, V., M.K. Gandhi, 360
Andrews, C.F. 437, 1167, 1984, 1993
-Challenge or the North-West Fron-
tier, 2916
Gandhi's
-Economic Philosophy of Gandhi,
1106
-Ford tractor vs. th Hand-plough,
457
-Gandhi and Indian Reformns, 2561
Gandhi aud Missions, 684
Gandhi as a Religious Teacher, 1147
-Gandhi offers his life, 964
-India and Britain; a moral chal-
lenge, 2350, 2404
-India and the Simon report, 3153
Indian Earthquake, 588
Indian Problem, 1999, 2405
Influence of Mahatma Gandhi, 1148
-Leaders of the Non-co-operative
movement in India, 1149
-Letters on Non-co-operation, 3007
Mahatma Gandhi, 1150, 3173
-ed. Mahatma Gandhi at Work, 57,
136, 221, 236, 278
Mahatma Gandhi: his own story,
137, 237
-Mahatma Gandhi's Ideas, 58, 208
-ed., Mein lebers (German), 221
Memorandum on opium, 876
-National upheaval, 2000
-Organ and the Organist, 1533
-Sermon on the Mount, 710
-Soul Force in India, 2935
-Speeches and Writings of M.K.
Gandhi, 265
Swadeshi movement, 3203
-To the students, 3196
-Tribute of a friend, 1151
-True India; A plea for Under-
standing, 2406, 2711
-Untouchability, 3264
Aney, M.S. c61, 425, 1080, 2901, 3348
Angadi, S.N. I differ from Congress,
2468
Anglo-Boer War, 3181
Aniruddha Children's. Gandhiji, 361
Anjaria, J.J. Essay on Gandhian eco-
nomics, 1107
-Jt. auth, Indian Rural Problems,
465
Annihilation of Caste, B.R. Ambed-
kar, 630
Annual magazine subject index, 7,
2908-49
Ansari, M. True Swaraj, 3216
Ansari, M.S. Gandhi on educational
reforms in India, 3304
Ansari, S.U. Pakistan the problem of
India, 2750
Anthony, F. Solitary and yet shining
beacon, 1295
Antyodaya (uplift of the last), 2891
Appaiah, V., Mystery of Aga Khan
palace or the temple of Kasturba,
1607
Appreciation of Gandhi, See Gandhi-
Estimate
Aquiar, T. Little Man, 3454
Arab Higher Committee, Arabia, 1918
Arab-sewish Question, 544-545, 2622
Arbeit and Wirtschaft, H. Bujak, 190
Archarlu, K.S. Gandhi and machinery,
2676
Gandhi
Arditi, Luigi. L'Indiadi
(Italian), 213, 2002
Are we two nations, M.S., Vairanapillai,
2301, 2324, 2785
Argus, pseud. Gandhism cum Non-co-
operation exposed, 1748, 3008
Arjuna, 3357
Arnold, E. Light of Asia, 3350, 3357
-Song Celestial, 583
Arskatalog for svenska bokhandeln, 27
Art and Swadeshi, A.K. Coomaras-
wamy, 3204
Arun, K.C. Gandhiji apostle of Ahimsa,
3455
Arundale G.S. Essence of Gandhiji,
1749
M
Aryan Path, Hind Swaraj number 3233
Aryanayakam E.W., Nai Talim, 563
Arrests, See Imprisonments-India,
Imprisonments-South Africa
Art, 546-547
As an untouchable feels untouchability
P.K. Pushparaj, 3271
Asad. M. Jingo Mahatma, 988
Ashraf, M, Cabinet Mission and After,
914, 2003
Ashram Life, See Ashrams
500
INDEX
Ashram observances in action, M.K.
Gandhi, 3431
Ashrams, 548-557
Asian Relation Conference, New Delhi,
c65, 1947, 1972
Asiatic Law, 3139
Asiatic Registration Act, See South
African Question
822
Asiatic Registration Bill, c26
Asirvatham, E. Gandhian Economy,
Æ
Assam Cooli problem, 2788
Assam Tea Planters, 2792
Assassination, See Gandhi-Assassination
Associated Press, c36
At the Crossroads, N.C. Banerji, 2009
At the Feet of Bapu, B. Chandiwala,
3420
At the Feet of Mahatma Gandhi, R.
Prasad, 3439
Athley, D.V. Life of Mahatma Gandhi,
187
Atom Bomb, 558-560
Attlee, C. Divinely inspired saint, 1432
Auf Gandhi Spuren, (German) 388
August rebellion Vindicated, M.K.
Gandhi and others, 3076
Aurobindo, S. Light will burn on, 1296
Ausbeuter Indiens, F. Wenchers-Wild-
bery, 2273
Ausserindische Einflusee ank Vor bilder
and die indische Nationalbewe-
gung, S. Muelbs, 2298
Austin, F.B. Will Índia blow up?
2936
Author Catalog; a cumulative list of
works represented by Library of
Congress printed cards, 1948-
1952, 5
391
Autobiography, M.K. Gandhi,
Autobiography, J. Nehru. 2196
Autobiography of an unknown Indian,
N.C. Chandhuri, 2356
Aux Indes avec Gandhi, E.T. Private
279
Autobiorgrafiyah, J. Nehru, 2187
Awakening of India, D. Mackenzie,
3229
Ayenger A.S. All through the Gan-
dian era; 2004
-Cripps' mission fails, 842
Ayyar, R.S.V. After the reforms, 756
Azad Hind Fauj, 2458
Azad Kashmir, See Kashmir Question
Azad, Maulana Abul Kalam, c36,
1892
Azad, P.S. Gandhi: the saviour of
the suppressed and oppressed,
3456
Azariah, V.S. Servant of India, 1152
Azzam Pasha, World has lost a great
man, 1419
711
Ba, See Kasturbai Gandhi
Baba Pyarelal, See Pyarelal
Badley, B.T., Solitary throne,
Bahadur, A.C. Communal tension, 757
Bailey, G. Jt. auth. India, 1939-1942
Bajaj, K. Khadi cap and earth poul-
tice, 2684
Bajpai, G.S. Achievements greater than
those of kings and saints, 1298
Bakhale, R.R. Report of what happened
at Borsad, 3126
Bal Gangadhar Tilak: his writings and
speeches, 2265
Balafrej, A. Symbol of oppressed
people's liberty, 1413
Baldwin, R. 1049
On the way to the Round Table.
2851
Ballini, A. Enciclo pedia italiana di
scienze, lettere ed arti. 285
Banaras Hindu University, c37, 3387,
3840
Bandhopadhyaya, A. Gandhi and
colour bar, 4357
Gandhiji, 3458
Gandhi combined duty with
detachment, 3416
Great Scavenger, 3459
-Mahatma, the man of the masses,
3434
-Putlibai was a simple, illiterate
woman, 3417
-Shelley and Gandhi, 3460
Banerjee, A.C.-Comp. Cabinet mission
in India, 615
Constituent Assembly of India, 612,
1947
-Indian constitutional documents,
1948
Thirty days of peace mission, 3461
Banerjee, B. Congress and Gandhi,
2469
-Indian war of independence with
special reference to I.N.A., 2469
Banerjee, D.N. Resurrection of the
Congress, 2470
Banerjee, G.J. Is Marxism out of date?
3462
Banerjee, J.N. Hindu Concept of God,
1625
Banerjee, Sir, c42, 2041
Banerjee, P.N. 2772
Banerjee S. Nation in making, 2005
INDEX
501
Banerjee, A. Indian portent : dictator-
ship by proxy, 1490
-Round Table Conference, 2852
Banerji, A.R. Indian Tangle, 2006
-What is wrong With India, 2007
Banerji, B. Indian war of independence,
2008, 2453
Banerji, K. c25
Banerji, N.C. At the cross roads, 2009
-Gandhism in Theory and Practice,
1750
SE QË
Ideal of Swaraj, in education and
government 3217
Bankar, S. c40, 1912, 3386
Bapat, V.V. Problems in
operation, 3010
Bapu Conversation and
correspon-
dence, F.M. Barr, 387, 1092
Bapu Gandhi, A.B. Piddington, 227
Bapu-ke-Chernon-men, B. Chandiwala,
3420
Bapu's Letters to Mira. M.K. Gandhi,
100
Barbusse, H. 1512
Bardoli, c39
Bardoli Fast, 933-935
Bardoli, G.N. Inspiring teachings, 1299
Bardoli Resolution, c40
Bardoli Satyagraha, 2925-2928
Bardoli Satyagraha, M.K. Gandhi,
2925
Non-co-
Bardoli Taluk, c39
Barker, E., Gandhi as bridge and re-
conciler, 1153
Barnabas, J. Social side of prohibition,
877
Barni, Z.A. Glimpses of Bapu, 3418
Barns, Mrs. M., Civil disobedience
VS. constitutional agitation,
2972
-Indian press, 2011, 2972
-India Today and Tomorrow, 2010
Barot, M. Warcem Gandhi ermordet
Wurde, 1034
Baros, I. ed., Mahatma Gandhi; pic-
torial history of a great life, 386
Barr, F.M., Bapu : Conversations and
correspondence, 387, 1092
Barton, Sir, W.P. Finale, 843
Gandhi's aims, 3079
-India's fateful hour, 2407, 3080
-Social and economic life in India,
2407
Barton, W.P. India (fateful hour) 2012
Basic Education, 561-574, 3303
-Hindustani Talimi Sangh, 565
Basic national education, 3309
-All-India Education Board, Wardha,
562
Basu, A. Basic education, 564
Education in modern India, 564
Basu, B.D. India and the British Crown
2351
Ruin of Indian trade and industries,
824
Basu, N.K. Quintessence of Gandhism,
3463
Bates, Ralph, review of "Week with
Gandhi" by L. Fischer, 1641
Baum, B. Western Civilization and the
spirit of Gandhi, 3464
Beaupuy, N. Gandhiji's
view's on
machines and technology, 3465
Bedi, P.L. 1685
Beel, L. No personal sacrifice had been
too great, 1366
Before and after independence,
Nehru, 2189
J.
Begegnung mit Gandhi
(German),
Madhuri Desai, 389
Beggar my neighbour. L. Fielden, 324
Belden J., Mind of Gandhi : interview,
1534
Belmont, G., 419
Belgaum Congress, c42
Benes, E. Representation
of
your
independence and freedom, 1352
Benet, W.R., Gandhi: poem, 1608
Bengal, 445
Bengal Famine, See Food shortage in
India
Bengal partition, See Anarchism
Bengal Provincial Conference, Chinsura,
2494
Bengal Provincial Congress Committee,
Calcutta, Report of enquiry, 3127
Beni Prasad, Communal settlement, 758
Bensekour, H.G. Van. Gandhi
en
ziju beteekenis voor de toekanist
van British India (Dutch), 314
Bergner, C. Due anni in India, 1929-
1931, 2352
Beruand, A., 278
Bernays, R., Naked Fakir, 230, 2408
-Parliament and the Indian crisis,
1491
Besant, Mrs. A. Criticism of the Mon-
tague-Chelmsford proposals of
reforms 2562
-Future of Indian politics, 2015,
2353
Gandhian non-co-operation or shall
India commit suicide, 3011
-How India Wrought for Freedom,
-India and the Empire, 2016
-India, liond or free, 2017
-India that shall be, 2018
-India's struggle to achieve domi-
nion status, 1952
502
INDEX
Besant, Mrs. A. National movement,
2019
New era; an epoch-making Con-
gress, 2472
-Patriotism and co-operating with
new government, 2020
Political situation, 2021
-Poverty of the masses, 2392
Shall India live or die, 2392
Village industries, 823
-Winning of Swaraj or opposing the
ordinance, 3218
and Ramaswami Aiyar, C.P. Cri-
ticism of the Montague-Chelms-
ford proposals of reforms, 2562
Bestaux, E., 437
Bethune, M., His spirit reached for the
stars, 1455
Bettiah, Gandhi arrived at, c34
Bettiah, Gaudhi left for, c33
Bezwada programme, 3392
Bhagwandas, Babu. Meaning of Swaraj
or self-government, 3219
Social reconstruction with Special
reference to Indian problems, 2409
-What is spiritual-political Swaraj ?
3220
P
Bhagavad Gita, 575-585
Bhagvat, p. 447
Bhagvat, A. Gandhism; a philosophy
of life, 3466
Bhai, P.S., ed. Gandhiji's Constructive
programme, 118, 2397, 792
Bhakti School, 2835
Bhansali, Prof., c61
Bharatananda, Dhanush Talki 655
Bhargava, G.C., 381
Bhaskar, M.K. Indian who had not
heard about Gandhiji, 3467
Bhatia, H.R.. Craft in education, a
study in ideals and methods,
895
-Gandhi—a teacher of all times, 1122
Bhatialpur, c65
Bhattacharya, B.K., Short history of the
Indian National Congress, 2473
Bhattacharya, C., Jt. auth. Congress in
Evolution. 2480
Bhave, V., Concept of Sarvodya, 2889
2890, 2891
Swarajya Sastra; the principles of
a non-violent political order, 3221
Wanted corn, not currency, 458
Bhavnagar, c23
Bhopal, King of, c64
Bible 3351
"Biblo", 28
Bibliografia general espanola e hispano-
americana, 29
Bibliografia Hispanica, 30
Bibliografia mexicana, 32
Bibliographic de la France, 33
Bibliographic der deustchen Zeitschriften
literature, 9
Bibliographic der fredsprachigen Zeits-
chriften literatur, 10
Bibliographic index, 8
Bibliografic Italian, 31
Bibliographies and Indexes, 7-24
Bibliography, See Bibliography of Biblio-
graphies, Part I
Bibliography of Bibliographies, 1-99
Bidault, G. France stands at the pier
of this great man, 1358
Bihar, See Gandhi-Tours, Bihar
Bihar earthquake, c53, 586-589
Bihar Vidyapith, 887
Biktibm, G. Gandhi's Vindication,
2474
Binyon, L., Light upon his name, 1154
Biography, See General Biographies, Part
II, Sec. 2.
Biography Index, 11
Birdwood, C.B. Gandhi: the man and
philosopher, 1155
Birla, G.D., Great light has extinguished,
3468
In the shadow of the Mahatma. 3419
Birla Education Trust, Pilani, 895
Birla House, New Delhi, c67
Birmingham, c50
Birth Control,
590-592, 1559
Birth of a nation, H., Kesarcodi, 2134
Birth-pangs of New Kashmir, N.S.
Phadke, 2634
Birth-right, T. L. Vaswani, 3240
"Black Act", See Registration Act., c26
Blair. H., India: the eleventh hour,
2022
Blavatsky, H.P., Key to Theosophy, 3352
Bleeding wound? M.K. Gandhi, 3258
Blood and tears, J.M. Dek., 2071
Blyth, E.M.E. review of "Mahatma
Gandhi" by R. Rolland, 1642
Boer War, c24, c48
Boerlin, G. Schweizerfur politik and
kultur, 198
Bohn, De Erven F. 84
Boletin bibliografico mexicano, 34
Boletin, Gautemala (city) Biblioteca
Nacional, 42
Bollaert, M., Death of the apostle of
peace and non-violence, 1403
Bollettino delle publicazioni italiane
Flonence, Biblioteca Nazionale
centrale, 41
Bolton, J.R.G., Peasant and prince,
2023
INDEX
503
Bolton, G. Tragedy of Gandhi, 1631,
276
Bolton, J.R.G. Gandhi and India,
2973
Bombay, c23
Bombay Anti-Non-co-operation Com-
mittee, Bombay. Boycott of British
courts, 598
Bombay Anti-Non-co-operation, Bom-
bay. Commerce and politics, 599
Bombay Chronicle, Bombay 2614
Bombay Congress Committee, Bombay,
2024
Bombay Fast, Nov. 9 to 23, 1921, 936-
937
Bombay Fast, See also Fasts-India,
Bombay, May 31, 1917
Bombay Presidency Assembly, c41
Bombay Provincial Congress Committee,
Bombay. March of events, 2475
Bombay riots, c39
Bond, 2626
Boodhun, R.K., The spiritual triumph
of Gandhi Maharaj, 317
Book Review Digest, 12
Books for which Gandhi wrote Fore-
word, 3364, 3382.
Books which influenced Gandhi's life
and thought, 3350-3382
Borsa, Gandhi e il risorgiments indiano,
59, 303, 2025
panytt-
-Gandhi och den indiska
fodlsen (Swedish) 304
Borsad Satyagraha,
Bose, B.C. Gandhi Gita and passing of
Mahatmaji-the Supermortal, 1609,
1751
3126
Bose, D.R. Jt. auth. Constituent Assem-
bly of India, 622
Bose, N., True artist, 547
Bose, N.K. 561, 1679, 1741
My days with Gandhi. 445
Studies in Gandhism, 1752
Bose, S.C. Famous Speeches and Letters,
2026
-Important Speeches and Writings,
2027
-Impressions in Life, 2028
-India Calling, 2029
-Indian struggle, 2030
-La lotta dell' India. 2031, 2031
Netaji's life and writings, 2034
-Netaji speaks to the nation (1928-
1945), 2033
On to Delhi ; or Speeches and
Writings of Netaji Subhas Chandra
Bose, 2035, 2455
-Presidential address: Haripura,
2476
-Role of Mahatma Gandhi in Indian
history, 2036
-Through Congress eyes, 2037, 2477
When comes such another, 1303
Bosshard, W., Indian Kampft! 2038
Boughton, B. Communal award and
Gandhi, 734
Boundary Commission award, M.K.
Gandhi, 2307
Bourke-White, M., Birth of Two Nations,
2824
-Halfway to Freedom, 2410, 2824
-Problems of the Promised Land,
2317
Boycott of British Courts, Bombay Anti-
Non-co-operation Committee,
Bombay, 598
Boycott Resolution, c44
Boycotts, 593-602
Boyd-Orr, Lord., Place of Gandhism in
World Politics, 3469
Braborne, Lord. c55
Bradlaugh, c23
Bradley, D. Mahatma Gandhi (poem),
1610
Brahmacharya (celibacy), 603-608
Brailsford, H.N., Gandhi's defiance,
965
-Hindus and Muslims, 759
His way of life, 551
-Mahatma Gandhi, 405, 551
-Pakistan, 2751
-Recovery through revolution, 266
-Rebel India, 2039
Round Table to Cripps Mission, 844
-Subject India, 2040, 2751
-Why India follows Gandhi, 1157
Braisted, P.J., Indian nationalism and
the Christian College, 685, 2285,
2803
Brajkishore, c33, c34
Breakers of the Salt Law, 2955
Brebner, J.B. Gandhi and the British
Communal Award, 735
Gandhi's uncertain attitude,
2853
Breig, J.A., Gandhi and Christ, 1058
Brelvi, S.A., Non-co-operation, 2041
-Two little talks, 1535
Bridgewater, W., 420
Brief Un Gandhi, M. Buber, 2625
Bright, J.S., Before and After Indepen-
dence, 2189
-Frontier and its Gandhi, 2917
-Gandhi is India, 349
Great Nehrus, 2042
-Himalayan Blunders of Mahatma
Gandhi, 1492, 2043
-Life of Jawaharlal Nehru, 2044
504
INDEX
Bright, J.S. Subhas Bose and his ideas,
2045
-Verdict on Britain, 2046
Women behind Gandhi, 2636
Brinkman's cumulatieve catalogus van
backen, 35
Britannica junior, M.K. Gandhi, 394
Britain faces crisis in Gandhi's death
Challenge, 917
British Empire, 2180
British Museum. Department of printed
books. Subjects index of the
modern works added to the library,
1881-1945, I
British propaganda in America, C.
Lal, 3095
British Savagery in India, R.S. Vidyar-
the, 2270
Britain and India, 1600-1945, R. Cou-
plan, 2359
British Government, the Hindus, the
Mohammedans and Swaraj in India,
W.A. Sunderland, 3237
British India, P.L. Griffiths, 2100
Brittain, Vera, Gandhi the martyr, 552,
1035.
-Pakistan, 2752
Search after Sunrise, 2752
Brockway, A.F. Indian crisis, 2047,
2938
Interview with Mahatma Gandhi,
1536
Brockway, F. Greatest figure in history,
1433
Brailsford, H.N. Gandhi and the future
of India, 2974
Gandhi's place in history, 3470
Why India followed Gandhi, 2937
British case against India, M.J. Gazdar,
2096
Brockington, L.W., Canadian's homage
to Mahatma Gandhi, 3471
Broomfield, Judge, c40
Brotherhood of religions, S. Wadia,
2843, 3382
P
Brown, A.J., Does Gandhi represent
all India? 1645
Brown, D.M., Non-violcence as political
power: Gandhi, 1689
White umbrella; Indian political
thought from Manu to Gandhi,
1689
Brown, E.A., ed. Eminent Indians, 340
Brown, F.H., His confessions, 1753
Brown, H.R., Gandhi and pacifism,
2736
Brown, W.N., Gandhi and the hunger-
strike in India, 934
Bryant, J.F., Gandhi and the Indianisa-
tion of the Empire, 189, 2048,
2286
Buber, M. Brief an Gandhi, 2625
Gandhi, die pilitik and wir, 1690
Two letters to Gandhi, 2626
Buch, M.A. Rise and Growth of Indian
Nationalism, 1159, 2287
Buck, O.M., India look for her future,
2049
Buck, P. Man who was right, 1286,
1183, 1456
Buck, To the Gates of Liberty, 1158
Buck, P. and others, Freedom for India
now, 3081
Buddha, 2671, 3455
Buddhism 609-611, 3350, 3551
Buddhist influence on the political
thought, Card, R.A., 2093
Bujak, H. Mahatma Gandhi, 190
Bulgakov, V.F. Tolstoi, Lenin, Gandhi,
215, 1065, 1076
Bunche, R., Gandhian solution to inter-
national tensions, worth a trial,
3472
Burma, 2490
Burmese review, Rangoon, His doc-
trine-a religion, 1385
Butler, J., Analogy of religion, 3353,
Butler, Sir S.H. India Insistent, 2354
2854, 3154
Simon Commission,
Bux, Allah, 1102
2854, 3154
M. Ashraf,
Cabinet Mission, 612-625
Cabinet Mission and after,
614, 2003
Cabinet mission in India, A.C. Baner-
jee and R.D. Bose Comp. 615
Cabinet mission in India, Dewam Ram
Parkash, 622
Cadogan, E., India We Saw, 3155
Calcutta, 3389
Calcutta Congress, See also Indian
National Congress, Calcutta
Calcutta Congress, 1920, Presidential
address, 1526
Calcutta Fast, Sep. 1 to Sep. 4, 1947,
938-940
Calcutta, mill-hands of, 2586
Calcutta, Lord Bishop of, 309
Calcutta Special Session, Indian National
Congress, 3020
Calcutta University, 2840
Call of the Motherland, J.N. Gupta,
2102
Call to the nation, I.N.C., 254
Call to Young India, Lala Lajpat Rai,
2142
Camille, Georgette, 239
INDEX
505
Campbell Johnson, A., Gandhi and
Jinnah, 573
-Mahatma's Martydom,
1036
-Mission with Mountbatten, 760,
2318, 2355, 2753
Canby, H.S., Book Gandhiji kept at his
bedside, 3473
Can Indians Unite? N. Goodall, 763
Can we be like Gandhiji? A.N.S.
Murthi, 1288
Cannon., Great Britain and Gandhi,
1160
Capetown, c28
Capitalism, socialism and villagism,
B. Kumarappa, 3168, 3371
Caprile, Enrico, Gandhi, 195
Cariappa, K.M. 1288
Carlson, G.G., Mohandas Karamchand
Gandhi, 413
Carlyle, J., On Heroes, Hero-worship and
the Heroic in History, 3354, 3534
Carnegie. D., Little known facts about
well known people, 350
Carpentar, E., 1282
Casavecchia, 219, 2090
Case, C.M. Gandhi and the Indian
national mind, 1162
-Non-violent Coercion, 501
Case for India, W.J. Durant, 667,
2083
Casey, Governor, c54
Caste and Outcaste, J.C. Sanjana, 2238
Caste System, 626-634
Castiglioni, A., India and Gandhi,
1162
Catalog of books represented by Library
of Congress printed cards, 4
Catalogue general des livres imprimes,
Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, 2
Catalogue general de la librairie francaise,
36
Catholic periodical index, 13
Catholic World, E.K. Job,
-P. Kumar, 448
Catlin. G.E.G., Auf Gandhis spuren
244, 395
(German), 388
In the path of Mahatma Gandhi, 414
World Mission of the Mahatma,
2601
Cauwelaer, F.V., Let this tragic death
continue to serve his noble dream
of human fraternity, 1351
Caveeshar, S.S., Congress and office
acceptance; a symposium, 2478
-Gandhism versus commonsense,
2327, 2479
-India's Fight for freedom, 2050
Cecil Hotel, London, c31
Cent per cent Swadeshi. M.K. Gandhi,
102, 811, 3198
Ceylon, c43
Chadrchi, M.K., India has lost her
greatest history-builder, 1425
Chadray, M.A., Useful suggestion, 1017
Chagla, M.C., Instilled dignity and self-
respect, 1304
Chakrabarty, S.K., Semocracy in India,
859
Chakravarti, B., 2341
Chakravarty, A., Mahatma Gandhi and
the modern world, 330, 1163
Saint at work, 1164
Chakravarty, D., and Bhattacharya, C.,
Congress in Evolution, 2480
C.R. Formula, 635-637
Challenge of the North-West Frontier,
C.F. Andrews, 2916
Chamberlaine, J., c25
Chambers' Encyclopaedia, H.G. Raw-
einson, 428
Champaran, c32, c33
Champaran Satyagraha, See Satyagraha
-India. Champaran, Bihar, April
17, 1947
Champaran Satyagraha, 2929-2932
Chandavakar, N.G., c35
Chandiwala, Brij Krishna, At the feet of
Bapu, 3420
-Bapu-ke-Chernon-men, 3420
Chandoke, L.Y., Gandhi National
Memorial Fund, 3475
-Mahatma Gandhi in American eyes,
3476
Chandra, G., Gandhiji's religion of hu-
manity, 3477
Chandra, J.P., 1736, 1708, 1743
Congress case, 2481
Congress rule, 2481
ed. Ethics of Fasting, 905
-ed. Gandhi against Fascism, 904,
113, 904, 113, 857
ed. good life. 123
India steps forward, 616
Love alone is Gandhi, 3474
-ed. Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi,
156
ed. Unseen Power, M.K. Gandhi,
163
Gandhi argue,
-ed. Tagore and
1073
Chandra, K., Tragedy of Jinnah, 2754
Chandra, P., Jt. auth. Sixty Years of
Congress, 2538
Changle, M.C. Gandhi: A Pen Picture,
1165
Character, Patriotism and Indian Swaraj,
S. Sinha, 3236
Char Minar, 3127
Charan, S. Torch Bearers. 318
Charka Marxism and Indian Socialism,
506
INDEX
B. Narain, 666, 3169
Charkha (Spinning wheel), 638-669
Charkha yarn and the superiority__of
hand-spun yarn etc., V.A. Tal-
chekar, 2659
Charles Freer Andrews, B. Chaturvedi
and Marjorie Sykes, 61
Charlestown, c30
Chater, E.. Mahatma Gandhi ; review;
poem, 1611
Chatterjee, A.C., India's struggle for
freedom, 2051
Chatterjee, B.C.' Gandhi or Aurobindo,
180, 1056
Chatterjee, B.L., Gandhi: Champion
of the proletariat, 323, 1166, 2672
Chatterjee L. Representative Indians,
231
Chatterjee, N., Philosophy of Gandhiji's
non-violent non-co-operation, 3478
Chatterjee, R., 333, 2152
Chatterjee, S., First and last birthday in
a Free India, 3479
Chatterji, S.K., National flag, 1987
Chaudhary, M., Congress in power,
2482
Chintamani, Sir C.Y., Congress, first
twenty years, 2483
Chattapadhyaya, H. Immortal leader,
3480
Chattopadhyaya, K., Apostle of non-
violence and truth, 3481
Chattopadhyaya, K. Women the Com-
rade, 3342
-Zealous champion of women's
cause, 1305
Spad
•
Chaturvedi, B., and Sykes, M., Charles
Freer Andrews, 61, 3367
Chaudhurani, B.M., What is Pakistan?
2755
Chaudharani, S.D., At the point of the
Spindle, 656
Chaudhuri, B.M., Muslim politics in
India, 2855
Chaudhari, B.M., Round Table Confe-
rence, 2855
Chaudhuri, Nirad C., Autobiography
of an unknown Indian, 2356
Chaudhry, M., Congress in power, 2482
Chauri Chaura, c40, 933
Chesterman, Dr., 2687, 1555
Chetty, O.K., Bishop Mc Connell and
India, 686
Chiang Kai-Shek, Generalissimio, Saint-
ly crusader of peace 672, 1391
Chien, W.S., Teacher of peace, 1392
Childhood, See Gandhi-Parents, Birth
and childhood
Children's Gandhi, Aniruddha, 361
China, 2616, 670-672
China asks India whether it will fight,
671
Chinese Students' club, Ann Arbor,
1397
Chinna, D.J., Choice before India,
2448, 2698
Indian National Congress, 2448
-Mohammedans and other minori-
ties, 2698
Chinsura, 2494
Chintamani, c4. 101, 2341, 3258
Chintamani, Sir C.Y., Congress : First
Twenty Years, 2483
Indian Politics since the mutiny,
2357
-Non-co-operation and After, 2939
Chiplunkar, U.S., c42, 3394
Chirala Perala tragedy, 3132
Chirol, Sir V., India Old and New, 181
-Swarajist plan of campaign and the
light from Swaraj, 3222
Chitamber, J.R., Mahatma Gandhi :
his life, work and influence 60,
267
Chittaranjan Seva Sadan, c43, c53, 3397,
3404
Choice before India, D.J. Chinna,
2698
Chotani, c36
Chowdhury, R., Mahatma Gandhi and
India's Struggle for Swaraj, 263
Choudhury, S.R. Christ of India, 3482
Christen, K., Memory of Mahatma Gan-
dhi, 3483
Christian Missions, 673-704
Christian Missions, their place in India,
105, 674
Christian proselytism in India., M.C.
Parekh, 724
Christianity, 705-731, 2836
Christianity; its economy and way
life, J.C. Kumarappa, 718
Chronology from October 2, 1869 to
January 30, 1948, c23-67
Chun, C. Mankind has lost one of its
greatest leaders, 1393
Churchill, Sir W.L.S., c28, 48, 474,
1514, 1574, 3579
-attitude towards India's communal
problems, 1587
Churchill's blind spot: India,
2358
-On Gandhi's fast, 3579
Churchill on India, H.L. Seth, 1514
Churchill's blind spot: India, Sir W.L.S.
Churchill, 3458
Cine-Keen Propagating Gandhian Ideals,
3484
Cipolla-Braccioforte, A. In India con
Gandhi, 268, 2053
INDEX
507
Civil Disobedience, c36, 1517
Civil Disobedience II, Dec. 31, 1931,
2971-2995
-H. Thoreau, 3473
Civil disobedience movement in India,
C.V.H. Rao, 226
Civilization, See Eastern Civilization,
India Civilization, Western Civi-
lization
Claridge Hotel, c50
Clark, A.H., Open letter to Miss Mayo,
2712, 2716
Class Areas Bill, c41
Close to the Indian Crisis, C. Sorabji,
2253
Close, U., Revolt of Asia, 2054
Coates, M., 1282
Coatman, J., India in 1925-26, 2055
-India in 1927-28, 2056
-India in 1928-29, 2057
-India: Road to Self-government,
2058
-Indian riddle, 2059
Years of destiny: India,
2060
1926-32,
Cockin, F.A., Some aspects of the Indian
situation, 2229
Co-canada, Indian National Congress,
2466
Colonial and coloured peoples, N.G.
Ranga, 2223
Confessions of a bogus patriot, 2061
Coffee, See Drink, Drugs and Gambling
Collier's Encyclopaedia, G.G. Carlson,
413
Colombo, c43
Columbia Encyclopaedia, M.K. Gandhi,
420
Columbia University, 917
Come with me to India, Mrs. P. Kendall,
245, 2133
Commerce, See Industrialization
Commerce and Politics, Bombay, Anti-
Non-co-operation Committee, 599
Commonsense about India, F.J.C.W.P.
Huntingdon, 2117
3437
Communal Award,
Communal Award, Aug. 17, 1932,
732-749
Question, 741-779
Settlement B. Prasad, 758, 1885
-Triangle in India, A. Mehta and a
Patwardhan, 770
-unity, M.K. Gandhi, 103, 744,
2396
Communalism, See Communal Question
——a study in comparison, N.K. Sinha,
778
in India, A.M. Khan, 767
-in Muslim polities and troubles over
India, S. Mukherji, 773
Communism, 780-789, 2548
Communist party, 2330
-reply to Congress Working Com-
mittee's charge, P.C. Joshi, 2521
Community Church (New York), 518
Comparative Study of Gandhi, See
Gandhi-Comparative study
Condition of India, India League, Lon-
don, 2118
-M. Whately, 2990
Conger, Dr.. 3639
Congress, See Indian National Congress
Congress and labour movement, P.P.
Lakshman,
3192
-and the war, H.R. Aiyar, 2434
at a deadlock and the way out,
2486
case, J.P. Chandra, 2481
-Handbook, Indian National Con-
gress, Allahabad, 2517
-in evolution, D. Chakravarty, and
C. Bhattacharya, 2480
-in office, N.S. Venguswamy, 2544
-in power, M. Chaudhary, 2482
-Inquiry Committee, 2613
-of cloth merchants c48
-presidential addresses, from the
Silver to the Golden Jubilee, 2489
-resolution, Indian National Con-
gress, Meerut, 766
-responsibility for the disturbances,
1942-43, India Government, 3091
-Rule in India,H.G. Alexander, 1992,
2403, 2465
-Socialist Party, c54
-souvenir, 1927, 2488
Struggle, G. Rai, 2535
-unmasked, M. Singh, 2542
Working Committce, c39
Conquest of Pakistan, K.L. Gauba,
2759
-power, A. Weisbord, 2548
of self, M.K. Gandhi, 104, 1730
Constituent Assembly of India, A.C.
Banerjee, 612, 1947
Constitution, See India constitution
-of the Congress I.N.C. 2512
Constructive non-co-operation, M. Asaf
Ali, 3009
for students, S.N. Agarwal, 793
--its meaning and place, M.K. Gan-
dhi, 791
2397
Programme c45, 790-808,
R. Prasad, 2421
Contemporary, Immortals, A Henderson
508
INDEX
444
Controls, See Food shortage in India,
controls
Conversations of Gandhiji, C. Shukla,
105, 1561
Coomaraswamy, A.K., Art and Swadeshi-
3204
-Mahatma,
1178
Corman, L. Non-violance dans la con-
duite des peuples et dans la con-
duite de soi-mame, 502
Cotman, L., Une ecole d' heroisme, 503
2062
Connelius, J.J., Gandhi and his Spinning
Wheel, 657
Mahatma Gandhi and his charkha,
658
Militarism and India's vision of
Christ's Method, 504
Correspondence, See also Gandhi-corres-
pondence (General), Gandhi-Cor-
respondence with Government of
India,
between Mahatma Gandhi and
P.C. Joshi, 783, 1081
between Mahatma Gandhi, The
Bombay Government and the
Government of India 1942 1943,
M.K. Gandhi, 1095
with Mr. Gandhi; August 1942,
April 1944, M.K. Gandhi, 106,
1096, 3071
Cottage Industries, 809-839
Cottage industries and their role in the
National economy, R.V. Rao, 839
Cottage industry and Indian economy,
K. Mitra and P.P. Lakshman,
835
Coupland R., Britain and India 1600-
1945, 2359
-Cripps, Mission, 845
Gandhi's Rebellion, 3082
-India: A Restatement, 2360
Indian Problem, 1883-1935, 1949
-Montague-Chelmsford Reforms,
► Allerg
2563
-Round Table Conference, 2856
-Simon Report, 3156
-Swaraj and Dominion Status, 1953,
3223
Cousins, J.H.,
2716
M.E., 2716, 3327
-Indian Womanhood, 3343
Couturier, M.A., Gandhi and Ourselves
1493
Craske, M.E. Sister India-One solution of
the problem of Mother India, 2713
Creative revolution, T.L. Vaswani, 3060
Cripps, Sir S., Stood out head and shoul-
ders, 1434
Crpps Mission, 840-853, 2443
-R. Coupland, 845
-fails, A.S. Ayenger, 842
Cripps' offer and its sequel, F.W. Pethick-
Lawrence, 852
Crisis in India, K.
950, 2257
Srinivasa Ran,
Criticial study of the Non-co-operation
Movement, 3044
Criticism, See Gandhi-Hostile Criticism
Cross moves East, J.S. Hoyland, 2940
Crozier, F.P., Word to Gandhi, 1894,
2063
Crux of the Indian Problem, R.P. Paranj-
pye, 2208
Cruz, E., Mahatma, 1457
Cugnet, J., 2078
Cumming, John, ed. Moderates of the
right and centre, 2328
-Political India, 1832-1932, 2328
Currency and exchange, P. Sitaramayya,
1112, 1965
Curtis, L., Two meetings with Gandhi,
1169
Czechoslovakian issue, 854-855
Czechs, 489
Dadachanji, B.K., Indian National Con-
gress and Indians overseas, 2490
Daily Gazette, Karachi. Bulwark of world
peace and liberty, 1368
Daily Herald, London, Assassination is
not only a calamity for India but
for the world, 1435
Dain, J.R., c56
Daily Worker, London. Lost his life
truly as a marty, 1436
Dalal, Sir A.R., Alternative to Pakistan.
2756
Dalal, M.N., Wither minorities ? 2699
Damien, Father, 1274
Dandi March, c45
Danger in India, G. Tyson, 2266
Dania Polyglotta, 37
Dansk Bogfortegnelse, 38
Dantwala, M.L., New Synthesis, 1682
Danubia-Volkslexikon, 364
Das, B., Gandhi and the Congress, 1691,
2491
When the Congress took office,
2492
Das, C., Freedom through disobedience,
3018
India for Indians, 2065
Way to Swaraj, 3224
Das, C.R., Nationalism: The Ideal,
2064
INDEX
509
Das, F.M., (Hanswirth) Gandhi : A
Portrait from Life. 232
Das freiheitsringen, F., Their fields,
2261
Das Leben des Mahatma Gandhi., L.
Fischer, 431
Das Party, See India-political parties
Das, Gandhi and the spinning wheel,
659
Das, Gandhi and the struggle for inde-
pendence, 506, 2066
Das, T., Progress of non-violent revolu-
tion in India, 3019
-Tolstoy and India, 2067
Das Gupta, A.C., Bapu on National
language, 2730
-Non-Violence the invincible power,
505
Das Gupta, H. Indian National Con-
gress, 2493
Subhas Chandra, 2068
Das Gupta. R.K., Mahatma Gandhi and
the West, 3435
Das Gupta, S.C., Bonemeal fertilizer,
459
Das indische national kongress; G.
Mukerji, 321
Dasappa, H.C., Princes and people,
2554
Datta, A.C., Presidential address at the
Bengal Provincial Conference,
Chinsura, 2494
Datta, B.K., Indian revolution and the
constructive programme, 796
Datta, D.M., Philosophy of Mahatma
Gandhi, 446
Datta, H., Independence pledge, 2069
-Indian Culture, 2069
Datta, K.K., India's march to freedom
2070
Dattatraya, S.M., Khaddar movement,
2648
Daulatram, J., Spiritual inspirer and
prophet, 1306
David, J., Herald of love, 1353
David, R. 1286
Dawn of freedom, M.K. Gandhi, 107
Day book of thoughts from Mahatma
Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi, 1731
Deb, J.M., Blood and tears, 2071
Decontrol, See Food Shortage in India ;
Decontrols
Defence, See India-Defence
Delhi, 445
Delhi, All-India Convention March 12,
1937, Presidential address, 2187
-Fast, See also Fasts-India, New
Delhi, Jan., 13, 1948
-Fast, Step. 28, 1924, 941-943
Pact, 1931, See also Round Table
Conference, London 1931
Delhi Pact, 2857
Delhi Swadeshi Co-operative Store,
c35, 3388
De Ligt, B. Lettre ouverte a Gandhi,
1093
De Lorenzo, G., Revista politics, 255
Dellbridge, J., Revolution in India,
2940
De Mello, F.M., Indian National Con-
gress, 2495
-Last journey, 1037
-Problems of Rural Reconstruction
in India, 3291
Deming, W.S.. Has Gandhi failed? 2496
Democratic Party, 2332
Democracy, 856-860
Deo, S., 2339
In the meeting with the peasants
I was face to face with God,
3485
Deo, S.D., Congress and office accep-
tance, 2497
Der gross Brokhaus, 282
De Morgen, 218
Derieu, Mary. ed. One Hundred Great
Lives. 331
Depressed Class Federation, 2330
Depressed classes, their economic and
social conditions, M. Singh, 2705
2810
Desai, A.R., Crusade against the caste
system, 633
-Problem of nationalities and mino-
rities, 2700
-Social and religious reform move-
ments, 2564
-Social background of Indian nation-
alism, 633, 2411, 2288, 2564, 2804
Desai, B.J., 2136, 2138
Congress and office acceptance,
2498
Desai, Kanu. Mahatma
Gandhi,
sketches in pen and pencil, 256
Desai, L.M. Proposals for the deve-
lopment and education in India,
2805
-Wardha scheme, 896
Desai, Madhuri, Begenung mit Gandhi
(German), 389
Mahadev, c57, 209, 143, 155, 363,
2849, 2850
Advance probibition, 878
-Aimless R.T.C., 2858
Battle of faiths, 2072
Chief obstacle to Swaraj, 3225
-Communal question, 761
Congress represents the masses,
2499
-Discourse on non-violence, 507
510
INDEX
Desai, Mahadev, Epic of Travancore, 966
God-given fast, 951
-Important interview,
-India's women, 3344
1537
Inner meaning of the fast, 942
Interesting discourse, 508
-Interesting question, 687
-Interpretation of the Wardha educa-
tion scheme, 3305
Message to China,
-Missionaries once again, 688
-Most effective way, 712
-Price control, 1027
672
-Rural exhibitions, 825
Sevagram, 553
Seven days in Bombay, 2073
Story of Bardoli, 2926
Swadeshi industries and discrimina-
tion, 826
1538
Throw away the carcass,
Wardha interview, 1539
What led to the decision, 2074
With an American clergyman, 689
-With Gandhi in Ceylon, 1715
Desai, Morarji. Building an idea of
Gandhiji's dreams, 3486
Desai, M.P., Gandhiji and various isms,
3487
Desai, P., Satyagraha in South Africa,
3175
Desai, V.G., 148, 150
-Ashram observances in action, M.K.
Gandhi, 3431
Glances at Islam, 2609
-Haripura Congress guide, 2500
-tr. Satyagraha in South Africa,
3174
-comp. Selected letters, 1098
Deshpande, G. Ahimsa in action, 509
Deshpande, P.C., Comp. Gandhiana,
62
Desikan, E.R., Gandhiji's death anni-
versary in Columbia, 3488
Deutch, A., 1286
Deutsche Einheit herausgegeben Von,
C. Jenssen,
211
Deutsche National bibliographic, 39
Deutsches Bucherverzeichnis der Jahre,
40
Dev. N., Such a great man is born only
once in many centuries, 1307
Deva, N. Gandhiji initiated common
man into politics, 3480
-Socialism and the national revolu-
tion, 3164
De Valera, E., World has lost a great
London, 1356
Devi, R.S. Gandhi l'avverire dell'
India (Italian) 298, 2075
Dewey, J., 3513
Dewitt, W.A., 1229
Dhanapala. D.B., Eminent Indians, 351
Dhanush Takli, Bharatananda, 655
Dhar, N.R., Food crisis and soil fer-
tility, 460
Dhar, S., 3348
Dharanidhav, B., c33
Dharasana, 3129
Dhawan, G.N., Fasting, 915
-Political philosophy of Mahatma
Gandhi, 63, 1692, 2806
Dhillan, 2458
Dhingra, Madanlal, c28
Dhokraba, Gandhi visited, c34
Dhurva, A.B. 3297
Diet See Vegetarianism
-and diet reform, M.K. Gandhi,
3280
Diettrich, F., 1690, 1994
Begegnung mit Gandhi, 1590
Die Gandhian revolution, 2076
Gandhi's wesen und werk, 1170
-Kreis; zeit-schrift fur kunstleris-
che kultur, 207
Difference very real, M.K. Gandhi, 2308
Discipline for non-violence, R.B. Gregg,
511
Discovery of India, J. Nehru, 2170
Disertori, Gandhi. Pensiero ed azione,
216
Disillusioned India, D.G. Mukerji, 2175
"Divide and Rule" Policy, 861-862
Diwakar, R.R., Bardoli Satyagraha,
2927
Champaran, 2930
Civil Disobedience again, 2975
Civil disobedience for Swaraj, 2941
Constructive programme, 797
Gandhiji's experiments in social
dynamics, 3490
-Ideal of Sarvodaya : Gandhiji's
message, 3491
-Individual Satyagraha, 2997
-Kheda Satyagraha, 3000
-No-tax in Sirsi, Diddapur and Hire-
kerur, 3128
Non-violent non-co-operation, 3016
Quit India,
3083
Rowlatt Act Satyagraha, 3119
Satyagraha by labourers, 2923
Satyagraha in action, 2898
-Satyagraha; its technique and his-
tory, 64, 2899
-Satyagraha: the power of truth,
65, 2900
-Satyagraha; the pathway to peace,
2901
-Vykom Satyagraha, 3124
Documents regarding Kashmir, 2633
Doke, J.J., Life in London, 1115
INDEX
511
Doke, J.J. M.K.
Gandhi, an Indian
patriot in South Africa 178, 1590,
1586, 1597, 3176
Dominion Status. c45
-See also India-Dominion Status
"Do or Die", See Satyagraha Campaigns
India-Quit India Movement, 1942
Doss, M.R., Sudden revelation, 1308
Douglas, N., Good-bye to Western Cul-
ture; some footnotes on East and
West, 2714
Doulatram, J., Revolution and Counter
revolution, 2077
Doyle, S.K., 1989
Drama at Rajkot, 952
Drevet, Mahatma Gandhi (French),
430
Drinking, See Drink, Drugs and Gambl-
ing
Drink and drug evil in India, B. Hussan,
879, 3368
drugs and gambling, M.K. Gandhi,
108, 864.
D'Souza, J., Will India abandon Gan-
dhi's distribution, 1171
Duara, S., In Bapuji's memory, 3492
Duffett, W.E., India in the Present War,
2435
-Comp. India To-day, 2079, 1172,
2329
-L'Inde d'aujoure' hai, 2078
-and others, Comp. Mahatma Gan-
dhi, 1172
-Comp. Political groups, 2080,
2329
Duncan, A., India in Crisis, 2081
Duncan, R., 151, 1740
Dundas, L.J.L., Heart of Aryavarta,
2082
Durant, W.J., Case for India, 66,
217, 2083, 2871, 3252
Durban, c23
Durban Town Hall, c24
Durrani, F. Khan.' Meaning of Pakis-
tan, 2757
Dutcher, George Matthew, Political
Awakening of the East, 2289
Dutt, B.K., 1102
Dutt, R.P. Freedom for India, 617
-India in the Second World War, 2436
-India To-day, 2361, 2393
-India what must be done, 3084
-Modern India, 2084
New chapter in Divide and Rule, 862
-Partition of India, 2319
Rise of Indian natoinalism, 2290
Rise of labour and socialism, 3165
Secret of Indian poverty, 2393
-Three stages of national struggle,
2085
-T.K., Grave diggers in India, 762
Duty before the country, V.S. Srinivasa
Sastri, 2239
Dwarkadas, Jamnadas, c39
Dyer, General, 2614
K
Earl of Halifax, 1155
East End, London, c49
-is East and West is West, 943
East Punjab. High Court. Gandhi
murder case appeal judgment,
3493
Eastern Civilization, 882-883
Eastman, F., Men of Power, 415
Eaton, J., Gandhi, fighter without a
sword, 416
-Leaders in other lands, 417
Ecole d'heroisma, L. Corman, 2062
Economic Background and political
Parties, W.P. Barton. 2326
conditions, See India-Economic
conditions
-Freedom and Economic Planning,
K. Mitra, 1962
of Cabinet delegation's, proposals
S.K. Muranjan, 621
of handloom, N.G. Ranga, 838
Economics of Khaddar, R.B. Gregg, 2650
of Khadi, M.K. Gandhi, 2641
of peace. S.K. George and Rama-
chandran, 798, 2097
-of prominence, J.C. Kumarappa,
801, 1959 3372
-Planning in India, R.V. Rao, 1964
-Society of the Muir college, Allaha-
bad, c32
Theorist, See Gandhi-Economic
theorist
Eddy, G.S., Man discovers God. 306
Edgerton, F., Prophet of Civil dis-
obedience, 2943
Edib, H., My First visit to Mahatma
Gandhi, 1541
Education, 884-903
Education for international understand-
ing, K.G. Saiyaidain, 903
Education in India
P.M.
to-day,
Limaye, 898
Education in Modern India, A. Basu,
564
Education index, 14
Educational Conference, Wardha, c55
Educational reconstruction, Hindustan
Talimi Sangh, Sevagram, 566
Edward, King. 3384
Egypt, 3438
512
INDEX
Eidlitz, W., Begegnung mit Gandhi,
1542
Eighteen Months in India, 1946-1937,
J. Nehru, 2191
Einstein, A., 1183, 1286, 3580
Gandhi's statemanship,
Mahatma Gandhi, 1173
-On Gandhi, 1174
1693
Only statesman to stand for higher
human relationship, 1459
Elenjimittan A., Mazzini and Gandhi,
3494
Eleven points of Mahatma Gandhi, Poli-
ticus, pseud., 804
Elgin, Lord, c26
Ellan, J.E., Swaraj; the Problem of
India, 3326
Elsen, C. 433
El Panama America, Panama. Died a
martyr to liberty, 1382
freedom, 254, 731
Elwin, H.V.H. Truth about India,
2086
Elwin, V., Gandhi, the dawn of Indian
-Mahatma Gandhi ; Sketches
in pen and pencil. 256, 257
Mahatma Gandhi's philosophy of
truth, studied in relation to Western
mysticism, 3245
Eminent Americans, whom India should
know, 3254
Emiment Asians. J.W. Hall, 210, 351
-E.A. Brown ed., 340
Eminent Indians, D.B. Dhanapala,
Empire, See British Empire
Empire of the Nabobs, L. Hutchinson,
2114
Encyclopedia Americana, M.K. Gandhi,
393
Encyclopaedia Britannica, M.K. Gandhi
438, 394
-W. Yusted, 353
Enciclopedia italiana did scienze, 285
Enciclopedia Universal illustrada Euro-
peo-Americana, M.K. Gandhi, 269
English education and the origin of
Indian nationalism, B.T. Maccully
2807
English in India, the problem of politics,
Sir J.A.R. Marriot, 2385
English Literature, Gandhi's contribu-
tion, 3521
Englishman defends "Mother India",
E.F.L. Wood, 2726
Englishman never wrong, M.K. Gandhi,
2209
Entertaining Gandhi, M. Lester, 1660,
2868
Epic fast, M.K. Gandhi, 3273
Epic fast, Pyarelal, 973
Epic of Travancore, M. Desai, 966
Equality of Religions, See Religion
Escapes of Gandhi, See Gandhi--Escapes
Essay and general index, 15, 16, 17, 18,
19
Essay on Gandhian economics, J.J. Anja-
ria, 1107
Essence of Gandhiji, G.S. Arundale,
1749
Estimate of Gandhi, See Gandhi-Estimate
Ethical religion, M.K. Gandhi, 2827
Ethics of destruction, Sir Tagore, 1516
Ethische religie, M.K. Gandhi, 2828
Europe, 2191
Experiences de veirte or autobiographie,
M.K. Gandhi, 419
Exposition of Mr. Gandhi, M. Hosain,
1501
Ewald, O., Gandhi der politiker des
geistes, 1694
Ewen, W.N., Closet o the Indian Crisis,
2087
Ewer, W.N., Englishman views Gandhi
in London, 1495
Face of Mother India, K. Mayo, 2718
Failure; Gandhi survived a fast of 21
days, 918
Faizpur, See Congress, see Indian
National Congress, Faizpur
Falcone Foundation, Toronto, 2365
Faminer, See Food Shortage Ind; a
Fajous and historical trials, K.L. Gaub a,
1726
Famous letters and ultimatums to the
British government, Dr. Singh, 2250
Famous letters of Mahatma Gandhi,
M.K. Gandhi, 109, 1082
Famous Speeches and Letters, S.C. Bose,
2026
Famous trials of Mahatma Gandhi,
J. Nehru and A.K. Azad, Durlab
Singh, 1728
Farouk, H.M. King. Sublime example
of sacrifice, 1420
Farson, N., We cover the world, 286
Faruqi, M.H. Messia removed from
his midst, 3495
Fascism, 904, 2548
Fascist India. P. Lacey, 2141
Fasting, 695-916
Fasts-South Africa, 993-994
Fasts India, 917-992
Fateful year, J.B. Kripalani, 2522, 2768
Father India; a reply to Mother India,
C.S. Ranga Ïyer, 2722
Father of the Nation, Pyarelal, 3425
Fazal-ul-Haq, 1102
INDEX
513
Federation of Indian Chamber of Com-
mence, 3401
Federal of Indian Chambers of Com-
merce and industry, Delhi Repre-
sentation submitted to H.E. the
Viceroy, 2944
-Federal Structure Committee, c49
Fellowship of faiths and unity of religions,
M.K. Gandhi, 110
Fells, H.J. India: retrospect and pros-
pect, 3085
Fey. H.E. Gandhi faces the storm, 2088
-Why Gandhi fasts, 920
Figueiredo Neiva de. Gandhi : Confer-
ences, 1175
Field, H.H. After Mother India, 2715
Fielden, L., Beggar my neighbour, 324
First Round Table Conference, See
Round Table Conference
Fischer, L., Across India with camera
and typewriter, 1645
-Beginning of an extraordinary man,
1116, 1591
-Count Leo Tolstoy and Mahatma
Gandhi, 3496
Das Leben Des Mahatma Gandhi,
431
Death before prayers, 1038
Empire, 2090
Gandhi and our sick world, 1176
Gandhi and Stalin, 352, 787, 1071
Gandhi: his Life and Message for
the world, 451
Gandhi's rejected offer, 3086
Gandhi's new strategy, 1695
Gandhi's seocialism, 3497
Great Challenge, the 352, 3248
-Imperialism unmasked, 2362
-Indian thought pearls, 1460
Last act, 1139
Life of Mahatma Gandhi, 68,
418, 431, 437, 1591, 1998, 1650
Mahatma Gandhi (German), 390
Mahatma Gandhi today: his life
is a model for all, 3498
-Politics and peanuts, 1177
-review of “Mahatma and the World”
by K. Shridharani, 1646
-review of "What does Gandhi want"
by T.A. Raman, 1647
Stalin en Gandhi, 1072
Unity of political action and mora-
lity, 3499
Vie du Mahatma Gandhi (French),
437
Weck with Gandhi, 1544, 1641
-West meets East, 1178
Fisher. F.B.,Gandhi himself, 1644
Gandhi och vi (Swedish), 277
-India's silent revolution, 3227
-Lifting the purdah, 3345
Moving toward home rule, 3227
Strange little brown man Gandhi,
258
Fisher, H.A.L., 2222
Fitzhugh, H.L. and Fitzhugh, P.K.,
Comps. Gandhi 1179
Flag of India, See India-Flag
Flames of 1942, a photo album with 100
photos of the August movement,
3087
Fletcher, G.N., 258
Flings a challenge, J. Nehru, 2197
Edt. J.P. Gupta, 2197
Flint, F.S., 6970, 233, 202
Florence, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale,
Bollettino delle publicazioni italia-
ne, 41
Flowers for the Empress, 940
Food Shortage and agriculture, M.K.
Gandhi, 111, 454
Food Shortage in India, 995-1023
Controls, 1024-1029
-Decontrols, 1030-1032
For every thinking India: D.F. Karaka,
1579
For pacifists, M.K. Gandhi, 2735
For workers against untouchability,
M.K. Gandhi, 3413
Foreign policy of India, See India-
Foreign Policy
Forward Bloc, See also India-Political
Parties 2327, 2451, 2479
Forell, B., Mahatma Gandhi, 218
Gandhi und die Christentum, 713
Foundation of Indian Swaraj, R.K.
Vyasa, 3242
Foundations of national progress, U.N.
Gupta, 2103
Founder of Pakistan, through trial to
triumph, K.A. Khan, 2748
Four Crore (two million) artisans hail
the Gandhian Plan, N.G. Ranga,
805, 2800
Foster, F.B., Shall inherit the earth,
1461
Fragments from an Indian students, note-
book, 2126
Frank, G., Industrial Counter-revolu-
tion or Ford its prophet, 1063
Franklin, F., Den Vapenlose friheshja-
Iten, 362
Free India in Asia, W. Levi, 1974
Freedom first, G.N. Acharya, 2431
for India, R.P. Dutt, 617
-Freedom for India now, P.S. Buck
and others, 3081
—
514
INDEX
Freedom is here, G.N. Acharya, 1989
or Fascism. M.N. Roy, 2233
-through disobedience, C. Das,
3018
Freedom's battle, M.K. Gandhi, 112,
3002
Freeman, Andrew, 558
Freeman, J.B.
Gandhi in South Africa :
a historical drama in five acts, 3177
French, J.C., Magic and politics, 921
Freedom of faith and its price, 2665
Freund, R., Gandhi: der sanfte dik-
tator, 1180
-India in transition, 1181
-Mahatma Gandhi, 1182
Frey, Else. Gandhi and mission, 690
Friedmann A.I. Kindheit Mahatma
Gandhi's, 1599
Friedmann, D.L. Epitome of all the
best evolved by India, 1403
Friends of India "wise and otherwise,"
3053
Friend's Ambulance Units, 995
From bondage to freedom, H.N. Mota,
2171
From Calcutta Special to Gaya, 3020
From many angles, F.H. Sykes, 2259
From Nagpur to India, P.C. Ghose, 2508
From Rammohan Roy to Mohandas
Gandhi, 2277
Frontier and its Gandhi, J.S. Bright,
2917
Frontier Gandhi, See Khan Abdul Shafar
Khan
See Satyagraha and
Revolution,
Pathans
-speaks, M. Yanus, 2921
Frydman, M., Food rationing, 1028
-Man and machine. 2597, 2677
Fuller, J.F.C., India in Revolt, 234
Fulop-Miller, R. Gandhi 70, 71, 202,
233, 1055, 1651, 1655
Fulop-miller, R., Gandhi, storia d'un
uomo e d'una lotta, 219, 2091
Gandhi the holy man, 69, 233
Gandhi the holy man, 69
Futile fast, 922
Future of India, E.P. Moon, 2168
Sir S.P. Sinha,
2541
Future of Indian politics, A. Basant,
2015, 2353
M.N. Ray, 2383
Future of the Congress, J.B. Kripalani,
2523
Future of the Indo-British Common-
wealth, J.C. Wedgwood, 2388
-Gabriel, W. Gandhi. Christ und
•
wir Christen, 235, 714, 1059
Gabrielli, G., 261
Gadgil N.V., Since 1934, 1140
Gait, Sir, Edward, c34
Gambling. See Drink, Drugs and Gambl-
ing
Gandhi, c34
Gandhi, D., Comp. India unreconciled,
3088
-I had long ceased to look upon him
as my father, 1309
Gandhi, E., Caprile. 195
Gandhi, Laxmidas, c26
Gandhi, Maganlal, c25, c30
-K. Hand-looms, 660
Model weaving-school, 661
-Sizing handspun yarn, 662
Spinning Department, 663
Gandhi-Anthology, See Collections
Part I sect. 2
Gandhi-Bibliography, See Bibliography
of Bibliographies, Part I
Gandhi-Arrests, See Imprisonments-
India, Imprisonments-South Africa.
Assassination, 1033-1044
-Birth, See Gandhi-parents, Birth
and Childhood
-Birthdays, 1045-1054
-Childhood, See Gandhi-Parents,
Birth and Childhood
-Communist, See Communism
Comparative Study, See Gandhi
Compared to Ambedkar, Gandhi
Compared to Aurobindo, etc.
correspondence (General), 1081-1094
-correspondence with Government of
India, 1094-1103
-criticism, See Gandhi-Hostile Cri-
ticism
-Democrat, See Democracy
Economic Theorist, 1104-1112
-Education, 1113-1120
-Educationist, 1121-1138
Escapes, 1139-1144
-Estimate, 1145-1277
-Estimate (Suppl.), 3445-3671
-Fasts, See Fasts-India, Fasts—
South Africa
Ethical philosopher,.. 1278-1282
Gita and passing_Mahatmaji the
Supermortal, B.C. Bose, 1609,
1751
-Homages (Arranged geographically)
1290-1486
-Afghanistan, 1417
-Africa, 1412-1416
-Arabia,
1418-1419
-Belgium, 1361
-Brazil, 1379
Ceylon, 1390
INDEX
515
Gandhi, Homage, Chile, 1380
China, 1391-1401
Collections) 1283-1289
·Czechoslovakia, 1352-1354
Columba' 1381
Denmark, 1355
Egypt, 1420-1422
Eire (Ireland) 1356
Ethiopia, 1412
-Europe, 1351-1378
-Finland, 1357
-France, 1358-1460
-Germany, 1361
-Greece, 1362
-India, 1290-1350
-Indo-China, 1403-1407
-Indonesia, 1408
-Iran, 1423
-Iraq, 1424-1425
-Italy, 1363-1365
-Japan, 1409-1410
-Lebanon, 1426
-Middle-East, 1417-1427
Morocco, 1413
Netherlands, 1366
-Pakistan, 1367-1378
-Panama, 1382
-Peru, 1383
Rhodesia, 1414
-South Africa, 1379-1383
1384-1411
-South East Asia,
-Suadn, Sudan has been profoundly
shocked, 1415
Syria, 1427
-Tibet, 1410
Union of South Africa, 1416
·United Kingdom,
·U.S.A. 1452-1486
1428-1451
Gandhi-Hoare-MacDonald Correspon-
dence c51
1487-
Gandhi, Hostile Criticism,
Gandhi, Humanist, 1523-1528
-Immersion of his ashes, 3584
-Inconsistencies, 1527-1528
-Institutions, See Ashrams
-Internationalist, 1529-1531
-Interviews, 1532-1563
-Irwin pact, c47, 1564-1569, 2967-
2983
Irwin talks, c45
-Jinnah Negotiations,
1570-1588
Jinnah talks, Hindustan Times,
New Delhi, 637
literatur, 400
Marriage, 1589-1594
-Noakhali tour, 3600
-Poetry, 1607-1619
-Prison Life, 1620-1622, 3583
Prophet, 1623-1640
-Reviews of books on him, 1641-
1666
Gandhi, M.K., Revolution, F. Diettrich
2076
Revolutionary, 1662-1663
Saint, 1664-1668
Social Reformer, 1669-1674
Socialist, 1675-1684
-Statesman, 1685-1705
-Teachings, 1706-1708
-Tours, 1709-1723
-Trials, 1724-1728
-Tributes, See Gandhi-Homage
-Successful failure, B. Watson, 3066
Gandhi-Willingdon correspondence,
2849
Gandhi a biographical study E. Sen.
336
Gandhi against fascism, M.K. Gandhi,
857, 2425
-and Anarchy, Sir S. Nair, 185, 3050
and Christian missions, 691
and free India, Rev. W. Walsh,
1267
-and Frontier Gandhi among N.W.F.
Pathans, Pyarelal, 3609
-and his School, 2287
and Indian Reforms, 2571
-and Indian regeneration, T.C.K.
Kurup, 182
-and Kasturba, the story of their
life, G. Rai, 327, 2640
and labour, D. Oza, 2673, 3301
and Marx, K.G. Mashruwala, 788
1068
-and non-violent rsistance, B. Wat-
son, 3256
and Stalin, L. Fischer, 352, 787,
1071
-and the Aglican Bishops, 692
and the emancipation of the un-
touchables, B.R. Ambedkar, 631
-and the Indian problem, E.G. Harts
242
-and the Indianisation of the Empire.
I.F. Bryant, 189, 2048, 2286
-and the villages, G. Hutchings, 3293
and West, 3449
-and world peace, S.R. Mandal,
1213
-portrait from life, F.M. Dass (Haus-
wirth) 232
Gandhi; prophecy, B.K. Mallik, 376
-as an educationist, V.S. Mathur, ed.
173, 573, 899, 1134
as I know him, T.K. Yagnik, 297
-as social revolutionary, W. Wellock,
1674
as we know him, C. Shukla, 382
Gandhi before Pilate. J.H. Holmes,
223
516
INDEX
Gandhi Bibliographies, 57-89
Gandhi, C. Heath, 366
-Champion of the proletariat, B.L.
Chatterjee, 323, 1166, 2672
Chastises, 2477
Christus und wir Christen, W.
Gabriel, 714
Compared to Ambedkar, 1055
Aurobindo, 1056
-Buddha, 1057
Christ, 1058-1062
-Ford, 1063-1064
-Nehru, 1069-1070
-Stalin, 1071-1072
-Tolstoy, 1075-1080
-Conferenceis,
1175
-defies the Empire, 736
e l'avve nine dell' India (Italian)
R.S. Devi, 298, 2075
e il risorgiments Indians, G. Borsa,
59, 303, 2025
-en het Christendom, J.N. Sevenster,
84, 728
en zign peteekenis voor de toekonist
van British India (Dutch) H.G.
Van Beusekom, 214
et le nationalisme Hindou, M.
Kasermann, 2296
et Tolstoi, A. Kaplan, 74, 398,
1077
-fighter without a sword, J. Eaton,
416
Figueiredo Neiva,
Goes all out, T.A. Raman, 1509
-E. Gathier, (Italian), 240
-hails British proposal for India,
618
-his life and message for the world,
L. Fischer, 451
-in South Africa: a historical drama
in five acts, J.B. Freeman, 3177
-in Sudafrica, E. Roniger, ed. 197,
3183
-in the light of truth, S. Agnihotri,
1145
Indian Patriot in South Africa. 178
is India, J.S. Bright, 349
his life and teaching.
429
P.B. Sharga,
is my star, R. Nehru, 803
Kasturbai, c40
Kasturbai, passed away, c62
Khadi and spinning, 645
-lives, M.E. Jones, 73, 370
-Memorial. Washington, D.C.
Museum, New Delhi, c25
Gandhhi M.K., Abducted women, 3325
-about the Rajkot Award. 949
Acquaintance with religions, 2825
Address to missionaries, 673
Gandhi, M.K. Address to Sikhs, 3155
-Advent of Satyagraha, 3139
-Advice to refugees, 2815
-Ahimsa; a fact of life, 468
-Ahimsa and education, 884
-Ahimsa and Vegetarianism, 3279
-Ahimsa never fails, 469
-Ahimsa-yoga, 1729
-Ahmedabad mill hands, 931, 2922
-Ahmedabad mill industry, 2576
-All about the fast, 941, 979
-All in prison, 1937
A.I.V.I.A.-Its meaning and scope
industrialization,
809
-Alternative to
2589
-Ambedkar and caste, 626, 3257
-Appeal for blankets, 2816
Ashram observances, in action, 3431
-Ashram vows,
Atomb bomb,
1929
Atom Bomb and Ahimsa, 559
At the high School, 1113
-Authorized and unauthorized strik-
es, 3186
-Autobiography, 391
-Bapu's letters to Mira, 100
Bardoli Satyagraha, 2925
Basic education, 561, 3303
Before the Court in 1913,
Before the Court in 1907, 1931
Begging for food, 995
Best field for Ahimsa, 470
-Bihar tour, 1709
-Birth control, 590
-Birthday greetings, 1045
-Bleeding wound, 101, 2358
-Boundary, commission award, 2307
-Boycott and students, 593
-Boycott of British goods, 594
Brahamacharya, 603
Brahamacharya in relation to God,
604
548
560
-Brahmacharya or self-control, 605
-Breaking of the fast, 944
-Britannica junior, 394
-British Government, 2344
-British rule, 2345
-Broadcast to the Kurukshetra Comp.
2817
Buddhism, 609
Bugbear of communalism, 741
Business, 2590
-Call to the villages, 810
Can you avoid class war? 780
-Capital and labour, 2577, 2670
Caste and Varna, 627
-Caste, community and marriage,
628
-Caste vs. class, 629
INDEX
517
indus-
Gandhi, M.K, Cent percent Swadeshi or
the economics of village
tries, 102, 811, 3198
Champaran, 2929
Chancellor's speech,
885
Chapter on class war, 1675
Charkha, 638
Charkha in the Gita,
639
886
-Child marriage, 1589
Choice before students,
Christian missions, their place in
India, 105, 674
Christianity, 705
-Class war, 1669
-Clarks vs. workingmen, 2578
-Columbia Encyclopedia, 420
Commercial discrimination, 2591
-Communal decision, 732
-Communal dissensions and foreign
rule, 742
-Communal unity, 103, 743, 744,
2396
Communism, 781
Communism and socialism, 782,
3160
Compost manure, 452
Conditions of a pacific strike, 3187
-Congress, 2460
Congress and the Communal ques-
tion, 746
-Congress and the minorities, 2461,
2690
Congress in relation to the Classes
and masses, 2462
-Conquest of self, 104, 1730
Constitutional right of non-co-
operation, 1945
-Constructive programme; its mean-
ing and place, 971
Conversations of Gandhiji, 105
-Convocation address at the Bihar
Vidyapith, 887
Coolie problem of Assam, 2788
Co-operation among refugees, 2818
Correspondence between Mahatma
Gandhi and P.C. Joshi, 783, 1081
Correspondence begween Mahatma
Gandhi, the Bombay Government
and the Government of India,
1942-1943, 1095
Correspondence with Mr. Gandhi ;
August 1942, April 1944, 106, 1096,
3071
Crime of reading the Bible, 706
Criminal waste, 996
-Cripps' mission, 840
-Culural aspect of education,
-Curse of child marriage, 3326
-Danubia Volkslexikon, (German)
364
888
Gandhi' M.K., Dawn of a new era,
1976
-Dawn at freedom, 107
-Day book of thoughts from Gandhi,
1731
-Day with Ahmedabad mill-hands,
2579
-Democracy and non-violence, 471
-Diet and diet reform, 3280
-Differences very real, 635, 2308
-Dignity of poverty, 2389
-Discipline for the realization of
truth, 3243
-Discourse on Prayer, 2812
-Discourses on Gita, 575
-Distribution of wealth, 1676
Divide and rule, 861
Divine wrath, 586
Doctrine of Charkha, 640
111.
-Does India want prohibition? 863
-Dominion Status, 1951
-Drink evil, 865
-Drink in relation to communities,
866
-Drinks, Drugs and gambling, 108,
864
Dowry system, 3327
-Duty of spinning, 641
Duty of the Union Government,
2572
-East and West, 882, 3321
-East vs West. 883
-Economic decentralization, 2592
-Economics of Khadi, 2641
-Education, 889
-Encylopaedia Britannica, 438
Encyclopedia Americana, 393
-Enciclopedia universal ilustrada
europeo-Americana, 269
-Enforced widowhood, 3328
-Englishman is never wrong, 2309
Equality in Hindustan, 1896
Equality of religions, 2826
-Essence of democracy, 856
-Ethische religie, 2827, 2828
-Ethics of fasting, 905
-Eve of peace and emergence of
Gandhi, 2560
-Evil of smoking, 876,868
-Experiences de verite ou autobio-
graphie, 419
-Faith in non-violence, 472
-Famine, 997
Famous letters of Mahatma Gan-
dhi, 109, 1082,
-Fast as an element in satyagraha,
906
-Fast for purification, 907
-Fasting, 908, 909
Fasting and prayer, 910
518
INDEX
Gandhi' M.K.. Fasting in non-violent
action, 911
-Fasts, 912
-Fellowship of faiths and unity of
religions, 110
-Fiery ordeal, 473
-Firm on non-violence, 474
-First plunge, 538, 1878
-Fittest answer to fast, 945
-Flaw in Ahimsa, 475
-Food shortage, 998, 3281
-Food shortage and agriculture, 111,
999, 3285
-For Christian friends, 707
-For Rajaji, 636
For pacifists, 2735
For the young, 591
-For workers against untouchability,
medium of instruction,
-Formula for communist, 784
-Freedom's battle, 113, 3002
-Fundamental belief and ideas, 1732
Gambling, 869
Gandhi against fascism, 113, 857,
904, 2425
Gandhi a l'oeuvre, 3172
Gandhi as a father, 3436
-Gandhi der Heilige und der staats-
mann ineigeneni Ausspruchen,
1685
3413
-Foreign
2727
Gandhi Sutras, 114, 1707
Gandhi grams, 115
Gandhiji on Communal disorders,
747
Gandhiji's constructive programme,
2397
-Gandhiji's correspondence with
government, 1942-44, 116, 1097
Gandhiji's letters to Sardar Patel,
3501
Gandhi's beads of wisdom, 3244
Gandhi's constructive programme,
118, 792
Gandhi's great fast, 1932, 119, 962
Gandhi's letters on Indian affairs,
1083
Gandhi's letters to a disciple, 1084
-Gandhi's leer; verzameld door,
D.S. Sarma, 1707
Gandhiji's non-violence, 121, 476
-Gandhi's statement on Chauri
Chaura, 933
Gandhi's widisom box, 122, 1734
Gandhism, 1735-1752
-General Smuts' breach of faith,
3141
Gita, 576
Gita and non-violence, 577
Gandhi, M.K. Glimpses of religion,
2829
God of love, not war, 578
Gokhale : my political Guru, 3432
good life, 123, 1736
Gospel of Brahmacharya, 606
Gospel of labour, 2671
Gospel of sefless action, 579
Gospel of work, 1677
Grand enciclopedia portuesa e
brasileira, 332
-Great equalizer, 2580
Great experience, 2581
Great March, 1933, 1935, 3134
Great trial of Mahatma Gandhi and
Mr. Sankarlal Banker, 124, 1724
Greatest force, 477
Great leaves, 1000
Grim spectre, 1001
Habla Gandhi, 1979
Han egen historie (Norvegian), 259
Handlooms or power mills, 642
-Hans egen historic (Norvegian)
-Hand-spinning and hand-weaving,
644
T
-Has non-violence limits, 478
-Helpful hint, 1002
Hind Swaraj, c29, 220, 236, 3207
-Hindu and Hinduism, 1898
Hindu and Hinduism, 1898
-Hindu dharma, 1897, 125, 2830
-Hindu-Muslim tangle, 2311
Hindu vs. Muslim, 2605
Hindu's duty towards a Muslim
2604
TTT.
Hinduism and non-violence, 479
Hinduism and obscenity, 1900
Hinduism and the Quran,
2603
1899,
Hinduism as ever growing,
-His last will testament, 2463
-Horse-racing, 870
-How can India become free ? 126,
3072
-How should the Indian Union act ?
2573
How to boycott foreign cloth, 595
How to compete with foreign cloth,
2649
1901
How to cultivate Ahimsa ? 480
How to fraternize the Harojans, 3259
How to serve the cow, 3414
How to ward off starvation, 1003
-Humanitarianism, 1524
-Hunger-strike, 913
Selections from Gandhi, 1741
Wit and wisdom of Gandhi, 1744
I am no communalist, 748
INDEX
519
Gandhi M.K., I ask every Briton, 127,
2426
If I were a Czech, 854
Ignorant waste, 1005
-Il torment dell' India, 1985
-Implication of fasting, 939
-Implications of war over Kashmir,
2628
-Independencia deala India, 1980
-India of my dreams, 128
1941
-Indian civilization,
-Indian demand and British policy,
129, 1098, 3073
-Indian home rule,
-Indian India,
-Indian industry, 812
-I.N.A. men's dilemma, 2451
1300, 3208
131, 2549
Indian States, 2550
-Indian States' problem,
132, 2551
-Indian states' Satyagraha: Rajkot,
3116
-India's attitude, 2427
-India's case for Swaraj, 133, 2849
-India's freedom: ways and means,
1942
1981
-India's heritage,
-Individual satyagraha against war,
2428, 2996
-Intellectual and manual labour, 2679
-Inter-communal
3329
-International ideal, 1969
-Islam, 2607
marriages,
marriages,
Is non-violence impossible? 482
Is non-violence ineffective? 2620
Jallianwala Bagh, 2613
-Jews, 544,
2622
-Jesus Christ, 708
Jewish Question, 2621
-Jews and Palestine, 2623
-Jinnah Sahib's assurances, 2739
-Jung Indien, 1982
Kashmir, a beacon light, 2629
-Kashmir and Jammu, 2630
-Kashmir pangs, 2631
-Kasturba, 2625
-Katherine Mayo's Mother India, 2710
134, 2682
-Key to health,
-Khaddar, 2642
-Khadi and spinning, 2643
-Khadi and Swadeshi, 2644
-Kheda Satyagraha, 2999
-Khilafat, 2660
Khilafat and Swadeshi, 2661
-Khilafat public meeting in Bombay,
2662
-Kirpan and its implications, 3146
-Kisans, 2790
-Kisans and Zamindars, 2791
Kisan Sabba, 2789
-Labour must unite, 2582
Gandhi, M.K, Law of Varna, 610
Leaving food, 1006
-Ligislaures, 2346
-Let labour combine, 2583
-Letter from Gandhi, 1086
-Letter to President F.D. Roosevelt,
3248
-Letter to the Generalissimo, 670
Letters from Bapu, 1085
-Letters a L'Ashram, 1087
Machinery and man, 2594,
-Mahatma and the missionary,
676
2674
135,
237
Mahatma Gandhi (Spanish),
-Mahatma Gandhi at work: his
story continued, 136, 236, 173
Mahatma Gandhi, his life writing
speeches, 1983
Mahatma Gandhi; his own story,
137
-Mahatma Gandhi on the Cabinet
mission's declaration, 612
Mahatma Gandhi speaks of his reli-
gion, 138, 2831
Mahatma Gandhi's confessions,
139, 1737
Man vs. Machine, 2675
-Mango Kernal, 1007
Manure pits, 455
Mass murder, 1008
Meaning of prohibition, 871
-Mein leben (German), 221
-Menace of an industrialized India,
2595
Message of Buddhists, 611
Message of the Charkha, 646
-Message of the Gita, 580
-Message of the I.N.A. 2452
-Message to Asia, 1970
Mijn ervaringen uit de gevanganis,
1620
Mills and labour, 2584
-Mina experiment med sannigen
(Swedish), 238
Mind of Mahatma Gandhi, 140, 1738
Miniature Swaraj, 2585
Minimum living wage, 3299
Minister's woe,
1009
Minorities in Pakistan, 2692
-Minorities question, 2691
Missionary effort and the state, 677
Modern girl, 3330
Mohanmala; a Gandhian rosary,
141, 1739
-Morality, 1278
More about Ahimsa, 483
Music before mosque, 2606
Music of the spinning wheel, 647
My appeal to the British, 142, 1556,
2429, 3074
520
INDEX
Gandhi, M.K., My experiments with
truth, 155, 209, 220, 236, 238,
239, 419, 363, 1652, 1658, 1659
-My fasts, 914, 946
-My inconsistencies,
-My jail experiences,
-My Mahatmaship, 1624
-My soul's agony, 3260
National demand, 2464
-National education in terms of
Swaraj, 890
1527
1621
-National flag, 1966
-National vs. alien education, 891
-National week, 3118
-Nationalism vs. internationalism,
2600, 1529, 2281,
-Nation's voice, 143, 2850, 3209
-National therapenties, 2683
Nature cure, 3455
Necessity of bodly labour, 2680
-Need for a standard wage, 3300
-Negation of democracy, 2693
Neither saint nor sinner, 1665
Noakhali tour, 1710
-No communalism in commerce, 749
Non-co-operation, 3004
-Non-co-operation and civil dis-
obedience, 3003
-Non-resistance free and false, 491
Non-violence, 484, 485, 486
-Non-violence and Free India, 487
-Non-violence and molestation of
women, 488
-Non-violence in peace and war,
144, 489
-Non-violent resistant, 2615
-Non-violent teachinique and parallel
Government, 490
-Not a policy but a creed, 492
On art, 546
On education, 892
-Ordeal begins: Gandhi-Viceroy
correspondence, 1942-1943, 1099
On Jews and Palestine, 2623
Outside his field, 494
-Pakistan, 2740
-Pakistan and Ahimsa, 2741
-Pakistan at last, 2742
-Parties, 2325
-Partition and non-Muslims.
2312
-Partition in a brotherly spirit, 2313
-Patriotism, 2282
-Peace at last, 936
Peaceful strikes, 3188
-Personal ethics,
1279
-Picketing, 596
-Pilgrimage for peace; Gandhi and
Frontier Gandhi among N.W.F.
Pattans, 2915
Plea for spinning, 648
Gandhi, M.K. Plight of mill-hands, 2586
Political self-government, 3210
-Politics, 1686
-Politics vs. religion, 2832
-Poona statements, 145, 1088
-Poor men's Swaraj, 3211
-Position of women, 3331
-Potency of the Spinning wheel, 649
-Poverty, 2390
Prayer, 2813
-Preparation for England, 1114
Prices and decontrols, 1030
-Princes and States, 2552
Problem of food, 1010
-Prohibition and non-violence, 872
-Prohibition criticism answered, 873
-Prostitution, 3332
-Protect minorities, 2694
-Protection of minorities, 2695
-Provincial Autonomy, 2347
Psychological explanation, 750
-Purdha system, 3333
-Purpose of the tour, 1711
Put Pakistan on the screen, 2743
Qualifications of a peace brigade,
751
Question of Control, 1025
Question of minorities, 733
Quintessence of true religion, 2833
Quit India, 146, 3075
Quit Now, 2314
Rajkot fast, 957
-Ramrajya, 3212
Ramrajya and Ahimsa, 495
-Real democracy, 858
Real education, 893
Real war effort,
1011
-Reasons for assistance during the
First World War, 2423
Rebellion, 1662
Recruiting evil, 2792
-Reformer, 1670
-Refugees in Pakistan, 2820
-Refugees problem,
-Religion, 2834
2819
-Religion and morals, 1280, 2844
Religious ferment,
709
-Religious instructions and the State,
2847
-Remarriage of child widows, 3334
-Removal of controls, 1031
-Remove food control, 1026
Reply to German critics, 2624
Results of decontrol, 1032
-Return of the refugees, 2821
Return to village industries, 813,
2596
Role of the minorities, 2696
Root cause of partition. 2315
-Rules of self-restraint, 608
LLL
INDEX
521
Gandhi, M.K. Sainthood, 1664
Salt Satyagraha, 2933
C
Sanatana Hinduism, 1902n
Sarvodaya, its principles and pro-
gramme, 147, 2889
Satyagraha, 2895, 2906
-Satyagraha in South Africa, 148,
220, 236, 2896, 3174
-Satyagrahashrama, 549
-Satyagraha, non-violent resistance,
149, 2847, 2999
Secret of Swaraj, 3213
-Selected letters, 150, 1098
Selected, writings, 151, 1740
-Selections from Gandhi, 152
-Self-determination, 2316
-Self-restraint VS. self-indulgence,
[1]
2845
Separate electorates, 752
Sermon on the sea, 153, 3005
Self-help to avoid food crisis, 1012
Shortest way to independence, 2934
Simla Conference, 1945, 3148
-Simplifying marriage, 3335
-Smoking evil, 874
-Social boycotts, 597
-Some person in Ahimsa, 496
Songs from prison, 2835
-Son's reminiscences, of Bapuji. 3500
-Speeches and writings of Mahatma
Gandhi, 154, 19
-Spinning as a famine relief, 650
-Spinning wheel 651
-Spinning wheel and the atom bomb,
558
Stand for non-violence, 497
Steps to brahmacharya, 607
Storm over the land, 3152
-Story of my experiment with truth,
1535
-Strikes, 3190
-Students and strikes, 3189
Swadeshi, 2283, 3999
Swadeshi true and false, 3202
Swaraj, 3215
Swaraj, through Charkha, 3200
Sweeper's strike 3191
-Task ahead,
753
-Teaching of the Gita, 581
-Teachings of Mahatma Gandhi, 156
-Tear down the purdah, 3336
-Theology, 2836
Theory of trusteeship, 1679
-To a Gandhian Capitalist, 1090
-To American friends, 3249
-To Bihar, 1712
-To every Japanese, 2616
-To the Kisans of the U.P., 2793
-To the Muslims in the Union, 2575
To the Pakistan refugees, 2822
Gandhi, M. K., To the princes and their
people 157, 2553
To the protagonists of Pakistan,
158, 2744
To the revolutionary, 539
-To the students, 159, 160, 2398, 3194
-To the students, ed. by A.T. Hingo-
rani, 3195
To the women, 161, 2399
-To the Zamindars, 2794
-Total prohibition, 875
-Tolerance, 2837
-Towards non-violent socialism, 162,
3161, 3286
-Trial of Mahatma Gandhi and Mr.
Shankarlal Banker,
1912
-Trials by juries, 1725
-True patriotism, 814, 2284
-Trusteeship, 1680
-Truth or Ahimsa, 498
-Unfortunate document,
-Unique exhibition, 815
Unseen power, 163, 1743
-Untouchability, 164, 2400, 3261,
2362, 3433
Untouchability not part of Hindu-
ism, 3263
-Useful pamphlet, 1013
Village industries, 816
Village tanning and its possibilities,
817
-War resolution, 2430
-Way of non-violence, 499
679
Villages, 3287
Value of Hinduism, 1903
Vegetarianism, 3282
Viramgam Satyagraha, 3121
Vykom Satyagraha, 3132
-War against war, 540
-War between India and Pakistan, 2575
-Western culture, 3322
What can violence do ? 613
What is Hinduism, 1904
-What is it? 818
What is neutrality, 680
What is prayer, 2814
What ought to be done, 1014
What Swaraj means, 3215
Wheel of fortune, 165, 654, 2645, 3201
Who is a socialist, 3162
Who is to blame? 754
Why I am a Hindu, 1905
Why in want of food, 1015
Why manual training,..2681
Why not great powers? 855
Why not import food? 1016
Why only Khadi ? 2646
-Wisdom of Gandhi in his own
words, 166
-Wit and wisdom of Gandhi, 167
522
INDEX
Gandhi, M. K. With mill labourers,
2587
With missionary friends, 681
Women and picketing, 3192
-Women and social unjustice, 2401
3337, 3339
-Woman not weaker sex, 3338
-Word to communists, 758
-Word to the missionaries, 682
Work as the only cure for poverty,
2391
Young Communists, 786
-Young India, 1986, 1919-1922,
169, 1986, 1924-1916, 170, 1987,
1937-1918, 171, 1988
-and others. August rebellion vin-
dicated, 3076
Gandhi R. Correspondence between
Gandhiji's son and Godse, 3502
Gandhi murder appeal judgment, 3493
case, 3493
Gandhi National Memorial Fund, 3475
-nationalist or internationalist, H.L.
Seth, 1531
Gandhi ochden indiska pamjttfo delsen
(Swedish) G Borsa, 304
277
-on Ambedkar, 1055, 3265
-on Education. See Gandhi--Educa-
tionist,
-on educational reforms in India,
3304
-on slavery, 3658
-praises Petain, T.V. Raman, 1510
or Aurobindo, Chatterjee, B.C.,
180
-over oorlog (Dutch), B.D. Ligt, 226
-resignation from Congress, 2543
(French), S. Tagore, 280
Saint or sinner; through Western
eyes, R.N. Khànna, 1667
-seit seiner freilassung, R. Rolland,
81
Seva Sangh, Brindavan, c57
Gandhi Seva Sangh Conference, c58
-Statesman, J.B. Kripalani, 1699
-survives his fast, 923
Sutras, M.K. Gandhi, 1706
Saint as statesman, S. Hossain,
1697
-Tel que je l'ai connu, M. Landeau,
290
-the apostle, his trial and his message,
H.T. Muzumdar, 188, 1592, 1602
-the dawn of Indian freedom. J.C.
Winslow and V. Elwin, 254, 731.
the holy man. Fulop-miller, 69,
233
-the Internationalist James, E.H.,
225
Gandhi, M.K. the Mahatma, J.G. Rowe,
250
-the prophet of love in action, T.
Heline, 1628
the saint as statesman, S. Hossain
287, 1666
the saviour, A.B. Andleys, 264
-the statesman. J.B. Kripalani, 432
triumphant; the inside story of the
historic fast, H.T. Muzumdar,
292, 1653, 3117
-through English eyes,
1167
-und die religion, 1637, 2842
-versus the Empire, H.T. Muzumdar,
2180, 2530
-und die religion, A Stoele, 1637
-Voice, of the new revolution, B.
Watson, 3068
Weher, T.A. 296
will co-operate,
-world citizen. M. Lester, 399,
355
847
Gandhian Constitution for free India,
S.N. Agarwal, 1946, 3364
-economy and other essays J.C.
Kumarappa, 830, 1109
era, 3420
Institutions See Ashrams
-institutions of Wardha, R.V. Rao,
556
-museums, 3448
Gandhian Outlook and techniques, See
Gandhism
Gandhian Plan, See Constructive Pro-
gramme
Gandhian plan of economic develop-
ment for India, S.N. Agarwal,
794, 1104, 1356
Gandhian plan reaffirmed, S.N. Agar-
wal, 1957
-re-affirmed,
S.N. Agarwal, 795,
1957
-vs. Commonsense, S.S. Caveeshar,
2479
-way, See Gandhism
Gandhiana P.G. Deshpande, 62
Gandhigram, M.K. Gandhi, 1733
Gandhiji, his life and work, D.G. Ten-
dulkar, ed. 72, 172, 1183
Gandhiji the master, K.M. Munshi,
325
Gandhiji's correspondence with govern-
ment, 1942-2944, M.K. Gandhi,
1097
Gandhiji's satyagraha or non-violent
resistance, R.B. Gregg, 512, 2904
Gandhi's arrest and events leading up to
it, H.S.L. Polak, 1922
Gandhi's beads of wisdom, M.K. Gandhi,
117, 3244
INDEX
523
Gandhi's Congress party, facts for every
Briton, 2505
Gandhi's Constructive programme, M.
K. Gandhi, 2397
-Orange juice, 968
-fast, 924, 938, 953
fight for freedom, R.N. Khanna,
ed.
-great fast, 1932, M.K. Handhi,
963
-leer, M.K. Gandhi, 1707
-letters on Indian affairs, M.K.
Gandhi, 1083
-letters to a disciple, 120, 1084
-life in prison, Shankarlal, 1622
-new hunger strike shakes Indian
Government, 954
-spinning wheel, J.S. Parker, 667
-storia di un unomo e di una lotta
(Italian), Fulop-Miller Reue 219
-Story, S. Masani,
-suicide threat, 969
-wisdom box, M.K. Gandhi, 1734
Gandhism, 1729-1769
-a review, G. Adhakari, 1745
a socialistic approach, A.N. Agar-
wala, 1681, 3163, 1746
-cum non-co-operation exposed,
Argus, pseud. 1748, 3008
-doom of untouchables, B.R. Am-
bedkar, 1747
-in theory and practice, N.C.
Banerji, 1750
vs. commonsense, or exposition of
the Forward Bloc programme and
policy, S.S. Caveeshar, 2327
-VS. socialism, R.B. Gregg, 3166
Ganga, 3585
Gangaram, Sir, 3328
Gangulez, N., Indian presents, and
its environments, 2797
-problems of rural India, 3292
Ganpati Rai, ed. Mahatma Gandhi,
1184
Gard, R.A., Buddhist influence on the
political thought, 2093
Garnett, 3363
Garratt, G.T. Indian
G.T. Indian Commentary,
2094
Garrett, G.T., and Thompson, E.J., Rise
and fulfilment of British rule in
India, 2264
Origin and growth of nationalism,
2291
Gask, R.C. India's leaders seek accord
on proposal for independence,
1575
Fathier, E. Gandhi (Italian), 240
Gauba, K.L., Consequences of Pakis-
tan, 2759
-Inside Pakistan, 2760
-Trial of Gandhi, 1726
Gauhati Congress, c43
Gaya Social Conference, 2566
Gazdar, M.J., British case against India,
2096
George V., King, 3437
George, Lloyd, c50
George, P.V., The unique Christ and
mystic Gandhi, 271
Gandhi and the Church, 693
and Ramchandran eds. Economics
of peace, 798 827, 2097, 2598
Gandhi lifts the cross; satyagraha,
2902
Germany, 2621
-Jews in, 544
Ghan, P.T. Mahatmaji's message, 3503
Ghersi, E., India inquiete, 272
Ghose, A., Speeches, 2098
Ghose, H.P., Calcutta Congress, 2507
Ghose, K.D.. Gandhiji-A Catholic
revolutionary in education, 1124
Ghosh, N., Gandhiji-Our modern men-
in-God, 3504
Ghose, P.C., From Nagpur to India,
2508
Ghosh, S., Gandhiji's "Do or Die mis-
sion, 1717, 3505
Ghulam, M., News of Gandhiji's assa-
ssination has stunned every lover of
peace, 1369
Ghurye, G.S., Aborigines, 2701
Giachetti B., 219
Gianturco, V., 1162
Gilles, J.M., This our day, 395
Giornale D'Italia, He was a saint and
prophet, 1363
Girgaum, Bombay, c25
Glasenapp, H.V., Von Buddha zu Gan-
dhi, 2839
Glances at Islam, V.G. Desai, 2609
2188
Glickstein, H. Avtobiografiyah,
Glocombe, G.,Weapons of non-violence,
510
Godse, N.V., c67, 1044, 1139, 3439,
3502
Gokhale, G.K., c31, c25, c26, 2041,
3183, 3432
Gokhale my political Guru, M.K.
Gandhi, 3432
Gokuldas Mannakji, c23
Goldbloom, M.J., Death of a man, 1465
Good life, M.K. Gandhi, 1736
Goodall, N. Can Indian unite ? 743
--Indian deadlock, 3090
524
INDEX
Gopal, M., India as a world power,
1973
Gopalan, N.C., Moplah rebellion, 2708
Gordon, M.B., Aubade: Mohandas K.
Gandhi, 1612
Goshal, K. India and the Second World
War, 2438
Other organizations, 2330
-People of India, 2330, 2412
Gospel in brief, L.N. Tolstoy, 3362
of freedom, T.L. Vaswani, 3062
of sefless action, M.K. Gandhi,
579
of Swadeshi, K. Kalelkar, 2295,
3205, 3369
Goswami, T., Psychology of Gandhi,
1185
Goudge, J.E., ed. Questions and answers
and present day problems, 3022
Gour, H.S., Basis of national life, 2099
Communalism and Nationalism,
764
Swarajist's exodus, 2331
Govil, H.G., 2717
Grady, H., World better because he liv-
ed, 1466
Graham, B., Gandhi and the Viceroy,
925
Grain, M., Rulers of the world, 305
Gramism; the new renaissance of India,
M.R.D.R. Ram Rai, 3297
Grave diggers in India, T.K. Dutt,
762
Gray, R.M., Mahatma Gandhi : an
essay in appreciation, 199, 241
Gray, R.M. Present deadlock in India,
2979
-and Parekh, M.C., Mahatma Gandhi,
1186
Gt. Brit. Cabinet Mission to India,
Papers, 619
Gt.
Brit., Independent Labour Party.
Indian Advisory Committee, India
today, 2363
Gt. Brit., India, and the Colonial
dependencies in the post-war
world, W.M. Hailey, 2365
Gt. Brit,, India Office, Report on the
Indian constitutional or eforms,
2565
Great Challenge, L. Fischer, 352, 3248
Great Gandhi, 1414
Great lives, F.H. Law, 440
Great men of India, Williams, L.F., ed.
293
Great Nehrus, J.S. Bright, 2042
Great Soul, H. Maurer, 377
Great trial of Mahatma Gandhi and
Shankarlal Banker, M.K. Gan-
dhi, 124
Greenburg, H., We are treated as sub-
humans, 2627
Greenwall, H.J.. Storm over India,
2980
Gregg, R.B., 1049, 3026
Congress and the R.T.C. 2862
-Discipline for non-violence, 511
Economics, of Khaddar, 2650
Gandhiji as a social scientist and
social inventor, 1672
Gandhiji's satyagraha or non-vio-
lent resistance, 512, 2903
Gandhism versus socialism, 3166
-Meaning of Gandhi's fast, 970
-Non-violence the only way, 513
-Power of non-violence, 514
-Psychology and strategy of Gandhi's
non-violent resistance, 515
-Why did Mahatma Gandhi fast ?
977
Grenfell, W.T., 1274
Greffiths, P.J., British India, 2100
Grover, 1538
"Grow More Food" policy, 458
Growth and development of national
thought in India, I. Topa, 2300
Gautemale (city). Biblioteca Nacional,
Boletin, 42
Guha, A.C. Miracle of the Mahatma,
3306
•
Gujarat Mahavidyalaya, 885
Gujarat political conference, c40
-provincial conference, c41
Provincial Congress Committee,
Ahmedabad, 3129
Guruvayur temple, c52
Gujarat Vidyapith, Ahmedabad, c11,
c42, 492, 885
3rd Convocation, 3396
-3384
Gujarat Vidyapith granthavali pustak,
62
Gujrananla, c37
Gulzarkhan, R., How I came in contact
with Bapuji, 3507
Gundappa, D.V., States' people and the
Round Table Conference, 2863
Gunther, F., Revolution in India, 2101
Gunther, J., Inside Asia, 308
Gupta, B. Intelligent man's guide to
the Wardha scheme of education,
3308
Gupta, D.K., Saving cereals, 1018
-Village industries movement, 837
Gupta, J.N., Call of the motherland,
2102
-Foundations of national progress,
2103
Gupta, J.P., ed. Flings a challenge, 2187
He followed Christ, 309
Call
INDEX
525
Gupta, J.P., Jinnah Sahib "please',
Gupta, N., Gandhi and Gandhism, 333
-Indian nationalism, 2293
Gurbaxni, G.G., Sevagram, 554
Guru-ka-bag, 3130
-Congress Inquiry Committee,
Lahore, Report, 3130
-G.A. Sundaram, 3137
Gurmukh Nihal Singh,
Gurushanta, P.M.,
saint, 1310
Gwyer, Sir M., Died in the cause of
peace, 1310
Gwyn, J.T., Indian politics; a survey,
2364
Gwynn, S., Gandhi's fast, 971, 1500
1623
Greatest Christian
Habla Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi, 1979
Hafiz, S.M., Gandhiji's attitude towards
Hinduism and Islam, 3507
-Gandhiji's message is relevant to-
day, 3508
-Gandhiji, moral greatness, 3509
-Mahatma Gandhi still guides the
nation, 3510
-What Gandhiji expects of us, 3511
Hafizullah, M., Towards Azad Kashmir,
2632
Haile Selassie I., Moral leader of all
humanity, 1412
Hailey, W.M., Great Britain, India and
colonial dependencies in the post-
war world, 2365
Haji Habib, Seth, c28
Hakimi, M., National leader and father
of Indian liberty, 1423
Kaksar, K.N., Mahatma Gandhi and the
Indian states, 2556
Haldar, H., Rational life and non-co-
operation, 3023
Halfway to freedom, M. Bourke-white,
2410
Halifax, Lord, E.F.L.W., Few like him
in all history, 1337
Indian problem; speeches, 2366
Hall, J.W., Eminent Asians, 210
Hamida Islamic Society's Hall, Johan-
nesburg, c30
Hand-spinning and hand-weaving, S.V.
Putambekar, and N.S. Varadachari,
2655, 3378
Hans egen historie M.K. Gandhi, 259
Haq, M.A., Loss to Musim world, 1312
Harcourt, H., Mahatma Gandhi, 1188
Sidelights on the crisis in India,
2104
Hardwar, c31
Haribhandra Suri, p. 447
Harijan (Ahmedabad), 90, 3383, 3655
Harijan Bandhu, 3383
Harijan colony, Delhi, 2451
Harijan Sewak, 3383
Harijan Sevak Sangh, 3277
Harijan Survey Committee, Cawnpore,
Report, 3266
Haripura Congress, See Indian National
Congress, Haripura, 2518
Haripura Congress guide, V.G. Desai,
2500
Heritage of Asia, K.J. Saunders, 262
Harris, M. Gandhi, the inspirer of
men, 3512
Harrison, A., Gandhi and the Nobel
prize, 1189
88 Knights bridge and the Round
Table Conference, 2863
Harrison, A., and Bailey, G., India,
1939-1942, 2367
Hart, E.G., Gandhi and the Indian
problem, 242
Hartland, B., Gandhi und das indische
Enziehungswesen, 1125
Has Congress failed? 2509
Has Gandhi failed? W.S. Deming, 2496
Hassan, Drink and drug evil in India,
879, 3368
Hassan, M.. He wanted above every-
thing also the establishment of com-
plete cordiality between Hindus
and Muslims, 1369
Hassan, Yakule, c37
Hatta, M.. Messenger of peace and
freedom, 1404
Hauer, J.W., Indians Kamfum das
reich, 2105
He followed Christ, J.P. Gupta ed.
309
Heard, G., Hour and the man, 517,
1190
Heart of Aryavarta,
L.J.L. Dundas,
2082
Heath, C.,Gandhi, 366
-M.K. Gandhi: apostle of light
and truthforce, 1627
Hebbar, K.K., 402
Hedtoft, M., Taken as proof of the
brutality the last war has created,
1355
Halbjahrsverzeichnis der Neuerscheinun-
gen des deutschen Bucchandels
mit Veranzeigan, 43
Heline, Gandhi the prophet of love in
action, 1628
Henderson, A., Contemporary Immor-
tals, 222
-Left an indelible impression of good-
ness, 1438
526
INDEX
Hennessy, J., India, Pakistan in world
Politics, 2368
Herbert, Jean, 83
Hertberg, S., John Dewey and Gandhi,
3514
Himalayan blunders of Mahatma Gan-
dhi, J.S. Bright, 1492, 2043
Hind Swaraj. M.K. Gandhi, c29,
28, 220, 236, 2594, 3207
Hindi, 3384
Hindi Conference c34
Hindi Sahitya Sammelan, Madras, c55
Hindu concept of God, U.N. Banerjee,
1625
-dharma. M.K. Gandhi,
125,
1897, 2830, 2836, 3263
-Madras. Life of service to all, 1313
Hindu Mahasabha, c60
Hindu vs. Muslim, 2605
Hindu Mahasabha, 2330, 2334
Hindu-Muslim question, B. Prasad,
1886
Hindu-Muslim tangle, M.K. Gandhi,
2311
Hinduism, 1896-1905
Hindu National movement, Bhai Parm-
anand, 2337
Hindu revival and the growth of nation-
alism, T.W. Wallbank, 2304
Hindustan Times, New Delhi. Born to
refashion a new civilization, 1314
-Gandhi-Jinnah talks, 637, 1577
-Life of dedication to service of
humanity, 3514
-Memories of Bapu, 367
Opening ceremony,
-Word from the heart,
Hindustani, 2734
Hindustani Talimi Sangh, Sevagram.
Basic education, 565
-Wardha, Basic national education,
3309
c42, 3395
1283
-Sevagram, Educational reconstruc-
tion, 566
-Talimi Sangh, Sevagram, One step
forward, 567
-Sixth annual report of the Hindus-
tani Talimi Sangh, 1938-1944,
568
-Third annual report, 1940-1941,
569
-Two years' work, 570
Hinge of Fate, Sir W. Churchill,
3579
Hingorani, A.T., Bapu-My saviour,
3515
Hingorani, A.T., ed. Dawn of freedom
107
My appeal to the British, 142,
242, 3)71
Hingorani A.T., To the princes and
their people, M.K. Gandhi, 157,
2553
To the protagonists of Pakistan,
M.K. Gandhi, 158, 2744
To the students, M.K. Gandhi, 160,
3195
-To the women, M.K. Gandhi, 161,
2399
Hirekerur, 3128, 3138
Hirohito, H.I.H. Emperor, Event of
great sorrow, 1409
Hirsch, L., Like Lincoln he was emanci-
pator of India, 3516
Hitler, 474
Hitrec, J.G., Chela finds his guru,
1649
Historical trial of the Ali Brothers, 2668
History of education in India, S.
Nurullah, and J.P. Naik, 901
History of non-violent movement,
P. Spratt, 2256
History of the Indian National Congress,
B. Pattabhi Sitaramayya, 2434
History of the Kisan movement, N.G.
Ranga and Swami S. Saraswati,
467, 2801
History of wage adjustment in the Ahme-
dabad industry, Textile Labour
Association, Ähmedabad, 3302
Hoare, Sir S., c49, c5k
How Gandhiji dealt with a King's
reproof, 3437
-Nine troubled years, 3437
Hobhouse, S., Significance of Gandhi
for the outlook of a Christian paci-
fist, 1060, 1929
Hodge, J.Z., Salute to India, 2369
Hodgkin, H.T., Should missionaries
proselyte ? 694
Hoernle, R.F.A., South Africa tribute,
3178
Hogg, D., India, A plea for understand-
ing,2106
-Moral challenge of Gandhi, 342
Holischer, A. Visite a Gandhi 1545
Holland, R., Gandhi's arrest: was it
inevitable? 1921
Holmes, J.H., 137, 153, 167, 220, 1279,
1286, 1744, 3322
Death "Supreme moment", 3517
Gandhi, 1191
Gandhi before Pilate, 223
My Gandhi, 447, 3421
-Nature of Gandhi's greatness,
1057
-One of the Saviours of mankind,
1467
INDEX
527
Holmes, J.H. Our age glorified by his
presence, 3518
-What Gandhi is teaching the world,
310, 518
-and others, Gandhi, 1049
Holmes, W.H.C., Twofold Gandhi :
Hindu monk and revolutionary
politician, 439, 1696
Homages to Gandhi, See Gandhi-
Homages,
Home Rule, See Swaraj
Home Rule League, Surat Branch c35
Honsinger, W., 1049
Hopes and fears, 620
Horniman, B.G., Amritsar, and our duty
in India, 2614
-deportation of, c35
Horse-Racing, See Drink, Drugs and
Gambling.
Hosain, M., Exposition of Mr. Gandhi,
1501
Hossain, S., Gandhi: the Saint as States-
man, 387, 1666, 1697, 2865
-Mahatma Gandhi as I know him,
1193
Gandhi the voice of India, 1192
-Purest spiritual flame in the world,
1315
-What Gandhi faces, 2107
Houghton, B., Issue in India,
-Revolt of the East, 3024
-Revolt of the past, 2199
Houlston, F.M., 1685
House that Jinnah built, B.G. Kaushik,
2765
2108
Housman, L., Gandhi and the future of
pacifism, 519, 2086
How can India become free? M.K.
Gandhi, 126, 3072
How India wrought for freedom, the
story of the Indian National Con-
gress told from official records,
A. Besant, 2471
How to compete with foreign cloth,
2649
How to serve the cow, M.K. Gandhi,
3414
Howard, P., Gandhi and the M.R.A.
3519
Howsin, H.M., Significance of Indian
nationalism, 2294
Hoyland, J.S. Case for India, 2110,
3228
Caste system, 634
Cross moves East, 2904
Gandhi's satyagraha and the way of
the Cross, 716, 2905
-How an Indian looks at Swaraj,
3228
Hoyland, J.S., Indian crisis the back-
ground, 319
-They saw Gandhi, 354
Hsi, C.T., One of the greatest men'
1394
Hu Shih,
273
Hull, W.I., India's political crisis, 2112
Hultenberg, H., 194, 238
Humanitarianism, See Gandhi-Humanist
Humanity's homage to Gandhiji, 1284
Hunt, F. Restless India, 2113
Hunt, W.S. India's outcastes: a new
era, 3267
Hunter, A., Social perplexities, 260
Hunter A.A., Three trumpets sound, 291
Huntingdon, F.J.C.W.P.H. Common-
sense about India, 2117
Huq, A.F., Greatest tragedy since Kar-
bala, 1371
Hussain, K.I. Greatest leader for
centuries, 1372
Hussain, Mian Fazli, c42
Hussin, S.S. Solution of the communal
problem, 765
Hussain, Z. Noblest teacher, 901,
1373
Hutchins, G., Gandhi and the villages,
3293
Æ
Hutchinson, L., Empire of the Nobles,
2114
-Gandhi : politican with a halo,
1194, 1698
Hutchinson, P., Gandhi's prayer meet-
ing, 1195
Hutheesing, K. (Nehru), Shadows on
2115
the wall,
Story of Gandhi, 421
With no regrets, 2116
Huq, F., 2613
Hygiene, See Health and Hygiene
I ask every Briton. M.K. Gandhi, 127,
2426
Ibboston E., Tragedy-Comedy of Mr.
Gandhi, 2866
I could not save Bapu, J.C. Jain. 396
Ideals of non-co-operation and other
essays, Lala Lajpat Rai, 3028
I differ from Congress, S.N. Angadi,
2468
If war comes, B.P. Adarkar, 2432
I follow the Mahatma K.M. Munshi, 301
I fought for my country, 2156
I have shed my tears, D.F. Karaka, 2132
Ikbal Ali Shah, Sirdar., Pakistan: a
plan for India, 2761
Il tormento dell' India, M.K. Gandhi,
1985
528
INDEX
Imam, S.N, Teaching of Gandhiji, 3520
Impending fast of Mahatma Gandhi,
C. Rajagopalachari, 974
Imperial Citizenship Association, c32
Imperialism unmasked, L. Fischer, 2362
Important speeches, 1922-1926, J.
Nehru, 2192
Important speeches and writings S.C.
Bose, 2027
Impressions in Life, S.C. Bose, 2028
Impressions of India, C.J. Wedgwood,2272
Imprisonments-India. 1906-1927, 1906-
1908,
--Aga Khan Palace Prison, Aug. 9,
1952.
-Kosi, Apr. 10, 1919, 1909
-Motihari, Mar. 10, 1917-1910
-Poona, Aug. 4, 1933, 1911
-Sabarmati, Mar. 10, 1922, 1912-1914
-Yeravda, May 5, 1930, 1916-1920
-Yeravda, Jul, 31, 1931, 1925-1927
Yeravda, Jan 4, 1932, 1921-1924
Imprisonments of Gandhi See Impri-
sonments-India, Imprisonments-
South Africa
Imprisonments—South Africa-Bloemfon-
tein, Nov. 1913, 1928-1940
-Dundee, Nov. 11, 1913, 1929-1930
-Johannesburg, Jan. 10, 1908, 1931-
1932
-Teakworth, Nov. 9, 1913, 1937-1938
-Palmford, Nov. 6, 1913, 1933-1934
-Standerton Nov. 8, 1913, 1935-1936
-Volkssust, Nov. 17, 1913, 1939
-Volkrust and Pretoria, Oct. 15,
1908, 1940
Incidents of Gandhiji's life, C. Shukla.
ed. 410
Inconsistencies of Gandhi. See Gandhi-
Inconsistencies
Idealistic thought of India, P.T. Raju,
1633
Independence and after, J. Nehru, 2193
for India, J.E. Johnson, 2128
of India, See Swaraj
-Resolution c44
-India and a new world order, Y.G.
Krishnamurti, 2373
M.K.
Independencia deala India,
Gandhi, 1980
India, 1939-1942, A. Harrison, G.
Bailey, 2367
-a bird's eye-view, F. Whyte, 1522,
2450
Act, 2371
-afire, G. Wofford and H. Woffond,
557, 2422
a foreign view, A. Philip, 2 213
India against the storm, P. Wheeler,
2274, 2786
-America Conference, New Delhi :
Indian-American relations, 3251
--American relations, India-America
Conference New Delhi, 3251
-and Britain; moral challenge, C.F.
Andrews, 1998
-and constitution making, P. Spratt,
807
-and freedom, L.C.M.S. Amery,
1995
and Gandhi, A. Castinglioni, 1162
-and the British, a quest for truth,
Mrs. P. Kendal, 1245
-and the British crown, B.D. Basu,
2351
-and the Empire, A. Besant, 2016
-and the Simon report, C.F. Andrews,
3153
-and the war, K.L. Mitchell, 849
-and the war, S. Telkar, 2448
-and the West, F.S. Marvin, 3323
and the world, J. Nehru, 2194
and world affairs, (Calcutta), 91
-ante la querra, K.L. Mitchell, 3097
-a plea for understanding, D. Hogg,
2106
-a restatement, R. Coupland, 2360
-struggle for freedom, H. Mukerjee,
2674
as a world power, M. Gopal, 1973
at the parting of the ways, J.A.
Wyllie, 89
a warning J.M. K. Strabolgi, 2989
between the two wars, H.L. Seth,
2244
-bond or free, A. Besant, 2017
Bureau of Education, Report, 3310
Bureau of public information. India
and the aggression, 2439
-India....a statement, 2413
-India in the years 1917-1934, 2370
-Calling, S.C. Bose, 2029
Civilization, 1941-1944
-Constitution, 1950
-com Gandhi E. Privat, 2217
Confused by Gandhi's shift, 955
-di Gandhi, L. Arditi, 2002
-divided, R. Prasad, 1888, 2777
-(Dominion), Ministry of External
Affairs and Commonwealth Rela-
tions, Documents regarding Kash-
mir, 2633
Dominion Status, 1951-1954
Economic conditions, 1955-1965
explained, B.J. Vaswani 2449
-facts in brief, A. Singh, 2247
flag, 1966-1968
for Indians, C. Das, 2065
INDEX
529
India-Foreign policy, 1969-1975
Gandhi and world, R. Reynolds,
1530
Government. Congress responsibi-
lity for the disturbances, 1942-
43, 3091
in bondage, J.T. Sunderland, 2258
in Chains, T.L. Vaswami, 3241
-in Crisis, A. Duncan 2081
-in Ferment, C.H. Van Tyne, 1264,
3059
in 1925-26, J. Coatman, 2055
-in Revolt. J.F.C. Fuller, 234
-inquiete. E. Ghersi, 272
-insistent, Sir S.H. Vulter, 2354
2854
in England, H. Normanton, 2205
in the crucible, C.G. Ranga Iyar,
2124, 224
-in the new era, T.W. Wallbank,
1266, 2271, 2304, 2323, 2887
-in Transition, D.G. Pole, 2985
-League, London, 129
-League, London. Condition
of
India, 2118
League, London. India speaks, 2119
-looks for her future, O.M. Buck,
2049
-Ministry of Information and Broad-
Casting, New Delhi, Homage to
Gandhi, 1285
128
181
-National Movement, 1976-2459
-Nationalism, 2281-2306, 2528
-now and after, G.E. Jone, 2320
-of my dreams. M.K. Gandhi,
-old and New, Sir V. Chirol,
-on the march J. Nehru, 2195
-on the march, Ed. S. Bhagat, 2195
-on trial, J.E. Woolacott, 2970
-Oxford, L.F.R. Williams, 2275
-Pakistan in world politics, J.
Hennessy, 2368
-Partition, 2307-2324
-peace or war, C.S. Ranga Iyer,
2961
-political parties, 2325-2343
-Politics and Government, 2344-2388
-politics; a survey, J.T. Gwyn, 2364
-politics since the mutiny, C.Y.
Chintamani, 2483
-Poverty, 2339-2395
-reveals herself, B. Mathews and
W. Wilson, 2154
-since Cripps, H.G. Alexander,
3078
Social conditions, 2396-2422
-speaks, H.N. Mota, 2172
-speaks, India League, London, 2119
-steps forward, J.P. Chandra, 616
Struggle for Independence,
See
India-National Movement
India that shall be, A Besant, 3018
-the eleventh hour, H. Blair, 2022
-the war and the Cripps' Mission,P.G.
Krishnayya, 848
-today, R.P. Dutt, 2210, 2319, 2361
today and tomorrow, M. Barns,
2010
-today, an introduction to Indian
politics, G.R. Parkin, 2380
-unreconciled, A Gandhi, 3088
we saw, E. Cadogan, 3155
Kampft, W. Bosshard, 2038
-what can it teach us? M.F. Muller,
3358
What must be done, R.P. Dutt, 3084
What next? J. Nehru, 850
-without fable, K.L. Mitchell, 1218,
1700, 3098
World war? I, 2423-2424
-World War II 2425-2450
Indian Ambulance Corps, c24, c25, c26
-annual register, 92 (Calcutta)
-arisen, T.L. Vaswani, 3063
Crisis, J.S. Hoyland, 2111, 2906, 2939
-Association, Jamshedpur, 2585
-Chaos, F.W. Wilson, 2991
commentary, G.T. Garratt, 2094
constitutional documents, A.C.
Banerjee, 1948
crisis, Brockway, A.F., 2047
-Crisis; the background J.S. Hoy-
land, 319, 634
-Council of World Affairs, 2756
-Culture, H. Datta, 2069
-demand and the British policy, M.
K. Gandhi, 129, 1098, 3073
-deadlock, N. Goodell, 3090
-earthquake, C.F. Andrews, 588
-ferment traveller's tale, H.G.
Alexander, 1993
Home Rule. M.K. Gandhi, c28,
130, 3208
-India. M.K. Gandhi, 131, 2549
-Merchants Chamber, c40
-National Army (I.N.A.)
2008,
2451-2459
I.N.A. and the August revolution, M.N.
Roy, 7456
Indian National Congress, 321, 1691,
2327, 1893, 2014, 2333, 2460, 2548
a case for its reorganization; S.K.
Patil, 2533
a historical sketch, F..M. De
Mellow, 2495
Call to the nation ? election
manifesto, 2511
Congress and war crisis 2440
-Congress handbook 2517
530
INDEX
Indian National Congress, Constitution
of the Congress, 1938, 2513
-Report of the general secretary,
1938-1939, 2514
Resolutions, 1920-1923, 2519,
2513
Indian National Congress and Indian
overseas, B.K. Dadachanji, 2490
India National Congress, Belgaum,
c42, 2515
-Calcutta, c25, c36, 2507
-Civil Disobedience Enquiry Commi-
ttee. Report, 2516
-Cocanada, 2466
-Faizpur, c55, 2510
-F.M. De Mello, 2495
-H. Das Gupta, 2493
-J.B. Kripalani 2524
Karachi, c47, 2506
-Khaddar Department. Khaddar
work in India, 2651
-Lahore, c24, c45, 1997, 2530
-Madras c44
-memorandum on social reforms,
2568
-Meerut. Congress esolution, 766
New Delhi, Second year of free-
dom, August 1948-August 1949,
2520
-Presidential addresses, 2489, 2541
-resolutions, 2513
-Wardha, July 14, 1942, 1539
evolution, A.C. Mazumdar, 2528
-Party, Ses India Political Parties
Indian nationalism and the British labour
party, J.J. Vakil, 2267
-and the Christian colleges, P.J.
Boaisted, 2285, 2803
-B.C. Pal, 2206
-N. Gupta, 2293
-S. Radhakrishnan,
2218
Indian nationality, R.N. Gilchrist, 2292
Indian Opinion, c29, 93,
3385
-Opinion, Phoenix. Golden num-
ber, 3179
-political parties, N.V. Rajkumar,
2339
-politics, 1936-1942, R. Coupland,
3082
-Press, M. Barns, 2011, 2972
Princes and their States, 2549-2559
-Problem,
C.F. Andrews, 1999,
2405
-problem, E.F.L. Wood, 2992
-problem and its solution, A. Mah-
mud, 2151
problem; speeches, E.F.L.W. Hali-
fax, 2366
-Reforms, 2560-2575
-reforms, Gt. Brit, India Office,
2565
-Review (Madras) 2267, 2272, 2220,
2221
Indian Relief Bill, c31
-revolution and the construction pro-
gramme, B.K. Datta, 796
Round Table Conference and after,
D. Madhava Rao, 2869
-rural problems, M.B. Nanavati and
J.J. Anjaria 465
-society of Agricultural economics,
465
M.K. Gandhi,
States problems,
132, 2551
-Struggle, S.C. Bose, 2020
-Struggle, D. Singh, 1255
-struggle, 1942, D. Singh 3108
-struggle for freedom, B. Kumarappa,
2140
-struggle for freedom C.V.H. Rao,
2226
-tangle, A.R. Banerji,..2006
-tangle and the way out, R.V. Rao,
2227
-Union, 2572-2575
-unrest, 1911-1920, A Nundy, 3041
-war of independence, B. Banerji,
2008, 2453
-Year book, 95, (Bombay)
Indians of South Africa, H.S.L. Polak,
3182
India's awakening, W. Wellock, 3069
case for Swaraj, M.K. Gandhi,
133, 2649
challenge to Christians, C. Modak,
723
-destiny, C. J. Modal, 2165
evolution, Sir S. Reed, 3047
fateful hour, W.P. Barton, 2012,
2326, 3080
-fight for freedom, S.S.S. Caveesar.
2050
Hindu-Muslim questions, B. Pra-
sad, 1887
march to freedom, K.K. Datta, 2070
-man of destiny, Sen Gupta, B.K.,
2457
-India's saviour crucified, N.N.
Agarwala, 1033
-non-violent revolution, H.T. Mazu-
mdar, 2956
-outcastes, W.S. Hunt, 3267
-political crisis, W.I. Hull, 2112
problems can be solved, De Witt
Mackenzie, 2149
problem of her future constitution,
M.A. Jinnah, 2762
problems can be solved,
Mackenzie, 320
shackles, S. Sarasvati, 3051 ·
D.W.
INDEX
531
-silent revolution, F.B. Fisher, 3345
-Social heritage, L.S.S.O' Malley,
2420
-struggle for freedom, A.C. Chatter-
jee, 2051
-struggle for freedom, S. Radha-
krishnan, 2219
-struggle for Swaraj, 2960
-struggle to achieve dominion status,
A. Besant, 1952
-will to freedom, Lala Lajpat Rai,
3029
Indians Kamfum das reich, J.W. Hauer,
2105
Indiers freiheitskampf. F. Standenath,
251
Indische reich, H. Wenz, 88
Individual Satyagraha, c59, See also
Satygraha Campaigns India,
Individual Satyagraha, Oct. 1941
Industrial Relations, 2576-2588
Industrialization, 2589-2599
In a free India, C.N. Zutshi, 2280
Inglis, A., Queens Quarterly, 368
Ingram, Rex, 1217
In India Con Gandhi (Italian), A. Cipo-
lla, 268, 326
In India with Gandhi, E. Privat, 326
Inner Temple, London, c23
Inquiry (New York), 491
In Search of truth, P.C. Lahiri 356,
1600
Inside Asia, J. Gunther, 308
Congress, Swami Shraddhananda,
2540
-India, H.E. Adiyar, 2402
-Pakistan, K.L. Gauba, 2760
Institute of Pacific relations, 1942,
1766
Institute of Pacific relations, 2774
Intelligent man's guide to the Wardha
Scheme of education, B. Gupta,
3308
International Social Conference, Toron-
to, Canada, 3644
In the minds of man, G. Murphy, 3312
In the path of Mahatma Gandhi, 414,
388
In the shadow of the Mahatma, G.D.
Birla, 3419
631
Institute of Pacific Relations,
Institute of plant Industry, Indore, 453
Institutions See Ashrams
International index to periodicals, 10, 20
International Missionary Conference,
111
Internationalism, 2600-2602
Interviews See Gandhi-Interviews
Intoxicants See Drink Drugs and Gambl-
ing
In world tomorrow, 2230
Iqbal Ali Shah, Sardar, The Controlling
minds of Asia, 288
Ireland, 1494
Iron dictator, S.V. Patel, 2245
Irving, W., Lives of the successors of
Mahomet, 3355
Irwin, Lord, c44, c46, 2967
Irwin Pact See Gandhi-Irwin Pact
Is Gandhi a Christian or at least a near
Christian? 717
Is Gandhi's life work ruined ? A. Singh,
2248
Islam, 2603-2612
Islam, Holy Places of, 2662
Is Mahatma Gandhi the greatest man of
the age, Kirby, 186
Ismail, Sir M.M., Indian statesmen's
tribute, 1199
Is Pakistan necessary, V.B. Kulkarni,
2769
Issue in India, B. Houghton, 2108
Is this peace, S. Radhakrishnan,..2738
I too have spun, B. Pattabhi Sitaramay-
ya, 2653
Iyengar, A.S. All through the Gandhian
era, 2122
Iyengar, K.R.S. S. Srinivasa Iyengar,
2123
Iyer, A.K. Architect of India's freedom,
1316
Iyer, A.R., tr. Ethical religion, M.K.
Gandhi, 2827
Iyer, A. Rama. Mahatma's contribution
to English literature, 3521
Iyer, C.S. Ranga, India in the crucible,
2124
Iyer, Rama, A.L., Tral. Gospel of
Swadeshi, 2295
Jack, H.A., 1279, 1744, 3322
ed. Wit and wisdom of Gandhi 167
Jacob, T.N., Cultural and political
unrest and Gandhi 2125
Reconstruction of the curriculum
of the elementary schools of India,
2125
Jagdishan, T.N., ed. Thumbnail sketches,
345
Jahresverzeichris des deutschen Schrij-
tums, 44
Jai Prakash Narain See Narayan, J.P.
Jails, See Imprisonments India, Impri-
sonments South Africa
Jain, G.C., ed. On to Delhi, S.C. Bose,
2455
Jain, J.C., I could not save Bapu, 396
Jain, R.C., Mahatma Gandhi's first
532
INDEX
experiment, 3180
2126
Jaini, J.L., Fragments from an Indian
student's notebook,
Jainism, 3551
Jaipur Satyagraha, c56
Jaisinghani, A.H., ed. Mahatma Gan-
dhi; a study, 243
Jaito c41, 3135
Jaju, S., Khadi movement, 2652
Jallianwala Bagh Tragedy, 2613-2614
James, E.H., Gandhi or Caesar? 224
Gandhi the internationalist, 225
Jamiat-ul-ulema-i-Hind. Great bene-
factor of India, 1317
Jammu, 2630
Jamshedpur, 2585
Japan, 2451, 2615-2619
Japheth, M.D., Pursuit of Truth, 369
Truth about Gandhi, 299, 2127
Jasulipatti, c33
Jat Pat Todak Mandal, Lahore, 630
Jatiya Sarkar (self government) 490
Jawaharlal Nehru on the Cripps mission,
J. Nehru, 851
Jayakar, M.R., c40
-Brothers in Martyrdom, 1318
Social reforms and social service,
2566
Jeelany, S., Mahatma Gandhi's triumph
in the violence ridden Egypt, 3438
Jehangir Petit's house, c31
Jena, S., Gandhian man, 3523
Jenkins. J.D., Mahatma Gandhi, 984,
1200
Jennings, Sir W.I. Commonwealth in
Asia, 2414
Jensen, C., Mahatma Gandhi,.. 1201
Jerusalem, 2626
Jesus, 450, 2523
Jesus Christ, Gospel of, 712
Jewish Empire Theatre, Johnnesburg, c26
Jewish Frontier, 262, 2627
Jewish question, 2621
Jews, 489, 2620-2627
Jews and Palestine, 2623
Jews in Germany, 544, 2622
Jhaveri V.K., 452
Jinnah, M.A. c40, c45, 1374, 1513, 1571,
1889, 2782, 2739, 2743, 2748
Jinnah Negotiations, See Gandhi-Jinnah
Negotiations
Jinnah, M.A., India's problem of her
future constitution, 2762
Jinnah, M.A., tragedy of 2754
Joachim M. India turns away from
Gandhi, 1504
Joad, C.E.M., Authority of detachment
and moral force, 1281
Jog, N.G., Churchill's blind spot, 2358
Jog, N.G.,Gandhiji's message is enshrin-
ed in his words, 3422
Jt. auth. Report to Gandhiji, 3077
Johannesburg Imprisonment See Im-
prisonments-South Africa Johan
nesburg, Jan. 10, 1908
Johannesburg Satyagraha, See Satyag-
raha Campaigns-South Africa,
Johannesbung, Aug. 17, 1908
-c25
-jail, c28
-Satyagraha, 3139-3140
Johnson, Alan Campbell, See Camp-
bell-Johnson, A.
Johnson, H., Dealthless child of God,
1439
Johnson, J.E., Comp. Independence for
India, 2128
Johnson, Pussyfoot, c44
Johnston, J., Political future of India,
2372
Jones, E.S., Along the Indian road,
1061
Gandhi, and Christian mission,
695
Mahatma Gandhi, 371, 39, 422,
-Soul of Mahatma Gandhi, 1202
Jones, E., India now and after, 2320
-Tumult, in India, 2129
Jones, M.E. Gandhi lives, 73, 370
Jones, R.M., Building the soul of a
people, 1203
Jones, R.M., Mahatma Gandhi and soul
force, 1282
Jorda, A., 237
Joseph, J., Mahatma Gandhi's philo-
sophy, 3523
Joseph, P., Art of writing obituary, 3524
Saint and Sage, 3325
Joshi, M.V. 2341
Joshi, P.C., Among Kisan patriots, 2798
-Communist reply to Congress
Working Committee's charges,
2521
-They must meet again, 1578
Jugal Kishore, Acharya, 2536
Julius Caesar, 1274
Jumma, 3584
Jumma Mosque, Aligarh, 38c
Jung, Indian, M.K. Gandhi, 1982
Just, A., Return to nature, 3356
Kabadi, W.P., ed. Immortal Mahatma
372, 2849
-ed. & Comp. India's case for Swaraj,
133
Kabir, H., Gandhi's methode der erzie-
hung far das leben, 1126
INDEX
533
Kabir, H., Indian revolution, 2130
Mahatma, 3423
Mahatma Gandhi, 3526
-Muslim politics, 1906-1942, 2763
-New Education, 1127
Our heritage, 1943
Kafir Mail, c30
Kagawa, T. 273, 1274
Kaiser-i-Hind Medal, c32, c36
Kaira peasants, 2796
Kaira troubles, c35
3197
Kaithahn, R.R. Call to students,
Kalelkar, Kaka, c31, 1090, 2890
Gospel of Swadeshi 2295, 3205, 3369
-New Culture of Sarvodaya, 2892
-ed. To a Gandhian Capitalist, 1090
Kali, goddess, c25
Kalia, H.C., Mahatma Gandhi; a
study, 334
Kallenbach, H., c29
Kalwankar, S.R., Appeal to Gandhiji
to desist from this anti-untouchabi-
lity campaign, 3268
Kalyanivale, S., Let my country awake,
2131
Kamala Lectures, University of Calcutta,
c61, 2840
Kamala Nehru Memorial Hospital, Alla-
habad, c58, c59, 3410, 3412
Kanetkar, M.J. Tilak and Gandhi, 283
Kanna, K.K., Gandhi, 1204
Kanpur, 3604
Kantak, Sabarmati, 555
Kaplan, A., Gandhi et Tolstoi, 74, 394,
1077
Karachi Congress, 2849
Karaka, D.F., For every thinking Indian;
The tragic story of the bankruptcy
of wisdom, 1579
I have shed my tears, 2132
Out of Dust, 302
Karapetoff, V., Gandhi speaks: poem,
1613
Karim, R. Pakistan examined, with the
petition scheme of Dr. Abdul Latif
Sir Sikandar Hayat Khan, 2764
Karmarkar, D.P., World's homage to
Gandhiji, 3527
Kasermann, M., Gandhi et le nationa-
lisme hindou, 2295
Kashmir a beacon light, 2629
Kashmir, Maharaja of, 2631
Kashmir Question, 2628-2634
Kashmir dispute, See Kashmir Question
Kasturba Balikashram, New Delhi, 888
Kasturba, Dezan, R. Parkash, 2639
Gandhi, See Kasturbai Gandhi
-Memorial, Lahore, 2640
Kasturba, wife of Gandhi, S. Nayyar,
3377, 2638
Kasturbai, c23
Kasturbai Gandhi, 2535-2640
-died, 2639
-E. Morton, 2637
Kasturbai Memorial Trust, c63
Katayama, T. Great pacifist, 1410
Kathiawad, c23
Kathiwad High School, Rajkot, c23
Katju, K.N. 425, 1009, 1080
Dare to walk alone, 3528
Minister's woe, 1019
Creed vs. policy of non-violence,
520, 3093
Time for welding national harmony,
3530
Kaur, A., Build up India of Gandhiji's
dreams, 3531
Challenge to woman, 3340
He stood between us and disorder,
1319
To the women, 3341
Kaushik, B.G., House that Jinnah built,
2765
Kautilya (pseud.), 3105
Keith, A.B., Gandhi's achievements for
the British Commonwealth, 521,
1205
Kelappan, c52
Kelkar, N.C., 2331, 2341
Kendall, P. Come with me to India,
245, 2133
Gandhi, mountebank or martyr,
1206
-India and the British, A quest for
truth, 254
Kerala, repression in, c37
Kesarcodi, H., Birth of a nation, 2134
Kesava Menon, K.P., 1724, 1812
Keynes, 3567
Keyserling, C.H., Gandhi's place in
world history, 1207
Key to health, M.K. Gandhi, 134, 2682
Key to Yeravda, M. Ali, 2456
Khaddar, See Khadi
Khaddar-under searchlight, A.B. Ray,
2657
Khaddar work in India, 2641
Khadi (Hand-spun and woven cloth)
2641-2659
Khadi Bazar, 2399
Khadi Exhibition, Bangalore, 3398
Khan, Abdul Gaffar, c54, 2919
-He was the only ray of light, 1375
Khan, A.M., Communalisim in India,
767
ed. Fellowship of faiths and unity
of religions, 110
Gandhian culture, 3532
534
INDEX
Khan, A. M., Mahatma
Gandhi-a
supreme social scientist, 3533
Khan, Habibullah, 1217
Khan, L.A., Memorable efforts for
communal harmony, 1378
Khan, S. Frontier revolution, 2764,
2918
Khanna, M. Pakistan; a Hindu view,
2766
Khanna, R.N. Gandhi, Saint or Sinner,
through Western eyes, 1667
Khanna, R.N.. ed. Gandhi's fight for
freedom, 3094
Kheda Satyagraha, 2999-3001
Khilafat deputation, c36
Khilafat Movement, 2660-2659
Khilafat question, H. Normanton, 2656
Khipple, R.L., ed. comp. Famous letters
of Mahatma Gandhi, 109, 1082
Khosla, G.D., Storm reckoning a survey
of the events leading up to and
following the partitions of India,
2767
Khosla, K.R., comp. Mahatma Gandhi's
life through pictures, 373
Khudai Khidmatgars, 2917
Khullar, K.K., Carlyle and Gandhi,
3534
-Shaw and Gandhi, 3424
Khulna, c42
Kindermann, R., Volkswohl. 200
Kingdom of God within you, L.N.
Tolstoy, 3363
Kingdom of yesterday, Sir A.C. Lothian,
2146
Kingsley Hall, London, c49
Kini, K.N., Gandhiji as an education-
ist, 1128
Gandhiji's way of educating the
people, 3535
Kirk, W., Will India follow Gandhi,
2949
Kirpal, P., Gandhi as an educationist,
1129
Kisan ashram, of Mirabehn, 463
Kisan Movement, See Peasants and
Landlords
Kite, E.S., Gandhiji the beloved, 1208
Knowledge of India, Prof. M.M.
Mukerjee, ed., 336
Kobe, W. Zeitschrift fur missionakunde
and religion Swissenchaft, 201
Kochrab Satyagraha ashram, c32
Koelbing, B.
Kohat, 941
191
Kohli, M.S., 1737
-comp. Mahatma Gandhi's confes-
sions, 139
Kolar Gold Fields, 2583
Koo, W., Worked with devoted self-
denial for peace, 1395
Koran See Quran
Kosi Imprisonment, See Imprisonments-
India, Kosi,, Apr., 10, 1919
Krag Hans, 259
Krause, P.E.T., Gandhiji in South
Africa, 3181
Kreis zeitschrift fur kunstlerische kul-
;
tur, 207
Kripalani, J.B., c32, c34, 110, 1623
-Fateful year, 2522, 2968
Future of the Congress, 2523
-Gandhi statesman, 1699
Gandhi the statesman, 432
Gandhiji as a social thinker, 3536
-Gandhiji's political and social
ideas, 3537
-Has Gandhism failed ? 3538
His faith stood the test, 1320
-Indian National Congress, 2524
-Latest fad, 571, 897, 3370
New education, 572
-Non-violence, 522
-Our struggle for freedom and demo-
cracy, 2138
-Politics of Charkha, 654, 799
-Presidential address at 52nd Con-
gress, 2525
-Socialism and democracy as moral
principles, 3167
-Village industry and mass conduct,
828
Kripalani, K., Some thoughts on Gan-
dhiji's recent fast, 951
Kripalani, . Who is a Gandhi-ite ?
3539
Kripalani, K.R., Tagore and Gandhi,
1074
-Tagore, Gandhi and Nehru, 355
Krishna Menon, V.K. His standards
await consummation, 1323
Krishandas, Seven months with
Mahatma Gandhi, 3026
Krishna, 3357
Krishna, K.B., Problem of minorities,
2702
Krishna Menon, V.K., Unity of India
2202
Krishnamurti, Y.G., Betrayal of free-
dom, 2136
-Freedom-my destiny, 2137
-Independent India and a new world
order, 2373
-Jawaharlal the man and his ideas,
2138
-Reflections on the Gandhian revolu-
tion, 2139
Krishna Rao, G.V., Chirola Perala
tragedy, 3132
Krishnaswami, Șir A. 2357
INDEX
535
Krishnayya, P.G. ed. India; the war
and the Cripps mission, 848
Mahatma Gandhi and the U.S.A.
1286
Kruper, A., ed. Mahatma Gandhi; sein
lehen und werk. 404
Kulkarni, G.R., Constructive programme,
800
Kulkarni, M.N. 72 172, 1183
Kulkarni, V.B. Is Pakistan necessary,
2769
Kumar, B.R., Political parties in India,
2332
Kumar, N. Comp. Selections from
Gandhi. 152
Kumar, Prem, pseud., Catholic world,
448
Kumarappa, B. Capitalism, socialism
and villagism? 3158, 3371
ed. Drinks, drugs, and gambling,
108
-Editors' note, 768, 1020
ed. Food shortage and agriculture
3285
-ed. For workers against untoucha-
bility, M.K. Gandhi, 3413
-From the Gandhian angle, 3540
-ed. Hindu Dharma, 125, 2830
-How to serve the cow, M.K. Gandhi,
3414
-How true are we to the Mahatma,
3541
ed. Indian struggle for freedom,
2140
-Mahatma Gandhi and the quest for
synthesis, 3542
-ed. Nature cure, M.K. Gandhi,
3415
-tr. Swaraja Sastra, B. Bhave, 3221
-ed. Towards non-violent socialism,
M.K. Gandhi, 162, 3286
-ed. Untouchability, M.K. Gandhi,
3433
-Village industries and reconstruction
829
Kumarappa, J.C., 556, 2593, 2850
Christianity; its economy and way
of life, 718
-Church and civil disobedience-719
-Controls, 1029
801,
-Economics of permanence,
1959, 3372
-Gandhian economy and other
essays, 830, 1109
How Gandhiji grabbed me ? 3543
-Nationalism, 2297
-Overall plan for rural development,
3294
-Philosophy of the village movement,
831
Kumarappa, J. C., Planned economy,1110
Practice percepts of Jews, 720, 3373
Public finance and our poverty,
2394, 3374
Questionnaire for the survey of
village industries, 832
-Soil vs. drug, 461
Swaraj for masses, 1960
Two messages of truth, 3545
-Unemployment, 2395
Why the village movement,
3295, 3375
833,
The
and C.R. Rajgopalachar ed.
nation's voice, 143
Kumarappa, J.M., Machine and the
Mahatma, 2678
Kumbha mela, Hardwar, c32
Kunzru, H.N. c39
Kurukshatra Camp. 2817
Kurup, T.C.K. Gandhi and Indian
regeneration, 182
Labour and Workers, 2670-2673
Labour Movements, See Strikes and
lockouts
Lacey, P., Fascist India, 2141
Lahire, P.C., In search of truth, 356,
1117, 1600
Lahore Congress, 263, 2184, 2530
Lahore Conspiracy Case, c47
Lajpat Rai Hall, Lahore c45, 3400
Lajpat Rai, Lala. Call to Young India,
2142
-Congress resolution, 3027
Ideals of non-co-operation and
other essays, 3028
-India's will to freedom, 3029
-Presidential address, 2525
-Political futue of India, 2143
-Reflections on the political situation
in India, 214
-Some opinions about Mother India,
2716
-Unhappy India, 2415, 2717
-Young India, 2145
Lajoie, N., 1217
Lakshman, P.P. Congress and labour
movement, 3193
-Jt. auth. Cottage industry and
Indan economy, 835
Lal, C. British propaganda in America,
3095
Lal, Dewan Chaman, 2538
Lal, M.M., Gandhi as a humunist, 3546
Lanczkowki, Gandhi und das moderne
Indien (German), 374
Landeau, M., Gandhi tel que je l'ai
connu., 290
536
INDEX
Landlords, See Peasants and Landlords
Lansbury, G., Birhday greeting, 1050
Laski, Prof. H.J., criticises Britain's
Indian policy, c61
Latest fad, J.B. Kripalani, 571, 3370
Latif, A., 2764
Larousse du xx siecle, M.K. Gandhi, 270
Laukaria, Gandhi paid visit, c33
Law, F.H., Great lives, 440
Lawrence, Lord., Mahatma Gandhi.
405
-Saint and lawyer who bafflrd poli-
tlcions, 3547
Lazarus, D.H.M., Loss of......saintly
character, 1440
Lead kindly light, V. Shecan, 85, 433,
434, 435, 444, 3594
Leaders in other lands, J. Eaton., 417
of India, J.I.S. Alva, 315
of India, Y.J. Meherally, 343
-cf Mcdern India, M.K. Gandhi,
300
Leaders' Conference, New Delhi, 926
with
Leaders' Correspondence
Mr.
Jinnah, S.S. Peerzada, 1889
League demand, R. Prasad, 2778
Leaves from diary, M. Singh, 2459
Leaves in the August wind, N.S. Phadke,
3100
Leger, J.A., Mahatma Gandhi, 184
Leid Gij Mij, Lie flijk Licht, V. Sheean,
444
Lele, P.R., March of events; being the
case of the Indian National Con-
gress, 2527
Comp. War and India's freedom,
2441
Lenin, 1175, 3660
Lenin and Gandhi, R. Fulop-Muller,
70, 71, 202, 233, 1066, 1651, 1655
Leong a l' Ashram, M.K. Gandhi,
1087
Leong, G.A. Gandhi's scheme for edu-
cation of India, 3311
Lettres a l' Ashram. M.K. Gandhi,
1987
Lester, M.,
c49, 449, 3429
Entertaining Gandhi, 1650, 2858
Gandhi: World citizen, 335, 399
-He identified himself with the com-
mon man, 3549
My host the Hindu, 245
-Self-denied test of leadership, 3548
So Gandhi is a spent force! 1209
-Welt burger Gandhi, (German),
399
P
Let my country awake, S. Kalyanivala,
2131
Levi, W., Free India in Asia, 1974
Lex, pseud. India at the cross roads,
2950
Liberal pant of India, 2334
Liberalism 2548
Librairie francaise, 45
Library Catalogues, 1-6
Libro italiano, 47
Life and times of C.R. Das, P.C. Ray,
2228
Life, Chicago. Universal saint, 1472
Life of Jawaharlal Nehru, J.S. Bright,
2044
Life of Mahatma Gandhi, L. Fischer,
1650, 68, 418, 431, 437, 1591,
1598
Light of Asia, Sir E. Arnold, 3350
Ligt, B. de. Gandhi over oorlog
(Dutch), 226
Limaye, P.M., Education in India to-day,
898
Lincoln, A. 1176
Lincoln Library of essential information,
M.K. Gandhi, 341
Lindeman, E.C. Review of "Life of
Mahatma Gandhi" by L. Fischer,
1650
Lingua Indiana, S. Sharma, 2734
Linlithgow, V.A.J.H., 919, 928
Speeches and statements,-3096
Lippincott, H.H., Gandhi's tribute, 1473
Lippmann, W., 1286
Little khown fact about well known
people, 350
Lives of the successors of Mahomet,
W. Irving, 3355
Living Biographies of religious leaders,
D.A. Schnittkind and H.T. Schnitt-
kind, 313
Living India, S., Zimand, 2303
Living torch, G.W., Russell, 1246
Lloyd Sir G., 2614
Lo, C., He lives for ever, 1395
Lockouts See Strikes and Lock-outs
Lok Sevak Sangh, 2463
London, C., 23, 451, 263, 2229
London, P., 1167
Lorch, T., Gandhis stelling Zur mission,
696
Lost nation, U.N. Mitra, 2164
Lother, E. Review of "Lenin and Gandhi"
by R. Fulop Miller, 1651,
Lothian, S.A.C., Kingdom of Yesterday,
2146, 500
Lotta dell, India, S.C. Bose, 2031, 2032
Lovett, Sir H.V., History of the Indian
Nationalist movement, 2147
-India, 1961
Lutlow, J.M.F. Thoughts on the policy
of the Crown towards India, 2374
INDEX
537
Lyons, E., we cover the world 286
Lytton, L. 2715
Mass, W., Mahatma Gandhi sein Leben
und work, 75, 400
MacArthur, D., Prophet ahead of the
times, 1474
Maclully, B.T., English education and
the origin of Indian nationalism,
2897
Macdonald's Communal Award, c57
Macdonnell, J.M., 1172, 2079, 2435
-D.F, 2716
Mchinery, 2674, 2678
Mackenzie, C., 2146
Mackenzie, D., 1285
-De Witt, Awakening of India, 3229
Home rule, 3229
-Indian problems can be solved,
2149
Maclagon, Sir Edward, c36
Macmurray, J., Gandhi, faith and in-
fluence, 1210
MacN, H.F., Mohandas Karamchand
Gandhi, 375
Macnicol, N.,
2716
Awakening of modern India, 2150
-Political progress, from 1908-1923,
2150
-Review of "My experiments with
Truth", by M.K. Gandhi, 1652
Mc Connell, F.J., What shall we think of
India, 1547
Maddock, Col., c41
Madhava Rao, D., Indian Round Table
Conference and after, 2869
Madhya Pradesh, 2889
Madani, H.A., Open letter to the Muslim
League, 2770
Madras journal of
Co-operation,
(Madras), 462
Madras Liberal league, c40
Maganwadi, 1018
Magnes, J.L., Two letters to Gandhi,
2626
Mahabharata. Bhagavadgita, 582, 3357
Mahadewan, S. Mahatma Gandhi's
warning and flashes in Harijan
four, 3259
Maharaja, Kashmir, See Kashmir, Maha-
raja of
Maharashtra, Provincial Congress Com-
mittee, Poona. Report, 2799
Mahatma and the missionary, M.K.
Gandhi, 676
-comes, S. Zimand, 2303
-D.G. Tendulkar, 1594, 1505, 1606,
3423
Mahatma Gandhi, B.J. Akkad, 339
-H.N. Brailsford, 405, 551
C. Drevet, (French), 439
-H.V.H. Elwin, 257
-L. Fischer, (German) 390
R.M. Graya & M.C. Parekh, 241
-M.K. Gandhi, (Spanish), 237
-E.S. Jones, (Dutch), 371, 422
-E.S. Jones, (Swedish), 397
-H.C. Kalia, 334
-J.A. Leger, 184
G. Mensching, 401
W.E. Muhlann, 424, 1673
-Jawaharlal Nehru, 403
-C.O. Peare, 79, 427, 1593
-H.S.L. Polak, 247, 1604
-S. Radhakrishnan, ed. 405
-R. Rolland, 1642
-Rolland, R., (Dutch), 249
-R. Rolland, (French), 80, 192, 194,
196, 1312
-Rolland R., (Italian), 251
-Zimmermann, W., 385
-a dialogue in understanding! A.S.N.
Wadia, 295
and Bihar, R. Prasad, 539, 1720
-and India's struggle for Swaraj,
B. Sen Gupta and R. Chowdhury,
253
-and other martyrs of India, N.K.
Murthy, 378
and the modern world. A. Chakra-
varty, 330, 1163
and the U.S.A., P.G. Krishnayya,
ed. 1286
Mahatma Gandhi and the world, K.J.
Shridharani, 346
; a study, A.H. Jaisinghani, ed., 243
at work, C.F. Andrews., ed., 57,
136, 221, 236, 278
-Builder and liberator, G. Rai., ed.,
381, 1184
W.E.
der Mann, sain Wirkung,
Muhlmann, 76, 1701
essays and reflections on his life and
work, S. Radhakrishnan, cd., 174,
1052
Mahatma Gandhi for millions., S.V.
Pillai and M.S.V. Pillai, 411
-his life, work and influence., J.R.
Chitamber, 60, 267
-his Life, writings and speeches, M.K.
Gandhi, 1983
his own story, M.K. Gandhi, 137,
237, 259
-an interpretation, 397
-order der weg zum frieden (German),
V. Sheean, 434
-peaceful, revolutionary, H.T, Maz-
umdar, 441, 1501
538
INDEX
Mahatma leben und work, Schenkel,
G.A., 408
Gandhis Lebens werk, H. Weg-
mann, 275
Gandhi, pictorial history of a
great life, J. Baros, 386
-life of Mohandas
Karamchand
Gandhi, D.G. Tendulkar, 176
Gandhi sein Leben und Wek, W.
Mass, 75, 400, 404
Since his reease, Rolland, R., 229
-Sketches in pen and pencil, K. Desai
& V. Elwin, 256
-speaks of his religion, M.K. Gandhi,
138, 2831
-the last phase, Pyarelal, 3441
-the man, M.G. Polak, 248, 322
-the man who became one with the
universal being, R. Rolland, 82
Gandhi's confessions, M.K. Gandhi,
139, 1737
-fast, 947
first experiment, 3180
-ideas, C.F. Andrews, 58, 208
-life through pictures, K.R. Khosla,
373
-warning and flashes in Harijan tour,
S. Mahadevan, 3269
Mahatma; Life of Mahatma Gandhi,
452
Mahatmaji and depressed humanity,
R. Tagore, 975
-for the "Torchbearers", V.S. Sun-
deram, 1260
Mahishadal (India), 483
Mahmud, A., Indian problem and its
solution, 2151
-Ahmed, M., Non-co-operation and
Islam, 261, 3032
Maini, L.S., With Gandhiji in South
Africa, 3550
Majumdar, J.K., ed. Indian speeches and
documents on British rule, 1821-
1918, 2152
Makers of India, H.G. Rawlinson,
311
Making of the state, M. Ruthnaswamy,
2237
Malabar, 2707
Malaviya, M.M., c39, c40, 2041
Criticism of Montague-Chelms-
ford proposals, 2567
-Speeches and writings, 2153
Malik, B.K., Gandhi; a prophecy,
376, 1630
Malikanda, c58
Malkani, N.R., Swami Vivekananda and
Mahatma Gandhi, 3552
Mallik, G., First non-co-operation,
3033
Man Gandhi, G. Ram Chandra, 357
Manchester Guardian, London. Man
who revived....value of religion,
1441, 2724
Mandal, S.R., Gandhi and world peace,
1213
Man discovers God. S. Eddy, 305
Maniratnamala, 447
Manmada, K., comp. World's tribut
to Mahatma Gandhi, the father of
the nation, 1287
Mannin, E.. Power of non-violence,
523
Mansardt, C., 1286, 2900
-ed. Mahatma and the missionary,
135
Manual Labour, 2579-2681
Manusmriti, p. 447
"Many infallible proofs", A.T. Pierson,
3359
March of events; being the case of the
Indian National Congress, R.R.
Lele and others, 2527
Marches of Gandhi, See Gandhi-tours
and marches
Margulis, S., 312
Marhatta. Poona, 3502
Maajoribanks, E., 2869
Markovic, M., Tolstoi et Gandhi, 1078
Marlborough House, c27
Marriage of Gandhi See Gandhi-
Marriage
Marriot, Sir J.A.R., English in India,
the problem of politics, 2375
Marshall, George C., Spokesman for
the conscience of all mankind,
1475
Marshall, J., Saint on the spot, 1214
-M., Review of "Gandhi triumphant;
the inside story of the historic fast"
by H.T. Muzumdar, 1653
Martin, K., His brave campaign, 1542
-Tragic end to the life of a great and
remarkable man, 1443
Marx, 3649
Marxism, 3551, 3654
Marvin, F.S., India and the West, 3323
Marwari Chamber of Commerce, c38
Masani, M.R., Is Gandhi a socialist,
1683
Masani, Gandhi's story, 423
Mashruwala, K.G., 2890, 2899
-Fear and hesitation, 3553
-Friend of the forsaken, 3554
Gandhi and Marx, 788, 1068
Gandhiji would not have wished to
die in Palace, 3555
-Practical non-violence and ideology
of non-violence, 524, 3376
-Sarvodaya movement,
2893
INDEX
539
Masimpur, c65
2953
Masoji, V., Midnight arrest,
Mass civil disobedience, suspended c40
Mastan Shah Tank, 2662
Mathews, B., and Wilson, India reveals
herself, 2154
Mathur, R.B., Mahatma Gandhi and
the education of India, 1130
Mathur, V.S., ed. Gandhiji as an educa-
tionist, 573, 899, 173, 1134
Mande, A., Gandhi and Tolstoy, 1079
Maude, W.. c33
Maulana Abul Kalam Azad, A.R., Raj-
put, 1892
Mavalankar, G.V., Gandhiji's philoso-
phy of evolution, 3556
He had the outlook of humanity,
1320
What Gandhi lived for, 3557
Maurer, H., Great soul, 377
-This man spoke truth, 1476
Mayer, M., 1286
Maynard, T., Gandhi: Saint and poli-
tician, 1215
Mayo, K., 1900, 2406, 2710, 2711
Mayo, Face of Mother India. 2718
Mayo, K., Mother India, 2416, 2719
-open letters to, 2712
Mayo,s "Mother India", a rejoinder,
2721
May Prof.B.E., 507
Mazumdar, A.C., Evils of non-co-opera-
tion, 3034
-Indian nation, evolution, 252 7,
2528
Mazzini, 3494
Meaning of Pakistan, F.K. Durrani,
2757
Medicine, 2682-2689
Medium of instruction, S.N. Agarwal,
2728
Meenakshi temple, c64
Meerut Congress, see Presidential
addresses, at 52nd session of the
I.N.C. held at Meerut, November,
1946, 2525
Meeus, C.L., Gandhi on Christanity,
621
Meherally, "Jaya Prakash", 2183
-Leaders of India, 343
Price of liberty, 2155
Rebel and prophet, 1631, 1663
-ed. Socialism and the national
revolution, N. Deva, 3164
-Trip to Pakistan, 2771
Mehrotra, P.R., Mahatma Gandhi and
his punctiliousness, 3559
Mehta, A. Simla triangle, a project
of the communal triangle, 3151
Mehta, A., and Nair, K., Simle triangle
769
Mehta, A. and Patwardhan, A., Commu-
nal triangle in India,70
Mehta, C., I fought for my country,
2156
-F., Mahatma Gandhi and Harold
Lashi, 3559
-G., Light of our land, 3560
-G.L. Personified the essence of
true religion, 1322
-What Gandhiji should do? 1216
Mehta, J.K.. What non-violence means,
3561
-2041
-R.L., Mahatma Gandhi and the new
education, 1131
V.B. Indian culture and nationalism,
2157
V.L., Mahatma Gandhi's economic
theories, 3562
Wealth from waste, 462
Village industries, 834, 2599
Meimberg. H.. 399
Meireles, M.C., Murdered while bles-
ing the people, 3564
Melzer, F., Gandhi und die Christans-
tum, 722
Memories of Bapu, Hindustan Times,
367
Men and Supermen of Hindustan, J.I.S.
Alva, 315
Men behind the war, J. Steel, 314
Menon, K.P.K. ed. Great trial of
Mahatma Gandhi and Shankerlal
Banker, 124
Menon, K.P.S., Nehru, the spring of
eternal youth, 2156
Menon, N. 2035
Menon, V.K., Krishna, See Krishna
Menon, V.K.
Men of Power, F. Estman, 415
Mensching, Mahatma Gandhi,
401
Merz, C., Six men with names, 1217
Message of the birds, T.L. Vaswani,
3061
Meston, Lord. Reservation of seats for
non-Brahmins, 737
Meyer, W., 1961
Meyers, J.B.,
249
Meyers konversations, 307
Nichigan. University,
Chinese Stu-
dents' Club, Ann Arbor Mahatma
Gandhi, 1397
Mill-hands, Calcutta, 2586
Miller, H.A., Gandhi's campaign,begins,
2954
Mina experiment med sanning en(Sew-
dish) M.K. Gandhi, 238
540
INDEX
Mind of Mahatma Gandhi M.K. Gas
dhi, 1738, 140
Minorities, 2690-2706
Conference c50
Committee. See Round Table Con-
ference
Minorities, protection of, 2695
-Role of, 2696
Mir Alam, c27, 1143
Mirabehn, Pesud. From rubbish to
gold, 463
Miraben, Pesud. Full of love and gentle-
ness, 1324
How to grow more food, 464
-They have become one, 3564
Mission with Mountbatten, A Campbell
Johnson, 760 2318, 2355, 2753
Missionaries-Christian See Chistianity
Mitchell, K.L. Gandhi's rise as a national
leader, 1700
India and the first world war, 2424
-India and the second world war,
2442
LL
-India and the war, 849, 2443
-India ante la guerra, 3097
-India without fable, 1218, 1700,
2333, 2424, 3093
Indian political scene, 2333
Mohandas K. Gandhi, 1218
Mit einem nachwort: Gandhi sat seiner
freilassung, R. Rolland, 81
Mitra, B., and Chakraborty, P., eds.
Rebel India, 2161
Mitra, Justice, c25
-K., Economic freedom and economic
planning, 1962
-and Lakshman, P. Cottage industry
and Indian economy, 835
Mitra, S.K. Sri Aurobindo and Indian
freedom, 2163
S.M., Peace in India, how to attain
it, 1261
-Y.N., Lost nation, 2164
M.K. Gandhi; an Indian patriot in
South Africa, J.J. Doke, 178,
1590, 1596, 1597, 3176
leaders of Modern India, 300
-loeuvre (French),
278
11
P
M.K. Gandhi,
-V. Andresco, 350
Modak C. India's challenge, to Chris-
tianity, 723
Mahatma Gandhi a poem, 1614
Modal C.J. India's destiny, 2165
What price freedom? 2166
Model Town, Lahore, 2818
Modern Indian culture, D.P. Mukerji, 2418
and the West, L.S.S. O'Mallay,
3324
-R.P. Dutt, 2084
-V.H. Rutherford, 204, 2236
Modern Islam in India, S.C. Smith,
2611
-review, 96, (Calcutta)
Modi, C.M. Mahatma Gandhi as labour
leader, 3565
Mody, Sir H.P., c61
Mohammad Ali Jinnah; a politcal
study, Hasan Saiyd, 1513
Mohammed, 3455
Mohani, M.H., 2651, 2707
Mohanmala, Gandhian rosary, M.K.
Gandhi. 141, 1739
Militor, J., Besipiel der Gandhi, 1219
Moni Tramblant, Quebec, 631
Montague-Chelmsford proposals,
See
Reforms
-her proposals, criticism, 2567
A. Besant and C.P. Ramaswami, Aiyar,
2562
-reforms, R. Coupland, 2563
Montague-Chelmsford scheme, 2560,
2565
Montague-Chelmsfrd echeme, criticism
2569
Montessori, M. Gandhi and the child,
1220
1405
-R. Nationalism in Hindu culture,
2167
-Problem of India minorities, 2703
-R. New approach to the communal
problem, 771
Mook, H.V., World poorer,
Mookerjee, H.C., 3235
-S.P., 1102, 1166, 2672
-Undying influence, 1325
Moolson, M., Saint and Satan: Poetry,
1615
Moon, E.P., Communal question, 772
Future of India, 2168
-Strangers in India, 2169
-2170
Moor, S., Gandhi, Keynes and the
Spinning wheel, 2567
Moore, A., Evolution of Mr. Gandhi
1221, 2170
-How martyrdom works, 3566
Mop‍ah rebellion, N.C. Gopalan, 2788
Moplan Revolt, 2707-2709
Moraes, F.R., Gandhi the humasit,
1525
Moral Challenge of Gandhi, D. Hogg,
342
-issue in India, R.H.C. Stokes, 2988
Morals See Gandhi-Ethical Philosophe
Morgan, K. W.' Religion of the Hindus
1625
Morshead, Mr., c32
İNDEX
541
2637
Morton, E., Kasturbai Gandhi,
Women in Gandhi's life, 2637,
3347
Mota, H.N., From bondage to freedom,
2171
.
India speaks, 2172
Mother America, C.P. Romulo, 1246
Mother India, K. Mayo, 2416, 2719,
2710-2626
Mother India temple, Banaras c55, 3408
Mathew, B., New India some trends and
personalities, 1546
Motihari, c33
Motihari, Gandhi left for, c33, c34
-Imprisonment-India, See Impri-
sonments-India Motihari, Apr.
17, 1917
Mott, J.R., 267
Moula, R.K.II., His peculiar greatness,
1326
Mountbatten, L., 6
-Time only to look forward, 2376
Moyer, S.T., As a missionary sees
India, 697
Mudaliar, R., Lessons of his life empha-
sised in his sad demise, 1325
1327
Mueller, S., Ausserindische Einflusse
und Vorbilder, und die indische
Nationalbewegung, 2298
Muhlmann, W.E. Mahatma Gandhi,
der mann und seine wirkung, 76,
424, 1673, 1701
Muir, P., Gandhiana, 1505
This is India, 1505
Muirhead, J.H., Hindu idea of truth,
3245
Mukerji, B.N., Poycots, 600
Mukerji, Girja, Das indische national
Kongress, 321
Mukherjee, A., Gandhi's message to
the world, 3568
Mukerjee, H., India a struggle for free-
dom, 2174
M.M., ed. Knowledge of India, 336
-Akhand Bharat, 2321
-R., Humanism of Gandhiji, 3469
Mukerjee, D.G., Breakers of the Salt
Law, 2055
K
-Disillusioned India, 2175
-India's social revolution, 2176
-Mahatma Gandhi Ki Jai, 1222
My brother's face, 2177
Son of Mother India answers,
2417, 2720
-D.P, Modern Indian culture, 2418
G., Indische national Kongress,
2529
-S. Communalism in Muslim politics
and troubles over India, 773
2772
it,
Muller, F.M., India: What can
teach us ? 3350
Mulshi Peta Satyagraha, 3134
Kumukshu, K., Prakaran, 447
Munshi, K.M., Akhand Hindustan, 2773
-Changing shape of Indian politics,
2377
Gandhiji the master, 325
I follow the Mahatma, 301
-New outlook, 2178
-Sparks from the anvil, 2179
-Void persists, 3570
Murali Bharahwa, c33
Muranjan, S.K., Economic of Cabinet
delegations' proposals, 621
Murphy, G., Basic education, 3312
In the mind of men, 2419, 3312
Child's life of Gandhiji, 402
He is a light to the whole world,
1444
Murthi, A.N.S., Can we be like Gandhi-
ji ? 1288
Murthy, N.K., Mahatma Gandhi and
other martyrs of India, 378
Musafir, G.G.S., Appeal to believers in
Gandhian ideology, 3571
Muslim demand for Pakistan, 2774
-Hindu Unity, See Hindu-Muslim
Unity
Muslim League, 2330
-Negotiations, See Gandhi-Jinnah
Negotiations India-Partition Pakis-
tan
Muslim politics in India; B.M. Chau-
dhari, 2855
2763
-1906-1942, H. Kabir,
Muslims and the Congress, Reza-ul-
Karim, 1893
Mussolism, 474
Must England lose India? A.C. Os-
burn, 2954
Muste, A.J., Non-violence in an aggre-
ssive world, 77, 525
Museums, about Gandhi, See Gandhian
museums
Music before mosque, M.G. Gandhi,
2606
Mussey, H.R., Gandhi the non-resis-
tant, 1233
Muzaffarpur c32
Muzumdar, H.T., Congress, 2530
Gandhi as an educationist, 3313
Gandhi comes to grip with the Raj,
2983
Gandhi invades England, 2871
Gandhi the apostle, 1632, 1592,
1602
542
INDEX
Muzumdar, H. T., Gandhi triumphant ;
the inside story, 292, 1653, 3117
Gandhi versus the Empire, 2180,
3252, 2530
-India and America, 3252
-India replies to Bishop McConnell,
698
-India's non-violent revolution, 2956
-Life-story of Gandhi, 1592
-Mahatma Gandhi peaceful revolu-
tionary, 441, 1601
On the salt march, 2957
-ed. Peshawar ; man versus machine
guns, 2919
and
Round Table Conference
after, 2872
-ed. Sermon on the sea, M.K. Gandhi,
1531, 3005
Story of peace negotiations, 2872
My appeal to the British, M.K. Gandhi
142, 1156, 3074, 2429
My brother's face D.G. Mukerji, 2177
My days with Gandhi, N.K. Bose, 1713
experiments with truth M.K. Gan-
dhi, 2091, 238, 239, 220, 236, 419,
391, 155, 1652, 1658, 1659, 1595.
Gandhi, J.H. Holmes, 447
-host the Hindu, M. Lester, 246
-jail experiences, M.K. Gandhi,
1621
-leader, Zia-ud-din-Ahmed Suleri,
2782
-life story of fifty years, M. Pratap,
2216
M.K. Gandhi,
-Mahatmaship,
1624
-souls agony, M.K. Gandhi, 3260
Mystery of Aga Khan palace or the tem-
ple of Kasturba, V. Appaiah,
1607
Nadar, Kamaraj, c64
Nadiad, 931
Nadi Hills (India), 1199
Nag, D.S., ed. Medium of eduction,
2731
-study of economic plans for India,
1963
-K., 3348
-Tolstoy and Gandhi, 425, 1080
Nagpur, c43
flag satyagraha, 3133
Naicker, G.M., One of mankind's out-
standing sons, 1328
Naidu, C.K.B., Nation at bay, 2181
Naidu, P.S., Gandhiji's philosophy of
life, 3572
Mrs., c41, 124, 382, 405, 236,
551, 449, 1604, 1724, 1912, 1983,
2341, 3283
Gave his country its freedom and
its flag, 1329
Lotus; poem to M.K. Gandhi, 1616
Mahatma Gandhi, 1051
Naik, J.P., Jt. auth. History of educa-
tion in India,
901
Naik, V.N., Indian liberalism, a study,
2334
Nair, K., With Bapu went Ahimsa too,
3573
jt. auth. Simla triangle, 769
-Pyarelal, See Pyaralal
Sir Sankaran, Gandhi and anarchy,
185
Naked Fakir, R. Bernays, 230, 2408
Nanda, G., Charter for labour, 2588
Nanavati, A., Hindustani prachar
movement, 2732
Sir Manilal B., Indian rual pro-
blems, 465
Nanavaty, S.S. Gandhi-a practical
realist, 3564
Nandi, 3612
Nankana tragedy, c37
Napoleon, 1274
Narain, Brij, Charkha Marxism and Indian
socialism, 666, 3169
Narasimha Char, K.T., 1731
Narayan, J.P., 2455, 3380
fast in Deolii c60
"India's revolutionary number one
2183, 3170
-Violence iters from greed and fear
in society, 3575
-We must follow the path shown by
him, 1330
Work is workshop at Gandhiji's
Wardha, 3576
Narayan, R.K., Gandhi's appeal, 1224
Nargolkar, V.S., Have we disowned the
Mahatma ? 3577
Nariman, K.F., Whither Congress,
1506, 2531
Narmadashantar's Dharma Vichor p. 447
Natal Indian Congress, c24
Natarajan, K., Miss Mayo's "Mother
India :" a rejoinder, 2721
Natesan, G.A., Gandhi's last, 3035
Moplah outrages, 2709
-Perilous policy, 3036
-Problem of Mr. Gandhi, 3037
-Reminiscences, 2185
-ed. Speeches and writings of M.K.
Gandhi, 265
-What India wants; autonomy with-
in the Empire, 3230
Nation in making, S. Banerjee, 2005,
2268
INDEX
543
National Christian Council of India,
527
-College, Calcutta, c37
-Lahore, c39
-Patna, 3390
-Committee for India's freedom,
1945, 71p, 2247
Educational Conference, 492
-Harmony, T.G.P. Spear, 2255
-flag, S.K. Chatterji, ~ 1967
-of India, See India-flag
Language, 2727-2134
-for India, Z.A. Ahmed,
Liberal Federation, 2333
-Movement, See India-National
Movement
-A. Besant, 2019
-self-realization, S.E. Stokes, 3056
-upheaval, C.F. Andrews, 2000
Nationalism, See also India-Nationalism
-and reform in India, W.R. Smith
2299, 2570
in Hindu culture, R. Mookerji,
2167
in India, see
India-Nationalism
-J.C. Kumarappa, 2297
vs. Internationalism, M.K. Gandhi,
2281
2729
M.K. Gandhi, 143,
Nationalist movement in India, 2184-
2186, 2210
Nation's voice,
2850, 3209
Nature cure, M.K. Gandhi, 3415
Navajivan, 3385
-(Weekly), See Part III Section 3
Periodicals Gandhi Edited and
Sponsored
Nayee Talim, See Basic Education
1121, 1127
Nayyar, S, 2682, 3429
-Bapu lives, 3578
Churchill and Gandhiji's fast, 3579
Constructive work and Samagra
gramaseva, 802
-Einstein and Mahatma Gandhi,
3580
He lives and watches our fumbling
efforts, 1331
Nayyar, S., Kasturba : wife of Gandhi,
2538, 3377
-Mahatma's contribution to human
progress, 3581
-Medicine for the masses, 2686
-What did Gandhi leave to India,
3582
-With Mahatma Gandhi in prison
3583
Nazar, M., 3384
Nazimuddin, K., Died when most need-
ed, 1378
Negroes, 489
Nehru, Jawaharlal, 145, 452, 378, 1090,
2490, 2559, 2890, 3340, 3428
-All India convention, Delhi, March
19, 1937, Presidential address,
2187
-Autobiography, 2196
-Autobiografiyah, 2188
-Bapu's pilgrimage, 3584
Before and after independence,
2189
-Discovery of India, 2190
Eighteen months in India, 1936-
1937, 2191
Flings a challenge, 2197
Greatest Indian, 1225
-Important speeches, 1922-1926,
2192
-Independence and after, 1225,
219 3
-India and the world, 2194
-India on the march, statements and
selected quotations, 2195
-India, what next? 850
Introduction, 1226
Jawaharlal Nehru on the Cripps'
mission, 851
-Leaders, truth was to him God,
3585
-Mahatma Gandhi, 403
-Nehru-Jinnah correspondence, 1580
Nehru on Gandhi, 78, 403, 379
Nehru on war danger, 2444
-ed. Parting of the ways and the
Viceroy-Gandhi correspondence,
1101
-Peace and India, 2445
Perfect artist, 3586
Point of view, brief extracts from,
Towards freedom, the autobiogra-
phy" 2198
-Presidential address, All India
States People's Conference, 2557
Radical party, 1945, 61p, 2234
Recent essays and writings on the
future of Indian Communalism,
774
-Rising star of India, 2249
Selected writings, 2199
-Spirit of India, 1227
This man of God trod the earth,
1332
-Towards freedom, 2201
-Visit to America, 1974
-What India wants, 3099
Nehru abhinandan granth, R. Prasad and
others, eds. 2215
Nehru-Committee, 2559
Nehru on Gandhi, J. Nehru, 78, 379,
403
544
INDEX
See also Part II, Seection 2, General
Biographies
J. Nehru, 2444
Nehru on war danger,
-report, 2559
the spring of eternal youth, K.P.S.
Menon, 2156
-K. Death of Gandhi, 1039
Nehru, Krishna, Story of Gandhi,
1603
Moti Lal, c36, c46, c45 c44, 2613
-Rameshwari, 2640
Gandhi is my star, 3348
Thoughts on education in India, 900
Women's movement in India, 3348
-S.S., Mahatma Gandhi, sein leben
und werk (German), 404
S.K., ed. Our cause, 3349
Y., Socialisme de Gandhi, 1584
Netaji speaks to the nation, S.C. Bose,
2033, 2455
Netaji's life and writings, S.C. Bose,
2034
Neves Sachs Kinchanblatt, H. Toget, 274
New bloodshed and turmoil in India, 2203
Newcastle Satyagraha, See Satyagraha
Campaign-South Africa, Newcastle
Satyagraha, Oct., 28, 1913
New Chapter in divide and rule, R.P.
Dutt, 852
-citizens of India, H.G. Alexander,
2823
Delhi Fast, Jan. 13 to 18, 1948,
944-948
education, J.B. Kripalani, 572
Empire, K.M. Panikkar, 2379
era; an epoch-making Congress,
A. Besant, 2472
-Fabian Research Bureau, 2403,
2465
-International Encyclopaedia. M.K.
Gandhi, 203
-light of Burma, Rangoon. Will be
remembered as a foremost hero,
1386
-nations in a changing Asia, 2304
2323
-Orientation, M.N. Roy, 2340
New outlook, K.M. Munshi,
Munshi, 2178
-Testaments, 3351
-York Times, New Yoek. He belongs
to the ages, 1477
Chronicle, London. High religious
tragedy, 1445
Newton, c27
Niebuhr, R. What chances has Gandhi
1228
Nigam, S.R., World peace and the new
order, 2737
Nilkanth, V.R., 3297
Nine troubled years,
Sir S. Hoare,
3437
Nineteen-Forty-Two, See "Quit India",
Campaign, 1942
Nisenson, S. Gandhi, 1229
Nizam of Hyderabad, donations to Passive
resistance Relief Fund, c28
Noakali, c66, 445, 3634
Noakhali tour, 3600
Noguchi, Y., Visit from the Far East,
1230
Non-co-operation, M.K. Gandhi, 3004
Non-co-operation and civil disobedience,
M.K. Gandhi, 3003
Non-co-operation and Islam, Mahmud
Ahmed, 2610, 3032
-organization, Bombay, c37
recent speeches and writings of
Mahatma Gandhi, 3004
Non-violence dens le condnite des pec-
ples. L. Corman, 502
Non-violence in an aggressive world.
A.J. Muste, 77, 525
Non-violence in peace and war, M.K.
Gandhi, 144, 489,
-The invincible power, A.C. Das
Gupta, 505
-coercion, C.M. Case, 601
Non-Violence see Ahimsa (Non-vio-
lence)
-nationalism, 2287
Non-Violent Non-co-operation
see
Satyagraha Campaign-India Non-
Violent Non-co-operation,
921
Normantion, H. India in England 2204
Khilafat Question, 2666
-Norwood, C. 1183
Nordisk bok Kalender, 48
Norsk Bokhandlertidende, 49
North West Frontier Province c54, 2767,
2918
Note on prohibition by a medical friend,
880
"No-Tax" Campaign c39
Noving, S., He died as a living proof of
down-troddon humanity, 1354
Nu, Thakin. Great saint and leader,
1387
Suffield College, Oxford, 2563
Nundy, A., India unrest, 1919-1920,
3041
Nuqshbundi, A.S.I. 2761
Nurullah, S., and Naik J.P., History of
education in India, 901
3397
Obstetric Block,
O'Donnell, C.J., Why India is rebellious,
2958
INDEX
545
O'Donnell, T.F. Non-co-operation in
education, 3042
O'Dwyer, F., India with Mr. Montague
and Gandhi, 2569
-Visit to Gandhiji, 1550
O'Dwyer, M.G., Gandhi and the Prince's
visit to India, 89 to 601
Ohman, F., Entrevue avec Gandhi,
1548, 1549
O'Malley, L.S.S., India's social heritage,
2420
--ed. Modern India and the West,
3324
On heroes, hero-worship and the heroic
in history, T. Carlyle, 3354
On to Delhi, S.C. Bose, 2035, 2455
One Hundred great lives, M. Derion,
ed. 331
One Hundred great lives. Times of
India, 289
One step forward, Hindustani Talimi
Sangh, Sevagram, 567
Only one answer, 927
On the duty of civil disobedience, H.D.
Thoreau, 3361
One year of freedom, N.V. Rajkumar,
2536
Open letter to the Muslim League,
2770
Open letters to Gandhi, See Gandhi-
Correspondence (General)
Opium, See Drink, Drugs and Gambling
Ordeal begins: Gandhi-Viceroy corres-
pondence, 1942-1943, M.K.
Gandhi, 1099
Orientalia Christiana Lo petech, 380
Origin and growth of nationalism, G.T.
Garratt, 2291
Orwell, G. Gandhiji—A critical evalua-
tion, 3588
-
-Reflections on Gandhi, 1231
-Shooting an elephant, 1231
-ed. Taking to India, 2205
Osburn, A.C., Must England
lose
India ? 2959
O'Shasnain, B.P., Hind Swaraj, 3231
Ospina Perez, Mariano. Columbia
offers its heart felt tribute, 1381
Ossarvatore Romano, Vatican City. This
peace-loving man, 1364
Our cause, S.K. Nehru, ed. 3349
Our fault, Prem Nath, 776
Our heritage, H. Kabir, 1943
Our heritage and its significance, S.R.
Sharma, 1944
-struggle for freedom and democracy,
J. B. Kripalani, 2135
Outlines of the national revolutionary
path, 2224
Out of Dust. D.F. Karaka, 302
Overall plan for rural development,
J.C. Kumarappa, 3294
Oxford Pamphlet on world affairs no.
32, 2275
Oxnam, G.B., Personalites in social re-
form, 426
Saint as reformer,
1668
Oza, D. Gandhi and labour, 2673,
3301
Pacifism, 2735-2738
Page, K., Is Mahatma Gandhi the
greatest man of the age? 186
-With Gandhi at Sabarmati ashram,
1553
Pakistan, 2628, 2739-2787
Pakistan and national unity,
Adhikari, 2746
G.M.
Pakistan a plan for India, Sirdar
Ikbal Ali Shah, 2761
examined, R. Karim, 2764
Hindu view, M. Khanna, 2766
-issue, Nawab Nazir Yar Jung, 2787
or Partition of India, R. Ambedkar,
755, 2749
Pakistan the problem of India, S.U.
Ansari, 2750
Pal, B.C., 2041, 2341
-Indian nationalism, 2206
-Non-co-operation, 3043
-Presidential address, 2532
Pal, Swaraj: the goal and the way, 3232
Palestine, 544, 2621, 2622
Palmer, I.J., Sovereignty and para-
mountcy in India, 2378
Palmsford Imprisonment, See Imprison-
ments-South Africa Palmford
Imprisonment, Nov. 6, 1913
Pan American bookshelf, 50
Panchgini, c64
Panchikaram, p. 447
Pandia, M.N., Mahatma Gandhi the
doctor, 3589
Pandit, C., 1049
R.S., 3131
V.L., c65, 449, 3429
-So I became a minister, 2207
Pandya, Mohanlal, c54
Panikkar, K.M., Communal represen-
tation, 738,
-New empire, 2379
Panitz, H., 1286
Pant, G.B., Messiah of this age, 1333
Papers relating to the Cabinet mission
in India, 619
Paranjpye, R.P., Crux of the Indian
problem, 2208, 2331
546
INDEX
Parasuram, T.V., Gandhiji in uniform,
3590
Parchure, Dr., 3493
Parekh, M.C., Christian Proslytisem in
India, 720
(Jt. auth.) Mahatma Gandhi, 199,
241, 1186
Parents of Gandhi, See Gandhi-Parents,
Birth and Childhood
Parikh, N., Sarvodaya and other isms.
2890, 2894
Paris, Bibliotheque Nationale. Catalogue
general das livres imprimes;
Auturs, 2
Parkar, J.S., Gandhi's spinning wheel,
667
Parkash Dewan, R. Cabinet mission
in 'India, 622
-D.R. ed. Gandhi's beads of wis--
dom, 117
Gandhi's great fast, 1932, 119
Gandhi's non-violence, 121, 176
Gandhi's wisdom box, 122
Indian India, 131, 2549
Simla story, 3150
-ed. Untouchability, M.K. Gandhi,
164, 2400, 3270
Parkin, G.R., India to-day, an introduc-
tion to Indian politics, 2380
Parkins, M., Report of All Parties Con-
ference, 2337
Parmanand, Bhai.,
movement, 2337
Hindu national
Parnakuti, c52
Part III, 3353-3012
Parties and personalities, 2338
-M.K. Gandhi, 2325
Parting of the ways and the Viceroy-
Gandhi correspondence, J. Nehru,
ed.
Partition and non-Muslims, 2312
-in a brotherly spirit, M.K. Gandhi,
2313
Partition of Bengal, See Anarchism
-of India, See India-Partition
of India, R.P. Dutt, 2319
Parulekar, N.B., Gandhi an irrepressi-
ble optmist, 3591
Pasha, M.Ñ., Sad loss of the great
spiritual leader, 1421
Passikivi, J.K., Depresed at the great
death of the great national leader
1357
Passive Resistance movement,
93
-Relief Fund, c28
Patal, B.J., Indian view: presidential
address at I.N.C., June 1931
Patel, J., Ignorant waste, 1021
--S.K., Indian National Congress,
a case for its reorganization, 2533
Patel, S.V., Iron Dictator, 2245
-Vallabhbhai, His supreme sacrifice
will quicken our conscience, 1334,
3501
Patel, Vithalbhai, c43, c44, c45, c47,
3501
Patna, 3390
-Congress, 2647
Paton, W., Study of Mr. Gandhi, 527
Patriotism, M.K. Gandhi, 2282
Patriotism and public spirit, A Zimmern,
2279
co-operating with the new govern-
ment, A Besant, 2020
Patriotism in India see India-Nationalism
Pattabhi Sataramayya, see Sitaramayya,
B.P.
Patwardhan, A. Art of thrift, 1111
-Jt. Auth. Communal triangle in
India, 770
Paul, R.I., 2029
Payne Gilbert c25
Peace Committee, Delhi., Seven-point
pledge, c67, 948
Peace in India, how to attain it, S.M.
Mitra, 2162
Peare, C.O., In far-off England, 1119
Mahatma Gandhi. 79, 427, 1593
-Where the sacred rivers meet,
1040
Pearson, Drew Are Gandhi and Ford
on the same road, 1064
L.T. Revolution, Russian and Hindu,
1654
-W.W. Gandhi : an Indian saint,
1232
Peace and India, J. Nehru, 2445
Peasant and Landlords, 2788-2802
Peasant and prince, J.R.G. Bolton,
2023
Peerzada, S.S., Leaders' correspondence
with Mr. Jinnah, 1889
Pencil studies of Gandhi and Jinnah,
F. Topolski, 1586
Pennsylvania, 2638
People of India, K. Goshal, 2412
Periodicals Gandhi Edited and Sponsor-
ed, 3383-3386
-took special interest in printing and
reviewing Gandhian literature,
90-99
Perrier, H., 2078
Personalities in social reform, G.B.
Oxnam, 426
Peshawar Inquiry Committee, 3131
Peshwar man versus machine guns,
H.T. Muzumdar, cd. 2919
-Tragedy, See Satyagraha and
Pathans
Petain, Marshal, 1510
INDEX
547
Petech, L. Orientalia Christiana, 380
Pethick-Lawrence, F.W., Cabinet mis-
sion, 623
-Cripps' offer and its sequel, 852
-Mahatma Gandhi, 623
-Mahatma's last sacrifice, 1041
-Universal brother, lover and friend,
1446
Petit, J.B., c28
Petrasch, C., Interview with Gandhi,
1554
Petre, M.D. Gandhi's message to the
world, 528,2602
Phadke, N.S., Birth-pangs of new Kash-
mir, 2634
-Leaves in the August wind, 3100
Phillip, P.O., Gandhi adheres to non-
violence, 529
-appeals to Christians, 699
explains to home call, 3101
explains his disobedience, 2984
-freed, 900
Jinnah talks, 1581
says God commended fast, 991
-seeks to repair ill will, 1719
-seen as near-Christian, 725
-speaks on Jewish problem, 545
tells of future plans, 962
Gandhi's fast surprises India, 985
-life perilled by bomb, 1142
-Hindu-Muslim
division lessens,
1568
A. L'Inde moderns, 2212
-Mahatma
spurns western medi-
cine, 1555, 2687
-Misrepresentation of Gandhi and
Nehru in the American press,
1233
-Poet Tagore on Gandhi's fast, 986
-Refuses Indian plea for reconciliation,
3102
Ph. D., Theses submitted on Gandhian
Philosophy, 2803-2801
Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi, D.M.
Datta, 446
J.C.
of the village movement,
Kumarappa, 831
Phoenix fast, 993, 994
-Foundation c29
Picketing, See Boycotts
Piddingtons, A.B., Bapu Gandhi 227
Pierson, A.T., "Many infallible proofs",
the evidences of Christianity, 3359
Pilgrim of Noakhali, B.K. Sinha, 1722
Pilgrimage for peace; Gandhi and
Frontier Gandhi among N.W.E.
Pathans, M.K. Gandhi, 2915
Polak, H.S.L., Early memories of
Gandhi, 3592
Gandhi and non-violence, 530
Polak, H.S.L, Gandhi's arrest and
events leading up to it 1922
-Great men of India, 293
-Indian of South Africa, 3182
-Mahatma Gandhi the man and his
mission, 247, 405, 322, 1604
-Vegetarianism, 3283
With Mahatma in South Africa, 3593
Polak, Mrs. M.G., Mahatma Gandhi i;
the man, 248
Pole, D.G., India in transition, 2985
Pole, D.G., and B. Shiv Rao., Problem
of India, 2246
Political awakening of the East, G.M.
Dutches, 2289
Political future of India, J. Johnston,
2372
Political insanity of India, N.H. Vakeel,
1517
-Parties in India, See India-Political
parties
-Philosophy of Gandhi, M. Ratna-
swami, 1703
-Philosophy of Mahatma Gandhi,
G. Dhawan, 63, 1692, 2806
of the government of India, M.
Ratnaswami, 2382
Politics and Government in India, See
India-Politics and Government
Politics of charkha, J.B. Kripalani, 664,
799
-vs. religion, M.K. Gandhi, 2832
Politicus, pseud. Eleven points of
Mahatma Gandhi, 804
Politik und religion in Indien, H.W.
Schomerus, 2240
Poona conference of the Hindustani
Talimi Sangh, 572
-Municipality c38
Poona pact, 1564-1569
-statements, M.K. Gandhi, 145, 1088
Poore C., Discovery of Gandhi, 3595
Porbandar (Kathiawad) c23
Port of Durban, c24
Portal Natal or Durban, c23
Post War Council, New York, 3081
Poverty in India, See India-Poverty
Power of non-violence, R.B. Gregg, 514
Powys, L., Trumph of the spirit, 1234
Prabhu, R.K.. 1738, 1739, 1730
Prabhu, R.K., and U.R. Rao, Comp.
Conquest of self, 104,
-Comp. Mohan mala Gandhian
rosary, 141
Prabhu, R.K., and U.R. Rao. Comp.
Mind of Mahatma Gandhi, 140
Prabhu, R.K. and U.R. Rao, ed. Quit
India, 146, 3075
Practical non-violence and ideology of
non-violence, K.G. Mashruwala, 524
548
INDEX
Practice and precepts of Jesus, J.C.
Kumarappa, 720, 3373
Pradhan, R,G., India's struggle for
Swaraj, 2960
-Present political situation, 2214
-Round Table Conference, 2875
Prager, H., Mahatma Gandhi, 228,
Prahlad, 3434
Prakasa, Sri, Whom will we go now?
1335
Prakash V., Gandhian
economics,
3595
Prasad, B., Communal settlement, 1885
Hindu-Muslim question, 1886
-India's Hindu-Muslim question,
1778
-Ramnavami, c33
Prasad, J., Comon language and script
for India, 2733
Prasad, Dr. Rajendra, c34, 128, 169,
156, c32, 1963, 1957, 1380, 2137
-At the feet of Mahatma Gandhi,
3439
Constructive Programme, 2421
-“Gandhiji, a replica of Ganga",
3439
-India divided, 1888, 2777
India's debt to Gandhi, 1235
-League demand, 2778
Liberator of the Hindu community,
1336
-Mahatma Gandhi and Bihar, 589
-Mahatma's contribution to world
thought has been enormous, 3596
-Pakistan; a reply to the various
schemes for the division of India
into several states, 2779
-Satyagraha in Champaran, 2931
-and others, eds. Nehru abhimandan
granth, 2215
Prasher, H.L., ed. Verdict in India ana-
lysled, 2269
Pratap, M., My life story of fifty years,
2216
Prayer, 2812-2814
Preece, R.B., Hibbert Journal, 344
Prem Nath, Our fault, 776
Present deadlock in India, R.M. Gray,
2979
Present political situation, R.G. Tra-
dhan, 3214
Presidential address; Haripura, S.C.
Bose, 2476
Presidential addresses, Indian National
Congress, 2489
-Lala Lajpat Rai, 2526
Pretoria, c25
Pretorial jail, c28
Pretoria Town Hall, South Africa c28
Price of liberty, Y.J. Meherally, 2155
Princes and their States, See Indian
Princes and their States
Princely States of India, See Indian
Princes and their States
Prison and chocolate cake, N. Sahgal,
3427
Privat, E.T., Aux Indes avec Gandhi,
279
-In India con Gandhi (Italian), 326,
2217
406
-Vie De Gandhi (French),
Problem of freedom, Calcutta Renais-
sance, 1945, 140p. 2235
-India, B. Shiva Rao. Jt. auth.
D.G. Pole, 2246
Problem of minorities, K.R. Krishna,
2703
Problems of rural reconstruction in
India, F.M. De Mello, 3291
Problems of the promised land, M.
Bourke-White, 2317
412
Profiles, G. Venkatachalam,
Prophet, See Gandhi-Prophet
Prohibition, See
See Drink, Drugs, and
Gambling
Proposals for the development of educa-
tion in India, L.M. Desai, 2805
Prostitution, See Women and their pro-
blems
Provincial Assembly elections,
1937,
2492
-Political Conference, Belgaum, c32
Provincialism, See Communalism
Psychology and strategy of Gandhi's
non-violent resistance, R.B. Gregg,
515
Psychology of Gandhi, T. Goswami, 1185
Public affairs information service, 21
Puckle, F., Gandhi-Jinnah Conversa-
tions, 1582
Punjab Disorders, See Jallianwala Bagh
Tragedy
-Local Option Act, 863
Puntambekar, S.V., and Varadachari,
N.S. Hand-spinning and hand-
weaving, 2655, 3378
Purana Qilla, New Delhi, c65
Purdah System, See Women and their
problems
Pursuit of truth, M.D. Japheth, 369
Pushparaja, P.K., As an untouchable
feels untouchability, 3271
Putlibai, c32, 3417
Pyarelal, Bapu's final resting place,
3597
Congress ministers and rural uplift,
3296
INDEX
549
Pyarelal, Dismal picture, 1022
Epic fast, 973
-Father of the Nation, 3425
Gandhi-the last phase, 3600
-Gandhian technique and world cri-
sis, 3599
66
Gandhiji and the world crisis, 3440
Gandhiji's communism, 789
Gandhiji's experiments in non-
violence, 3601
-Gandhiji's last discussions with fellow
workers, 3602
-He gave us a weapon to fight forces
of evil, 3603
-Mahatma Gandhi the last phase,
3441
-Mass production vs. production by
the masses, 836
-Master and his message, 3604
-Non-violence and world crisis, 531
-ed. Pilgrimage for peace, 2920,
2915, 3605
-Salt as manure and cattle feed, 466
Sources of a Mahatma's power,
3426
-Talk with Christian Friends, 700
Qadir, S.A., Plea for a Round Table
Conference, 2876
Sir Abdul, Statesman in beggar's
garð, 1236, 1702
Qaid-e-Azam, See Jinnah, M.A.
Quecke, K., Mahatma Gandhi und
seine stellung zur medizin, 2688
Queens Quarterly. A. Inglis. 368
Queling., H., Altschunler Gandhi's 1237
Quest for Gandhi, R. Reynolds, 442
Questionnaire for the survey of village
industries, J.C. Kumarappa, 832
Quinn, departed to Ceylon, c29
"Quit India" campaign, 1942,
See
Satyagraha Campaign-India “Quit
India" Campaign, 1942
Quit India fast, 928
"Quit India" Movement, 3071-5115
-M.K. Gandhi, 146, 310, 2456, 2327,
3075
re-examined,
H.L. Seth, 2447,
M.K. Gandhi, 2314
""
3106
Quit now,
Quran, 2603
Radhakrishnan, S., 63, 140, 309, 715,
2806
-Gandhiji and Malaviyaji, 1238
Gandhi's religion and politics, 2848
Radhakrishan, S., Indian nationalism,
2218
-India's struggle for freedom, 2219
-Is this peace ? 2739
-Lonely symbol of a vanishing past,
1337
Mahatma Gandhi; essays and re-
flections on his life and work, 174,
407, 1052, 1289
Martyrdom, 1042
ed. Memorial section, 1289
-Religion and society, 2840
-Spirit of humanity, 11526
Radical Democratic Party, 2340
-party, J. Nehru, 2234
-People's Democratic party, 2336
Rahim, A., Hindi-Muslim Unity, 1890
Rahman, H., Unity conference and
after, 2220
Rahman, S.M., India: a nation, 2221
Rai, G., Congress struggle, 2535
-Gandhi and Kasturba, 327, 2640
-ed. Mahatma Gandhi; builder
and liberator, 381
-Pakistan X-rayed, 2780
Rai, Lala Lajpat. Communal representa-
tion, 739
Railey, Lord, 2092
Rajagopalachariar, C., advice to Gandhi
to accept Pakistan, 1585
-Ambedkar refuted, 3272
-Has prohibition failed? 881
-Heir to great tradition, 1338
-Impending fast of Mahatma Gandhi,
974
-Mahatma Gandhi's ideals only way
to greatness, 3606
-National flag, 3133
-Plighted world,
-Reconciliation, why and how, 1891
Religion and Gandhiji, 3607
University addresses, 1240
3273
-way out, 2222
-and J.C. Kumarappa., eds. The
nation's voice 143
Rajkot, c23, c56
-Award, 949
-Fast, 292, 949-958
See also Fast-India, Rajkot, Mar.
3, 1939
-Reforms committee c57
Rajkumar, N.V., Indian political par-
ties, 2339
-One Year of freedom, 2536
Rajput, A.B., Cabinet mission, 624
Rajput, A.R., Maulana Abul Kalam
Azad, 1892
Raju, J.B., Critical study of the non-co-
operative movement, 3044
550
INDEX
Raju, P.T., Contemporary idealism,
Mahatma Gandhi, 1633
-Idealistic thought of India,
Ram, Rev. A. Ralla, 675
Ram, C., Plan for harijans and other
backward classes, 2704
1633
Ram, J., Made the Harijan cause his
own 1339
M. Lala Lajpat Rai and non-co-
operative, 3045
Economic of
Ramchandran, Jt. auth.
peace, 798
Ramchandra, G. Gandhi, 357
-Gandhiji and coffee,
3608
-and Gupta, D.K., Village industries
movement, 837
Ramakrishna, Life of Sri Ramakrishna,
3379
Raman, A.S.R., Soviet encyclopedia
dubs Gandhiji reactionary and re-
ligious, 3442
Rama Iyer, A., 3369
Raman, C.V., Past left a permanent
impress on the minds and lives of
humanity, 1341
Raman, T.A., Gandhi praises, Petain,
1509, 1510
-Report on India, 2381
-Understanding Mahatma Gandhi,
1647,
1511
What does Gandhi want,
1509, 1647, 1650, 2246, 2618
Ramanuja, 584
Ramanuja's commentary on the Bhaga-
vadgita, 584
Ramaswami Aiyar, C.P., 2019, 2716
Ramgarh Congress Exhibition, 3411,
c58
Ram Rai, M.R.D.R. Gramism. The
new renaissance of India, 3297
Ramaraj, See Swaraj. (Complete inde-
pendence).
-
Ramayana, p. 447
Rama Raksha, p. 447
Ramswarup. Moral neutrality foreign
to Gandhism, 3609
Ranade, Gandhi and Jinnah, B.R.
Ambedkar, 316
Ranade, R.D., Conception of spiritual
life in Mahatma, 3610
Ranchhodlal Amritlal Seth, scheme,
comments by M.K. Gandhi, 2578
Ranchi, Gandhi returns to, c34
Ranchi, Gandhi summoned to, c35
Randhawa, M.S., Developing village
India, 3298
Rangachariar, T., 2331
Ranga Iyer, C.S., Father India; a
reply to "Mother India", 2722
Ranga Iyer, C.S., India in the crucible,
2225
-India peace or war, 2961
Ranga, N.G., Adult education move-
ment, 902
-colonial and coloured peoples,
2223
Economics of handloom, 838
-Four crore artisans hail the Gan-
dhian plan, 2800
Ganhiji as an educationist, 1132
and Swami Sahajanand Saraswati.
History of the Kisan movement,
467, 2801
Rani, V., "Education" in Gandhiji's
own words, 1136
Rao, B.S.,
Gandhi's plans; interview,
1556
-C.V.H., Civil disobedience move-
ment in India, 2226
-Indian Struggle for freedom, 2226
-K. Rama, Mahatma Gandhi :
Some thoughts, 3611
-P.N., Power of non-violence, 532
-N. Subha, 2341
-R., Cow of the barricades, 533
-R.V., Cottage industries and their
role in the national economy, 839
Economic planning in India, 1964
Gandhian institutionof Wardha, 556
-Indian tangle and the way out, 2227
-U.R., 1730
and Prabhu. R.K. comp, onquest
of self, 104
and R. K. Prabhu comp The mind
of Mahatma Gandhi, 140
and R.K. Prabhu, ed. Quit India,
146
Jt. ed. Quit India, 3075
Rao, V.K.R.V., National income of
British India, 1931-1932, 2656
-Reasons behind patronage of Khad-
dar, 2656
Rappmannsberger, F., Mahatma Gandhi,
1241
Rashtriya Swayam Sevak Sangha, (R.S.
S.), 1139
See also India-political parties
Ratcliffe, S.J., Gathering storm in
India, 2672
S.K.Gandhi at seventy, 1053
Gandhi at the Round Table, 2878
Where goes India? 1242
Rational life and non-co-operation,
H. Haldan, 3023
Ratnaswami, M., Political philosophy of
Mr. Gandhi 1703, 2382
Rathnaswamy, M., Review of Lenin and
INDEX
551
Gandhi" by R. Fulop-Muller. 1655
Rationale of untouchability, L.P., Tan-
don, 3275
great
Rau, B.H., He was a source of
solace and inspiration, 3612
Rau, M.C., Tours and marches, 1721
Rawan, M.A.F. Gave his life to an
exalted human ideal, 1422
Rawlinson, H.G., Makers of India,
311
Ray, A.B., Khaddar under searchlight,
2657
Ray, M.N., Future of Indian politics,
2383
Gandhi-the world peace, 3613
Memorial to Gandhiji, 3614
Rap, P.C., Life and times of C.R. Das,
2228
-C. c25
-Spirit of Khaddar as I understand
it, 2658
Ray, Ralph, 416
Read, M., and Cockin, F.A., Some as-
pects of the Indian situation, 2229
Reader's guide to periodical literature,
22
Reading, Lord, 3031
Rebel and prophet, Y. Meherally, 1631
-India, H.N. Brailsford, 2039
-B. Mitra and P. Chakraborty, 2161
-president a biographical study of
Subhas Chander Bose, 2251
Recent essays and writings on the future
on Indian Communalism, J. Nehru,
774
Reconstructing India, 2263
Recovery through revolution; S.D.
Schmulhausen ed. 266
Reconciliation, why and how, C. Raja-
gopalachari, 1891
Record of Unity talks, D. Singh, 1894
Red fugitive, Jai Prakash Narain, H.L.
Seth, 3171
"Red star of the East", 2245
Reed, Sir S., India's evolution, 3047
-Stanley, 2797
Reflections of Gandhiji's Hind Swaraj,
3233
Reflections on the Gandhian revolution,
Y.G. Krishnamurti, 2139
-political situation in India, Lala
Lajpat Rai, 2144
Reforms, See Indian Reforms
Refugees (India and Pakistan), 2815-
2824
Registration Act, c26
Registration Act, put into force, c27
Register, Hans, 221
Relief Act, 3143
Religion, 2825-2843
Religion, and Morals, 2844-2846
-politics, See Religion and State
Religion and Society, Sir, S. Radha-
krishnan, 2840
Religion and State, 2847-2848
of the Hindus, K.W. Morgan, 1625
Remgie. T.H.K. Since Gandhi, impri-
sonment, 22330
Reminiscences, G.A. Natesan, 2185
Reminiscences of Gandhiji, C. Shukla
ed. 175, 436
Renascent India, H.C.E. Zacharias,
3277
(Rammohan Roy to M.K. Gandhi)
2302
Report to Gandhiji, K.A. Abbas and
N.G. Jog, 3077
Rrepresentative Indians, L. Chatterjee,
231
Republic Day, c45
of India 2634
Restless India, L.K. Rosinger, 2232
Report on India, T.A. Roman, 2381
Resolutions, Indian National Congress,
2519
Resurrection of the Congress, D.N.
Banerjee, 247
Return to nature, A. Just, 3356
Review of the Gandhi movement in
India, 3048
Reviews of Books on Gandhi See Gandhi
Reviews of Books on him.
Revista politics, G. De. Lorenzo, 255
Revolt of Asia, U. Close, 2054
of the East, B. Houghton, 3024
of the past, B. Houghton, 2109
Revolution by consent, D. Sen, 2241
Revolution in India, J. Dellbridge, 2940
-F. Gunther, 2101
Revolution and Counter revolution, J.
Doulatram, 2077
Revolutionary, See Gandhi Revolu-
tionary,
Revolutionaries of Bengal, H.K. Sar-
kar, 542
Revue de Paris, J.A. Ledger, 183
Reynolds, Reginald, c45
Reynolds, R. Fool of God, 1243
-India, Gandhi and world, 1530
Quest for Gandhi, 42
-Legacy of a great inspiration, 3443
To live in mankind; a quest for
Gandhi, 442
Reynolds, R.A., White sahibs in India,
2384
Rezaul-Karim, Muslims and the Con-
gress, 1893
Rice, S., Gandhi and the Communal
Award, 740
-C.O., 3616
552
INDEX
Richard Willson, J.J., What about India,
2276
Richmond Times Dispatch, Richmond.
1479
Richter, J., Mahatma Gandhi, 701
Rimensberger, E.F.T., Gandhi in Suda-
frika. 3183
Rise and growth of Indian nationalism,
M.A. Buch, 1159
of Indian nationalism, R.P., Dutt,
2290
-and fulfilment of British rule in
India, E.J. Tothomas and G.T.
Gassett, 2264
-and growth of Indian nationalism,
M.A. Buch, 2287
Rising star of India, J. Nehru, 2249
Roberts, W.H., Mahatma Gandhi: his
character and career, 1224
-Review of the hndhi movement in
India, 3048
Roland Holst., H., Eenrequiem voor
Gandhi, 1617
Role, S.J. Gandhiji's approach to world
peace, 3515
Rolland., R., 438, 1512, 1982
-Homage from a man of the West
Gandhi, 1245
-I' Inde, Journal
2231
(1915-1943)
-Mahatma meets, 1557
Mahatma Gandhi, 80, 192, 193,
194, 196, 2212, 229, 312, 249, 261,
229, 1642
Mahatma Gandhi since his release,
229
Mahatma Gandhi the man who
became one with the universal
being, 82
Mit einem nachwort: Gandhi seit
seiner freilassung, 81
Roman character of Script of National
language, 2733
Romulo, C.P., Mother America, 1246
-Voices of the Far East, 1246
Ronaldshay, Lord, 839, 3223
Roniger, E., Gandhi in Sudafrika, 197,
3183
Roop Kishan, ed. Verdict on India,
2269
Roosevelt, E., His influence will grow
to help them through the years,
1480
Roosevelt, T., 1217
Root, E.T. Gandhi's voice in Boston,
2879
Root cause of partition, M.K. Gandhi,
2315
Rosinger, Restless India, 2232
Ross, G.W.C., Is Gandhi's non-resis-
tance Christian ? 726
Rosster, O., Wandlung und umsturz
der politischen, 1704
Round Table Conference, London, c36
246, 263, c39, 2346, 2461, 2464,
2690, 2693, 2849-2888
and after, H.T. Muzumdar, 2872
-India's demand for Dominion sta-
tus, 2880
Row, C.S., 2061
Rowe, J.G., Gandhi the Mahatma, 250
Rowlatt Act Satyagraha, See Satyagraha
Campaiangs-India Rowlatt Act
Satyagraha, Apr. 6, 1919
Satyagraha, 3119
-Bill, Gandhi condemns, c35
See Indian Reforms
-Report, 2560
Roy, E., Mahatma Gandhi, 1512
-K.. 2521
M.N., Freedom or fascism 2233
-I.N.A., and the August revolution,
2456, 3105
-New orientation, 2340
Royal Empire Society, London Library,
Subject Catalogue of the library, 3
Royden, M. Englishwomen's faith, 1247
R.S.S., c67
Rudra, H.K., Gandhiji's pilgrimage to
Santiniketan on Dec. 18, 1946,
3617
Ruggieri, R., Gandhismo e critisimo,
727
Ruin of Indian trade and industries,
B.D. Basu, 824
Rulers of the world, Grain
Ruskin, J., Unto this last,
2889, 3360
Russel, R., 443
Russell, G.W., Gandhi, 1248
-Living touch, 1248
-Roadside interview with Gandhi,
1558
M., 305
c26, c29,
Russia, 2451
Rustomji Jivanji, c37
Rutherford, V.H., Modern India, 204,
2236
Ruthnaswamy, M. Gandhi's non-vio-
lent non-co-operation, 2986
-Making of the state, 2237
Sabarmati, 550, 3664
Sabarmati ashram, c39, 555, 3559
1925, 959, 960
-Fast, Nov. 24,
-See Fasts India Sabarmati, Nov.
24, 1925
Sadasiva, T., c35
Safdar, A., Whither Congress, 2537
INDEX
553
Sahai, G., Gandhi and his followers, 3620
Saha, S., Crucified Mahatma, 3619
-with Bapu's ashes beyond the Hima-
layas, 3618
Sahai, R., Gandhi vs. Stalinism, 3621
Sahasrabudhe, D.L., In praise of
groundnut cake, 1023
Sahgal, N. Gandhi, who made prison
an honour, 3427
Prison and chocolate cake, 3427
Saint and Satan : Poetry, M. Moolson,
1615
Saint at work, A. Chakravarty, 1164
Sainte vie de Mahatma Gandhi, E.
Samios, 83
Saiyd, Mohammed Ali Jinnah, 1513
Saiyidain, K.G., Basic education, 3315
-Education for internaMional under-
standing, 903
Gandhiji as an educationist, 1137
-Wardha scheme of education, 3316
Salam, Miss, c65
Saldanha, M.A., Gandhi and Tolstoy,
A reverie, 3326
Salt laws, 2933, 2955, c45, 1920
-Satyagraha, See Civil Disobedience
March, 12, 1930
2369
Salute to India, J.Z. Hodge,
Salvation by thread, 668
Samaldas College, Bhavnagar, c23
Samalddar, P.K., Democracy and In-
dian community, 860
Samios, E., La sainte vie de Mahatma
Gandhi, 83, 359
Samuel, H., 733
Samuel, V.H.L., Fruits of the true
leadership, 1249
Sandegren, Paul., 199
Saunders, K.J., Heritage of Asia, 262
-Whither Asia., 273
San Francisco Conference, 1971
Sanger, M., Birth control, 592, 1559
Sanjana, J.C., Caste and outcaste, 2238
Sankaran Nair. Sir C. c39
-Gandhi and anarchy, 3050
Sanskrit, 2835
Santhanam, K., Man and his message,
2613, 3623
Santiniketan, c31
Sapru, T.B., Indian National Party,
2341
-Sacrificed his life for India's unity,
1342
Sarabhai, B., One hour, 1560
Saran, S., Gandhiji the man, 3264
Sarasvati, R., India's shackes, 3951
Saraswathi, S.S., jt. auth. History of the
Kisan movement, 457, 2801
Sarkar, B.B., Tagore and Gandhi, 3625
Sarkar, H.K. Revolutionaries, of Bengal,
*
542
Sanker N.R., c61
-Statement who did not tempo rise
with ideals, 3626
Sarma, D.K., 1706, 1707
-D.S., 114
-Studies in the Renaissance of
Hinduism in 19th and 20th cen-
turies, 328
-M.S.S., Co-education of body and
mind, 3317
S.K., Towards Swaraj. exposition
of a scheme of responsible govern-
ment, 3234
Sarvodaya, its principles and programme,
S.N. Agarwal, comp. 2890
Sarvodaya, its principles and programme,
M.K. Gandhi, 147
Sarvodaya Movement, 2889-2894
Samaj, 3360
Sasoon, Hospital, Poona, c41 c53
Sastri, N., Life and teachings of Gandhi-
ji, 3627
V.S.S., c41, 247
-Dominion status, the war and India,
1954
-Duty before the country, 2239
-Gandhi : the man, 1250
-V.S., Our Plan for Swaraj, 3235
-Results of the Round Table Con-
ference, 2881
-V.S.S., Thumbnail sketches, 345
ference, 2881
Satyagraha, 2895-2914
and Pathans, 2915-2921
and students, See Satyagraha
-ashram, Kochrab, c32
Campaign—India, 2922-3136. See
also Under the subject heading for
satyagrahas such as Ahmedabad,
Bardoli, etc.
Satyagraha Campaigns-India, Ahme-
dabad, Feb. 26, 1918
-Ahmedabad, Feb. 26, 1918, 2922-
2924
-Bardoli, Feb. 12, 1928, 2925-2928
Champaran, 1917, 2929-2932
Civil Disobedience I, March 12, 1930,
2933-2970
-Civil Disobedience II, Dec. 31, 1931,
2971-?
-Individual Satyagraha, Oct. 1940
-Kheda, Mar. 1919, 2999-3001
-Non-Violent Non-co-operation,
August 1, 1920, 3002-3070
"Quit India" Movement, Aug. 9,
1942, 3071-3315
Rajkot Satyagraha, 1939, 3116-
3117
554
INDEX
Satyagraha Campaigns-India, Rowlatt
Act Satyagraha, Apr. 6,
3118-3120
1919
Viramgam Gujarat,1915, 3121-3122
-Vykom Satyagraha, March, 1914,
3123-3125
-inspired by Gandhi, 3126-3138
-South Africa-Johannesburg, Sept.
11, 1906, 3139-?
Johannesburg II, Aug. 16, 1908
-Newcastle, Oct. 28, 1913, 3143- 3144
Satyagraha in action; a brief outline of
Gandhiji's satyagraha campaigns,
R.R. Diwakar, 2898
Satyagraha in Champaran, R. Prasad,
2931
Satyagraha in South Africa M.K. Gan-
dhi, 148, 220, 236, 2896, 3174
Satyagraha, its technique and history,
R.R. Diwakar, 64, 2899
Satyagraha; non-violent resistance, M.
K. Gandhi, 149, 2897
-pathway to peace R.R., Diwakar,
2901
-power of truth, R. R. Diwakar, 65,
2900
-Sahayak Mandal, Poona, case for
Munshi Satyagaha, 3134
Satyagraha term coind by Maganlal
Gandhi, c27
Satyamurthy, S., Why we boycott-the
Simon Commission, 3157
Satyapal and Prabodh Chandra, Sixty
years of Congress, 2538
Saunders, K. review of "My experi-
ments with truth, by M.K. Gandhi,
1658
Sa vie ecritepar lui-meme trad (French)
M.K. Gandhi, 239
Saying of Gandhi See Gandhi sayings.
Sayings of Gandhi See Gandhi-sayings
-Islam, Sir A. Suhrawardy,
2612
ed.
-Muhammad, Sir A. Suhrawardy, 3381
Scatcherd. F.R. Friends of India, "wise
and otherwise, 3053
Schain, J. Civil disobedience in India,
2964
Mahatma, Leben und
Scheda cumulative italiana, 151
Schweizer Buchhandal; La librairie
suissee, 53
Schenkel, G.A.
werk, 408
Schipper Kuiper, Job. E. 422
Schliephacka, B.P. writschaft und frei-
heit, 205
Schmal Lausen, S.D. ed. Recovery
trough revolution 226
Schnittkind, H.T., jt. auth. Living
biographies of religious leaders,
Schumacher, K., Will live on with us
as an example of humanity, 1361
M. Gandhi's blood will accomplish
the miracle, 1360
Schomerus, H.W. Politik und religion
in Indien, 2240
Schreiber, G. Mahatma Gandhi : hygienste
et medicim, 2689
Schweitzer, A., 1274
-L. M. K. Gandhi, 365
-familienblatt, B. Koclbing
-fur politik und Kultur. G. Boerlin, 198
Script, National language of, 2733
Roman character, 2733
Search after sunrise, V.M. Brittain, 2752
Searchlight on Gandhi, 2882
Searle Judgment See South African Ques
tion
Second Round Table Conference see
Round Table Conference
-year of freedom, August 1948-
August, 1949, 2520
Xegaon c55
Selected Institutions of which Gandhi
laid Foundation-Stones and Inagu-
rated, 3387-3412
Selected letters, M.K. Gzndhi 150, 1089
Selected writings. J. Nehru, 2199
-of Mahatma Gandhi. M.K. Gandhi,
151, 1740
Selections from Gandhi. M.K. Gandhi,
152, 1741
Selections from Gandhi's writings, See
Part I Collection.
Self-control See Brahamacharya (celi-
bacy)
Self determination, M.K. Gandhi, 2316 86
Self-restraint vs. Self-indulgence, M.K.
Gandhi, 2845
Seligman, E.R.A. 2359
Sen, Amrit, 2521
Sen, Ela. Gandhi : a Biographical study,
336
-Testament of India,294
-Treatment of India
2242
Sen, K.C. Through war, rebellion and
riot, 2243
Sen, M. Gandhian economy, 3629
Gandhiji and community develop-
ment, 3630
Gandhiji and lecentralizatton, 3631
-Ramraj Gandhian democracy, 3632
-P.K. Gandhiji on Marx?, 3533
Sen, N. 1985
Senanayaka, D.S. Great and irreparable
loss, 1390
Sen Gupta, B.K. India's man of destiny
2457
-Mahatma Gandhi and India's strug-
gle for Swaraj, 263
INDEX
555
Sen Gupta, B.K. B. Non-co-operation,
a study of the movement, 3054
-J. Bapu's peace mission on Noa-
khali, 3624
Mrs. P., Some Indian leaders, 337
Sermon on the Mount, 1382, 3351
-sea, M.K. Gandhi, 153, 3005
Servants of India Society, Poona, c26,
2342
-the untouchables society, 974
Seshadri, P., Wardha scheme of educa-
tion, 3318
Setalvad, Sir Chimanlal c48
-Gandhi nationalist or internation-
alist. 1531
-India between the two wars, 2244
-Red fugitive, Jal Prakash Narain,
3171, 3380
"Quit India." re-examined, 2447, 3106
Sethe, H.V., Suggestion no. 4 to Mahatma
Gandhi, 2841
Sethna, P., Round Table Conference and
safeguards, 2883
Sevagram, 3576
-ashram, c58, 552, 554, 1178, 2677,
2597, 3576
Sevagram: Gandhi's paradox, C. Woff-
ford and H. Wofford, 557
Seven nonths with Mahatma Gandhi,
Krishnadas. 3026
Seventter J,N., Gandhi in the Christen-
dom, 84, 728
Sex Problems, See Brahmacharya (celi-
bacy)
Sexton, B., Gandhi's weaponless revolt
in India, 3055
-Trial of Gandhi,
1727
Sewell, W.S., ed. Gandhi, 1251
Shaddarshna Samuchchya, p.447
Shafi, gir Muhammed, Some important
Indian problems, 2965
Shah, K.T. Why Pakistan? And why
not? 2781
Shah Nawaz, Captain, 2458
2981
S
-S.K. India is tired,
-king Zahir. I do not know why
people should destroy such lives,
1317
Shahani, R.C. Gandhi's doctrine of non-
violence,
d30
Is India behind the Congress? 2539
Shall India live or die, A. Besant, 2392
Shankar, 3493
Shankaracharya at Kavura Maths, c35
Shardhanand, Swami, c43
-Inside Congress, 2540
Sharga, P.B. Crosing the bar, 1947-48,
1043
-Gandhi his life and teachings, 429
Shankarlal. Gandhi's life in prison,
1622
Sharma, D.C. Canker of Communa-
lism, 777
-Gandhi; the self-educated man,
1138
-D.P.,
1283
-WD.S. Great prophet of Hinduism,
1634
M.S.M. Gandhiji's letters at the
exhibition, 3635
-S. Lingua Indiana, 3734
-S.R. Our heritage and its significance,
1944
-V.N. Economics of Sarvodaya,
3636
Shastras, p.447
Shastri, Chintaman, c31
-V.S. c35
Shaw, G.B. 3424
-It shows how dangerous it is to be
too good, 1447
Shawcross, H. Most remarkable man
1448
of the country,
Sheaf of Gandhi Anecdotes, G. Rama-
chandran, 3b08
Shean, V. 1286, 3594
At the feet of the Mahatma,
3637
Chemin vers la lumiere (French)
433
-Lead Kindly light, 85, 434, 435,
433, 444, 409
Leid Gij Mij, Leifliji licht, 444
-Mahatma Gandhi order der weg
zum frieden (German), 434
-Treasury of entimate biographies,
435
-Upanishad, 1958, 1944
Shih, H. mankind's great loss, 1398
Shiromani Gurudwara Prabandhak Com-
mittee, Amritsar, struggle for free-
dom of religious worship in Jails.
3135
Shiva Rao, B. jt. Auth. Problem of
India, 2246
Shivdasani, G. Some aspects of Gandhi's
personality, 3638
Shooting an elephant, G. Orwell, 1231
Short history of the Indian National
Congress, B.K. Bhattacharya,
2473
Shortage of Food in India see Food
Shortage in India
Shridharani, K.J. Gandhi: the unwill-
ing avatara, 1253
Gandhi's greatest fight, 3107
-Instrument of fasting, 916
Mahatma Gandhi and the world,
346
556
INDEX
Shridharan, K. J., Non-co-operation,
1902-1922, 541
-Satyagraha in South Africa, 3183
-War without Violence, 86, 2808,
3184
-Warning to the West, 3107
Shrimali, K. L.Wardha scheme,
874, 2809, 3319
87,
Shukla, C., Conversations of Gandhiji,
105, 1561
-ed. Gandhi as we know him, 382
-Gandhiji on God, 3639
-ed. Incidents of Gandhiji's life, 410
-ed. Reminiscences of Gandhiji,
175, 436
-Rajkumar, c32
Siddapur, 3128, 3138
Siddaiqu, A.R., Greatest advocate of
Muslim cause.
1343
-M. Yasin, Gandhiji's assessment
in terms of history, 3640
Sidelights on the crisis in India, H. Har-
court, 2104
Siegfried, A. Gandhi apotre et agita-
teur, 1635
-Voyage ause Indas, 1635
Siggins, A.J., Imitation of Christ, 3628
Significance of Indian nationalism, H.M.
Howsin, 2294
Sikes, W.E., Gandhi converts a mission-
ary, 702
Sikh Tract Society, Amritsar, Guru-ka-
bagh 3136
Sikhism, 3145-3147
Sikhs, in Pakistan, 2692
Simla Conference, 3148-3151
3150
Story, Dewan R. Parkash,
Simla triangle, a projection of the com-
munal triangle, A. Mehta, 769 3149
Simon, Howard, 421
Simon, Sir J.A. Two broadcast talks
on India, c44, 3158
-Commission, c44, 2854, 3152-3159
Simon Report See Simon Commission
Since Gandhi's imprisonment. T.H.K.
Remgie, 2230
Singh A., Gandhi and Nehru, saint and
politician, 1069 1070
-Gandhiji's ideas and Nehru, 1254
-India facts in brief, 2247
-Is Gandhi's life work ruined,
Singh, Bhagat, execution, c47
2248
-Teacher, seer and prophet, 1344
Singh, D. Ahinsic (non-violence) and
hinsa (Violence) in Sikhism,
535, 3147
Complete record of unity
talks,
1584
Comp. Famous letters and
ultimatums to the British govern-
ment, 2240
Singh, D., Famous trials of Mahatma
Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru and
Maulana A.K. Azad, 1728
-Formation and growth of the
Indian National Army, 2458
ed. Gandhi's ultimatums to the
British Government, 1102
Indian stuggle, 1255, 1942, 3108
Mahatma Gandhi, 1255
-Record of unity talks, 1894
-G.K. Greatest man of the present
times, 1345
Singh, G.N. 110
-M., Congress unmasked, 2542
-Depressed classes their economic
and social condition, 2705, 2810
-Leaves from my diary, 2459
Whare is Gandhism?
S.D., 3298
3646
-V.B., Gandhi and Marx,
Marx, 3649
Sinha, A. N., Bapu's services to
Bihar recalled, 3643
-Gandhism believes in beneficent
individualism, 3644
Sinha, B.K., Pilgrim of Noakhali, 1722
Sinha, Lord, 2716
-K., Communalism a study in com-
parison, 778
S
J.J. Mahatma Gandhi memorial in
Washington, 3642
-M.P. Three pillars of peace, 3428,
3647
-N.K., Mahatma and Bihar, 3645
Task before Gandhians, 3648
-S., Character, patriotism and India
Swaraj, 3236
One of the greatest reformers and
nation builders, 1346
Sir S.P., Future of India, 2541
Sirsi, 3128, 3138
-Satyagraha, See Satyagraha Com-
paigns Inspired by Gandhi
TIT
Sister India a critical examination of and
a reasoned reply to Miss Katherine
Mayo's "Mother India", 2723
Sister India: one solution of the pro-
blems of Mother India, M.E.
Craske, 2713
Sitaramayya B.P., Currency and ex-
change, 1112, 1965
Gandhi and satyagraha, 1256
Gandhi-the Avatar 1636
Gandhi, his dual programme, 806
Gandhi-his
inconsistencies,
1528
-History of the Indian National Con-
gress, 2434
INDEX
557
Sitaramayya, B.P.,, I too
2653
have spun,
-Man of destiny, 1347
-Nationalist movement in India,
2210
-On Khaddar, 2654
Sivaram, M., Sarvodaya, 3641
Sixth annual report of the Hindustani
Talimi Sangh, 1938-1944, 568
Sixth successful fast gives Gandhi in-
creased authority, 956
Sixty years of Congress, Satyapal and
Prabodh Chandra, 2538
Slade, Miss Madeleine See Mirabehn
Slavery, See Gandhi on Slavery, 3668
Smith, M.B., Mohandas Gandhi, 1257
-S.C., Islam and Indian nationalism,
2611
-Khilafat movement, 2667
Modern Islam in India, 2611
T.V., Review of "My experiments
with truth" by M.K. Gandhi, 1659
-W.R., Nationalism and reform in
India., 2299, 2570
Smoking, See Drink Drugs and Gambl-
ing
Smuts, Field-Marsehal, c27, c50
Smuts-Gandhi's political methods, 1258
-Prince among men, 1416
Snow, E., 1286
Message of Gandhi, 1481
Must Britain give up India, 3109
Social and political ideas of Mahatma
Gandhi, 1688
-religious reform movements, A.R.
Desai, 2564
-background of Indian nationalism,
A.R. Desai, 6333, 2288, 2411, 2804
-Boycott, See Boycott
Conditions in India, See India-Social
Conditions
-perplexrities. A.A., Hunter, 260
Social reconstruction with special refer-
ence to Indian problems, Babu
Bhagwandas, 2409
Reformer, See Gandhi-Social Re-
former
-Reforms, 2560
-All-India Muslim League on, 2568
90
Social reforms and Gandhi, 2571
--reform and social service, M.R.
Jayakar, 2566
-reforms, Indian National Congress,
memorandum, 2566
Social science abstracts, 23
Socialism, 2548, 3160-3171, 3497
Socialism and democracy as moral prin-
ciples, J.B. Kripalani, 3167
Socialist Party, 2330
Sociology series, no.2: University of
Bombay publications, 2288
Soebanrio, Prophet of peace, 1406
Soedarsano, One of the greatest leaders,
1407
So I became a minister, V.L. Pandit, 2207
Solitary throne, B.T. Badley, 711
Some American opinions of the Indian
Empire, 2252, 3253
Some aspects on the Indian problem,
E.F.L. Wood, 2993
-situation, Mr. Read, jt. auth. F.A.
Cockin, 2229
fundamentals of the Indian problems
2211
-impressions of Mahatma Gandhi,
J.E. Stevens, 1551
-imporant Indian problems,
Sir
M. Shafi, 2965
-Indian leaders. Mrs. P. Sengupta,
337
-Indian problems, F.W. Wilson,2306
-opinions about Mother India, Lala
Lajpat Rai, 2716
Son of Mother India answers, D.G.
Mukerji, 2417, 2720
Song celestial, E. Arnold, 583, 3357
Songs from prison, M.K. Gandhi, 2835
Sorabji, C., Close to the India, crisis,
2253
Gandhi, 1259
Gandhi interrogated, 2884
-India calling, 1259
Soresen, R. If his spirit prevails, 1449
South Africa 93, 247, 248, 322,338, 451
Commission c36
Question, 3172-3185
-Resistance movement, 178
Southampton, c23
Souvenir of the Sashitabdha poorthe of
the Hon. G.A. Natesan; Thurs-
day, 24th Aug. 1933, 2254
Sovereignty and paramountcy in India,
I.J. Palmer, 2378
Soviet Encyclopedia dubs Gandhiji
reactionary and religious, A.S.R.
Raman, 3442
Sparks from the anvil, K.M. Munshi,
3179
Sparks, Harry, c24
Spear, National harmony, 2255
Speeches and writings of Mahatma Gan-
dhi, M.K. Gandhi, 154, 265, 1984
Speeches and writings, M.M. Malaviya,
2153
Speer, R.E., Politics and missions in
India to-day, 702
Spender, J.A., Gandhi's change and
view, 1515
558
INDEX
Spini, G., Mahatma Gandhi, Santo del
realismo politico, 1705
-Rassegna de varie umanita,
383
Spinning Wheel, See Charkha
Spirit of Khaddar as I understand it,
P.C. Ray, 2658
Spitt'eler, G.G., 462
Spratt, P., 2340
Gandhian plan, 807
History of non-violent movement,
2256
making,
Srinivasa Rau, K. Crisis in India, 2257
Spiritual triumph of Gandhi maharaj,
R.K. Boodhun., 317
Sri Aurobindo and Indian freedom
S.K. Mitra, 2163
Sri Prakash., Tread Gandhiji's path for
Swaraj, 3650
-India and constitution
807
Sri Ram Free Library, Poona, c35
Srirampur, c65
-Municipality, c38
Srivastava, G., When Congress ruled,
2385
S.S. Arabia, c31
-Assam, c23
Courland, c24
-Rajputana, c49
Stalin on Gandhi, L. Fischer, 1072
Stablim, G., Monatsschrift, 384, 1071,
3498
Standard abstracts, 2392
Standenath, F., Indians Freiheitskampf.
Mahatma
1930 (German), 251
-Vier Monate Gast
Gandhi's (German), 252
Standerton, c31
-Imprisonment See Imprisonments-
South Africa-Standerton, Nov. 8,
1913
Strangers in India, E.P. Moon., 772, 2169
States and minorities, B.R. Ambedkar,
2697
Statesman, See Gandhi-Statesman
(Calcutta) He provided alternative
to atomic warfare, 1348
Statesman (New Delhi), 2620
Steel, J., Men behind the war, 314
Steenkriste, J., Gandhi and the Catholic
Church, 729
Stein, G., Draft for a world constitution,
3651
Gandhiji-India's chief hope for
peace, 3552
Stern, E.G. (Levin)., Women in Gan-
dhi's life, 449, 3429
St. Francis. 3664
Stern rec koning: a survey of the events
leading upto and following the par-
tition of India, G.D. Khosla, 2767
Stevens, J. E., Some impressions of
Mahatma Gandhi, 1551
Stoker, N.P., Marching with Gandhi,
2966
Stokes, R.H.C., Moral issue in India,
2988
-S.E., Nation self-realization, 3056
Storm over India, H.J. Greenwall, 2980
Story of Bardoli, M. Desai, 2626
-Gandhi, K. Nehru, 421, 1603
Story of the human race, H. Thomas,
284
-peace negotiations, H.T. Muzum-
dar, 2873
-Simla conference and after in words
and pictures, H.R. Vohre and S.R.
Soni, 3151
Strabolgi, J.M.K.
India: a warning,
2989
Strabolgi, L., Storm clouds in the West,
3653
Strachey, J. Marxism re-visited, 2654
Strange little brown man Gandhi., F.B.
Fisher, 258
Strikes and Lockouts, 3186-3193
Stroele, A., Gandhi und die religion,
1637, 2842
Struggle for Independence, See India-
National Movement, 3193
Stuart, L., review of "Entertain Gandhi"
by M. Lester, 1660
Student Christian movement,
1928,
S
2229
Students, 2194-3197
Studies in Gandhism, N.K. Bose, 1752
-the renaissance of Hinduism in 19th
and 20th centuries, D.S. Sarma, 328
Study of economic plans for India, D.S.
Nag, 1963
the origin and development of the
Indian Union and Pakistan, 2304,
2323
Sabedar, M., Communalism in India,
779
Subhas Chandra Bose, See India Natio-
nal Army (I.N.A.)
-Bose and his ideas, J.S. Bright,
2045
Chandra, Das Gupta, H., 2068
Subject Headings used, p. 479-496
-index of the modern works added to
the library, British Museum, 1
-index to periodicals, 24
-India, H.N. Brailsford, 2040
Subrahmanyam, M., Why Cripps failed,
853
-V., Mahatma: beacon of a free
press, 3655
INDEX
559
Suhrawardy, Sir A., ed. Sayings of
Muhammad, 2612, 3381
Sukarno, A., Irreparable loss to man-
kind, 1408
Sukthankar, B.S. 585
Suleri, Zia-ud-din Ahmed. My leader,
peace and Pakistan,
2782
-Road to
2783
Suman, ed. Bleeding wound, 101
Sun, C., Chinese visits Gandhi, 1552
Sundaram, G.A., Guru-ka-bag, 3136
-V.A., Mahatmaji for the Torch-
bearers", 1260
Sunderland, J.T., Eminent Americans,
whom India should know, 3254
-India in bondage, 2258
Supplement, 3413-3671
-cards issued August, 1942-December
31, 1947, Library of Congress, 5
Surendra Devi, 1729
Suri, S.D., tr. Mahatma Gandhi's first
experiment, R.C. Jain, 3180
Survey of the heritage and growth of
Indian nationalism, 2305
Sury, C.L., Mahatma Gandhi on Christ
in India, 704
Sutahata (Midnapore), 490
Sutherland, W.A. British Government,
the Hindus, the Mohamedans and
Swaraj in India, 3237
Svensk bokfortecking, 54
Swadeshi, 3198-3206
-M.K. Gandhi, 2283
Movement, See India-National
movement
-views of eminent Indians and Euro-
peans, 3206
-true and false, M.K. Gandhi, 3202
Swaminadhan L., 2455
Swaraj, 2641, 3207, 3242
Cultural and politidal, P. Vasu,
3239
-for masses, J.C. Kumarappa, 1960
-the goal and the way, B.C. Pal,
3232
-Movement,
See India-National
Movement
-Party, Sabarmati, c43
-problem of India, J.E. Ellen, 3226
Swarajya Sastra, Vinoba Bhave, 3221
through Charkha, M.K. Gandhi,
3200
Swarajist Party, See India-Political par-
ties2331
Sword of Gold: life of M.K. Gandhi,
R. Walker, 338
Sykes, F. H. From many angles, 2259
Sykes, M. jt. auth. C. F. Andrews, 61
-Gandhiji in the world, 3656
Synder, L. L., ed. Treasury, of intimate
biographies, 435
Syndicalism, 2548
Tagore, Dwijendranth, ed. Wheel of
fortune, M.K. Gandhi 164, 654
2645
Sir Rabindranath, c42,710,2716, 2679
Ethics of destruction, 1516
-Mahatmaji and depressed humanity,
975, 3274
"Mother India", 2724
-Persons and personages, 1261
-Poet's Verdict, 1262
Round Table Conference, 2885
-S. Gandhi, the man, 280, 1054
Gandhi and Nehru, K.R. Kripalani,
355, 2231
Tait, D.F., 69, 70, 202, 233
Taj Hotel, Bombay, c48
Taking to India G. Orwell, 2205
Talchekar, V.A. Charkha yarn and the
superiority of hand-spun yarn etc.,
2659
Tamil, 3384
Tandon, L.P. Rationale of untouchabi-
lity, 3275
-P.D., ed. Acharya J.B. Kripalani,
2260
Nation's homage to Gandhiji, 3658
-30-year old unpublished speech of
Gandhiji, 369
Tata, Ratan, wrote letter to Gandhi, c28
Tea planters, Assam, 2792
Teachings of Gandhi See Gandhi-teach-
ings
-Mahatma Gandhi, M.K. Gandhi,
156, 1708
Teakworth -Imprisonment See Imprison-
ments-South Africa, Teakworth,
Nov. 9 1913
Tegart, Sir C.A. Terrorism in India, 543
Telkar, S., India and the war, 2448
Temple Entry Bill, 3273
Enquiry Committee Trivendrum,
3276
Templin, R., Gandhi belongs to to-
morrow, 1482
Tendulkar, D.G., Ahmedabad fast, 932
-Bardoli fast, 935
-Bombay fast, 937
-From "Unwelcome visitor", to
"Return of the hero", 3185
Gandhi beaten by a Pathan for giving
fingerprint, 1143
Gandhi-Tolstoy, Lenin, 3660
-ed. Gandhiji his life and work,
172
560
INDEX
Tendulkar, D.G., Gandhi in Jails:
-Aga Khan palace, 1908
-Blocmfontein, 1928
-Dundee, 1930
-Johannesburg, 1932
-Kosi, 1909
-Motihari, 1910
-Palmsford, 1934
-Poona, 1911
Standerton, 1936
-Teakworth, 1938
-Wolksrust, 1939
-Volksrust and Pretoria,
-Yaravda, 1920
-Yeravda, 1923
Yeravda, 1927
-Yeravda prison, 1916
Mahatma ; life of Mohandas Karam-
176, 452, 1954,
chand Gandhi,
1605, 606, 3422
1940
-Satyagraha Campaigns:
-Bardoli, 2928
-Civil Disobedience, 2967, 2995
-individual 2998,
-Kheda, 3001
-Johannesbang, 3140
-Newcastle, 3144
3110
-Non-violent non-co-operation,3058
“Quit India” Campaign
Sirsi, Siddapur, Hirekarur, 3138
Student in London, 1120
-Tricolour, 1968
-Truth in beauty, 3247
-Viramgam, Gujarat, 3122
-Vykom, travancore, 3125
Yeravda fast, 978
Terrorism see Anarchism
-in India, Sir C.A., 543
Testament of India, Ela Sen, 299
Textile Labour Association; Ahmedabad
History of wage adjustment in
Ahmedabad industry, 3302
Thakkar, A.V., c63, 3348
Thadani, L.V., ed. Historical trial of the
Ali Brothers, 2668
-Problem of aborigines in India,
2706
Thakore of Rajkot, 292
Thapar, Mrs. R.K., Weaponless warrior,
347
Theograj, S.L., What he meant to India
and world, 3361
Theosophical Society,
Theosophy, 3352, 2843
3352
-and untouchability, S. Wadia, 3278
625
There may be trouble,
They must meet again, P.C. Joshi, 1578
They saw Gandhi, J.S. Hoyland, 354
-speak for India, G.N. Acharya, 1990
Theirfelder, Das freiheitsringen der
Inder, 2261
Third annual report, 1940-1941, Hindus-
tani Talimi Sangh, Sevagram, 569
This is India, P. Muir, 1505
This our day, J.M. Gillis, 395
Thomas, F. His goodness is what made
him great, 1483
-H. Pseud. Story of the Human race,
284
Thomas, N., 1286
-R., Gandhi returns, 2543
Thompson, E., 2716
-America and India, 3255
Ethics of Gandhi, 284
-Gandhi a character study, 1263
-E.J., Enlist for freedom, 2262
-and Garratt, G.T., Rest and fulfil-
ment of British rule in India, 2264
-R. Gandhi retires, 2543
Thoreau, H. Civil disobedience, 3473
On the duty of civil disobe-
dience, 3361
Welden, 3473
Thought from J. Nehru, R.P. Deuton,
2208
Thoughts on the policy of the crown to-
wards India, J.M.F. Ludlow, 2374
Three stages of national struggle, R.O.
Dutt, 2085
Three trumpets sound. A.A. Hunter,
291
Mag
Three wise men of the East, A.J. Tod,
206
Through Congress eyes, S.C. Bose,
2037, 2477
-Pakistan to freedom, J. Ahmad,
2747
war rebellion and riot. K.C. Sen,
2243
Thumb nail sketches. V.S.S. Sastri,
345
Thunquise, E., 277
Tikekars, S.R., Gandhigrams, 115, 11733
Tilak, B.G., c35, 2041, 272
Bal Gangadhar Tilak, 2265
Hindu philosophy of life, 585
Lokmanya Tilak's speeches on
"Home Rule", 3238
Tilak, R.B., 585
-and Gandhi, M.J. Kanetkar, 283
Bhawan, Kanpur, c54, 3405
-School of political science, Lahore
c39, 3393
Swaraj Fund, c38
Time only to look forward, L. Mount-
batten, 2376
INDEX
561
Times, London, Leader who embodied
far more than his own religious
community, 1450
Times of India, Bombay, He stood for
humanitarian principles, 1350
-One hundred great lives, 289
Tobacco, See Drink, Drugs and Gambl-
ing
Tobey, C. Truly walked with God.
1484
Tobias, C.H. 507
Todd, Arthur J., Three wise men of the
East, 206
Tolstoy, Leo, 3496, 3551, 3669
comments on Passive Resistance, c29
Gospel in brief, 3362
-Influence on Gandhi, 1496
-Kingdom of God within you, 3363
-Tolstoy to Gandhi, 1094
Tolstoy and Gandhi, K. Nag., 425, 1080,
3496
Tolstoy and India, T. Das, 2067
et Gandhi, M. Markovic, 1078
-Farm, c29
Tolstoy, Lenin, Gandhi (Russia) V.F.
Bulgakov, 215, 1065
Togel, H., Reues sachs Hirchanblatt,
274
Topa, I., Growth and development of
national thought in India, 2300,
2811
Topolski, F. Pencil studies of Gandhi
and Jinnah, 1586
Torch bearers, S. Charan, 318
To the Congress; on the attitude of the
Indian National Congress to the
Indian States, K.S. Vaidya, 2558
To a Gandhian Capitalist, M.K. Gandhi,
1090
To live in mankind a quest for Gandhi.
R. Reynolds, 442
To the princes and their people, M.K.
Gandhi, 157, 2553
-protagonists of Pakistan, M.K.,
Gandhi, 158, 2744
-students, C.F. Andrews, 3196
M.K. Gandhi, 159, 160, 2398, 3194
-ed. by A.T. Hingorani, 3195
the Women, Amrit Kaur, 3341
-M.K. Gandhi, 161, 2399
Tours and Marches of Gandhi, See
Gandhi-Tours and Marches
Towards freedom, J. Nehru, 2201
-non-violent socialism M.K. Gandhi,
162, 3161, 3286
-Azad Kashmir, M. Hafizullah, 2632
-struggle, J.P. Narain, 2183
Swaraj, S.K. Sarma, 3234
Trade and National Bibliographies, 28-56
Tragedy of Gandhi, G. Bolton, 1661
Tragedy of Jinnah, K. Chandra, 2754
Training for peace, R.B. Gregg, 516
Transvaal Immigrants Registration Bill,
Aug. 15, 1947, See South African
Question
Transvaal Supreme Court, c25
Travancore Civil Disobedience move-
ment, c57
Treasury of Intimate biographies, L.L.
Synder, ed. 435
V. Sheean, 435
Treatment of India, E. Sen, 2242
Trial of Mahatma Gandhi and Mr.
Shankarlal Banker, M.K. Gandhi,
1612
Trials, See Gandhi-Trials
Tributes to Gandhi See Gandhi-Homages
Trip to Pakistan, Y.J. Meherally, 2774
True India; a plea for understanding,
C.F. Andrews, 2406, 2711
True patriotism, M.K. Gandhi, 2284
Truman, H.S., Leader of international
stature, 1485
Trumbull, R., 1286
Trusteeship, See Gandhi-Socialist pea-
sants and Landlords
Truth, 3243-3247
Truth about Gandhi, M.D. Japeth, 299
-India, H.V.H. Elwin, 2086
Truth about India M.D. Japheth, 2127
Tsaldaras, M. His loss is as great for
mankind as it is for India, 1362
Tucci, G., My approach to Gandhi,
3430
Tukes, Francis, While memory serves,
2322
Tumult in India, G.E. Jones, 3129
Turnbull, H.G.D. Miss Mayo and her
critics, 2725
Turkey, disarmament of, 2662
Tut Utin, Villages in Burma pay
homage, 1388
Two broadcast talks on India. Sir
J.A. Simon, 3158
Two letters on Mahatma Gandhi, S.S.
Ahmed, 1091
to Gandhi, M. Buber, 2626
Two Nation Theory, 2765
Two-nations theory, See also Gandhi-
Jinnah Negotiations Pakistan
-years' work, Hindustani Talimi
Sangh, Sevagram, 570
Twofold Gandhi: Hindu monk and
revolutionary politician, W.H.C.
Holmes, 439, 1696
Tyabji, A., 2613
Tyabji, H.B., Why Mussahmans should
oppose Pakistan? 2784
Tyabji, R., Influence of Bapu, 3662
562
INDEX
Tyson, G. Danger in India, 2266
Um plano de Mahatma Gandhi, 808
Unani and Tibbi College, Delhi, c37,
3391
Unemployment, J.C. Kumarappa, 2395
Unesco, 2419
Unhappy India, Lala Lajpat Rai, 2415,
2717
Union of South African Government
Gazette Extraordinary, c29
Unique Christ and mystic Gandhi, P.V.
George, 271
United Press of America, 472
United Province Congress Committee,
Allahabad, Agrarian distress in the
United Provinces, 2802
U.S.A. 99, 329, 557, 3248-3256, 3421
U.S. Congress, Washington, D.C., 3642
U.S. Library of Congress. Author Cata-
log; cummulative list of works
represented by Library of Congress
printed cards, 1948-1952, 6
-Catalogue of books represented by
Library of Congress printed cards,
4
5
-Supplement: Cards issued August
1, 1942-December 31, 1947,
U.S. Office of strategic service, prospects
of a British India Compromise
arrangement, 2386
Unity, See Gandhi-Jinnah Negotiations
Hindu-Muslim Unity
-(Chicago), 97
Conference and after, H. Rahman,
22201
-Efforts see Gandhi-Jinnah Negotia-
tions
-of India, V.K. Krishna Menon, 2202
Unseen power, M.K. Gandhi, 163, 1743
Unto this last, J. Ruskin, c26, 2889, 3360
Untouchability, M.K. Gandhi, 164,
2400, 3257, 3413, 3433
Untouchables, See Harijans
Upanishads, 2835
Vail, J.G., Power of the spirit, 1562,
536, 1049
Vaidya, K.D., To the Congress; on the
attitude of the Indian National
Congress to the Indian States,
2558
Vaikom, c42
Vaillant, A., 280
Vairanapillai, M.S. Are we two nation?
2301, 2324
Vairanapillai. M.S. Mahatma Gandhi
for millions, 411
Vaishakhi, 2614
Vaishnava necklace, c23
Vakar, S.M., Mahatma:
appraisal, 3663
a Soviet
Vakil, J.J., Indian Nationalism and the
British Labour party, 2267
Vakeel, N.H., Political insanity of India,
1517
Valayudham, Mrs. D. Gandhi on
Ambedkar, 1055
Vandenberg, A.H., One of the deathless
few across the centuries, 1486
Van Doran, A.B., 2616
Vandyopadhyaya, S., Nation in making,
2268
-Presidential address, 2343
Van Tyne, C.H., India in ferment.
1264, 3059
Mahatma Gandhi, saint or demago-
gue ? 1264
Varadachari, N.S., review of "Tragedy
of Gandhi" by G. Bolton, 1661
-jt. auth. Hand-Spinning and hand-
weaving, 3378
Varma, V.P., ed. Verdict on India ana-
lysed, 2269
Varty, C.J., Wardha scheme of educa-
tion exposition and examination,
3320
Vasudev, S.D., St. Francis and Gandhi :
a study, 3664
Vasue, P., Swaraj, Culture and political,
3239
Vaswani, B.J., India explained, 2449
Vaswani T.L., Birth-right, 3240
Creative revolution, 3060
Gospel of freedom, 3062
-India arisen, 3063
-India in chains, 3064, 3241
-Message of the birds, 3061
Vegetarian News. London, 3284
-Society, London Mahatma Gandhi
memorial number of the Vegetarian
News, 3284
Vegetarianism, 3279-3284
Veillier, J., Mahatma Gandhi, une poli-
tique ideal, 1265
Venkatachalam, G., Profiles, 412
Venkateswaran, V., Gandhism, Cure
for world's ills, 3665
Venkataramani, K. S. After Gandhiji,
Our problems, 2387
Venkatraman, S.R., All India Harijan
Sevak Sangh, 3277
Venquswamy, N.G., Congress in office,
2544
Verdict on Britain, J.S. Bright, 2046
INDEX
563
Verdict on India analysed, ed. V.P.
Varma, 2269
Verhulst, C., tr. Ethische religie, 2828
Vesai, V.G., tr. Satyagraha in South
Africa. M.K., Gandhi, 2896
Viceroys, See Gandhi-Correspondence
with the Government
Victorial Hall, Madras 32
Videla, G.G. He was the leader of the
masses who wielded Kindness as
arms, 1380
Vidya Bhawan Society, Udaipur, 87,
574
Vidyarthi, R.S., British savagery in
India 2270
Vie de Gandhi (French) E. Private, 406
Vie due Mahatma Gandhi (French) L.
Fischer, 437
Village Industries, See Cottage Industries
Village Industries and reconstruction,
B. Kumarappa, 829
-movement Ramachandran, D.K.
Gupta, 837
-uplift, 3285-3298
Villar, O.G., 86, 2808
Violence, See Ahimsa (non-violence)
Viramgam Satyagraha, 3122
Visit to America, J. Nehru, 1975
Vohra, H.R. and Soni, S.R. ed. story
of Simla Conference and after in
words and pictures, 3151
Voigt, F.A., India revolution during the
War, 3111
Volkksrust, c28, 31
Von Buddhaza Gandhi, 2839
Voyage auz Indes, A. Siegfried, 1635
Vulda, L.. L'Inde Sons Gondhi (French),
253
Vyasa, R.K., Foundation of Indian
Swaraj, 3242
Vykom Satyagraha, 3123
Wacha, D.,
2041
Wadia, A.S.N. Mahatma Gandhi :
a dialogue in understanding, 295
-D.A., Gandhiji, the man and the
Mahatma, 3665
-S., Brotherhood of religions, 2843,
3382
-Religion in secular India : Gan-
dhian ideal in practice, 3667
-Theosophy and untouchability,
3278
Wages, 3299-3302
Walden, H., Thoreau, 3473
Walker, R. Sword of Gold a life of
M.K. Gandhi, 338
Walker, R. ed. Wisdom of Gandhi,
166
Wallbank, T., Hindu revival and the
growth of nationalism, 2304
-India in the new era, 1266, 2271,
2323, 2887
Round Table and the Shadow of
partition, 2887
World War and the advent of the
Mahatma, 1266
Walsh Rev. W., Gandhi and free India,
1267
Wandlung und umsturz der politischen
Von Mochiavelli zu Gandhi, Melh-
eden O. Rosslet-Grotech, 1704
War, See India-World War I India-
World War II
War and India's freedom P.R. Lele, 2441
-without violence, K.J. Shridharani,
86
Ward, H.F. Lenin and Gandhi, 1067
Wardha, 3576
Education Conference, 566
Institutions, See Ashrams
Wardha Scheme of Education, 3303-
3320
; the Gandhian plan of education
for rural India, K.L. Shrimati
87, 575, 2809, 3319
-exposition and examination, C.J.
Varky, 3320
Wardhaganj Fast, Aug. 7, 1934, 961-
962
Warning to the West, K.J. Shridharani,
3107
Warten Weiler, F., Meister und (Ger-
man) Diener, 281
Warty, S.G. Indian reforms and Mr.
Gandhi, 2571
Water and the spirit, 929
Watson, A. End of Gandhism, 1518
-Firm hand in India, 3112
-Folly supreme in India, 3113
-Inconsistency of the Indian National
Congress, 2445
-Indian parties at the cross-roads,
2546
Mahatma Gandhi re-captures Con-
gress, 2547
-Passing of Gandhi, 1519, 2619,
3114
What is the main obstacle in India,
1520
-B. Gandhi and non-violent resis-
tance, 3067, 3456 .
Gandhi-a successful failure, 3067
Gandhi voice of the new resolution,
3068
-India confronts the christian cons-
cience, 2969
564
INDEX
Watson, B. What is Gandhi trying to do,
1215
Cardinal
Gandhiji on Slavery,
error in Marxism, 3669
Wavell, A.P., Irreparable loss to the
unity of India, 1451
-Plan see Simla Conference
Way out, C. Rajagopalachar, 2222
Way to Swaraj, C. Das, 3224
Weaponless Warrior. Mrs. R.K. Tha-
par, 347
Weber, T.A., Gandhi, 296
We cover the world, E. Lyons. ed.
286
Wedgwood, J.C., 1167, 2716
-Future of the Indo-British Common-
wealth, 2388
-Impressions of India, 2272
-India's saint, 1269
Week with Gandhi, L. Fischer, 1544
Wegmann H. Mahatma Gandhis lebens
werk, 275
Weisbords A., Conquest of power, 2548
Wellingdon Square, Calcutta, 3389
Wellock W. Ahimsa and the world peace,
537
Gandhi as social revolutionary, 1674
India's awakening, 3069
Wells, H.G. 1217
Weltlwrger Gandhi (German),
Lester, 399
Wencker-Wildberg, Freidrich, Ausbcuta
Indiens, 2273
Wenz, Heinrich. Das indische reich,
83
West Pakistan, 2821
Western Civilization, 3321-3324
What about India, ed. R. Willson J.J.
Ratchilf, 2276
M.
What ails India, 3070
What Congress and Gandhi have done
to the untouchables. B.R. Ambed-
kar, 2467
What does Gandhi want, T.A. Raman,
1509, 1647, 1657, 2446, 2618
What Gandhi has done for India, 348
What Gandhi is teaching the world?
J.H. Holmes, 310, 418
What has Gandhi cost Britain ? 602
What India wants, autonomy within the
Empire, G.A. Natesan, 3230
——is Pakistan, B.M. Chandhurani, 2755
What is spiritual-political Swaraj ? Babu
Bhagwandas, 3220
wrong with India, A.R. Banerji,
2007
2990
-price freedom? C.J. Model, 2166
Whately, M. Condition of India,
Wheel of fortune, M.K. Gandhi
654, 2645, 3201
165,
Wheeler, P., India, against the storm,
329, 2274, 2786
-Pakistan, 2786
Wheatly, E.D., Gandhi and India, 1271
While memory serves, F. Tuker, 2322
White umbrella; Indian political thought
from Manu to Gandhi, D.M.,
Brown, 1689
White, W. 1286
White sahibs in India, R.A. Reynolds,
2384
Wither, Asia. K.J. Saunders, 273
Whither Congress, K.F. Nariman, 1506,
2531
-A. Safdar, 2537
-minorities, M.N. Dalal, 2599
Whitman, H., 1286
Who were the Shudras? B.R. Ambedkar,
632
Why Cripps failed? M. Subrahmanyan,
853
-Gandhi is not a Christian ? 730
Why India is rebellious? C.J. O., Donnell,
2958
Mussalmans should oppose Pakis-
tan, H.B. Tyabji, 2784
-Pakistan and why not? K.T. Shah,
2781
-Village movement, J.C. Kumarappa,
833, 3294, 3375
Whyte, F., India: a bird's eye-view,
1522, 3115
-India in the war, 2450
William, G,.M., Gandhi sets India spinn-
ing, 669, 3227, 3345,
William Penn Lecture, 1164
Williams, L.F., ed. Great men of India,
293
L.F.R. Gandhi's volte face, 958
Williams. India. 2275
Willingdon, Lord, c48, 133, 2853
-College, c62
Williston, D.F. Gandhi: poem, 1619
Wilson, F.W. Indian Chaos, 2991
Some Indian problems, 2306
Wilson, P.W., Gandhi as India's pro-
phet, 1638
Wilson, Woodrow, 1176
Win, U., National loss to Burmans,
1389
Winning of Swaraj or opposing the or-
ordinance, A. Besant, 3218
Winslow, J.C., jt. auth. Gandhi the dawn
of Indian freedom, 254
Mahatma Gandhi and aggressive
pacifism, 1062
-and Elwin, V.; Gandhi the dawn of
Indian Freedom 731
Wint, G., Gandhi heitiger und politiker,
1639
INDEX
565
Winternitz, M, Mahatma Gandhi, 1272
Wirstchaft und freiheit. B,P. Schlie-
phacka, 205
Wisdom of Gandhi in his own words,
M,K. Gandhi, 166
M.K.
Wit and wisdom of Gandhi,
Gandhi, 267, 1744, 3322
With Gandhiji in Ceylon, M. Desai,
1715
-no regrets, K. Hutheesing, 2116
Wittmaack, A. Ein gott in die mache,
1640
Wofford, C. and Wofford, H. India,
afire, 557, 2422
-H. Sevagram: Gandhi's paradox,
557, 1273
Wolsley, R.E., Christian century, 450
Women and social unjustice, M.K.
Gandhi, 2401
Women and their problems, 3325, 3349
Women behind Gandhi, J.S. Bright,
2636, 3429
Women in Gandhi's life, E. Morton,
449, 2637, 3347
Wood. E.F.L., Englishman
defends
"Mother India”, 2726
-Indian problem, 2992
-Some aspects of Indian problem,
2993
-H.G. Reflections on Mr. Gandhi's
leadership, 1274
Woolacott, J. Evens,
India on trial, a
study of present conditions, 2970
Word to Gandhi; the lesson of Ire-
land, F.P. Crozier, 1494
Wordsworth, W., 3447
World book encyclopedia, 375
World Citizen, pseud. Sister India: a
criticial examination of and a rea-
soned reply to Miss Katherine
Mayo's "Mother-India", 2723
World Federation, 1947 (December
1886 to December 1941) 2216
World War, See India-World War I
-II, See India-World War II
World War II, 1505, 1520, 1522, 2619,
2618
World's tribute to Mahatma Gandhi
the father of the Nation. K.
Manmade, 1287
Worried followers gather in Poona, 930
Wrench, E., India at the crossroads,
interview with Mr. Gandhi, 1563
Wyllie, Curzon, c28
Wyllie, J.A., India at the parting of the
ways, 89
Wyatt, W.. India's greatest man, 3444
Yagnik., I.K., Gandhi as I know him,
297
*
Yakub, M., Hindu-Muslim unity, 1895
-Musalmans and the Simon Com-
mission, 3159
Yar Jung, N.N. ed., Pakistan issue, 2787
Yeats-Brown, F., Modern India, 1275
Yeravda Central jail, c50
Yeravda Imprisonments, See Imprison-
ments-India Yeravda, Mar. 18,
1922, Yeravda, May 5, 1930,
Yeravda, Jan. 4, 1932, Yeravda,
July 31, 1933
Yervada prison 575
Yeravda prison, Fasts, 963-975, 976-
978, 979-987, 988-992
Yeravda Prison Fasts, See Fasts-India
Yeravda Prison, Sep. 20, 1932,
Yeravda, Prison, Dec. 22, 1932,
Yeravda prison Aug. 16, 1933
Yogananda, Paramahansa, 370
Yogavasishtha, p. 447
India c40, c35, 99, 170, 170, 1988,
169, 3386, 19 6, 3383, 1987, 3655
Young India, See also Part III, Section 3,
Periodicals Gandhi edited and
sponsored.
Younghusband, Sir F., Gandhi-after
forty-seven years, 1276
Y.M.C.A., Madras, c32, 549
Yunus, M., Frontier speaks, 2921
Yust, W., ed. M.K. Gandhi, 353
Yu-ang, L., Gandhism as I under-
stand, 3670
Yu-Tang, L., Only modern saint and
prophet, 1401
Zacharias, H.C.E.
God or Caesar, 2669
Renascent India, 2277, 2302
Zakir Hussain Committee, 562
Zamindars See Peasants and Landlords
Zarathustra, 3355
Zeitschrift fur immissionkunde und reli-
gion suissenchaft, Kobe, W., 301
Zetland, Lord, c58
Zimand, S., Again one man and an
empire, 2278
-Mahatma Comes, 2303
Zimmermann, W., Mahatma Gandhi
385
Zimmern, Alfred, Patriotism and pub-
lic spirit, 2279
Zulu Rebellion, See also South African
Question
-rebellion, c26
Zutshi, C.N., In a free India, 2280
-Indian states and the Nehru report,
2559
Zweig, A., Thanks to Gandhi, 1277
Michigan
3123105
6.92789 W
of 28/4/5

lll
lile
バ
​¡
lile
Lo
lila
lo

WEWEEN ALONGE POSTER 20
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
M
3 9015 03393 0176
UNI
Tillbe
THE SECOND STREET IN A S
Apakuki kyk d
અને
IRE
SUSHI Majalah akarjata kalaga
Ariel
Phone · vota
Pe patt
ات
Montan, Print. But <
HOME
May
MARLEEN RESTAN NAGARENSE PALINI ANGELAG HOONEEND in anne